C*^
special Colleclloftl
D© not circu/ale
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.
LIBRARY
OF THE
MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
GIFT OF
yYltA^uuAV|
MAY 2 7 1930
BULLETIN
OF THE
MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOCtY
AT
HARVARD COLLEGE, IN CAMBRIDGE
VOL. LXX
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.
1930
The Cosmos Press, Inc.
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
fa
N t
<»i
CONTENTS
Page
No. 1. — The Fossil Ants of North America. By F. M. Carpenter
(11 plates). January, 1930 ...... 1
No. 2. — The Lower Permian Insects of Kansas. Part I. Introduc-
tion .\XD THE Order jMecoptera. By F. M. Carpenter.
(5 plates). February, 1930 67
No. 3. — The Anoles. I. The Forms Known to Occur on the Neo-
tropical Islands. By Thomas Barbour. April, 1930 . 103
No. 4. — Types of Birds Now in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology. By Outram Bangs. March, 1930 . . . 145
No. 5. — Reconnaissance of the Waters and Plankton of Mon-
terey Bay, July, 1928. By Henry B. Bigelow and Maurine
Leslie. May, 1930 . " 427
Jfl/v ; 3 mo
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
AT HARVARD COLLEGE
Vol. LXX. No. 1
THE FOSSIL ANTS OF NORTH AMERICA
By F. M. Carpenter
With Eleven Plates.
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.:
PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM
January, 19.30
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
AT HARVARD COLLEGE.
There have been published of the Bulletin, Vols. I to LIV, LVI
to LXV, LXVII to LXIX; of the Memoirs, Vols. I to LI.
The Bulletin and Memoirs are devoted to the publication of
original work by the Officers of the Museum, of investigations carried
on by students and others in the different Laboratories of Natural
History, and of work by specialists based upon the Museum Collec-
tions and Explorations.
These publications are issued in numbers at irregular intervals.
Each number of the Bulletin and of the Memoirs may be sold sepa-
rately A price list of the publications of the Museum will be sent on
application to the Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
AT HARVARD COLLEGE
Vol. LXX. No. 1
THE FOSSIL ANTS OF NORTH AMERICA
By F. M. Carpenter
With Eleven Plates.
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.:
PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM
January, 1930
No. 1. — The Fossil Ants of North America^
By F. M. Carpenter
I. Introduction
Sixty-three years ago, when the first fossil insects were discovered
in American Tertiary rocks, a new era began in the study of the geo-
logical history of the insects. Early expeditions under the stimulating
leadership of Dr. S. H. Scudder, with the cooperation of the United
States Geological Surveys, secured collections of over 20,000 specimens
in the Florissant shales alone. For the most part, the material gathered
at this time was described by Scudder between the years 1867 and 1900,
when he was finally forced into inactivity by paralysis. For a short
period of five years the Tertiary insects of the country were entirely
neglected, but in 1905 the work was again taken up by the University
of Colorado. The following year Professor W. M. Wheeler, Professor
and Mrs. T. D. A. Cockerell, and S. A. Rohwer collected extensively
at the Florissant locality, and in 1907 also a large expedition was made
to the same beds under the direction of the American Museum of
Natural History, Yale University, the University of Colorado, the Brit-
ish Museum of Natural History, and the Royal Irish Dublin Museum.
The insects found on these two expeditions have chiefly been described
by Professor Cockerell, Professor H. F. Wickham (Coleoptera), Pro-
fessor C. T. Brues (Parasitic Hymenoptera), and S. A. Rohwer (Ten-
thredinoidea).
The long illness which Scudder endured after 1900, and which finally
caused his death ten years later, prevented him from completing the
investigations on the Florissant insects, so that when his collection was
donated to the Museum of Comparative Zoology in 1902, fully half of
the specimens were unstudied. This unworked material was found by
Professor Wheeler to include over 4,000 ants which, together with as
many more obtained on the later expeditions, were turned over to him
for study. At about that time Professor Wheeler was occupied with the
preparation of a monograph of the ants of the Baltic amber and after
he had finished this task, he was prevented by other matters from
carrying out his intention of describing the Florissant ant fauna. In
1925, at the suggestion of Dr. Wheeler, I undertook the study of these
1 Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution, No. 307. Studies
aided by an Anna C. Ames Memorial Fellowship and a Sheldon Traveling Fellowship.
4 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
fossils, and have since been able to increase the collection to about
12,000 specimens, and to include ants from other American insect de-
posits. Some of this additional material was collected by the writer at
Florissant, Colorado, and Green River, Wyoming, during the summer
of 1927, but for the most part it has been received from the following
sources: the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C;
Princeton University, Princeton, N. J.; the Carnegie Museum, Pitts-
burgh, Pa. ; the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. ;
Professor T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo-
rado; Professor H. F. Wickham, University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa;
Mr. Earl Douglass, Salt Lake City, Utah; and Professor J. H. Johnson,
Colorado School of Mines, Golden, Colorado. To these contributors,
as well as those mentioned before, I am greatly indebted for the use of
their material.
For the privilege of examining and photographing the types of pre-
viously described fossil ants, I am especially indebted to Dr. E. M.
Kindle, Canadian Geological Survey, Ottawa, Canada; Professor
T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado; Dr.
R. S. Bassler, United States National Museum, Washington, D. C;
and Professor Nathan Banks, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.
In designating the holotypes of the new species an attempt has been
made to select the individuals showing most of the necessary characters,
and since the Scudder collection includes much better material than the
others, the majority of the holotypes are in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology. Only one of the specimens secured on the 1907 expedi-
tion of the several museums mentioned above has been selected as a
holotype, and at the suggestion of Professor Cockerell, who was in
charge of the expedition, this has been placed in the same institution
in order to keep as many of the holotypes together as possible. Pro-
fessor Wickham has kindly donated the holotypes in his collection to
the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Paratypes of the Florissant
species have been allotted to the contributing institutions, so that the
museums and universities listed above have as nearly a complete series
of these ants as the number of duplicates has allowed.
To Professor W. M. Wheeler I am more than grateful for the sug-
gestion of an investigation which has proved so interesting ; for the use
of his splendid collection of recent ants; and above all for the generous
amount of time which he has spent with me discussing the fossils and
their affinities. Indeed, without Professor Wheeler's assistance this
task would never have been satisfactorily completed. Professor Brues
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 5
has also made many helpful suggestions and I am especially apprecia-
tive of his interest and encouragement, which has attended the work
throughout.
Very little study has previously been made on the fossil ants of
American deposits. Scudder described (1877a, 1878) four supposed
ants from the Green RiAer formation, and five others (1877b) from the
Quesnel beds in British Columbia. Cockerell, more recently (1906,
1927), has described three species from Florissant, two from the Green
River shales (1921, 1923b), and one from a small deposit in Brazos
County, Texas (1923a). Professor Wheeler has briefly referred to these
fossils in his general works on ants (1910, 1926, 1928), and in his study
of the mountain ants of western North America (1917) has listed the
genera of Florissant which he recognized by a cursory examination of
the material at his disposal.
As a result of this neglect of the American forms, our knowledge of
the geological history of the ants has been based almost exclusively
upon the fossils found in the Tertiary formations of Europe, of which
the most important is the Baltic amber (Oligocene). The ants con-
tained in this resin belong to ninety-two species, referred by Mayr
(1867) and Wheeler (1914) to the following genera: Prionomyrmex*
Bradoponcra* Edatomma, Electwponcra* PJatythyrca, Euponera,
Poncra, Sima, Monomorium, Erehomyrma, VoUenhovia, Stenamma,
Aphacnogasier, Eledromyrmex * Agroecomyrmex* Myrmica, Notho-
myrmica* Leptoihorax, Stiphromyrmex* Enneanierv^* Protaneuretus*
Paraneureius* Dolichodents, Iridomyrmcx, Liometopum, Asymphylo-
myrmex* Pitycomyrmex* Plagiolepis, Rhopalomyrmex* Dimorpho-
myrmex,^ Gesomyrmex, Prodimorphomyrmcx* Oecophylla, Prenolepis,
Lasius, Formica, Glophyromyrmcx* Pscudolasius, Dryomyrmex* and
Camponotus. The Formicidae of the much rarer Sicilian amber were
studied by Professor Carlo Emery (1891, 1913), who recognized the
following genera: Edatomma, Ponera (f), Cataulacvs, Hypomyrmex,*
Podomyrmex,* Aeromyrma, Meranophis, Leptothorax, Tapinoma,
Tccknomyrmcx, Plagiolepis, Gesomyrmex, and Oecophylla. The two
most productive of the Tertiary rock deposits of Europe, as far as
insects are concerned, are at Radoboj in Croatia, and Oeningen in
Baden. The ants of the Radoboj formation were described by Heer
before our present conception of the genera of ants had been reached,
so that the species were lumped into Formica, Myrmica, Ponera, and
Attopsis. Fortunately, Mayr was able to examine a number of speci-
* Extinct.
' Recently shown by Wheeler to be synonymous with Gesomyrmex (Psyche, 36, p. 1-12, 1929).
b bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
mens determined by Heer, and to correct the generic determinations
(1867). He considered that the following genera were represented:
Tetramoriwn (f), Prenolepis (f), Aphaenogaster, Myrmica {?), Catau-
lacus, Leptothorax (f), DoUchodenis, Liometopum, Lonchomyrmex*
Plagiolep'is, Oecophylla, Lasius, Formica, and Camponotus. The
Oeningen ants were described by Heer also, at the same time, but since
no myrmecologist has revised his determinations, we are obliged to
disregard these ants at present.
Two deposits in the British Isles have yielded a few members of this
family. From the older of these, the Bagshot beds of Bournemouth
(Eocene), Cockerell has described (1920) two species, but since only
the wings are preserved, the generic determinations are very dubious.
The second deposit is at Gurnet Bay, Isle of Wight, and belongs to
the Oligocene period. A few ants from there were first described by
Cockerell (1915), and these were later revised and added to by H. St.
J. K. Donisthorpe, the well-known British myrmecologist, who was
able to examine a large series of these fossils (1920). The genera recog-
nized by Donisthorpe include Syntaphus* Euponera, Ponera, Emplas-
tiis* Dolichoderus, Leucoiaphvs* Oecophylla, and Caviponotus. The
ants of the other European deposits have not been sufficiently well
treated to warrant their mention in this paper.
The stud}' of fossil insects, with the exception of most of those im-
bedded in amber, is beset with many difficulties which make progress
exceedingly slow, and which at times are responsible for no little dis-
couragement. These obstacles are the direct result of the flattened
condition of the insects, caused by the pressure of the strata above that
containing the specimens. As the weight of these strata increases with
the accumulation of sediment, the insects are pressed almost into a
single plane. The disadvantage of this is obvious, for when the sys-
tematic position of a living insect is to be determined, the specimen
must usually be examined in various positions and attitudes in order
to reveal all the necessary characters. But since the fossil insect can
be seen in just one position, only those characters visible in this posi-
tion can be determined. The shape of the head, for example, can be
used as a descriptive character only when the fossil shows a dorsal
aspect. In the case of the ants this flattening is especially disconcert-
ing, because the dorsal aspect of the head and a lateral view of the
pedicel are nearly essential for the determination of the affinities of a
species. Fortunately, there are a few structures, such as antennae and
wings, which are visible in any attitude and are consequently the prin-
ciple means of correlating the specimens in various positions.
* Extinct.
carpenter: fossil ants of north America 7
There are two types of distortions of the ants also resulting from
flattening. The most obvious of these is the increase in the width of the
specimen which takes place as the latter is pressed flat. The effect of
this, of course, is to give the insect a more robust appearance than was
characteristic of the ant when alive. Apparently the intensity of this
pressure was very great, for the chitin of the head of many specimens
is distinctly cracked just in front of the posterior angles, as in the holo-
type specimen of Formica cockerelli, sp. nov. (Plate 4, fig. 3). This
splitting of the chitin occurs in precisely the same place, if a recent ant
is pressed flat, and since it is always followed by a collapse of the entire
head, which consequently becomes much broader, the presence or
absence of the splitting indicates the degree of flattening which has
taken place and provides a means of determining the original shape of
the head. The second type of distortion is less evident, but equally
noteworthy. It will be observed in most of the photographs of the
Florissant species that the eyes are more remote from the lateral mar-
gins of the head than they are in the majority of living species. This is
not a morphological peculiarity of the extinct species, but is merely
due to the flattening of the head, and can be duplicated in recent forms
by applying the necessary amount of pressure.
The application of a dilute solution of damar to the fossil has been
found to improve the visibility of the insects nearly a hundred per cent.
jVIany structures, especially the antennal segments and the veins of
the wing, which could not otherwise be discerned in some specimens,
become very distinct by the use of this medium. The resin hardens in a
few hours, thus serving to protect the fossil from dust or scratches, and
even from the cracking caused by the changes of atmospheric condi-
tions. The hardened damar can easily be removed if desired, by soak-
ing the specimen in xylol for a few days and then washing it for an
equivalent time in absolute alcohol.
The Florissant ants are the only ones from American deposits which
are sufficiently well preserved to permit determination of the generic
affinities. Even the Green River shales, which have yielded a great
number of splendidly preserved insects of other groups, have not pro-
duced a single satisfactory ant. My observations of the European
fossil ants lead me to the conclusion also that those of Florissant are
far better preserved than those of any other known deposit, excepting,
of course, the Baltic amber. I have never seen a Radoboj or Oeningen
ant with the eyes, antennae, or clypeus preserved, and very few of
those described by Heer from those two localities show such details,
as do the many of the Florissant specimens.
8 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Only a small percentage of the ants in the collections at my disposal
consist of both obverse and reverse. This is rather unfortunate, since
the reverse is never the mirror image of the obverse. If, for example, a
specimen is preserved in a dorso-lateral position, one half shows the
structures as seen from above (eyes, clypeus, etc.) and the counterpart,
only those visible from beneath (maxillae, etc.). This condition is well
illustrated by the holotype of Archiponcra wheeleri, sp. nov., of which
the obverse is shown on Plate 1 and the reverse on Plate 2, fig. 1. When,
however, the ant has been excessively crushed, as has frequently
happened, the structures on the dorsal surface of the body may be
faintly impressed on the ventral half. Of course, there are no structural
differences in the halves of a fossil showing a lateral view of the ant,
since the latter is bilaterally symmetrical.
Although the classification of living ants is based largely on workers,
the poor representation of this caste among the fossils prevents us from
following the same procedure in this study. As a consequence, I have
substituted wherever possible the female for the worker as the im-
portant form of the species. The nature of the preservation of the ants
has also required the selection of taxonomic characters somewhat differ-
ent from those usually employed in the study of recent ants. The vena-
tion of. the forewing is nearly indispensable for classification of the fos-
sils, and inasmuch as the commonest castes are males and females,
most of the specimens are winged. It is very essential, however, that
venational characters be used with considerable caution, for in the
ants as a whole the nature of the venation seems to be of little phylo-
genic value. The arrangement of the veins in some of the highly special-
ized myrmicines, for example, is identical with that of certain primitive
ponerines, yet the venation of two species within the same genus may
be utterly different. Many ants, as Lasius umhratus (Adolf, 1880),
have an exceedingly variable venation, and only a very few species,
if any, have the shape of the cubital and discoidal cells exactly con-
stant. It is not practical, therefore, to base a species on the micro-
measurements of the sides of a cell, as Cockerell has done in his de-
scription of three ants from Florissant and a number of others from
European deposits. There are some genera, however, which have the
arrangement of the veins fairly constant and many of these are made
distinctive by certain peculiarities which prove a great help in recog-
nizing the genus — e.g., in Myrmica the apical half of the first inter-
cubitus is always lacking. As far as the Florissant ants are concerned,
the venation affords the best means of distinguishing the dolichoderines
from the formicines, for the character ordinarily used to separate these
( arpenter: fossil axts of north America 9
subfamilies, the shape of the cloaca, cannot be seen in the fossils. Vena-
tional studies have shown that if a member of one of these groups has
two cubital cells, it is a dolichoderine; if it has only one cubital cell, it
mav belong to either subfamilv.
The shape of the head, although somewhat distorted in most of the
fossil ants, can nevertheless be used as a dependable character. In a
large series of specimens of one species at least a few individuals are
only very slightly flattened or distorted, and, even if all the specimens
of a species are somewhat distorted, it is possible, as indicated above,
to obtain a fairly accurate conception of the shape of the head. The
mandibles are preserved in most of the Florissant specimens, often with
sufficient completeness to show the details of the dentition. The cly-
peus is occasionally, but not frequently, visible at least to such an ex-
tent that the contour of the posterior margin can be determined. The
antennae furnish the most reliable characters and this is especially
advantageous because the same structure is likewise used in the classi-
fication of recent forms. The value of antennal characters in the
fossils is also dependent upon the fact that the antennae are only a
very little, if at all, distorted by the pressure which flattens the body
of the insects. The length of the scape and the relative size of the
funicular segments have been determined for nearly all of the Floris-
sant ants, the only exceptions being a few aberrant forms which de-
serve description because of certain peculiarities. The eyes and even
the ocelli have been discerned in most of the species, but it has already
been explained above that the position of the eyes with respect to the
lateral margins of the head is more or less dependent upon the amount
of pressure to which the ant has been subjected. The color of the ants
of the Florissant deposit does not usually indicate the original color of
the insects and is of little use in identifying the fossil species. Brues
has observed (1910) that the metallic colors of the parasitic Hymenop-
tera were clearly preserved in the Florissant specimens, but the pig-
mental colors of the ants appear to have been affected by the chemical
activity which took place during the process of preservation of these
insects. Individuals of a species vary from light brown to black, de-
pending at least partly upon the rapidity of entombment, for the lighter
specimens are usually much better preserved than the darker ones.
There are, however, a few species, such as Lasius peritulus (Ckll.) and
Formica robusta, n. sp., which are always brown, and since I have found
this to be true for the hundreds of individuals of these two species
which I have examined, it is very probable that the living ant was
this same color. The relative size and qualitative dimensions of the
10 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
various parts of the ants are a necessary addition to the specific de-
scriptions, and in the case of some males and a few workers, it has not
been possible to give any other specific characters. Unless otherwise
noted, the dimension given is the average of the results obtained from
measurements of all the individuals of a species; only when a species
has been found to be unusually variable are the two extremes indicated.
With some exceptions, each description of a new species is accom-
panied by a photograph of the holotype and a diagrammatic drawing
of the ant. The photographs are essential to show the habitus of the
fossils and will be of much assistance in the determination of material,
although few details are visible in photographs of the size used. The
drawings are not based upon any one specimen, except in the case of
uniques, but are composite pictures containing all the characters which
have been found in the specimens of the species illustrated. They are
not, however, reconstructions in the usual sense of the term. The legs
have been omitted from the figures, since they are not ordinarily well
enough preserved for taxonomic purposes.
The preceding discussion has been made rather detailed in order to
explain some of the problems encountered in this study, and the
methods by which they have been partly, at least, overcome. This was
considered advisable because the average entomologist appears to be
skeptical of the results obtained by the study of fossil insects. The
specialist who has for many years been determining his species by the
distribution of hairs on the insect's head or the structure of the genitals
naturally doubts the systematic value of the gross characters which are
alone visible in the fossils, and consequently hesitates to accept the
conclusions of the palaeoentomologist. Those who hold such an opinion
have, I believe, overlooked the very significant fact that the study of
fossil insects is essentially a division of palaeontology, rather than
entomology. The palaeoentomologist is primarily concerned with the
phylogeny of the insects, and whether or not one of the extinct forms
has a little more pubescence on the abdomen than another is of very
little consequence. If I have included under the name of Formica ro-
btista two closely related species, differing only by the intensity of
sculpturing on the clypeus, our conception of the geological history of
the ants remains unchanged. The important fact is that the genus
Formica, or even that a Formica-like genus, existed in Colorado during
the Miocene.
The reconstruction of prehistoric life is always a slow process,
whether we are concerned with the minute insect or the gigantic dino-
saur. The picture of the earth's past is necessarily formed by the grad-
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 11
ual accumulation of fragments which, when placed together, make the
whole. Just as the extinct reptile, at first known only by a single bone,
is finally completely recognized by the addition of further material,
so the fossil insect, originally represented by awing or parts of the body,
eventually becomes known to us in all details. And although the ac-
cumulation of the necessary specimens may be delayed for many years
and the important details missing for an equivalent time, the results,
on the whole, are dependable.
II. North American Ant Deposits
Fossil ants have been found in five American localities : ' the Green
River formation of Colorado, Wyoming, and Utah; the Florissant
shales of Colorado; the Elko oil shales of Nevada; the Quesnel clays of
British Columbia; and the Fayette sandstone of Texas. The oldest of
these, and in fact the oldest known ant deposit, is the Green River
formation. This deposit has been known to be fossiliferous since the
middle of the last century when John Evans collected a small fish in the
beds near Green River, Wyoming. It was not until 1867, however,
when the Hayden Geological Survey began a series of explorations of
the Northwest Territories, that the fauna and flora of the shales were
systematically studied. At that time Dr. F. V. Hayden, the director of
the survey, named and described the deposit as follows (1873) : " A
little east of Rock Spring station [Wyoming] a new group commences
composed of thinly laminated chalky shales, which I have called the
Green River shales because they are best displayed along the Green
River. They are evidently of purely fresh water origin and of middle
Tertiary age. The layers are nearly horizontal and, as shown in the
valley of Green River, present a peculiarly banded appearance. . . .
The flora is already extensive, and the fauna consists of Melanias,
Corbulas, and vast quantities of fresh water fishes. There are also
numerous insects and other small undetermined fossils in the asphalt
slates."
As these geological explorations continued, it became apparent that
the same shales extended into Colorado, Utah, and other parts of Wyo-
ming (Emmons, 1877; Endlich, 1878; Peale, 1876; White, 1878). In
recent times more detailed studies on the geology of the formation have
been made by Winchester (1923) and Bradley (1926). The shales were
' Since this paper was written (1928) a few ants have also been found in the Miocene
(Latah) of Washington, and a single specimen has bsen collected in the Eocene (Wilcox) of
Tennessee.
12 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
originally supposed to have been deposited by a large lake, some three
hundred miles long and one hundred and fifty miles wide, and contain-
ing fresh water, as mentioned by Hayden in the description quoted
above. Evidence accumulated within the past two years, however,
indicates that the beds were formed by a number of small lakes, wdth a
sahne content at least part of the time (Bradley, 1926; Henderson,
1926; Cockerell, 1926).
Studies on the plants of the formation have determined the geologi-
cal age as approximately middle Eocene. Knowlton (1922) in his ex-
cellent revision of the flora lists eighty-four species of plants and pre-
sents some interesting conclusions on the environment of the biota:
"... It appears that an overwhelming preponderance of the living
forms in the families represented in the Green River flora are inhabi-
tants of tropical or subtropical regions, many of them in both hemi-
spheres, yet a considerable number include either genera or species
that extend into temperate regions. . . . The physical setting can be
pictured somewhat as follows: about the shores of the lake were certain
flat, low-lying areas, some of them probably swampy, others sandy,
whereon grew the palms, figs, Lomatia, Oreodaphne, hackberries, the
several papilionaceous trees and shrubs, the ferns, grass, sedge, etc.,
and in the water the pickerel weed, Brasenia, algae, etc. On the adja-
cent somewhat higher land might have been the willows, waxberries,
sweet fern, walnuts, oaks, sumacs, maples (?), hollies, etc. . . . The
conditions of temperature and moisture under which the Green River
flora flourished are somewhat difficult of interpretation, as there is
seemingly more or less conflict between the elements of the flora. The
nearest living relatives of certain of the genera that are believed to have
inhabited the lowlands . . . are found mainly in tropical and subtropical
areas. The palms, at least one species of which existed in abundance,
could hardly have lived where the temperature fell below 42° F. and
probably not even where it was considerably higher than this. . . .
The upland flora . . . could well have withstood some degree of frost,
but on the other hand all these genera contain species that could find a
congenial habitat in a warm temperate region. It is doubtful if any of
them had to withstand cutting frosts."
The insect fauna of the formation contains nearly 300 described
species and is not very different from that of the region at the present
time. The abundance of the Fulgoridae, however, is rather striking,
and Cockerell (1920) believes that these insects have a certain tropical
appearance and resemble tropical genera. On the other hand, Alex-
ander (1920) considers that the tipulid fauna is typical of that of the
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 13
north temperate region, so that the insects, as well as the plants, ap-
pear to show both tropical and temperate affinities.
The only other American Eocene deposit to yield fossil ants is at
Mossy Creek, about three miles southwest of Wellborn, Brazos County,
Texas. The beds, which belong to the Jackson series, consist at this
outcrop of kaolinite lenses in sandstone, and contain twenty-four
species of plants, including a common Comhretum and the littoral palm,
Nipaditcs. Professor E. W. Berry (1924) has concluded more or less
tentatively, from his study of the flora, that the latter is indicative of a
subtropical climate and a strictly coastal location. The insect fauna is
very little known, only two species having been described.
The deposit at Quesnel, British Columbia, consists chiefly of fine
grayish and greenish-white clan's. The age of the formation is still
somewhat uncertain, but the latest researches point to the Miocene
(Reinecke, 1920). The flora is badly in need of revision, and since the
insect fauna is a small one, nothing definite can be said of the climatic
conditions under which the biota existed.
The two remaining ant deposits also belong to the Miocene and
appear to be very similar as to fauna and flora. The smaller of these is
the oil shale of Elko and its vicinity, in Nevada. No fossil insects have
previously been described from this outcrop or, in fact, from any other
rocks in the state, although the presence of insects has been recognized
since Emmons's explorations during 1867-73. In his report on the geol-
ogy of the region (1877) he states, "Adjoining the coal beds are fine
bituminous shales, which closely resemble the brown paper shales of
the Green River series at Green River City, Wyoming. In these are
found the same plentiful remains of fishes, and also occasional insects."
The geology of this bed was more carefully investigated by Winchester
(1923), who states that " the shales . . . are in part clean clay shales
but are mainly sandy. They usually lack sharp and distinct lamination
and are generally interbedded with thin layers of muddy sandstone.
In color they are commonly light gray, bluish gray, or brown. . . . Very
thinly laminated paper shales are common at certain horizons." These
strata have yielded a few fossil plants, which have been referred to the
following genera (Knowlton, 1919): Coiiiptonia, Carpinus, Fagvs,
Ficus, Lycopodium, Myrica, Planera, Popidus, Scdix, Sapoiadtes,
Sequoia, and Thuja. Lesquereux, who first studied the flora, believed
(1878) that the beds were the same age as those at Florissant, and
Cope came to this conclusion from his studies on the fishes. At that
time the Florissant shales were placed in the late Eocene or Oligocene,
but further researches by Cockerell, Henderson, and Knowlton have
14 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
shown that they belong to the Miocene. In 1919 Knowlton definitely
referred the Elko shales to this latter horizon, and this decision was
later substantiated by the discovery of a Miocene mammal in the
deposit (Winchester, 1923). The bed covers only a small area, not over
thirty square miles, and appears to have been laid down by a fresh
water lake under climatic conditions not unlike those which existed at
Florissant during the Miocene. The only insects from this deposit
which I have been able to locate are in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, and were collected by S. W. Garman in the thinly laminated
paper shales about twenty miles northeast of the Elko station.
The other Miocene ant beds are the Florissant shales, which are lo-
cated about thirty miles west of Colorado Springs, Colorado. Scud-
der's description of the location of the deposit is so admirable that I
quote his own words : " By climbing a neighboring peak, thrice bap-
tized as Crystal Mountain, Topaz Butte, and Cheops Pyramid, and
known to the old miners as Slim Jim, we obtain an admirable view of
the ancient lake and the surrounding region. To the southeast is Pike's
Peak; to the west, South Park and the canon of the South Platte, shown
by a depression; to the extreme south the Grand Caiion of the Arkan-
sas; while to the north a few sharp, ragged, granite peaks surmount the
low wooded hills and ravines characteristic of the nearer region. Among
these hills and ravines, and only a little broader than the rest of the
latter, lies to the south, the ancient Florissant Lake basin, marked by
an irregular L-shaped grassy meadow, the southern half broader and
more rolling than the northwestern, the latter more broken and with
deeper inlets." This deposit, which has produced more insects than any
other known locality, was found to be fossiliferous by A. C. Peale in
1876. The geology and stratigraphy have been discussed in detail by a
number of investigators, so only a brief survey of that aspect wnll be
presented here. The upper part of the formation alone is fossiliferous,
and this is composed of strata which vary much in thickness and com-
position, although for the most part volcanic ash, sand, and mud are
the constituents. The shales apparently had their origin at the bottom
of a lake, in the vicinity of which were a number of active volcanoes.
The dust and ashes from the frequent eruptions of these volcanoes fell
to the surface of the lake, carrying along the insects which happened to
be flying or blown over the water, and quickly entombed them in a
matrix of ash, sand and mud. Leaves of trees and shrubs, torn from
their branches by violent winds and falling cinders, are exceedingly
common in these shales. The flora of the deposit, which has been
studied mainly by Lesquereux (1878, 1883), Kirchner (1878), Cockerell
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 15
(1908), and Knowlton (1917), includes such genera as Acacia, Acer,
Alnus, Amclanckicr, Aster, Bctula, Carpiims, Comptonia, Ficus, Fraxi-
nus, Hicoria, Ilex, Juglans, Magnolia, Myrica, Pinus, Populvs, Quer-
cus, Rhamnus, Rhus, Rosa, Salix, Sequoia, Smilax, and Ulmv^.
The insect fauna is exceptionally large, over a thousand species hav-
ing been described, and seems to be modern in most respects. Both the
insects and the plants suggest that the climate at the time of the depo-
sition of the shales was similar to that of our southern states. Scudder
has frequently observed that some of the insects have subtropical and
even tropical affinities, and Cockerell has also called attention (1907)
to a few genera which are now restricted to the old world (e.g. Glossina).
The ant fauna shows this same geographical relationship.
III. The Eocene Ant Fauna
1. The Green River formation, belonging to the Middle Eocene,
contains the oldest ants know^n.' The only other ant deposits of Eocene
age are the Bagshot beds, England, and the Fayette sandstone, Texas,
both of which are somewhat younger than the Green River. The shales
of this latter formation also have the distinction of being the first
American rocks to produce Tertiary insects, one of the first specimens
collected being an ant. In 1865, Professor William Denton, of Boston,
discovered a series of Tertiary beds at the Junction of the Green and
WTiite Rivers, near the Colorado-Utah border (Fossil Canon and
Chagrin ^'alley). During the course of his examination of the petroleum
shales which formed a part of the deposit, he found numbers of " Dip-
terous insects, especially mosquitos, and their larvae" (Denton, 1866).
The insects were examined by Scudder who reported that the collection
consisted of ninety specimens, representing sixty-five species, one of
which belonged to Myrmica. This ant Scudder later concluded to be a
dolichoderine, and described it as Liometopum. pingue. Three years
later. Dr. F. V. Hayden, who conducted many geological explorations
into the Northwest Territories, found a few insects in a bed of these
same petroleum shales which were exposed along a section (" Petrified
Fish Cut") of the then recently built Union Pacific Railroad, at Green
River City, Wyoming. Scudder studied these insects also, and stated
that they belonged to " three species, one being an ant, the others flies.
The ant is rather poorly preserved, and must be examined with great
care before its precise characters can be determined." This species was
' An earlier ant, Euponera berryi Carp., has recently been found in tbe Lower Eocene of
Tennessee. See Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., 19, p. 300-301, 1929.
16 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
eventually described as Lasius terreus. During 1870 Scudder himself
collected in these shales, both at the Wyoming and Utah exposures.
In more recent times, ants haAe also been taken in this formation by
Mr. Earl Douglass (1908, 1923), Mr. J. L. Kay (1923), Mr. Dean Win-
chester (1916), and Professor and Mrs. T. D. A. Cockerell (1922).
Although five supposed ants have been described from the Green
River shales, only the one following is well enough preserved so that it
can be placed in a subfamily with any degree of certainty. I am unable
to add anything definite to the original description of the genus or
species.
Myrmicinae
Archimyrmex Cockerell
CockereU, T. D. A., 1923. Entomologist, 56, p. 51-52.
" Rather large, elongated ants, with a general resemblance to Myrme-
cia, but with the eyes (as in Prionomyrmex) high up on the side of the
head; the epinotum with a distinct elevation (presumably pair of ele-
vations), placed as in Edatomma tuberculatum, but large and obtuse;
mandibles less elongate, but still long, the cutting edge with coarse,
obtuse teeth, between which are smaller ones; femora apparently
shorter than in Myrmecia; first joint of pedicel elongated, with a dorsal
elevation beyond the middle, the joint less massive than in the other
two genera, but similar in principle to that of Myrmecia vindex Smith;
second joint large and robust, quite like that of Myrmecia, as also the
gaster."
Genotype. — Archimyrmex rostratus Ckll.
Archimyrmex rostratus Ckll.
(Plate 2, fig. 5)
Cockerell, T. D. A., 1923. Entomologist, 56, p. 51-52.
Wheeler, W. M., 1928. Soc. ins., p. 117.
"Worker: Color as preserved brown, the upper part of head and the
gaster blackened, the coloration perhaps originally similar to that of
Myrmecia vindex var. nigraceps Mayr. Length nearly 16 mm.; head
with mandibles about 4 mm.; thorax about 5.3 mm. ; middle femurabout
3.7 mm."
Loccdity. — Roan Mountain, Colorado (Ute Trail).
Holotypc. — Obverse, no. 15174, University of Colorado; reverse, no.
69617, U. S. N. M.
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 17
In his original description Cockerell regarded this ant as a ponerine,
because of the apparent constriction at about the middle of the gaster.
Wheeler, however, concluded (1928) from Cockerell's figure that "the
specimen is more probably a Myrmicine. This is suggested by the
shape of the petiole, the blunt or broken (?) spine on the epinotum and
the shape of the head, which is unlike that of the existing Ponerinae."
Through the kindness of Dr. R. S. Bassler I was able to study and
photograph the reverse of the type at the National Museum. The
obverse, at the University of Colorado, I was also permitted to ex-
amine, but was not able to secure a satisfactory photograph because of
the lack of the necessary apparatus. My observations on these fossils
did not aid materially in determining the affinities of the ant, although
I believe that what appears to be an epinotal spine is merely the only
part of the epinotum which is exposed to its dorsal surface, the adjoin-
ing parts of the epinotum being covered by the matrix of the rock. In
as much as the specimen was a holotype, however, no attempt was
made to test this conclusion by exposing the hidden part of the thorax.
The habitus of the insect is certainly more suggestive of a myrmicine
than a ponerine.
The two following Green River species, although unquestionably
ants, are not sufficiently well known to permit even subfamily classifi-
cation.
EoFORMiCA PINGUE (Scudder)
(Plate 2, fig. 6)
Ldometopum pingue, Scudder, S. H., 1877. Bull. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Terr.,
3, p. 742-743.
Liotnetopum pingue, Scudder, S. H., 1890. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., 13, p. 617.
Eoformica eocenica, Cockerell, T. D. A., 1921. Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., 59, p. 38.
Eoformica eocenica, 'VVTieeler, W. M., 1928. Soc. Ins., p. 117.
Male. — Length, 7.5 mm.; head small, nearly round, but somewhat
broader behind; thorax broad, about twice as wide, and more than
twice as long as the head; gaster rounded, about twice as long as the
head and somewhat broader. Length of head, 1.2 mm.; thorax, 3.0
mm. ; gaster, 2.7 mm. ^Yidth of head, 1 .2 mm. ; thorax, 2.2 mm. ; gaster,
2.7 mm.
Locality.— Green River City, ^yyoming; Rio Blanco County, Colo-
rado; Uinta County, Utah.
Holotype.— No. 2937, M. C. Z.
This species was originally referred by Scudder to the genus Liomc-
18 bulletin: museuai of comparative zoology
topum, but none of the known specimens are sufficiently well preserved
to warrant this conclusion. In 1921 Cockerell described an ant (no.
66932, U. S. N. M.) from the Green River shales as Eoformica eocenica,
for which he established a new genus. At the end of his description he
suggested that this species might be identical withScudder's Liomctopum
pinguc, and my comparison of the two types shows that this really is
the case. Cockerell attempted a restoration of the frontal view of the
head of this species, although the only specimen which he saw pre-
sented a lateral aspect of the insect. Through the courtesy of the
National Museum I was able to make a careful study of the fossil which
Cockerell used as the basis of this restoration, but could not discern
any definite indications of the eyes or mandibles shown in his figures.
If either of Cockerell's drawings (which do not agree in certain details)
represent the true characteristics of the ant, the species can have only
the remotest affinities with Formica or Liometopum.
Regardless of the vague relationships of this insect, there are several
noteworthy features associated with it. Although none of the other
Green River ants is known from more than a single specimen, I have
seen twenty-six individuals of E. pinguc, all of which are males. The
wide distribution over the various outcrops of the Green River forma-
tion is also remarkable. Scudder's specimens were collected at Fossil
Canon, White River, Utah (Denton), and Green River, Wyoming
(Packard) ; and the one described by Cockerell as Eoformica eocenica,
at Cathedral Bluffs, Colorado. The additional fossils which I have
examined represent the following localities: Wagon Hound Caiion,
Uinta County, Utah (Douglass); White River Caiion, Uinta County,
Utah (Kay); White River, Uinta County, Utah (Douglass); Roan
Mountains, Rio Blanco County, Colorado (Winchester and Cockerell) ;
Dripping Rock Caiion, Rio Blanco County, Colorado (Douglass);
and Green River, Wyoming (Winchester). If the species were not so
common at the localities mentioned, which are spread over an area of
about 34,000 miles, one might easily assume that the relative abun-
dance of individuals was due to the drowning of a number of specimens
of a single nuptial flight, which happened to be directed over the lake.
But the regular occurrence of the species over so large an area is con-
clusive evidence that this ant was in reality the commonest in the
vicinity of the Green River lakes. That the species also existed in the
region for a long period is evinced by the presence of specimens at
various levels of the shales, which at some exposures exceed a thousand
feet in thickness.
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 19
(Formicidae) terreus (Scudder)
Lasius terreus, Scudder, S. H., 1878. Bull. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Terr., 4, p.
747-748.
Lasius terreus, Scudder, S. H., 1890. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., 13, p. 618;
pi. 10, fig. 23.
Worker (f). — Length, 7.5 mm.; "head small, rounded, with an-
tennae shaped as in Lasius, but of which the number and relative length
of the joints cannot be determined from their obscurity; the long basal
joint, however, appears to be comparatively short and of uniform size,
being not quite so long as the width of the head, while the rest of the
antenna is more than half as long as the basal joint and thickens very
slightly near the apex. The thorax, preserved so as to show more of a
dorsal than a lateral view, is compact, oval, less than twice as long as
broad, with no deep separation between the meso- and metathorax,
tapering a little posteriorly. The peduncle, as preserved, is a minute
circular joint, but from its discoloration appears to have had a regular,
rounded, posterior eminence. The abdomen consists of live joints, is
very short, oval, compact and regular, and of about the size of the
thorax, although rounder." Length of head, L4 mm. ; thorax, 3.3 mm. ;
gaster, 3.0 mm. Width of head, LO mm.; thorax, L9 mm.; gaster,
2.2 mm.
Localify. — Green River City, Wyoming.
Holotype — No. 69618 U. S. N. M.
The single specimen 'of this species is very poorly preserved, and
since I have not been able to discern in the type many of the characters
given by Scudder in the description quoted above, it is very probable
that the fossil has deteriorated since Scudder's examination of it. The
assignment of this species to Lasius or any other existing genus will
not be justified until additional specimens have been found.
The two follomng Green River insects described by Scudder as ants
do not really belong to the family, but apparently to some other groups
of aculeate Hymenoptera:
"Myrmica sp." Scudder
Scudder, S. H., 1878. Bull. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Terr., 4, p. 748.
"Camponotus vetus" Scudder
Scudder, S. H., 1877. Bull. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Terr., 3, p. 742.
In addition to the preceding fossils I have seen four other ants from
the Green River formation, collected by Mr. Earl Douglass in Uinta
20 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
County, Utah. One of these, an isolated specimen, is possibly a poner-
ine queen ; the remaining three, which are close together on a small slab
of the shale, seem to belong to different genera, but they are so poorly
preserved that their generic affinities cannot definitely be ascertained.
At any rate, these four species, together with the three discussed above,
are sufficient to show that the ant fauna of the Middle Eocene was es-
sentially a modern one, at least to the extent that several of the living
families were already established and the castes differentiated.
2. The kaolinite of the Jackson formation (Upper Eocene) has
yielded a single, splendidly preserved forewing of an ant.
(Formicidae) eoptera (Ckll.)
Formica eoptera, Cockerell, T. D. A., 1923. Amer. Journ. Sci.,5 (29), p. 399-400.
"Anterior wing, 11 mm. long and 4 wide; hyaline, faintly reddish,
with pale but stout veins; stigma lanceolate, slender; costal cell very
slender; basal nervure wnth upper section only slightly out of straight
line with lower, the lower distinctly but not much longer; nervulus
about 1.6 mm. basad of basal nervure; discoidal cell large, subquad-
rate, but narrower above than below, and apically broader than basally,
the upper basal corner obtuse; marginal cell long and broad, its inner
corner acute; marginal and cubital nervures forming a cross as in
Camponotus."
Locality. — Mossy Creek, Brazos County, Texas.
The holotype of this insect appears to be lost; it is not recorded at the
National Museum, where the rest of Professor Berry's types are lo-
cated.
As Wheeler has already pointed out (1928), a generic determination
of this ant is impossible.
IV. The Miocene Ant Fauna
1. The ant fauna of the Quesnel clays (Fraser Formation) is even
more fragmentarily known than that of Green River; only four speci-
mens have been found and these are so poorly preserved that very
little can be said of their affinities. The species represented by these
fossils were described by Scudder, three of them as ants and the fourth
as a brachonid.
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 21
(Dolichoderinae) obliterata (Scudder)
Hypoclinea obliterata, Scudder, S. H., 1877. Rep. Progr.Geol. Surv.Can., 1875-
76, p. 267.
Hypoclinea obliterata, Scudder, S. H., 1890. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., 13, p. 616,
pi. 3, fig. 25, 26.
The specimen from which this ant was described consists only of the
gaster, the posterior half of the thorax, and a forewing. Since the
pedicel is apparently single jointed and the wing has two cubital cells,
the species is probably a dolichoderine, but there is no evidence what-
ever that it belongs to Dolichoderus.
Holoiypc. — Obverse, no. 6179, Canadian Geological Survey; re-
verse, no. 2938, M. C. Z.
(Myrmicinae) longaeva (Scudder)
Aphaenogaster longaeva, Scudder, S. H., 1877. Rep. Progr. Geol. Surv. Can.,
1875-76, p. 267.
Aphaenogaster longaeva, Scudder, S. H., 1890. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., 13, p. 61,
pi. 13, fig. 24.
The forewing and some parts of the body are preserved; the pedicel
is typically myrmicine, but no generic determination can be made.
Holotypc. — Obverse, no. 6178, Canadian Geological Survey; reverse,
no. 2939, M. C. Z.
(Formicidae) arcana (Scudder)
Formica arcana, Scudder, S. H., 1877. Rep. Progr. Geol. Surv. Can., 1875-76,
p. 266-67.
Formica arcana, Scudder, S. H., 1890. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., 13, p. 618, pi. 13,
fig. 24.
This ant is represented by a forewing, possessing a cubital and dis-
coidal cell, and consequently might belong to any one of a number of
genera.
Holotypc. — No. 6180, Canadian Geological Survey.
(Formicidae) antediluvianum (Scudder)
Calyptites antediluvianum, Scudder, S. H., 1878. Rep. Progr. Geol. Surv. Can.,
1876-77, p. 270.
Calyptites antediluvianum, "Wheeler, W. M., 1908. Journ. f. Psych, u. Neurol.,
13, p. 417,
22 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
This species, based on one specimen consisting of a forewing, was
originally described by Scudder as a braconid, but it is really a formicid
with uncertain generic affinities.
Holotype. — Canadian Geological Survey.
2. The oil shales at Elko, Nevada, have contributed one fossil ant,
which, although poorly preserved and much distorted, is nevertheless
described below because it represents a new locality for the family,
and even for the insects as a whole.
FORMICINAE
PsEUDOCAMPONOTUs, gen. nov.
Similar to Camponotus but with the eyes and antennal insertions
farther forward on the head; antennae consisting of twelve segments in
the female.
Genotype. — Ps. elkoanus, sp. nov.
PsEUDOCAMPONOTUS ELKOANUS, Sp. nOV.
Plate 2, fig. 2
Female. — Length, 7.0 mm. Head quadrate, a little longer than broad ;
mandibles massive, triangular; clypeus large, the anterior border with a
small tooth on each side of a median notch, the posterior margin with
a lobe extending back nearly' to the middle of the head; eyes small,
situated at about the middle of the sides of the head; scape just reach-
ing the posterior margin of the head, slender; funicular segments sub-
equal, about as long as broad; thorax about as long and as broad as the
head; petiole apparently rather wide; gaster small, only a little longer
than the head, rounded. Length of head, L8 mm.; scape, 122 mm.;
funiculus, L8 mm. ; thorax, 2.0 mm. ; gaster, 2.4 mm. ; forewing, 6.0 mm.
Width of head, L3 mm.; thorax, L2 mm.; gaster, 2.0 mm.
Locality. — Near Elko, Nevada, "20 miles or more northeast from
the station, from a shaft sunk by the Central Pacific Railroad Com-
pany." (S. W. Garman).
Holotype.— No. 2940, M. C. Z.
The obscurity of the petiole and venation of this species prevents the
generic affinities from being accurately determined. The habitus is
nearest to that of the Camponotini, with the exception of the position
of the eyes and the antennal insertions, so that until additional material
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 23
has been found the species had probably best be assigned to a new genus
within this tribe. Professor Wheeler has suggested to me that the pro-
longation of the clypeus gives somewhat the appearance of the trun-
cated head of the subgenus Colohopsis, and this character would agree
with the structure of the mandibles as indicating that the ant was a
wood-inhabiting species.
The Florissant shales have produced more fossil ants than any
of the other deposits, excepting, of course, the Baltic amber. Scudder
remarks in his volume on the Tertiary insects of North America that
" the ants are the most numerous of all the insects at Florissant, com-
prising, perhaps, a fourth of all the specimens; they form more than
three-fourths, perhaps four-fifths, of all the Hymenoptera; I have al-
ready about four thousand specimens of perhaps fifty species (very
likely many more)." Some four thousand additional specimens were
obtained by the expeditions conducted after 1900, and Mr. S. A. Roh-
wer tells me that a great number of poorly preserved ants were dis-
carded at the locality. Still further evidence of the abundance of the
ants at the time of the existence of the Florissant biota is afforded by
the presence of many specimens of fossil fish excrement, apparently
consisting of the "hard, indigestible heads of ants" (Wheeler, 1910).
About half of the 12,000 specimens which I have examined are well
enough preserved to permit specific determination, and nearly a half
of the remainder show details sufficient for generic diagnosis. By far
the majority of the specimens are males and females, which are nearly
equally represented; only about two per cent, are workers. This scarc-
ity of neuters is obviously due to their inability to fly over the lake,
for since only a relatively few specimens were blown from the trees or
shrubs into the water, they were rarely preserved as fossils. The same
deficiency of workers was observed by Heer in his study of the ants
in the Oeningen beds, in which "mit einigen wenigen Ausnehmen
finden sich nur geflugelte Individuen vor, well die ungeflugelten Thiere,
hier also die geschechtslosen Individuen, viel seltener im Wasser
verungluchten, als die ersteren." The opposite tendency is naturally
found in the Baltic amber fauna, most of which " are workers and be-
long to more or less arboreal species, but there are also quite a number
of males and females. As nearly all of the latter have wings, they must
have been caught in the liquid resin just before or after the nuptial
flight." (Wheeler, 1910.)
The correlation of the castes of the Florissant ants is very difficult.
This is especially so because the females and males of a species do not
usually occur even in an approximately equal abundance. The com-
24
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
monest female, for example, is that of Protazteca elongata, sp. nov.,
while the most abundant male is that of Lasius peritulus (Ckll.). An
even better illustration is afforded by Miomyrmc.x impadus (Ckll.) and
M. striatus, sp. nov., the former of which is represented by thirty-seven
females and one male, and the latter by two females and fifteen males.
The determination of the affinities of the males has been exceedingly
troublesome, partly because this caste has been so little used in the
taxonomy of existing ants, and partly because of the slight generic
differentiation of this sex.
The number of species of Florissant ants was estimated by Scudder
to be close to fifty, but this is considerably more than the actual amount.
Thirty-two species are described below and although a few others may
turn up in later collections, the total number will probably not exceed
forty. These species are distributed among five of the seven recognized
subfamilies. The following list shows the abundance of the species, and
the table summarizes the ant faunas of the Florissant shales and the
Baltic amber, so that they may be easily compared.
Name
Archiponera wheeleri, sp. nov.
Pseudomyrma extincla, sp. nov.
Aphaenogaster mayri, sp. nov.
Aphaenogaster donisthorpei, sp. nov.
Pheidole tertiaria, sp. nov.
Messor sculpturatus, sp. nov.
Pogonomyrmex fossilis, sp. nov.
Lithomyrmex rugosus, sp. nov.
Lithomyrmex striatus, sp. nov.
Cephalomyrmex rotundatus, sp. nov.
Mianeuretus mirabilis, sp. nov.
Dolichoderus antiquus, sp. nov.
DoUchoderus rohweri, sp. nov.
Protazteca elongata, sp. nov.
Protazteca qvxidrata, sp. nov.
Protazteca capitata, .sp. nov.
Liomeiopum miocenicum, sp. nov.
Liometopum scudderi, sp. nov.
Elaeomyrmex gracilis, sp. nov.
Elaeomyrmex coloradensis, sp. nov.
Iridomyrmex jlorissantius, sp. nov.
Iridomyrmex obscurans, sp. nov.
Miomyrmex impactus (Ckll.)
Miomyrmex striatus, sp. nov.
No. of
Sexes known
Specimens
^ c?
2
9
2
f^ c^ 9
200
9
1
9
2
9
20
^
1
c^ 9
40
^ 9
2
9
1
9
1
y? 9
10
^ 9
7
y d^ 9
1,500
S 9
50
y? 9
30
^ d^ 9
1,500
S 9
200
e 9
50
5 9
29
9
34
9
26
y c? 9
38
c^ 9
17
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA
25
Name
Petraeomyrmex minimus, sp. nov.
Formica robusta, sp. nov.
Formica cockerelU, sp. nov.
Formica grandis, sp. nov.
Lasius peritulus (Ckll.)
Camponotus fuscipennis, sp. nov.
Camponotus microcephalus, sp. nov.
Camponotus peirifactus, sp. nov.
No. of
Sexes k
nown
Specimens
?
11
d'
9
400
&
9
5
9
1
<f
9
1,400
9
4
S
9
1
7
Subfamily
FLORISSANT
Extinct
Extant
genera
genera
Species
Individuals
Ponerinae
1
0
1
2
Pseudomvrminae
0
1
1
2
Myrmicinae
2
4
8
267
Dolichoderinae
5
4
15
3,505
Formicinae
0
3
7
1,818
8
12
32
Subfamily
BALTIC AMBER
Extinct
Extant
genera
genera
Species
Individuals
Ponerinae
3
4
8
106
Cerapachinae
1
0
2
6
Pseudomyrminae
0
1
5
18
Mvrmicinae
7
7
25
214
Dolichoderinae
4
3
20
7,508
Formicinae
5
8
32
3,827
20
23
92
From these tables it is obvious that the subfamily Dolichoderinae
is the predominant one of the Florissant ant fauna in all respects —
numbers of genera, species and individuals. The Formicinae rank
second as to the number of individuals present, but are exceeded by
the Myrmicinae in the number of genera and species. It will be noted
that in the amber fauna the Dolichoderinae lead only as to the number
of individuals, the Myrmicinae as to the number of genera, and the
26 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Formicinae as to the number of species. The large number of doHcho-
derine individuals in the amber is due, however, to the excessive
abundance of one species, Iridomyrmex goepperti Mayr, of which
5,428 specimens have been found.
It is also evident from the foregoing list that on a basis of their
geographical distribution the genera of Florissant ants (excepting those
extinct ones whose affinities are not recognized) may be divided into
three groups:
1. Those now present in Colorado or neighboring states. As one
would expect most of the genera fall within this category, as Pseudo-
myrma, Pheidole, Aphaenogaster, Pogonomynnex, Liometopmn, Irido-
myrmex, Formica, Lasius, and Camponotus.
2. Those which represent a definite neotropical element. Here be-
long Arckiponera, gen. nov. (affin. Dinoponera) and Protazteca, gen.
nov. (affin. Aztecci).
3. Those which represent the old-world fauna, as Messor and
Mianeuretus, gen. nov. (affin. Aneuretus).
The significance of this combination of faunas will be discussed later,
but it might be noted here that the Baltic amber ants as well are " a
mixture of what at the present day we are able to recognize as at least
four different faunas, the palearctic, the Indian, the Malayan, and the
Australian, with a little more than one-third the genera and nearly
one-half of the species palearctic and the remainder belonging to
Indomalayan and Australian types." (Wheeler, 1914.)
Comparing the relative numbers of extinct and living ant genera in
the amber and Florissant shales, it is interesting to note that 44.1%
of the former, and 40% of the latter are extinct. This close agreement
is about what should be expected in view of the short interval of time
between the Oligocene and the Miocene. It is also instructive to com-
pare the relative number of extinct genera in the other groups of
Florissant insects which have been sufficiently well treated. Of the
parasitic Hymenoptera, which were studied by Professor C. T. Brues
(1910), about 13% of the genera are no longer living. The great differ-
ence between this percentage and that of the ants is probably largely
due to the fact that in determining the affinities of the fossils Professor
Brues was obliged to consider the genera in a somewhat broader sense
than has been done with the ants. The Coleoptera, which have been
studied very thoroughly by Professor H. F. ^Yickham, are mainly
represented by living genera also, less than 20% being extinct. This is
not surprising, however, if we bear in mind that this order is geologi-
cally much older than the Hymenoptera, and that many of the living
families were well established during the Triassic.
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 27
PONERINAE
The Florissant collection contains but a single recognizable species of
this subfamily. There are two poorly preserved male ants in the
Scudder material which may possibly belong here also, but they are too
obscure for description. Cockerell has described a species which he
placed in Ponera (1906) and later in Euponera (1927), but this ant is
really a dolichoderine and will be discussed under the new genus
Protazteca.
PONERINI
Archiponera, gen. nov.
Allied to Dinoponera and Streblognathus.
Worker. — Head large, with convex sides and broadly rounded pos-
terior angles; mandibles small, linear; clypeus large, anterior margin
with a median incision, posterior margin with a large median lobe; eyes
small, situated very high up on the sides of the head, a little posterior
of the middle line of the head; oceUi absent; antennae long and slender,
twelve-jointed; petiole short but high, cuneiform; gaster small, globu-
lar, the first two segments of moderate size, the others short and com-
pressed.
Male. — Slender; petiole long, with a low scale; forewing with two
cubital cells, the first intercubitus joining the cubitus at a point much
above the junction of the latter with the recurrent vein; second inter-
cubitus far apical of the termination of the first intercubitus.
Genotype. — Archiponera wheeleri, sp. nov.
Archiponera wheeleri, sp. nov.
Plate 1. Plate 2, fig. 1
Worker. — Length, 15.0 mm. Head nearly round, as broad as long;
posterior margin slightly concaved; scapes greatly exceeding the pos-
terior margin of the head; first six and last funicular segments about
twice as long as broad, the others only about as long as broad; thorax
as long as the head, but only a little more than half as broad; gaster
only a very Httle longer than the head, and not as wide. Length of
head, 4.5 mm.; scape, 3.0 mm.; funiculus, 4.0 mm.; thorax, 4.5 mm.;
gaster, 5.0 mm. Width of head, 4.5 mm.; thorax, 2.3 mm.; gaster,
3.0 mm.
Holotype ( ^ ). — No. 2876a-b, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
28 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
The specimen on which this species is based is an example of the re-
markable preservation which occasionally occurs among Florissant
fossils. Not only are the minute structures preserved in detail, but the
whole insect stands out in such strong relief that the dorsal outline of
the body can be ascertained by regarding the fossil from the side. There
is not the slightest indication of distortion, the insect being perfectly
symmetrical, in a normal, straight position, so that from the photo-
graph one could easily imagine that the figure had been engraved on
the rock. The existence of such strong relief is, of course, proof that
distortion by flattening has been reduced to a minimum. It will be ob-
served, however, that this conclusion is apparently contrary to the
evidence afforded by the remoteness of the eyes from the lateral
margins of the head, for, as was shown above, this condition usually
results from flattening. This contradiction is at once removed and ad-
ditional proof of the systematic position of the ant is furnished by com-
paring extant species of Strcbloguathus, Dinoyoncra, and allied genera,
for in these forms the eyes are actually on the dorsal surface of the head
rather than the sides, and from a dorsal aspect appear in precisely the
same position as they do in the fossil. It will be observed also that only
the first two gastric segments appear to be preserved, but a careful
examination of the reverse of the specimen reveals the remaining seg-
ments compressed together and curled under the second segment.
This is a condition frequently found in specimens of Dinoponera, which
from a dorsal view show only the first two segments.
The constriction between the first and second gastric segments is
very marked (see Plate 2), leaving no question that this ant is a poner-
ine. The linear mandibles, the form of the clypeus and petiole, as well
as the characters mentioned above, place it very close to Dinoponera
and Streblognathus. It differs from each of these genera in the more
rounded head, and also by the lack of the blunt tooth on the sides on
the median emargination of the anterior margin of the clypeus.
Inasmuch as the female of Strcblognaihusor Dinoponera is not known,
I hoped to find the queen of A. wheeleri, sp. nov., in the Florissant col-
lection, but only the male turned up. Unfortunately, the head of this
latter specimen is not preserved, apparently having been separated
from the thorax before the insect was entombed in the mud at the
bottom of the lake. Nevertheless, there are sufficient details present
to associate definitely this fossil with the above worker. The male has
the following characteristics: length, 13.0 mm. Petiole large, the node
with a long anterior face (indicated in relief); gaster long and slender;
venation nearly identical with that of Dinoponera grandis. Length of
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 29
thorax, 5.0 mm.; gaster, 7.0 mm.; forewing, 6.00. Widtli of thorax and
gaster, 3.0 mm.
Alloh/pc— No. 2877, M. C. Z. (^Y. P. Cockerell).
It will be seen from the above description that the male is much
smaller than the worker. This is the reverse of the usual condition in
the ants, but is true of Dinoponera grandis (Guerin) , the worker of which
is about 26.0 mm. long and the male only 18.0 mm. The petiole of the
male has quite the same appearance as that of D. grandis when viewed
from above. The venation is of a peculiar, primitive type, found only
in such ponerine genera as Pdtoihyrcus, Dinoponera, Streblognathus,
and Myrmecia.
The occurrence of such a ponerine as this in the Miocene of Colorado
is of considerable interest in connection with the geographical distribu-
dion of Strcblognaikus and Dinoponera, its nearest relatives. Both of
these extraordinary genera are monospecific, S. aethiopicns (F. Smith)
occurring in South Africa, and D. grandis (Guerin) in South America.
Although these two species are placed in separate genera, distinguished
by the structure of the claws and the shape of the petiole, they are
closely enough related so that we may regard them as a compact group
and representing a supergenus, which during the Pleistocene and per-
haps postglacial times was tropicopolitan, and which during the Ter-
tiary extended further northward, where it was represented by Archi-
ponera wheeleri, sp. nov., and probably other forms still unknown.
Pseudomyrminae
This subfamily, consisting of one tribe, Pseudomyrmini Forel, in-
cludes a few tropical and subtropical species belonging to four genera.
Three of these, Pachysima, Viiiciola, and Tetraponera are confined to
the old world, the latter genus alone extending as far north as Palestine.
Pseudomyrma itself is the only genus which occurs in the New World,
and this reaches as far north as Texas and Florida. In the Tertiary,
however, the subfamily was much more widely distributed, as evinced
by the presence of five species in the Baltic amber belonging to Tetra-
ponera, and one species of Pseudomyrma, described below, from the
Florissant shales.
Pseudomyrma, Latr.
Pseudomyrma extincta, sp. nov.
Plate 3, fig. 4
Female.- — Length, 9.0 mm. Slender, head elongate-oval, with a
short posterior margin and curved lateral margins; scapes very short.
30 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
about one-half the length of the head; thorax about as long and as wide
as the head; petiole and postpetiole attenuate, the petiole longer and
narrower than the postpetiole; gaster slender, nearly two and one-half
times as long as the head, but only a little wider; forewing not exceed-
ing the end of the gaster, with two cubital cells. Length of head, 1.8
mm.; thorax, 2.0 mm.; pedicel, 1.2 mm.; gaster, 4.2 mm.; forewing^
5.0 mm. Width of head and thorax, 1.2 mm.; gaster, 1.8 mm.
IloIoti/pe.— So. 2899, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paraiypc— No. 2900a-b, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
The holotype, an obverse, appears to be dealated. The species is
very rare, only the two types being known.
Myraiicinae
Pheidolini
Aphaenogaster Mayr
This widely distributed genus is represented in the Tertiary forma-
tions by three species in the Baltic amber, two in the Radoboj beds,
and the three following in the Florissant shales. Scudder's Aphaeno-
gaster longacva, from Quesnel, B. C, cannot be referred to this genus^
as shown above.
Aphaenogaster mayri, sp. nov.
Plate 5, fig. 5. Plate 8, fig. 4. Plate 9, fig. 5. Plate 11, fig. 4.
Female. — Length, 7.0-8.0 mm. Moderately slender; head rather
small, longer than broad; posterior margin straight; mandibles large,
well developed; scape rather long and slender, exceeding the posterior
margin of the head; funicular segments 3-8, about one and one-half
times as long as broad, segments 2, 9, 10 a little more than twice as
long as broad, and the last segment three times as long as broad;
thorax longer than the head and a little broader; epinotum with a pair
of short but distinct spines; petiole more or less pedunculate, longer
than the post-petiole; gaster small, about one and one-half times the
length of the head and about as wnde; in many specimens the second
and subsequent segments of the gaster are compressed, so that the
abdomen seems much smaller. Sculpturing on head and thorax usu-
ally distinct. Length of head, 2.1 mm.; scape, 1.5 mm.; funiculus, 2.1
mm. ; thorax, 2.5 mm. ; gaster, 3.0 mm. Width of head, 1 .5 mm. ; thorax
1.8 mm.; gaster, 1.5 mm.
Holotype ( 9 ).— No. 2949, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 31
Paraiypcs ( 9 ).— Nos. 2942, 2901-2912, M. C. Z.; no. 1030, Peabody
Museum, Yale University; nos. 7845-7849, Princeton University;
no. 1701Ga, Colorado University; no. 78,803, U. S. N. M.; no. 22,966,
A. M. X. H.; nos. 36-43, Wickham coll.; no. 10, Carnegie Museum;
no. (1), British Museum.
Male. — Length, 6.0 mm. Similar to the female, but with a smaller,
more nearly triangular head; funicular segments about twice as long
as broad; venation as in the female. Length of head, 1.2 mm.; scape,
0.6 mm.; funiculus, 1.8 mm.; thorax, 1.8 mm.; gaster, 1.8 mm. Width
of head, 0.7 mm.; thorax, 0.9 mm.; gaster, 1.5 mm.
AUoh/pc (cT).— No. 2914, M. C. Z.; no. 10031, Peabody Museum;
no. 17016b, University of Colorado; no. 78,803, U. S. N. M.
JVorkcr. — Very similar to the female, but smaller, with heavier
sculpturing on the head. Length, 6.0 mm.; length of head, 1.5 mm.;
scape, 1.1 mm.; funiculus, 2.0 mm.; thorax, 2.0 mm.; gaster. 2.4 mm.
Ergatoti/pe— No. 2915, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratypes (g).— No. 2916, M. C. Z.; no. 17,016c, University of
Colorado; no. 78,803, U. S. N. M.
This species, the commonest myrmicine in the Florissant shales, is
represented in the material which I have examined by some two hun-
dred good specimens, nearly all of which are queens. The sculpturing
on the female is usually discernible, and in some specimens is preserved
with remarkable clearness, as in paratype no. 2912a (see Plate 8, fig. 4).
Aphaenogaster donisthorpei, sp. nov.
Plate 7, fig. 4
Female. — Length, about 7.0 mm. Slender; head much longer than
broad, elongate-oval; antennae long and slender, the scape greatly
exceeding the posterior margin of the head; funicular segments about
twice as long as broad; thorax longer than the head, but only about as
wade; forewing exceeding the end of the abdomen; venation similar to
that of Aphaenogaster mayri, sp. nov. Length of head, 1.9 mm.; scape,
1.8 mm.; funiculus, 2.1 mm.; thorax, 2.5 mm.; forewing, 6.0 mm.
AVidth of head and thorax, 1.2 mm.
Holotype.— No. 2917, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
This species is described from a single specimen, which, although not
very well preserved, shows sufficient characters to distinguish it from
the other Florissant species. It is much more slender than A. mayri,
and the scape, head, and thorax are relatively longer.
32 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Messor Forel
This genus, which is now restricted to the tropical and palaearctic
regions of the Old World, is represented in the Florissant beds by a
fairly common species. The recent genera, Novomessor Emery and
Veromessor Forel are the closest American relatives of Mcssor, but are
distinguished from it by the forewing, which has two cubital cells in
Messor and only one in Nowmcssor and Veromessor. The Florissant
species, having two closed cubital cells in the forewing, cannot belong
to either of the American genera, unless we consider it as representing a
new and aberrant subgenus. However, inasmuch as there are no char-
acters sufficient to separate it from Messor, it seems advisable to place
it within this latter genus. This conclusion seems especially justified
in view of the occurrence of other Old \Yorld genera in the Florissant
shales (e.g. Glossina).
Messor sculpturatus, sp. nov.
Plate 4, fig. 5. Plate 11, fig. 5
Female. — Length, 10.0 mm. Robust; head large, posterior margin
slightly curved, lateral margins a little convex; mandibles well de-
veloped; antennae slender, scape reaching the posterior margin of head;
funicular segments 3-10 somewhat longer than broad, segments 2, 11,
12 about twice as long as broad; thorax much longer than the head
but only about as wide; petiole and postpetiole nearly equal in height,
the petiole somewhat longer; gaster small, about one and one-half times
as long as the head, but only as wide; forewing exceeding the tip of the
gaster. Head, thorax, and petiole with fine, but distinct striations.
Length of head, 2.4 mm.; scape, 1.8 mm.; funiculus, 2.2 mm.; thorax,
2.4 mm.; gaster, 3.7 mm.; forewing, 7.0 mm. Width of head, 1.9 mm.;
thorax, 1.8 mm.; gaster, 1.8 mm.
Hohiype ( 9 ).— No. 2920, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Parahjpes ( 9 ).— No. 2921, M. C. Z.; no. 10,032, Peabody Museum;
no. 7850, Princeton University; no. 17,017a, University of Colorado;
no. 78,804, U. S. N. M.; no. 11^ Carnegie Museum.
The holotype specimen is very faint, but well preserved. In all,
twenty individuals of this species have been found.
Pheidole Westwood
This genus has not previously been recorded from Tertiary strata,
although it has a wide and primitive distribution in the tropical, ne-
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 33
arctic, and southern palaearctic regions. In the Florissant collection I
find two splendid specimens of a single species.
Pheidole tertiaria, sp. nov.
Plate 5, fig. 2. Plate 11, fig. 2
Female. — Length, 7.0 mm. Head large, nearly as broad as long,
narrowed anteriorly; posterior margin slightly incised; mandibles well
developed; antennae situated rather far forward; scapes slender, reach-
ing the posterior margin of the head; funiculus moderately slender,
segments 2-9 a little longer than broad, the last three segments en-
larged to form a club; eyes small, situated very nearly at the middle of
the sides of the head; ocelli unusually large; thorax about as long as
the head, but not quite as wide; epinotum (apparently) unarmed;
petiole and postpetiole short, but probably quite high; gaster small, as
long as the head, and about as wide ; forewing extending much beyond
the end of the gaster. Head coarsely and reticulately rugose ; mesono-
tum and metanotum also rugose, but not so distinctly. Length of head,
2.3 mm.; scape, 0.12 mm.; funiculus, 2.4 mm.; thorax, 2.3 mm.; gaster,
2.5 mm. Width of head, 1.8 mm.; thorax, 1.6 mm.; gaster, 1.8 mm.
Holotypes.— Ko. 2918, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paraiypes.— No. 2919, M. C. Z.
Both types are well preserved and are obverses, showing the dorsal
aspect of the ant. Since there is no indication of epinotal spines in
either specimen, I have concluded that the thorax was unarmed, as in
Ph. (jiiUemi-muelleri Forel.
Myrmicini
Pogonomyrmex Mayr
This neotropical and nearctic genus, of which two species now occur
in Colorado, is represented for the first time in the Tertiary by one
species in the Florissant beds.
Pogonomyrmex fossilis, sp. nov.
Plate 9, fig. 6
Worker. — Length, 6.0 mm. Head large, rounded, a httle longer than
broad, with coarse longitudinal striations, the posterior margin straight,
mandibles large; scape inserted close to the posterior margin of the
clypeus, short, not reaching the back of the head; funicular segments
34 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
2-7, small, about as long as broad, segments 8-12 longer than broad,
the last segment much larger than the others; thorax a little longer
than the head, but not as wide; gaster small, about the size of the head.
Length of head, 1.6 mm.; scape, 1.2 mm.; funiculus, 1.9 mm.; thorax,
1.8 mm.; gaster, 1.9 mm. ^Yidth of head, 1.3 mm.; thorax, 0.9 mm.;
gaster, 1.2 mm.
Hohiypc— Xo. 2922, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paraiypcs.— ^os. 2923-2925, M. C. Z.; no. 17,018a, University of
Colorado.
Five other, rather poorly preserved specimens are in the Scudder
collection. Even the holotype is not well preserved, but from a careful
study of all the specimens at hand, I believe there is no question about
the systematic position of the species.
Agroecomyrmictxi, tribus no v.
Lithomyrmex, gen. nov.
Allied to Agwccomyrmex AVheeler (Baltic amber).
Female. — -Head subquadrate; mandibles small; clypeus large; an-
tennal scrobes present; antennae short, 12-segmented, with a two-
jointed club; epinotum not armed; petiole and postpetiole short and
compressed, the forewing with two cubital cells; head, thorax, and
pedicel, coarsely sculptured.
Male. — Antennae 13-segmented; scape short, but a little longer than
the second segment; sculpturing weaker than that of the female; fore-
wing with two cubital cells.
Worker. — Very similar to the female, apparently differing only in
the smaller size.
Genotype. — Lithomyrmex rugosus, sp. nov.
The two species placed in this genus are among the most unusual
of the Florissant ants. The nearest relative of Lithomyrmex appears
to be a Baltic amber genus, Agroecomyrmex Wheeler. The single speci-
men upon which Mayr originally based the species representing the
latter genus was a poorly preserved worker, and he placed it in Myr-
mica. Fortunately, Professor Wheeler was able to examine three addi-
tional workers as well as a female and consequently to recognize its
peculiar characteristics. Lithomyrmex is distinguished from Agroeco-
myrmex by the smaller mandibles and the large antennal club, but in
other respects the two genera are very similar.
The tribe in which Wheeler placed Agroecomyrmex (1914), has sub-
sequently been restricted so as to embrace only a fraction of the genera
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 35
originally included, so that a new tribe is established here to contain
the amber genus and its Florissant relative. The tribe Agroecomyrmi-
cini has several characters in common with three existing groups: the
Cataulacini, Meranoplini, and Cryptocerini. Its relationship with the
first of these, which consist only of the Australian genus Cataulacus,
is very slight, however, for the forewing in this genus lacks a discoidal
cell and has only one cubital cell, and the antennae of the male and
female ^re 11-segmented. In Agroecomyrmex and Lithomyrmex the
\nng has a discoidal cell and two cubital cells, the antennae of the
female are 12-segmented and those of the male are 13-segmented.
Of the Meranoplini, the closest genus to Agroecomyrmex is Promerano-
plus, which is likewise confined to the Australian region. The female of
this genus is still unknown, but the worker has 12-segmented antennae
and the male, 13-segmented; the forewing of the male, like that of the
females of the other known genera of the tribe, has a discoidal and a
single cubital cell. In addition to these differences the thorax is quite
unlike that of Agroecomyrmex. The tribe Cryptocerini, which inhabits
neotropical and southern nearctic regions, has the venation of the fore-
wing like that of the Meranoplini; the antennae of the male are 13-
segmented, but those of the female are only 11-segmented. However,
inasmuch as the 12-segmented condition of the antennae of the female
in the Agroecomyrmicini is more primitive than that of 12 segments,
I am inclined to believe that this latter tribe represents an earlier stage
in the evolutionary process which produced the more highly specialized
Cryptocerini.
Lithomyrmex rugosus, sp. nov.
Plate 5, fig. 1, 3. Plate 8, fig. 2. Plate 11, fig. 3
Female. — Length, 8.0 mm. Head longer than broad, posterior and
lateral margins straight; mandibles with a stout apical tooth, and a
nearly smooth inner margin; scapes not reaching the posterior margin
of the head, much broadened apically; funiculus also short, segments
3-9 about twice as broad as long, second segment about as broad as
long, the last two segments forming a club, the last segment much
larger than the penultimate; thorax a little longer than the head and
about as wide; epinotum apparently unarmed; petiole with a small
node; postpetiole shorter than the petiole, but higher; gaster small,
about as long and broad as the thorax. Head, thorax, and petiole
coarsely and reticulately rugose; the postpetiole and entire gaster with
a series of coarse longitudinal striations; forewing with a closed dis-
36 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
coidal and two cubital cells. Length of head, 2.4 mm.; scape, 1.5 mm.;
funiculus, 1.9 mm.; thorax, 2.2 mm.; gaster, 3.3 mm. Width of head,
thorax and gaster, 1.8 mm.
Holotype.— Xo. 2926, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratypes— No. 2927a-b, 2931a-b, M. C. Z.; no. 17,019a, University
of Colorado.
Male. — Head broader than long; eyes of moderate size; funicular
segments about as broad as long, the last three segments somewhat
larger than the others; postpetiole larger than the petiole; gaster small,
nearly globular; head and thorax reticulately rugose, gaster smooth.
Venation as in female. Length, 7.0 mm. Length of head, 0.9 mm.;
scape, 1.0 mm.; funiculus, 2.4 mm.; thorax, 2.2 mm.; gaster, 2.7 mm.;
forewing, 7.0 mm. Width of head, 1.5 mm. ; thorax and gaster, 1.8 mm.
Allotype.— No. 2932, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
One of the striking features of this ant is the strong sculpturing on
the gaster, the striations extending to the very end of the abdomen.
As far as I am aware no other fossil or living species has the sculptur-
ing extending that far posteriorly. This species is not a particularly rare
one at Florissant; I have seen forty good specimens in the material at
my disposal.
LiTHOMYRMEX STRIATUS, Sp. nOV.
Plate 6, fig. 1
Female. — Length, 8.0 mm. Head nearly subtriangular; antennal
scrobes well developed, probably more so than in L. rugosus; funicular
segments 3-9 nearly as long as broad, the antennal club not so marked
as in the previous species; thorax a httle longer than the head and
about as broad; postpetiole only a very little longer than the petiole;
gaster about the size of the thorax; head rugosely striated, the post-
petiole and the base of the gaster faintly striated, most of the gaster
without sculpturing. Length of head, 1.9 mm.; scape, 1.0 mm.; funic-
ulus, 1.4 mm.; thorax, 2.1 mm.; gaster, 2.1 mm.; forewing, 4.8 mm.
Width of head, 1.3 mm.; thorax, 1.3 mm.; gaster, 1.8 mm.
Holotype.— No. 2933, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Worker. — Length, 6.0 mm. Identical with the female except for size.
Length of head, 1.8 mm.; thorax, 1.2 mm.; gaster, 3.0 mm.
Ergatotype.— No. 2934, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Both castes of this species are represented by uniques, the female
by a dorso-ventral specimen, and the worker by a lateral specimen.
The worker is rather poorly preserved, but there can be no question as
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 37
to its systematic position. The species differs from the preceding in the
smaller head, the longer funicular segments, the smaller postpetiole,
and especially in the unsculptured gaster.
Tribus incerta
Cephalomyrmex, gen. nov.
Female. — Robust; head exceedingly large, rounded; thorax short;
gaster very small; antennae abbreviated, the funiculus apparently
with only five or six segments; petiole pedunculate; postpetiole short
but broad. (Venation unknown).
Genotype. — C. roiundatus, sp. nov.
Cephalomyrmex rotundatus, sp. nov.
Plate 7, fig. 5. Plate 10, fig. 10
Female. — Length, 5.0 mm. Head nearly round, as broad as long;
mandibles probably rather large; antennae unusually short, the scape
less than one-half the length of the head; funiculus only a little longer
than the scape; thorax about as long as the head, but not so broad;
gaster much smaller than the head; forewing greatly exceeding the end
of the abdomen. Length of head, L5 mm.; scape, 0.7mm.; funiculus,
0.7 mm.; thorax, L5 mm.; gaster, L2 mm.; forewing, 6.0 mm. Width
of head, 1.5 mm.; thorax, 1.2 mm.; gaster, 1.5 mm.
Holotype.— No. 2935, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
There are not enough details preserved in the single specimen which
I have seen to determine definitely the affinities of this very strange ant.
The head is proportionally larger than that of the female of any other
ant known to me, and the unusually short antenna, together with its
small number of segments, further isolates this species from any de-
scribed forms. Until additional material showing the mandibles, eyes,
and venation has been found, the relationship of this fossil must remain
obscure.
Dolichoderinae
Aneuretini
Of the many interesting ants in the Florissant shales, one of the
most peculiar and certainly the least expected is a species belonging to
the Aneuretini. At the present time this tribe contains one living genus,
Aneuretus Emery, and two extinct genera in the Baltic amber, Para-
38 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
neuretus Wheeler and Protaneuretus ^Yheeler. Only two species of the
living genus are knowTi (A. simoni Emery and A. butteli Forel), both of
which are confined to Ceylon. The significance of the amber genera
was interpreted by Wheeler (1914) as follows: "The occurrence of
the two genera Parancuretus and Protaneuretus in the Baltic amber is of
considerable interest on account of their close relationship to the living
genus Aneuretus, which is regarded as a kind of connecting link between
the subfamilies Ponerinae and DoHchoderinae. The amber species are
in certain respects even more primitive and generalized and are of a
larger size than the single known species of Aneuretus. They show that
the tribe Aneuretini was long ago represented by several and peculiar
genera, of which only one has survived the Tertiary." The discovery
of this Florissant species, representing another genus close to Para-
ncuretus, supports the conclusion that the tribe was larger and more
widely distributed during the Tertiary than it is at present.
MiANEURETUs, gen. nov.
Female. — Moderate size; head distinctly longer than broad, rounded,
slightly narrowed anteriorly; sides convex; eyes large, ocelli present;
mandibles triangular, with blunt teeth; antennae slender, with eleven
subequal segments; thorax about as broad as the head; petiole much
longer than broad, surmounted posteriorly by a small node; gaster of
moderate size. (Venation unknown.)
Genotype. — M. viirahUis, sp. nov.
MlANEURETUS MIRABILIS, Sp. UOV.
Plate 3, fig. 5. Plate 10, fig. 1
Female (dealated). — Length, 9.0 mm. Head rather small, posterior
margin straight, posterior angles broadly rounded; clypeus and front
of head striated; mandibles small, with three large, bluntly rounded
teeth on the inner margin; scapes not quite reaching the posterior
margin of the head; funiculus moderately long, segments 3-11 some-
what longer than broad, 2 and 12 twice as long as broad; thorax about
as broad as the head and a little longer; gaster about two and one-half
times as long as the head, and twice as wide. Length of head, 1.6 mm. ;
scape, 1.4 mm.; funiculus, 2.0 mm.; thorax, 2.0 mm.; gaster, 4.2 mm.
Width of head, 1.2 mm.; thorax, 1.2 mm.; gaster, 2.4 mm.
Holotype.— Ko. 2797, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
The single specimen of this species is so perfectly preserved that all
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 39
the details necessary for its proper classification are known. The gaster
is the only part which shows much distortion, and this has been pressed
so flat that the first segment is broken away from the second segment,
producing much the appearance of a ponerine.
DOLICHODERINI
DoLiCHODERUs (Hypoclinea) Lund
This genus has turned up regularly in the larger fossil ant deposits.
Seven species have been recognized in the Baltic amber, two in the
Radoboj beds, and three are described below from Florissant. This
wide distribution in the Tertiary is only to be expected in view of the
large area inhabited by the genus at the present time. It is interesting
to observe, however, that although Dolichoderus is well represented in
the eastern United States, no living species has been taken in the west-
ern part. The presence of these species in the Florissant shales shows
that during the Miocene at least the genus extended much further
westward than at the present time.
Dolichoderus antiquus, sp. nov.
Plate 4, fig. 6. Plate 9, fig. 1. Plate 10, fig. 2
Female. — Length, 6.5 mm. Moderately robust; head a little longer
than broad, posterior margin only slightly concaved, posterior angles
rounded, sides convex; mandibles large, with curved outer margins;
scapes rather short, not quite reaching the posterior margin of the
head; funicular segments 2-10 a little longer than broad, segments 1,
11 nearly twice as long as broad; eyes oval, of moderate size, situated
at the middle of the sides of the head; thorax a little longer than the
head and nearly as wide; epinotum concaved posteriorly, the dorsal
part projecting over the petiole; scale of the petiole obtuse, nearly
cuneiform ; gaster about twice as long as the head, and about one and
one-half times as broad; forewings short, with two cubital cells. The
dorsal part of the head, epinotum and the sides of the rest of the
thorax are marked with coarse rugose reticulations. Length of head,
1.5 mm.; scape, 1.0 mm.; funiculus, 1.5 mm.; thorax, 1.9 mm.; gaster,
3.1 mm.; forewing, 4.0 mm. Width of head, 1.2 mm.; thorax, 1.1 mm.;
gaster, 1.9 mm.
Holotype.— ^o. 2798, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratypes. — No. 10,000, Peabody Museum; no. 7824, Princeton Uni-
40 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
versity; no. (2), British Museum; no. 1700a, University of Colorado;
no. 2, Vickham coll. ; no. 22,973, A. M. N. H.
The holotype specimen is a dorsal view of the insect with the wings
spread. The ocelli, although probably present in the species, are not
visible because of the sculpturing on the head. The venation of the
forewing is variable with respect to the shape of the discoidal cell and
the point of divergence of the first intercubitus.
The worker of this species is represented, I believe, by two speci-
mens of fair preservation. One of these is a lateral view of the thorax
and gaster, and a dorsal view of the head; the other (ergatotype) is
entirely a lateral specimen. No sculpturing is discernible but I infer
that this is due to insufficient preservation. The head, thorax, and
petiole are identical with those of the above female. The measurements
of the ergatotype are as follows: length of specimen, 6.0 mm.; length of
head, 1.3 mm.; thorax, 1.7 mm.; gaster, 3.0 mm. Width of head,
0.9 mm.
Ergaiotype.— ^o. 2803, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratype. — No. 10,002, Peabody Museum,
DOLICHODERUS ROHWERI, sp. nov.
Plate 4, fig. 1. Plate 9, fig. 7. Plate 10, fig. 3
Female. — Length, 5.3 mm. Moderately slender; head somewhat
longer than broad, posterior margin only slightly concaved, posterior
angles rounded; lateral margins curved; clypeus probably quite large;
scape short, not reaching the posterior margin of the head; funicular
segments 2-10 about as long as broad, the first and last somewhat
longer; eyes oval, of moderate size, situated at the middle of the sides
of the head; thorax about as broad as the head; epinotum only slightly
concaved posteriorly, and not extending backward far enough to pro-
ject over the petiole; scale of the petiole with its anterior face nearly
vertical and the posterior face at about a 45-degree angle; gaster about
two and one-half times the length of the head. Clypeus striated, the
entire head and pronotum finely reticulate, the sculpturing on the
epinotum coarser; posterior face of the scale of the petiole with a few
longitudinal striations. Length of head, 1.2 mm.; scape, 0.6 mm.;
funiculus, 0.9 mm.; thorax, 1.7 mm.; gaster, 2.4 mm. ^Yidth of head,
0.85 mm.
Holotype.— No. 2801, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratypes. — No. 10,001, Peabody Museum; no. 2825, Princeton
carpenter: fossil AXTS of \0RTH AMERICA 41
University; no. 17,003a, University of Colorado; no. 22,974, A. M. N. H.
no. (3), British ^Museum.
The holotype is a lateral ^•iew of the thorax and abdomen, but a
dorsal view of the head. All the paratypes are lateral specimens. This
female is readily distinguished from the preceding by its smaller size,
finer sculpturing, structure of the epinotum and the longer petiole.
The worker of this ant appears to be represented by a single speci-
men, presenting a lateral view of the thorax and gaster; the head is
bent under the thorax and is consequently rather obscure. There is no
doubt, however, that this worker belongs to Dolichodcrus, and since it is
about the correct size and has sculpturing similar to that of the above
female, it can be assigned to this species without much chance of error.
The recognizable characters are as follows: length, 3.9 mm.; the last
two or three funicular segments somewhat larger than the others; eyes
nearly round, small; length of thorax, 1.8 mm.; meso-epinotal suture
very distinct; posterior face of the epinotum more deeply concaved
than in the female; length of gaster, 2.0 mm.
Ergatotype— No. 2802a-b (S. H. Scudder).
Tapinomini
Protazteca, gen. no v.
Allied to Azteca.
Female. — Head quadrate or subquadrate; mandibles large, tri-
angular, with a distinct terminal tooth; anterior margin of clypeus
straight; antennae 12-segmented, short, the scapes not reaching the
posterior margin of the head, inserted close together near the clypeus;
eyes oval, rather small, situated on the sides of the anterior half of the
head; posterior face of the epinotum rounded; petiole rather small,
gaster of moderate size; forewing with two closed cubital cells.
Male. — Only a Httle smaller than the female; head triangular;
antennae 11-segmented; scape about as long as first funicular segments,
as in Azteca; thorax and gaster relatively large; venation as in the
female.
Worker. — Much smaller than the female, but otherwise similar to it.
Genotype. — Protazteca elongata, sp. no v.
Inasmuch as the extant genus Azteca is now confined to parts of
South and Central America, the occurrence of this closely related genus
in the Colorado Miocene is unusually interesting, especially since the
female of P. elongata is one of the most numerous ants of the Florissant
shales. Azteca and Protazteca are readily distinguished by several
42 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
characters: (1) the eyes in Protazteca are smaller and situated more
posteriorly than in Azteca; (2) the scale of the petiole is more strongly
inclined in Azteca; and (3) the forewings of Protazteca have two cubital
cells, but those of Azteca have only one. This last distinction may be
considered as indicative of the more primitive nature of the Miocene
forms.
In 1906 Cockerell described a female ant from Florissant as Ponera
hendersoni, which he placed in Ponera because of its similarity to the
figure of Ponera coarctata Latr. in one of Wheeler's papers. His de-
scription of this ant is based almost entirely upon details of wing vena-
tion, so that it is impossible to recognize the species from the characters
mentioned, and unfortunately the single specimen which Cockerell
studied was lost shortly after the description was prepared. Wheeler
subsequently pointed out (1910) that this ant could not be a true
Ponera because of its large size. In 1927 Cockerell found three addi-
tional specimens (Sternberg collection, at the British Museum) which
he believes to be this species, from a comparison with the same figure of
Ponera coarctata. He placed the ant this time in Euponera, but did not
designate any of these additional specimens as neotypes. Professor
Cockerell kindly retained one of these newly acquired fossils so that
I was able to examine it on my visit to Boulder in 1927. The specimen
he showed me turned out to be a poorly preserved individual of the
species which I am describing below as Protazteca elongata. At first
I believed that the best procedure to clear up the difficulty would be to
designate one of these new specimens of Cockerell's as the neotype of
Protazteca hendersoni (= Euponera hendersoni). At that time my study
of the Florissant ants was not completed, and after further examina-
tion of the material at hand I found two other species of Protazteca,
both of which had as much and even more the appearance of Ponera
coarctata (with which Cockerell made his original comparison) as
Protazteca elongata. This accordingly brought up the question of the
accuracy of Cockerell's determination of the specimens in the Stern-
berg collection, since twenty years had passed from the time of his
description and the loss of the type, and especially since his description
would apply to any one of three species of ants in the Florissant beds.
In consideration of all the complications of the situation, it seems best
to describe all three species of Protazteca as new, and to disregard the
name Euponei a hendersoni, until the type is found.
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 43
Protazteca elongata, sp. nov.
Plate 2, fig. 3. Plate 8, fig. 5. Plate 9, fig. 3. Plate 10, fig. 4
Female. — Length, 9.0 to 11.0 mm. Slender and elongate; head
about twice as long as broad; posterior margin of head distinctly con-
caved, lateral margins straight and parallel; mandibles prominent,
with a large terminal tooth and a number of irregular marginal teeth;
posterior margin of clypeus prolonged backward at the middle; first
three funicular segments twice as long as broad, the remaining segments
about as long as broad; eyes elongate-oval; thorax about as long and
as broad as the head; anterior face of the scale of the petiole slightly
concaved, the posterior face convex; gaster slender, nearly twice as
long as wide, and about twice as long as the head; forewing extending
just a little beyond the end of the gaster. Length of head, 2.4 to 2.6
mm.; scape, 1.0 mm.; funiculus, 1.9 mm.; thorax, 2.7 to 3.0 mm.;
gaster, 5.1 to 5.3 mm. Width of head and thorax, 1.3 to 1.5 mm.;
gaster, L9 mm.
Hohtype.— No. 2804a-b, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paraiypcs ( 9 ).— Nos. 2S05-2S15, M. C. Z. ; nos. 10,003-10,007, Pea-
body Museum; no. 7826, Princeton University ; nos. 17,002, 17,003, Uni-
versity of Colorado; no. 78,791, U. S. N. M.; no. 22,978, A. M. N. H.;
no. (4), British Museum; no. (1), Dublin Museum; nos. 8-15, Wickham
collection; no. 13, Carnegie Museum.
The worker is much smaller than the female, but structurally similar,
except that the head is not so elongate. Length, 5.0-7.0 mm. Length
of head, 1.5 mm.; scape, 0.9 mm.; funiculus, 1.8 mm.; thorax, 2.1 mm.;
gaster, 2.1 mm. Width of head, 0.9 mm.; thorax, 1.0 mm.; gaster, 1.8
mm.
Ergatohjpe — No. 2816, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratypes ( S ).— No. 10,008, Peabody Museum; no. 22,979, A. M.
N. H.; no. 78,791, U.S. N.M.
The male is a little smaller than the female, and moderately robust;
head small, narrow, but quite long; eyes large, nearly round; scape
short; the funicular segments a little longer than broad; thorax and
abdomen stout; venation as in the queen. Length, 6.0 mm.; head,
1.5 mm.; scape, 0.5 mm.; funiculus, 1.3 mm.; thorax, 2.1 mm.; gaster,
3.0 mm.; forewing, 5.4 mm. Width of head, 7.0 mm.; thorax, 1.0 mm.;
gaster, 1.8 mm.
Allotype ( 9 ).— No. 2818, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratypes — Nos. 2819-2822, M.C.Z.; no. 10,009, Peabody Museum;
44 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
no. 17,001c, University of Colorado; no. 7827, Princeton University;
no. 78,791, U. S. N. M.; no. 22,980, A. M. N. H.; no. (5), British Mu-
seum; no. (2), Dublin Museum; no. 16, Wickham collection; no. 14,
Carnegie Museum.
As mentioned above, this species is one of the commonest of the
Florissant ants. In the collections at my disposal I have found a total
of about 800 females, 700 males, and 8 workers. With respect to this
great abundance of individuals it is interesting to note that the males
and females (probably also the neuters) are very variable in size. This
variation is frequently so extreme that anyone who might compare
isolated large and small females would readily consider the two as be-
longing to different species. Such, in fact, was my assumption when I
began to study this species, but after several hundred specimens had
been examined, I was able to recognize a complete series of specimens
ranging in size from 9.0 to 11.0 mm. The holotype is one of the smaller
specimens, but many of the paratypes are members of the larger end
of the series.
The excessively slender head of the female of this species is indica-
tive of the habits of the ant. A similarly elongate head occurs in recent
species of several unrelated genera, i. e., Azicca longiccps Emery, Pseudo-
myrma filiformis Fab., and Ckimpojiotvs {Myrmosicnus) mirabilisFjUxery .
Since all these ants live in hollow twigs, the exaggerated tenuity being
an adaptation for this mode of life, we may reasonably assume that
P. elongata had similar habits.
Protazteca quadrata, sp. nov.
Plate 3, fig. 1. Plate 6, fig. 7. Plate 10, fig. 5
Female. — Length, 11.0 to 12.0 mm. Robust; head very large, about
one and one-half times as long as broad; posterior margin of the head
straight; lateral margins also straight and parallel; mandibles very
large, with six sharp triangular teeth ; the first two funicular segments
at least twice as long as broad, the other segments about as long as
broad; eyes situated a little anterior of the middle of the head; thorax
narrower, and only a little longer than the head; scale of petiole low,
truncate; gaster large, about twice as long and nearly twice as wide as
the head. Length of head, 3.5 mm. ; scape, 1 .8 mm. ; funiculus, 2.2 mm. ;
thorax, 3.6 mm.; gaster, 5.7 mm.; forewing, 7.0 mm. Width of head,
2.2 mm.; thorax, 1.8 mm.; gaster, 4.0 mm.
Holotype— No. 2823a-b, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratypes.— No. 2824, 2825, M. C.Z. ; no. 10,010, Peabody Museum;
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 45
no. 7S31, Princeton University; no. 17,002a, University of Colorado;
no. 78,792, U. S. N. M.; nos. 22,962-63, A. M. N. H.; no. 17-19, Wick-
ham collection; no. 15, Carnegie Museum.
The holotype specimen is one of the most perfectly preserved ants
in the Florissant collection. The queen of this species can readily be
distinguished from that of the preceding by the proportionally shorter
and broader head, larger mandibles, and truncate scale of the petiole.
The worker is represented by two specimens, one of which is nearly
as splendidly preserved as the female. The head is about as large,
comparatively, as that of the queen, but it is not as markedly quadrate,
and the mandibles are less prominent. Measurements : length, 7.5 mm. ;
length of head, 2.1 mm.; scape, 1.2 mm.; funiculus, 1.8 mm.; thorax,
2.4 mm.; gaster, 3.6 mm. Width of head, 1.3 mm.; thorax, 1.0 mm.;
gaster, 2.4 mm.
Ergatofypc.— 'No. 2826, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratype. — No. 10,011, Peabody Museum.
Protazteca capitata, sp. nov.
Plate 3, fig. 3. Plate 9, fig. 10
Female. — Length, 9.5 mm. Moderately robust; head very large,
quadrate, posterior margin straight, posterior angles broadly rounded;
mandibles of moderate size; all funicular segments a little longer than
broad; eyes situated on the sides of the head, very near the middle line;
thorax relatively slender, a little longer than the head, but not nearly
as wide; gaster short, not quite twice as long or as wide as the head.
Length of head, 2.4 mm.; scape, 1.3 mm.; funiculus, 1.9 mm.; thorax,
3.0 mm.; gaster, 4.5 mm. Width of head, 1.8 mm.; thorax, 1.4 mm.;
gaster, 2.7 mm.
Holotype— No. 2827a-b, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratypes. — No. 10,012, Peabody Museum; no. 7832, Princeton
Museum; no. 17,004a, University of Colorado; no. 78,793, U. S. N. M.;
no. 22,961, A. M. N. H.; no. 20, Wickham collection; no. 16, Carnegie
Museum.
There is a single obscure w^orker in the Scudder collection which I
consider to belong to this species. The antennae, mandibles, and eyes
are not preserved, but the shape of the head is so similar to that of the
above female that I feel justified in this conclusion. The habitus of the
worker can be seen in the photograph, and since no details of structure
are preserved, I can only describe the insect by the following measure-
46 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
ments: length, 6.0 mm. Length of head, 1.5 mm.; thorax, 2.0 mm.;
gaster, 2.1 mm. AVidth of head, 1.2 mm.; thorax, 0.4 mm.; gaster, 1.8
mm.
Ergatotype— No. 2828, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Liometopum Mayr.
The four living species which comprise this genus inhabit very dis-
connected regions. L. apiculafum Mayr occurs in Mexico, Arizona, New
Mexico, and Colorado; L. occidcntale Emery, in California and Oregon;
L. lindgreeni Forel, in Burma and Assam; and L. microcephalum
(Panzer), in southern Europe and Asia Minor. The Baltic amber con-
tains one species, L. oligoccnicum Wheeler, and the Radoboj beds an-
other, L. antiquum Mayr. The two Florissant forms described below
increase the number of extinct species to four, which equals that of those
now living. The obvious conclusion is that the extant species are only
a small remnant of a large series of forms which comprised the genus
during the mid-Tertiary.
Liometopum miocenicum, sp. nov.
Plate 3, fig. 6. Plate 8, fig. 3. Plate 9, fig. 8. Plate 10, fig. 8.
Plate 11, fig. 7
Female. — Length, 12.0 to 13.0 mm. Robust; head triangular, a Kttle
longer than its greatest width, posterior margin straight, lateral mar-
gins curved; mandibles large, triangular, with six or seven irregular
teeth; scapes very short, not reaching the posterior margin of the head;
first three funicular segments a little longer than broad, the remaining
segments about as long as broad; eyes oval, of moderate size; thorax a
little longer than the head, and nearly as broad; scale of petiole narrow,
its anterior face vertical, and its posterior face inclined at an angle of
about 60 degrees; gaster large, about three times as long as the head,
and about twice as wide. Length of head, 3.8 mm.; scape, 2.0 mm.;
funiculus, 3.5 mm.; thorax, 5.0 mm.; gaster, 10.5 mm.; forewing, 9.0
mm. Width of head, 3.3 mm.; thorax, 3.5 mm.; gaster, 7.0 mm.
Holotype.— ^o. 2829, M. C. Z. (H. F. Wickham).
Paraiypcs.— ^os. 2830-2840, M. C. Z.; nos. 10,013-10,015, Peabody
Museum; nos. 7833-7837, Princeton University; no. 17,005a, b, c.
University of Colorado; no. 78,794, U. S. N. M.; nos. 22,954-55, A. M.
N. H.; no. (7-8), British Museum; no. (3-4), Dublin Museum; nos.
21-28, Wickham collection; no. 17, Carnegie Museum.
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 47
By far the majority of the females have the head flattened so that it
is more nearly round than triangular, but the best specimens (i.e., those
showing the least amount of distortion) have the head triangular, as
shown in the drawing.
Male. — Somewhat smaller than the female; head very small in pro-
portion to the rest of the insect; genitalia large, as in the members of
this genus. Length, 9.5 mm. Length of head, L5 mm.; antennae, 2.4
mm.; thorax, 2.6 mm.; gaster, 4.9 mm.; forewing, 8.0 mm. Width of
head, 1.2 mm.; thorax, L8 mm.; gaster, 3.0 mm.
Allotype id').— Xo. 2840, M. C. Z. (H. F. Wickham).
Paraiypes (cf).— Nos. 2841-2849, M. C. Z.; no. 10,016, Peabody
Museum; no. 7828, Princeton L^niversity; no. 17,005d, University of
Colorado; no. 78,794, U. S. N. M.; nos.' 22,956-57, A. M. N. H.; no.
(9), British Museum; no. (5), Dublin Museum; nos. 29-30, Wickham
collection; no. 18, Carnegie Museum.
Worker: — Much smaller than female; head a little longer than broad,
more or less cordate; scape short; thorax not quite so long or so wide
as the head; gaster about twice as long and one and one-half times as
wide as the head. Length, 6.0 mm. Length of head, 2.7 mm.; thorax,
2.4 mm.; gaster, 5.8 mm. Width of head, 2.2 mm.; thorax, 1.3 mm.;
gaster, 3.0 mm.
Ergatotype ~y.o. 2850, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Although I have seen a number of other workers apparently belong-
ing to this species, I have not designated them as paratypes, since none
of them show the details which are necessary for satisfactory determi-
nation. This species stands a close second to Protazteca elongata as re-
gards abundance.
LlOMETOPUM SCUDDERI, sp. nOV.
Plate 4, fig. 4. Plate 9, fig. 4
Female. — ^ Length, 8.0 mm. Robust; head triangular, a little longer
than broad; posterior margin and angles rounded, lateral margins only
slightly curved; mandibles of moderate size, with three or four promi-
nent teeth; anterior margin of clypeus straight, posterior margin pro-
longed behind even more than in L. mioccnicum; scapes not quite
reaching the posterior margin of the head; funicular segments about as
long as broad; eyes small, oval; thorax about one and one-half times as
long, and about as wide as the head; gaster about three times as long
as the head, and a little more than twice as wide; forewing short, not
reaching the end of the gaster. Length of head, 1.5 mm.; scape, 0.9
48 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
mm.; funiculus, 1.5 mm.; thorax, 2.0 mm.; gaster, 5.0 mm.; forewing,
5.1 mm. ^Yidth of head, 1.4 mm.; thorax, 1.4 mm.; gaster, 2.4 mm,
Holotype — No. 2851, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratijpcs (9).— Nos. 2852-2854, M. C. Z.; no. 10,017, Peabody
Museum; no. 17,006a, University of Colorado; no. 78,795, U. S. N. M.;
no. 22,959, A. M. X. H. ; no. 2, Carnegie Museum.
The worker of this species appears to be represented by a few, rather
poorly preserved individuals. Although none of them show details of
structure, they have a habitus much like that of the worker of the pre-
ceding species but are smaller. Length, 5.0 mm. Length of head, 1.2
mm.; scape, 0.9 mm.; funiculus, 1.5 mm.; thorax, 1.5 mm.; gaster,
2.4 mm. Width of head and thorax, 0.9 mm. ; gaster, 1.8 mm.
Ergaiotype.— No. 2855, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
The female of this species is very similar to that of L. miocenicum,
but can be distinguished from it by its smaller size and proportionally
longer scapes.
Elaeomyrmex, gen. nov.
Female. — Head much longer than broad, narrowed anteriorly, pos-
terior margin straight or slightly rounded, posterior angles broadly
rounded, lateral margins nearly straight; mandibles prominent, tri-
angular, with a large terminal tooth and five or six smaller teeth on the
inner margin ; clypeus large, anterior margin apparently straight, pos-
terior margin with a prominent, median prolongation; entire clypeus
with a series of fine striations which converge anteriorly; scapes of
moderate size, not quite reaching the anterior margin of the head; eyes
oval, of moderate size, situated at about the middle of the sides of the
head; ocelli well developed; thorax rather long, slender; petiole small,
the scale flattened, highest anteriorly; gaster slender; forewing with
two closed cubital cells. The whole insect has a peculiar greasy ap-
pearance, unhke that of any other of the Florissant ants.
Worker. — Much smaller than the female but essentially the same in
structure, except for somewhat smaller eyes. Clypeus striated as in
the female.
Genotype. — E}aeomyrme.r gracilis, sp. nov.
This genus has rather obscure affinities, but it probably belongs to
Tapinomini, not very remote from Iridomyrme.v.
Elaeomyrmex gracilis, sp. nov.
Plate 3, fig. 7. Plate 6, fig. 2. Plate 11, fig. 1
Female. — Length, 9.0 to 10.0 mm. IModerately slender; head rather
long, oval, about one and one-half times as long as broad, posterior
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 49
margin rounded; first two and last funicular segments nearly twice as
long as broad, the others only a little longer than broad; thorax not
quite one and one-half times as long as the head, and about as wide as
the head; scale of the petiole with several coarse, longitudinal corruga-
tions at the base of the posterior face; gaster more than twice as long
as the head, but not quite twice as wide; forewing short, not reaching
the end of the gaster. Length of head, 2.1 mm.; scape, 1.5 mm.; funic-
ulus, 2.3 mm.; thorax, 2.7 mm.; gaster, 4.2-4.8 mm.; forewing, 6.0
mm. Width of head, 1.7 mm.; thorax, 1.4 mm.; gaster, 2.4 mm.
HoIoti/pe.— No. 2863, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paraiypes (9).— Xos. 2864-2865, M. C. Z.; no. 10,021, Peabody
Museum; no. 17,009a, University of Colorado; no. 78,797, U. S. X. M.
]]'orker. — For specific characters the measurements only can be
given, but these, in addition to the description under the genus, will
suffice to identify this caste. Length, 7.0 mm. Length of head, 1.8 mm. ;
scape, 1.2 mm.; funiculus, 1.8 mm.; thorax, 2.1 mm.; gaster, 2.9 mm.
Width of head, 1.3 mm.; thorax, 1.2 mm.; gaster, 2.4 mm.
Ergatohjpe.— No. 2866, INI. C. Z. (H. F. Wickham).
Paratypes (^ ).— Xo. 10,021, Peabody Museum; no. 17,009b, Uni-
versity of Colorado; no. 22,969, A. M. X. H.
Both queens and workers of this species are fairly common in the
Florissant shales. Including the types mentioned above, I have seen
forty-two females and eight workers.
Elaeomyrmex coloradensis, sp. nov.
Plate 3, fig. 2. Plate 9, fig. 2
Female. — Length, 8.0 mm. Moderately slender; head only a little
longer than broad, with less rounded posterior angles than in the pre-
ceding species; mandibles of moderate size; scapes very nearly reaching
the posterior margin of the head; the first two funicular segments, as
well as the last, about twice as long as broad, the other segments very
nearly as broad as long; thorax twice as long and about as wide as the
head; petiole of moderate size, apparently without corrugations; gaster
large, not quite three times as long as the head, its greatest width twice
that of the head; forewing short, just reaching the end of the gaster.
Length of head, 1.5 mm.; scape, 1.2 mm.; funiculus, 1.8 mm.; thorax,
2.7 mm.; gaster, 4.0 mm.; forewing, 6.0 mm. Width of head, 1.3 mm.;
thorax, 1.3 mm.; gaster, 2.4 mm.
Holotypc— Xo. 2867, M. C. Z. (F. M. Carpenter).
Paratypes (9).— Xo. 2868, 2869, M. C. Z.; no. 10,022, Peabody
50 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Museum; no. 17,010a, University of Colorado; no. 78,798, U. S. N. M.;
no. 6, Carnegie Museum.
The worker of this species appears to be represented by three speci-
mens, which show no characters besides those given under the genus.
Length, 6.0 mm. Length of head, 1.5; scape, 1.2; funicuhis, 1.7 mm.;
thorax, 2.1 mm.; gaster, 2.7 mm. Width of head, 1.0 mm.; thorax, 0.9
mm.; gaster, 1.8 mm.
Ergatotype— No. 2870, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratypcs ( ^ ).— No. 2871, M. C. Z.; no. 10,023, Peabody Museum.
The female of this species, which is very close to E. gracilis but much
less common (29 specimens), can be distinguished from that of the
latter by its shorter head, relatively longer thorax, and probably also
by the lack of corrugations on the scale of the petiole. The worker can
be separated from that of the preceding species only with considerable
difficulty, but its head is also a little shorter.
Iridomyrmex Mayr
This genus is now widely distributed over the tropical and sub-
tropical regions of the world, reaching its maximum development in
Australia. Only one species, I. analis E. Andre, is native to North
America. As one would naturally expect from the primitive distribu-
tion of recent species, the genus is well represented in Tertiary deposits,
five species having been found in the Baltic amber, and the two follow-
ing in the Florissant beds. Our lack of knowledge of the details of the
mandibles and clypeus of the Florissant species might seem to throw
some doubt on their generic position, but both are obviously dolicho-
derines wuth affinities closer to Iridomyrmex than any other genus.
Iridomyrmex florissantius, sp. nov.
Plate 2, fig. 4. Plate 10, fig. 7
Female. — Length, 6.0 mm. Moderately robust; head about one
and one-half times as long as broad; posterior margin slightly curved,
posterior angles broadly rounded, lateral margins slightly convex;
mandibles small; scape reaching the posterior margin of the head;
first funicular segment about twice as long as broad, the other segments
as broad as long; thorax a little longer than the head and about as wide;
epinotum rounded; petiole small, the scale inclined slightly forward;
gaster about two and one-half times as long as the head, and twice as
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 51
wide; forewing with two cubital cells. Length of head, 1.2 mm.; scape,
0.7 mm.; fmiiculus, 0.9 mm.; thorax, 1.5 mm.; gaster, 3.0 mm. Width
of head, 0.9 mm. ; thorax, 0.9 mm.; gaster, 1.8 mm.
HoloUipc— No. 2872, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paraiypcs (9).— Nos. 2873-2875, M. C. Z.; no. 10,024, Peabody
Museum; no. 17,011a, University of Colorado; no. 22,965, A. M. N. H.;
no. 7, Carnegie Museum.
This female is not at all rare; I have seen 34 specimens. The worker
is probably present among the several which I have not been able to
determine.
Iridomyrmex obscurans, sp. nov.
Female. — Length, 8.0-9.0 mm. Moderately robust; head a Httle
longer than broad, posterior margin quite straight, lateral margins
distinctly curved; mandibles prominent; scape reaching the posterior
margin of the head; first funicular segment about twice as long as broad,
the others as broad as long; eye small; thorax a little longer than the
head and about as wide; gaster of moderate size, a Httle more than
twice as long as the head, and one and one-half times as broad; fore-
wings with two cubital cells.
Holofype— No. 78,799, U. S..N. M. (Lacoe collection).
This species is one of the most obscure of the Florissant ants, since
nothing but the more general features are known. I have described it
because the presence of 26 specimens in the material before me shows
that it is fairly common in the deposit. Its habitus is so similar to that
of the previous species that a figure seems unnecessary. It may be dis-
tinguished from /. florissantius by its larger size and more robust
mandibles.
MiOMYRMiciNi, tribus nov.
Miomyrmex, gen. nov.
Female. — Head of moderate size, longer than broad; posterior and
lateral margins quite straight, sides nearly parallel; mandibles promi-
nent, deeply corrugated, with four or five blunt teeth on the inner
margin; anterior margin of clypeus prolonged, but abruptly truncate;
posterior margin slightly prolonged backward; eyes large, situated
rather high up on the sides, at about the middle line of the head; ocelli
small, close together; antennae inserted close to the clypeus, exceed-
ingly short, 12-segmented, the scapes not over one-half the length of
the head, the funiculus only a little longer than the scape; epinotum
52 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
prolonged backward slightly over the petiole; scale of petiole large,
more or less erect, nearly cuneiform; forewing with a closed cubital
cell and a discoidal cell.
Male. — Nearly as large as the female; head small, triangular, about
as broad as long; ej'es very large, projecting, situated in the posterior
half of the head; ocelli large, close together; mandibles small, narrow;
antennae very short, composed of thirteen segments, the scape about
as long as the first three segments; venation as in the female.
Worker. — Smaller than the female; head large, oval; eyes small;
mandibles prominent; antennae like those of the female but with a
thicker funiculus.
Genotype. — Formica impadus Ckll.
The affinities of Miomyrmcx are rather obscure. In his original de-
scription Cockerell placed the genotype species in the Formicinae, as a
true Formica, apparently because the venation of this form (one closed
cubital cell and a discoidal) was similar to that of Formica. This type
of venation, however, is not only found in other genera of Formicines,
but also in many dolichoderines, including Azteca and Iridomyrmex.
The venation, at any rate, is the only character which Miomyrmex and
Formica have in common. The habitus of this peculiar extinct genus is
much more suggestive of a dolichoderine than a formicine, and al-
though it would be necessary to determine the nature of the cloacal
opening in order to settle the matter, we may safely consider that
Miomyrmex belongs to the former subfamily. There is, however, no
known genus of the Dolichoderinae with such abbreviated antennae,
and for this reason Miomyrmex requires a new tribe.
Miomyrmex impactus (Ckll.)
Plate 2, fig. 7. Plate 7, fig. 1, 2. Plate 10, fig. 6, 11
Formica impactus, Cockerell, T. D. A., 1927. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), 19, p. 165.
Female. — Length, 16-17 mm. Robust; head rather long, subquad-
rate; mandibles with five blunt teeth; clypeus and anterior half of the
head with a series of fine parallel striations; scapes slender and ab-
breviated, not reaching the posterior margin of the eyes; funicular
segments nearly as broad as long, the terminal joints slightly larger
than the rest; ocelli very close together; thorax a little longer than the
head and about as broad; scale of the petiole with the anterior face
vertical, posterior face inclined and slightly convex; gaster about two
and one-half times as long as the head, and about twice as wide; fore-
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 53
wing short, not reaching the end of the gaster. Length of head, 3.3 mm.;
scape, 1.2 mm.; funiciihis, 1.5 mm.; thorax, 4.2 mm.; gaster, 8.5 mm.;
forewing, 11.0 mm. Width of head, 2.4 mm.; thorax, 2.7 mm.; gaster,
4.5 mm.
Holoti/pe. — At British Museum.
Homotypes— Nos. 2856-58, M. C. Z.; no. 10,018, Peabody Museum;
no. 7840, 7841, Princeton University; no. 17,007a, University of Colo-
rado; no. 98,796, U. S. N. M.; no. 34, Wickham collection; no. 3,
Carnegie Museum; no. 22,972, A. M. N. H.
Cockerell's description of this female, based upon a single specimen
in the Sternberg collection, consists mainly of minute venational de-
tails, which, as I have shown above, are entirely useless for determina-
tion. He also assigned the following structural characters: "Length
nearly 17 mm., anterior wing about 11 mm. Robust, dark brown, the
abdomen sutures broadly hyaline; head rather regularly oval, not
broadened behind; mandibles massive, minutely denticulate; lower
margin of clypeus entire, gently arched; wings hyaline, with dark brown
stigma and brown veins." As shown above the color of the Florissant
ants cannot be used for specific determination, since it varies for the
individual, and the hyaline nature of the abdominal sutures as well
as the brown color of the veins and stigma are characters which apply
to nearly every Florissant ant. Not being able to recognize the species
from Cockerell's description, I examined his type just before it was
sent to the British Museum with the rest of the Sternberg collection.
My above description is based upon this type, as well as 37 additional
specimens in the various collections loaned to me. It should be ob-
served that I described the mandibles as having five blunt teeth, al-
though Cockerell stated that they were " minutely denticulate." I was
unable to find any mandibular teeth on the type specimen and believe
that Cockerell mistook for teeth the irregularities of the somewhat
fractured mandibles. A number of specimens collected by Scudder
show these blunt teeth very clearly.
The male is represented by a single specimen showing merely the
general characters and since it has been discussed under the genus,
only the dimensions can be added. Length, 13.5 mm.; length of head,
2.1 mm.; antennae, 2.5 mm.; thorax, 4.2 mm. ; gaster, 7.2 mm. ; fore-
wing, 8.0 mm. Width of head, 2.1 mm.; thorax, 4.2 mm.
Allotype.— No. 2859a-b, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
The worker is represented by a single specimen collected by Scudder,
but is so much smaller in size than the above female that it might
possibly belong to the next species. The head has more rounded pos-
54 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
terior angles, and convex sides; the eyes are elongate, situated on the
sides of the head, at about the middle line ; the antenna is as relatively
short as that of the female, but has a much heavier funiculus. Length,
7.5 mm.; length of head, 2.4 mm.; scape, 0.4 mm.; funiculus, 0.5 mm.;
thorax, 2.4 mm.; gaster, 3.0 mm. Width of head, 1.8 mm.; thorax,
1.2 mm.; gaster, 1.8 mm.
Ergatotype— No. 2860, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
The female of M. ivipachis (Ckll.) is the largest of any of the Floris-
sant ants. This feature, together with the striated head and especially
the short antennae, makes the species readily recognizable.
Miomyrmex striatus, sp. nov.
Plate 8, fig. 6. Plate 10, fig. 9
Female. — Length, 10.5 mm. Moderately robust; head much longer
than broad, subquadrate, mandibles prominent, with four blunt teeth
and deep corrugations; clypeus and frons finely striated; scapes very
short, reaching to about the middle of the eyes; thorax about as long
as the head and about as wide; gaster about two and one-half times
as long as the head, and about twice as wide; forewing short; venation
identical with that of the preceding species. Length of head, 2.3 mm.;
scape, 0.6 mm.; funiculus, 0.9 mm.; thorax, 2.4 mm.; gaster, 6.0 mm.;
forewing, 7.0 mm. Width of head, 1.7 mm.; thorax, 1.6 mm.; gaster,
3.0 mm.
Holotijpe.— No. 2861a-b, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratype— No. 2944a-b, M. C. Z.
The types are the only specimens of the female which I have been
able to find. Fortunately these are very well preserved in most re-
spects, and appear to be nearly identical with the foregoing species,
except that they are only one-half as large. The main structural differ-
ence is the possession of four mandibular teeth, instead of five, as in
M. iinpactus.
Male. — Length, 9.0 mm. Scape a little longer than the first two
funicular segments, which are a little longer than broad; front of head
with faint longitudinal striations, posterior part of head with similar
striations arranged obliquely; thorax nearly two and one-half times as
long as the head and much broader; gaster about three and one-half
times as long as the head, and twice as wide; forewing exceeding the
end of the abdomen. Length of head, 1.5 mm.; antennae, 1.8 mm.;
thorax, 3.6 mm.; gaster, 4.8 mm.; forewing, 6.0 mm. Width of head,
1.5 mm.; thorax, 2.1 mm.; gaster, 2.7 mm.
carpenter: fossil AXTS of north AMERICA 55
AUofype.— 'So. 2862, M. C. Z. (H. F. Wickham).
Paratypes (cf ).—Nos. 2945-6 M. C. Z.;no. 10,019, Peabody Museum;
no. 17,008a, University of Colorado; no. 4, Carnegie Museum.
Tribus incerta
Petraeomyrmex, gen. no v.
Female. — Small; head subquadrate; scapes short, thick; eyes small,
situated on the sides of the head, anterior to the middle line; petiole
very small; forewing with two cubital cells.
Genotype. — P. minimus, sp. nov.
The affinities of this genus are rather obscure, chiefly because of the
lack of material showing the petiole. Additional fossils may indicate
a close relationship to Forelius.
Petraeomyrmex minimus, sp. nov.
Plate 4, fig'. 2
Female. — Length, 4.5 mm. Robust; head broad, only a little longer
than wide, posterior margin concaved, posterior angles slightly rounded,
lateral margins straight; scape not reaching the posterior margin of the
head, funiculus also short; thorax a little longer than the head, about as
wide ; gaster nearly three times as long as the head, and about twice as
wide. Length of head, 1.0 mm.; scape, 0.4 mm.; funiculus, 0.5 mm.;
thorax, 1.3 mm.; gaster, 2.7 mm. Width of head, 0.9 mm.; thorax,
0.9 mm.; gaster, 1.8 mm.
Holohjpe.— Ko. 2943, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratypes (9). — No. 10,035, Peabody Museum; no. 17,021a, Uni-
versity of Colorado; no. 78,805, U. S. X. M.
This is the smallest Florissant female .with two cubital cells in the
forewing. It is not very common, there being only eleven specimens
in the collections at hand.
FORMICINAE
FORMICINI
Formica Linne
This widely distributed genus is represented in the Tertiary by six
Baltic amber species, several from the Radoboj formation, and three
in the Florissant shales.
56 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Formica robusta, sp. nov.
Plate 6, fig. 6. Plate 7, fig. 6
Female. — Length 9.0-10.0 mm. Robust; head triangular, about as
long as broad, posterior margin straight, posterior angles rounded;
mandibles quite large, with a prominent terminal tooth and a number
of irregular smaller teeth; antennae slender, the scapes greatly exceed-
ing the posterior margin of the head; eyes moderately large; thorax
slender, nearly one and one-half times as long as the head, and a little
broader; gaster about two and one-half times as long as the head, and
twice as wide; forewing exceeding the end of the abdomen. Length of
head, 1.5 mm.; scape, 1.5; funiculus, 2.2 mm.; thorax, 2.7 mm. gaster,
5.0 mm.; forewing, 7.8 mm. Width of head, 1.5 mm.; thorax, 1.8 mm.;
gaster, 3.0 mm.
Hohiype— No. 2878, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratype ( 9 ).— Nos. 2879-2886, M. C. Z.; no. 10,025, Peabody Mu-
seum; no. 7842, Princeton University; no. 17,012a, Colorado University,
no. 78,800, U. S. N. M.; no. 22,976, A. M. N. H.; no. 35, \Yickliam col-
lection; no. 8, Carnegie Museum.
The heads of most of the females are much flattened and conse-
quently more rounded than that of the holotype and some of the para-
types. The holotype specimen shows less distortion than any other,
but the antennae and eyes are not preserved ; these latter structures do
appear in some of the para types (e.g., 2879). With very few exceptions
the females are light brown, indicating that in all probability this was
the original color of the insects. The female is the commonest of the
formicines, some three hundred specimens having been recognized in
the material at my disposal. A few of these fossils, which are otherwise
identical with the above female, have a series of fine striations on the
clypeus and part of the head. Since many living species of Formica
(e.g., F. trunicola, and F. rufa rufa) have similar striations in the female
and worker, it is very probable that all the queens of F. rohtista would
show these striations if they were sufficiently well preserved and in the
proper position.
Male. — There are a number of males which appear to belong to this
species. They are undoubtedly Formica and their size is consistent
with that of the female, but as in the case of the males of most other
species, only measurements can be given as specific characters. Length,
7.0 mm. Length of head, 1.2 mm.; scape, 1.5 mm.; funiculus, 2.7 mm.;
thorax, 2.1 mm.; gaster, 3.6 mm.; forewing, 9.0 mm. Width of head^
1.2 mm.; thorax, 1.8 mm.; gaster, 2.1 mm.
Allotype.— No. 2887, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratype (cf ).— No. 2888, M. C. Z.
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 57
Formica cockerelli, sp. nov.
Plate 4, fig. 3
Female. — Length, 12.0 mm. Head nearly one and one-half times as
long as broad, more or less triangular, posterior margin slightly rounded;
mandibles small, teeth blunt; anterior margin of clypeus arched;
antennae slender, the scapes greatly exceeding the posterior margin of
the head; ocelli small, widely separated; thorax about one and one-half
times as long and as broad as the head ; gaster about two and one-half
times as long as the head and twice as wide; head and thorax delicately
striated. Length of head, 2.4 mm.; scape, L8 mm.; funiculus, 3.0 mm.;
thorax, 3.6 mm.; gaster, 6.0 mm. Width of head, L8 mm.; thorax,
3.0 mm.; gaster, 3.6 mm.
Holotype.— No. 2889a-b, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paraiypes ( 9 ).— No. 78,806, U. S. N. M.
There are four males which I believe belong to this species : length,
9.0 mm. Length of head, 1 .5 mm. ; scape, L5 mm. ; funiculus, 3.2 mm. ;
thorax, 3.0 mm. ; gaster, 4.5 mm. ; forewing, 9.0 mm. Width of head, L5
mm.; thorax, 10.8 mm.; gaster, 2.4 mm.
Allotype— No. 2890, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paraiypes (cf ).— No. 10,026, Peabody Museum; no. 17,013a, Uni-
versity of Colorado.
This is not a common species, the types being the only specimens
which I have seen. Both castes are readily distinguished from the pre-
ceding by their much larger size.
Formica grandis, sp. nov.
Plate 6, fig. 3 "
Female. — Length, 13.0 mm. Head large, triangular, about one and
one-half times as long as broad, posterior margin straight; mandibles
rather small, with a long terminal tooth; antennae very long and slen-
der, the scape nearly as long as the head; funicular segments about
twice as long as broad; thorax relatively small, not over one and one-
third times as long as the head, and about as wide; gaster small, not
quite twice as long as the head; forewing extending beyond the end
of the gaster. Length of head, 3.0 mm.; scape, 2.7 mm.; funiculus,
3.9 mm.; thorax, 4.0 mm.; gaster, 5.5 mm.; forewing, 10.8 mm. Width
of head, 2.0 mm.; thorax, 2.3 mm.; gaster, 3.6 mm.
Holotype.— ^o. 78,801, U. S. N. M. (Lacoe collection.)
Paraiype.— No. 2891, M. C. Z.
58 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
This species, which is also very rare, is distinguished from the pre-
ceding by its much larger size, and the longer antennae. It is the largest
of the Formicinae of Florissant.
Lasius Mayr
This holarctic genus is already represented in the Tertiary of the
Baltic amber and the Radoboj beds ; the Florissant shales contain one
common species.
Lasius peritulus (Ckll.)
Plate 5, fig. 6. Plate 7, fig. 7
Tetramorium peritulu7n, Cockerell, T. D. A., 1927. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9),
19, p. 165.
Cockerell based this species on a fairly well-preserved male which I
examined before it was sent to the British Museum. Since none of the
characters given by Cockerell serve to identify the ant generically or
specifically, and especially since it was not originally assigned to the
proper subfamily, I have redescribed the species, mainly from the
queen.
Female. — Length, 7.5-8.0 mm. Moderately robust; head triangular,
small, about one and one-half times as long as its greatest width; pos-
terior margin straight, posterior angles broadly rounded ; mandibles of
moderate size, with a long terminal tooth, and a number of irregular
smaller teeth; antennae slender, scapes slightly exceeding the posterior
margin of the head; funicular segments 2-5 about as broad as long,
segments 6-12 longer than broad; eyes oval, rather small; thorax, oval,
about one and one-half times as long as the head; petiole small, the
node cuneiform; gaster relatively large, about three and one-half times
as long as the head; forewing greatly exceeding the end of the gaster.
Length of head, 1.3 mm.; scape, 0.9 mm.; funiculus, 1.3 mm.; thorax,
1.9 mm.; gaster, 4.8 mm.; forewing, 7.8 mm. Width of head, 0.9 mm.;
thorax, 1.3 mm.; gaster, 4.8 mm.
Allotype (9 ).— No. 2892, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratijpes (9).— Nos. 2893-2895, M. C. Z.; no. 10,027, Peabody
Museum; nos. 7843, 7844, Princeton University; no. 17,014a, b, Uni-
versity of Colorado; no. 78,802, U. S. N. M.; no. 22,982, A. M. N. H.;
no. (10), British Museum; no. 9, Carnegie Museum.
Male. — Small, about one-half the size of the female; node of petiole
small, cuneiform; gaster short, rounded. Length, 4.5 mm. Length of
head, 0.9 mm.; scape, 0.4 mm.; funiculus, L2 mm.; thorax, 1.2 mm.;
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 59
gaster, 1.9 mm.; forewing, 4.3 mm. Width of head, 0.6 mm.; thorax,
0.9 mm.; gaster, 0.9 mm.
Hohtijpe (cf ). — In British Museum.
Just why Cockerell considered this male to belong to Tetramorium
is not at all clear, for there is no possibility of its being even a myrmi-
cine. Both castes are very abundant; I have seen over four hundred
females and some thousand males, most of which are well preserved.
The worker of such a common species must be present in the deposit
also, but I have not been able to recognize it.
Camponotini
Camponotus Mayr
Inasmuch as this genus is cosmopolitan at the present time, its occur-
rence in the various Tertiary deposits is only to be expected. One spe-
cies (C. mengci Mayr) has been found in the Baltic amber, one in the
Gurnet Bay Oligocene (C. hrodei Donisthorpe) and several in the
Oeningen and Radoboj beds. Three species are represented in the
Florissant shales.
Camponotus fuscipennis, sp. nov.
Plate 5, fig. 4. Plate 11, fig. 6
Female. — Length, 11.0 mm. Robust; head rounded, very large,
nearly twice as long as broad, posterior margin straight, posterior
angles slightly rounded, lateral margins convex; mandibles of moder-
ate size, triangular, with a few small teeth; clypeus large; scapes not
quite reaching the posterior margin of the head; eyes small, elongate,
placed well back on the posterior half of the head; thorax about as long
as the head, but not as wide; gaster about one and one-half times as
long as the head, and nearly twice as broad; forewing reaching the tip
of the gaster, and with a distinct brown patch around the pterostigma.
Length of head, 3.0 mm.; scape, 1.5 mm.; funiculus, 2.1 mm.; thorax,
3.0 mm.; gaster, 4.8 mm.; forewing, 8.5 mm. Width of head, 1.8 mm.;
thorax, 1.5 mm.; gaster, 3.0 mm.
Holotype — No. 2897, M. C. Z. (F. M. Carpenter).
Paratypes (9).— No. 10,029, Peabody Museum; no. 17,015a, Uni-
versity of Colorado.
This species, which is easily recognizable by the brown patch on the
wing, is represented by only four specimens, so it is apparently very
rare.
60 bulletin: museltm of comparative zoology
Camponotus microcephalus, sp. nov.
Plate 6, fig. 4. Plate 11, fig. 8
Female. — Length, 8.0 mm. ^Moderately slender; head small, elon-
gate, about twice as long as broad, posterior margin short, nearly
straight; posterior angles broadly rounded, lateral margins convex;
mandibles rather large in comparison with the size of the head; scapes
not reaching the posterior margin of the head; funicular segments about
as long as broad; thorax a little longer than the head, and nearly twice
as wide; gaster about three times as long as the head, and nearly three
times as wide; wing just reaching the tip of the abdomen. Length, of
head, L3 mm.; scape, LO mm.; funiculus, L5 mm.; thorax, 1.8 mm.;
gaster, 4.2 mm.; forewing, 5.4 mm. Width of head, 7.0 mm.; thorax,
L5 mm.; gaster, 2.5 mm.
Holotype— Xo. 2898, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
This ant has been described from a rather poorly preserved indi-
vidual, but the small head will enable easy recognition.
Camponotus petrifactus, sp. nov.
Plate 6, fig. 5
Worker. — Length, 10.0 mm. Head oval, nearly twice as long as
broad, with a rounded posterior margin; mandibles triangular, slender,
armed with three sharp teeth; antennae slender, inserted close to the
middle Hne of the head, all the segments about twice as long as broad;
eyes small, placed well back on the posterior half of the head; thorax
slender, much longer than the head, but not nearly as broad. Length
of head, 2.4 mm.; scape, 2.4 mm. ; funiculus, 3.0 mm.; thorax, 4.0 mm.;
gaster, 3.6 mm. "Width of head, 1.8 mm.; thorax, 1.5 mm.; gaster,
3.0 mm.
Holotype.— Xo. 2936, M. C. Z. (S. H. Scudder).
Paratypes. — X"o. 10,034, Peabody Museum; no. 17,020a, University
of Colorado; no. 22,964, A. M. X. H.
The large size of this worker, as well as the shape of the head, shows
that it cannot be associated with either of the two preceding queens.
Only seven specimens have been found.
V. Comparison of the Tertiary and Recent Ants
OF North America
With the completion of our examination of the ants known from the
Tertiary rocks of Xorth America, we are in a position to compare this
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 61
fauna with that now occupying the same area. In doing this, however,
it must be borne in mind that our knowledge of the Tertiary ants is
very meagre, partly because the fornis found at any one locality repre-
sent only the fauna which existed in a certain environment. For this
reason the absence of a genus from a deposit only indicates that it was
absent in that particular environment; it may very well have been
present at the same time under different conditions, which did not
favor preservation.
The recent ant fauna of North America has already been discussed
by Wheeler in several publications (1908, 1910, 1917, 1928), so that
only a brief survey need be presented here. Excluding a few types
which are now restricted to the nearctic region (Mynnecocystus, Vero-
messor, Novomessor, etc.), and which probably had diverse origins, the
North American genera may be convenienth- separated into three
groups, each with a definite tendency in geographical distribution:
1. The first of these contains the genera which are limited to the
New World, and which are almost entirely confined to the neotropical
region, only a few species extending as far northward as the southern
part of the nearctic. Here belong Ecitan, Xcoponera, Pachycondyla,
Pogonomyrmex, Cryptocerus, Atta, Forelius, etc.
2. The second division consists of genera which are widely dis-
tributed in the tropics of both hemispheres and which are represented
in the temperate regions by a small number of species or subgenera, as
Stigmatomma, Sysphi)icta, Motiomorium, Phcidole, Leptogenps, etc.
3. The last group includes those genera which are cosmopolitan or
which inhabit the holarctic regions, as Ponera, Stenamma, Formica,
Lasius, Camponotus, etc.
None of the American Tertiary ants belong to genera which are now
restricted to the nearctic region, just as none of the amber species can
be referred to genera confined to the palearctic. On the other hand, the
first group of genera defined above is well represented in the Florissant
shales, by Archiponera (a close relative of Dinoponera) , Pseudomyrma,
Pogonomyrmex, and Protazteca. The second division is represented by
Pheidole, DoHchodems, and Iridomyrmex; and the third, by Aphaeno-
gaster, Liometopum, Formica, Lasius, and Camponotus. It is obvious,
therefore, that the ant fauna of North America contained the same
geographical elements during the Tertiary as it does in recent times. The
only genera {Xovomessor, etc.) which now exist in this area, and which
may have been excluded from the Tertiary fauna, probably arose during
a later period than the Miocene. We cannot, of course, derive detailed
conclusions from such a small amount of evidence without becoming
62 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
too speculative, but it is obvious that the North American ant fauna of
the mid-Tertiary was as highly developed as that of Europe, for while
the number of species, and consequently genera, is far less in the former
than in the latter, the difference is due entirely to the Baltic amber,
which happened to be an ideal medium for the preservation of the ants.
The presence of four genera with neotropical affinities in the Florissant
shales, and especially the fact that one of them {Protazteca) is the pre-
dominant genus of the fauna, is strongly suggestive that during the
mid-Tertiary the nearctic ant fauna was rich in genera which are now
restricted to the neotropical region.' The present limitation of the
second group of genera mentioned above to the southern portion of
the nearctic is probably the result of the cool climate which enveloped
the northern region during the Pleistocene glaciation.
Although the tendency for some of the Florissant insects to show re-
lationship to Old World forms (e.g. Glossina) has already been observed
by Cockerell, it is worth while to consider the two genera of ants which
show similar affinities — Mianeuretu^ and Messor. The presence of
the former in these shales, and of Proiancurdus and Paraneuretus in
the Baltic amber supports the conclusion derived from morphological
studies of Aiieuretus that the tribe Aneuretini is a primitive one, and
shows that it was once widely distributed. The probable occurrence
of Messor is also of much interest, since this genus is now confined to
palearctic, Ethiopian, and northern Indian regions. The two nearctic
genera, Novomessor and Vcromcssor, which are very closely related to
Messor, may be descendents of a branch of the latter which existed in
North America during the Tertiary. The presence of these Old World
genera in the Colorado Miocene is analogous to that of the neotropical
genus, Erebomyrma, in the Baltic amber.
Perhaps the most important contribution of the North American
fossil ants is to our appreciation of the age of the family. For although
our knowledge of the mid-Eocene ants (Green River) is very frag-
mentary, it is sufficient to prove that the fauna of the early Tertiary
was not only large and varied, but essentially modern. The fact that
ants are not common in the Green River formation is not necessarily
an indication that they were rare at the time of the existence of the
biota, but only that the conditions were not favorable for their preser-
vation; the macerated condition of all the known ants of this deposit
strongly suggests that their nests were remote from the lakes and that
the insects were carried to the latter by streams or freshets. Not only
' Brues has observed (1910) that some of the parasitic Hymenoptera of Florissant also show
neotropical affinities.
carpenter: fossil AXTS of north AMERICA 63
were these early Tertiary ants highly differentiated morphologically,
but as "Wheeler has shown (1914) the Lower Oligocene forms (Baltic
amber) had a social life as highly developed as the recent species, some
of the amber workers being even polymorphic {Pscudolasius and Di-
morpjiomyrmcx). "That many of them had learned to attend plant-
lice and had therefore become 'trophobiotic' is shown by a block of
amber in the Konigsberg Coll. containing a number of workers of
Iridomyrmcx gocpperii, together with a lot of their Aphid wards. That
the amber ants kept myrmecophiles in their nests can scarcely be
doubted, for at least three genera of Paussidae ^ {Cerapterus, Pleurop)-
terus and an undescribed genus) are cited by Klebs in his list of amber
Coleoptera. That these ants also had Acarine parasites is shown by two
workers of Lasius schicffcrdcckcri in the Konigsberg Coll., each bearing
a mite attached to the base of the hind tibiae. These specimens also
show that the mites had already acquired the peculiar habit of affixing
themselves to very definite regions of their host's integument." It is
clear, therefore, from the specialized social habits of the Oligocene ants,
and the high differentiation of those of the Eocene, that the family
must have originated well back in the Mesozoic. \Yhile, of course, the
Cretaceous period is almost a blank as far as any group of insects is con-
cerned, it seems hardly possible that the Formicidae could have reached
such a high state of development by the early Tertiary, if they had
originated in the Cretaceous period, as suggested by Handlirsch (1908),
or even in the Upper Jurassic, as proposed by Emery (1920). And al-
though it may be difficult to imagine ants included within the same
fauna as the gigantic Protodonata of the Permian, which Wheeler
suggests as the possible time of their origin, the discovery of compara-
tively highly specialized Hymenoptera in the Jurassic of Turkestan
(Martynov, 1925), leads us to believe that the ants were similarly
developed during that period of the earth's history. Probably the
chief reason why they have not already turned up in this formation is
that the primitive groups, as the Dorylinae, Cerapachinae, and Poneri-
nae, are either subterranean or terricolous and consequently not likely
to be entombed in a lake deposit. At any rate, the problem of the origin
of the Formicidae, both in time and space, must wait for its solution
until ants have been discovered in pre-Tertiary deposits.
1 Wasmann (S. J.)hasmore recently described theamber Paussidae. (Zool. Anzeiger,68 (1/2),
p. 25-30, 1926.)
64 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Adolf, A.
1880. Uber des Fliigelgeader des Lasi^ts umhratus Nyl. Verb. ver. Rheinl.,
37, p. 35-53, 1 pi.
Alexander, C. P.
1920. Crane-flies of New York. II. Cornell Univ. Mem., 38, p. 764.
Berry, E. W.
1924. The Middle and Upper Eocene floras of southeastern Xorth America.
Prof. Paper U. S, Geol. Surv., 92, p. 1-206, 65 pis.
Bradley, W. H.
1926. A contribution to the origin of the Green River formation and its
oil shale. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., 9, p. 246-262.
Brtjes, C. T.
19 10. The parasitic hymenoptera of the Tertian,- of Florissant. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 64 (1), p. 1-125, 1 pi.
COCKERELL, T. D. A.
1906. A new fossil ant. Ent. News, 17, p. 27-28.
1907. Some Old World tjTpes of insects in the Colorado Miocene. Science,
n. s., 26, p. 446-447.
1908. The fossil flora of Florissant, Colorado. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
24 (4), p. 71-110, 3 pi.
1915. British fossil insects. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 49, p. 469-499, 6 pis.
1920. Fossil arthropods in the British Museum. I. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
5, p. 273-279.
1921. Some Eocene insects from Colorado and Wj^oming. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 59, p. 29-39, 1 pi.
1923a. Fossil insects from the Eocene of Texas. Amer. Joum. Sci., 5 (29),
p. 397^00, 2 figs.
1923b. The earliest knowii Ponerine ant. Ent., 51, p. 51, 52, 1 fig.
1926. A fossil alga from the Eocene of Colorado. Torreya, 27, p. 111-112.
1927. Fossil insects from the Miocene of Colorado. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
19, p. 161-166.
Dawson, G. M.
1877. Rep. progr. Can. Geol. Surv., 1875-76, p. 257-260.
Denton, W.
1866. On a mineral, resembling albertite, from Colorado. Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., 10, p. 306.
DoNisTHORPE, H. St. J. K.
1920. British Oligocene ants. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6, p. 81-94, 1 pi.
Emmons, S. F.
1877. Descriptive geology. Rep. U. S. Geol. Expl., 40th par. (King), 2,
1877, p. 595.
Emery, C.
1891. Le formiche dell' ambra Siciliana nel museo mineralogico dell'
universitadi Bologna. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. 1st. Bologna, 5 (1), p. 141-
165, 3 pis.
carpenter: fossil ants of north AMERICA 65
1913. Le origin; e remigrazione della fauna mirmecologica di Europa.
Rendic. Ses. Accad. Sci. 1st. Bologna, 1913, p. 29-46.
1920. La distribuzione geografica attuale delle formiche. Real. Acad.
Lincei, 13, p. 3-98.
Endlich, F. M.
1878. On the geology of the White River district. Ann. Rep. U. S. Geogr.
Surv. Terr. (Hayden), 10, p. 111.
H.'iXDLIRSCH, A.
1908. Die fossilen insekten und die phylogenie der rezenten formen.
Leipzig, p. 1-1030, 51 pis., 14 figs.
1910. Canadian fossil insects. Contr. Can. Pal., V, 2, p. 23-229.
Hayden, F. V.
1873. Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. Terr., 3, p. 190 (reprint).
Heer, O.
1849. Die Insektenfauna der Tertiargebilde von Oeningen und von Rado-
boj in Croatien. Neue Denkschr. Allgem. Schweiz. Geol. Ges. Naturw.,
11, 1-264, 17 pis.
1856. Fossile Hymenoptera aus Oeningen und Radoboj. Neue Denkschr.
Allgem. Schweiz. Gesell. Naturw., 22 (4), p. 1-42, 3 pis.
Henderson, J.
1925. The origin of the Green River formation. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petr.
Geol., 8, p. 662-668.
KiRCHNER, W. C. G.
1898. Contributions to the fossil flora of Florissant. Trans. Acad. Sci.
St. Louis, 8, p. 161-188, 5 pis.
Knowlton, F. H.
1917. Fossil plants from Florissant. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 51, p. 241-297,
16 pis.
1919. Catalogue of the Mesozoic and Cenozoic plants of North America.
Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., 696, p. 796-797.
1922. Revision of the flora of the Green River formation, with descriptions
of new species. Prof. Paper U. S. Geol. Surv., 131f, p. 133-176, 6 pis.
Lesquereux, L.
1878. Contributions to the fossil flora of the western territories. II. Ter-
tiary flora. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. (Hayden), 7, p. 1-366, 65 pis.
1883. Contributions to the fossil flora of the western territories. III. Cre-
taceous and Tertiary floras. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. (Hayden), 8,
p. 127-217, 3 pis.
Martynov, a. V.
1925. Contribution to the knowledge of fossil insects from Jurassic beds
in Turkestan. Bull. Acad. Sci. I'URSS, 19, p. 735-760, 6 figs.
Mayr, G. L.
1867. Vorlaufige studien iiber die Radoboj-formiciden. Jahrb. K. K. Geol.
Reischmus, Wien, 17, p. 47-62, 1 pi.
1868. Die ameisen des baltischen Bernstein. Schrift. Physik. Okon. Gesell.,
1, p. 1-102, 5 pis.
66 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Newberry, J. S.
1898. The later extinct flora of North America. Mon. U. S. Geol. Surv., 36,
p. 1-295, 68 pis.
Peale, a. C.
1876. Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., 1874, 147, p. 156-158.
1878. Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Terr., 10, p. 185.
Penhallow, D. p.
1908. Tertiary plants of British Columbia. Can. Geol. Surv., p. 1-176.
Powell, J. W.
1876. Report on the geology of the eastern section of the Uinta Mountains.
Rep. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Terr. (Powell), 7, p. 40, 45, 166-167.
Reinecke, L.
1920. Mineral deposits between Lillooet and Prince George, B. C. Mem.
18, Can. Geol. Survey, p. 17.
ROHWER, S. A.
1908. On the Tenthredinoidea of the Florissant shales. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., 24, p. 521-530.
SCUDDER, S. H.
1867. Results of an examination of a small collection of fossil insects ob-
tained by Professor William Denton in the Tertiary beds of Green River,
Colorado. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 117-118.
1870. In Hayden, F. V., Sun pictorial of the Rocky Mountains, N. Y., p.
98.
1877a. The first discovered traces of fossil insects in the American Ter-
tiaries. Bull. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Terr., 3, p. 741-762.
1877b. The insects of the Tertiary beds at Quesnel. Rep. Progr. Geol. Surv.
Can., 1875-1876, p. 266-280.
1878. The fossil insects of the Green River shales. Bull. U. S. Geol. Geogr.
Surv. Terr. (Hayden), 4, p. 747-776.
1890. The Tertiary insects of North America. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr.
(Hayden), 13, p. 1-734, 28 pis.
Wheeler, W. M.
1908. Comparative Ethology of European and American ants. Journ.
Psychol. Neurol., 13, p. 404-435, 4 pis., 1 fig.
1910. Ants. Columbia University Press., N. Y., p. 1-622, 286 figs.
1914. The ants of the Baltic amber. Schrift. Physik. Oken. Gesell. Konigs-
berg, 55, p. 1-142, 66 figs.
1917. The mountain ants of western North America. Proc. Amer. Acad.
Arts Sci., 52 (8), p. 457-467.
1926. Les societes d'insectes. Paris, 1926, p. 1-468, 59 figs.
1928. The social insects. London, 1928, p. 1-387, 79 figs.
White, A. C.
1878. Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Terr., 1876, p. 784.
Winchester, D. E.
1923. Oil shale in the Rocky Mountains. Bull. U. S. Geol. Sur\'., p. 796,
p. 1-168.
FEB f 3 1930
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
AT HARVARD COLLEGE
Vol. LXX. No. 2
THE LOWER PERMIAN INSECTS OF KANSAS
PART I.
INTRODUCTION AND THE ORDER IMECOPTERA
By F. M. Carpenter.
With Five Plates.
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.:
PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM
February, 1930
It
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
AT HARVARD COLLEGE.
There have been pubHshed of the Bulletin, Vols. I to LIV, LVI
to LXV, LXVII to LXIX; of the Memoirs, Vols. I to LL
The Bulletin and Memoirs are devoted to the publication of
original work by the Officers of the Museum, of investigations carried
on by students and others in the different Laboratories of Natural
History, and of work by specialists based upon the Museum Collec-
tions and Explorations.
These publications are issued in numbers at irregular intervals.
Each number of the Bulletin and of the Memoirs may be sold sepa-
rately. A price list of the publications of the Museum will be sent on
application to the Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
AT HARVARD COLLEGE
Vol. LXX. No. 2
THE LOWER PERMIAN INSECTS OF KANSAS
PART I.
INTRODUCTION AND THE ORDER MECOPTERA
By F. M. Carpenter.
With Five Plates.
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.:
PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM
February, 1930
Xo. 2. — The Lower Permian Insects of Kansas. Part I.
Introduction and the Order Mecoptera
By F. M. Carpenter*
Introduction
The Permian has long been recognized as the period of most rapid
evohition of the insects. The contrast between the archaic fauna of
the Upper Carboniferous and the relatively modern one of the Triassic
is fully as great as that between the faunas of the Triassic and the
Recent. Until lately, however, the fossil record of the Permian has
been nearly a blank. In 1906, when Handlirsch published his revision
of the fossil insects of the world, only 14 specimens, aside from cock-
roaches, had been described from the strata of this period. But in
recent years the discovery of new and highly productive Permian beds
has added so many well preserved fossils to this record that our knowl-
edge of the Permian fauna is rapidly surpassing that of the other Pre-
tertiary horizons.
Most of these new fossils have been secured in the Lower Permian
beds of Kansas, which have already yielded upwards of 6000 speci-
mens. The first insects were found in this deposit in 1899. During the
winter of that year Dr. E. H. Sellards found two fossil wings in a col-
lection of plants which he had obtained in the Wellington shales, just
south of the town of Elmo, Kansas. Realizing the significance of his
discovery he returned to the locality during the summers of 1902 and
1903, and after some difficulty in locating the proper layer, secured
about 2000 specimens. At that time the taxonomy of fossil insects
was in a deplorable condition. Handlirsch's work, which for the first
time placed the classification of the extinct forms on a solid foundation,
had not yet appeared, and the literature on the subject was extremely
fragmentary and scattered. But between 1906 and 1909 Dr. Sellards
published three papers on his collection, describing a few of the forms
which seemed to be typical of the fauna. It was his intention at
that time to publish a revision of the fossils, but other matters inter-
vened and for many years this huge collection was stored in his home
at Austin, Texas. In the spring of 1927 when I was enabled by a grant
* National Research Fellow, Bussey Institution. These studies have also been aided by
grant No. 280 oftheBache Fund, National Academy of Sciences, and aSheldon Traveling Fellow-
ship from Harvard University.
70 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
from the National Academy of Sciences to make an extended visit
at Austin, Dr. Sellards kindly placed his types at my disposal for ex-
amination, and the following year he sent me his entire unworked
collection for study at the Bussey Institution.
Meanwhile, a second collection of insects had been obtained at the
Elmo deposit. Dr. R. J. Tillyard, the eminent entomologist of the
Cawthron Institute, New Zealand, had passed through this country
in 1920, and while visiting Yale University had seen a small series of
the Kansan specimens which Dr. Sellards had donated to the Peabody
Museum many years ago. Tillyard aroused Professor Schuchert's
interest in these insects, and the following summer Professor C. O.
Dunbar undertook an expedition to the locality. He returned with a
collection of about 2000 specimens, which were immediately sent to
Dr. Tillyard for study. During the past four years Tillyard has pub-
lished eleven papers on this fauna, covering the Palaedictoptera, Mec-
optera, Protohymenoptera, Homoptera, Psocoptera, Protodonata, Odo-
nata, and Protoperlaria. All the Yale specimens have remained the
property of the Peabod}' Museum, with the exception of the counter-
parts of some of the types, which have been given to the Cawthron
Institute.
In the fall of 1925 I accompanied Professor P. E. Raymond to the
Kansan locality to determine whether or not another large collection
of insects could be obtained at these beds. Our short stop at the de-
posit was sufficient to obtain an affirmative answer to this question
(Carpenter, 1926), and two years later, with the financial aid of a
Sheldon Traveling Fellowship and the assistance of two graduate
students in entomology, I secured some 2400 specimens, comprising
the third and largest collection from this formation. All these fossils
are now at the Bussey Institution, but they will be turned over to the
Museum of Comparative Zoology when my description of them has
been completed.
The deposit which has yielded these splendid collections is situated
in Dickerson County, Kansas, within the township of Elmo, and about
three and one-half miles southwest of the town itself. The rock con-
taining the insects, termed the " Elmo Hmestone" by Dunbar, has been
found only in a pasture covering about thirty acres (Plate 1, fig. 1).
This pasture has the typical rolling topography of central Kansas,
so that there are Aery few natural exposures of the limestone, or in
fact of any part of the Wellington series. A few meandering brooks
have cut occasional gullies, but these are rarely over a few feet deep.
All the Harvard and Yale specimens were obtained near the center
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 71
of the pasture, but Sellards' collection was taken about a quarter of
a mile farther south. Fully half of the Harvard fossils came from the
north side of a small ravine about twenty feet southwest of the gully
which produced the Yale specimens; the remainder were taken in the
west bank of Dunbar's quarry of 1921.
The stratigraphy of the Wellington shale in this region has been
carefully worked out by Dr. Dunbar, and I can add nothing new to
his excellent account (Dunbar and Tillyard, 1925). At both of the
exposures where we collected in 1927, the Elmo limestone was capped
by a few feet of a limy shale, unfossiliferous except for a few phylopod
crustaceans. The Elmo limestone itself is a chalky, soft, almost white
deposit, about five feet thick; only the very bottom, more massive
layer of this stratum contains insects (Plate 1, figs. 2, 3). Just below
the insect layer, extending down for a depth of about three feet, is a
very soft, carbonaceous clay, containing many matted fronds and
stems of land plants, and occasional large stumps of PsarGnius ^
(Plate 1, fig. 4). Throughout the insect layer of the Elmo limestone
there are a number of fragments of plants, a few arachnids, and one
species of clam, Myalina mceki Dunbar. The latter is the commonest
fossil, especially in the very basal part of the limestone, where the shells
are crowded together in huge masses. Dunbar observed in his descrip-
tion of the beds that the insects and Myalina were mutually exclusive
on any one layer of the rock, but this is certainly not true at all ex-
posures. Another common fossil in the insect layer has the appearance
of a pink alga, which seems to occur almost uniformly at about the
same level. For some curious reason the insects are very closely as-
sociated with this fossil, or at least with the layer of rock on which
it occurs; sometimes as manv as twelve insects have been found on
a square foot of this surface. The arachnids, Eurypterus and Faleolim-
ulvs, are quite rare, but are also associated with the insects. About
fifty specimens of these two genera were taken in 1927, and have been
turned over to Professor P. E. Raymond, of the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology. The plants of the insect layer are too fragmentary for
accurate determination. Sellards described the flora of the Wellington
shale in this region many years ago (1908), but a more complete ac-
count is contained in a monograph by David White, now in press.
The insects have a very sporadic horizontal distribution in the
limestone. Some portions of the insect layer, only a few feet away from
a rich pocket, seem to be almost devoid of specimens; or if the insects
are present, they are badly macerated and poorly preserved. Our ex-
' Determined by Dr. David White.
72 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
perience in collecting leads us to the conclusion that these fossils can
be obtained more easily if the rock is dry. When the limestone is
damp, as it ordinarily is directly after its removal from the ground,
its color is dark gray, and the minute insects, such as the Psocids,
can be seen only with difficulty. The dry rock, however, is almost a
chalky white, so that the insects can be seen much more readily. The
dry limestone also has the advantage of splitting more evenl}-.
The climatic conditions which prevailed at the time of the existence
of an extinct biota are always of interest and sometimes of great sig-
nificance to the biologist. Dr. Dunbar's study on the geology of the
formation leads him to conclude that the environment of the insects
was a "swampy, forested lowland. This local moist habitat appears,
however, to have been a humid spot in a regional environment of
more or less pronounced and long-continued aridity, for the preceding
strata of the entire province are marked by extensive saline deposits.
The earlier stages of the Permian were characterized, over the Great
Plains Province, by the alternating seasonal rainfall and droughts of
a semiarid climate, and from this mild beginning the aridity gradually
became more se\-ere until it reached a climax in Wellington time, when
the excessive evaporation of the inland sea resulted in the precipitation
of thick salt beds over central and southern Kansas. Our insects lived
shortly thereafter, at a time when the climate had again become some-
what ameliorated. The cold climate of the later part of the Lower
Permian had not yet affected the region of Kansas, where decidedly
warm temperatures still pre\ailed, and it is improbable that the insects
of this portion of the United States had ever endured cold winters."
Since the Wellington shale has been definitely referred to the Lower
Permian (Middle Artinskian), the insects of the Elmo limestone are
the oldest of any of the Permian forms which have been found.'
Only two other Permian formations have produced notable collections
of insects. The Belmont cherts of New South Wales, which belong
to the highest part of the Permian, have yielded a small but interesting
series of Mecoptera, Xeuroptera, Coleoptera, Homoptera, and Proto-
coleoptera (Tillyard, 1917, 1919, 1922, 1926); and the Upper Permian
(Kazan) of North Russia has produced a varied fauna of Homoptera,
Mecoptera, Xeuroptera, Psocoptera, Protorthoptera, and a few extinct
groups allied to the Perlaria (Martynov, 1928). The researches which
have been conducted on these Permian insects, especially those of Till-
1 Except, perhaps, the Hermit shale of the Grand Canyon, which has yielded two species of
Protodonata (see White's note on the flora of the Hermit shale, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, 13 (8),
p. 574-575, 1927).
I
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 73
yard's on the Kansan forms, have filled in many gaps in the phyloge-
netie tree of the insects. Yet our knowledge of these ancient types is
still very meagre. Practically nothing is known of their body structure,
and in many cases only portions of the wings have been found. Under
such conditions it is only natural that some erroneous conclusions
have been reached, but by the study of additional material most of
these will be eliminated, and our conception of the geological history
of the insects will become more exact. Consequently, although among
the 4400 unstudied fossils now at my disposal, there are only a few new
species, the addition of many details to those already known in the
described forms, will, I hope, clear up some of the uncertainties and
remove some of the inaccuracies which now exist. Since Tillyard has
treated the Yale insects by orders, completing one group before
starting on another, I propose to adopt the same method. This pro-
cedure was suggested to me by Dr. Tillyard in order that I might pub-
lish on the Palaeodictyoptera, Protohymenoptera, Psocoptera, Odo-
nata, Protodonata, MecOptera, Homoptera, and Protoperlaria,
without in any way interfering with the investigations which he is
now carrying out on the other orders. His earlier start on the Kansan
insects should give him that priority.
It is a pleasure to acknowledge my gratitude to those who have
aided me in this undertaking. To Professor W. M. Wheeler I am
deeply indebted for the interest which he has taken in the progress
of the investigation, and especially for the encouragement which
he has always been ready to offer. To Professor E. H. Sellards, of
the University of Texas, I am under lasting obligation for his courtesy
in allowing me to study the types in his collection, and for the loan
of the rest of this valuable assemblage of fossils. Sincerest thanks are
also due to Mr. and Mrs. E. E. Bert and their family, of Abilene,
Kansas, for many kindnesses extended while I was collecting at the
Elmo deposit. To Messrs. J. W. Wilson and W. S. Creighton, of the
Bussey Institution, I am more than grateful for their assistance in the
field, as well as for the care which they employed in collecting the fossils
with me in 1927.
The Order Mecoptera
The existing Mecoptera are but a remnant of the large series of
forms which existed during the early Mesozoic and the Permian. Less
than two hundred living species have been found over the world, and
some monospecific genera, as Merope and Notiothauma, seem to be on
the verge of extinction. The recent representatives of the order are
74 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
widely distributed, as one would expect, although the primitive groups
are restricted to small areas. The family Panorpidae occurs throughout
the North Temperate regions, the Bittacidae have been taken in all
parts of the world, and the Boreidae range over Europe and North
America. The N annochoristidae , which possess a peculiar combination
of specialized and primitive characteristics, are limited ^ to Australia,
Tasmania, and New Zealand; the Choristidae are restricted to Au-
stralia; the monospecific family Meropidae is found only in eastern
United States; and the Notiothawnidae, an obscure family known only
from three individuals, is confined to parts of Chile.
Although the geological history of the order was very obscure less
than a decade ago, it is now better known than that of any other
group of holometabolous insects. Both the Panorpidae and Bittacidae
are represented in the Tertiary of Europe and North America, and the
latter family is also present in the Jurassic of Turkestan (Martynov,
1928; Carpenter, 1928). No other living families have been recognized
in the Mesozoic rocks, but the extinct family Orthophlebiidae and its
allies, which are closely related to the Panorpidae, have been found in
the Jurassic of England, Germany, and Turkestan. The best speci-
mens of these orthophlebiids have been taken in the Turkestan beds,
and are especially interesting because they possess the long beaks
characteristic of the more highly specialized modern Mecoptera. The
next oldest record in the history of the order is that of the Triassic
of Queensland, which contains three families, Stereochoristidae, Meso-
choristidae, and Archipanorpidae. The two former families are related
to the recent choristids, but the affinities of the Archipanorpidae
are not clear. In the Upper Permian beds of New South Wales the
family Mesochoristidae is still present, together with the Belmontidae,
which are considered by Tillyard to belong to a distinct but related
order, the Paramecoptera. The Upper Permian of Russia (Kazan),
the fauna of which has recently been monographed by Martynov
(1928), contains two genera strikingly similar to Agetopanorpa, new
genus, from the Lower Permian of Kansas. Since I do not agree with
Martynov on the affinities of the Russian Permian Mecoptera, I shall
discuss these fossils more thoroughly after the description of the Kansan
forms.
The Lower Permian of Kansas has yielded the earliest unquestion-
able records of true Mecoptera.- The Yale collection from this forma-
' Since this was written, the family has been found in South America.
'Tillyard regards the Carboniferous Melropator pusilhis Handl. as a true Mecopteran, but
this classification is open to question. See Crampton (C.G.), Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 22,
p. 12-13, 1927.
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 75
tion includes sixteen specimens, placed by Tillyard (1926) in fourteen
species, and the small collection which the Museum of Comparative
Zoology obtained in 1925 contained a single individual. The unstudied
material now at my disposal includes thirty-eight specimens of this
order, one of which is in Dr. Sellards' collection, and thirty-seven in
the Harvard collection. As one would naturally suppose, these new
fossils add much to our knowledge of the Permian Mecoptera, es-
pecially since many of them are extraordinarily well preserved. All
the specimens which have previously been known from the Kansan
beds consist of isolated wings, but fully half of the Harvard fossils
possess fore and hind wings and portions of the bodies.
In addition to the Mecoptera in the Harvard and Sellards' collec-
tion, I have been able, through the kindness of Professor C. O. Dunbar,
to study Tillyard's types at the Peabody Museum. To Dr. Dunbar
I am also grateful for the use of apparatus which enabled me to examine
these fossils under the best of conditions, and especially for the use of
photographic equipment. Professor Dunbar also gave me permission
to remove several bits of rock matrix which obscured portions of some
of the types. The exposing of the hidden parts has added many im-
portant points to our knowledge of the species, and in the case of one
fossil, Protopanorpa pusilla Till., has shown so many unexpected
characteristics that a distinct family must be established for it.
Tillyard has already discussed the wing venation of the Mecoptera
and its evolution in the Panorpoid Complex (1919), but since much
additional material, both fossil and recent, has been accumulated in
late years, it seems advisable to review the subject at this time. In
the fore wing of all recent Mecoptera, the subcosta is apparently un-
branched, although in Chorista it is connected distally to the costal
margin by an oblique veinlet. This veinlet, in my opinion, is the
vestige of an anterior branch of the forked subcosta which is present
in the Permopanorpidae, Permochoristidae, etc. Rl usually possesses
one or more distal veinlets which run through the pterostigmatic area,
and in the older fossil Mecoptera these veinlets are distinctly dichoto-
mous in their origin. A number of genera, however, even the Permian
Petromantis and Agctopanorpa, new genus, have Rl unbranched. The
radial sector is a well developed system, originally possessing four
main branches, each of which, in the more primitive groups, is forked
at least once, so that as many as ten terminal branches may result.
In the highly specialized forms, as Nannochorista, the number of
terminal branches is only three. The media divides basally into Ml-4
and M5, the latter being partly present as a free vein in only the
76 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
primitive genera, where it forms the upper arm of the Cu-M Y-vein.
In Platychorista there may be as many as nine terminal branches to
Ml-4, but in all recent Mecoptera there are not more than four term-
inal branches (normally). The cubitus divides basally into Cul and
Cu2, the former diverging upwards to fuse with M5, forming a com-
posite vein, M5+Cul, which leads directly to the posterior margin
of the wing. Tillyard has always regarded this vein as being un-
branched in all Mecoptera, but as a matter of fact it is distinctly forked
in Platychorista venosa Till., as will be shown later. Cu2 is a simple
vein in all known forms. The three anal veins are free, and either forked
or simple. The Cu-M Y-vein is the most important phylogenetic struc-
ture in the wing. The basal stem of the " Y" is formed by the composite
vein, M5+Cul, the right arm by the free part of M5, and the left
arm by the free piece of Cul. The primitive condition of this structure
is best seen in the Perniopanorpidae, Plafychoristidae, and Meropidae,
both M5 and Cul being equally well developed. A somewhat higher
stage is represented by Permockorista, Panorpodcs, and Panorpa, in
which M5 is shortened and has assumed the position of a cross-vein.
The next step is present in Chorisia, M5 having almost disappeared,
and the most highly specialized condition is found in Bitiacus, in which
Cul has fused for a short distance with Ml-4, and M5 has completely
vanished.
The hind wing is similar to the fore, but is by no means identical.
It is always shorter and more narrowed basally ; the subcosta is shorter
than that of the fore wing; and in all recent forms lx\ and Cu2 are
fused for a short distance. M5 is not present as a free vein in the hind
wing of any known Mecopteran; even when this structure is well de-
veloped in the fore wing, it is entirely missing in the hind pair. Since
none of the specimens of Mecoptera in the Yale collection had both
pairs of wings preserved, Tillyard was not able to determine just how
much the venation of the hind wing had been modified by the time
of the Lower Permian. He considered it probable that the fusion of
lA with Cu2 had not then been reached, and he also assumed that M5
was a free vein, the Cu-M Y-vein being completely formed as in the
fore. The fossils in the Harvard collection show that the fusion of lA
with Cu2 had not been attained in the Permian forms, but that M5
was entirely absent, Cul joining the stem as in recent Mecoptera.
Tillyard has already observed (1919) that the "main line of evolution
within the Mecoptera has been by narrowing of the wings, with sup-
pression of the original archaic branches of Rs and Ml-4. With the
narrowing there has proceeded also a lengthening process, which cul-
minates in such forms as the Biifacidae." If we bear in mind that the
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 77
hind wing in all known forms is somewhat ahead of the fore wing in
the narrowing process, it is not surprising to find M5 absent in the
Permian INIecoptera, even though it has disappeared in the fore wing
of only the highly specialized recent groups.
The Mecoptera in the Yale collection were separated by Tillyard
into three families: Protomeropidae, Pcrmopanorpidae, and Anormo-
choristidae. Unfortunately, one change must be made in this arrange-
ment. The genus Protomerope Till, is synonymous with Plaiijchorista
Tillyard (placed by him in the Permopanorpidae), so that because of
page precedence the family name of this Merope-like insect must be-
come Plati/choristidae. Two additional families, Agetopanorpidae and
Lithopcmorpulae, are established in this paper, the former for a new
species in the Harvard collection, and the latter for Tillyard's Proto-
panorpa pus-ilia.
PLATYCHORISTIDAE '
Small insects, allied to the recent Meropidac.
Fore wing. — Costal space broad, traversed by a number of oblique
veinlets leading to the costal margin from Sc, and also from the part
of Rl in the pterostigmatic area; pterostigma weakly developed; Rs
and M with numerous dichotomous branches; Cu-M Y-vein strongly
formed; Cul+M5 forked distally; Cu2 unbranched, terminating on
the posterior margin of the wing; lA looped to Cu2 and 2 A looped to
lA, distally.
Hind wing. — Shorter than the fore wing, and more narrowed basally ;
costal space much narrower than that of the fore wing, traversed by
a small number of veinlets; Sc shorter than in the fore wing; branching
of Rs and M similar to that of the fore wing; Cu-M Y-vein absent;
Cul-f M5 simple, joined directly to the stem of the media; Cu2 forked;
lA unbranched, 2 A forked.
Macrotrichia are well developed on the main veins of both wings.
Prothorax small, apparently not prolonged over the head as in
Merope. Female with a rather robust, tapering abdomen, terminating
in a pair of short cerci; male with a much shorter abdomen, apparently
terminating in a pair of small claspers.
Platychorista Tillyard
Platychorista Tillyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 154, 1926.
Protomerope Tillyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 157, 1926.
Fore wing. — Costal space narrowed basally; hm present; Sc reaching
to the pterostigma and terminating in a short fork, one branch of which
78 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
leads to the apical margin, the other to Rl; Rs with ten or twelve
branches, variable in their arrangement; R straight basally, but with
a distinct downward bend before the origin of Rs; M with nine to
eleven branches, variably arranged; Cu-M Y-vein with a straight upper
arm (M5) and a sigmoidal lower arm (Cul), which is more than twice
as long as the upper. Cross-veins few and weakly developed.
Hind wing. — Costal space only slightly narrowed basally; hm pres-
ent; Rs and M branched essentially as in the fore wing; Rs straight
basally, but with the bend much nearer the base and more abrupt than
in the fore wing; Rs originating at the apex of this bend; Cul+M5 and
Cu2 very close together, almost fused; both Cul+M5 and Cu2 fused
with M basally ; cross-veins apparently more weakly formed than in the
fore wing.
Genotype. — Platychorista venosa Till.
Platychorista venosa Till.
Plate 3, fig. 1 ; Plate 4, fig. 2
Platychorista venosa Tillyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 154, 1926.
Protomerope permiana Tillyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 159, 1926.
Length of female (excluding head), 3.6 mm.; length of male (ex-
cluding head), 2.5 mm.
Fore icing. — Length, 5.6 mm.; greatest width, 1.7 mm.; elongate
oval, the apex well rounded, the center of the apex falling on the longi-
tudinal axis of the wing; subcostal veinlets, 10-12, usually more oblique
apically than basally; R at base variable with respect to the amount of
bend before the origin of Rs; pterostigma rather short, unpigmented,
with 4 or 5 veinlets; R very straight after the origin of Rs until it reaches
the pterostigma, where it makes a second bend; R2 with 2-4 branches;
R3 and R4 with 2 branches; R5 with 2-4 branches; M close to R at
base, M5 separating off just before the origin of Rs; Ml-)- 2 diverges
from M3-(-4 just a little basad of the first division of Rs; Ml, M2, and
M3 with 2 branches; M4 with 3-4 branches; the free basal part of Cul
is nearly parallel with the longitudinal axis of the wing; the fork of
Cul-|-M5 is rather deep, going back nearly as far as the first branch
of M4; Cu2 and lA almost parallel and rather close together for their
entire lengths; lA un branched; 2 A and 3 A apparently widely forked
distally; a very strong, sigmoidal cross-vein is present between Rl
and Sc, just apically of the origin of Rs; the other cross-veins seem to
be quite variable in position.
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 79
Hind wing. — Length, 5.0mm. ; greatest width, 1 .3 mm. ; well rounded
apically, the center of the apex a little anterior of the longitudinal
axis of the wing; only 3 or 4 subcostal veinlets; Sc terminating in front
of the pterostigmata ; Rl gently curved sigraoidally after the origin
of Rs, so that it very nearly touches Sc just above the first division of
Rs; pterostigma a little longer than in the fore wing, with 2 or 3
veinlets, but no pigmentation; Rs originating very close to the base of
the wing, dividing soon after into its main branches ; R2 and R3 usually
divide directly above the separation of R4 and R5; M separates into
Ml-4: and M5 apically of the first division of Rs; the branches of Ml-4
usually resemble those of the fore wing; Cul+M5 is much crowded
distally between Cu2 and the posterior branch of M4, but it disappears
into the wing membrane before reaching the wing margin; 2 A forks at
about half its length; 3 A unbranched. The costal space, including the
pterostigmatic area, bears 4 small circular eye-spots, the first and small-
est at the first veinlet, the second on the next veinlet, the third on the
following veinlet, and the fourth in the middle of the pterostigma.
The thorax is quite broad, with a small prothorax. The first four
abdominal segments of the female are about as broad as long, the others
much longer than broad, although the length of these segments is
undoubtedly dependent upon the degree of contraction of the ab-
domen. The cerci on the 10th segment are well developed, but the
exact number of segments is not dennitely known. The external
genitalia of the male of this species are preserved in one specimen in
the Harvard collection (3007ab). They are in the form of short
claspers, somewhat similar to those of Merope, but much smaller.
Holotype. — No. 5067 (hind wing), Peabody Museum. Specimens
Nos. 5069a and 5070b in the Yale collection, described by Tillyard as
the holotype and para type (respectively) of Protornerope permiana,
are fore wings of this species.
The Harvard collection contains eight specimens, as follows: no.
3001 ab,' a complete fore wing, very well preserved, collector, F. M.
Carpenter. No. 3002ab, complete fore wing, splendid preservation;
collector, F. M. Carpenter. No. 3003ab, apical two-thirds of fore wing;
collector, F. M. Carpenter. No. 3004ab, complete fore wing, fairly
well preserved. No.3005ab, complete fore wing; collector, J. W. Wilson.
No. 3006ab, a female, consisting of the basal portions of the fore wings,
and the body complete except for front of head; collector, F. M.
Carpenter. No. 3007ab, a male, consisting of all four wings and body,
except head; collector, F. M. Carpenter. No. 3008ab, probably female,
' The letters "ab" indicate the presence of both obverse and reverse.
80 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
fore wing complete, most of hind wings, and portions of body; collector,
W. S. Creighton.
As I have indicated above, Tillyard described the hind wing of this
insect as Platychorisfa venosa, which he considered to be the "highest
evolutionary type" within the family Permopanorpidae. The fore wing
he described as Protomerope permiana, placing it in a separate family,
Protomeropidac, which he regarded as directly ancestral to the recent
Meropc. Fortunately, the complete specimens in the Harvard collec-
tion enable us to correlate these two wings. It will be observed, how-
ever, that my description of the fore and hind wings differs in many
respects from Tillyard's. In the fore wing Tillyard described an un-
branched Cul, whereas I have figured it as being forked. Every one
of the eight specimens in the Harvard collection has this vein forked,
to the same degree and with the same distinctness. Specimen no.
5069a in the Peabody Museum (the holotype of Protomerope permiana)
is lacking a bit of the wing near the termination of Cul, including
the area occupied by the anterior fork, so that Tillyard could not know
from this fossil whether the vein was branched or not. The other
specimen of the fore wing in the Yale collection (No. 5070a, the para-
type of Protomerope perviiana) is much better preserved and shows the
distal fork of Cul+M5 so clearly that I do not understand how Till-
yard could have overlooked it. Tillyard also stated that in the fore
wing lA terminates on Cu2, as shown in his figure. But as a matter of
fact, his lA is really 2 A, and his 2 A is 3 A, for there is another vein, the
true lA, situated between Cu2 and his so-called lA. This true lA is
very faintly preserved in the Yale specimen numbered 5069a, but is
quite distinct in the other fossil. In the hind wing, the free piece of Cul
is not present, although Tillyard has indicated it in his figure; instead,
Cul+M5 joins M at the very base of the wing, as in all other known
IMecoptera. I examined his holotype of Platychorisfa venosa with the
greatest care, but could not find the slightest trace of a free basal piece
of Cul, and could not find it in any of the Harvard specimens. Cul +
M5 is a weakly developed vein, parallel and very close to Cu2 ; this pe-
culiar condition is not due to distorted preservation, for it is found in all
the hind wings in the Harvard collection, and in the Yale holotype as
well, although it was overlooked there by Tillyard. Cu2 is really forked,
not unbranched as described by him. The peculiar concavity of the
anterior margin of the wing as drawn by Tillyard is merely the result
of the distorted position in which the insect hes on the rough rock.
The holotype specimen at Yale shows distinctly the four small eye-
spots on the costal space, although these are not mentioned in Till-
yard's description.
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS
81
In working out the venation of this insect I was somewhat discon-
certed bv the variabihtv of the structure of the radial sector. Some
of the different types of branching which occur are shown in text figure
1. It will be observed that the position of the origin of Rs, as well as
Fig. 1. — Variations in the radial sector of Plalvchori.ila venosa: A, No.
3003; B. No. 3004; C, No. 3005; D, No. 3007; E, No. 5669 (Yale).
the point of origin of each of the four main branches of this vein are
constant; the variation takes place in the number and position of the
additional forkings. A similar but less marked variation takes place
in the radial sector and media of the recent Merope tuber.
The new specimens of Platychorista venosa contained in the Harvard
collection have added so many details to our knowledge that we are
82 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
now in a position to consider fairly accurately its affinities. Tillyard
regarded Protomerope, which he based upon the fore wing of this
species, as "undoubtedly the direct ancestor of the recent North
American genus Merope, and probably also of the South American
genus Notiothauina." As far as the fore wing of Platychorista is con-
cerned this might be true, for even the fork on Cul+M5 only means
that the genus is a little farther down the phylogenetic tree of the
Panorpoid orders than Tillyard supposed, and much closer to the
archetype of the complex. But from the evidence afforded by the hind
wing I cannot agree that this genus is in the line of direct ancestry
of Merope or Notiothauma. In the hind wing of Merope the cubitus
originates and divides in a manner not very unlike that of Panorpa
and the other recent Mecoptera, the basal part of Cul being fused to
the media, and the corresponding part of Cu2 being fused to lA. The
very close association of Cu2 with Cul +M5 in Platychorista is a special-
ization which certainly could not have given rise to the perfectly normal
structure in Merope. The crowded condition of Cul+M5 distally is a
high specialization found in no other Mecopterous forms, although it
does recall the more advanced state in Stereochorista frustrata Till.,
from the Upper Triassic of Ipswich, Queensland. The obvious conclu-
sion is that although Platychorista is certainly the closest relative of
Merope that has thus far been found as a fossil, it is too highly special-
ized along other lines to enable us to place it as the ancestor of Merope.
It is more probable that the family Platychonstidae is an end branch
which diverged from the true ancestors of the Meropidae during the
earlier Permian or perhaps the Upper Carboniferous.
Tillyard also pointed out that there are many resemblances between
Platychorista and the primitive Neuroptera, and concluded that the
Lower Permian ancestor of the Neuroptera must have been closely
allied to Platychorista. The additional characteristics of the fore
wing which have been presented here serve to substantiate this con-
clusion. The distal forking of Cul+M5 and the termination of lA
on the wing margin are features of the archaic Neuroptera. At the
time when Tillyard's suggestion was made, the oldest known Neurop-
tera were the Permithonidae, from the Upper Permian of Australia,
but recently several other Neuroptera have been described from the
Russian Permian by Martynov (1928) and Zalessky (1926). The
venation of one of these species, Palaeomerohius proavitus Mart., is
strikingly similar to that of Platychorista, being more specialized only
in the twigging of the main branches, and the loss of M5. It is obvious,
however, from the absence of the Cu-M Y-vein in the hind wing of
Platychorista, and its normal development in the hind wing of the
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 83
primitive recent Neuroptera, that this Lower Permian genus cannot
have been directly ancestral to the order Neuroptera.
PERMOPANORPIDAE
Minute insects related to the recent Panorpidae and Choristidac.
Fore wing (known in Permopanorpa and Protopanorpa). — Shape
much as in Panorpa: costal space narrow or fairly broad, traversed by a
small number of veinlets; humeral cross-vein always present; ptero-
stigma well developed; Sc forked distally; Rl strongly formed, usually
with one or more pterostigmatic veinlets; Rs with from 4-9 terminal
branches, also dichotomous; Cu-M Y-vein well developed; Cul+M5
strongly formed, unbranched, straight or nearly so; Cu2 weakly formed,
unbranched, usually gently curved; 3 anal veins present, somewhat
variable in position and termination.
Hind wing (known in Protochorista and Permopanorpa). — Shorter
than the fore wing, and more narrowed basally; costal space as in
the fore wing, but Sc much shorter; branches of Rs and M as in fore
wing; Cul+Mo leading directly to the base of M, the Cu-M Y-vein
being entirely absent.
The main veins of both wings are pitted with the large bases of
macrotrichia, which are themselves very well preserved in many of
the Harvard specimens. Tarsi 5-segmented, the basal segments being
markedly longer than the others, as in all recent Mecoptera; legs with
two tibial spurs, and coated with hairs as in recent Mecoptera, but
without the numerous spines on the tibiae present in the Panorpidae.
Female with a pair of short cerci protruding from the end of the ab-
domen, and possessing at least 3 segments; male with short, protuber-
ant genitalia, closely resembling those of the recent Bittacidae.
This family was established by Tillyard to include four genera
from the Kansan Permian, Permopanorpa, Protopanorpa, Proto-
chorista, and Platychorista. The latter genus belongs to a separate
family, corresponding to Tillyard's Protomeropidae, as I have shown
above. Martynov also placed in the Per mo panorpidae the genera
Petromantis and Kamopanorpa from the Russian Permian, but these,
together with a new Kansan genus, belong to a distinct family, de-
scribed below.
Permopanorpa Tillyard
Permopanorpa Tillyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 143, 1926.
Fore wing. — Elongate, well rounded apically; costal space narrow,
very slightly concaved, nearly straight; Sc terminating on the costal
84 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
margin before the pterostigma, its anterior distal branch much re-
duced; Rl straight, with 1-4 pterostigmatic veinlets; pterostigma
elongate, but somewhat variable in size; Rs with from 5-9 terminal
branches; M with 6 terminal branches, constant in their arrangement;
Ml and M2 forked distall^-, ]\I3 and M4 unbranched; Cu-^VI Y-vein
with the free part of Cul about twice as long as M5; number and
arrangement of cross-veins variable.
Hiiid wing. — Sc terminating on the costal margin before the middle
of the wing; pterostigma shorter than in the fore wing; Rs originating
nearer to the base than in the fore wing; branching of Rs and ]M as in
the fore wing; Cul diverging from Cu2 close to the base of the wing,
the free part of Cul being oblique and weakly developed; 3 anal veins,
lA fused with 2 A for a short distance. Head with a small beak, about
as long as that in Chorisia; eyes large, rounded, not protuberant;
antennae with 16 segments; body with about the same habitus as that
of Funorpa; legs about as slender as those of Panorpa, the prothoracic
pair being somewhat shorter than the others.
Genotype. — Permopanorpa formosa Till.
This genus, as observed by Tillyard, is closely related to the recent
Paiwrpidac, Chorisfidac, and the extinct OrthophJehiidae. It cannot,
however, be in the line of direct ancestry of any of these families, since
the media is developed in quite another direction. In the hind wing,
also, the fusion of lA with 2 A is a specialization which could hardly
have produced the type found in the three families mentioned.
In the Yale collection Tillyard found seven specimens belonging
to this genus, each of which he assigned to a distinct species. These
species were separated on such characters as the relative lengths of the
arms of the Cu-M Y-veins; the presence or absence of pterostigmatic
veinlets and the anterior branch of the subcosta; and the number of
terminal branches to Rs. Shortly after the description of the Yale
species, I described the one which the Museum of Comparative Zoology
obtained in 1925 as P. raymondi, using the same distinguishing charac-
teristics as Tillyard had employed. Of this series of eight species,
P. formosa, as described by Tillyard, differs markedly from the rest
by its relatively large size, and P. schucherfi is made distinctive by its
peculiar system of cross-veins. When I began to study the 24 speci-
mens in the Harvard collection which belong to this genus, I observed
that in every one the arms of the Cu-M Y-vein were unequal, Cul al-
ways being about twice as long as the free part of M5. It seemed advis-
able, therefore, to examine Tillyard's types in the Peabody Museum,
and this I was able to do through the kindness of Dr. Dunbar. This
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 85
study of the types showed conclusively that the Cu-M Y-vein in P.
ienuis, dunbari, and sellardsi was formed exactly as in gracilis and in-
acqualis, with the arms unequal, not equal, as stated by Tillyard. A
photograph of the type of P. tenuis, which shows clearly the structure
of the Y-vein, is reproduced here for reference. This constant form of
the Y-vein aroused my suspicions as to the validity of P. gracilia, P.
iuai")uaUs, P. tenuis, P. dunbari, and P. sellardsi, and induced me to
examine the types with particular attention to the other characteristics
which Tillyard selected as specific. My notes on these specimens
follow :
1. The type of P. inacqualis is not quite as Tillyard figured it.' Rs
joins the stem of R at the lowest point in the bend of R, just as it does
in gracilis, sellardsi, and the others. The vein which Tillyard calls
R4b actually diverges from R5, and is only joined to R4 by a cross-
vein. In my opinion the peculiar shape of the wing of inacqualis is
merely due to distortion, the specimen being on a rough rock surface
and poorly preserved, as mentioned by Tillyard.
2. In addition to the form of the Cu-^NI Y-vein as alreadv mentioned,
the type of P. tenuis deserves some comment. The pterostigma is
faintly preserved, and, since the greater part of it is missing, there may
very possibly be veinlets present. The small piece of rock which orig-
inally covered a portion of the hind margin of the wing was removed
with a fine needle, exposing a simple M4, as in inacqualis.
3. The type of P. gracilis is exactly as Tillyard described it, but I
believe that the small indentation of the hind margin, which he figures
at the termination of 3A, is merely due to a slight wrinkle in the wing
membrane.
4. In the type of P. dunbari, the pterostigma is so darkly pigmented
that even if veinlets were present they could not be discerned. Tillyard
stated in his description that the basal portion of the wing was obliter-
ated, but as a matter of fact it was only covered up by a small chip
of the limestone, which was easily removed by a fine needle. This
part of the venation turned out to be the same as that of P. inaequalis.
5. In the type of P. sellardsi the subcosta is forked distally. The
Cu-M Y-vein is exceedingly faint, but a careful scrutiny of this struc-
ture brought me to the conclusion that the arms of the "Y" are un-
equal, as mentioned above.
It is clear from these observations on the types that the Yale speci-
' The Bgures of P. tenuis and inaequalis are incorrectly labeled in Tillyard's paper (Amer.
Journ. Sci., 11 (62) , p. 146-147). Fig. 8 is P. tenuis and Fig, 9 is inaequalis^ and the descriptive
titles under these illustrations should be interchanged.
86
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
mens are much more alike than Tillyard supposed. The subcosta is
forked in all; the pterostigmatic veinlets are present except when the
wing is poorly preserved or the pterostigma so heavily pigmented that
R2
R4-
RS
I
Fig. 2. — Variations in the radial sertor of Perninpanorpa inaequalis:
A, No. 3021; B, No. 301G; C, No. 3010; D, No. 3019; E. No. 3018;
F, No. 3013.
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 87
they cannot be seen ; and the arms of the Cu-M Y-vein are identical in
size and shape. When I continued my examination of the Harvard
fossils, I was surprised to find slight and inconsistent differences in the
branching of the radial sector, in the number of cross-veins between
Sc and the costal margin, and in the degree of development of the
anterior branch of Sc. A few variations of the media possessed by the
Harvard specimens are shown in text figure 2, and others can be
seen in Tillyard's illustrations. Xo two wings in the Harvard or Yale
collections are alike in venation, and no two variations can be corre-
lated or coupled. There is also some diversity in the shape of the wings,
but allowing for distortion during preservation this is no greater than
in man}' of our existing species of Panorpa. The only actual difference
between all these specimens is in the number of terminal branches on
the radial sector. If we recognize each of these types of branching as
of specific rank, we must place every specimen in the Harvard and Yale
collections into a distinct species. This procedure would be as absurd
as assigning all the specimens of Lemmatophora typa Sell., of the Kan-
san beds, to separate species (Tilly ard, 1928). The only alternative
is to consider all these fossils as representing a single species with a
variation more marked than in recent ]Mecoptera, yet quite consistent
with that which we find in most ancient insects. This evidence places
P. inaequalis, tenuis, gracilis, dunbari, sellardsi, all described by Till-
yard, as well as P. raymondi Carp., into a single species, which must be
named inaequalis, by page precedence.
Permopanorpa INAEQUALIS Tillyard
Plate 2, fig. 2; Plate 4, fig. 1; text fig. 3
Permopanorpa inaequalis Tillyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 145, 1926.
Permopa7iorpa tenuis Tillyard, ibid., p. 146.
Permopanorpa gracilis Tillyard, ibid., p. 147.
Permopanorpa dunbari Tillyard, ibid., p. 149.
Permopanorpa sellardsi Tillyard, ibid., p. 150.
Permopanorpa raymondi Carpenter, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 67 (13), p. 438-
439, 1926.
Length of 9 , 4.0 mm.; length of cf , 5.0 mm.
Fore wing. — Length, 4.6-5.4 mm.; greatest width, 1.4-1.6 mm. Sc
terminating on the costal margin just a little beyond the middle line
of the wing; the anterior branch of Sc is usually reduced so that it has
the appearance of a cross-vein, but it may also be quite oblique and
relatively long; R straight at the base, curving downward just below
88 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
hm, then continuing nearly parallel with the longitudinal axis of the
wing; the degree of bend in R is somewhat variable; Rl straight, with
1^ pterostigmatic veinlets; Rs originating at the lowest point in the
bend of R; R2 unbranched, or forked distally; R3 and R4 usually
simple, but occasionally forked; R5 with 2-3 branches; Rs furcates
shortly after its origin, R4+5 dividing just a little before the division
of R2-|-3; M more or less completely fused with R at the base; Ml-4
diverging from M5 distinctly before the origin of Rs; Ml +2 diverges
from M3-|-4 just beneath the first division of Rs; M2-|-3 forks a little
apically of the separation of M3 from M4, and M2 forks before ]\I1 ;
the free piece of M5 very slightly curved, and the free portion of Cul
gently sigmoidal; Cu2 and lA remote distally, but much converged
basally; lA and 2 A quite remote; 2 A and 3 A roughly sigmoidal in
shape.
Hind icing. — Length, 4.0^.2 mm.; greatest width, 1.0-1.2 mm.
Sc terminating before the middle of the wing, anterior branch missing;
R and Rl shaped as in the fore wing, except that the bend in R takes
place much nearer the base and is less pronounced; pterostigma shorter
than in the fore wing, and with only two pterostigmatic veinlets;
Rs originating much nearer to the base than in the fore wing; branch-
ing of Rs similar to that of the fore, except that the division of R2
from R3 invariably takes place much more apically than in the fore
wing; Cul-|-M5 a very straight vein; free part of Cul markedly
oblique; Cu2 nearly parallel to Cul-|-M5 for its entire length; lA
fused to 2A from the base to near the wing margin, where the two veins
diverge as a wide fork. Distribution of cross-veins about as in the fore
wing, except that the area between the termination of Sc and the
beginning of the pterostigma is strengthened by two strong, oblique
cross-veins.
Holofypc. — Xo. 5058, Peabody ]\Iuseum.
The following specimens of this species are in the Harvard collection :
No. 3009ab, fore and hind wings and most of body; collector, F. M.
Carpenter. No. SOlOab, fore wing, excellent preservation; collector,
W. S. Creighton. No. 301 lab, fore and hind wings, and portions of
body; collector, J. W. Wilson. No. 3012, complete fore wing; collector,
F. M. Carpenter. No. 3013, fore wing, splendid preservation; collector,
F. M. Carpenter. No. 3014ab, fore and hind wing and parts of body;
collector, F. M. Carpenter. No. 3015ab, hind wing; collector, F. M.
Carpenter. No. 3016ab, fore and hind wings and parts of body; col-
lector, F. M. Carpenter. No. 3017, hind wing; collector, J. W. AVilson.
No. 3018ab, complete fore wing; collector, F. M. Carpenter. No.
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 89
3019ab, fore and hind wings and body; collector, W. S. Creighton.
No. 3020ab, fore wing; collector, F. M. Carpenter. No. 3021ab, fore
and hind wings; collector, J. W. Wilson. No. 3022ab, fore and hind
wings, and body; F. M. Carpenter. No. 3023ab, hind wing; collector,
F. M. Carpenter. No. 3024ab, fore wing (poor) and parts of body;
collector, F. M. Carpenter. No. 3025ab, portions of wings and body
(cf); collector, F. M. Carpenter. No. 3026, fore wing and parts of
body; collector, W. S. Creighton. No. 3027ab, fore and hind wings,
and portions of body; collector, J. W. Wilson. No. 3028ab, fore wings,
and body; collector, J. W. Wilson. No. 3029ab, portions of wings and
body; collector, F. M. Carpenter. No. 3030ab, parts of all four wings;
collector, W. S. Creighton. No. 3031ab, fore wing and part of body;
collector, F. M. Carpenter. No. 3032ab, four wings and body; collector,
F. M. Carpenter. No. 3033ab, fore wing; collector, F. M. Carpenter.
In Dr. Sellards' collection there is only one specimen. No. 1402, con-
sisting of a fore wing.
This species is one of the most completely known fossil insects,
and certainly the best known fossil Mecopteran. It possesses several
interesting characteristics which one would hardly expect to find in
a Permian scorpion-fly. The antennae, which are preserved in three
of the Harvard fossils, are shorter than in any other extinct or recent
species. In Chorista there are upwards of 50 segments; in Panorpa
and Panorpodes, between 40 and 50; in Merope, 27-30; in Nati-
nochorista, 22-25; in Boreus, 20-24; and in Bittacus, 16-20. Obviously,
in the more highly specialized genera, as Nannochorista, Bittacus,
and Boreus, the number of segments is down in the lower twenties or
even less; whereas in the more primitive forms, the tendency is to
increase this number from 30 to 50. It is therefore very surprising to
find a Lower Permian Mecopteran with only 16 segments, a number
which is found only in the highly developed Bittacidae. The shape of
the antennal segments, however, is much more like that in Merope
than in the Bittacidae. The male genitalia of P. inaequalis are perhaps
the most surprising feature of all. The external genitalia of the males
of the Panorpidae, Choristidae, and N annochoristidae are in the form
of a swollen bulb on the end of the abdomen ; in Merope they appear
as a pair of long narrow claspers; in Boreus they are very small and
reduced. But in the Bittacidae, which are considered to be on a level
with the Boreidae as the most highly specialized of the recent Mecop-
tera, the male genitalia consist of several thin, almost membraneous
appendages, utterly different from those of the other Mecoptera. It
is this type of genitalia that the males of Permopanorpa possessed, as
90
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
shown in text figure 3, so we are obliged to admit that this Lower
Permian genus had essentially the same genital and antennal structure
as the most highly specialized of our recent Mecoptera.
The variation in the venation and shape of the wing of Permo-
panorpa inaequalis is interesting, also. In order to determine some-
thing of the degree of variation which exists in recent Mecoptera, I
examined over 3000 specimens of North American species, which were
loaned to me by the Museum of Comparative Zoology, the American
Museum of Natural History, the National Museum, and other institu-
tions.' Certain of the species show a remarkable variation in the form
of the branches of Rs, a peculiarity which has also been recorded
by Esben-Petersen (1921). It is this same vein, as previously men-
FiG. 3. — Permopanorpa inaequalis: A, lateral view of the terminal segments of male abdomen,
from specimen No. 3015, M. C. Z.; B. front view of head, from specimen No. 3017, M C. Z.
tioned, which showed the greatest amount of variation in both Per-
mopanorpa and Platychorista, so that it seems that at least some of
the recent Mecoptera have retained the instability in the structure
of the radial sector which was even more evident in the Permian forms.
The shape of the wings in most of the species of Panorpa shows very
nearly as much variation as appears to have been common in the
Permian types.
Permopanorpa Formosa Tillyard
Permopanorpa for mosa TiUyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 144.
There are no specimens of this species in the Harvard collection,
and there is no necessity to redescribe the species here. It is quite
probable that P. for mosa is the' same as P. inaequalis, also, for it does
' The results of this study are contained in a monograph of the Mecoptera of North America,
now Hearing completion.
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 91
not possess a single venational characteristic which is absent in some
specimen of the latter species. The type specimen, however, is dis-
tinctly larger than any of those which have been referred to P. inaequa-
lis, and since the basal part of the wing is missing, including the free
piece of Cul, it seems advisable to leave the specimen in a distinct
species until more evidence is found to the contrary.
Holofypc. — No. 5057, Peabody Museum.
Permopanorpa schucherti Tillyard
Permopanorpa schucherti Tillyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 148.
This species is not present in the Harvard collection. Unfortunately,
the half of the type specimen which is at the Peabody Museum is
the more poorly preserved, for only one or two of the numerous cross-
veins figured by Tillyard are visible. As far as this specimen is con-
cerned, the -wnng is identical with that of P. inaequalis. Tillyard's
figure shows the wing much broader and shorter than I believe it
actually is. The bend in R is more remote from the base of the wing
than he has drawn it, and this is also true of the Cu-M Y-vein, which
occupies the same position that it does in inaequalis. The arms of the
"Y" are unequal, not equal as described by Tillyard, and I am con-
vinced that the cross-vein which he has named the humeral is really
another one of the cross-veins present in that area, the true hm being
more basal. The basal part of the wing seems to be entirely missing,
and its extension would give the wing the more slender habitus of
inaequalis, with which it is probably synonymous.
Holotype. — No. 5061a, Peabody Museum; counterpart. No. 5061b,
Cawthron Institute.
Protopanorpa Tillyard
Protopanorpa Tillyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 151, 1926.
Fore icing. — Rather broad, with a well rounded apex, and a convex
a nterior margin ; costal area somewhat broader than in Permopanorpa;
Sc forked dichotomously twice, so that it has three terminal branches;
R straight, with at least one pterostigmatic veinlet; Rs with 4-5
terminal branches; M with 6-7 branches; Ml unbranched, M2 forked,
M3 simple or forked, M4 branched; Cu-M Y-vein with equal arms;
cross-veins weakly formed. Hind wing and body unknown.
Genoiype. — Protopanorpa permiana Till.
This genus was erected by Tillyard for two species, the genotype
92 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
and P. jmsiUa. As I have already indicated, however, P. inisiUa is
very different from what Tiilyard supposed, and belongs to a separate
family, described below.
Protopanorpa permiana Tiilyard
Plate 3, fig 3; Plate 5, fig. 2
Protopanorpa permiana Tiilyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 152, 1926.
Fore wing. — Length, 5.5 mm. ; greatest width, 2.0 mm. ; distal branch
of Sc terminating on the costal margin, at about the basal edge of the
pterostigma; first and second branches of Sc oblique; Rs straight at
the base, but diverging downward just beyond hm; Rl straight, diverg-
ing upward to the pterostigma from the lowest point in the bend of R;
Rl with one pterostigmatic veinlet; Rs originating at the lowest point
in the bend of R; first fork of Rs remote from the origin of Rs; R2+3
diverging before the pterostigma; R2 forked or simple; R4+5 separat-
ing just below the division of R2+3; R4 simple; R5 forked; Ml-4
diverging from M5 before the origin of Rs ; the fork on M2 is very deep;
M3 is unbranched in most specimens, but may be forked slightly;
M4 forks very close to the origin of M3; Cul slightly curved, its free
piece distinctly arched; Cu2 straight, except at the distal part; lA
very close to Cu2 at the base, but remote distally; both 2 A and 3 A
gently sigmoidal.
Holotype. — ^No. 5064 Peabody Museum, counterpart in Cawthron
Institute; para type No. 5065b in Peabody Museum, counterpart in
Cawthron Institute. Two well preserved fore wings of this insect are
present in the Harvard collection, numbers 3034ab and 3035ab (F. M.
Carpenter).
It should be noted that Tillyard's figure of this wing differs from
mine in having a shghtly concave anterior margin, instead of convex,
as I have drawn it. The type specimen, however, does not lie flat on
the rock, but is much twisted and folded. The distal part of the wing,
which was hidden by a bit of rock when Tiilyard described it, is dis-
tinctly plaited or creased at the very apex. A careful examination of
the wing shows also that R and Sc are plaited across the middle, as
though the front margin had been bent inwards, and as a matter of
fact, at the point of greatest concavity of the front margin the wing
membrane actually overarches Rl from the anterior side. I am con-
vinced therefore that the true shape of the anterior margin of the type
wing was convex, as in the two Harvard specimens, which He flat on
the rock. These two specimens differ slightly in venation from each
other and from the holotype. Specimen No. 3024ab possesses a small
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 93
fork on the end of ^13, as shown in tlie figure, but this is undoubtedly
an individual variation Hke that of some of the specimens of P. in-
acqualis. The structure of Rs in this specimen is just hke that of the
holotype, but in the other Harvard specimen R2 and R5 are forked,
whereas R3 is simple. These are variations which have already been
met in P. inaequalis, so that to make a new species for every difference
in the branching of the sector would be as unjustified here as in in-
aequalis, since the indications are that P. pcrmiana possessed as
variable a sector as the former species. One of the interesting features
of this wing is the double forking of the subcosta. As can easily be
seen in the photograph these branches are dichotomous, not pectinate.
This is certainly a very primitive character, only a little more special-
ized than the condition in the new family Agctopanorpidae, where the
forking is even more pronounced. Both of the subcostal forks in
Protopanorpa bear well developed macrotrichia.
Tillyard considered Protopanorpa to be directly ancestral to the
Liassic Orthophlchiidac, which, in turn, gave rise to the recent Panor-
pidae. Whether Protopanorpa actually was ancestral to the ortho-
phlebiids is a question which I do not believe can be answered until
further details are known about this Permian genus, especially the
venation of the hind wing.
Protochorista Tillyard
Protochorista Tillyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 140.
Hind icing. — Anterior margin slightly convex, nearly straight'
apex well rounded; costal space broad; Sc forked distally; pterostigma
well developed, with one veinlet; Rs originating close to the base of
the wing; Rs and M with 5 branches; All, M3, and M4 unbranched;
M2 forked. Cross-veins very weakly developed.
Genotype. — Protochorista tetraclada Till.
This genus was established by Tillyard for two specimens which
he placed in different species, P. tetraclada, and P. pentaclada. After
comparison of the types of these two species, I am convinced that they
are synonymous.
Protochorista tetraclada Tillyard
Plate 5, fig. 1
Protochorista tetraclada Tillyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 141.
Protochorista pentactada Tillyard, Amer. Journ. Sci., 11 (62), p. 141.
Hind wing. — ■ Length, 5.0 mm. ; greatest width, 1 .2 mm. ; Sc terminat-
ing close to the base of the pterostigma; first branch of Sc oblique and
94 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
well developed; R with an abrupt bend at the base, just below hm;
Rs originating distally of the lowest point in the bend; Rl straight;
R2+3 diverging from R4+5 well beyond the origin of Rs; R2 un-
branched; R3 forked or simple; R4 unbranched; R5 forked or simple;
M uniting with Cul+M5 before it joins with R; first division of M
basally of that of Rs; Ml diverges from M2 distad of the separation
of M3 and M4; Cul and Cu2 straight, a marked indentation at the
termination of Cu2. Anal area is not known (in the figure the anal
area of P. inacqualis has been sketched in to give some idea of the
shape of the wing).
Holotype. — No. 5050, Peabody Museum. One specimen in the
Harvard collection, No. 3036ab, is a well preserved wing, with the anal
area missing.
Both of the specimens in the Yale collection are on a rough surface
of the rock, and are consequently more or less distorted. Since the
Harvard fossil lies quite flat and has no signs of distortion, it un-
doubtedly shows the true shape of the wing. I have examined the
Yale specimens with much care, but cannot agree with Tillyard on
several points. In specimen number 5055 the subcosta is distinctly
forked, and terminates on the costal margin; Rl has an oblique ptero-
stigmatic veinlet; R3 possesses a small terminal fork near the margin
of the wing (the presence of this fork was ascertained by removing
the piece of limestone which covered that part of the wing when
Tillyard described it) ; there is absolutely no sign of the free piece of
Cul which Tillyard has shown in his figure; and Cul+M5 joins di-
rectly to the base of M. The wing is therefore identical with the one
in the Harvard collection, with the exception of slight differences in
the branching of the radial sector. The other Yale specimen, No. 5056
has a forked subcosta also, but just before this vein terminates on the
costal margin it bends downward and touches Rl, as shown in Till-
yard's figure. This feature, however, can hardly be of specific impor-
tance, since in about 30% of the North American specimens of Panorpa,
regardless of species, this same peculiarity can be found! In his figure
of this specimen, Tillyard has shown more correctly the way in which
Cul+M5 joins the stem of M, although he has indicated the free
piece of Cul by a dotted fine. The specimen is consequently identical
with the preceding, except for slight differences in the depth and
arrangement of the forks on Rs. Since I have previously shown that
Rs is an unstable vein in the other Permian Mecoptera, we are not
justified in regarding P. tetraclada and P. pcntaclada as distinct.
That all three of these specimens are hind wings is obvious at once
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 95
from the absence of the free piece of Cul, and the characteristic man-
ner in which Cul+M5 joins to M. This is also shown by the short,
abrupt bend in R and the origin of Rs close to the base of the wing.
It seems strange that the hind wings of this species have been found
without the fore wing, and one is naturally tempted to believe that the
fore wing has been described as a separated genus. The only fore wing
which might be thus connected is Protopanorpa permiana. This occurs
at about the same frequency as ProtocJiorista, and the two wings are
about the proper size and shape; but in all known specimens of the
former species jM4 is deeply forked, whereas it is always simple in
ProtocJiorista . Regardless of this difference, however, I believe that
these two species will become synonymous when a complete specimen
of one of them has been found.
ANORMOCHORISTIDAE
This family was erected by Tillyard for a single wing, Anormochorista
oUgoclada Till., which is not represented in the Harvard collection.
Although my examination of the type (No. 5068) convinces me that
the peculiar shape of the hind margin is due to a fold in that part of
the wing, the venation is so aberrant that the insect obviously had
no place in the evolution of recent Mecoptera.
LITHOPANORPIDAE, new family
Minute insects, allied to the Pcrmopanorpidac.
Fore icing. — Shape much as in Pcrmopauorpa, costal space narrow;
hm present; pterostigma well developed; Rl strongly formed, with
several pterostigmatic veinlets; Rs with 4 branches, M with 6; Cul +
M5 well developed, unbranched; Cu-M Y-vein not perfectly formed,
M5 being entirely absent as a free vain; Cul diverging from Cu2 at
the very base of the wing, the free piece of Cul being extraordinarily
long; Cu2 fused with lA basally; 3 anal veins present; cross-veins few.
This family is the most highly specialized of any of the Permian
Mecoptera yet known. The complete absence of the free part of M5
is a peculiarity found only in the highly developed recent forms, and
the long free piece of Cul is not present in any known Mecopteran,
fossil or recent.
LiTHOPANORPA, new genus
Fore wing. — Slender, rounded apically; anterior margin straight;
Sc terminating on the costal margin well before the pterostigma, its
96 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
anterior distal branch reduced to a short veinlet; Rl straight, with 2
pterostigmatic veinlets; pterostigma elongate; Ml and M3 branched;
M2 and M4 forked; basal part of M (between R and the union of M
with Cul) quite straight, appearing as a basal continuation of Cul-h
M5.
Genotype. — Protopmiorpa pusillu Till.
LiTHOPAXORPA pusiLLA (Tillvard)
Plate 2, fig. 4; Plate 5, fig. 3
Protopanorpa pusilla Tillyard, Amer. Joiirn. Sci., 11 (62), p, 153.
Fore wing. — Length, 4.0 mm.; greatest width, 1.3 mm. Sc terminat-
ing at about the middle of the anterior margin; R straight at base, but
curving gently downward just below hm; Rs originating at the lowest
point in the bend of R, just beneath Scl ; first fork of Rs below the
termination of Sc; R2+3 dividing close to the margin of the wing, the
fork of R4+5 being much deeper; \l makes a sharp bend at its junction
with Cul. so that the rest of the stem of the media seems to be a
continuation of the free part of Cul; first obvious fork of M distad
of the origin of Rs; Ml diverges from M2 just below the basal part of
the pterostigma ; M3 separates from M4 basad of the first furcation of
Rs; Cul+M5 gently curved; Cu2 a straight vein; lA fused with Cu2
for about half its length; 2A terminating on the hind margin, but linked
with lA distally by a strong cross-vein. Other cross-veins weakly
formed.
Ilolotijpe. — No. 5066a, Peabody Museum; counterpart in Cawthron
Institute.
When Tillyard described this specimen, the basal two-thirds of the
wing was covered up by a fragment of limestone, although Tillyard was
under the impression that this portion of the wing was obliterated by
a fracture. With Dr. Dunbar's permission, I removed the small chip
of rock, exposing the basal third of the specimen, w^hich was utterly
different from what Tillyard had assumed. The absence of M5 and
the fusion of Cu2 and 1 A are suggestive of a hind wing, since the former
is a condition found in the hind wings of all known Mecoptera, and
the latter, one that is constant in the hind wings of recent Mecoptera.
But in all known hind wings of the Permian species {ProlocJwrista,
Permopanorpa, Platychorista) there are two constant features: the
short bend in R at the base, and the basal origin of Rs. It will be seen
in the photograph of L. pusilla that the bend in R and the origin of
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 97
Rs is precisely like those in the fore wing of the Permian forms, and
not at all like the hind wi»g. Furthermore, the free part of Cul is
very short and weakly developed in the hind wings, but in L. pusilla
it is extraordinarily long and well developed. All things considered,
it seems certain enough that the holotype of this species is a fore wing.
AGETOPANORPIDAE, new family
Small insects, remotely related to the Permopanorpidae.
Fore icing (?). — Broad, with a rounded apex; costal space very wide,,
but without the numerous veinlets of Platychorisfa; Sc remote from
the costal margin, with several dichotomous forks; hm present; R
well developed; Rl slightly undulated; pterostigma very weakly
formed; Rs with 4-6 branches; M with 6 branches; Cu-M Y-vein
well formed in some species, but incomplete in others; 2 anal veins
present.
AVithin this family I place Pctromaniis Handl. and Kamopauorpa
Mart., both from the Russian Permian, and the new genus, Agcto-
panorpa, from the Kansan beds. Pdromantis was originally placed by
Handlirsch in the family Paleomcmiidac, as a Permian orthopteran
allied to the recent mantids. Martynov, however, having many addi-
tional specimens of related forms, recognized the group as mecopterous,
and placed this genus and Kamopauorpa in the family Permopanor-
pidae. That these genera cannot be assigned to that family is evident
from the very broad costal space, the deep branches of Sc, and the
very different shape of the wing.
Agetopanorpa, new genus
Fore wing (?). — More or less oval, costal margin distinctly arched;
distal branch of Sc terminating just before the pterostigmatic area;
R parallel with Sc at base, but bending abruptly away just beyond
hm.; pterostigmatic veinlets absent, Rs with 5 branches, R5 being
forked; Ml and M3 unbranched; M2 and M4 forked; free piece of
Cul absent, or at least strongly formed; Cu2 remote from Cul+M5
at base; lA and 2 A free; cross-veins very weakly developed.
Genotype. — Agetopanorpa macidata, new species.
Fore wing (?). — Length, 9.0 mm.; greatest width, 4.0 mm. Costal
space narrowed at base; Sc2 longer than Scl; Rl diverging from Rs
just below the first fork of Sc; first fork of Rs well beyond the second'
fork of Sc; R2+3 and R4+5 divide shortly after their origin and at
98 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
about the same level; the fork of Ro is rather deep; Ml-4 diverging
from Cul basally of the origin of Rs; first apparent fork on M just a
little before the first fork in Rs; Ml about as long as M3; fork on M2
shorter than that on M4; Cul+^VIo very slightly sigmoidal; Cu2
curved at its ends,- but straight for most of its length; lA fused with
Cu2 at the very base; hind margin of the wing with a distinct indenta-
tion at the termination of Cu2. The entire wing is covered with
irregular brown pigment spots, somewhat larger and more diffuse
apically.
Holoti/pe. — No. 3037ab, Museum of Comparative Zoology; collector,
J. W. Wilson.
This wing, although magnificently preserved, is one of the most
puzzling of any of the Permian Mecoptera. That it is a Mecopteran
is unquestionable; the structure of Rl, the radial sector, and par-
ticularly the media, which is identical with that of Protopanorpa,
place it definitely within the order. But the complete absence of the
free piece of Cul at the base of the wing is a character which has not
been found in any other Mecopteran, fossil or recent. The veins stand
out with striking clearness and are marked with the large bases of the
macrotrichia, so characteristic of the ancient Mecoptera (see photo-
graph, Plate 2, fig. 1). That the free piece of Cul could have been
present in this wing, yet not preserved, seems to be utterly impossible.
Nevertheless, Cul does actually make up a major part of the vein
labeled Cul+M5 in the figure, as shown by the convexity and con-
cavity of the veins. M5, alone, would be a weak, concave vein, but
in the fossil Cul+M5 is a strong, convex vein as in all other Mecoptera.
We are therefore forced to the conclusion that the free part of Cul,
which ordinarily forms the lower arm of the 'Y", has been lost in
Ageiopanorpa. Only one of the Mecoptera of the Russian Permian,
Petromaniis kamensis, Mart., is completely enough preserved to show
the base of the wing, and this was described by Martynov as having
the Cu-M Y-vein completely formed. The absence of the free part of
Cul in Ageiopanorpa is therefore even more perplexing, for in other
respects these two wings are identical, in size, shape, and 'venation,
except for the fork of R5 in the Russian form. In view of the phylo-
genetic significance of the Cu-M Y-vein in the Mecoptera, one would
be justified in establishing a separate family for Petromantis, if it were
not for this startling similarity between it and Agetopanorpa. It is
hardly conceivable that these two wings can be so much alike in other
respects, and yet belong to distinct families. There is, of course,
the possibility that A. niacuhita is a hind wing, and P. Icamensis,
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 99
a fore wing. But as I have pointed out in the case of previous species,
the origin of Rs in the hind wing is much closer to the base than it is
in the fore wing, and in A. macuUita Rs originates in a manner quite
characteristic of a fore wing, and just as it does in Pciromnntis. The
explanation of the structure of the cubitus of Agctopaiwrpa will prob-
ably become clear enough when additional material has been found,
and until then it hardly seems necessary to establish a new family
for the Russian form.
There is one other feature of this wing that is peculiar. The vein
labeled Cu2, which is distinctly concave, is entirely without the
macrotrichia so prominent on the other veins (this absence of macro-
trichia can be noted in the photograph). At first I suspected that this
apparent vein was only a fold in the wing, but since the next anal vein
in the wing is strongly convex, and hence must be lA, the concave vein
between lA and Cul must be Cu2. One would naturally suppose that
since the macrotrichial bases and color markings are so clear all over
the wing, the cross-veins would also be evident; but not one, except
hm, is discernible. .\ wing of this size and shape, however, would be
exceedingly flimsy without cross supports, and we must assume that
some cross-veins were there, although poorly developed.
The systematic position of Agetopanorpa is very obscure. The
broad costal area, the well developed branches on Sc, and the 6-
branched media, are all primitive characters; in fact, the structure of
Sc is probably more primitive than that of any other known Mecop-
teran. But the loss of the basal piece of Cul is a high specialization
which eliminates the genus from the line of ancestry of our recent
forms, and we must conclude that Agetopanorpa represents a well
developed end branch of some primitive Mecopteran not known to us
at present. It seems probable that the Agetopanorpidae was a very
ancient family, which also existed during the earlier Permian, or per-
haps the Upper Carboniferous, and that Agetopanorpa was a Permian
survival that had reached a high stage of development along certain
lines. The relatively high degree of specialization which some of the
Lower Permian Mecoptera seemed to have attained is conclusive proof
that this order had been in existence for a long time previous to the
Wellington age. But whether these insects arose in the earliest Permian
or in the Upper Carboniferous, as Tilly ard claims, is a question which
cannot be answered with any certainty until more has been learned of
the fauna of the Pennsylvanian.
100 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Carpenter, F. M.
1926. Fossil Insects from the Lower Permian of Kansas. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 67 (13), pp. 437-444.
1928. A Scorpion-fly from the Green River Eocene. Annals Carn.
Mus., 18, pp. 240-249.
Dunbar, C. O,
1923. Kansas Permian Instects. Part 2. Paleolimulus, a New Genus of
Paleozoic Xiphosura. Amer. Journ. Sci., 5 (30), pp. 443-454.
Dunbar, C. O. and Tillyard, R. J.
1924. Kansas Permian Insects. Part I. The Geologic Occurrence and
the Environment of the Insects [Dunbar], with a Description of a New
Paleodicyopterid [Tillyard]. Amer. Journ. Sci., 7 (39), pp. 171-209.
Martynov, a. V.
1925. To the Knowledge of Fossil Insects from Jurassic Beds in Turkes-
tan. Bull. Acad. Sci. URSS, 19, pp. 753-762.
1927. Jurassic Fossil Mecoptera and Paratrichoptera from Turkestan
and Ust-Balei. Bull. Acad. Sci. URSS, 21, pp. 661-666.
1928. The Permian Fossil Insects of North-east Europe. Trav. Mus.
Geol. Acad. Sci. URSS, 4, pp. 1-118.
Sellards, E. H.
1906. Types of Permian Insects. Part 1. Odonata. Amer. Journ. Sci.,
22, pp.249-258.
1907. Types of Permian Insects. Part 2. Plectoptera. Amer. Journ.
Sci., 23, pp. 345-355.
1908. Cockroaches of the Kansas Coal Measures and the Kansan Per-
mian. Univ. Geol. Surv. Kansas, 9, pp. 501-541.
1909. Types of Permian Insects. Part 3. Megasecoptera, Oryctoblat-
tinidae, and Protorthoptera. Amer. Journ. Sci., 27, pp 151-173.
1909. The Permian Flora of Kansas. Univ. Geol. Surv. Kansas, 2, pp.
434-467.
Tillyard, R. J.
1918. Mesozoic Insects of Queenland. No. 1. Planipennia, Trichoptera,
and the New Order Protomecoptera. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., 42
(1), pp. 175-200.
1919. Mesozoic Insects of Queensland. No. 5. Mecoptera, the New
Order Paratrichoptera, and additions to the Planipennia. Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S. W., 44 (1), pp. 194-212.
1919. The Panorpoid Complex. Part 3. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W.,
44 (3), pp. 279-92.
1922. Some New Permian Insects from Belmont, N. S. Wales, in the
Collection of Mr. John B. Mitchell. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., 47
(3), pp. 279-292.
carpenter: lower PERMIAN insects of KANSAS 101
1926. Kansas Permian Insects. Part 7. The Order Mecoptera. Amer.
Journ. Sci., 11 (62), pp. 133-164.
1926. Upper Permian Insects of New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc.
N. S. W., 51 (2), pp. 1-30; (3), pp. 265-282.
1928. Kansas Permian Insects. Part 10. The New Order Protoperlaria.
Amer. Journ. Sci., 16 (93), pp. 186-220.
Zalessky, M. D.
1926. Observations sur un nouvel insecte fossile du Permien de Kar-
gala. Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 26, pp. 75-84.
ftPR 1 J 1930
^|2'1
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
AT HARVARD COLLEGE
Vol. LXX. No. 3
THE ANGLES
I. THE FORMS KNOWN TO OCCUR ON THE
NEOTROPICAL ISLANDS
By Thomas Barbour
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.:
PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM
April, 1930
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
AT HARVARD COLLEGE.
There have been pubUshed of the Bulletin, Vols. I to LIV, LVI
to LXV, LXVII to LXIX; of the Memoirs, Vols. I to LI.
The Bulletin and Memoirs are devoted to the publication of
original work by the Officers of the Museum, of investigations carried
on by students and others in the different Laboratories of Natural
History, and of work by specialists based upon the Museum Collec-
tions and Explorations.
These publications are issued in numbers at irregular intervals.
Each number of the Bulletin and of the Memoirs may be sold sepa-
rately. A price list of the publications of the Museum will be sent on
application to the Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
AT HARVARD COLLEGE
Vol. LXX. No. 3
THE ANGLES
I. THE FORMS KNOWN TO OCCUR ON THE
NEOTROPICxVL ISLANDS
By Thomas Barbour
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.:
PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM
April, 1930
Xo. 3. — Thr Auoli's. I. Thr Forms Known to Occur on the Neotropical
Islands
By Thomas Barbour
For several years, my friend President Alexander G. Ruthven and I
have lived in the hopes that some day we would write together a mono-
graph of this pestiferous genus. This project, by force of circumstances,
must now be postponed. While he has seen many of the types at home
and abroad, he feels, and I wholly agree, that we know too little as yet
of the species of northeastern South America especially, to make an
adequate general survey at the present time. Moreover, new responsi-
bilities have given us both less and less time for study of the literature
and examination of such material as is now available. Inadequate
though it is, this is already a large accumulation. I have, therefore,
with his approval, decided to bring out this critical list of the insular
species. A few more of these will be described, but compared with the
mainland forms, our knowledge is reasonably complete,
A long awaited opportunity to see the Lesser Antillean forms in life
was offered me by Mr. Allison V. Armour who, with princely generosity,
took me to no less than twenty different islands which I had not visited
before on my many previous journeys to the Caribbean area. Thus the
opportunity offered to see that Anolis roquet and Anolis luciae can be
distinguished easily in life from one another and from Anolis vincentii,
although with alcoholic material these particular species are decidedly
difficult to separate. The chance that I shall see many more Antillean
forms is remote, and so this little paper is offered with the hope that it
may be of service to those who are interested in the zoology of this
fascinating area. The few scattered insular species which occur outside
the Caribbean basin are included here also. Thus the mainland forms
are left for a later day.
Since bovhood — for I collected mv first West Indian Anoles when
fifteen years old — I have been interested in this perplexing genus, col-
lecting material, securing photographs of typical specimens, locating
these wherever possible. Some types are lost, unfortunately often of ill-
described species, and these have been put into the most probable
synonymy. This list gives an idea, up to date, of the number of recog-
nizable species known to occur on the Neotropical Islands. Only a few
of the most important references are given but many important changes
in the synonymy will be found since Boulenger, in the Catalogue of
106 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Lizards in the British Museum, 2, 1885, made his attempt at a general
treatment of the genus, and some since I reviewed the genus in a general
faunistic paper in 1914 (Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, 44, 1914, p. 272-295).
A complete lack of knowledge of the animals in life and most inadequate
material made Boulenger's attempt a poor effort at best. As I have
said, it has been my great good fortune to have seen most of these forms
in life and some of the accounts of distribution, abundance, etc., are
based on field observations over many years. The work has been aided
by the generous kindness of many colleagues. It is impossible to men-
tion them all, a catalogue of most of the herpetologists would result,
and to mention some and not others would be unjust. Suffice it to say
that each and every one has aided in supplying all possible information
concerning the material in his care.
Special exception must be made in the case of Dr. Leonard Stejneger
who, with characteristic generosity, turned over many notes concerning
synonymy of the West Indian forms. These he had made during many
European journeys and they have been of the utmost value.
The first volume of Dr. Boulenger's Catalogue of the Lacertidae ap-
peared about the time this task was begun. Nothing could be more im-
pressive than the absolutely opposite conditions which are shown by
the Lacertae of the Old World and the Anoles of the New. The Lacertae
comprise a group composed of vigorous, active, diurnal species probably
still in active extension of an enortnous range, one that contains species
of vast distribution and broken up into a great series of ill-differentiated
variants which generally do, but occasionally do not, bear a relation to
the locality in which they occur. Thus a number of "varieties" of
Lacerta viuralis occur together in many localities in Italy, Corsica, and
Sardinia in a perfectly haphazard manner. This betokens a plastic con-
dition and is evidence of a species which, while still varying actively,
has not yet come to have definitely fixed place modes. Other species of
Lacerta have become well defined in specific characters and in geo-
graphic limitations.
In Anolis we find a very different condition of affairs. The species
are generally capable of definition and have definite boundaries and
no tendency to break up into many "varieties" in any given locahty.
To the eye there appears to be very great variability, but where this is
observed, we find a species of many and often very rapid color changes.
Anolis ordinatui, in the Bahamas, may be black with tiny specks, uni-
form mouse gray, gray with zebra markings, or with dorsal rhombs,
changing quickly from one phase to the other. Another species, like
Anolis alutaceus, may have apparently little or no facility ofmeta-
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 107
chrosis whatever. In spite of this, such a form as AnoHs cnrolinensis
Voigt, which has a vast range, shows no signs whatever of breaking up
into geographic races, nor do "varieties" occur in any given locality.
So also with the other mainland species with which we are familiar and
some of which have very narrowly limited ranges. That A. cnrolinensis
has been upon the continent for a long solitary life is shown by the fact
that its relatives on Cuba (porcafus), Navassa (longiceps), Cayman
(maijnai'dii), Haiti (chlorocyanus), Ruatan {allisoni), and in the Ba-
hamas {hnmncus) are all very strongly defined forms and their differ-
entiation is surely an indication that they have been isolated for some
considerable period of time. It is possible that carolincnsis reached the
mainland of North America originally as a waif from the West Indies,
and it is even more similar to brunncuo than to any of the other forms.
It is, however, equally probable that the caroUnensis stock once ex-
isted widespread on the continent and then disappeared. Its persistence
on Ruatan, a continental island, is evidence in favor of this view.
The Antillean Angles
The series of Antillean species offers a rather contrasting state of
affairs to that on the continent. There are only a very few old names
about w^hich uncertainty exists, such as Anolis buUaris (Linne) and
Anolis richardi (Dumeril and Bibron), for most of the forms hail from
islands and topotypes may be easily secured. Cope, to be sure, de-
scribed a few species, such as his Anolis fwmolechis, from specimens
without a locality, and others have most unfortunately done likewise;
but very many species, notably those descriVjed by Garman and Stej-
neger, and many described by Cope, were based upon material so col-
lected as to fulfil modern requirements of precision regarding data and
history. As with most of the genera of Antillean reptiles and amphib-
ians, I have been fortunate in the material available in the Museum
of Comparative Zoology. Thus there are, roughly, about ninety species
which are probably worthy of specific rank, and of these, eighty are
represented in this collection and among these are nearly thirty types
of valid forms and also the types of several synonyms. A number of
the species are represented by from forty to one hundred specimens, so
that in most cases material has been ample.
No single citation can exhibit more clearly the change of opinion in
taxonomy as applied to this group than to note what Giinther said in
the Zoological Record for 1887 (p. 10) concerning Garman's proposal to
multiply the Antillean species. Garman, as Alexander Agassiz's as-
108 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
sistant on the Blake, had seen the Ancles in life, in most cases. Giinther
knew them only as preserved museum specimens. His eye was not cul-
tivated by field experience and most unfortunately Boulenger suffered
under the same handicap. Cope made up for his lack of opportimity to
observe the living forms by his uncanny taxonomic insight.
For the sake of comparison I add here Giinther's reduction of Gar-
man's proposals to "more comprehensive terms." As now known
Garman's species were generally strikingly distinct and most of them
stand valid today by universal agreement. Giinther's remarks follow:
"S. Garman, Bull. Essex Inst, xix, has greatly multiplied the binomials
of the West Indian forms of this genus. The Recorder would refer
the new species and varieties to the following more comprehensive
terms: 1, A. cristatellus, D. & B.; A. scriptus, n. sp., p. 28, Silver and
Lena Keys, Florida. 2, A. gingivinus, Cope: A. virgatus, n. sp., p. 41,
St. Bart's. 3, A. leachii, B. & D.: A. asper, n. sp., p. 31, Marie Galante,
nubilus, n. sp., p. 32, Redonda, sabanus, n. sp., p. 39, Saba, speciosus,
n. sp., p. 42, Marie Galante, lividus, n. sp., p. 43, Montserrat. 4, A.
alligator, D. & B.: A. gentilis, n. var., p. 34, Petit Martinique, cinereus,
n. var., p. 35, Grenada, extremus, n. var., p. 35, Barbados, luciae,
n. sp., p. 44, St. Lucia, vincentii, n. sp., p. 46. St. Vincent. 5, A. rich-
ardii, D. & B.: A. griseus, n. sp., p. 36, St. Vincent, and trossulus, n.
sp., p. 38, Grenada. Also copious notes on other known species. A.
conspersus, n. sp., id. P. Am. Phil. Soc, xxiv, p. 273, Grand Cayman,
W. Indies ( = A. grahamii. Gray. Rec.)"
Some species of Anolis simply swarm; no mainland species of this
genus approach in abundance Anolis sac/iri in Cuba or Anolis ordinatus
in the Bahamas. At times these may be seen literally on every fence
post, tree trunk and hut wall. They never completely disappear no
matter how dry the season, but they grow uncommon, and then with
the oncoming of the hot spring rains they simply swarm. Some species
disappear completely with drought, as A. spectrum, others grow exces-
sively rare, as A. alutaceus, while others again show no apprecial)le
change in abundance as A. lucius. It may be said, however, that
Anoles are far rarer during long droughts than during rainy weather,
and had my many trips to the West Indies been made more often in
summer instead of in our winter, which is the dry season in most of the
islands, as by force of circumstances they had to be, I might have re-
discovered A. spectrum. This good fortune was reserved for Dr. E. R.
Dunn. Moreover, I would have seen other species abundantly which I
now naturally think of as rare. Still even when Anoles seem scarce, if
one will but choose some woodland glade, preferably near a running
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 109
stream, and there break apart and strew about one of the great termite
nests so common in Cuba and then sit still, from all sides Anoles will
appear. What calls them is hard to say. The faint scratching of the
myriad insects may be heard, or there may be a faint odor from the
broken termitarium, but be that as it may, many sprightly little lizards
will soon be pounding and shaking and chewing the tasty morsels, while
ever and anon some old male will push up on his forefeet, raise his chin
and bob his head like a mechanical toy while his dainty fan of vivid
colors is displayed for the benefit of whoever may care to watch him.
The vast majority of the species are arboreal and it is this fact which
explains why these lizards persist even where the mongoose abounds.
Most of the species lay single relatively large, leathery, rather oblong
eggs, usually in some punky cavity of a hollow stump or limb. One
species {A. lucius) lays a brittle chalky white egg or group of two or
three stuck fast to the limestone cave-walls or crannies to which this
species is confined.
Within and about our laboratory, Harvard House, at Soledad,
Anoles are frequent visitors. Some visit the dining room for the ever-
present ants of the tropics and soon learn to jump for tiny crumbs of
bread or bits of cheese. Others prefer the window screens, no doubt
garnering a fair feast of flies and other winged creatures which buzz
drearily about during the hot, still days, no matter how carefully the
house is screened.
Work done at Harvard House by Hadley, and elsewhere by others has
gone far toward elucidating the apparent mysteries of metachrosis.
This fascinating phase of the study of the Anoles I cannot attempt to
review here, but the works of Parker, Staratt, Carlson, Strecker and
Hadley are well worth the examination of anyone who wishes to know,
as much as may be, these the loveliest of all lizards.
Specific Interrelationships
Some of the Greater Antillean species have gone through an evolu-
tion through isolation which has so differentiated them that no evident
allies may be named. Anolis loi/siana is an excellent example. This
condition is not the rule. In the Lesser Antilles two stocks supply the
pair of species which is the normal insular quota. Thus .1. waff si and
A. antiquae oiTer a typical condition. The small, smooth, depressed,
usually rupicolous form with characteristically subdued coloration
and the large, rough headed, arboreal, gaily decorated type are a
typical pair. For instance on Saba, a representative of the first type
110 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
appears while on Grenada, St. Vincent, Antigua, St. Kitts, Nevis, St.
Eustatius, Marie Galante the typical pair of species is present. On
Redonda and Desirade the single species represents the second cate-
gory mentioned, while on Guadeloupe, Martinique and Dominica the
sole existent form is of the first series mentioned above. The Anole now
on the verge of disappearance in Barbados is apparently absolutely
the same as one of the common species of Trinidad and may have come
from there originally by fortuitous human agency. Tobago shows an
anomalous condition, for its fauna in general is markedly continental
in type, like that of Trinidad, but the Anole found in Tobago is indis-
tinguishable from Anolis richardii, the large species occurring upon
Grenada, but not upon the Grenadines where only the lesser type is
found. Grenada has on the other hand a number of mainland species
and the situation there is characteristic of a borderland zone. Here
between the typical Antillean and Continental provinces a mixed-up
condition is found to exist such as that to which I have called attention
as characteristic of certain islands in the East Indies on the border
between the Indonesian and Papuasian provinces. (Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zo6l.,44, 1912,p. 28etseq.)
I cannot tie these two stocks with much confidence to any of the
Greater Antillean groups of species. They surely recall .1. aeneus and
A. chrysolepis of Trinidad which brings them near to South America,
while I can but suggest their possible relationship with Anolis crista-
tellus of Porto Rico and perhaps A. gundlachi of the same island. I
prefer for the present to consider this more a possibility than a proba-
bility. The Virgin Islands represent in a minor degree again a border-
land zone where some mixture of types and confusion exists, only here
the transition is between the relatively rich Greater Antillean and
the relatively depauperate Lesser Antillean provinces.
It may be noted also that one series of related species can be pointed
out which bridges neatly over the region between the greater and
lesser islands. Anolis krugi of Porto Rico, Anolis acuius of St. Croix
and Anolis wattsi of the Leeward Islands, form, I think, quite surely a
closely related chain of \icarious forms.
"Within the Greater Antilles several stocks may be distinguished with
representative species on the major islands. The A. porcntus group has
been mentioned. Schmidt has suggested as a series of related forms
A. iodnru^ (Jamaica), A. chlorocyanus (Haiti) and A. evermanni (Porto
Rico). I believe that A. chlorocyanus is probably of the porcatus series
and suggest coelestinus as the Haitian representative of this branch.
This occurrence of forms in Haiti deri\ed from the past independent
barboir: the angles 111
connections with Cuba at one time and with Jamaica at another is
highly characteristic.
No one of the cursorial, herl)icolous types of Anolis occur in Jamaica
while three occur in Haiti or as I should often say Hispaniola. In Cuba
two such types are found while another .1. pulchcllus occurs in Porto
Rico and in most of the Virgin Islands. If we could conclude that
Norops ophiolcpis were really an Anole most highly modified for cur-
sorial life, we would have then three stocks of this style in Cuba, as in
Haiti, and one passed on to the eastward islands, but the Cuban Norops
with its short blunt skull and fixed coloration does not seem allied to
this generally long headed series. It must be admitted, however, that
color changing is not characteristic of any of these terrestial species
which I know.
These notes could be considerably expanded. The A. aUiaceus, A.
doniiulcensis and A. distichus series has been mentioned elsewhere in
this paper. So also the A. sagrei, A. ordinatus, A. cyhotes series and
others could be added. Allied representative forms occur in the great
island of Cuba as A. mestrei in Pinar del Rio, A. ahli in Sta. Clara and
A. allogus in Oriente.
I think enough has been said to show that while some anomalies as
yet unexplainable occur, in general the Anoles have an orderly and
not a haphazard distribution in the West Indian area. This bespeaks
distribution by land connections caused by past differences in the rela-
tion of land and sea level and such a distribution by its very nature
cannot as a whole be the result of fortuitous dispersal. Nevertheless,
I believe that a few cases of chance dispersal may have occurred.
The Cayman Island species are probably waifs. The Navassa Island
species are with at least equal probability relicts surviving on the rem-
nant of an ancient land bridge. I hope that some day I may present
the results of field observations on the Porto Rican species, as well as a
greater familiarity with the Haitian forms. Perhaps some time another
chance to land upon Navassa may come, upon a calm day.
Throughout the paper obsolete and synonymous names appear in
italics.
Anolis abatus Ahl, Arch. f. Naturg., 90, 1924, p. 248 (type locality,
Cuba; type in Berlin Museum, Gundlach coll. cf holotype by subse-
quent designation, the 9 cotype being certainly ,l/?o//.s^rt^/i Barbour).
The validity of this species is much in doubt. The parts of the
island in which Gundlach collected are mostly very well known now
and this is probably the synonym of some well known species. We
strongly suspect its identity with Anolis mestrei Barbour and Rams-
112 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
den, and the type must be examined by a specialist on the genus
before it can be definitelv allocated to the svnonvmv.
Anolis acutus Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 228
(type locality, "Cuba?"; type in Phila. Acad.; origin unknown).
Cope, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 209 (Santa Cruz, W. I.;
Smithson. Inst., Riise coll.). Reinhardt and Liitken, Vid. Med.
Nat. Foren. Copenh., 1862 (1863), p. 252; extr. p. 100 (St. Croix).
Bocourt,Miss.Scient.]Mexique,Zool.,Rept., livr. 2, 1873, pi. 15, fig. 2.
Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 36 (St. Croix). Barbour,
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44. 1914. p. 284 (St. Croix).
Of the present species we ha\e no recent information to counter-
indicate that it is still an abundant species.
Anolis aeneus Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit, ^lus., 1845, p. 205 (type locality
" Tropical America " ; type in Brit. Mus., Thos. Bell coll. ). Ruthven,
Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. IMich., no. 143, July 9, 1923, p. 6 (type
examined is the Trinidad form, crit.).
Anolis trinitatis Reinhardt and Liitken, ^'id. Meddel. Kjobenk., 1862
(1863), p. 269 (type locality, Trinidad; tyjDcs in Copenhagen Mus.
Riise coll.). Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 35 (Sept.. p. 11).
(Color in life.) Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 281
(crit. syn.).
Anolis alligator Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, 18, Aug. 11, 1879, p. 276
(Tobago).
Anolis extrcmus Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 356; Extr.,
p. 11 (type locality, Barl)ados, B. W. I., types in Mus. Comp. Zool.,
6,183; Garman coll.; cotypes 39,290-91 in U. S. Nat. Mus.). Bar-
bour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 278 (crit.).
Anolis alligator Fielden, Zoologist, (3), 13, Aug. 1889, p. 297 (Barba-
dos) (not of Dumeril and Bibron).
Anolis biporcatus Mole and Urich, Trin. Field Naturalists Club,
2, 1893, p. 80.
This species is said to be common and widespread in Trinidad. I
did not see many, however, during a recent visit of several days' dura-
tion. It is almost if not quite extinct on Barbados. It is easily separ-
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 113
able from .1. vincenii and .1. luciae in having smaller and more
rugose, less pavement-like scales on the front and a strongly mottled
coloration.
Anolis ahli Barl)our, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5, June 24,
1925, p. KiS (type locality. Hydroelectric plant, Trinidad Mts., near
Soledad, Cienfuegos, Cuba; type in Mus. Comp. Zool., 19,905, E. R.
Dunn coll.).
Professor E. R. Dunn and a number of other naturalists while
studying at the Har\-ard Biological Laboratory and Botanic Garden
(Atkins Foundation) at Soledad near Cienfuegos, Cuba, have visited
the damp woodlands near San Bias and Buenos Aires in the moun-
tain road from La Sierra to Trinidad. This species occurs in these
highlands in fair abundance. It has not been found elsewhere. It is
related to Auolis mestrei Barbour and Ramsden, li\ing under similar
conditions, though somewhat lower, in the Sierra de Guane, Prov.
Pinar del Rio.
Anolis agassizi Stejneger, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 36, 1900, p. 161,
pi. (type locality, ^Nlalpelo I. Pacific coast of Colombia; type U. S.
Nat. Mus., 22,101; Chas. H. Townsend con. Albatross Exp., two
paratypes in Mus. Comp. Zool.).
Apparently abundant on this great rock, Malpelo is almost un-
scalable and the types were collected from a boat. Mr. Slevin, how-
ever, of the California Academy of Science has landed recently and
collected most successfully upon this extraordinary island.
Anohs alliaceus Cope, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1S64, p. 175 (type
locality, unknown; type in Brit. Mus.). Giinther, Ann. Mag. Xat.
Hist., (6), 2, Nov. 1SS8, p. 363 (Dominica). Barbour, Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 275 (crit.).
Xiphosurus oculatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 18, 1879, p. 274
(type locality, Dominica, \\. I.; types in U. S. Nat. Mus., 10,139,
coll. Ober.).
Anolis oculatus Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 30; extr. p. 6
(Dominica).
Anolis Icachii Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 29 (part;
Dominica; not of Dumeril and Bibron). Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad.,
8, 1892, p. 352; extr. p. 38 (Dominica).
114 bulletin: museim of comparative zoology
This Anole seemed rare in February, 1929 in the Botanic Station
grounds and but few were seen, though the local Ameiva swarmed.
Much rain was falling daily and conditions were perfect. The male
may be black, finely spotted with green, or green with black oceUi,
two on each side. The dewlap is yellow. Up at Sylvania (alt. 2,000
ft.) it seemed even less common along the road, and uncommon there.
Anolis allisoni Barbour, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, July 26, 1928,
p. 58 (type locality, Coxen Hole, Ruatan Island, Honduras; tvpe in
Mus. Comp. Zool., 26,725; T. Barbour coll.).
I have referred at length to the abundance and relationships of
this beautiful and important species in the original description.
Anolis allogus Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 47,
1919, p. 159, pi. 10, fig. 2 (type locality: Bueycito, near Bayemo,
Oriente, Cuba; coll. de la Torre, Barbour and Rodriguez; type in
Mus. Comp. Zool., 8,544).
A7iolis angusticeps Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 292
(not of Hallo well).
Anolis mcrtensi Xh\, Zool. .\iiz., 62, 1925, p. 86 (type locaUty, Cuba;
type a cT in Berlin Mus., Gundlach coll.).
This species has been found in the moist woods of the Sierra
Maestra. It has also been shown by Dr. C. T. Ramsden and T.
Barbour to have a wide distribution in the mountains about the
Guantanamo Basin. It is a fine and handsome species.
I have a photograph of the type of Anolis mertensi Ahl, and believe
that it belongs here.
Anolis (Dracontura) alutaceus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1861, p. 212 (type locality, Monte Verde, Cuba; type in Smithson.
Inst., 5,737|; coll. ^Yright).
Anolis alutaceus Gundlach, Contrib. Erp. Cubana, 1880, p. 49 (Cuba).
Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 71. Barbour, Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 292 (crit.; distr. in Cuba). Barbour and
Ramsden, Mem. Soc. Poey Havana, 2, 1916, p. 135. Stejneger, Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., 53, 1917, p. 271 (distr.). Barbour and Ramsden,
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 47, 1919, p. 153, pi. 9, fig. 1 (desc, crit.;
Cuba).
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 115
This delicate wraith of a lizard is widely distributed, nowhere very
common, but may be found in the lowland "manigua" or scrubby
woods almost anywhere. It may be secured during the dry season
but more easily during the rains.
Anolis augusticeps [Lapso calami) Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1856, p. 228 (type locality, Cienfuegos, Cuba; type in Mus.
Phila. Acad. ; coll. Capt. Baker). (Obvious misprint for angusticeps).
Anolis angusticeps Gundlach, Contrib. Erp. Cubana, 1880, p. 45 (Ma-
tanzas, Cardenas). Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 11,
footnote. Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Soc. Poey Havana, 2,
1916, p. 133. Stejneger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 53, 1917, p. 272 (Isle
of Pines). Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 37,
1919, p. 135.
This rather flattened pallid species seems to be rare everywhere
in Cuba but less so on the Island of Pines. It frequents the trunks of
royal palms and other trees having whitish or grayish bark.
Anolis antiquae Barbour, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 28, 1915, p. 74 (type
locality, St. John, Antigua, Wulsin and Noble coll.; type Mus.
Comp. Zool., 10,624).
Anolis Icachii Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), 14, 1894, p. 375
(Antigua only).
This splendid great Anole is common and distinct. Rich golden
green with dark brown spots, a brown tail and a small pale yellow
dewlap, i.e., yellow scales on white skin. The brilliant yellow skin
about the eye is a fine field mark for males, females and young.
Anohs (Gastrotropis) argenteolus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1861, p. 213 (type locaHty, Monte Verde, Cuba; type in Smithson.
Inst., 5,737f ; coll. Wright). Bocourt, Miss. Scient. Mexique, Zool.,
Rept., livr. 3, 1874, pi. 14, fig. 12. Gundlach, Contrib. Erp. Cubana,
1880, p. 45. Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 285
(crit., distr., sep. from lucius). Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Soc.
Poey Havana, 2, 1916, p. 134. Stejneger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
53, 1917, p. 270, figs. 49-51. Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 47, 1919, p. 140, pi. 14, fig. 6 (descr., crit.; distr. in
Cuba).
116 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Found entree trunks, on old board buildings and less often on lime-
stone rocks. Its western representative Anolis lucius D. and B., is
more common from Santa Clara to Pinar del Rio but is always found
on limestone cliffs where, according to Dr. Dunn, its eggs may be
found stuck to the rocks singly or in pairs after the manner of certain
species of Geckos.
Anolis (Acantholis) argillaceus Cope, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila.,
1862, p. 176 (type locality, Monte Verde, Cuba; type in U. S. Nat.
Mus., 5,098; Chas. Wright coll.). Gundlach, Contrib. Erp. Cubana,
1880, p. 52 (Mt. Yateras, Guantanamo). Barbour, Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 291 (crit., distr.; Cuba). Barbour and
Ramsden, Mem. Soc. Poey, Havana, 2, 1916, p. 135; Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 47, 1917, p. 147, pi. 7, fig. 6 (crit., distr.; Cuba).
So far as known Dr. Ramsden is the only person who in recent
years, has succeeded in finding this lizard. He has found it on the
coffee trees of plantations in the mountains about the Guantanamo
Valley.
Anolis asper Garman, Proc. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 31 ; extr. p. 7 (type
locality, Marie Galante, West Indies; types in Mus. Comp. Zool.,
6,182; coll. Richardson; cotypes, 39,293-94, U. S. Xat. Mus.).
Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 276 (crit.).
This magnificent form with its high crested tail was abundant last
February when I visited the places and a fine series was secured.
It is an arboreal form, frequenting the tall mango trees — which are
about the only tall trees there are, since this island is so completely
cleared for sugar cane. The males are bright green or brown with a
large dewlap, which is lemon yellow about a wide margin and pale
dove gray at base and center. The females are uniform pale gray or
light brown, unmarked.
Anolis barbudensis Barbour, Occ. Papers Mus. Zool, Univ. Mich.,
no. 132, Feb. 10, 1923, p. 4 (type locahty, Barbuda, British West
Indies; type, Mus. Comp. Zool., 16,167, coll. W. R. Forrest of
Antigua).
Known from type only.
Anolis (Lacerta) bimaculata Sparrman, Nya Handl. Sv. Vet. Akad.
Stockh., 5, 1784, p. 169, pi. 4,fig. 4 (type locality, St. Eustatius; type
in Mus. de Geer, Roy. Acad. Stockholm; Acrelius don.).
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 117
Anulis cdward.sii ]\Ierrem, Syst. Amph., 1820, p. 45 (type locality, Nevis
Is., West Indies, based on Edwards, Glean. Nat. Hist., t. p. 74, pi.
245).
Anolis bimaculafa Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 29; extr. p. 5
(St. Kitts).
Anolis bimaculatus Anderson, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockli., 26,
aid. 4, no. 1, 1900, p. 27 (types, 3 specimens; St. Eustatius). Bar-
bour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 279 (St. Kitts, Nevis;
crit.); Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no. 132, Feb. 10, 1923,
p. 3 (crit., distr.).
Observed very abundantly by me in Feb. 1929, on both St. Kitts
and Nevis where its arboreal haliits protect it from the mongoose
which abounds on both islands. The adult males are grass green or
lighter, and may be speckled with dark brown especially on the tail.
They may also be w^holly dark brown except the upper lip, the
throat, dewlap, and venter lemon yellow. The female is usually
green with mauve gray dorsum and two wide yellow lateral lines.
Anohs bonairensis Ruthven, Occ. Pap. Mus. Zo5l. Univ. Mus., no. 143,
July 9, 1923, p. 4 (type locality, Seroe Grande, 4| km. N.E. of
Kralendijk, Bonaire, Dutch W. I.; (type Univ. of Mich. Mus.
57,221: H. Burrington Baker coll.), id. 152, Aug. 12, 1924, p. 29
(distr.).
I have not seen this species In life.
Anohs bremeri Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 288
(type locality, Herradura, western Cuba, T. Barbour coll.; type in
Mus. Comp. Zool., 7,889). Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Soc.
Poey Havana, 2, 1916, p. 135; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 47, 1919,
p. 144, pi. 6, fig. 5.
This very distinct and striking species is known only from the adult
male type taken on the thatched roof of a house at Herradura in the
Province of Pinar del Rio.
Anolis brunneus Barbour, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 23, 1910, p. 99 (crit.
and relation with porcafus and carolinensis); Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 44. 1914, p. 294 (crit.).
118 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Anolis inincipalis var. porcaius Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 10, 1887,
p. 437 (part; Abaco, Bahamas).
Anolis principalis brunneus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1894,
p. 432, pi. 10, fig. 3 (type locality, Crooked Island, Bahamas; type
in Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.; coll. Moore).
Anolis porcaius Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, 46, 1904, p. 55 (Ba-
hamas). Stejneger, the Bahama Islands, 1905, p. 332 (Bahamas).
Rosen, Lunds Univ. Aarsskr., N. F. (2), 7, art. 5, 1911, p. 30 (Ba-
hamas).
A common species most often seen on Pandanus, Agave, Musa
and similar plants. Common about gardens and often coming on the
verandas of houses in search of ants, small spiders and other insects.
Anolis chloro-cyanus Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 117
(type localities, S. Domingo and Martinique; types in Paris Mu-
seum). Dumeril, Cat. Meth. Rept. Mus. Paris, 1851, p. 57. Rein-
hardt and Liitken, Vid. Med. Nat. Foren. Copenh., 1862 (1863),
p. 266; extr. p. 114 (S. Domingo). Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus.,
2, 1885, p. 44 (S. Domingo). Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887,
p. 48 (Samana, S. Domingo). Fischer, .Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst.,
5, 1888, p. 30 (Cape Haytien, Hayti; H. Rolle coll.). Muller, Verh.
Naturf. Ges. Basel, 10, no. 1, 1892, p. 211 (Cape Haytien) Meer-
warth, Mitth. Naturh. Mus. Hamburg, 11, 1900 (1901), p. 25. Bar-
bour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,44, 1914, p. 295 (Haiti; concludes that
this sp. = coelestinns, which is incorrect). Schmidt, Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., 44, 1921, p. 11, fig. 8 (distr., color in life, relation with
iodurus, evermanni). Cochrane, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 66, art. 6, 1924,
p. 4 (locality records).
Anolis hullaris Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit. jVIus., 1845, p. 206 (Martinique;
from museum, Paris). (Not of Linnaeus?).
Anolis laeviceps Lichtenstein, Nomencl. Rept. Amph. Mus. Berlin,
1856, p. 7 (type locality, unknown; type in Berlin Museum?).
AnoHs chrysolepis Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 95 (type
locality; French and Dutch Guiana (Guyane et Surinam), coll. of
Leschenault and Doumerc and of Emmanuel Rousseau) ; (types two
spec, in Paris Museum). Peters, Monatsb., Berl. Acad., 1863, p. 142
(nominal mention with a short synonymy). Bocourt, Miss. Sci.
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 119
Mex., Kept., livr. 2, 1873, p. 99, livr. 4, 1874, pi. 16, fig. 26 (rede-
scribes the type and others from the Guianas and "Mexico").
Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mas., 2, ISSo, p. 89 (some new locaUty
records, among them Honduras and the Island of Grenada where the
species does not occur). Mole and Urich, Jour. Trinidad Field
Naturalists Club, 2, 1894, p. 81 (first record for Trinidad). Beebe,
Zoologica X. Y., 2, 7, 1919, p. 211 (Bartica, distr. Brit. Guiana).
Dracanura chri/solcpis Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 1845, p. 207 (old
specimen "West Indies," T. Bell coll., not mentioned in Blgr. Cat.).
Anolis planiceps Troschel, in Schomhurgk, Reise in Brit. Guiana, 3,
1848, p. 649 (confused with A. nitens Wagler) (according to Peters,
who also credited the use of this name to Wiegmann as a synonym
of chrysolepis). ApparentK', howe^•er, planiceps never appeared but
once in print and then Troschel had only chrysolepis.
Anolis nummifer O'Shaughnessy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), 15, 1875,
p. 278 (types 3 from Demarara Falls, in Brit. Mus.).
Anolis cynocephalus Bocourt, Nouv. Archi^■. Mus. Paris, 6, 1870, bull.,
p. 13 (type 1 ex. Paris Mus., from Cayenne, Leprieur coll.).
Anolis turmalis O'Shaughnessy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), 15, 1875,
p. 278 (types 3 in Brit. Mus. from Grenada, B. W. I., 1 oc. incor-
rect).
In Trinidad not uncommon woodland species. Often seen in the
plantations of cacao.
Anolis (Ctenocercus) coelestinus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1862, p. 177 (type locality, near Jeremie, western Hayti; type in
Mus. Comp. Zool., 1500); Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 18, Aug. 11,
1879, p. 272 (Port au Prince, Haiti; Gabb coll.). Garman, Bull.
Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 48 (Tiburon, Hayti).
Anolis chlorocyanns Barbour (part.), Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914,
p. 295.
A. coelestinus seems to be very distinct from A. chlorocyanus, to
which it is closely related. The chief distinction seems to be in the
greater number of scale rows between occipital and supraorbital
semicircle, viz. 4 to 5 against 3 in .^4. chloro-cyamis and greater num-
ber of loreal rows. This species also has smaller scales on the back,
very fine scales on the dewlap, a different habit and coloration. A.
coelestinus seems to be confined to the western end of the island.
120 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
A. chloro-cyanus to the eastern, but this may not be true, for Fischer
had "A. chloro-cyanus" from Cape Haytien with 3 scales between
occipital and supraorbital semicircle.
Anolis conspersus Garman, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 24, 1887, p. 273
(type locality, Grand Cayman, West Indies; types in Mus. Comp.
Zool., 6,021,' coll. Richardson; cotype, 39,292^ U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 282 (crit.).
A. (iiolis) grahamii Boulenger, Zool. Rec, 1887 Rept., p. 10 (refers
A. conspersus to this sp.).
AVhile on a visit to Grand Cayman in April, 1928, as a guest on
Mr. Allison V. Armour's vacht "Utowana," I was unable to find this
species. It must be said, however, that the island was suffering
from one of the worst droughts in its history.
Anolis cristatellus Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 143
(type locality, Martinique, in error). Stejneger, Ann. Rep. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 1902 (1904), p. 638, fig. 92-94 (syn., desc, distr. all
Virgin Is., Porto Rico, Culebra, Vieques). Barbour, Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 274 (crit., syn.); Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,
30, 1917, p. 99 (distr.; St. Thomas, Anegada, Tortola, Virgin Gorda,
Water Island, Mosquito Island). Fowler, Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash.,
no. 252, 1918, p. 10, fig. 5 (variation, cephalic squamation). Schmidt,
Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 28, 1920, p. 186 (full discussion of status,
distrib., stomach contents).
Anolis scriptus Garman (part). Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 28 (type
locality "Silver and Lena Keys" Florida; in crrore; types 972+3
from Siher Key and 4333 from Los Cayos de la Lena, Cuba = A.
homolechis.
According to J. L. Peters and others who have visited these islands
recently this form is abundant and widespread.
Anolis cuvieri ]Merrem, Syst. Amph., 1820, p. 45 (type locality, Ja-
maica, in error). Stejneger, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902 (1904),
p. 627, figs. 81-84 (syn., descr., distrib.; Porto Rico, Vieques, Tortola).
Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 273. Fowler, Publ.
Carnegie Inst. Wash., no. 252, 1918, p. 7. Schmidt, Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci., 28, 1920, p. 185 (distrib. and notes stomach contents).
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 121
The only common member of this group of large Greater Antillean
species is the Jamaican Anolis garmani Stejneger. This species
like A. (qucstris Merrem of Cuba, and A. ricordii D. and B. of
Haiti is distinctly rare.
Anolis (Dracontura) cyanopleurus Cope, Proc. Acad. Xat. Phila.,
1861, p. 211 (type locality, Monte Verde, Cuba; types in Smithson.
Inst., 5,737; coll. Wright). Bocourt, Miss. Scient. Mexique, Zool.,
Kept., livr. 3, 1874, pi. 16, fig. 29 (Cuba).
Anolis cyanopleurus Gundlach, Contrib. Erp. Cubana, 1880, p. 48
(Cuba). Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 69 (Cuba;
Brit. Mus.). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 292.
Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Soc. Poey Havana, 2, 1916, p. 136;
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 47, 1919, p. 150, pi. 4, fig. 1, pi. 6, fig. 6,
pi. 8, figs. 1-3 (rediscovery, notes, crit.).
One of the most lovely members of the genus. It was known
from the type alone until Dr. Ramsden rediscovered it.
Anolis cybotes Cope, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 177 (type
locality, near Jeremie, Hayti; type in Mus. Comp. Zool., 3,619,
coll. Weinland); Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 11, 1869, p. 164; ibid.,
18, Aug. 11, 1879, p. 273 (Port-au-Prince, Haiti; Gabb coll.). Boul-
enger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 34, pi. 1, fig. 5 (San Domingo).
Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 42; extr. p. 18 (Jeremie,
Hayti; Samana, San Domingo). Fischer, Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss.
Anst., 5, 1888, p. 24 (Cape Haytien; Sans Souci, Hayti). Meer-
warth, Mitth. Xaturh. Mus. Hamburg, 11, 1900 (1901), p. 24
(crit.. Iocs.). :\Iiiller, Verh. Xaturh. Ges. Basel, 10, no. 1, 1892, p. 211
(Cape Haitien). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 283
(Samana, San Domingo; Jeremie and Diquini, Hayti). Schmidt,
Bull. Amer. Mus. Xat. Hist., 44, 1921, p. 12, fig. 10 (distr., rel. with
A. cristatellm). Cochran, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., 66, art. 6, 1924, p. 4
(loc. records).
Anolis riisei Reinhardt and Liitken, Vid. Med. X'^at. Foren. Copenh.,
1862 (1863), p. 264; extr. p. 112 (type locality, Hayti; Mus. Copenh.,
Riise coll.).
Anolis citrincllns Cope, Proc. Acad. X'at. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 170
(type locality, Hayti; type in Brit. Mus. [is a 3'oung A. cybotes].
Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 35, pi. 1, figs. 3-3a
122 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
(type). Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 42; extr. p. 18 (Port-
au-Prince, Hayti; Mus. Comp. Zool., 1,326 (4 specimens; coll.
Achermann). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 283
(Port-au-Prince, Haiti). Schmidt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
44, 1921, p. 13.
A7iolis haetianus Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 42; extr. p. 18
(type locality, Tiburon, Hayti; types in Mus. Comp. Zool., 6,191
(3 ex.), coll. S. Garman). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44,
1914, p. 283 (crit.). Schmidt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 44,
1921, p. 13.
The Haitian representative of the Cuban A. sagrei. It has similar
habits and is similarlv abundant.
Anolis distichoides Rosen, Lunds, Univ. Aresk., (2), 7, art. 5, 1911, p.
29 (type locality. Mastic Creek and Stanniard Creek, Andros
Island, Bahamas; types in Zool. Mus., Lund Univ., Lund, Sweden).
Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 283 (Andros Island).
The very common representative on Andros Island of the ordinary
and widespread A. distichus Cope of the other Bahamas. Based
on a slight difference in the color of the dewlap only, it is not a
very well defined form.
AnoHs distichus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 208
(type locality, New Providence I., Bahamas; types in Phila. Acad,
and Smithson. Inst.; coll. Wood); Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 11,
1869, p. 164; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 10, 1887, p. 436 (New Provi-
dence; Abaco); Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1894, p. 430 (New
Providence I.; Moore coll.). Barbour (part.), Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 46, No. 3, Dec, 1904, p. 58 (New Providence, Andros I.,
Bahamas). Rosen, Lunds, L<niv. Arssk., N. F., (2), 7, art. 5, 1911,
p. 28 (desc, color in life, crit.). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 44, 1914, p. 282 (Bahamas and Haiti).
A common and widespread species. This is the lizard so well
known to tourists as the one which swarms over the trunk of the
giant ceiba tree in the Court House Square at Nassau.
Anolis dominicensis Reinhardt and Liitken, Vid. Med. Nat. Foren.
Copenh., 1862 (1863), p. 261; extr. p. 109 (type locality, Hayti;
types in Mus. Copenhagen).
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 123
Anolis brcvirostris Bocourt, Xouv. .\rcli. Mus. Paris, 6, 1870, Bull.,
p. 11 (type locality, Hayti); Miss. Scient. Mexique, Zool., Rept.,
Hvr. 2, 1S73, pi. 14, fig. 6.
Anolis distichm Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 33 (San
Domingo; Brit. Mus.) (not of Cope). Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19,
1887, p. 42; extr. p. 18 (Hayti). Fischer, Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss.
Anst., 5, 1888, p. 24 (Cape Haytien, Marmelade, Plaisance, Hayti;
H. Rolle coll.). Miiller, Verb. Naturf. Ges. Basel, 10, no. 1, 1892, p.
211 (Aux Cayes, Hayti; Basel Mus.). Meerwarth, Mitth. Naturh.
Mus. Hamburg, 11, 1900 (1901), p. 23 (color, etc.; San Domingo
and St. Thomas in errorc). Schmidt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
44, 1921, p. 12, fig. 9 (distr., color in life); ibid., 44, 1921, p. 556
(Xavassa). Cochran, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 66, art. 6, 1924, p. 4
(loc. records).
Anolis hiauriius Meerwarth, Mitth. Naturh. Mus. Hamburg, 18, 1900
(1901), p. 23 (type locality; Haiti; types in Hamburg Mus., 1486
A-C; coll. Tippenhauer).
This species is closely allied to A. distichus of the Bahamas. It
is found on both Haiti and La Gonave Island. It is probably also
related to A. alliaceus of Cuba.
Anolis doris Barbour, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 38, July 25, 1925, p.
101 (type locality. La Gonave Island, Haiti; type in Mus. Comp.
Zool., 13,739, G. M. Allen coll.).
During a short visit to La Gonave in February, 1929, which
occurred in the midst of a protracted drought, but one adult male
of this species was caught. I find that it confirms the validity of the
species.
Anolis equestris Merrem, Syst. Amph., 1820, p. 45 (type locality,
unknown). Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 157 (Cuba;
Mus. Paris; coll. Poey and de la Sagra). Gundlach, Contrib. Erp.
Cubana, 1880, p. 37 (Cuba; habits, color in fife). Boulenger, Cat.
Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 21 (Cuba and Jamaica, given as habitat,
but specimens listed from Cuba only). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 44, 1914, p. 272 (Cuba, var. Iocs.). Barbour and Ramsden,
Mem. Soc. Poey Havana, 2, 1916, p. 133 (Cuba, var. Iocs.). Stej-
neger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 53, 1917, p. 268, figs. 42-45 (notes).
Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 47, 1919, p. 133,
pl. 14, fig. 5 (Cuba; desc, crit.. Iocs.).
124 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
The finest and largest Antillean Anole. It occurs sparingly
throughout Cuba. Found in orchards of mangos and other dense
fruit trees it is not improbably more common than it seems to be.
During the dr\- season it is excessively rare and very difficult to
find.
AnoHs evermanni Stejneger, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902 (1904),
p. 647, figs. 102-104 (type locality, CataHna Plantation, alt. 890
feet, Porto Rico). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914,
p. 284. Schmidt, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 28, 1920, p. 188 (distr.,
discussion of relationship with A. mayeri Fowler).
We have no information to add concerning this species beyond
that given by Stejneger and Schmidt. It is perhaps a representa-
tive form allied to Anolis mayeri Fowler which, howe\'er, is the
same as ^4. leiicophacus Garman.
Anolis forresti Barbour, Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no. 1.32,
Feb. 10, 1923, p. 4 (type locality, Barbuda, B. W. I., type Mus.
Comp. Zool., 1(),170; coll. W. R. Forrest of Antigua).
This island is but rarely visited by naturalists and so far as I
am aware onl^^ the types have ever been taken.
Anolis garmani Stejneger, Amer. Naturalist, 33, July, 1899, p. 602
(Jamaica). Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 52, 1910, p. 294;
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 273; Handbook of Jamaica,
1922, sep. p. 3 (note).
Anolis edwardsii Griffith, Animal Kingdom, 9, 1830, p. 228, pi. (not of
Merrem, 1820). Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 161
(Cayenne?). Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 24 (Jamaica).
Dactyloa edwardsii Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1), 4, April, 1840,
p. Ill; Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 1845, p. 198 (Jamaica). Gosse, Nat.
Sojourn in Jamaica, 1851, p. 142, pi. 4 (Bluefield Ridge; St. Eliza-
beth's Hills; Mt. Edgecombe).
The lovely ^'enus Lizard of Gosse, a name, of course, of his own
coining. A common species of the moister wooded portions of the
whole island of Jamaica. Not observed in the higher mountains.
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 125
AnoHs gentilis Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1888, p. 34 (type locality
Petit Martinique, The Grenadines, B. W. I., types in Mus. Comp.
Zool., 6,163, Garman coll.).
Anolis cinereus Garman, Bull. Esse.x Inst., 19, 18SS, p. 35 (type local-
ity St. George, Grenada, B. W. I., types in Mus. Comp. Zool.,
6,187, Garman coll.).
The name (/rntilis has page priority over cinereus. I cannot and
would not expect to be able to separate these two forms. The species
has a broader snout than A. vincenti but has also a similar pa\ement-
like squamation and the mottled gray-green style of coloration,
not the monochrome green.
Anolis gingivinus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 170
(type locality, "Anguilla Rock, near Trinidad"; types in Brit. Mus.) ;
Proc. Amer! Philos. Soc, 11, 1869, p. 159 (St. Martins); Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 220 (St. Eustatius). Boulenger, Cat.
Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 28, pi. 2, fig. 1 (Anguilla Island). Garman,
Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 29, extr. p. 5 (Anguilla I.; Mus. Comp.
Zool., Dr. W. J. Branch coll.). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo«ol., 44,
1914, p. 275; Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no. 132, Feb. 10,
1923, p. 4 (crit., distr.).
Anolis virgahis Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 41; extr. p. 17
(type locality, St. Barts, W. I.; types, in Mus. Comp. Zool., 6,165;
coll. Lagois; cotype No. 39,300, U. S. Nat. Mus.)
]\Ir. J. L. Peters has found this species common wherever it occurs
and secured large series during his several journeys to the Northern
Lesser Antilles.
Anolis gorgonae Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46, 1905, p. 99
(type locality, Gorgona Island, Colombia; types Mus. Comp. Zool.,
6,984; 2 cotypes; also 1 in Mus. Univ. Mich., W. W. Brown coll.).
This little green (blue in ale.) Anolis seems to be really most nearly
allied to S. purpurascens Cope from the Truando R. region of Co-
lombia.
Anolis grahami Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 1845, p. 274 (renaming his
A. punctatus (cf. below) (preoc), p. 203 (types in Brit. Mus. from
"Brazils" and "?"). Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 32
(part; badly confused with other Jamaican species).
126 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Anolis punctatns Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1), 5, 1840, p. 112
(type locality, unknown; tj'pes in Brit. Mus.); Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus.,
1845, p. 203 (not of Daudin).
Anolis grahami Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 11, 1869, p. 164 (states
in error that Gray's grahami is juv. of ioduriis).
Anolis pundatissimus Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856,
p. 225 (type lost, should be in Phila. Acad.; coll. Dr. Betton).
Anolis grahamii Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 39; extr. p. 15
(Kingston, Jamaica). Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 32
(Jamaica) (part only, badly confused with other species). Cope,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1894, p. 438 (Port Morant, Port Lucea,
Port Antonio, Jamaica; Moore coll.). Meerwarth, Mitth. Naturh.
Mus. Hamburg, 11, 1900 (1901), p. 23. Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 52, 1910, p. 296 (species reestablished as distinct from A.
opalinns and A. iodurus); Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 281
(note); Handbook of Jamaica, 1922, sep. p. 3 (note).
Not an uncommon species, principally but probably not wholly
to be found in the moist eastern portion of the island.
There is every likelihood that this is the Lacerta bullaris Linne,
Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 11, 1758, p. 208 (type locality Jamaica; based on
Catesby's (Carolina, 2, 1743, p. 66) Lacerta viridis jamaicensis. It
is best to disregard this name as unrecognizable.
Anolis greyi Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 287 (type
locality, Camaguey City, Cuba; T. Barbour coll.; type in Mus.
Comp. Zool., 7,890). Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Soc. Poey
Havana, 2, 1916, p. 134; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 47, 1919, p. 144,
pi. 7, fig. 3.
Found by Dr. Carlos de la Torre in the Sierra de Cubitas, Prov.
Camaguey, Cuba and by Barbour in and about Camaguey City.
Not known elsewhere.
Anolis griseus Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 36; extr. p. 12
(type locality, St. Vincent; types in Mus. Comp. Zool., 6,184; coll.
Garman). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp., 44, 1914, p. 277 (crit.).
Anolis richardii Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1891, p. 355
(St. Vincent; Brit. Mus.; coll. Smith) (not of Dumeril and Bibron).
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 127
I saw no specimens of this lizard either in the Botanical Garden
or on a long tour of the Island to Georgetown on N. E. coast (March,
1929).
Anolis gundlachi Peters, Monatsber. Berlin Akad., 1876, p. 705 (type
locality, I tuado, Porto Rico; types in Berlin Mus., Gundlach coll.).
Stejneger, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902 (1904), p. 633, figs.
89-91 (syn., desc. ; Porto Rico). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
44, 1914, p. 273. Fowler, Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash., no. 252, 1918,
p. 9. Schmidt, .\nn. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 28, 1920, p. 188 (distr.).
We have nothing to add to the information cited above. The
species was found to be abundant by G. M. Allen and J. L. Peters
on their visit to Porto Rico in 1917.
Anolis hendersoni Cochran, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., 13, June 4, 1923,
p. 225 (type locality, Petionville, Haiti; type in U. S. Nat. Mus.,
59,210; J. B. Henderson and P. Bartsch coll.).
Xiphosurus cristatcUub Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 1845, p. 197 (not
of Dumeril and Bibron) ("West Indies?"; Brit. Mus.).
XipJwsurus homolcchis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 169
(tvpe localitv, "West Indies" — the island unknown; tvpe in Brit.
Mus.).
Not uncommon. Taken by Dr. Allen in 1919, but not recognized
as different from A. scmilincatus, which it surelv is.
AnoHs homolcchis Boulenger, Cat. Liz, Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 28, pi. 1,
fig. 4 (West Indies). Midler, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, 10, no. 2,
1892, p. 211 (Cuba). Meerwarth, Mitth. Naturh. Mus. Hamburg,
11, 1900 (1901), p. 22 (crit.). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44,
1914, p. 274 (Cuba). Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Soc. Poey Ha-
vana, 2, 1916, p. 136 (Cuba). Stejneger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 53,
1917, p. 269, figs. 46-48. Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 47, 1919, p. 155, pi. 14, fig. 8 (Cuba; desc, crit., distr.).
Anolis scriptus (part) Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 23 (type
locality, "Silver and Lena Keys, Florida" in errore); types part
A. cristateUus and one Mus. Comp. Zool., 4, 333 = .4. homolechis.
Lena Key=Cayos de la Leiia; Cuba.
Anolis muelleri Ahl, Arch. f. Naturg., 90, 1924, p. 247 (Cuba; Gundlach
Coll.; type a 9 in Berlin Mus.).
128 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
A common and widely distributed species of scrubby woods and
especially of wooded ravines with streams. It is generally resting
head downward on some stick or trunk, almost black, the males
flashing an ivory white dewlap. This and se^'eral Cuban species
keep the end of the tail curled up while resting, and when disturbed
switch and wiggle the distal third nervously. It almost seems that
the tail is in process of becoming prehensile. Break up a termite nest
and scatter the inmates about and stand by a bit, and individuals
of this species and of A. sagrei, D. and B. will appear as if by magic
to devour the insects.
Anolis iodurus Gosse, Ann. Mag. Xat. Hist., (2), 6, Nov., 1850, p. 344
(type locality, Jamaica; types in Brit. Mus. ; coll. Gosse); Xat.
Sojourn in Jamaica, 1851, p. 217. Cope, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila.,
1861, p. 210. Bocourt, ^Nliss. Scient. Mexique, Zool., Rept., livr. 2,
1873, pi. 14, fig. 17 (Jamaica). Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp Zool.,
52, 1910, p. 295; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 282 (crit.);
Handbook of Jamaica, 1922, sep. p. 3 (color in life).
Anolis punctatissimus Hallowell, Proc. Acad. X"at. Sci. Phila., 1856,
p. 225 (type formerly in ]\Ius. Phila. Acad., now apparently lost).
There is nothing especially new to be added concerning this
species except perhaps to point out that this and the two other
species so often confused may be distinguished as follows: A. grahami
Cope; ventral scales keeled: A. iodurus Gosse; ventrals smooth,
head elongate: A. opalinus Gosse; ventrals smooth and head rather
short and broad.
Anolis (Ctenocercus) isolepis Cope, Proc. x\cad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1861,
p. 214 (type locality, Monte Verde, Cuba; t^pes in Smithson. Inst.,
X"o. 5,738; coll. Wright). Gundlach, Contrib. Erp. Cubana, 1880,
p. 47. Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 46 (Cuba; Brit.
Mus.). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 284 (Cuba).
Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Soc. Poey Havana, 2, 1916, p. 134;
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 47, 1919, p. 137, pi. 7, fig. 2 (crit., distr.;
Cuba).
A very rare species of the moist mountains of eastern Cuba.
It may be the eastern representative of .4. angusticcps Hallowell, but
it is very difi'erent and is confined to a very different sort of habitat.
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES . 129
Anolis krugi Peters, Monatsber. Berlin Acad., 1876, p. 707 (type
locality, Porto Rico; types Mus. Berlin, 8,965). Stejneger, Ann. Rep.
U. S. Nat. Mus.. 1902 (1904), p. 655, figs. 108-111 (syn., desc,
distr. ; Porto Rico). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914,
p. 284. Fowler, Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash., no. 252, 1918, p. 11
(Guanica, Porto Rico). Schmidt, Ann. X. Y. Acad. Sci., 28, 1920, p.
190 (details of distr., variations).
I have nothing to add concerning this species beyond what has
been recorded, and to say that it has appeared in all the recent col-
lections. It seems to be allied to A. acutus and A. wattsi.
Anolis latirostris Schmidt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 41, 1919, p.
521 (type locality, Navassa Island; type in Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
12,598, coll. by R. H. Beck in 1917); ibid., 44, 1921, p. 456, fig. 2.
Known from the type only.
Anolis leachii Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 153 (type
locality, "Antilles"; type in Paris Mus.). Bocourt, Miss. Scient.
Mexique, Zool., Rept., livr. 2, 1873, pi. 14, fig. 13 (type). Boulenger,
Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 29 (part; Guadeloupe). Giinther,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), 2, Nov., 1888, p. 363 (Guadeloupe).
Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), 14, 1894, p. 375 (Antigua =
antiquae Barb., q. v.). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914,
p. 277 (crit.).
Xiphosunis ferrens Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1804, p. 168
(type locality, "Guadeloupe"; type in Brit. Mus.).
This species which Dr. Noble found so abundant in 1914 is at
the moment rare. It is not to be found about Point a Pitre since the
hurricane and tidal wave of Sept. 12, 1928. A long walk in Feb.,
1929 did not re^'eal a single specimen. The mongoose has become
extremely abundant on this island.
Anolis leucophaeus Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 20, 1888, p. 109, sep.
p. 9; (type locality, Inagua, Bahamas; type in Mus. Comp. Zool.,
6,226, a young specimen) (C. J. Maynard coll.). Barbour, Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 295. Stejneger, The Bahama Is.,
1905, p. 334 (crit.).
Anolis moorei Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1894, p. 433, pi. 11,
fig. 4 (type locality. Great Inagua, Bahamas; type in Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., Moore collection (an adult male).
130 . bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Anolis cinnamomcus Cope, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1894, p. 435,
pi. 12, fig. 6 (type locality. Great Inagua, Bahamas; type in Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., coll. Moore; (an immature example).
Anolis albipalpcbralis Barbour, Proc. Biol. Soc, Wash., 29, 1916,
p. 215 (Grand Turk, Turk's Islands, Bahamas, L. C. Mowbray coll.;
type in Mus. Comp. Zool., 11,954).
Anolis mayeri Fowler, Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash., no. 252, 1918, p. 8,
fig. 4 (type locality, "Virgin Islands"; type in Mus. Princeton Univ.,
3,151; paratypes in Mus. Comp. Zool. and Amer. Mus. Xat. Hist.).
Sent to Cambridge in series by the Hon. G. Whitfield Smith, former
Commissioner in Grand Turk, and bv Mr. Louis A. Mowbrav. It
is apparently a very common form.
Anolis lineatopus Gray, Ann. Mag. Xat. Hist., (1), 5, April, 1840,
p. 113 (type locality, unknown; type in Brit. Mus.). Boulenger, Cat.
Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 39, pi. 1, figs. 1-2 (Jamaica). Garman,
Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 47; extr. p. 23 (Kingston. Jamaica;
Mus. Comp. Zool., Garman coll.). Meerwarth, Mitth. Xaturh.
Mus. Hamburg, 11, 1900 (1901), p. 25. Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 52, 1910, p. 294 (notes on distr., abundance); Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 286.
Anolis maculatus Gray, Ann. Mag. X"at. Hist.. ( 1 ), 5, April, 1840, p. 1 13
(type locality, unknown; types in Brit. Mus.) (not of Gray, op. cit.,
p. 112). Cope, Proc. Acad. X'^at. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 209 (Jamaica;
Smithson. Inst.; Adams coll.). Reinhardt and Liitken, Vid. Med.
Xat. Foren., Copenh., 1862 (1863), p. 268; extr. p. 116 (Jamaica).
Bocourt, Miss. Scient. Mexique, Zool., Rept., livr. 2, 1873, pi. 14,
fig. 18 (Jamaica).
Anolis heterolepis Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 230
(Cienfuegos, Cuba; coll. Capt. Baker, 9,515. Mus. Phila., in crrorc,
probably Kingston, Jamaica; coll. Capt. Baker). Tvpe examined
by T. B.
Anolis lincaioius (err. typ.) Barbour, Handbook of Jamaica, 1922,
sep. p. 3 (distr. in Jamaica).
As I have previously observed (Handbook of Jamaica, 1922),
this very distinct species is confined to the dry dusty Liguanea Plain
about Kingston. It is always to be seen but becomes much more
abundant after April first. Xot being terrestrial it has suffered less
from the mongoose than many other Jamaican species.
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 131
Anolis lineatus Daudin. Hist. Nat. Rept., 4, 1802, p. 66, pi. 48, fig. 1
(type locality, "South America"; type in Paris Mus.?). Dumeril
and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 146 (Martinique, "if the locality
is correct"; synonymy). (Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, March 7,
1885, p. 181 (Aruba). Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885,
p. 38 (Curasao and synonymy to date). Meerwarth, Mit. Naturh.
Mus. Hamburg, 11, 1900 (1901), p. 25 (Martinique, in errore).
Meek, Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Zool. Ser., 7, no. 12, 1910, p. 416.
(Aruba and Curasao). Ruthven, Occ. Papers, Mus. Zool., Univ.
]\Iich., no. 143, 1923, p. 7 (many loc. records for Curasao and Aruba).
Anolis godetii Roux, Zool. Anz., 31, 1907, p. 764 (type locahty: "An-
tilles," type in Neuchatel Mus.).
Not an uncommon species about gardens where there is a little
water. Otherwise it only abounds on this semi-desert island during
the short period of rains.
Anolis lividus Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 43; extr. p. 19
(type locality, Montserrat, W. I.; types in Mus. Comp. Zool., 6,1 76-7
(50 ex.) ; coll. Garman ; cotypes, 39,303-4, U. S. Nat. Mus.). Barbour,
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 276.
I did not visit Montserrat on my 1929 voyage. I know that the
island was completely devasted by the great hurricane of Sept.,
1928, perhaps more so than any island except Marie Galante. Nevis,
however, was also almost as completely ruined. Since the Anoles
on these islands survived the destruction and remained really abun-
dant, it is fair to expect that the same thing happened on Montserrat.
x\nolis longiceps Schmidt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 41, 1919, p. 521
(type locality, Navassa Island; type in Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
12,597, coll. by R. H. Beck in 1917); ibid., 44, 1921, p. 556, fig. 1
(relationship).
The lighthouse keepers on Navassa who have made me several
small collections usually send in little but this species. It must be
by far the most common form on the isle.
AnoHs longitibialis Noble, Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 64, Mar. 29, 1923, p.
5 (type locality, Beata Island, Dominican Republic; type in Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., 24,329).
132 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
We have seen this well defined species in the shape of a paratype
received by the Museum of Comparative Zoology in exchange from
its describer. It is of interest to note, however, that on a two-day
visit to Beata Island (Feb. 14-15, 1929) it was impossible to find
the species although there had been recent rain and lizards of other
genera were abundant. Evidently we have here again an example
of the fortuitous nature of reptile collecting in the tropics.
AnohsfAcantholis) loysianaCocteau.L'Institut. sect. 1,4, Aug. 31, 1836,
p. 287 (type locahty, Cuba; types in Paris Mus.; coll. de la Sagra);
in de la Sagra's Hist. Fis. Pol.'Xat. Cuba, 4, 1838, p. 88; French ed.,
p. 141, pi. 14 (Cuba).
Anolis hysiana Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 100 (Cuba).
Bocourt, Miss. Scient. Mexique, Zool., Rept., livr. 2, 1873, p. 14,
fig. 9 (Cuba). Gundlach, Contrib. Erp. Cubana, 1880, p. 51 (Cuba).
Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 42 (Cuba; part). Bar-
bour, :\Iem. Mus. Comp. Zool, 44, 1914, p. 290 (Cuba). Barbour
and Ramsden, Mem. Soc. Poey Havana, 2, 1916, p. 135 (Cuba).
Stejneger, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., 53, 1917, p. 271 (nomenclature
and distr.). Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 47,
1919, p. 146, pi. 3, fig. 4, pi. 7, fig. 4 (Cuba; desc, crit., distr.).
In many respects this is the most bizarre and peculiar member of
the whole genus. When resting on the rough and light colored bark
of a tree it is almost impossible to see and for this reason it may be
more common than it appears to be.
Anolis luciae Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 44; extr. p. 20
(type locality, St. Lucia, W. I.; types 6,173 in Mus. Comp. Zool.;
coll. Garman; cotypes, 39,296-7, U. S. Xat. Mus.). Barbour, Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zooi, 44, 1914, p. 298 (crit.).
Anolis alligator Cope, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., 12, 1889, p. 141 (Santa
Lucia; U. S. Xat. Mus., 15,085-105) (not of Dumeril and Bibron).
Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1891, p. 3.53 (St. Lucia; Brit.
Mus.; coll. Ramage).
Green or bronze uniform or mottled one color with the other, a
short white stripe behind the fore limb. In the adult male the dewlap
is very large and deep, pale ashy gray anteriorly, very pale yellow
posteriorly, the scales being white. This is very distinct from the
small solid yellow dewlap of A. vincentii.
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 133
Anolis lucius Diimeril and liibron, Erp. (ion., 4, 1S37, p. 105 (type
locality, Cuba; type in ]\Iu.s. Paris; coll. de la Sagra). Bocourt,
Miss. Scient. Mexique, Zool., Rept., livr. 3, 1874, pi. 14, fig. 5.
Gundlach, Contrib. Erp. Cubana, 1880, p. 44; Barbour, Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 284 (crit., distr. in Cuba var. loc). Bar-
bour and Ramsden, Mem. Soc. Poey Havana, 2, 1916, p. 134.
Stejneger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 53, 1917, p. 270 (note). Barbour
and Ramsden, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 47, 1919, p. 138, pi. 6, fig. 4
(desc, crit., distr.).
On the limestone "paredones" of the valleys of San Carlos de
Luis Lazo and Vifiales, about the Abra del Yumuri near Matanzas
and on the outcrops about the .\rimao Valley in Santa Clara Province
this lizard swarms. It may be found at all seasons of the year.
About Matanzas it is called "Coronel" on account of the chevron-
like markings on head and body. Though why chevrons should recall
a colonel does not at once appear, but they connote a military title
surely. Dr. Dunn found its eggs stuck fast to the rocks after the
manner of many species of gecko.
Anolis luteosignifer Carman, Bull. Essex Inst., 20, 1888, pp. 4, 8
(type locality. Cayman Brae, W. I.; type in Mus. Comp. Zool.,
6,228; C. J. Maynard coll.; also Little Cayman). Barbour, Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 290 (crit.).*^
"? (A.) sagrae" Boulenger, Zool. Rec, 1888, rept., p. 9.
I have never visited Cayman Brae and know nothing of the
status of this species.
Anolis marmoratus Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 139
(type locality, Martinique; types in Paris Mus. ; coll. Plee). Dumeril,
Cat. Meth. Rept. Mus. Paris, 1, 1851, p. 58 (types). Reinhardt and
Liitken, Vid. Med. Nat. Foren. Copenh., 1862 (1863), p. 258;
extr. p. 106 (St. Thomas? or St. John?, W. I.; Mus. Copenh.; coll.
Hornbeck). Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 31. Garman,
Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 32, extr. p. 8 (Desirade; Mus. Comp.
Zool.; coll. Richardson). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44,
1914, p. 279 (crit.); Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 28, 1915, p. 76 (crit;
concludes sp. not from Martinique but confined to Desirade).
Ptychiotus dumerilii Fitzsinger, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 65 (part).
I have little to add to my notes of 1915 in which I gave the
evidence for concluding that Plee really took this species on De-
sirade, not Martinique.
134 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
AnoHs maynardii Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 20, 1888, p. 7 (type
locality, Little Cayman, W. I.; type in Mus. Comp. Zool., 6,227;
C. J. Maynard coll.). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914,
p. 294.
It is worth noting that the Anoles of the several Cayman Islands
bear no relation whatsoever to each other. This is the best defined
species of the lot. They show no common origin and are probably
of fortuitous origin — by flotation. It must be remembered, how-
ever, that each may be a relict of a larger number which once existed
on each island.
Anolis mestrei Barbour and Ramsden, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 29>
1916, p. 19 (Valley of Luis Lazo, \V. Cuba; T. Barbour coll.; type
in Mus. Comp. Zool., 11,285). Stejneger, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus.,
53, 1917, p. 272 (loc. records). Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 47, 1919, p. 161, pi. 10, fig. 3.
Anolis cubanus Ahl, Zool. Anz.. 62, 1925, p. 87 (type locality, Cuba;
Gundlach coll.; type a cf , in Berlin Mus.).
Not an uncommon species in the woods on the limestone hills
of western Cuba.
Anolis monensis Stejneger, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902 (1904),
p. 646, figs. 98-101 (type locality, Mona Island). Barbour, Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zool., 44,^914, p. 273.
There is no recent information concerning the status of this
species.
Anolis nelsoni Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 287
(Swan Island, Caribbean Sea; George Nelson coll.; type in Mus.
Comp. Zool., 7,892).
This form was observed very abundantly when I \'isited Swan
Island with Mr. Allison V. Armour on the yacht "Utowana" in
April, 1928.
Anolis newtoni Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), 4, 1859, p. 212,
pi. 4, fig. A (type locality, St. Croix, W. I.; types in Brit. Mus., coll.
A. and E. Newton).
• I have no information concerning this species.
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 135
AnoHs nubilus Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 32; extr. p. 8
(type locality, Redonda I., W. I.; type in Mus. Comp. Zool., 6,180,
coll. Richardson). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914,
p. 277.
I was unable to land upon Redonda owing to heavy weather last
winter. Since the great hurricane of Sept. 1928, the island is com-
pletely abandoned and uninhabited.
Anolis oligaspis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 189-1, p. 430, pi.
11, fig. 5 (type locality, New Providence, Bahamas; type formerly
in Univ. of Penna., coll. Moore; now in Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.).
Rosen, Lunds Univ. Arssk., N. F., (2), 7, art. 5, 1911, p. 30 (species
listed only). Barbour, :\Iem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 294
(crit.).
A rare and uncommon species related to Anolis angusticeps Hallo-
well of Cuba.
Anolis olssoni Schmidt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 41, 1919, p. 522
(type locality, El Morro (Moro) (sic) de Monte Cristi, San Domingo;
type in Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 13,400; coll. by Axel Olsson); ibid.,
44, 1921, p. 11, figs. 6-7 (relationship, distr., habits). Cochran,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 66, art. 6, 1924, p. 4 (crit., orig. series of
species types probably composite).
A not uncommon member of the group of slender grass-inhabiting
species. One of the group of which Norops is the most advanced
type. There are many specimens in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology which were long confounded with Anolis semilineatus.
Anolis opalinus Gosse, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), 6, Nov., 1850, p. 345
(type locahty, Jamaica; type in Brit. Mus., coll. Gosse); Nat.
Sojourn in Jamaica, 1851, p. 217. Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
52, 1910, p. 296; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 282; Hand-
book of Jamaica, 1922, sep. p. 3 (color in life).
Anolis fiabcUatus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1894, p. 439,
pi. 12, fig. 7 (type localities, Port Morant and Port Lucea, Jamaica;
types in Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., formerly in coll. Moore, Univ. of
Penna.).
What we have said under A)iolis iodurus Gosse applies also to
this species but this seems to be rather the least common of the
three.
136 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Anolis ordinatus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 175
(type locality, "West Indies"; types in Brit. Mus.); Proc. U. S. Nat,
Mus., 10, 1887, p. 436 (Turk's Island, Bahamas; coll. Ebell in U. S.
Nat. Mus.). Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 47; extr. p. 23
(Bahamas; New Providence; Florida Keys). Cope, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1894, p. 432 (Eleuthera), p. 439 (New Providence);
Stejneger, The Bahama Islands, 1905, p. 333 (Bahamas; crit.).
Anolis sagrae Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 52, 1910, p. 295
(Jamaica). Rosen, Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N. F. (2), 7, art. 5, 1911,
p. 33 (crit., has examined type of ordinatus in Brit. Mus. and con-
cludes sagrei juv. and ordinatus ad. of same sp.). Barbour, Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 286 (crit., distr.).
I believe that since the Bahaman specimens differ constantly
in having a brownish dewlap with black spots, while .4. sagrei has
an orange or reddish dewlap with black spots, that the two species
should be kept apart. The Bahaman examples have larger dewlaps
in the old males, a more pronounced nuchal crest in life and fre-
quently assume a blackish, or blackish speckled with yellowish dots,
type of coloration which I cannot recall seeing in Cuba.
Anolis patricius Barbour, Proc. N. Eng. Zool. Soc, 11, Aug. 9, 1929,
p. 37 (type locality, Mina Piloto, Sagua de Tanamo, Oriente Pro v.,
Cuba; type in Mus. Comp. Zool., 28,759).
Dr. Ramsden secured a considerable series of this species at the
type locality some years ago. It is the Eastern representative of
Anolis quadrioceUifer of Pinar del Rio Province.
Anolis poncensis Stejneger, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902 (1904).
p. 665, figs. 117-120 (type locality, hill three miles east of Ponce,
Porto Rico). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 284,
Fowler, Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash., 252, 1918, p. 12 (Guanica, Porto
Rico).
Anolis pencensis (sic) Schmidt, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 28, 1920, p. 191
(distr., variations, status).
A restricted species in its distribution and one almost Norops-
like in its adaptation to terrestrial life.
Anolis porcatus Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1), 5, April, 1840, p. 112
(type locality, Cuba). Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 47;
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 137
extr. p. 23 (Caibarien, Matanzas, Havana, Bahia Honda). Barbour,
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 293. Barbour and Ramsden,
Mem. Soc. Poey Havana, 2, 1916, p. 136. Stejneger, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 53, 1917, p. 272, figs. 55-57 (distr., color in life). Barbour
and Ramsden, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46, 1919, p. 163, pi. 14,
fig. 9 (Cuba, generally distributed).
AnoUs carolinensis Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 120
(part; Cuba). Cocteau, de la Sagra's Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba,
Hist. Nat., 4, Rept., 1838, p. 79, pi. 11; French ed., p. 125 (Cuba).
Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 43 (part; Cuba).
Anolius porcafus Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit, Mus., 1845, p. 201 (Cuba;
Brit. Mus.; MacLeay coll.).
AnoUs principalis var. porcatus Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 10, 1887,
p. 437 (part; Cuba).
A beautiful and common lizard and one often seen about houses
and gardens. The old blue -headed males are splendid creatures.
Found all over the island. I have written concerning its relation-
ships (Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club., 10, July 26, 1928, p. 58).
Anolis pulchellus Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 1837, p. 97 (type
locality, ^Martinique in crrore). Stejneger, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat.
Mus.,^902 (1904), p. 660, figs. 112-116 (desc, syn., distr.; Virgin
Is., Vieques, Porto Rico, Haiti). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
44, 1914, p. 295 (crit.); Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 30, 1917, p. 99 (crit.;
Virgin Gorda, Tortola, Anegada). Fowler, Publ. Carnegie Inst.
Wash., no. 252, 1918, p. 12 (Virgin Is.). Schmidt, Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci., 28, 1920, p. 189 (distr.. relationships).
Another common and widespread terrestrial species.
Anolis quadriocellifer Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 47, 1919, p. 158, pi. 10, fig. 1 (type locality, Ensenada de
Cajon, Cabo San Antonio, western Cuba; C. de la Torre coll.; type
in Mus. Comp. Zool., 11,867).
Anolis caUiurus Ahl, Arch. f. Naturg., 90, 1924, p. 249 (type locality,
Cuba; type, a cf , in Berlin Mus., from Gundlach coll.)
This species has not been seen since Prof. Carlos de la Torre dis-
covered the small series now in the Museum of Comparative Zool-
ogy and in the Poey ]\Iuseum of Havana University.
138 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Anolis richardii Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 141 (type
locality Tortola, in crrore for Tobago [certainly]: type 1 cf in Paris
Mus.; coll. Richard Sr.). Bocourt, Miss. Scient. Mexique. Rept.,
livr. 2, 1873, pi. 15, fig. 6 (fig. of head of type from "Martinique"
again in crrore de loc). Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885,
p. 37 [Many W. I. Iocs, in crrore — synonymy part: probably as to
A. occipitalis Gray (West Indies); doubtfully A.stenodactylus Gray
(unrecognizable) (Jamaica) =? A (jarmani juv.]. Giinther, Zool.
Rec, 1887, p. 10. [.4. richardii^ A. trossidus-\-A. scriptus (latter in
crrore)]. Boettger, Kat. Rept. Senck. Mus., 1, 1893, p. 57 [St. Vincent
{=A. griseus) and Tobago!].
Anolis trossidiis Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 38; extr. p. 14
(type locality, Grenada, W. I.; types in Mus. Comp. Zool., 6,181,
coll. Garman; cotype, 39,289, U. S. Nat. Mus.). Barbour, Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 280 (crit.); Handbook of Grenada,
1916, p. 239 (habits, color in life; Grenada); Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,
29, 1916, p. 222 (Tobago).
A recent photograph of the type of .4. richardii D. and B. has at
last made it possible finally to settle the position of this species which
has caused infinite confusion. The citing of its provenance as from
"une des iles principales des Antilles" and then mentioning Tortola
might well at once arouse suspicion. This increased when ]Mr. J. L.
Peters made a special trip to Tortola and found no lizard of this
group. The photograph spoken of above is exactly matched by
examples taken by Prof. Hubert Lyman Clark on Tobago — and this
island has had a past importance which Tortola never had.
A. richardii is a fine conspicuous lizard with a green body and
brown head very common in the Botanical Gardens at St. George's,
Grenada. A species so distinct that it cannot be confused with any
other and one which may be derived from A. chrysolepis of Trinidad.
Anolis ricordii Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 167 (type
locality, San Domingo, W. I.; type in Mus. Paris; coll. Ricord).
Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 22 (San Domingo; Brit.
Mus.). Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 27; extr. p. 3 (Sa-
mana, San Domingo; Mus. Comp. Zool., 5,445, coll. Frazar). Meer-
warth, Mitth. Xaturh. Mus. Hamburg, 11, 1900 (1901), p. 21
(color variant; Port-au-Prince). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
44, 1914, p. 273 (Santiago de la Vega, San Domingo, coll. Verrill;
bakbuuk: the angles 139
and Diquini, Haiti, coll. Mann). Schmiflt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist., 44, 1921. p. 10 (color in life, comp. with A. cuvieri). Cochran,
Proc. U. S. Nat. ]\Ius., 66, art. (>, 1924, p. 4 (loc. records).
Eupristis balcatus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 168
(type locality, San Domingo; type in Brit. Mus.).
This splendid species seems to be but rarely found. It may be
more abundant in the tree tops than where it is more easily visible.
The same habits may and probably do account for the variety in
collections of both A. cqucsfris Merrem and A. cuvieri Merrem.
Anolis roquet Ruthven, Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., 143,
July 9, 1923, p. 6 (reestablishes this name; Martinique).
Lacerta roquet Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Quad. Ovip. Serp., 1788, 1 (synop-
sis method., div. 4).
Lacerta roquet Bonnaterre, Tabl. Enc. ^Sleth., Erp., 1789, p. 54, pi. 9,
fig. 5 (type locality, Martinique, W. I.).
Lacerta marfinicensis Suckow, Naturg. Thiere, 3, 1798, p. 139 (based
on "Le Roquet").
Iguana bimaculata Latreille, Hist. Nat. Rept., 1, 1802, p. 273 (part;
Martinique; not of Sparrman).
Anolis martinicensis Kuhl, Beitr. Zool., 1, 1820, p. 131.
Anolis cepedii Merrem, Syst. Amph., 1820, p. 45 (Antilles). Garman,
Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 34; extr. p. 10 (Martinique). Barbour,
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 277 (Martinique).
Anolis goudotii Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 108 (type
locality, Martinique, W. I.; Mus. Paris; coll. Goudot). Bocourt,
Miss. Scient. Mexique, Zool., Rept., livr. 2, 1873, p. 59, pi. 14, fig. 4
(Martinique; type). Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien.,
Math.-Nat., 72, 1902, p. 99 (Fort-de-France, Martinique).
Anolis alligator, Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 1837, p. 134 (type
locality, Martinique; types in Mus. Paris, colls. Plee, Droz).
True A. roquet of Martinique has a rich orange yellow dewlap
not a pale lemon yellow one as has A. vincentii or a gray and yellow
one like .4. lueiae.
Anolis rubribarbus Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
47, 1919, p. 156, pi. 9, figs. 2-3 (type locality, Puerto de Cananova,
140 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
near Sagua de Tanamo, Cuba; V. J. Rodriguez coll.; type in Mus.
Comp. Zo5l., 11,941).
This species is known only from the types.
Anolis sabanus Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 39; extr. p.
15 (type locality, Saba Island, W. I.; types in Mus. Comp. Zool.,
coll. Lagois; cotype, 39,299, U. S. Nat. Mus.). Barbour, Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 276.
A beautiful and common species on the dark volcanic rocks of
Saba. Its lemon yellow dewlap is very conspicuous. The adult
males are heavily spotted, the females and young almost uniform
dove gray with a faint occipital pale spot and at times the dark
dorsal line seen in so many species.
Anolis sagrei Dumeril and Bibron, Erp. Gen., 4, 1837, p. 149 (quotes
in Synonymy Hist, de I'lsle de Cuba, part. Erp., tab. 10 and else-
where in the same volume remarks regarding the same citation,
"Rept. non encore publics") (type locality, Cuba; types in Paris
Mus.; coll. Ricord andde la Sagra). Stejneger, The Bahama Is.,
1905, p. 333 (crit.). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914,
p. 286 (distr. in Cuba). Stejneger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 53, 1917,
p. 271, figs. 52-54 (color in life, habits). Barbour and Ramsden,
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 47, 1919, p. 142, pi. 14, fig. 7 (desc, etc.).
Barbour, Handbook of Jamaica, 1922, sep. p. 3 (rec. U. S. Nat.
Mus. specs, from Jamaica).
Anolis de la sagra Cocteau, in Sagra's Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, (2) 4,
Rept., 1838, p. 82 VII, pi. 13; French ed., pp. 131, pi. 13.
Anolis nehnlosa Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1), 5, 1840, p. 113 (Cuba;
not of Wiegmann).
Dactyloa sagrei Fitzsinger, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 67 (Cuba).
Dracojiura catenata Gosse, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), 6, 1850, p. 346
(type locality, Bluefields, Jamaica; type in Brit. INIus., coll. Gosse).
(This may be A. lineatopus).
Anolis sagrei Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 229
(Cienfuegos, Cuba; in Mus. Phila. Acad.; Capt. Baker coll.). Bo-
court, Miss. Scient. Mexique, Zool., Rept.. livr. 2, 1873. p. 80, pi.
15, fig. 14 (type locality, Cuba; Jamaica).
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 141
Anolis sagrae Gundlach, Contrib. Erp. Cubana, 1880, p. 43 (Cuba).
Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 40 (Cuba; Jamaica).
Cope, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., 10, 1887, p. 436 (New Providence,
Bahamas; Abaco). Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 47;
extr. p. 23 (Caibarien, Matanzas, Havana, Bahia Honda, Cuba).
Cope, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., p. 440 (Port Lucea, Jamaica).
Meerwarth, Mitth. Xaturh. Mus. Hamburg, 11, 1900 (1901), p. 25.
Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46, 1904, p. 58 (Little Abaco,
Grand Bahama, etc.). Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 52, 1910,
p. 295 (Jamaica).
The commonest and most widespread of Cuban Anoles and one
of the most abundant of the whole group.
Anolis semilineatus Cope, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 171
(type locaHty, Hayti; type in Brit. Mus.); Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc,
18, Aug. 11, 1879, p. 273 (Port-au-Prince, Haiti; Gabb coll.). Bou-
lenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2, 1885, p. 68, pi. 6, figs. 1-la (San
Domingo). Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 49; extr. p. 25
(Samana, San Domingo; Mus. Comp. Zool.; coll. Frazar). Fischer,
Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst., 5, 1888, p. 24 (Cape Haytien, Hayti;
H. RoUe coll.). Meerwarth, Mitth. Xaturh. Mus. Hamburg, 11,
1900 (1901), p. 26 (Port-au-Prince). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 44, 1914, p. 291 (Samana, San Domingo; Diquini, Haiti).
Schmidt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Xat. Hist., 44, 1921, p. 10, figs. 4-5
(distr., relationship); ibid., 44, 1921, p. 556 (Xavassa; status).
Another tiny species which was formerly confused with A. olssoni,
another cursorial and grass living species.
Anolis speciosus Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1887, p. 42; extr. p. 18
(type locahty, Marie Galante, W. I.; types in Mus. Comp. Zool.,
6,172, coll. Richardson). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44,
1914, p. 276.
This species which seems to be a distinct small dark green form,
very easily confused with the young of Anolis asper, I did not have
the good fortune to find on my visit in Feb., 1929.
Anolis spectrum Peters, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berhn, 1863, p. 136
(locality, Cuba). Bocourt, Miss. Scient. Mexique, Zool., Rept.,
livr. 3, 1874, pi. 16, fig. 24. Gundlach, Ann. Soc. Hist. Xat. Madrid,
142 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
1875, p. 357. Gundlach, Contrib. Erp. Cubana, 1880, p. 51 (Ma-
tanzas and Cardenas, Cuba). Boulenger, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., 2,
1885, p. 69. Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 291
(crit.). Barbour and Ramsden, Mem. See. Poey Havana, 2, 1916,
p. 135; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 47, 1919, p. 149, pi. 7, fig. 5.
This strange little species eluded search for so long that we almost
concluded that it must have been based on an aberrant specimen
of A. aluiaccus Cope. It has now been found to aestivate completely
and to be not uncommon during the rainy season over much of
Central Cuba. Once seen it is never forgotten and is very distinct.
It is linked with Anolis semilineatus Cope of Haiti, but this species
has been taken at all times of the year.
Anolis stratulus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 209 (type
locality, St. Thomas; type [7 ex.], 7,794-8,000, in Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila.). Stejneger, Ann! Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902 (1904), p. 651,
figs. 105-107 (syn., desc, distr.; Virgin Islands, Culebra, Vieques,
Porto Rico, Haiti). Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914,
p 274 (crit.); Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 30, 1917, p. 99 (distr.; Tortola,
St. Thomas). Fowler, Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash., no. 252, 1918, p.
11. Schmidt, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 28, 1920, p. 188 (distr., stomach
contents).
W'C have nothing to add to the accounts of this rather common
and well distributed species.
Anolis terrae-altae Barbour, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 28, 1915, p. 76
(type locality, Terre d'en Haut, Isles des Saintes, Guadeloupe;
g'. K. Noble 'coll.; type in Mus. Comp. Zool., 10,627).
Known only from the types taken by Dr. G. K. Noble.
Anolis townsendi Stejneger, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 36, 1900, p. 163
(type locality; Cocos Island, Costa Rica; type, U. S. Nat. Mus.,
22, 106, Chas. H. Townsend coll., Albatross Exp. paratype in Mu-
seum of Comparative Zoology.
Secured in great numbers by some of the recent visitors to Cocos
Island.
Anolis vincentii Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., 19, 1S87, p. 46; extr. p. 22
(type locality, St. Vincent, W. I.; types in Mus. Comp. Zool.,
BARBOUR: THE ANGLES 143
6,178-9; coll.Garman; cotypes, 39,301-2, U. S. Nat. Mus.). Barbour,
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 278 (crit.).
Anolis trmitatis (part) Barbour, Mem. iVIus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914,
p. 28.
Anolis alligator var. vinceniii Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1891,
p. 355 (St. Vincent; Brit. Mus.; coll. Smith). Miiller, Verb. Naturf.
Ges. Basel, 10, 1, 1892, p. 211 (St. Vincent; Mus. Basel).
On my recent visit to St. Vincent (March, 1929) I saw no Anoles
but the island was extraordinarily dry except in the highlands. In
most of the Antilles the Anoles are most common in the lowland
. areas. Mr. J. L. Peters, however, has supplied me with a water-
color sketch of the pale lemon dewlap of this species.
Anolis vincentii differs from A. gentilis of the Grenadines and
Grenada (q.v.) and from A. aeneus of Barbados and Trinidad.
Anolis wattsii Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), 14, Nov., 1894,
p. 375 (type locality, Antigua, W. I.; type in Brit. Mus.; coll. Watts).
Barbour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 44, 1914, p. 286.
A lovely and delicate little species much less abundant than
Anolis antiquae. It occurs on the igneous rock outcrops apparently
almost entirely. The male is mahogany brown with a russet head
and a brilliant and large pale orange dewlap. The female looks
much like a slender and narrow-headed female of Anolis sagrei with
the dorsal rhomb and pale throat.
This species is found on St. Kitts, Nevis, and St. Eustatius as well
as Antigua.
ADDENDUM
Since this paper was presented for publication Mr. Karl P. Schmidt's
excellent paper on "Amphibians and Land Reptiles of Porto Rico,
with a List of Those Reported from the Virgin Islands" has appeared.
In this treatise the Anoles are well described and there is much in-
formation concerning their distribution and habits. The following
references are pertinent :
Anolis curieri Merrem; Schmidt, Scient. Survey Porto Rico and the
Virgin Is., N. Y. Acad. Sci., 10, pt. 1, p. 77-80, figs. 27-28; also
p. 152.
144 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology *
*•
Anolis cristatclhs Dumeril & Bibron; Schmidt, I.e., p. 80-85, figs- 27- |
28, also p. 152.
AnoHs (jundlachi Peters; Schmidt, I.e., p. 85-87, figs. 27-28.
AnoHs stratulus Cope; Schmidt, I.e., p. 87-89, fig. 27, also p. 152.
Anolis evermanni Stejneger; Schmidt, I.e., p. 90-92, fig. 27.
Anolis puIcheUus Dumeril & Bibron; Schmidt, I.e., p. 92-96, figs. 27-
29, also p. 152.
Anolis krugi Peters; Schmidt, I.e., p. 96-99, fig. 29. I
Anolis poncensis Stejneger; Schmidt, I.e., p. 99-101, fig. 29. ^
Anolis acutiis Hallowell; Schmidt, I.e., p. 152. ^
J
i
i
I
MAR f 7 1930
3^1
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
AT HARVARD COLLEGE
Vol. LXX. No. 4
TYPES OF BIRDS NOW IN THE MUSEUM OF
COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
By Outram Bangs
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.:
PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM
March, 1930
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
AT HARVARD COLLEGE.
There have been published of the Bulletin, Vols. I to LIV, LVI
to LXV, LXVII to LXIX; of the Memoirs, Vols. I to LI.
The Bulletin and Memoirs are devoted to the publication of
original work by the Officers of the Museum, of investigations carried
on by students and others in the different Laboratories of Natural
History, and of work by specialists based upon the Museum Collec-
tions and Explorations.
These publications are issued in numbers at irregular intervals.
Each number of the Bulletin and of the Memoirs may be sold sepa-
rately. A price list of the publications of the Museum will be sent on
application to the Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
AT HARVARD COLLEGE
Vol. LXX. No. 4
TYPES OF BIRDS NOW IN THE MUSEUM OF
COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
By OuTRAM Bangs
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.:
PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM
March, 1930
No. 4. — Types of Birds Now in the Museum of Comparative Zoology
By Outram Bangs
There are now in the Museum of Comparative Zoology the holo-
types or cotypes of 1,241 species or subspecies of birds. These are
divided among the following authors: —
Allen, G. M 1
Allen, J. A 6
Audubon, J. J 2
Austin, O. L., Jr 2
Baird, S. F 1
Bangs, 0 233
Bangs, O., and Barbour, T 10
Bangs, O., and Peck, M. E 4
Bangs, O., and Penard, T. E 45
Bangs, O., and Bradlee, T. S 4
Bangs, O., and Xoble, G. K 10
Bangs, O., and Peters, J. L 29
Bangs, O., and Phillips, J. C 16
Bangs, O., and Zappey, W. R ,6
Barbour, T 3
Barbour, T., and Brooks, W. S 2
Barbour, T., and Peters, J. L 2
Barrows, W. B 1
Boissonneau, A 10
Bonaparte, C. L 7
Brewster, W 63
Brewster, W., and Bangs, 0 2
Boucard, A 2
Brooks, W. S 11
Bryant, H 16
Cabot, S 12
Carriker, M. A 2
Cassin, J 1
Chadbourne, A. P 1
Chapin, J. P 1
Chapman, F. M 4
Clark, A. H 7
Cole, L.J 1
148 BULLETIN": MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
Coues, E 5
Delessert, E 1
d'Orbigny, A 4
d'Orbigny, A., and Lafresna^'e, F. de 43
Dwight, J 2
Friedmann, H 23
Gmelin, J. F 1
Gould, J 1
Gray, G. R 1*
Grinnell, J 3
Griscom, L 23
Guerin-Meneville, F. H 15
Harper, F 1
Hartert, E 1
Howe, R. H 3
Howe, R. H., and King, Leroy 2
Jeffries, J. A 1
Kennard, F. H 2
Kennard, F. H., and Peters, J. L 2
Lafresnaye, F. de 269
Lafresna\'e, ¥. de and d'Orbigny, A 1
La Touche, J. D ' 84
Lajard, E. L., and E. L. C 1
Leotaud, A 1
Maynard, C. J. 10
Mearns, E. A 7
Meyer, A. B., and Wiglesworth, L. W 1
Miller, W. de W., and Griscom, L 1
Muir, F., and Kershaw, J. C 1
Nelson, E. W 3
Nichols, J. T 1
Oberholser, H. C 5
Ord, G 1
Peale, T. R. . . 37
Penard, T. E 9
Penard, F. A., and A. P. 1
Peters, J. L 29
Peters, J. L., and Griscom, L 4
Phillips, J. C 7
Ridgway, R 22
Sarudny, N. A 1
bangs: types of birds 149
Schlegel, H 1
Sclater, P. L 2
Scott, W. E. D 2
Sharpe, R. B 1
Slater, H. H 3
Sushkin, P. P 1
Swann, H. K 15
Thaver, J. E., and Bangs, 0 41
Todd, W. E. C 2
Townsend, J. K 1
Townsend, C. W 1
Verreaux, J 2
Verreaux, J., and E 1
van Rossem, A. J 1
Van Tyne, J 1
Verrill, A. E.^ 1
Wells, T 1
Wetmore, A., and Peters, J. L 3
Wilson, A 14
In the accompanying lists I adhere strictly to the well-kno^vn defini-
tion of type and cotype. When an author specifies a certain individual
as his type or has one specimen from which he describes, then there is a
holotype, or as it is called here, following the usual custom of orni-
thologists, a type. On the other hand, when an author describes from
several specimens, and does not himself designate any one as his type,
all of the original specimens from the type locality are of equal import-
ance, and all are cotypes. Xo one of such specimens can afterwards be
selected by someone else, and called the type (as has frequently been
done by Ridgway in Birds of North and Middle America). Some
authors have followed the very bad practice of designating a male and a
female type, in which case both must be listed as cotypes.
Xeotypes I have no patience with. I have listed two in the following
pages, but consider them of little importance. Both are by Coues, who
described the Florida blue jay and the Florida bob-white without men-
tion of any specimens in particular, and some time afterward asked his
friend Brewster to select types. This Mr. Brewster did, labeling them
"types."
Ornithologists, unlike other systemists, have in the past at least,
not considered the paratype of importance. For this reason, as now
150 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
in most instances it would be impossible to distinguish them, I make no
attempt to list paratypes.
In 1909 I came to the museum to take charge of the birds. Nominally
Mr. Brewster was curator, but practically I was in charge. The col-
lection of my brother E. A. Bangs and myself, containing a number of
types, came with me. There were then, in the old collection, a few types
by J. A. Allen, Ridgway and others. The Bryant collection, including
the collections of both Dr. H. Bryant and his son W. S. Bryant, had
just come before me, thanks to the efforts of Dr. Henry B. Bigelow,
grandson of Dr. Bryant. It contained most of the types or cotypes of
the forms described by Dr. Bryant, although some of these had after
Dr. Bryant's death, been presented to other institutions by Mrs.
Bryant.
A few years later the Boston Society of Natural History decided to
limit its activities to New England, and turned over to the Museum of
Comparati\'e Zoology all other material. In this way the Lafresnaye
Collection, the Cabot Collection and a set of specimens from the famous
old United States Exploring Expedition, containing a number of types
and cotypes of T. R. Peale, came to us.
In 1919 William Brewster died, and his fine collection of North
American birds, containing seventy-nine types, came to the Museum
by bequest.
The Swann collection of hawks with the types of fifteen species or
subspecies was purchased and presented to the Museum by Thomas
Barbour.
A few years later, through the generous interest of a number of
friends of the Museum, the La Touche collection of the birds of eastern
China was secured. This well-known collection, made with the greatest
care by La Touche during nearly forty years of residence in China,
contains, besides unrivaled series of skins of nearly every species, up-
wards of eighty types.
The collection of Thomas E. Penard, wholly of Surinam birds, has
now been purchased by the Museum. While this adds a number of
species, all of the types it contained had already been presented to the
Museum by Mr. Penard.
And so with expeditions to various parts of the world, made possible
by the financial support of Dr. Thomas Barbour, Colonel John E.
Thayer, Dr. John C. Phillips, Professor Theodore Lyman, Mr. F. R.
Wulsin, Mr. F. H. Kennard, Mr. Charles P. Curtis and others, the col-
lection of birds has grown from about 40,000 skins in 1909 to its present
numbers of upward of 200,000.
bangs: types of birds 151
A word or two of explanation must be said about the Lafresnaye Col-
lection. Mr. T. E. Penard and I spent much time in going o\'er the
specimens thoroughly and sorting out all types that we could find.
We had intended to publish a list of the types with an account of
Lafresnaye's scientific career, but it now seems best to include the
Lafresnaye types with the others contained in the Museum. To Penard,
however, I am much indebted for his large share in the work. We still
hope, at some future time, to publish an account of Lafresnaye him-
self and of his scientific activities, for which we have much material.
Lafresnaye had in his cabinet, besides the types of birds described by
himself, quite an array of actual types of others — • probably more than
we have been able definitely to place as such. He had a few by
Sclater, Bonaparte, A^rreaux, Leotaud and Delessert. He also pur-
chased the birds described by Boissonneau in the article (Rev. Zool.,
1840, pp. 66-71), and the collection still contains the types of ten of the
twelve species there described. There is evidence that the types of the
other two — ■ Tanagra assimilis and Tanagra imUidinucha — were in
the collection at one time, but were subsequently destroyed or dis-
carded. Lafresnaye had intended to be joint author with Boissonneau
in this article (cf. Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 10), but changed his mind.
The types of four of the nine Cuban birds described by d'Orbigny in
his Birds of Cuba (La Sagra, Hist. Phys. Pol. et Nat. de LTsle de Cuba,
Paris, 1848) are in the Lafresnaye Collection. This is made perfectly
clear from the current literature and by Lafresnaye's written labels for
the specimens.
More important still is the fact that Lafresnaye acquired the types
of the fifteen species of Abyssinian birds described by Guerin-Menville.
For all of these Lafresnaye wrote similar labels, and the evidence of
their being the actual types is unimpeachable. I think there is no doubt
that most if not all of the birds listed by Guerin and Lafresnaye in
Ferret et Galinier's J'oyage en Ahyssinie, are also in the Lafresnaye
Collection, but unfortunately Lafresnaye's labels, except for the types,
do not make this clear.
Lafresnaye had also in his cabinet a set of the birds collected by
d'Orbigny during his voyage in America. How these came into his pos-
session I do not know, but his series contains many cotypes and some
types. The claim of each one to being a type or cotype, has been at my
request, carefully considered by Dr. Hellmayr, and in every case where
one is so claimed, it is done with his approval.
The types of a few of the species described by Lafresnaye, which
apparently should be in the collection, cannot now be found. This,
152 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
however, is not surprising, as types were not valued formerly as they
are today, and if poor specimens, or damaged from one cause or an-
other, were very likely to be discarded and replaced.
Lafresnaye was a much better systematic ornithologist than the
record of the synonyms made by him would indicate. If one glances
at the names in the following list one will see that more than half of
those that go into synonymy do so by months or possibly by a year or
tAvo only.
In Lafresnaye's time the greatest source of new birds was the enor-
mous supply of " trade skins" constantly pouring into the hands of the
Paris dealers. While what we call luck seemed always against him, it
must be remembered that Lafresnaye lived in the country, in those
days a real journey away from Paris, and, therefore, was often just a
little later than some one else in securing some new bird. Also, I fancy,
published descriptions were slow in reaching him. Several times I have
read a complaint to that effect written by him on a label.
In the bird rooms of the Museum now are stored the private collec-
tions of Mr. A. C. Bent and of Mr. F. H. Kennard. These are kept
separate from the general collection, but are available for study, and
eventually will become part of the Museum collection. Besides ]Mr.
Bent and ]Mr. Kennard, who work mostly on their own collections, the
working force in the bird department is made up of O. Bangs, J. L.
Peters, and J. C. Phillips. Mr. Ludlow Griscom, now research curator
of zoology in the Museum, whose favorite field is ornithology, also does
a good deal of work in the bird department.
Harvard College now has a regular course in ornithology given by
Dr. Glover M. Allen, and his best students are naturally attracted to
the bird rooms, and lately we have had working with us such promising
young ornithologists as J. Van Tyne and O. L. Austin, Jr.
In the following list I have done as Hartert did in the List of Types at
Tring, and have marked with a dagger those names that it now seems
to me must surely go into synonymy.
TIXAMIDAE
TixXAMus MAJOR SATURATus Griscom
Tinamus major saturatus Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 150.
Typc.— ^o. 140,451, d^; Eastern Panama, Cana; 18 April, 1928;
Rex R. Benson.
bangs: types of birds 153
CRYPTURUS SOUI MUSTELINUS Bangs
now Crypturellus son mustelinus (Bangs)
Crypturus soui mustelinus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18, 1905, p. 151.
Tifpr. — Xo. 115,002, 9; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains; 4
February, 1898; W. W. Brown.
Crypturus soui paxamexsis Carriker
now Crypturellus soui paxamensis (Carriker)
Crypturus soui panamensis Carriker, Ann. Carnegie Mus., 6, 1910, p. 379.
Type. — Xo. 107,055, 9 ; Panama, Loma del Leon; 25 March, 1900;
W. iv. Brown.
Crypturorxis cinnamomeus praepes Bangs and Peters
now Crypturellus cinnamomeus praepes (Bangs and Peters)
Crypturornis cinnamometis praepes Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
67, 1927, p. 472.
Type. — X'o. 120,855, cT; Costa Rica, Bolson; 13 December, 1907;
C. F. Underwood.
Crypturellus tataupa ixops Bangs and X^oble
Crypturelhis tataupa inops Bangs and Noble, Auk, 35, 1918, p. 445.
Type.— :So. 80,123, d"; Peru, Perico; 10 September, 1916; G. K.
Xoble.
X'oTHURA AGASSizi Bangs
now X'oTHURA MACULOSA AGASSIZI Bangs
Nothura agassizi Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23, 1910, p. 107.
Type. — Xo. 24,295; Peru, Lake Titicaca; (January 1 to March 5),
1875; S. Garman.
MEGAPODIIDAE
Megapodius cumixgii tolutilis Bangs and Peters
Megapodius cumingii tolutilis Bangs and Peters, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H.,
5, 1927, p. 235.
Type. — X'o. 235,861, 9 ; Maratua Island, Dutch Borneo; E. Mjo-
berg.
154 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
CRACIDAE
Penelope perspicax Bangs
Penelope perspicax Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24, 1911, p. 187.
Ty2:)e. — No. 123,606, 9; Colombia, Bitaca Valley, San Luis; 5
June, 1908; M. G. Palmer.
Ortalis vetula intermedia Peters
Ortalis vetula intermedia Peters, Auk, 30, 1913, p. 371.
Type.— No. 60,644, d"; Mexico, Quintana Roo, Camp Mengel; 20
January, 1912; J. L. Peters.
t Ortalis struthopus Bangs
= Ortalis cinereiceps cinereiceps (Gray)
Ortalis struthopus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1901, p. 61.
Type. — • No. 104,883, cf ; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 31 July, 1901 ; W. W. Brown.
Ortalida cinereiceps Gray, Hand List of Birds Br. Mus., Gallinae, 1867, p. 12.
TETRAONIDAE
Lagopus lagopus koreni Thayer and Bangs
Lagopus lagopus koreni Thayer and Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 5, 1914,
p. 4.
Type.— No. 64,074, d" ; Arctic Siberia, Kolyma Delta; 12 June, 1912
J. Koren.
Sserebrowsky (Jour. f. Orn., 74, 1926, p. 511) recognizes koreni, and
gives it a wide distribution in northern Siberia.
Some time ago Peters and I in going over a large amount of material
had come to regard this form, as well as others, that lie in the direct
circumpolar distribution of the species, as very slender — perhaps too
slender — subspecies. Some peripheral forms, such as major, brevi-
rostris, alexandrae etc., must of course stand, but does it serve any
useful purpose formally to recognize by name a number of contiguous
races, that are so alike that their characters are at best but average
ones, which continually overlap through individual variation?
bangs: types of birds 155
Lagopus welchi Brewster
now Lagopus mutus welchi Brewster
Lago-piis ivelchi Brewster, Auk, 2, 1885, p. 194.
Cotype.— l^o. 208,246, cf ; Newfoundland; 25 June, 1883; G. O.
Welch.
Cotyjie.— 'So. 208,248, 9; Newfoundland; 19 May, 1883; G. O.
Welch.
t Canachites canadensis labradorius Bangs
= Canachites canadensis canadensis (Linne)
Canachites canadensis labradorius Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, 1899,
p. 47.
Type.— Ko. 101,501, 9 ; Labrador, Hamilton Lilet; 31 July, 1895;
C. H. Goldthwaite.
CupiDONiA PiNNATA Brewster
now Tympanuchus cupido pinnata (Brewster)
Cupidonia pinnata Brewster, Auk, 2, 1885, p. 82.
Cotype — No. 202,689, d" ; South Dakota, Vermilion; 20 July, 1877.
Cotype.— No. 202,690, 9 ; South Dakota, Vermilion; 20 July, 1877.
It seems to me that all systematists must now agree that Brewster's
name and not americanus of Reichenbach (Nat. Syst. Vog., 1852, p.
29) must be used for the western "Prairie Chicken." Ridgway was
very ill advised in discarding Brewster's certain name for such a name
as Reichenbach 's.
I wish Professor Gross had insisted on adopting Brewster's name in
his fine Monograph of the Heath Hen (Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
6, no. 4, 1928) instead of making it perfectly clear that this should be
done, and then not doing it. On page 562 Gross discusses the question
fully, the principal points of which are: — Reichenbach's name was
based on two tiny figures of his own and a larger figure copied from
Wilson's plate of a pinnated grouse of some sort, from the barrens of
Kentucky. Neither the small figures nor the one taken from Wilson
are identifiable as to subspecies. In his text Reichenbach refers only
to Brisson, who in turn quotes Catesby, who dealt only with the eastern
form — cupido. The bird of the barrens of Kentucky, the one figured
by Wilson, has long been extinct, and we have no knowledge as to
15G bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
which form it was, but Gross thinks, judging by the character of the
country, it was probably the eastern cupido.
Reichenbach's name is therefore not a composite name, but as far
as human knowledge can ever go, applies only to the eastern bird, and
Ridgway never should have applied it to the western form to supercede
Brewster's certain innnata.
BONASA UMBELLUS THAYERI Bangs
Bonasa unthelhhs ihayeri Bangs, Auk, 29, 1912, p. 378.
Typc.— yo. 111,453, d' ; Nova Scotia, Digby; 9 October, 1892; O.
Bangs.
PHASIAXIDAE
Francolinus schuetti zappeyi ]Mearns
now Francolinus squamatus zappeyi Mearns
Francolinus schuetti zappeyi Meams, Smith. Misc. Coll., 56, no. 20, 1911, p. 4.
Type. — Xo. 56,122; British East Africa, Lake Victoria Nyanza; 10
March, 1910; W. R. Zappey.
Arboricola rufogularis euroa Bangs and Phillips
Arbor icola rufogularis euroa Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 58,
1914, p. 268.
Type. — X^o. 61,841, d^; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 18 March, 1911; Koba-
yashi.
t Ptilopachus petrosus keniensis Mearns
= Ptilopachus petrosus florentiak Og.-Grant
Ptilopachus petrosus keniensis Mearns, Smith. Misc. Coll., 56, no. 20, 1911, p. 5.
Type. — Xo. 56,123, cf ; British East Africa, Hills west of Mount
Kenia; 28 July, 1909; G. M. Allen.
Ptilopachus florentiae Og.-Grant, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 10, 1900, p. 107.
t Bambusicola oleagina Bangs and Phillips
= Bambusicola fytchii fytchii Anderson
Bambusicola oleagina Bangs and Phillips, Bull ]\Ius. Comp. Zool., 58, 1914,
p. 268.
Type. — ■ X'^o. 61,837, cf; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 12 December, 1910;
Kobayashi.
Bambusicola fytchii Anderson, P. Z. S., 1871, p. 214, pi. 11.
bangs: types of birds 157
t Fraxcolinus nivosus Delessert
= Galloperdix lunulata (Valenciennes)
Francoliniis nivosus Delessert, Mag. de Zool., 1840, Ois., p. 18.
Cotype. — No. 76,031, cf ; Lafresnaye Coll., no. 7181.
Coti/pc. — No. 76,032, sex y [= cf]; Lafresnaye Coll., no. 7,180,
"inde, Pondichery."
Perdix lunulata Valenciennes, Diet. Sci. Nat., 38, 1825, p. 446.
The female described by Delessert we do not find in the Lafresnaye
Collection. The two males, which were e\idently bought by the
Baron from Delessert at the time, bear lengthy labels written by
Lafresnaje with the "nob." which he in\ariably used, when he was
in some way concerned in naming the species. In this instance I think
he simply suggested to Delessert the name used for the species.
Ithagexis wilsoni Thayer and Bangs
Ithagenis wilsoni Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 40, 1912, p. 139.
Type. — No. 52,366, cf ; Western Szechuan, Washan Mountain; 2
November, 1908; W. R. Zappey.
I still have no idea what to do with this name! When he visited
Washan Mountain, Weigold took only the true Ithagenis geoffroyi
^'erreaux there, and tells me that the mountain is hardly lofty enough
to hold two altitudinal forms. When he was here, I showed Weigold
the two specimens of /. wilsoni, and he simply remarked, " I never saw
anything like that there." If Zappey had taken but one example I
should not now hesitate to call it a dwarf; but tw'o individuals just alike
I am hardly prepared to dispose of in this easy way.
Ceriorxis caboti Gould
now Tr.\gopax caboti (Gould)
Ceriornis caboti Gould, P. Z. S., 1857, p. 161.
Type. — No. 73,213; [China]; from the Cabot Collection.
t Phasiaxus colchicus rothschildi La Touche
= Phasiaxus colchicus elegaxs Elliot
Phasia7ius colchicus rothschildi LaTouche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 54.
Type.— ^So. 131,217, d" ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 31 March, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Phasianus elegans Elliott. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), 6, 1870, p. 312.
158 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
I wholly agree with Rothschild (Nov. Zool., 33, 1926, p. 207) that
P. c. rothschildi is in no way different from P. c. Hcgans. The supposed
difference in color is wholly due to the Mengtsz birds that La Touche
had being in worn and somewhat faded condition of plumage. The
male which Phillips and I recorded from ]\Iengtsz is an immature, that
had mostly acquired the feathers of the adult dress, which are in color
exactly similar to those of Szechuan examples.
Phasianus colchicus hemptinnii La Touche
Phasianus colchicus hemptinnii La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 40, 1919, p. 51.
Type. — -No. 131,219, cf; Hupeh; Mopanchow, Sungtze district;
24 February, 1919; La Touche Collection.
As pointed out by La Touche (Ibis, July, 1922, footnote, p. 465)
Hartert was, of course, entirely wrong in placing hempfinuii as a syno-
nym of torquatus. The real relationship of hemptinnii, a hill bird with
white eyebrows, is with decollatus. I have seen but few specimens of
true decollatus and recognize hemptinnii, of which we have a long series
from the hills of Hupeh, largely because the late Professor Sushkin,
who shortly before his death was carefully studying the true pheasants,
assured me that it is a perfectly well marked form.
MELEAGRIDAE
Meleagris gallopavo OSCEOLA Scott
Meleagris gallopavo osceola Scott, Auk, 7, 1890, p. 376.
Type.— No. 248,599, cf; Florida, Tarpon Springs; 16 March, 1887;
W. E. D. Scott.
ODONTOPHORIDAE
Callipepla squamata pallida Brewster
CalUpepla sqtiamata pallida Brewster, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 6, 1881, p. 72.
Cotype. — No. 205,195, cf ; Arizona, San Pedro River; 13 March,
1880; F. Stephens.
Cotype.— No. 205,196, 9 ; Arizona, Fort Bowie; 2 April, 1880; F.
Stephens.
bangs: types of birds 159
Callipepla squamata castanogastris Brewster
Callipepla squamata castanogastris Brewster, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 8, 1883,
p. 34.
Cotypc. — No. 206,547, cf ; Texas, Rio Grande City; 11 November,
1880; M. A. Frazar.
Cotype. — No. 206,548, 9 ; Texas, Rio Grande City; 16 November,
1880; M. A. Frazar.
LoPHORTYX californica achrustera Peters
Lophortyx californica achrustera Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 8, 1923,
p. 79.
Type. — No. 218,093, cf ; Lower California, La Paz; 4 February,
1887; M. A. Frazar.
Ortyx virginianus floridanus Coues
now COLINUS VIRGINIANUS FLORIDANUS (CoUes)
Ortyx virginianus var. floridanus Coues, Key to North Am. Birds, 1872, p. 237.
Neotypc— No. 5,337, cf ; Florida, Enterprise; 4 March, 1869; Allen
and Marcy.
This specimen bears the following inscription on its original label,
in Brewster's hand:^ — -"selected as type, March 9, 1898, by W.
Brewster, at request of Dr. Coues."
t CoLiNUS BAHAMENSis Maynard
= CoLiNus virginianus floridanus (Coues)
Colinus hahamensis Maynard, App. to Cat. of Birds West Indies, 1899, p. 33.
Cotype. — No. 103,356, cf; Bahama Islands, Nassau; 11 May, 1897;
C. J. Maynard.
Cotype. — No. 103,357,9 ; Bahama Islands, Nassau; 1 April, 1897;
C. J. Maynard.
Ortyx virginianus var. floridanus Coues, Key to North Am. Birds, 1872, p. 237.
• The bob-white was probably introduced many years ago into the
Bahamas; at all events, the five skins now before me cannot be told in
any way from birds from south Florida.
160 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
COLINUS VIRGINIANUS INSULARIS Howe
Colimis virginianus iusularis Howe, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17, 190-4, p.
165.
Type.— :so. 246,670, c^ ; Florida, Key West; 5 July, 1888; J. W.
Atkins.
So far as can be judged by the single known specimen, the Key West
bob-white was a recognizable island form, differing from floridamis
of south Florida chiefly in its much smaller size. This bird is now quite
extinct. The city of Key West has spread o\-er most of the island, and
all brush land and cover is gone. Mr. J. W. Atkins, who has been sta-
tioned on the island for many years, has not seen or heard a bob-white
since 1888.
CoLiN'US VIRGINIANUS THAYERi Bangs and Peters
Colimis virgimanus thayeri Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68,
1928, p. 386.
Type.— No. 238,200, & ; Mexico, Oaxaca, Chivela; 29 March, 1927;
W. W. Brown.
t Odontophorus guianensis chapmani Griscom
= Odontophorus guianensis marmoratus Gould ?
Odontophorus guianensis chapmani Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929,
p. 153.
Type — :so. 140,453, 9; Eastern Panama, Cana; 22 July, 1928;
Rex R. Benson.
Ortyx (iDdontophorus) marmoratus Gould, P. Z. S., 1843, p. 107.
Chapman (Am. Mus. No\-it., no. 380, 1929, pp. 4-7) in discussing
the races of 0. guianensis, is now inclined to lump both his panamensis
and Griscom's chapmani wdth marmoratus.
Odontophorus castigatus Bangs
now- Odontophorus (guianensis?) castigatus Bangs
Odontophorus castigatus Bangs, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 356.
Type — No. 107,642, d' ; Panama, Divala; 8 December, 1900; W. W.
Brown.
BAXGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 161
Odontophorus melanotis verecundus Peters
Odontophorus melanotis verecundus Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929,
p. 404
Type— No. 136,509, 9 ; Honduras, Laneetilla; 10 February, 1928;
J. L. Peters.
t Odontophorus baliolus Bangs
= Odontophorus parambae parambae Rothschild
Odontophorus baliolus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23, 1910, p. 71.
Type. — No. 123,432, 9 ; Colombia, Rio Dagua, Xaranjito; 20 June,
1908; M. G. Palmer.
Odontophorus parambae Rothschild, Bull. B. O. C, 7, 1897, p. 6.
Rhynchortyx ctxctus pudibundus Peters
Rhynchortyx ductus pudibundiis Peters, Bull. AIus. Comp. ZooL, 69, 1929, p. 405.
Type. — Xo. 136,511, 9 ; Honduras, Laneetilla; 17 January, 1928;
J. L. Peters and E. Bangs.
TURNICIDAE
TuRNix SYLVATiCA ALLENi Meams
Turnix sylvatica alleni Mearns, Smith. Misc. Coll., 56, no. 20, 1911, p. 5.
Type. — Xo. 56,126, cf ; British East Africa, Plains of Guaso Xyiro;
20 July, 1909; G. M. Allen.
PTEROCLIDIDAE
Eremialector decoratus loveridgei Friedmann
Eremialector decoratus loveridgei Friedmann, Proc. New Engl. Zool. Club, 10,
1928, p. 79.
Type.— Ko. 133,348, cf ; Tanganyika Territory, Dodoma; 5 De-
cember, 1918; A. Loveridge.
COLUMBIDAE
Sphenocercus medioximus Bangs
now Sphenurus permagus medioximus (Bangs)
Sphenocercus medioximus Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 36, 1901, p. 261.
Type. — Xo. 37,349, cf ; Ishigaki Island, Loo-Choo Islands; 9
March, 1899; I. Zensaku.
162 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Sphenocercus sphenurus yunnanensis La Touche
Sphenocercus sphenurus yunnanensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 13.
Tijpe.— So. 131,215, d'; Yunnan, Lotukow; 14 May, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Ptilinopus marshallianus Peters and Griscom
Ptilinopus marshallianus Peters and Griscom, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10,
1928, p. 104.
Type.— yio. 240,271; Marshall Islands, Ebon Island; 1859; Rev.
B. G. Snow.
Ptilinopus coralensis Peale
Ptilinopus coralensis Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 8, 1848, p. 190.
Cotype.— No. 74,425; Polynesia, Paumotu Islands; T. R. Peale.
Our cotype is well preserved and is in good condition. Peale says,
"specimens were subsequently obtained during the month of Sep-
tember on most of the low coral islets of the Paumotu Group." Prob-
ably therefore other cotypes are still in existence.
I Ptilinopus furcatus Peale
= Ptilinopus purpuratus (Gmelin)
Ptilinopus furcatus Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 8, 1848, p. 191.
Cotype.— No. 74,426; Tahiti; T. R. Peale.
Columba purpurata GmeHn, Syst. Nat., 1, part 2, 1789, p. 784.
Peale speaks as if he secured many specimens, and undoubtedly
others of his cotypes are in existence.
Carpophaga aurorae Peale
now Globicera aurorae (Peale)
Carpophaga aurorae Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 201.
Cotype— yo. 74,422; Society Islands; U. S. Expl. Exped.
Our cotype of this pigeon is a good specimen that, although mounted
for many years, has been made over again into a skin without any
injury.
bangs: types of birds 163
CoLUMBA FASCIATA vioscAE Brewster
Colutnba fasciata vioscae Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 86.
CoUjpe.— y,o. 214,138, d^; Lower California, La Laguna Mt.; 30
May, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Cotype. — No. 214,139, 9 ; Lower California, La Laguna Mt.; 31
May, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
t Zenaida zenaida lucida Xoble
= Zenaida aurita zenaida Bonaparte
Zenaida zenaida lucida Noble, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 5, 1915, p. 101.
Typc.— ^o. 66,287, &; Virgin Islands, St. Croix; 19 June, 1914;
G. K. Xoble.
Columba zenaida Bonaparte, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 5, 1825, p. 30.
t Zenaida auriculata fallens Bangs and Noble
= Zenaida auriculata hypoleuca Bonaparte
Zenaida auriculata pallens Bangs and Noble, Auk, 35, 1918, p. 446.
Type. — -No. 80,019, cf ; Peru, Huancabamba; 22 August, 1916;
G. K. Noble.
Zenaida hypoleuca Bonaparte, Consp. Av., 2, 1854, p. 83.
Melopelia asiatica australis Peters
Melopelia asiatica australis Peters, Auk, 30, 1913, p. 372
Type. — N^o. 121,118, cf ; Costa Rica, Cerro Sta. Maria; 9 January,
1908; C. F. Underwood.
Although placed by Ridgway in synonymy, the southern form of the
white-winged dove seems to both Mr. Peters and me to be a perfectly
recognizable race.
Streptopelia capicola anceps Friedmann
Streptopelia capicola anceps Friedmann, Proc. New Engl. Zool. Club, 10, 1928,
p. 67.
Type.— 'So. 133,300, d"; Tanganyika Territory, Kilosa; 12 Febru-
ary, 1921; A. Loveridge.
164 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Dr. Friedmann, thinking that perhaps Reichenow's carelessly pro-
posed name {Turiur capicola suahelicus J. f. O., 1921, p. 264) which
was o^•erlooked by the Zoological Record, and not mentioned by Sclater
in the S\st. Avium, might apply to this bird, wrote to Dr. Stresemann,
and asked if he would kindly examine the type. Dr. Stresemann replied
that Turtur capicola suahelicus is a synonym of Turtur capicola tropica
Reichenow.
Geopelia humeralis gregalis Bangs and Peters
Geopelia humeralis gregalis Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 67, 1926,
p. 423.
Type — Ko. 99,488, cf ; S. W. New Guinea, Wendoe Mer River;
19 April, 1924; T. Jackson.
Scardafella ixca dialeucos Bangs
Scardafella inca dialeucos Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wasliington, 18, 1905,' p. 152.
Type.— 'So. 104,796; boundary between Honduras and Nicaragua,
180 miles from Pacific Coast. (Recei\ed from a sur\-eyor when at work
on the boundary line.)
This form is not recognized by Ridgway. Peters and I (Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zo5l., 67, 1927, p. 472) give our reasons for considering it a
perfectly valid subspecies.
CoLUMBiGALLiXA jAMAicEXSis Maynard
now Chaemepelia passerina jamaicensis (Maynard)
Columhigallina jamaicensis Maynard, App. Cat. West Ind. Birds, 1899, p. 34.
Cof?/pe.— No. 41,863, cf 1
Cotype. — No. 41,864, cT i Jamaica, Spanishtown; March, 1865;
Cotype.— No. 41,865, cf J H. Bryant
In his brief diagnosis of the Jamaican form, Maynard says, " Types
male and female in the Bryant Collection." There is no female in the
Bryant Collection, and the three males listed above as cotypes, to my
own personal knowledge, are the ones that Maynard had.
bangs: types of birds 165
t CoLUMBiGALLiNA BERMUDiANA Bangs and Bradlee
= Chaemepelia passerina bahamensis Maynard ?
Columhigallina bermudiana Bangs and Bradlee, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 250.
Type. — -No. 39,134, d^ ; Bermuda, Hamilton; 5 February, 1901;
T. S. Bradlee.
Columhigallina bahamensis Maynard, Am. Exchange and Mart., Jan, 15, 1887,
p. 33.
The Bermuda ground dove is considered by both Ridgway and
Todd to be the same as the Bahaman bird. The latter is a rather
unsatisfactory subspecies with somewhat unstable characters; if the
two forms are thrown together it must be admitted, I think, that the
Bermuda bird represents an extreme.
Chamaepelia arthuri Bangs and Penard
Chamaepelia arthuri Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62, 1918, p. 45.
r^/^jc. — No. 80,921, cf ; Surinam, vicinity of Paramaribo; 4 March,
1913.
t Chaemepelia rufipexnis nesophila Todd
= Chaemepelia rufipennis rufipennis (Bonaparte)
Chaemepelia rufipennis nesophila Todd, Ann. Cam. Mus., 8, 1913, p. 590, foot-
note.
Type. — -No. 114,322, 9 [= young male, with sex wrongly de-
termined]; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama; 21 Feb-
ruary, 1904; W. W. Brown.
Talpacotia rufipennis Bonaparte, Consp. Avium, 2, 1854, p. 79.
Columbigallina rufipennis eluta Bangs
now Chaemepelia rufipennis leuta (Bangs)
Columhigallina rufipennis eluta Bangs, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 257.
Type. — No. 103,947, cf ; Mexico, Sinaloa, Escuinapa; 25 July, 1897;
P. O. Simons.
166 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Claravis pretiosa livida Bangs
Claravis pretiosa livida Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18, 1905, p. 153.
Type.— No. 104,056, d"; Colombia, Rio Cauca; June, 1898; J. H.
Batty.
Oena capensis aliena Bangs
Oena capensis aliena Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 61, 1918, p. 491.
Type.— No. 77,895, d" ; Madagascar, Tulear; 3 August, 1915; F. R.
Wulsin.
Leptotil.\. fulviventris angelica Bangs and Penard
Leptotila fulviventris angelica Bangs and Penard, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club,
8, 1922, p. 29.
Type.— No. 41,839, cf ; Texas, Brownsville; 16 March, 1889; F. B.
Armstrong.
Leptotila verreauxi tenella Penard
Leptotila verreauxi tenella Penard, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 8, 1923, p. 35.
Type.— No. 89,294, sex ?; Surinam, Lelydorp; 26 April, 1922.
t Geotrygon martinica digressa Bangs
= Oreopeleia martinica (Linne) ?
Geotrygon martinica digressa Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18, 1905, p.
153.
Type. — No. 111,442, 9 [=c^]; Lesser Antilles, Guadeloupe; 5
September, 1901 ; purchased of a dealer, collector unknown.
Columba martinica Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1, 1766, p. 283.
The type is an exceptionally big bird, and is very pale below, but
unfortunately other Guadeloupe examples do not bear out these char-
acters and are not much like it. I have sometimes wondered if the type
might not really have come from some other near-by island, possibly
Desirade.
Geotrygon linearis infusca Bangs
now Oreopeleia linearis infusca (Bangs)
Geotrygon linearis infusca Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, 1900, p. 107.
Type. — No. 105,955, c/"; Colombia, Santa Marta region, Chirua;
2 February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
bangs: types of birds 167
CoLUMBiGALLiNA VERSICOLOR Lafresnave
now Geotrygon versicolor (Lafresnave)
Columbigallina versicolor Lahesnsi,ye, Rev. Zool., 1846, September (= Novem-
ber), p. 321.
Type. — No. 75,286 (Lafresnaye coll., no. 7,026); Jamaica.
Lafresnave A\Tote two labels for this specimen, the first of which was
obviously done when he described the bird; the second, later, when he
discovered that the species had already been named by both Temminck
and Gosse, the}' are — 1st " Columbigallina versicolor nob. rev. 1846
p. 321 (Jamaique) "; 2d " Geotrygon Gosse. col. cristata tem. Geotrygon
sylvatica Gosse — p. 316, pi. 84 Geophaps versicolor Lafr. rev. 1846,
321-0. Desmurs pi. 47 Jamaique."
Temminck's name was preoccupied, and Lafresnaye antedates Gosse.
Des Murs (Icon. Orn., 1847, pi. 47) considers a specimen in the Paris
Museum to be the type of Lafresnaye's description. Des Murs was,
however, unaware that Lafresnaye had a specimen himself, which he
described, and for which he WTote a label with his significant " nob."
on it. This specimen must be regarded as the type.
RALLIDAE
Rallus levipes Bangs
now Rallus elegans levipes Bangs
Ralhis levipes Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, 1899, p. 45.
Type. — No. 100,678, 9 ; California, Los Angeles Co., Newport
Landing; 23 February, 1886; F. Stephens.
Rallus crepitans waynei Brewster
now Rallus longirostris waynei Brewster
Rallus crepitans waynei Brewster, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, 1899, p. 50.
Type.— ^o. 204,220, &; Georgia, St. Mary's; 18 March, 1878; W.
Brewster.
Rallus longirostris insularum W. S. Brooks
Rallus longirostris insularum W. S. Brooks, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 7, 1920,
p. 53.
Type.— No. 82,583, d' ; Florida, Big Pine Key; 20 April, 1920; W. S.
Brooks.
168 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
LiMNOPARDALis MACULATus INSOLITUS Bangs and Peck
now Pardirallus maculatus insolitus (Bangs and Peck)
Himnopardalus (sic) maculatus insolitus Bangs and Peck, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash-
ington, 21, 1908, p. 43.
Type. — No. 116,029, sex ?; British Honduras, Ycacos Lagoon;
June, 1907; M.E. Peck.
Limnopardalis maculatus inoptatus Bangs
now Pardirallus maculatus inoptatus (Bangs)
Limnopardalis maculatus inoptatus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1913,
p. 90.
Type. — • No. 61,101, sex ?; Cuba, Prov. Havana, Jaruco; 14 Febru-
ary, 1913; T. Barbour.
Cyanolimnas cerverai Barbour and Peters
Cyanolimnas cerverai Barbour and Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 9, 12
May, 1927, p. 95.
Type. — No. 236,691, cf ; Cuba, Peninsula de Zapata, Santo Tomas;
8 March, 1927; F. Z. Cervera.
Tricholimnas conditicius Peters and Griscom
Tricholimnas conditicius Peters and Griscom, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10,
1928, p. 102.
Type. — No. 21,943; Gilbert Islands, Apaiang; 1859; Andrew Garrett.
Aramides cajanea latens Bangs and Penard
Aramides cajanea latens Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62, 1918,
p. 41.
Type.— ^o. 114,297, 9 ; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 21 February, 1904; W. \V. Brown.
Aramides albiventris mexicanus Bangs
Aramides albiventris mexicanus Bangs, Am. Nat., 41, 1907, p. 187.
Type. — -No. 102,281, 9 ; Mexico, Vera Cruz, Buena Vista; 4 June,
1901 ; Colburn and Shufeldt.
A
bangs: types of birds 1G9
Habroptila wallacei G. R. Gray
Habroptila wallacei G. R. Gray, P. Z. S., 1860, p. 365, pi. 172.
Cotype. — Xo. 140,251; Halmahera; Wallace.
]\Iany years ago a benefactor of the ^lontreal Natural History So-
ciety apparently bought for that organization a number of Wallace's
birds, including an example of the Halmahera rail. The material be-
longing to that society was later transferred to the Redpath Museum
of McGill University. Later still the rail was exchanged to us.
Gray in his original description of the species does not say how many
examples Wallace took, nor what particular specimen his description
was taken from. As is well known, Wallace sold some of his specimens
after they were identified, to defray the expenses of his expeditions.
There are two cotypes of Habroptila wallacei in the British Museum
— possibly others may also exist — but like the types our bird could
only have been taken by Wallace, since no one else had taken birds
on Halmahera at that early date, so far as I am aware.
Gallinula eurizonoides Lafresnaye
now EuRYZONA eurizonoides (Lafresnaye)
Gallinula eurizonoides Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 368.
Type. — Xo. 74,366 (Lafresnaye coll. 7,746) ; no data.
Lafresnaye's label for this specimen reads — " Gallinula Eurizo-
noides, Poule d'eau Eurizonoide nob. rev. 1845-368."
PoRZANA PUSiLLA INTENSA Friedmann
Porzana pusilla intensa Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1928, p. 77.
Type. — ■ Xo. 232,572, d^ ; Transvaal, Moorddrift; 15 December, 1924;
H. Friedmann.
Sarothura elegans languens Friedmann
Sarothura elegans languens Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1928,
p. 69.
Type. — Xo. 133,271, sex ?; Tanganyika Territory, Uluguru Mts.;
19 May, 1921; A. Loveridge.
Rallus rougetii Guerin
now Rougetius rougetii (Guerin)
Rallus Rougetii Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 322.
Type. — X^o. 74,399 (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 7,702); Abyssinia.
170 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Neocrex columbianus Bangs
Neocrex columbianus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 171.
Type. — No. 105,700, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta region, Palomina;
22 May, 1898; W. W. Brown.
t Brachyptrallus ralloides Lafresnaye
= Tribonyx mortieri Du Bus
Brachyptrallus ralloides Lafresnaye, Rev. ZooL, 1840 (August), p. 232.
Type.— No. 74,401 (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 7,770); no data; purchased
by Lafresnaye from Boissonneau.
Tribonyx mortieri Du Bus, Bull. Acad. Roy. Bruxelles, 1840, 1, p. 214, pi. 11.
Gallinula galeata cerceris Bangs
now Gallinula chloropus cerceris Bangs
GalUnvla galeata cerceris Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zo5l. Club, 4, 1910, p. 81.
Type. — No. 27,430; Lesser Antilles, St. Lucia; J. Semper.
Gallinula chloropus cachinnans Bangs
GalUnvla chloropus cachinnans Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 5, 1915, p. 96.
Type.— No. 55,538, d"; Florida, DeSoto Co., Arbuckle Creek; 27
March, 1893; W. H. Phelps.
This is a poorly characterized form, rather doubtfully separable
from the West Indian cerceris. Wetmore, however (Birds of Porto
Rico and the Virgin Islands, p. 345) is inclmed to keep the two distinct.
Gallinula chloropus pauxilla Bangs
Gallinula chloropus pauxilla Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 5, 1915, p. 96.
Type. — ^No. 123,622, 9 ; Colombia, Rio Cauca, Guabinas; 17 Jan-
uary, 1908; M. G. Palmer.
bangs: types of birds 171
Gallinula garmani Allen
now Gallinula chloropus garmani Allen
Gallimda garmani Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 3, 1876, p. 357.
Coiype.— No. 24,348 1
Cotype — No. 24,349 I
Cotype — No. 24,350
Cotype. — No. 24,351 ^ Peru, Lake Titicaca; February, 1875; S.
Cotype. — No. 24,352 Garman
Cotype.— No. 24,353
Cotype.— No. 24,354
Porphyrio samoensis Peale
now PoRPHY'Rio melanotus samoensis Peale
Porphyria sa7noe7isis Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 220.
Cotype. — No. 74,364; Samoan Islands; T. R. Peale.
Peale does not say how many specimens he collected, but undoubt-
edly other cotypes exist besides ours.
FuLiCA ALAi Peale
Fvltca alai Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 224.
Cotype. — No. 74,363; Hawaiian Islands; T. R. Peale.
Peale tells us that he secured four specimens of the Hawaiian coot;
the other three cotypes are probably in existence.
\
COLYMBIDAE
PODILYMBUS PODICEPS ANTILLARUM BangS
Podilymbus podiceps antillarum Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1913,
p. 89.
Type.— No. 61,100, 9 ; Cuba, Oriente, Bueycito; 9 March, 1913;
Barbour and Rodriguez.
Wetmore (Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands,
N. Y. Acad. Sci., 9, 1927, p. 272) recognizes as valid the slightly smaller
West Indian breeding form of the pied-billed grebe, in spite of what
has been said of it by other authors. The differences in size between
North American and West Indian skins is well marked, and I follow
Wetmore in retaining the form.
172 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
SPHENISCIDAE
t Aptenodytes longicauda Peale
= Pygoscelis adeliae (Hombron and Jacquinot)
Aptenodytes longicaxida Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 261.
Cotypc. — No. 75,684; Antarctic Ocean; T. R. Peale.
Catarrhades adeliae Hombron and Jacquinot, Ann. Sci. Nat. (2), 16, 1841, p.
320.
Peale mentions but one specimen ; possibly, however, there are other
cotypes.
t Aptenodytes magnirostris Peale
= Spheniscus magellanicus (Forster)
Aptenodytes magnirostris Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 263.
Type.— Xo. 75,621; Cape Horn; T. R. Peale.
Aptenodytes magellanica Forster, Comment. Getting., 3, 1781, p. 143.
Of this species Peale, so he himself says, took but a single specimen.
PROCELLARIIDAE
OCEANODROMA CASTRO BANGSI Xichols
Oceanodroma castro bangsi Xichols, Auk, 31, 1914, p. 388. f
Type— No. 112,413, 9 ; Galapagos Islands, long. 93° W.; 6 Febru-
ary, 1901 ; R. H. Beck.
t Procellaria wilsonii Bonaparte
= Oceanites oceanicus (Kuhl)
Procellaria wilsonii Bonaparte, Journ. Nat. Sci. Phil., 3, 1824, p. 231, pi. 9.
Type.— No. 67,815; no data; from the old Peale Museum.
The specimen from which T. R. Peale made the drawing for Bona-
parte.
Procellaria oceanica Kuhl, Beitr., 1820, p. 136.
bangs: types of birds 173
t Procellaria diabolica Lafresnaye
= Pterodroma hasitata (Kuhl)
Procellaria diabolica Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 168.
Coti/pe. — No. 73,221 (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 8,000)
Coii/pe — Xo. 73,222 (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 8,002)
Cotype.— So. 73,219 (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 8,003)
Cofype.— 'So. 73 220 (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 8,004)
all collected in Guadeloupe by L'herminier.
Procellaria hasitata Kuhl, Beitr., 1820, p. 142.
For one of the cotypes of diabolica, no. 73,220, there is a label written
I think by L'herminier, which reads — ■ " Petrel — ■ mauping ou mau-
pingue, Gpe — 9her 1842."
There were originally five cotypes in the Lafresnaye Collection;
one of these, no. 8,001, was exchanged in 1886 with Professor Alfred
Newton for a specimen of Pterodroma jamaicensis.
t Aestrelata scalaris Brewster
= Pterodroma inexpectata inexpectata (Forster)
Aestrelata scalaris Brewster, Auk, 3, 1886, p. 300.
Type — No. 205,224, sex ?; New York, Livingston Co.: April, 188D.
Procellaria inexpectata Forster, Descr. Anim. ed. Licht., 1844, p. 204.
Procellaria Candida Peale
now Pagodroma nivea Candida (Peale)
Procellaria Candida Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 295.
Cotype. — No. 75,658; Antarctic Ocean; T. R. Peale.
Peale says that " a number of specimens were preserved." Peale's
form is recognized by Mathews in Syst. Avium Australasianarum,
1927.
Halobaena murphyi W. S. Brooks
now Halobaena caerulea murphyi W. S. Brooks
Halobaena murphyi W. S. Brooks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 61, 1917, p. 146.
Type. — -No. 70,725; South Georgia, Stromness Bay; 1913.
Dabbene (Hornero, 3, 1923, p. 126) has reduced this supposed species
to a subspecies of caerulea.
174 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
LARIDAE
t Sterna Antarctica Peale
= Sterna hirundinacea Lesson
Sterna antarciica Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 18-18, p. 280.
Cotype. — No. 75,663; Cape Horn; T. R. Peale.
Sterna hirundinacea Lesson, Traite, 1831, p. 621.
Sterna acuflavida Cabot
now Thalasseus sandvicensis acuflavidus (Cabot)
Sterna acuflavida Cabot, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 2, 1847, p. 257.
Type. — Xo. 72,571 ; Yucatan, Tancah; 25 April, 1842; S. Cabot.
t Sterna bergii boreotis Bangs
= Thalasseus bergii cristatus (Stephens)
Sterna bergii boreotis Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 36, 1901, p. 256.
Type. — ■ Xo. 37,301; Loo-Choo Islands, Ishihaki; 15 June, 1899;
I. Zensaku.
Sterna cristata Stephens, in Shaw's Gen. Zool., 13, 1825, p. 146.
Sterna teretirostris Lafresnaye
now Procelsterna cerulea teretirostris (Lafresnaye)
Sterna teretirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 242.
Type. — ■ X'o. 74,867 (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 8,116); no data.
Mathews (Birds of Australia, 2, pt. 4, 1912 p. 430,) has designated
the Paumotu Group as type locality for Lafresnaye's bird. Lafresnaye
WTote a long label for his specimen, which dealt wholly with synonomy,
giving no inkling as to from whom he had it or whence it came.
fMEGALOPTERUs PLUMBEUS Peale
= Procelsterna cerulea teretirostris (Lafresnaye)
Megalopterus plumbeus Peale, IT. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 285.
Cotype. — Xo. 75,662; Paumotu Islands; T. R. Peale.
Sterna teretirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 242.
bangs: types of birds 175
t Angus pullus Bangs
= Angus stglidus pileatus (Scopoli)?
Anous pullus Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 36, 1901, p. 258.
Type. — No. 37,298, 9 ; Loo-Choo Islands, Yaeyama; 10 June, 1899;
I. Zensaku.
Sterna pileata Scopoli, Del. Flor. at Faun. Insubr., 2, 1786, p. 92.
The noddy of the Loo-Choo Islands is slightly different from that of
the Philippines, and some day A. pullus may have to be recognized.
Larus thayeri W. S. Brooks
now Larus argentatus thayeri Brooks
Larus thayeri W. S. Brooks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 59, 1915, p. 373.
Type. — -No. 40,336, c^; Ellesmere Land, Buchanan Bay; 10 June,
1901;J. S. Warmbath.
HAEMATOPODIDAE
Haematopus prattii Maynard
now Haematopus palliatus prattii Maynard
Haematopus prattii Maynard, App. to Cat. West Ind. Birds, 1899, p. 34.
Coiypes. — -No. 103,360, cT; Bahamas; Flemmings Key; 29 April,
1895; C. J. Maynard.
Cotype. — No. 103,361, 9; Bahamas, Flemmings Key; 29 April,
1895; C. J. Maynard.
Haematopus frazari Brewster
now Haematopus palliatus frazari Brewster
Haematopus frazariBiewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 84.
Type. — No. 214,135, d^ ; Lower California, Carmen Island; 6 March,
1887; M. A. Frazar.
CHARADRIIDAE
Stephanibyx corgnatus demissus Friedmann
Stephanibyx coronatus dcjnissus Friedmann, Proc. New. Eng. Zool. Club, 10,
1928, p. 97.
Type.— No. 234,891, d" ; British Somaliland, Suk-soda; 22 February,
1899; Lort Phillips.
176 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Squatarola squatarola cyxosurae Thajer and Bangs
Squatarola sqiiatarola cynosurae Thayer and Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club,
5, 1914, p. 23.'
Type. — Xo. 102,657, cf ; Arctic America, Baillie Island, Mackenzie;
13 July, 1901; H.H.Bodfish.
Much difference of opinion has been expressed, whether or not to
recognize the American gray plo\'er by name. Breeding birds from
the interior of arctic America, as also most of the migrants from east-
ern North America, are small. The European bird, <S. squatarola squata-
rola (Linne), is next in point of size, and the east Siberian S. s. hypo-
melaena (Pallas) is the largest It seems to me we must either keep all
three races, or unite all under one name. I am still inclined to retain
all three, although admitting that tiiey are close, and not always to be
told apart from migrant birds alone.
If this is done, then in addition to S. s. cynosurae, S. s. hypomelaena
also must be listed as an American bird. Breeding birds from Alaska
have the extreme proportions of the East Siberian form. In Mr. A. C.
Bent's collection there is a pair of birds, parents to a set of eggs taken
at Eviksuk (near Point Barrow), Alaska, June 15 and 18, 1917, the
male with a wing of 196, the female with a wing of 200.
Charadrius wilsoxia Ord.
now Charadrius wilsonia wilsonia Ord.
Charadrius wilsonia Ord, Wils., Am. Orn., 9, 1S14, p. 77, pi. .3, fig. 5
Cotype — Xo. 67,839 [&]\ Xew .lersey; Cape Island; 13 :May, 1813;
A. Wilson.
Cotype — Xo. 67,840 [9 ]; Xew .Jersey; Cape Island; 13 May, 1813;
A. Wilson.
From the old Peale Museum.
Charadrius semipalmatus Bonaparte
Charadrius semipalmatus Bonaparte, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 5, 182.5, p. 98.
Type. — Xo. 67,837; X'ew Jersey; from the old Peale Museum.
BANGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 177
SCOLOPACIDAE
Symphemia semipalmata ixornata Brewster
now Catoptrophorus semipalmatus inornatus (Brewster)
Symphemia semipalmata inornata Brewster, Auk, 4, 1887, p. 145
Cotype.— ^o. 213,529, cT; Colorado, Larimer Co.; 14 May, 1886;
H. G.^ Smith.
Coil/lie. — ^ Xo. 213,530, 9 ; Colorado, Larimer Co.; 5 May, 1885;
H. G. Smith.
ToTANUS soLiTARius ciNNAMOMEUs Brewster
now Tringa SOLITARIUS CINNAMOMEUS (Brewster)
Tetanus solitarius cinnamomeus Brewster, Auk, 7, 1890, p. 377.
Type. — Xo. 217,735, cf ; Lower California, San Jose del Cabo; 30
August, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
t ToTANUS MELANOLEucus FRAZARi Brewster
= Tringa melanoleucus (Gmelin)
Totanus melanoleucus frazari Brewster, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 41, 1902, p. 65.
Type. — X'o. 217,815, cf ; Lower California, San Jose del Cabo; 27
September, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Scolopax melanoleuca GmeUn, Syst. Nat., 1, pt. 2, 1789, p. 659.
t ToTANUs POLYNESiAE Peale
= Heteroscelus incanus (Gmelin)
Totanus polynesiae Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 8, 1848, p. 237.
Cotype. — X'o. 75,668; Polynesia; T. R. Peale.
Scolopax incanus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, pt. 2, 1789, p. 658.
Peale collected other examples than the cotype listed above, which
found its way into our museum. Some of these may still be in existence.
Tringa parvirostris Peale
now Aechmorhy'nchus parvirostris (Peale)
Tringa parvirostris Peale, U. S. Ex-pl. Exped., 8, 1848, p. 235.
Cotype. — X"o. 72,156; Paumotu Islands; T. R, Peale.
Other cotypes than ours may exist.
178 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t LiMicoLA hartlaubi Verreaux
= LiMicoLA falcinellus falcinellus (Pontoppidan)
Liimicola HartlaubiYerreaMX, Vinson's Voy. Madagascar, annexe. B., 1865, p. 5.
Type. — •No. 74,868; Madagascar (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 7,570).
Scolopax Falcinellus Pontoppidan, Dansk. Atlas, 1, 176.3, p. 623.
GLAREOLIDAE
t CuRSORius CURSOR MERUENSis Meams
= CuRSORius CURSOR LiTTORALis Erlanger
Cursorius cursor meruensis Mearns, Smith. Misc. Coll., 65, 1915, p. 5.
Type.— No. 56,130, 9 ; British East Africa; Miru River; 10 August,
1909; G. M. Allen.
Cursorius cursor liitoralis Erlanger, Jour. Ornith., 1905, p. 58.
Rhinoptilus africanus illustris Friedmann
Rhinoptilus africanus illustris Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1928,
p. 80.
Type. — No. 133,332, cT ; Tanganyika Territory, Kididimo, Do-
doma; 12 April, 1922; A. Loveridge.
GRUIDAE
Megalornis canadensis tabida Peters
now Grus canadensis tabida (Peters)
Megalornis canadensis tabida Peters, Auk, 42, 1925, p. 122.
Type. — No. 72,695, cf ; Nevada, Southfork Valley, HumboldtRiver;
19 Mav, 1859; C. S. McCarthy.
Grus nesiotes Bangs and Zappey
now Grus canadensis nesiotes Bangs and Zappey
Grus nesiotes Bangs and Zappey, Am. Nat., 39, 1905, p. 193.
Type.— No. 113,238, d" ; Isle of Pines near Cuba, La Vega; 8 May,
1904; W. R. Zappey.
bangs: types of birds 179
ARAMIDAE
Ar.ajvius pictus elucus Peters
Aramus pictus elucus Peters, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1925, p. 143.
Tijpe.~No. 70,021, 9; Santo Domingo, Sousa; 22 March, 1916;
J. L. Peters.
Aramus pictus dolosus Peters
Aramus pictus dolosus Peters, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1925, p. 144.
Type.— No. 54,162, cf ; Costa Rica, Bolson; 25 December, 1907;
C. F. Underwood.
PLEGADIDAE
t Ibis lamellicollis Lafresnaye
= Carphibis spinicollis (Jameson)
Ibis lamellicollis Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1836, pi. 57, text.
Type.— No. 84,291 (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 7,797): Nouvelle Hollander
"Lieut, Col. Despard commanding 17th Regt. Parramatta."
Ihis spinicollis Jameson, Edinb. New Philos. Jour., 19, 1835, p. 213.
t Ibis ordi Bonaparte
= Plegadis falcinellus falcinellus (Linne)
Ibis ordi Bonaparte, Geog. and Compar. List, 1838, p. 49.
Type.— No. 248,861. From the old Peale Museum.
Tantalus Falcinellus Linne, Syst. Nat., 12, 1, 1766, p. 241.
This specimen is the one figured by Bonaparte in his American
Ornithology as Ihis falcinellus , and afterward named ordi.
Falcinellus ridgwayi Allen
now Plegadis ridgwayi (Allen)
Falcinellus ridgumji J. A. Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 3, 1876, p. 355.
Cotype.— No. 24,336; Peru, Lake Titicaca, Conima; 28 January,
1875.
Cotype.— No. 24,339; Peru, Lake Titicaca, Conima; 26 January,
1875.
180 BULLETIN': MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
Cotyye. — No. 24,340; Peru, Lake Titicaca, Conima; 26 January,
1875.
Cotype. — No. 24,347; Peru, Lake Titicaca, Conima; 26 January,
1875.
Cotype. — No. 24,335; Peru, Lake Titicaca, Vilque Chico; 23 Janu-
ary, 1875.
Cotype. — -No. 24,342; Peru, Lake Titicaca, Vilque Cliico; 23 Janu-
ary, 1875.
Cotype. — No. 23,343; Peru, Lake Titicaca, Vilque Chico; 23 Janu-
ary, 1875.
Cotype. — No. 24,344; Peru, Lake Titicaca, Vilque Chico; 23 Janu-
ary, 1875.
Cotype. — -No. 24,345; Peru, Lake Titicaca, Vilque Chico; 23 Janu-
ary, 1875.
Cotype. — No. 24,341 ; Peru, Lake Titicaca, Moho; 26 January, 1875.
All collected by S. Garman.
This form, which it seems to me, is entitled to specific rank, was de-
scribed by Dr. Allen from thirteen specimens all of which must be
regarded as cotypes, no holotype having been designated. Three of
these birds are no longer in the museum and no record was kept of
what was done with them. I think, however, that they were exchanged
with other museums or private collectors.
ARDEIDAE
Ardea herodias cognata Bangs
Ardea herodias cognata Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zo5l. Club, 3, 1903, p. 99.
Type. — No. 112,451; Galapagos Islands, Indefatigable Island; 16
February, 1901; R.H. Beck.
Ardea herodias sancti-lucae Thayer & Bangs
Ardea herodias sancti-lucae Thayer and Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4,
1912, p. 83.
Type.— No. 18,303, collection of John E. Thayer, deposited in the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, cf ; Lower California, Espiritu
Santo Island; 13 June, 1910; W. W. Brown.
bangs: types of birds 181
Ardea repens Bangs and Zappey
now Ardea herodias repens Bangs and Zappey
Ardea repens Bangs and Zappey, Am. Nat., 39, 1905, p. 186.
Type — Xo. 113,241, 9 ; Isle of Pines, near Cuba, Cienega; 24 May,
1904; W. R. Zappey.
The type is a bird in the Avhite phase of plumage.
Egretta candidissima brewsteri Thayer and Bangs
now Egretta thula brewsteri Thayer and Bangs
Egretta candidissima brewsteri Thayer and Bang.s, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club,
4, 1909, p. 40.
Tijijc. — Xo. 11,419, collection of John E. Thayer, deposited in the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, o^ ; Lower California. San Jose
Island (near La Paz); 20 June, 1908; W. W. Brown.
Butorides striatus patens Griscom
Bwtorides striatus patens Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 156.
Type — So. 114,030, 9; Panama, near Panama City; 26 May,
1904; W. W. Brown.
Butorides albidulus Bangs
now Butorides striatus albidulus (Bangs)
Butorides albidulus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 26, 1913, p. 93.
Type.— Xo. 39,356, 9 ; ISIaldive Islands, Luadiva Atoll; 2 January,
1902; H. B. Bigelow.
Ardea virescens frazari Brewster
now Butorides virescens frazari (Brewster)
Ardea mrescens frazari Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 83.
Type.— So. 213,134, cf; Lower California, La Paz; 7 February,
1887; M. A. Frazar.
182 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t BuTORiDES virescens dominicanus Oberholser
= Butorides virescens maculatus (Boddaert)
Butorides virescens dominicanus Oberholser, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 42, 1912,
p. 562.
Type.— No. 113,629, cf ; Dominica, Roseau; 30 June, 1905; A. H.
Verrill.
Cancroma maculata Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl., 1783, p. 54.
t Butorides virescens barbadensis Oberholser
= Butorides virescens maculatus (Boddaert)
Butorides virescens barbadensis Oberholser, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 42, 1912,
p. 567.
Type.— -No. 112,629, cf ; Barbados; 11 September, 1903; Austin H.
Clark.
Cancroma maculata Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl., 1783, p. 54.
t Butorides virescens tobagensis Oberholser
= Butorides virescens maculatus (Boddaert)
Butorides virescens tobagensis Oberholser, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 42, 1912, p. 571.
Type. — No. 18,033; Tobago Island; R. W. Rawson.
Cancroma maculata Boddaert, Tabl. PL Enl., 1783, p. 54.
ANATIDAE
Chen atlantica Kennard
Chen atlantica Kennard, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 9, 1927, p. 93.
Type. — No. 6, d^ ; Kennard Collection (in Mus. Comp. Zool.);
Virginia, Back Bay, Princess Anne County; 2-9 December, 1922.
I agree wholly with Kennard that the Greater Snow Goose is a dis-
tinct species.
Chloephaga hybrida malvinarum Phillips
Chloephaga hybrida malvinarum Phillips, Auk, 33, 1916, p. 423.
Type. — No. 70,476, &; West Falkland, Port Stephens; 13 Decem-
ber, 1915; W. S. Brooks.
bangs: types of birds 183
t Anas kasarkoides Lafresnaye
= Casarca tadornoides (Jardine and Selby)
Anas kasarkoides Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1835, Classe ii, pi. 36 and text.
Type — No. S4,(>41 (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 8,228); "Nouvelle Hol-
lande."
Anas tadornoides Jardine and Selby, Illus. Ornith., 2, pi. 62, 1828.
Anas obscurus rubripes Brewster
now Anas rubripes rubripes Brewster
Anas obscurus rubripes Brewster, Auk, 19, 1902, p. 183.
Type.— No. 230,252, d"; Maine, Lake Umbagog; 8 October, 1889;
W. Brewster.
For Anas ruhriprs tristis Brewster (Auk, 26, 1909, p. 176), no type,
of course, was designated as it is only a new name for Anas obscurus
Gmelin nee Pontoppidan.
Querquedula discors albinucha Kennard
Querquedula discors albinucha Kennard, Auk, 36, 1919, p. 459.
Type. — ■ (Not numbered), cf ; (Kennard Coll. in Mus. Comp. Zool.);
Louisiana, Grand Chenier, Cameron Parish; 2 April, 1916.
This form has been questioned; breeding males, however, from the
southern part of the range of the species usually if not always show the
peculiar white marking of the head, and northern breeding males
usually do not. I, therefore, let the question rest as Kennard had it,
for the present at least.
HisTRioNicus HisTRioNicus PACiFicus W. S. Brooks
Histrionicus histrionicus pacificus W. S. Brooks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo5l., 59,
1915, p. 393.
Type. — No. 66,786, cf ; Kamchatka, Cape Shipunski; 22 May, 1913;
J. Dixon.
OiDEMiA deglandi dixoni W. S. Brooks
Oidemia deglandi dixoniW . S. Brooks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 59, 1915, p. 393.
Type.— No. 66,787, o^ ; Alaska, Griffin Point; 13 June, 1914; J.
Dixon.
184 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
This form has been a good deal discussed, some authors upholding
it, other considering it inseparable from true dcglandi. All 'specimens
(seven in number) that I have examined I can tell from true dcglandi,
so for the present, at least, I allow it to stand.
Anas rubious Wilson
now OXYURA JAMAICENSIS RUBIDUS (Wilson)
Anas rubidus Wilson, Am. Orn., 8, 1814, p. 128, pi. 71, fig. 5.
Type. — No. 67,821, from the old Peale Museum, the specimen fig-
ured by Wilson.
Wetmore (Birds of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, N. Y. Acad.
Sci., 9, 1927, p. 314) keeps the North American Ruddy Duck distinct
from the West Indian on account of the slightly larger size of the
former.
PHALACROCORACIDAE
Phalacrocorax africanus pictilis Bangs
Phalacrocorax africamis pictilis Bangs, Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool., 59, 1918, p. 500.
Type. — No. 77,555, cf ; Madagascar, Miandrivazo; 26 June, 1915;
F. R. Wulsin.
ANHINGIDAE
Anhinga vulsini Bangs
now Anhinga rufa vulsini Bangs
Anhinga vulsini Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 59, 1918, p. 501.
Type. — No. 77,550, cf ; Madagascar, Maevetanana; 20 June, 1915;
F. R. Wulsin.
SULIDAE
t SuLA elegans Bryant
= SuLA dactylatra dactylatra Lesson
Sula elegans Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 7, 1859, p. 125.
Coiype.— No. 42,939, & 1
Cohjpe.— No. 42,940, 9 \ Bahamas, San Domingo Key; 10 April
Cotype.— No. 42,941, 9 J
All taken by Bryant.
Svla dactylatra Lesson, Traite, 1831, p. 601.
N
bangs: types of birds 185
SuLA CORYI Maynard
= SuLA SULA SULA (Linne)
Sula coryi Maynard, Contr. Sci., 1, 1899, pp. 40-48; 51-57.
Coti/pc— No. 244,947, cf ; Little Cayman Island; 4 May, 1888; C. J.
Maynard.
Coti/pc— No. 244,948, 9 ; Little Cayman Island; 2 May, 1888; C. J.
Maynard.
Cotijpe— No. 244,949; Little Cayman Island; 2 May, 1888; C. J.
Maynard.
Cotype— No. 244,950, o^ ; Little Cayman Island; 2 May, 1888; C. J.
Maynard.
Pelecanus sula Linne, Syst. Nat., 1766, p. 218.
SuLA ETESL\CA Thayer and Bangs
now Sula (leucogastra ?) etesiaca Thayer and Bangs
Sula etesiaca Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46, 1905, p. 92.
Type. — No. 114,026, cf ; Gorgona Island (oflf west coast of Colom-
bia); 29 June, 1904. W. W. Brown.
FALCONIDAE
Ibycter AMERICAN its guatemalensis Swann
Ihycier americanus guatemalensis Swann, Syn. List. Accip., ed. 2, 1921, p. 14.
Type. — No. 92,678, 9 ; Guatemala; Swann Collection.
Milvago chimachima cordatus Bangs and Penard
Milvago chimachima cordatus Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62,
1918, p. 35.
Type.— No. 40,373, 9 ; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 27 February, 1904; W. W. Brown.
milvago chimachima paludivaga Penard
Milvago chimachima -paludivaga Penard, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 8, 1923,
p. 36.
Type. — No. 89,376, cf ; Surinam, Paramaribo; 2 September, 1921.
T. E. Penard.
186 bulletin: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
t Circus cyaneus cernuus Thayer and Bangs
= Circus cyaneus taissiae Buturlin
Circus cyaneus cernuus Thayer and Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 9
April, 1914.
Type. — No. 64,026, cf ; Siberia, Nischnij, Kolyma; 4 June, 1912;
J. Koren.
Circus taissice Buturlin, J. f. O., 1908, p. 283.
Hartert has questioned the vaUdity of this form, saying that birds
with hght gray breasts also occur in Europe. The breast, however, is
not so strong a character in the race, as the very pale silvery color of the
whole upper parts. This I have never seen even approached in the
large number of skins I have examined from Europe, India and China.
Thayer and I overlooked Buturlin's name, principally I suppose,
because it did not appear in the Zoological Record. Descriptions tucked
away in footnotes are apt to be overlooked.
The type locaUty of the form, which seems to me good, is I fancy,
Kolyma, although not definitely so stated by Buturlin, who simply
says that the bird was presented by Fraiilein Taissia Michailovna
Akimova, Arztin in Kolyma.
t Falco percontator Cabot
= Micrastur melanoleucus naso (Lesson)
FdLco percontator Cabot, Jour. Best. Sec. N. H., 4, 1844, p. 462.
„ '^^ ■ " ' 'jl'^' ^ > Yucatan, Chichen Itza; S. Cabot
Cotype.— No. 72,573, 9 J
Carnifex naso Lesson, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 379.
Micrastur interstes Bangs
now Micrastur guerilla interstes Bangs
Micrastur interstes Bangs, Auk, 24, 1907, p. 289.
Type. — No. 116,414, o^; Costa Rica, La Estrella, Cartago; 28
March, 1903; C. F. Underwood.
My own feeling is against subdividing the genus Micrastur, and I,
therefore, do not recognize Clamosocircus.
bangs: types of birds 187
Geranospiza caerulescens livens Bangs and Penard
Geranospiza caerulescens livens Bangs and Penard, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
34, 1921, p. 89.
Tijpe.— 'So. 224,793, 9 ; Sonora, Alamos; 9 February, 1888; M. A.
Frazar.
Urotriorchis macrourus batesi Swann
Urotriorchis macrourus batesi Swann, Syn. List. Ace, ed. 2, 1921, p. 29.
Type. — No. 92,639, 9 ; Cameroons, River Ja, Bityza; 17 April, 1914;
G. L. Bates.
Melierax metabates ignoscens Friedmann
Melierax metabates ignoscens Friedmann, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 41, 29
June, 1928, p. 94.
Type.~^o. 92,650, d"; Arabia, Aden; 19 January, 1922; Col. R.
Meinertzhagen.
AsTUR RUFITORQUES Feale
now ASTUR FASCIATUS RUFITORQUES Pealc
Astur rufitorques Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 68.
Cotype.— -No. 75,679, d" adult; Fiji Islands; T. R. Feale.
AcciPiTER suPERCTLiosus EXiTiosus Bangs and Penard
Accipiter superciliosus exitiosus Bangs and Penard, Proc. New Eng. Zool.
Club, 7, 1920, p. 45.
Type.— No. 120,776, 9 adult; Costa Rica, Carillo; 13 May, 1907;
C. F. Underwood.
Todd (Bds. Santa Marta, pp. 147-148) suggests that this name of
Bangs and Penard may pro\e to be antedated by Accipiter fontanieri
Bonaparte (Rev. et Mag. Zool., 5, 1853, p. 578) based on an immature
bird. Lately Hellmayr (A contr. to the Orn. of N. E. Brazil, Field Mus.
of X. H., 12, 1929, p. 459) who has examined the type in the Paris
Museum, which he says was obtained by Fontanier at Santa Cruz,
in the Santa Marta region, declares that fontanieri must replace
exitiosus. I do not feel sure of this. I have never been able to distin-
guish the two races in immature plumage. The only two Santa Marta
specimens I know of are immature, the type of fontanieri and the one
in the Carnegie Museum, which I have examined.
188 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
The range of e.vitiosus certainly extends to western Colombia, as
shown by adult specimens from Barl^acoas and the Cauca River.
^Miether the Santa Marta bird will prove to be e.vitiosus still remains
to be seen. Many Central American forms extend into western Co-
lombia and even to western Ecuador, and in the east stop short of the
Santa Marta region. I, therefore, allow cxitiosus to stand, until adult
specimens show just what the Santa ^Nlarta form is.
Acctpiter chionogaster venezuelexsis Swann
Accipiter chionogaster venezuelensis Swann, Syn. List Accip., ed. 2, 1921, p. 58.
Type. — Xo. 92,476 [9]; Venezuela; Merida region, Escorial; 17
February, 1911 ; Briceiio Gabaldon y hijos.
Accipiter bicolor fidens Bangs and Xoble
Accipiter hicolor fidens Bangs and Xoble, Auk, 35, 1918, p. -144.
Type. — X'o. 102,289, 9 ; Mexico, Vera Cruz, Buena Vista; 14 June,
1901 ; Colburn and Shufeldt.
Heterospizias meridionalis australis Swann
Heterospizias meridionalis australis Swann, Auk, 38, 1921, p. 359.
Type. — X'^o. 92,425, cf; Argentina, Tucuman, Laguna de Malimas;
31 March, 1902; L.DinelH.
If the range of this form is found to extend into Paraguay, SAvann's
name will then become a synonym of Circus rufulus ^'ieillot (Xouv.
Diet. Hist. Xat., 4, 1816, p. 466)'.
Geranoaetus melanoleucus meridensis Swann.
Geranoaetus melanoleucus meridensis Swann, Syn. List Ace, ed. 2, 1922, p. 68.
Type. — X"o. 92,697, d^ ; Venezuela, Merida region, X'^evada; 20 Oc-
tober, 1911; Briceiio Gabaldon y hijos.
BuTEo borealis umbrinus Bangs
now BuTEo jamaicensis umbrinus Bangs
Buteo borealis umbrinus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1901, p. 68.
Type. — X"^o. 103,314, 9 ; Florida, Manatee Co., Micco; April, 1888;
O. Tollen.
bangs: types of birds 1S9
Mr. James L. Peters has pointed out to me that Faico jamaicenfis
Gmehn, 1 788, p. 266, appears on the same page but earh'er than Falco
borealis, and that, therefore, all the American red-tailed hawks must
be listed as races oi jcunaiccnsis.
BuTEO LiNEATus EXTiMus Bangs
Buteo lineatus extimus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 7, 1920, p. 35.
Ti/pe. — -No. 6,899. cf ; Florida, Cape Florida; 5 April, 1858; G.
^^'urdemann.
BuTEO ANTiLLARUM Clark
now BuTEO PLATYPTERUS ANTILLARUM Clark
Buteo antillarum Clark, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18, 1905, p. 62.
Type. — No. 112,852, cf ; Lesser Antilles, St. Vincent, Chateau
Belair; 24 September, 1903; Austin H. Clark.
i
ASTURINA NITIDA COSTARICENSIS Swann
Asturina nitida costaricensis Swann, Sjti. List Accip., ed. 2, 1922, p. 90.
Type. — No. 117,983, cf ; Costa Rica, Boruca, Pozo del Rio Grande;
5 April, 1906; C. F. Underwood.
RUPORNIS MAGNIROSTRIS ECUADORIENSIS Swann
Rupornis magnirostris eniadoriensis Swann, Syn. List Accip., ed. 2, 3 Jan-
uary, 1922, p. 91.
Type. — No. 92,412, 9 ; Ecuador (northern), Vaquero; 20 Septem-
ber, 1901; Swann Collection.
Chapman (Distribution of Bird-life in Ecuador) is rather inclined
to place this form in the s\nonymy of true magnirostris. It appears
to me to represent a race, which though not strongly characterized,
still is sufficiently different from R. ni. magyiirostris to deser\-e a name.
Rupornis magnirostris insidiatrix Bangs and Penard
Rupornis magnirostris insidiatrix Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool.,
52, 1918, p. 36.
Type. — No. 105,014, 9; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains; 16
January, 1898; W. W. Brown.
190 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
RupoRNis magnirostris occidua Bangs
Rupornis magnirostris occidua Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24, 1911,
p. 187.
Typc.— y\o. 47,362, sex ?; Peru (eastern), Rio Tambopata; May,
1907; W. C. Farrabee.
Rupornis magnirostris griseocauda Ridgway
Rupornis magnirostris var. griseocauda Eidgway, Free. Best. Soc. N. H., 16,
1873-74, p. 87 in key, 88 in text.
Cotype. — -No. 77,366, cf; Mexico, Rio Seco; January, 1866; F.
Sumichrast.
Cotype. — ^ No. 77,367, sex ?; Mexico, Tehuantepec (without date);
F. Sumichrast.
Rupornis magnirostris conspecta Peters
Rupornis magnirostris conspecta Peters, Auk, 30, 1913, p. 370.
Type. — -No. 40,123, cf; Yucatan, San Ignacio; 9 February, 1904;
L. J .Cole.
Rupornis magnirostris arguta Peters and Griscom
Rupornis magnirostris arguta Peters and Griscom, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club,
11, 1929, p. 46.
Type.— ^o. 234,242, d"; Panama, Almirante; 26 February, 1926;
J. D. Smith.
»
Rupornis magnirostris alia Peters and Griscom
Rupornis magnirostris alia Peters and Griscom, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club,
11, 1929, p. 48.
Type.— No. 114,285, 9 ; El Rey Island, San Miguel, Pearl Islands,
Bay of Panama; 24 February, 1904; W. \V. Brown.
t Busarelllts nigricollis macropus Swann
= Busarellus nigricollis nigricollis (Latham)
Busarellus nigricollis macropus Swann, Sjti. List Ace, ed. 2, 1922, p. 95.
Type.— Xo. 115,838, d" ; British Honduras, Manatee River; 12 May,
1906; G. B. Thomas.
Falco nigricollis Latham, Ind. Orn., 1, 1790, p. 35 (Cayenne).
I am wholly unable to distinguish a northern form.
bangs: types of birds 191
t Urubitinga urubitinga occidentalis Swann
= Urubitinga urubitinga urubitinga (Gmelin)
Urubitinga urubitinga occidentalis Swarm, Syn. List Accip., ed. 2, 1922, p. 97.
Type.— ^o. 111,045, 9 ; Ecuador, Rio Bogata; 15 February, 1901.
Falco urubitinga Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, 1788, p. 265 (Brazil).
The type has the longer primaries in both wings shot off, hence
Swann's short measurement for the wing. Peters and I, after careful
comparison of skins, can find no way to separate the Ecuadorian bird
from true urubitinga.
Urubitinga anthracina cancrivora Clark
Urubitinga anthracina cancrivora Clark, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wasliington, 18, 1905,
p. 63.
Tijpc. — No. 115,804, 9 ; Lesser Antilles, St. Vincent; 22 January,
1905; Austin H. Clark.
This is a poorly characterized form which eventually may go into
the synonymy of true anthracina.
t Urubitinga anthracina bangsi Swann
= Urubitinga anthracina anthracina (Lichtenstein)
Urubitinga anthracina bangsi Swarm, Syn. List Accip., ed. 2; 1922, p. 98.
Type. — No. 114,287, &; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Pan'ama; 20 March, 1904; W. W. Brown.
Falco anthracinus Lichtenstein, Preiz. Verz. Mex. Vog., 1830, p. 3 (Mexico).
The two skins upon which Swann based bangsi, are, so far as I can
see, in no way different from Mexican and Central American speci-
mens.
Urubitinga subtilis Thayer and Bangs
Urubitinga subtilis Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46, 1905, [p. 94.
Type. — No. 114,001, c/'; Gorgona Island, off western Colombia;
1 July, 1904; W. W. Brown.
This bird, which in the adult plumage looks much like a miniature
anthracina, is apparently in reality a distinct species. It occurs in the
same region with anthracina, but fills a different niche.
Mr. A. J. van Rossem tells me that in Salvador both species occur.
192 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
but that subtilis is wholly confined to the mangroves of the coast.
Mr. Ludlow Griscom had the same experience on the Pacific side of
Panama. In this habit subtilis is like U. gundlachi of Cuba, which does
not occur away from the mangrove fringed coasts. The range of sub-
tilis is now known to extend along the Pacific coast of the Americas
from western Ecuador to San Salvador.
Herpetotheres cachinnans chapmani Bangs and Penard
Herpetotheres cachinnans chapmani Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
62, 1918, p. 37.
Type. — -No. 60,743, cf ; Mexico, Quintana Roo, Santa Lucia; 22
January, 1912; J. L. Peters.
Herpetotheres cachinnans queribundus Bangs and Penard
Herpetotheres cachinnans queribundus Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 63, 1919, p. 23.
Type. — No. 7,792, sex ?; Brazil, Pernambuco; J. C. Fletcher.
Herpetotheres cachinnans maestus Bangs and Noble
Herpetotheres cachinnans maestus Bangs and Noble, Auk, 35, 1918, p. 444.
Type.— No. 80,152, 9 ; Peru, Bella vista; 29 September, 1916; G. K.
Noble.
Spilornis cheela burmanicus Swann •*
Spilornis cheela burmanicus Swann, Syn. List Accip., 1920, p. 21.
Type.— 'So. 92,594, 9 ; Burma. Thayetmyo, Jobin; 5 March, 1905;
Swann Collection.
Spilornis cheela malayensis Swann
Spilornis cheela malayensis Swann, Sjti. List Accip., 1920, p. 83.
Type.— No. 92,595, 9 ; Pahang, Raub; 28 June, 1903; W. H. Crad-
dock.
Elanus leucurus majusculus Bangs and Penard
Elanus leucurus majusculus Bangs and Penard, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 7,
1920, p. 46.
Type.— No. 100,915, d' ; California, San Rafael; 1 December, 1883;
C. A. Allen.
bangs: types of birds 193
Gampsonyx swainsoni meridensis Swann
Gampsonyx swainsoni meridensis Swann, Syn. List Accip., 1920, p. 104.
Type. — No. 92,597, cf; Venezuela, Merida region, Nevada; 15
November, 1903; Briceno Gabaldon y hijos.
AviCEDA VERREAUXi Lafresnaye
now AviCEDA cucuLOiDES VERREAUXI Lafresnaye
Aviceda verreauxihairesnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 130.
Type. — -No. 76,192; Natal; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 395.
t AviCEDA suMATRENSis Lafresnaye
= AviCEDA JERDONI JERDONI (Bhth)
Aviceda sumatrensis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 210 (Sumatra).
Type. — No. 83,772; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 394.
Lophaster jerdoni Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 11, pt. 1, 1842 (Malacca).
Falco anatum Bonaparte
now Falco peregrinus anatum Bonaparte
Falco anatum Bonaparte, Comp. and Geog. List, 1838, p. 4.
Type. — -No. 67,848, sex ?; New Jersey, Great Egg Harbour; De-
cember, 1812; A. Wilson. From the old Peale Museum.
Bonaparte's first reference is to Falco peregrinus of Wilson, and as
the bird listed abo^•e is the one figured by Wilson, it is of course the
type.
Falco columbarius bendirei Swann
FaJco columbarius bendirei Swann, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1922, p. 66.
Type.— So. 207,687, d"; Washington, Walla Walla; 18 October,
1881; Capt. C. E. Bendire.
Falco aesalon lymani Bangs
now Falco columbarius lymani Bangs
Falco aesalon lymani Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 54, 1912, p. 465.
Cotype.— 'So. 57,672, d^ \ a mated pair, Altai Mountains, Tehegan-
Cotype.~So. 57,673, 9 / BurgaziPass; 10 July, 1912; N. Hollister.
194 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t Cerchneis sparverius guatemalensis Swann
= Falco sparverius sparverius Linne
Cerchneis sparverius guatemalensis Swann, Syn. List Accip., 1920, p. 156.
Cotype. — ^No. 92,772 [cf]; Guatemala, Capetillo; J. J. Rodriguez.
Falco sparverius Linne, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 90 (Carolina).
Swann, when he described this bird, made two cotypes, the other is
in the British Museum, and I have been unable, of course, to see it in
this connection. The cotype listed above, is iwithout any question, an
example of the common North American sparrow hawk taken on
migration. Peters and I have compared it carefully.
Cerchneis sparverius paulus Howe and King
now Falco sparverius paulus (Howe and King)
Cerchneis sparverixis paulus Howe and King, Contrib. N. A. Om., 1, May 21,
1902, p. 28.
Type — No. 49,999, d" ; Florida, Miami; 20 March, 1902.
BUBONIDAE
Otus abyssinicus Guerin
now Asio ABYSSINICUS abyssinicus (Guerin)
Otus abyssinicus Gvierin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 321 (Abyssinia).
Type. — No. 74,865; (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 755); Abyssinia.
Bubo bubo jarlandi La Touche
Bubo bubo jarlandi LaTouche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 14.
Type. — No. L31,209, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; caught ahve, spring of
1921, died in confinement, June, 1921; La Touche Collection.
Bubo virginianus elachistus Brewster
Bubo virginianus elachistus Brewster, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 41, no. 1, 1902,
p. 96.
Type. — No. 217,866, cf ; Lower California, Sierra de la Laguna;
29 April, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
bangs: types of birds 195
Asio MAGELLANicus HETEROCNEMis Oberholser
now Bubo virginianus heterocnemis (Oberholser)
Asio magellanicus heterocnemis Oberholser, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 27, 1904,
p. 187.
Type. — No. 104,445, cf ; Labrador, Lance au Loup; 9 April, 1899;
Ernest Doane.
Bubo cinerascens Guerin
now Bubo africanus cinerascens (Guerin)
Buho cinerascens Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 321 (Abyssinia).
Type. — ■ No. 74,866; (Lafresnaye Coll., no. 754); Abyssinia.
Pulsatrix perspicillata trinitatis Bangs and Penard
Pulsalrix perspicillata trinitatis Bangs and Penard, BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
62, 1918, p. 51.
Type.— No. 29,469, sex ?; Trinidad; C. S. Cazabon.
Megascops asio aikeni Brewster
now Otus asio aikeni (Brewster)
Megascops asio aikeni Brewster, Auk, 8, April, 1891, p. 139. (Separates were
published in advance — February' 17, 1891).
Type.— No. 207,503; Colorado, El Paso Co.; 29 May, 1872.
Megascops asio macfarlanei Brewster
now Otus asio macfarlanei (Brewster)
Megascops asio macfarlanei Brewster, Auk, 8, April, 1891, p. 140. (Separates
were published in advance — February 17, 1891.)
Cotype.— No. 206,456, 9 ; Washington, Fort Walla Walla; 19 Feb-
ruary, 1881; Capt. C. E. Bendire.
Cotype.— No. 206,457, & ; Washington, Fort Walla Walla; 20 No-
vember, 1881; Capt. C. E. Bendire.
t Megascops asio saturatus Brewster
= Otus asio kennicottii (Elliott)
Megascops asio saturatus Brewster, Auk, 8, April, 1891, p. 141. (Separates were
published in advance — February 17, 1891.)
Cotype.— No. 244,718, 9 ; British Columbia, Chilliwaek; 4 October,
1889; A. C. Brooks.
196 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Cotype. — Xo. 245,610, cf ; British Columbia, Chilliwack; 21 Sep-
tember, 18S7; A. C. Brooks.
Scops kennicottii Elliott, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1867, p. 69, Sitka, Alaska.
Scops asio bendirei Brewster
now Otus asio bendirei (Brewster)
Scops asio bendirei Brewster, Bull. Nutt. Om. Club, 7, January, 1882, p. 31.
Type. — Xo. 201,546, 9 ; California, Marin Co., X'icasio; 24 April,
1877; C. A. Allen.
Megascops xantusi Brewster
now Otus asio xantusi (Brewster)
Megascops xantusi Brewster, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 41, 1902, p. 73.
Type. — Xo. 247,301, cf ; Lower California, Santa Anita; 3 June,
1896; L.Miller.
t Megascops aspersus Brewster
= Otus trichopsis (Wagler)
Megascops aspersus Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 87.
Cotype. ~^o. 214,125, 9 ; Chihuahua, El Carmen; 6 May, 1884;
R. R. McLeod.
Cotype.— No. 214,126, 9 juv.; Chihuahua, El Carmen; 22 August,
1884; R. R. McLeod.
Scops trichopsis Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 276 (Mexico).
Megascops vinaceus Brewster
now Otus (asio ?) vinaceus (Brewster)
Megascops vinaceus Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 88.
r?/pr.— Xo. 214,124, 9 ; Chihuahua, Durasno; 2 December, 1884;
R. R. McLeod.
Otus choliba luctisonus Bangs and Penard
Otus choliba luctisonus Bangs and Penard, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 34,
1921, p. 89.
Type. — X'o. 110,530, cf ; Costa Rica, Escazu; 26 X'ovember, 1900;
C. F. Underwood.
bangs: types of birds 197
Otus choliba thompsoni Cole
now Otus hastatus thompsoni (Cole)
Otus choliba thompsoni Cole, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 50, 1906, p. 123.
Cofype.— No. 40,099, a"; Yucatan, Chichen Itza; 29 March, 1904;
L. J. Cole.
Cotijpe.— :<o. 41,046, 9 ; Yucatan, Chichen Itza; 1S90; P. Perera.
Scops brasilianus cassini Ridgway
now Otus cassini (Ridgway)
.Scops brasiliamis e. cassini Ridgway, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1, 1878, p. 102.
Cotype.— ^o. 12,372; Mexico, Jalapa; 9 April, 1869; R. Montes de
Oca.
The other cotype from ]\Iirador, Vera Cruz, is in the United States
National ]\Iuseum.
Our specimen listed above was marked by Ridgway himself at the
time he described the species as "Megascops cassini Ridgway Type
of red phase."
Otus roboratus Bangs and Noble
Otus roboratus Bangs and Noble, Auk, 40, 1918, p. 448.
Tiji)e — No. 80,073, d' ; Peru, Bellavista; 25 September, 1916; G. K.
Noble.
t Syrnium aluco harterti La Touche
= Strix nivicola (Blyth)
Sijrnium aluco harterti La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 40, 1919, p. 50.
Ti/pe.— ^o. 131,208, cT; Hupeh, Changlohsien; 16 October, 1918;
La Touche Collection.
Syrnium nivicolum Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 14, 1845, p. 185.
Rothschild (Nov. Zool., 33, 1926, p. 233) is wholly disinclined to
recognize either of the Chinese forms — harterti La Touche and nivi-
petens Riley — and Stuart Baker (Fauna of British India, Birds, 4,
1927, p. 398) does not subdivide nivicola.
Through the kindness of the authorities of the U. S. National Mu-
seum, I now have before me the three skins belonging to that institu-
tion — two from Yunnan, including the type of nivipetens, and one
from Szetchuan — and am able to compare these with the type of
198 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
harterti and one skin collected by Zappey in Szetchuan. Xo two of
these are quite alike in color, as one might expect when dealing with
such variable birds as wood owls. All, however, strictly represent one
and the same form. I am unable to follow Riley in the slight differences
in the structure of the wing that he mentions. These seem to me un-
important and variable. Lastly I fail to see in what manner the
Chinese examples differ from nivicola, and do not hesitate to relegate
both names to synonymy. I am glad to add that Riley now agrees to
this.
I am inclined to follow Stuart Baker and keep Strix nivicola specific-
ally distinct from S. aluco. Rothschild, however, adopts the other
course, and considers aluco and nivicola conspecific.
Syrnium nebulosum helveolum Bangs
now Strix varia helveola (Bangs)
Syrium nebulosum helveolum Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, 1899, p. 31.
Strix varia albogilva Bangs, Auk, 25, 1908, p. 316, new name for Syrnium nehu
losum helveolum, because Bangs supposed it preoccupied by Strix helvola
Lichtenstein, 1842, which of course it is not.
Type. — No. 104,551, 9 ; Texas, Corpus Christi; 2 February, 1899;
F. B. Armstrong.
CiccABA virgata CENTRALIS Griscom
Ciccaba virgata centralis Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 159.
Type.— ^o. 238,212, d" ; Mexico. Oaxaca, Chivela; 14 May, 1927;
W. W. Brown.
Strix virgata tamaulipensis Phillips
now Ciccaba virgata tamaulipensis (Phillips)
Strix virgata tamaulipensis Phillips, Auk, 28, 1911, p. 76.
Type. — ^No. 49,982, cf ; Tamaulipas, Rio Martinez; 25 February,
1909; F. B. Armstrong.
Athene noctua impasta Bangs and Peters
Athene noctua impasta Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68, August,
1928, p. 330.
Type. — No. 239,416, 9 ; grasslands south of Lake Kokonor, 10,700
feet; September, 1925; Joseph F. Rock.
I
bangs: types of birds 199
t Speotyto bahamensis Maynard
= Speotyto floridana floridana (Ridgway)
Speotyto bahamensis Ma3Tiard, App. to Cat. Birds West Ind., Nov. 29, 1899,
p. 33.
Speotyto cunicularia cavicola Bangs, Auk, 17, 1900, p. 287, new name for S.
bahamensis Maynard nee, Cory, Auk, 8, 1891, p. 351, Inagua, Bahamas.
Type. — ^ No. 103,350, 9 ; Bahama Islands, Nassau; 6 April, 1897;
C. J. Maynard.
Maynard named the New Providence bird as a new species. He did
not refer it to the already named Inagua form, S. c. bahamensis Cory,
which he evidently overlooked. When I detected this I supposed
(I don't now know why) that the New Providence and Inagua forms
were different, and so renamed Maynard's bird.
Ridgway now considers both names to be synonyms of floridana.
in which view he is probably right.
Speotyto cunicularia guadeloupensis Ridgway
now Speotyto guadeloupensis guadeloupensis Ridgway
Speotyto cunicularia var. guadeloupensis Ridgway, Baird, Brewer and Ridgway,
Hist. North Am. Birds, 3, 1874, p. 90 footnote.
Type. — No. 74,167, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 787; Lesser Antilles,
" Guadeloupe " ; I'Herminier.
This bird really never occurred in Guadeloupe and I'Herminier must
have got his specimen from Marie Galante, a drier and more arid
isle near by, where the species formerly occurred, but is now entirely
extinct.
Gytsinasio la wrench exsul Bangs
Gymnasia lawrencii exsul Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool Club. 4, 1913, p. 91.
Type. — -No. 113,469, cf ; Isle of Pines, near Cuba, "Santa Seville,"
(no such place on any map, must have been the name of some planta-
tion); 31 May, 1904; W. R. Zappey.
Ridgway did not recognize this form. Todd (Ann. Carnegie Mus.,
10, 1916, p. 234), however, agrees with me that the form is well marked
and easily to be distinguished from true lawrencii.
Glaucidium gnoma hoskinsii Brewster
Glaucidium gnoma hoskinsii Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 136.
Type. — No. 214,153, d^; Lower California, Sierra de la Laguna;
10 May, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
200 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
TYTOXIDAE
Strix lulu Peale
Strix hdu Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 8, 1848, p. 74.
Cotype. — No. 75,665; Samoan Islands; T. R. Peale.
Peale said, "We obtained numerous specimens, which vary but
little." There must, therefore, be cotypes other than ours.
Strix pratincola Bonaparte
now Tyto alba pratincola (Bonaparte)
Strix Pratincola Bonaparte, Geog. and Comp. List, 1838, p. 7.
Type- — ■ No. 67,849 (the original of Wilson's figure). From the old
Peale Museum.
Bonaparte in naming the American Barn Owl, gave as his first refer-
ence, Strir fiammca Wilson. As the specimen listed above is the one
figured and described by Wilson, it is Bonaparte's type. It is one of
the very interesting specimens from the old Peale Museum.
t Hybris nigrescens noctividus Barbour
= Tyto insularis insularis (Pelzeln)
Hybris nigrescens noctividus Barbour, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wasliington, 24, 1911,
p. 57.
Type. — Xo. 53,586, cf ; Lesser Antilles, Grenada, St. George; 15
September, 1910; G. M. Allen.
Strix insularis Pelzeln, Journ. fiir Orn., 20, 1872, p. 23.
At the time Dr. Barbour described this well-marked island form,
Pelzeln's ittsularis was believed to have come from St. Vincent in the
Cape Verde Islands. Not until Hellmayr examined the type, was this
mistake corrected.
LORIID.VE
Trichoglossus rosenbergi Schlegel
noAv Trichoglossus haematod rosenbergi (Schlegel)
dL Trichoglossus rosenbergi Schlegel, Ned. Tijischr. Dierk., 4, 1871, p. 9.
Cotype.~yo. 39,752, cf; Schouten Islands, Sock; March, 1869;
\on Rosenberg.
bangs: types of birds 201
This specimen was exchanged to us from the Leyden Museum years
ago, as one of the "types," and as no holotype was originally desig-
nated, it must be considered a cotype.
PSITTACIDAE
Ara rubrogenys Lafresnaye
Ara rubrogenys Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 65.
Type. — No. 74,329, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 9. Label — " Ara
Rubro-genys nob. sev. 1847. L'ara aux joues rouges. Bolivie — •
d'Orbiny et Parzudaki."
Lafresnaye states (loc. cit., p. 65) that this species was brought to
the museum for the first time by d'Orbigny, but he certainly does not
designate the specimen in the Paris Museum as the type of his descrip-
tion, and we cannot accept Des Murs' authority for this (Icon. Orn.,
pi. 72, 1848). It is evident from the label that Lafresnaye drew his
description from the specimen that he himself received from Parzu-
daki, and not from the one in Paris. The figure in Des Murs' Icono-
graphie was made from the bird in the Paris Museum, but the type of
the species is surely Lafresnaye's own specimen now in the ^Museum of
Comparative Zoology. This is made clear by Lafresnaye's description,
which agrees minutely with his own specimen, especially as to the color
and markings of the lower underparts, and does not well agree with the
specimen figures by Des Murs.
Ara castaneifrons Lafresnaye
now Ara severa castaneifrons (Lafresnaye)
Ara castaneifrons Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 66.
Type. — Xo. 74,330, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 10; "Bolivie-
Dellattre."
Hellmayr (Abk, K. Bayer Akad. Wis., 1906, p. 578) has fixed Brazil
as the type locality of Ara severa (Linne). For the characters of the
present form see Bangs and Penard (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1917,
p. 47).
Aratinga wagleri transilis Peters
Aratinga wagleri transilis Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 9, 1927, p. 111.
Type. — ' No. 249,706, cf ; Northeast Venezuela, Cuchivano; 24 Feb-
ruary, 1925; Tate and Clement.
202 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Aratinga holochlora brewsteri Nelson
Aratinga holochlora brewsteri Nelson, Proc. Biol. See. Washington, 41, 1928, p.
154.
Type.— No. 224,770, cf; Chihuahua, Hacienda de San Rafael; 5
May, 1888 ; M. A. Frazar.
EupsiTTULA ASTEC viciNALis Bangs and Penard
now Aratinga astec vicinalis (Bangs and Penard)
Ewpsittula astec vicinalis Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 63, 1919,
p. 24.
Type. — No. 48,482, cf; TamauHpas, Altamira; 24 December, 1908;
F. B. Armstrong.
t CoNUROPSis carolinensis INTERIOR Bangs
= CoNUROPSis CAROLINENSIS LUDOViciANUs (Gmelin)
Conuropsis carolinensis znterfor Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1913, p.
94.
Type.— No. 43,215, 9 ; Nebraska, Bald Island; 25 April, 1856; Dr.
Hay den.
Psittacus Ivdovicianus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, pt. 1, 1788, p. 347.
I now agree with Ridgway (Birds North and Middle America, part 7,
1916, p. 150 footnote) that probably it is best to use Gmelin's name for
the western form of the Carolina Paroquet.
Pyrrhura hoffmanni gaudens Bangs
Pyrrhura hoffmanni gavdens Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19, 1906, p.
103.
Type.— No. 109,117, d" ; Panama, Boquete; 3 March, 1901; W. W.
Brown.
PSITTACULA COELESTIS LUCIDA RidgWay
now FoRPUS COELESTIS LUCiDus (Ridgway)
Psittacula coelestis lucida Ridgway, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 10, 1888, pp. 532
and 538.
Type. — No. 74,218, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 95; "Colomb."
bangs: types of birds 203
PsiTTACULA coNSPiciLLATA Lafresnaye
now FoRPUs coNSPiciLLATus coNSPiciLLATus (Lafresnayc)
Psittacvla conspicillata Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 172.
Cotype.— No. 74,334 [adult cf]; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 98;
"Mexique ou Colombie."
Cofype. — No. 74,335 [female or immature male]; Lafresnaye Col-
lection, no. 99; " Colomb. aut Mexique, perrot."
Chapman, very properly, has restricted the type locality of this form
to Honda, upper Magdalena River.
PsiTTACULA CYANOPYGIA PALLIDA BreWSter
now FoRPUS CYANOPYGius PALLIDUS (Brewster)
Psittacida cyanopijgia ■pallida Brewster, Auk, 6 April, 1889, p. 85. (Separates
issued in advance — January, 1889.)
Cotype — No. 214,389, cT 1 Sonora, Alamos; 8 March, 1888; M. A*
Cotype — No. 214,390, 9 J Frazar
PsiTTACULA viRiDissiMA Lafresnaye
now FoRPUS PASSERiNUS viRiDissiMus (Lafresnaye)
Psittacula viridissima Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 172.
Type. — No. 74,336, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 93.
The type, a fine specimen, was sent from Caracas by M. Salle to
his mother, from whom Lafresnaye received it.
Amazona leucocephala hesterna Bangs
Amazona leucocephala hesterna Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 60, 1916, p. 308.
Type.— No. 68,313, cf ; Cayman Brae Island; 15 July, 1911; W. W*
Brown.
t PiONUs vinaceicollis Lafresnaye
= Amazona collaria (Linne)
Pionus vinaceicollis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 321.
Type. — No. 74,228, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 66; "Jamaique."
Psitiacus collarius Lirme, Syst. Nat., 1, 1758, p. 102.
204 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
PiONUS SENILIS DECOLORATUS Griscom
Piomts senilis decoloratus Griscom, Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 379, 1929, p. 6.
Type. — Xo. 116,545, cf ; Costa Rica, Pozo Azul de Pirris; 12 June,
1903; C. F. Underwood.
PiONUS MELANOTis Lafresnave
now- PiONOPSiTTA MELANOTIS (Lafresnave)
Pionus melanoiis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 67.
Cotype. — Xo. 74,331, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 72.
Coiype. — Xo. 74,332, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 73; "bolivie,
d'Orbigny."
For these two specimens Lafresnaye wrote similar labels, wuth his
significant "nob." after the name, except that he put the locality
upon no. 73 only.
Des Murs (Icon. Orn., 1S47, pi. 60) who figured a specimen in the
Paris Museum, claims it as the type of Lafresnaye's description.
I do not agree to this. Lafresnaye (loc. cit., p. 67) states, " Cette espece
a ete rapportee de Bolivie au musee de Paris il y a deja plusieurs annees
par M. A. d'Orbigny. Son bee fort petit parait avoit ete d'une couleur
de plomb pale et ses pattes noires. Long. tot. 23 cent., de I'aisle depuis
le pli 16 cent." Thus the specimen in the Paris Museum is in no way
designated as the type, and I do not consider it even a cotype. Having
two examples himself, Lafresnaye would naturally have based his
description of the species upon them.
t CoKACOPSis VASA wuLSiNi Bangs
= C0RAC0P.SIS VASA DROUHARDI LaVAUDEN
Coracopsis vasa wulsini Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 11, 31 Oct., 1929,
p. 50.
Type. — Xo. 78,284, cf ; Western Madagascar, Miandrivazo; 23
June, 1915; F. R. Wulsin.
Coracopsis vasa droukardi Lavauden, Alauda 1, no. 4, 10 Sept., 1929, p. 231.
Coracopsis nigra libs Bangs
Coracopsis nigra Jibs Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 9, 1927, p. 83.
Type. — X^^o. 77,289, 9 ; Western ^Madagascar, Miandrivazo; 22
June, 1915; F.R.Wulsin.
bangs: types of birds 205
Taxygxathus lucionensis horrisonus Bangs and Peters
Tanijgnathus lucionensis horrisoniis Bangs and Peters, Occ. Papers Bost. Soo.
N. H., 5, 1927, p. 236.
Type. — ■ Xo. 235,875, cf ; Maratua Island, Dutch Borneo; February-
March, 1926; E. Mjoberg.
Platycercus splendens Peale
now Prosopeia splendexs (Peale)
Platycercus splendens Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 127.
Cotype — No. 74,343; Fiji Islands; T. R. Peale.
Peale does not say how many specimens he secured. Undoubtedly
other cotypes, besides ours, exist.
t Platycercus atrogularis Peale
= Prosopeia tabuensis (Gmelin)
Platycercus atrogularis Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 129.
Cotype. — -Xo. 17,732; Fiji Islands; T. R. Peale.
Cotype.— Xo. 74,344; Fiji Islands; T. R. Peale.
Psittacus tabuensis Gmelin, Sj'st. Nat., 1, 1788, p. 317.
Again Peale does not sa^^ how many specimens he collected.
Agaporxis cana ablectaxea Bangs
Aga-pornis cana ablectanea Bangs, BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool., 61, 1918, p. 503.
Type. — ■ Xo. 78,302, cf ; western Madagascar, Morondava Delta;
24 July, 1915; F. R. Wulsin.
LoRicuLUS sclateri ruber Meyer and Wiglesworth
Loricvlus sclateri ruber Meyer and Wiglesworth, Abh. u. Ber. Mas. Dresden, 6,
1897, no. 2, p. 9.
Cotype. — Xo. 97,344; Banzaai Island; May- August, 1895; Corsham,
This specimen, when received by the Museum of Comparative Zool-
ogy, was said to be one of the " types." As no holotype was designated
in the original description, our skin is a cotype.
206 BtFLLETIN: MUSliUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
Nymphicus uv.eensis E. L. and E. L. C. Layard
Nymphicus uvaeensis E. L. and E. L. C. Layard, P. Z. S., 1882, p. 408, pi. 26
fig. 2.
Cotype. — No. 142,238; Loyalty Islands, Uvea; E. L. Layard.
Our cotype is one of the two cage birds, d^ and 9 , upon which the
Layards based their description of the species. The other cotype is
still in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences,
from which we received ours in exchange.
The birds passed from the hands of the La^'ards into the Tristam
Collection, and thence into the possession of the Philadelphia Academy.
CORACIIDAE
Brachypteracias squamigera Lafresnaye
now Geobiastes squamigera (Lafresnaye)
Brachypteracias squamigera Lafresnaye, Rev. Zo5l., 1838, p. 224.
Type.— No. 74,871, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2027; "Madagascar."
I fail to understand upon what grounds Grandidier (Hist. Mada-
gascar, 1, 1879, p. 243) claims the type of this species for the Paris
Museum. Lafresnaye's written label for his own specimen leaves no
doubt that it was the one from which he described the species.
Brachypteracias pittoides Lafresnaye
now Atelornis pittoides (Lafresnaye)
Brachypteracias pittoides Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1834, pi. 32, text.
r?/pe.— No. 74,870, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,029; "Madagas-
car."
Grandidier (Hist. Madagascar, 1, 1879, p. 246) also claims the type
of this species for the Paris Museum, in my opinion wholly without
justification. Lafresnaye's written label for his specimen with the
significant " nob." after the name leaves no doubt that his own speci-
men is the actual type.
ALCEDINID.AE
Ceyx cyanopectus Lafresnaye
Ceyx cyano-pectus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 33.
Type. — No. 76,367; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,951.
Lafresnaye did not know whence his specimen, fine adult male,
bangs: types of birds 207
came. I have carefully compared it and find it identical with examples
from Luzon, and. therefore, designate Luzon as the type locality.
Entomothera coromanda bangsi Oberholser
now Halcyon coromanda bangsi (Oberholser)
Entomothera coromanda bangsi Oberholser, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 48, 1915, p.
654.
Tijpe.— ^o. 40,990, cT, Loo-choo Islands, Ishigaki; 23 April, 1899;
I. Zensaku.
t Dacelo fuscicapilla Lafresnaye
= Halcyon albiventris albiventris (Scopoli)
Dacelo fuscicapilla Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1833, pi. 18, text.
Type — No. 76,207; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,838. "Cap. b.
spei. — Verreaux."
Alcedo albiventris Scopoli, Del. Flor. et Faun. Insubr., 2, 1786, p. 90.
Dacelo vitiensis Peale
now Halcyon sacra vitiensis (Peale)
Dacelo vitiensis Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 156.
Cotype — No. 75,709 ; Fiji Islands ; T. R. Peale.
Peale appears to have taken several specimens, our cotype is a fine
adult.
t Dacelo coronata Peale
now Halcyon pealei Finsch & Hartlaub
Dacelo coronata Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 160 (Not Halcyon coronata
S. Mliller, 1843).
Halcyon pealei Finsch and Hartlaub, Faun. Centralpol., 1867, p. 40. (New
name to replace Dacelo coronata Peale, preoccupied).
Cotype. — -No. 75,711, 9 ; Samoa, Tutuila; T. R. Peale.
Another example, no. 75,710, is labeled simply " Samoan Islands,"
and as Peale says that the birds he described were from Tutuila, I do
not list it as a cotype.
208 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t Dacelo albifrons Peale
= Halcyon sanctus vagans (Lesson)
Dacelo albifrons Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 162.
Cotype. — • No. 75,704, cf ; New Zealand, Bay of Islands; T. R. Peale.
Alcedo vagans Lesson, Voy. de la Coquille, ZooL, 1, 1830, p. 694.
ToDiRAMPHUs recurvirostris Lafresnaye
Todiramphus recurvirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. ZooL, 1842, p. 134.
Cotype. — -Xo. 76,209; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,SS0, "isle des
navigateurs."
Cotype. — -No. 76,210; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,881, "'iles des
navigateurs " [= Samoa].
t Dacelo minima Peale
= Todiramphus recurvirostris Lafresnaye
Dacelo minima Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 159.
Cotype. — ■ No. 75,712, cf ; Samoa, Upolu; T. R. Peale.
Todiramphus recurvivostris Lafresnaye, Rev. ZooL, 1842, p. 134.
BUCEROTIDAE
t TocKUS POECILORHYNCHUS Lafresnaye
= LoPHOCEROs XASUTUS NASUTus (Linne)
Tockus poecilorhynchus Lafresna3^e, Rev. ZooL, 1839, p. 257.
Type. — Xo. 76,179; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,156, "Senegal."
Buceros nasvius Linne, Syst. Xat., 1766, p. 154.
Bycanistes cristatus brevis Friedmann
Bycanistes cristatus brevis Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. ZooL Club, 11, 1929,
p. 32.
Type. — Xo. 237,551, & ; Tanganyika Territory, Mt. Lutindi, L'sam-
bara Mountains; 10 December, 1926; Arthur Loveridge.
4
BANGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 209
PHOENICULIDAE
Rhinopomastus minor extimus Friedmann
Rhinopomaslus minor extimus Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 11, 1929,
p. 29.
Type. — No. 133,557, cf; Tanganyika Territory, Dodoma; 25 De-
cember, 1918; Arthur Loveridge.
MEROPIDAE
Merops lafresnayii Guerin
now Melittophagus lafresnayii lafresnayii (Guerin)
Merops Lafresnayii Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 332.
Type. — -No. 74,866; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 754; "abyssinie."
For this specimen Lafresnaye wrote a lengthy label, telling its his-
tory, giving a great deal of synonymy and making notes on how it
differed from all other forms known to him.
t Merops sumatranus coeligenus Bangs and Penard
= Merops viridis viridis Linne
Merops sumatranus coeligenus Bangs and Penard, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club,
8, 1923, p. 80.
Type.— '"So. 60,323, d"; Java, Pelaboean Ratoe; 10 October, 1909;
O. Bryant and W. Palmer.
Merops viridis Linne, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 117.
Penard and I stupidly overlooked the changes in names pointed out
by Hartert (Nov. Zool., 17, 1910, p. 482) and, therefore, renamed the
Javan form.
MOMOTIDAE
Electron carinatus viridis Ridgway
Electron carinatus viridis Ridgway, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 25, 1912, p. 89.
Type.~No. 121,067, cf ; Costa Rica, La Vijagua; 3 March, 1908;
C. F. Underwood.
210 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t MoMOTus yucatanensis Cabot
= EuMOMOTA suPERCiLiosA suPERCiLiosA (Saiidbach)
Momotus yucatanensis Cabot, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1, 1843, p. 156.
Cotype. — No. 72575; Yucatan; S. Cabot.
Cotype. — No. 88809; Yucatan; S. Cabot.
Pyronites superciliosus Sandbach, Athenaeum, no. 517, 1837, p. 698.
At the time I wrote an account of Cabot's Types of Yucatan Birds
(Auk, 32, 1915, p. 168) we could find only one specimen, since then
another has turned up among some Yucatan birds of Cabot's collect-
ing, that had been kept ever since in the Cabot family.
EuMOMOTA SUPERCILIOSA EUROAUSTRIS GrisCOm
Eumomota superciliosa euroaustris Griscom, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 11,
1929, p. 54.
Type. — No. 136,585, cf ; Honduras, Lancetilla; 6 March, 1928;
J. L. Peters.
Eumomota superciliosa dickeyi Griscom
Eumomota superciliosa dickeyi Griscom, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 11, 1929,
p. 55.|
Tyjje. — No. 36,530; Honduras, Copan; 1891; G. Lopez.
Eumomota superciliaris australis Bangs
now Eumomota superciliosa australis Bangs
Eomomota superciliaris australis Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19, 1906,
p. 104.
Type.— No. 116,499, d" ; Costa Rica, Bebedero; 11 February, 1890;
C. F. Underwood.
Momotus conexus Thayer and Bangs
now Momotus moviola conexus Thayer and Bangs
Momotus conexus Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46, 1906, p. 215
Typc—^o. 114,054, 9 ; Panama, Panama; 6 May, 1904; W. W.
Brown.
bangs: types of birds 211
Prionites gularis Lafresnaye
now AsPATHA GULARIS (Lafresnaye)
Prionites gularis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 130.
Type.^^o. 76,241; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,007; "Mexique
guatemala."
TODIDAE
t ToDUS DOMiNiCENSis Lafresnaye
= ToDUS SUBULATUS (Gray)
Todus Dominicensis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 331.
Type.— No. 76,245; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,097; " St. Dom. M.
Sale."
Todus subulatus Gray, Gen. Birds, April, 1847, p. 63.
Two other specimens, Lafresnaye Collection, nos. 5,096 and 5,098
are not cotypes. They have wholly diflferently worded labels, and were
probably received by Lafresnaye at a later date.
Todus angustirostris Lafresnaye
Todus angustirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, p. 478.
Type.— No. 76,242; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,101; "St. Dom-
inque, M. Sale." A second specimen, no. 5,102, is not a cotype.
In an article in P. Z. S. (1857, p. 233) Salle expressed the opinion
that T. subulatus, T. dominicensis and T. anguMirostris represented
only different ages and sexes of one and the same species. It, of course,
is now known that T. subulatus and T. angustirostris are distinct spe-
cies, and that T. dominicensis is a synonym of T. subulatus.
Todus multicolor exilis Barbour and Brooks
= Todus multicolor Gould
Todus multicolor exilis Barbour and Brooks, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 6,
1917, p. 51.
Type.— No. 67,263, 9 ; Cuba, Preston (Nipe Bay); 5 March, 1915;
J. L. Peters.
Todus multicolor Gould, Icon. Av., 1837, pi. 2.
The large amount of material that has come into this museum since
Barbour and Brooks named their exilis proves that the two characters
212 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
upon which the form was based are very \ariable, perhaps due to age
or season and perhaps purely individual. We find now that it is im-
possible to maintain an eastern and western form in Cuba.
CAPRIMULGIDAE
Caprimulgus americanus Wilson
= Chordeiles minor minor (J. R. Forster)
Caprimulgus americanus Wilson, Am. Orn., 5, 1812, p. 65, pi. 40, fig. 1 (not of
Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1, 1758, p. 193).
Type. — No. 67,855, from the old Peale Museum.
Caprimulgus minor J. R. Forster, Cat. Anim. N. Am., 1771, p. 13.
t Chordeiles peruvianus Peale
= Chordeiles acutipennis exilis (Lesson)
Chordeiles peruvianus Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 172.
Cotype.— No. 75,697, & ; Peru; T. R. Peale.
Caprimulgus exilis Lesson, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 44.
Nyctidromus albicollis intercedens Griscom
Nyctidromus albicollis intercedens Griscom, Am. Mus. Novit., no. 379, 1929, p. 8-
Type — No. 136,601, d" ; Honduras, Tela; 4 March, 1928; James L.
Peters.
Nyctidromus albicollis gilvus Bangs
Nyctidromus albicollis gilvus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 82.
Type. — -No. 105,201, cf; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains; 5
January, 1898; W. W. Brown.
t Phalaenoptilus nuttalli nitidus Brewster
= Phalaenoptilus nuttalli nuttalli (Audubon)
Phalaenoptilus nuttalli nitidus Brewster, Auk, 4, 1887, p. 147.
Cotyjjc.— No. 213,076, & ; Texas, Nueces River; 27 February, 1886;
F. B. Armstrong.
Cotype. — No. 213,077, 9 ; Texas, Nueces River; 27 February, 1886;
F. B. Armstrong.
Caprimulgus ntdtalli Audubon, Birds Am., 7, 1844, p. 350, pi. 495.
bangs: types of birds 213
Otophanes mcleodii Brewster
Otophaties mcleodii Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 89.
Type. — No. 214,123, 9 ; Chihuahua, Sierra Madre; 6 December,
1884; R. R. McLeod.
t Caprimulgus aequicauda Peale
= Systellura decussata (Tschudi)
Caprimvlgus aequicauda Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 168.
Cotype — Xo. 75,698; Peru; T. R. Peale
Caprimlugus decussatus Tschudi, Arch. f. Naturg., 1844, p. 268.
Peale does not tell us how many specimens he secured; probably
there are other cotypes besides ours.
Antrostomus vociferus arizonae Brewster
now Caprimulgus vociferus arizonae (Brewster)
Antrostomus vocifenis arizonae Brewster, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 6, 1881, p. 69.
Type. — No. 205,238, cT; Arizona, Chiricahua Mountains; 22 May,
1880; F. Stephens.
Antrostomus badius Bangs and Peck
now Caprimulgus badius (Bangs and Peck)
Antrostomus badius Bangs and Peck, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21, 1908
p. 44.
Type.— Xo. 119.990, [9]; British Honduras, Toledo District; 2
January, 1907; :\I. E. Peck.
t Antrostomus nelsoni Ridgway
= Caprimulgus badius (Bangs and Peck)
Antrostomus nelsoni Ridgway, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 25, 1912, p. 90.
Type.~}<o. 40,093, c^; Yucatan, Chichen-Itza; 29 March, 1904;
L. J. Cole.
Antrostomus badius Bangs and Peck, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21, 1908,
p. 44.
214 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Antrostomus rufus otiosus Bangs
now Caprimulgus rufus otiosus (Bangs)
Antrostomus rufus otiosus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24, 1911, p. 188.
Type. — • No. 28,674, [cf]; Lesser Antilles, St. Lucia; J. Semper.
t Caprimulgus eleanorae Phillips
= Caprimulgus trimaculatus tristigma Riippell
Caprimulgus eleanorae Phillips, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 26, 1913, p. 167.
Type. — No. 63,436, 9 ; East Sudan, Blue Nile, Fazogli; 15 January,
1913; G. M. Allen and J. C. Phillips.
Caprimulgus tristigma Riippell, Neue Wirb., Vog., 1840, p. 105.
APODIDAE
Collocalia inopina Thayer and Bangs
now Collocalia inopina inopina Thayer and Bangs
Collocalia inopina Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 52, 1909, p. 139.
Type.— Ko. 50,014, d" ; China. Hupeh, MafuHng; 1 June, 1907;
W. R. Zappey.
Collocalia inopina pellos Thayer and Bangs
Collocalia inopina pellos Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 40, 1912,
p. 158.
Type. — No. 52,131, cf; China, Western Szeehuan, Ching Chow
Hsien; 4 April, 1908; W.- R. Zappey.
Collocalia fusciphaga capnitis Thayer and Bangs
now Collocalia francica capnitis Thayer and Bangs
Collocalia fusciphaga capnitis Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 52,
1909, p. 139.
Type. — No. 50,013, cf ; China, Hupeh, Wantaoshan; 5 June, 1907;
W. R. Zappey.
1
bangs: types of birds 215
Macropteryx spodiopygius Peale
now CoLLOCALiA FRANCiCA SPODIOPYGIUS (Peale)
Macropteryx spodiopygius Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 176.
Cotype. — No. 75,700; Samoa, Tutuila; T. R. Peale.
I have no idea how many specimens Peale secured, but in all proba-
bility there exist other cotypes besides ours.
Macropteryx leucopileus Peale
now CoLLOCALiA FRANCICA LEUCOPILEUS (Peale)
Macropteryx leucophcsiis Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 178.
Cotype.— Xo. 75,699, cf ; Tahiti; T. R. Peale.
Again Peale does not say how many he took.
t Streptoprocne zonaris melanotis Peters
= Streptoprocne zonaris pallidifrons (Hartert)
Streptoprocne zonaris melanotis Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 6, 1916,
p. 37.
Type. — No. 70,116, cf; Santo Domingo, Sosua; 28 February, 1916*
J. L. Peters.
Chaetura zonaris pallidifrons Hartert, Ibis, 1896, p. 368.
Chaetura brachyura praevelox Bangs and Penard
Chaetura brachyura praevelox Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62,
1918, p. 60.
Type. — No. 112,817, cf ; Lesser Antilles, St. Vincent; 14 October,
1903;A. H.Clark.
Chaetura brunnitorques Lafresnaye
now Cypseloides brunnitorques brunnitorques (Lafresnaye)
Chaetura brunnitorques (sic) Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 81.
Type. — No. 76,240; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 893 " Colombie."
216 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t Apus melba petrensis Bangs
= Apus melba tuneti Tschusi
Apus lemba petrensis Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24, 1911, p. 195.
Type.— ^o. 59,534; Palestine, Jordan Valley; April, 1886; Selah
Merrill Collection.
Apus melba tuneti Tschusi, Om. Jarb., 15, 1904, p. 123.
TROCHILIDAE
Hemistephania ginanensis Boucard
= DoRYFERA JOHANNAE (Bourcier)
Hemistephania ginanensis {sic) Boucard, Hummingbird, 3, 1893, p. 10.
Cotypc. — No. 82,538, cT ; British Guiana, Merume Mountains; 21
July, 1881 ; H. Wliitely.
Trochilus johannae Bourcier, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 45.
This specimen is one of Boucard's marked cotypes.
Threnetes ruckeri darienensis Bangs and Barbour
Threnetes ruckeri darienensis Bangs and Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 65,
1922, p. 204.
Type. — -No. 87,511, cf; Panama, Darien, Mount Sapo; 23 April,
1922; Barbour, Brooks, and Underwood.
Threnetes ruckeri ventosus Bangs and Penard
Threnetes ruckeri rentosu^ Bangs and Penard, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5,
1924, p. 77.
Type— No. 116,624, d' ; Costa Rica, Pozo Azul; 21 February, 1898;
C. F. Underwood.
Heteroglaucis philippin.e Penard
now Glaucis Philippine (Penard)
Heteroglaucis philippincB Penard, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 8, 1922, p. 27.
Type.— :Slo. 86,893; Surinam, Lelydorp; 13 September, 1921; A.
Pichot.
Penard described this bird as a Ilcferoglavcis, but failed to note that
bangs: types of birds 217
the mandibles are serrated, and further that the bill is heavy and
hooked as in Glaucis. Heteroglaucis is too close to Threnetcs to stand
even as a subgenus. The type specimen is unique, it may prove to be
an extremely abnormal example of Glaucis hirsuta, or perhaps it may
represent a rare and distinct species.
Phaethornis guy coruscus Bangs
Phaethornis guy coruscus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 26.
Type — No. 108,414, cf ; Panama, Boquete; 14 March, 1901 ; W. W-
Brown.
Phaethornis longirostris susurrus Bangs
now PlL\ETHORNIS SUPERCTLIOSUS SUSURRUS Bangs
Phaethornis longirostris s^isurrus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1901,
p. 64.
Type. — • No. 106,806, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Chirua;
17 January, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Phaethornis hyalinus Bangs
now Phaethornis anthophila hyalinus (Bangs)
Phaethornis hyalinus B&ngs, Auk, 1901, p. 27.
Type— No. 104,922, d" ; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 5 May, 1900; W. W. Brown.
Campylopterus hemileucurus mellitus Bangs
Campyloplerus hemileucurus mellitus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3,
1902, p. 28.
Type.— y^o. 108,425, a'; Panama, Boquete; 10 April, 1901; W. W.
Brown,
Thaumasius taczanowskii fractus Bangs and Noble
now Talaphorus taczanoavskii fractus (Bangs and Noble)
Thawnasius taczanowskii fractus Bangs and Noble, Auk, 35, 1918, p. 451.
Type.— No. 80,118, cf ; Peru, Huancabamba; 9 August, 1916; G. K.
Noble.
218 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t Saucerottea cyanura impatiens Bangs
= Saucerottia cy'anura cy'anura (Gould)
Saucerottea cyanura impatiens Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19, 1906,
p. 104.
Type — Ko. 116,684, d" ; Costa Rica, San Pedro; October, 1904;
C. F. Underwood.
Amazilia cyanura Gould, Monog. Troch., 5, 1859, pi. 315.
Trochilus yucatanensis Cabot
now Amizilis y'ucatanensis yucatanensis (Cabot)
Trochilus yucatanensis Cabot, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 2, 1845, p. 74.
Type.— No. 72,512; Yucatan; Dr. S. Cabot.
Amizilis bangsi Ridgway
= Hybrid: Amizilis rutila (Delattre) X Amizilis tzacatl tzacatl
(De la Lla^•e)
Amizilis bangsi Ridgway, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23, 1910, p. 54.
Type. — 'No. 116,682, cf; Costa Rica, Volcan de Miravalles; 7 Sep-
tember, 1895; C. F. Underwood.
Simon (1921, p. 106) gives it as his opinion, without, however, having
seen the type, that bangsi is simply an example of rutila with an undue
amount of green feathers on the sides of the breast. I do not think that
this is so, but regard the type, which is unique, as a hybrid. The type
in its coloring is nearly intermediate between A. rutila and .4. tzacatl,
both of which are common birds in the region whence it came.
-ft'
Cy'anomy'Ia salvini Brewster
now Amizilis salvini (Brewster)
Cyanomyia salvini Brewster, Auk, 10, 1893, p. 214.
Type.— No. 224,125, cT ; Sonora, Nacosari; 31 March, 1887; John C.
Cahoon.
Hylocharis leucotis borealis Griscom
Hylocharis leucotis borealis Griscom, Am. Mus. Novit., no. 379, 1929, p. 10.
Tyi)e.— No. 224,208, d"; Chihuahua, Finos Altos; 2 July, 1888;
M. A. Frazar.
bangs: types of birds 219
t Hylocharis guianensis Boucard
= Hylocharis sapphirina (Gnielin)
Hylocharis guianensis Boucard, Hummingbird, 1, 1891, p. 52.
Cotype. — No. 94,715, 9; British Guiana, Camacusa; 22 April,
1SS2;H. Whitely.
Trochilus sapphirtnus Gmelin, Sj-^st. Nat., 1, 1788, p. 496.
This specimen is labeled by Boucard as one of his co types.
Chalybura buffoni micans Bangs and Barbour
Chalybura buffoni micans Bangs and Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 66,
1922, p. 204.
Type. — No. 87,514, cf ; Panama, Darien, Mount Sapo;25 April,
1922; Barbour, Brooks and Underwood.
Anthracothorax prevostii gracilirostris Ridgway
Anthracothorax prevostii gracilirostris Ridgway, Proc. Biol. Sec. Washington,
23, 1910, p. 55.
Type.— No. 122,629, d" ; Costa Rica, Bolson; 16 December, 1907;
C. F. Underwood.
AiTHURUS sciTULUS Brewster and Bangs
now Trochilus scitltlus (Brewster and Bangs)
Aithurus scitulus Brewster and Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1901,
1901, p. 49.
Type.— 'iso. 37,405, cf ; Jamaica, Priestmans River; 11 February,
1891 ; W. E. D. Scott.
Leltcuria phalerata Bangs
now Helianthea phalerata (Bangs)
Leucuria phalerata Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 174.
Type. — • No. 105,731, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Maco-
tama; 17 June, 1898; \V. W. Brown.
220 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Lafresnayea liriope Bangs
now Lafresnayea lafresnayi liriope Bangs
Lafresnayea liriope Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23, 1910, p. 105.
Type. — No. 106,216, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Par-
amo de Chiruqua; 25 February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Metallura districta Bangs
Metallura districta Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 94.
Type. — No. 106,223, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta ^Mountains, San
Miguel; 6 February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
t Trochilus bahamensis Bryant
= Nesophlox evelynae (Bourcier)
Trochilus bahamensis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 7, 1859, p. 106.
Cotype. — No. 46,812, cf; Bahamas, Nassau; 2 March, 1859; H.
Bryant.
Cotype. — No. 46,813, 9; Bahamas, Nassau; 15 February, 1859;
H. Bryant.
Trochilus evelynae Bourcier, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 44.
t Trochilus violajugulum J. A. Jeffries
= Hybrid: Archilochus alexandri (Bourcier and Mulsant) X
Calypte annae (Lesson)
Trochilus violajugulum Jeffries, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 168.
Type. — No. 40,932 cf ; California, Santa Barbara; 5 April, 1883;
J. A. Jeffries.
Selasphorus simoni Carriker
Selasphorus simoni Carriker, .\nn. Carn. Mus., 6, 1910, p. 550.
Type.— ^o. 116,879, cT ; Costa Rica, Barba; October, 1900; C. F.
LTnderwood.
AcESTRURA astreans Bangs
Acestrura astreans Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, 1899, p. 76.
Type.— No. 106,840, d" ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, San
Sebastian; 16 July, 1899; W. W. Brown.
BAXGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 221
TROGONIDAE
Pharomacrus festatus Bangs
now Pharomacrus fulgidus festatus Bangs
Pharomacrus festatus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 92.
Type. — ■ No. 106,235, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains,
Chirua; 20 March, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Prionotelus temnurus vescus Bangs and Zappey.
Prionotelus temnurus vescus Bangs and Zappey, Am. Nat., 39, 1905, p. 204.
Type. — -No. 113,250, cf; Isle of Pines (near Cuba), Almacigos; 19
April, 1904; W. R. Zappey.
Trogon UNDERWOOD! Bangs
Trogon aurantiiventris underwoodi Bangs
Trogon underwoodi Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1908, p. 24.
Type.— No. 116,581, cf ; Costa Rica, Volcan de Miravalles; 28 Oc-
tober, 1895; C. F. Underwood.
Trogon melanocephala illaetabilis Bangs
Trogon melanocephala illaetabilis Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 22, 1909.
p. 30.
Type.— No. 122,781, d" ; Costa Rica, Bolson; 25 December, 1907;
C. F. Underwood.
Trogon collaris extimus Griscom
Trogon collaris extimus Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 162.
Type.— No. 140,533, 9 ; Eastern Panama, Cana; 22 March, 1928;
Rex R. Benson.
CUCULIDAE
CucuLUS gabonensis Lafresnaye
now CucuLUS gabonensis gabonensis Lafresnaye
Cuculus gabonensis Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 60.
Type. — No. 76,177; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,307 (no data).
222 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Cercococcyx montanus patulus Friedmann
Cercococcyx montanus patulus Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10,
1928, p. 84.
Type. — -No. 237,593, cf ; Tanganyika Territory, Uluguru, Bagilo;
28 September, 1926; A. Loveridge.
CoccYzus minor teres Peters
Coccyzus minor teres Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zo5l. Club, 9, 1927, p. 112.
Tyjpe. — No. 70,073, cf ; Santo Domingo, Sosua; 31 March, 1916;
J. L. Peters.
Coccyzus minor vincentis Clark
Coccyzus minor vincentis Clark, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 32, 1905, p. 264.
Type. — No. 112,796, d^ ; Lesser Antilles, St. Vincent, Peter's Hope;
11 February, 1904; Austin H. Clark.
Coccyzus minor grenadensis Bangs
Coccyzus minor grenadensis Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 20, 1907, p. 53.
Type. — No. 112,978, cf ; Lesser Antilles, L'nion Island, Clifton; 9
April, 1904; Austin H. Clark.
t Coccyzus lindeni Allen
= Coccyzus julieni Lawrence
Coccyzus lindeni Allen, Bull. Essex Inst., 8, 1876, p. 81.
Type. — No. 22,886, 9 ; Brazil, Santarem; 19 April; Charles Linden.
Cocc7jzus julieni Lawrence, Ann. Lye. N. H., N. Y., 8, 1864, pp. 42 and 98.
t Centropus lafresnayanus J. Verreaux
= Centropus toulou toulou (P. L. S. Miiller)
Centropus Lafresnayanus J. Verreaux in Vinson Voyage a jNladagascar, 1865,
annexe B., pp. 3 and 5.
Cotype. — No. 74,872; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,227; Madagascar.
Cotype. — No. 74,873; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,226; Madagascar.
Cuculus toulou P. L. S. Miiller, Syst. Nat., Suppl., 1776, p. 90.
Verreaux took his description from a bird in black plumage which he
says was in the possession of his brother Edward in 1862, and from
bangs: types of birds 223
two individuals in brown plumage, which he called females, and which
he found in the Lafresnaye Collection. All three are, of course,
cotypes. I wonder if the black plumaged bird can be or has been
traced to any museum!
f Saurothera jamaicensis Lafresnaye
= Saurothera vetula (Linne)
Saurothera Jamaicensis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 354.
Type. — No. 84,642; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,255; "Jamaique."
Cuculus vetula Linne, Syst. Nat., 1, 1758, p. 111.
Saurothera merlini decolor Bangs and Zappey
Saurothera merlini decolor Bangs and Zappey, Am. Nat., 39, 1905, p. 199.
Type.— No. n3,246, d" ; Isle of Pines, near Cuba, La Vega; 24 April,
1904; W.R. Zappey.
Saurothera bahamensis Bryant
now Saurothera merlini bahamensis Bryant
Saurothera bahamensis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 9, 1864, p. 280.
Cotypc. — ■ No. 45,971, cf ; Bahamas, Nassau; April, 1859.
Cotype. — No. 45,972, 9 ; Bahamas, Nassau; May, 1859.
t PiAYA ciNNAMOMEiVENTRis Lafresnaye
= Hyetornis pluvialis (Gmelin)
Piaya cinnamomeiventris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 321.
Type. — No. 76,140, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,282; "Jamaique."
Cuculus pluvialis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1788, p. 411.
The one specimen in the Lafresnaye Collection is not only the type
of Piaya cinmimomeiventris, but is also the subject of the figure in Des
Murs (Icon. Orn., 1848, pi. 65). It is still in excellent condition.
Piaya cayana mogenseni Peters
Piaya cayana mogenseni Peters, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1926, p. 195.
Type. — No. 99,263; cf ; Argentina, Tucuman, Concepcion; 12 July,
1922;J. Mogensen.
224 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
PlAYA RUTILA PANAMENSIS Todd
now COCCYCUA RUTILA PANAMENSIS (Todd)
Piayarutila panamensis Todd, Ann. Carnegie Mus., 8, 1912, p. 212.
Type.— No. 107,100, cf ; Panama, Loma del Leon; 10 March, 1900;
W. W. Brown.
t Phoenicophaeus nigriventris Peale
= Rhopodytes diardi (Lesson)
Phoenicophaeus nigriventris Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 140.
Cotype. — No. 75,754, from U. S. Expl. Exped.
Melies Diardi, Lesson, Traite, 1831, p. 132.
Peale merely says on page 142 that " specimens were obtained at
Singapore," but does not mention how many.
t Anadaenus ruficauda Peale
= Rhinortha chlorophaea chlorophaea (Raffles)
Anadaenus ruficauda Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 142.
Cotyp)e. — No. lb,lbb, from U. S. Expl. Exped.
Cuculus chlorophaeus Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc, 13, 1822, p. 288.
Again Peale says only that " specimens were obtained at Singapore."
Crotopil\ga sulcirostris pallidula Bangs and Penard
Crotophaga sulcirostris pallidula Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
64, 1921, p. 365.
Type. — No. 217,148, cf ; Lower California, San Jose del Cabo;
12 October, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Although formerly a common resident in the Cape region, this well-
marked form has not been found there by ornithologists during the
past twenty years (cf. Grinnell, Univ. of Cal. Publications in Zool., 32,
1928, p. 118). Lately, however,^Mr. Peters, in carefully identifying the
long series of C. sulcirostris in the Museum of Comparative Zoology
has found that specimens from the west coast of Mexico — • Sinaloa,
Colima, Tehuantepec etc., undoubtedly belong with pallidula.
bangs: types of birds 225
CAPITONIDAE
Tricholaema diadematum mustum Friedmann
Tricholae'ina diadematum mustum Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 11,
1929, p. 35 .
Type. — No. 56,470, & ; Kenya Colony, Guaso Nyiro River; 15 July,
1909; Glover M.Allen.
Bucco CALvus Lafresnaye
now Gymnobucco calvus calvus (Lafresnaye)
Bucco calvus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 241.
Type. — ■ No. 76,270, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,647.
Lafresnaye wrote a long label for this example, which dealt wholly
with synonymy etc., and contained no word as to the history of the
specimen.
PoGONiULUS bilineatus CONCILIATOR Friedmann
Pogonivlus bilineatus conciliator Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 11,
1929, p. 36.
Type. — No. 237,561, 9 ; Tanganyika Territory, Nyange, Uluguru
Mountains; 11 October, 1926; Arthur Loveridge.
Cyanops d.wisoni laurentii Wells
now Cyanops asiatica laurentii (Wells)
Cyanops davisoni laurentii Wells, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 174.
Cotype. — No. 130,725, cf ; Yunnan, 150 miles south of Yunnanfu;
8 May, 1922; La Touche Collection.
Two cotypes were designated by Wells when he described the sub-
species, the other is in the British Museum.
t Bucco rubritorques Peale
= Cyanops henricii henricii (Temminck)
Bucco rubritorques Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 133.
Cotype. — - No. 75,768, from V. S. Expl. Exped.
Cotype. — No. 75,769, from \j. S. Expl. Exped.
Bucco henricii Temminck, PI. Col., 3, 1831, pi. 524.
Peale says " five specimens of this bird were obtained at Singapore."
226 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t Barbion sulphuratus Lafresnaye
= Trachyphonus vaillantii vaillantii Ranzani
Barhion sulphuratus Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1836, cl. 2, 60.
Type. — Xo. 84,336; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,657; "Verreaux,
etiq. Pays des Masilikats."
Trachyphonus vaillantii Ranzani, Elem. ZooL, 3, 1821, pt. 2, p. 159.
Trachyphonus purpuratus J. and E. Verreaux.
now Trachylaemus purpuratus purpuratus (J. and E. Verreaux)
Trachyphonus purpuratus {sic) J. and E. Verreaux. Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1851>
p. 260.
Cotypc. — -No. 84,332, cf ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,658.
A label for this specimen signed V. reads — • " Trachyphonus pur-
puratus Verr. d^ Gabon."
In their description of the species the brothers Verreaux say that
they had two specimens, one fully adult, marked as a male, which they
describe at length, and a second which differed slightly from it. Our
example agrees exactly with their long account of the adult male. The
other example was not in the Lafresnaye Collection.
t Capito aurantiiventris Ridgway
= Capito niger .\mazonicus (Deville and Des Murs)
Capita aurantiiventris Ridgway, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 25, 1912, p. 87.
Type. — ■ Xo. 7,601; Brazil; Thayer Exped.; collected by Xewton
Dexter.
Capito niger amazonicus Deville and Des Murs, Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1849,
p. 171.
Capito auratus bolivianus Ridgway
now Capito niger bolivianus Ridgway
Capito auratus bolivianus Ridgway, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 25, 1912, p. 87.
Type.— No. 47,379; "Bohvia, Rio Beni."
The type, a flat skin, was taken from an Indian necklace by Dr.
Thomas Barbour.
bangs: types of birds 227
MiCROPOGON BOURCiERii Lafresnaye
now Capito BOURCIERII BOURCIERII (Lafresnave), male
Micropogon Bourcierii Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 179.
Type. — No. 76,268; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,704; "Bogota."
t Micropogon hartlaubii Lafresnaye
= Capito bourcierii boucierii (Lafresnaye), female
Micropogon Hartlaubii Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 180.
Type. — Xo. 76,269; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,708; "Bogota."
Micropogon Bourcierii Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 179.
EUBUCCO BOURCIERl ANOMALUS GrisCOm
now Capito bourcierii anomalus (Griscom)
Euhucco bourcieri anotnalus Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 163.
Type. — No. 140,512, cf; Eastern Panama, Cana; 1 August, 1928;
Rex R. Benson.
rha:mphastidae
Pteroglossus albivitta Boissonneau
now Aulacorhynchus albivitta albivitta (Boissonneau)
Pteroglossus albivitta Boissonneau, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 70.
Type. — No. 76,092; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,195; "St^' fe de
Bogota."
Aulacorhamphus petax Bangs
= Aulacorhynchus albivitta pileolaemus (Gould)
Aulacorhamphus petax Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21, 1908, p. 158.
Type. — No. 120,570, cf ; Colombia, San Antonio, Rio Cali; 5 No-
vember, 1907; M. G. Palmer.
Aulacorhamphus phoeolaemus Gould, Ann. Mag. N. H., 14, 1874, p. 184.
Pteroglossus caeruleicinctus Lafresnaye
now Aulacorhynchus caeruleicinctus (Lafresnaye)
Pteroglossus caeruleicinctus Lafresnaye, in d'Orbigny, Diet. Univ., 2, 1843
(-1841), p. 54.
Type. — No. 76,175; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,200; no data.
The label for this specimen reads only "aulacorhynchus caerulei-
228 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
*
cindus nob." Besides the type there is a second specimen, no. 1,201
which is not a cotype. Its label reads as follows — "affinis Pterog.
haematopygus Gould Proceed. 1834, p. 147 sed differt rostii colore et
cingulo cyanea."
AuLACORHAMPHus LAUTus Bangs
now AuLACORHYNCHus LAUTUS (Bangs)
Aulacorhamphus lautus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 173.
Type. — No. 105,789, cT* ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, San
Miguel; 6 June, 1898; W. W. Brown.
GALBULID.AJE
Galbula ruficauda fallens Bangs
Galbvla ruficauda pollens Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 133.
Type. — No. 10.5,073, cf; Colombia, Santa Marta; 27 December,
1897; W. W. Brown.
Galbula surinamensis F. P. and A. P. Penard
Galbula surinamensis F. P. and A. P. Penard, Vogels van Guyana, 1, 1908, p.
576.
Type. — No. 249,307, cf ; Surinam, Lelydorp; A. P. Penard.
The type of this species, described by his brothers, was presented to
the Museum of Comparative Zoology by T. E. Penard. Judged by a
single individual, it seems quite distinct from G. alhirostris Latham.
As the Penards sa>' in the original description, it has a larger and
wholly yellowish bill (lacking the black tip to the upper mandible);
it is more coppery green above, paler rufous below, and has a smaller
white throat patch.
Jacamerops aurea penardi Bangs and Barbour
Jacamerops aurea penardi Bangs and Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 65,
1922, p. 200.
Type. — No. 116,609, 9 ; Costa Rica, Carrillo; 19 November, 1898;
C. F. Underwood.
bangs: types of birds 229
BUG CON ID AE
t Ta:matia gularis d'Orbigny and Lafi'esnaye
= Hypxelus ruficollis ruficollis (Wagler)
Tamatia gularis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 166.
Type— No. 76,272; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,727; " Carthagene,
de Cande."
Capito ruficollis Wagler, Isis, 1829, p. 658.
Monasa mystacalis Lafresnaye
now Malacoptila mystacalis (Lafresnaye)
Monasa mystacalis Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1850, p. 215.
Type.— -y^o. 76,273; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,739; "Colombie,
Parzudaki."
The type locality of this species has been fixed by Chapman as Val-
paraiso, Santa Marta Mountains, Colombia.
t Monasa axillaris Lafresnaye
= Monasa flavirostris Strickland
Monasa axillaris Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1850, p. 216.
Type. — No. 76,271; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,750; "rio negro."
Monasa flavirostris Strickland, Contr. Orn., 1850, p. 47, pi. 48.
For his specimen Lafresnaye wrote a label as follows — " Monasa
flavirostris Strickland, jardine contrit). to ornithology, 1850. Monasa
axillaris b. a epaulettes blanches, nob. rev. zool., Avril, 1850, p. 216,
rio negro (Perou, Strickland) les deux noms donnes a la meme date."
PICIDAE
CoLAPTES auratus luteus Bangs
Colaptes auratus luteus Bangs, Aiik, 15, 1898, p. 177.
Type. — No. 100,830, cf; Massachusetts, Watertown; 2 May,
1879; E. A. and O. Bangs.
230 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
CoLAPTES mexicanoides Lafresnave
now Colaptes mexicanoides mexicanoides (Lafresnave)
Colaptes mexicanoides Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 42.
Cotype. — No. 76,213, d^; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,599; "mex-
ique.
Cotype. — 'No. 76,214, 9 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,600; "mex-
ique.
Lafresnaye received his two specimens from Parzudaki. They
probably came from Guatemala, as they are exactly like skins from
that country, with which I have compared them.
Colaptes pitius cachinnans Wetmore and Peters
Colaptes pitius cachinnans Wetmore and Peters, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
35, 1922, p. 43.
Type. — No. 85,293, 9 ; Argentina, Bariloche; 17 February, 1921;
J. L. Peters.
t Gecinus canus jacobsii La Touche
= Picus CANUS setschuanus Hesse
Gecinus canu.s jacobsii La Touche, BuU. B. O. C, 41, 1919, p. 50.
Cotype. — No. 131,142, cf; Hupeh, Changyanghsien; 22 Novem-
ber, 1918; La Touche Collection.
Cotype. — No. 131,143, 9 ; Hupeh, Changyanghsien; 26 September,
1918; La Touche Collection.
Picus canus setschuanus Hesse, Om. Monatsb., 1911, p. 193.
Peters and I (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68, 1928, p. 332) at one time
were inclined to refer all middle Chinese green woodpeckers to gunieri
We have again gone over our large amount of material very carefully,
and now recognize setschuanus, in spite of the fact that its characters
are not wholly constant.
All birds taken b\' Zappey in the lowlands of Hupeh are guerini,
but most of those from the mountains are somewhat darker in color,
as are also most of the skins from Szetchuan. In any event it is not
possible to distinguish birds from the mountains of Hupeh and Szet-
chuan, and jacobii falls as a synon^'m of setschuanus.
bangs: types of birds 231
Picus CANUS YUNNANENSis La Touche
Picus canus yunnanensis La Touche, Bull. B. 0. C, 43, 1922, p. 44.
Cotype.— No. 131,129, (f; Yunnan, Milati; 20 January, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Cotype. — No. 131,130, 9 ; Yunnan, Milati; 15 January, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Chloronerpes simplex ALLOPHi'Eus Bangs
now PicuLus simplex allophyeus (Bangs)
Chloronerpes simplex allophyeus Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 39, 1903, p.
145.
Type. — No. 110,349, cf; Honduras, Yaruca; 11 February, 1902;
W. W. Brown.
t Chloronerpes rubiginosus roraimae T. E. Penard
= PicuLUS RUBIGINOSUS GUiANAE (Hellmayr)
Chloronerpes rubiginosus roraimae T. E. Penard, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 7,
1919, p. 29.
Type. — 'No. 82,134, 9; British Guiana, Roraima; 27 December,
1883;H.Whitelv.
Chloronerpes rubiginosus guianae Hellmayr, Verb. Orn. Ges. Bayern, 13, 1918,
p. 314.
Chloronerpes y'ucatanensis alleni Bangs
now PicuLus RUBIGINOSUS ALLENI (Bangs)
Chloronerpes yucatanensis alleni Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902,
p. 83.
Type. — No. 106,943, (f ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, San
Sebastian; 30 July, 1899; W. W. Brown.
PiCUS YUCATANENSIS Cabot
now PiCULUS RUBIGINOSUS YUCATANENSIS (Cabot)
Picu^ yv/Mtanensis Cabot, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1, 1844, p. 164; Bost. Jour.
N. H., 5, 1845, p. 92.
Type. — ^No. 74,745, cT ; Yucatan, Road from Chemax to Yalahao;
March, 1842; S. Cabot.
At the time I wTote an account of the Cabot Types of Yucatan
232 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Birds (Auk, 32, 1915, p. 168) this type could not be found. Soon after-
wards, however, it turned up, out of place of course, but fortunately
with the Cabot tag and number intact.
Chrysoptilus atricollis lymani Bangs and Noble
Chrysoptilus atricollis hjmani Bangs and Noble, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 6,
1918, p. 85.
Type. — ^ No. 80,095, cf; Peru, Huancabamba; 17 August, 1916;
G. K. Noble.
Chrysoptilus punctigula lucescens Griscom
Chrysoptilus punctigula lucescens Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 192 9,
p. 165.
Type. — -No. 140,590, cf ; Eastern Panama, El Real; 18 January,
1928; Rex R. Benson.
Picus torquatus Wilson
now AsYNDESMUs LEWisi Rilev
Picus torqvMtus Wilson, Am. Om., 3, 1811, p. 31, pi. 20, fig. 3; from Montana,
about lat. 46° N. (not Picus torquatus Boddaert,, 1783).
Asyndesmus lewisi Riley, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18, 1905, p. 225 (new
name to replace Picus torquatus Wilson preoccupied).
Type. — No. 67,854; from the old Peale Museum.
Thought by Dr. Faxon to be in all probability the type.
Centurus superciliaris murceus Bangs
Centurus superciliaris murceus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23, 1910,
p. 173.
Type.— ^o. 113,260, &; Isle of Pines, near Cuba; 2 May, 1904;
W. R. Zappey.
Picus dubius Cabot
now Centurus dubius dubius (Cabot)
Picus dubius Cabot, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1, 1844, p. 164; Bost. Journ. N. H.,
5, 1845, p. 91.
Type. — No. 71,785, cf ; Yucatan, Uxmal; November, 1841 ; S. Cabot.
I
bangs: types of birds 233
Melanerpes seductus Bangs
now Centurus seductus (Bangs)
Melanerpes seductus Bangs, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 26.
Type — ^o. 104,892, d' ; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 27 April, 1900; \V. W. Brown.
t Centurus wagleri sanct.^-mart.e Bangs
= Centurus rubricapillus rubricapillus Cabanis
Centurus wagleri sandce-martoe Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. "Washington, 12, 1898,
p. 134.
Type. — Xo. 105,103, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 8 February, 1898;
W. W. Brown.
Centurus rubricapillus Cabanis, J. f. O., 10, 1862, p. 328.
Dryobates pernyii inxixus Bangs and Peters
Dryobates pernyii innixus Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68, 1928,
p. 334.
Type.— No. 52,287, cf ; Hupeh, Changyanghsien;24 January, 1909;
W. R. Zappey.
Dryobates villosus piger G. M. Allen
Dryobates villosus piger G. M. Allen, Auk, 21, 1905, p. 124.
Type.— ^o. 40,207, d"; Bahamas, Great Bahama; 17 Julv, 1904;
G. M. Allen.
ft
Dendrocopus villosus extimus Bangs
now Dryobates villosus extimus (Bangs)
Dendrocopus villosus extimus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 33.
Tijpe.~yio. 108,507, d"; Panama, Boquete; 18 April, 1901; W. W.
Brown.
1
Picus PARVUS Cabot
now Dryobates scalaris parvus (Cabot)
Picus parvus Cabot, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1, 1844, p. 164; Bost. Journ. N. H.,
5, 1845, p. 92.
Type.— No. 88,808, d'; Yucatan, Ticul [= Tical]; December, 1841;
S. Cabot.
234 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
This important type could not be found at the time I wrote an ac-
count of Cabot's Yucatan types. Long afterwards it turned up in a
case of mounted Yucatan birds that Dr. Cabot had mounted for him-
self and that had remained ever since in his family.
Iyngipicus pygmaeus clementii La Touche
now Dryobates semicoronatus clementii La Touche
Iyngipicus pygmaeus clementii La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 40, 1919, p. 51.
Cotype. — -No. 131,063, cf; Hupeh, Changyanghsien; 6 January,
1919; La Touche Collection.
Cotype. — No. 131,064, 9; Hupeh, Changyanghsien; 12 Septem-
ber, 1918; La Touche Collection.
The characters of this form, which occupies a wide area in central
and eastern China, were first pointed out by Hargitt in Catalogue
Birds British Museum, 18, but the bird did not receive a name until
La Touche gave it the above. D. s. scintilliceps, the next northern
form, is intermediate in characters between the still more northern
doerriesi and clementii.
Dryobates pygmaeus obscurus La Touche
now Dryobates semicoronatus obscurus La Touche
Dryobates pygmaeus obscurus La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 14.
Tyjie.— No. 131,054, 9 ; Yunnan, Hokow; 24 May, 1921 ; La Touche
Collection.
t Dryobates pygmaeus permixtus La Touche
= Dryobates semicoronatus omissa Rothschild
Dryobates pygmaeus permixtus La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 44.
Cotype.— No. 131,200, &; Yunnan, Milati; 21 January, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Cotype.— Ko. 131,056, 9 ; Yunnan, Yunnan Fu; 31 May, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Dryobates pygmaeus omissa Rothschild, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 10.
bangs: types of birds 235
PiCOIDES AMERICANUS BACATUS Bangs
now PiCOIDES TRiDACTYLUS BACATUS Bangs
Picoides americanus bacatus Bangs, Auk, 17, 1900, p. 136.
Type.— Ko. 100,802, cT; Maine, Bangor; 25 March, 1884; E. S.
Bowler.
In the Auk (17, 1900. pp. 126-142) I WTote a review of the American
three-toed woodpeckers in which I named the small form of eastern
North America, bacatus. In 1914 Ridgway in the Birds of North and
Middle America did not accept my name, but used americanus Brehm
(Handb. Vogel Deutschl., 1831, p. 195). I have gone into the question
carefully again, and refuse to change my previous opinions, except
that in one point I was WTong. I called Brehm's name americanus,
a nomen nudum. Brehm did give one word of description "grossere"
(as compared with European forms). The bird I name P. a. bacatus
is considerably smaller than the European P. tridactylus and closely
related forms, and Brehm's name, therefore, cannot be applied to it,
as was done by Ridgway. The only North American three-toed wood-
pecker that is distinctly larger than the European is P. arcticus for
which I for one refuse to use Brehm's name.
Dr. Hartert tells me (m litt.) that there are no North American
specimens of Picoides in the Brehm Collection. Therefore, Brehm's
unrecognizable diagnosis cannot be backed up by a type specimen.
As I read Brehm again, it seems to me quite certain that he gave the
name only to something that he thought occurred in America, but
about which he knew nothing. It seems to me his name goes out of
consideration under Opinion 2 of the International Commission of
Zoological Nomenclature. Some years ago Dr. Joseph Grinnell (Univ.
Calif. Pub. Zool., 5, 1909, p. 217) declared that he shared with rae the
opinion that americanus of Brehm cannot stand as a formal name for
any subspecies. I can see no reason at all for calling the small form of
eastern North America anything but bacatus.
Without the slightest hesitation I list all black and white-backed
three-toed woodpeckers as subspecies of Picoides tridactylus (Linne).
t Picoides americanus labradorius Bangs
= Picoides tridacty'lus bacatus Bangs
Picoides americanus labradorius Bangs, Auk, 17, 1900, p. 138.
Type— No. 101,524, d" ; Labrador, Okak; June, 1895; C. Schmitt.
Pocoides americanus bacatus Bangs, Auk, 17, 1900, p. 136.
236 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
The Labrador bird, while a trifle larger and perhaps slightly darker
than bacatus, is too close to that form to deserve to be recognized by
name. Lately Mr. O. L. Austin, Jr. in the course of work on his Labra-
dor collections, has been over our large series and fails to find sufficient
reason to recognize labradorius.
Picoides arcticus tenuirostris Bangs
Picoides arcticus tenuirostris Bangs, Auk, 17, 1900, p. 131.
Type. — No. 219,576, d^; Oregon, Fort Klamath; 13 December,
1886;J. C.Merrill.
This form appears to me to be well marked; its very slender bill dis-
tinguishing it from true arcticus of eastern boreal America, and the
northern Rocky Mountain region.
Veniliornis neglectus Bangs
now Veniliornis kirkii neglectus Bangs
Veniliornis neglectus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1901, p. 99.
Type — No. 107,802, 9 ; Panama, Divala; 9 November, 1900; W. W.
Brown.
XiPHiDiopicus PERCussus insulae-pinorum Bangs
Xiphidiopicus percussus insulae-pinorum Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
23, 1910, p. 173.
Type — No. 113,480, d" ; Isle of Pines, near Cuba, Santa Fe, 18 April,
1904; W. R. Zappey.
t Campophilus guatemalensis buxans Bangs
= Campephilus guatemalensis guatemalensis (Hartlaub)
Campophilus guatemalensis buxans Bangs, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 306.
r?/pe.— No. 107,803, &; Panama, Divala; 26 November, 1900;
W. \V. Brown.
Pious guatemalensis Hartlaub, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 214.
t Picus JUBATUS Lafresnaye
= Ipocrantor magellanicus (King), 9 ,
Picus jubatus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 242.
Tyj)e. — No. 75,308; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,354 (neither locality
nor the source of the specimen given on Lafresnaye 's written label).
Picus magellanicus King, Zool. Journ., 3, 1827, p. 430.
bangs: types of birds 237
Ceophloeus lineatus improcerus Bangs and Penard
Ceophloeris lineatus im-procenis Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
62, 1918, p. 58.
Type. — No. 71,865, cf ; a Bahia "trade skin."
Ceophloeus erythrops fulcitus Peters
Ceophloeus erythrops fulcitus Peters, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 6, 1926, p.
195.
Type. — No. 99,303, cf ; Argentina, Chaco, Resistencia; 19 July,
1915; J. Mogensen.
Ceophloeus pileatus abieticola Bangs
now Phlceotomus pileatus abieticola (Bangs)
Ceophloeus pileatus abieticola Bangs, Auk, 15, 1898, p. 176.
Type.— No. 103,008, 9; Maine, Greenville; 7 November, 1895;
C. H. Goldthwaite.
Phlceotomus pileatus picinus Bangs
Phlceotomus pileatus picinus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1910, p. 79.
Type. — No. 104,516, 9 ; British Columbia, Sumas; 1 April, 1897;
A. C. Brooks.
PicuMNUS squamulatus Lafresnaye
now PicuMNUS squamulatus squamul.\tus (Lafresnaye)
Picumnus squamulatus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1854, p. 208.
Type.— No. 76,224, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,628; "Colombie."
In Verreaux's catalogue of the Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,629 is
entered as Picumnus granadensis and no. 1,627 as Picumnus squamu-
latus. This is an inadvertence in cataloguing: the numbers should be
exactly reversed.
Picumnus granadensis Lafresnaye
now Picumnus granadensis granadensis Lafresnaye
Picumnus granadensis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 78.
Cotype. — -No. 76,221, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,627; " Caly
[=Cali], Nile Grenade."
Lafresnaye described this species from specimens in the Delattre
Collection, which was bought by Dr. Wilson in Paris, and was sub-
238 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
mitted to Lafresnaye to have him describe the new or interesting
matter it contained, before shipment to America. The collection is
now in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia to which in-
stitution Dr. Wilson presented it.
Lafresnaye mentioned that he examined two specimens. Dr. Stone
found two specimens in the Delattre Collection and in his paper on the
types in the collection of the Academy (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila-
delphia, 1899, p. 52) lists them both as cotypes. One of these is from
"New Grenada" (the type locality M. Cali not expressed); the other is
without locality. The specimen in the Lafresnaye Collection is, ac-
cording to Lafresnaye, from the type locality, Cali, and bears every
evidence of being one of the two mentioned by Lafresnaye. Probably
Dr. Wilson gave this bird, as well as some others I find in the collection
with much the same history, to Lafresnaye. The specimen without
locality would appear to have no claim to being a type.
Dr. Stone to whom I submitted these facts not only agrees with me
but adds {in lift.) that he would now give first place to the specimen in
the Lafresnaye Collection.
t PicuMNUS CANUS Bangs
= PicuMNUS GRANADENSis GRANADENSis Lafresnaye
Picumnus canus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23, 1910, p. 72.
Tyjic. — ■ No. 123,434, 9 ; Colombia, Naranjito, Rio Dagua; 20
June; M. G. Palmer.
Picumnus granadensis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 78.
At the time I described canus, I in some way was possessed with the
notion that granadensis Lafresnaye was a form of oliraceus, and that
my bird was very different. Soon afterwards I discovered my mistake.
Picumnus dimotus Bangs
now Picumnus olivaceus dimotus Bangs
Picumnus dimotus Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 39, 1903, p. 146.
Type — No. 110,328, d" ; Honduras, Ceiba; 21 January, 1902; W. W,
Brown.
t Sasia lacrymosa Lafresnaye
= Sasia ochracea ochracea Hodgson
(Sasia lacrymosa Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1854, p. 218.
Type. — No. 88,775; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 1,710; "Hymalaya."
Sasia ochracea Hodgson, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 5, 1836, p. 777.
bangs: types of birds 239
Lafresnaye's type is in excellent condition, and although without
definite data, undoubtedU' belongs with the typical form.
EURYLAEMIDAE
Serilophus lunatus ELiZABETHiE La Touche
Serilophus lunatus elizabethce La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 14.
Cot!/pc.~}^o. 130,682, cf ; Yunnan, Hokow; 22 March, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Cofype.— yo. 130,683, 9; Yunnan, Hokow; 29 March, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Serilophus steerei Sharpe
now Sarcophanops steerei (Sharpe)
Serilophus steerei Sharpe, Nature, 14, 1876, p. 297.
Cotijpe. — -No. 86,884, 9 ; Philippine Islands, Basilan; Steere Col-
lection.
This specimen, kindly presented to us by the authorities of the
Museum of the University of Michigan, was marked "Type" on its
labels by both Sharpe and (I think) Steere. As, how^ever, no holotype
was designated, every one of the original specimens collected by Steere
is a CO type.
PTEROPTOCHIDAE
(The order followed here is that of Hellmayr, Catalogue of Birds of
the Americas, pt. 3, 1924).
t Pteroptochos rubecula hylonympha Peters
= Scelorchilus rubecula (Kittlitz)
Pteroptochos rubecula hijlomjmpha, Peters Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 8, 1923,
p. 45.
Type— y^o. 85,317, cf; Argentina, Bariloche; 5 February, 1921;
J. L. Peters.
Pteroptochos rubecula Kittlitz, Mem. Sci. St. Petersb., 1830, p. 179, pi. 2.
240 BULLETIX: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
t Merulaxis fuscoides Lafresnaye
= Scytalopus fuscus Gould
Merulaxis fuscoides Lafresnaye, Contrib. Omith., 4, 1851, p. 149.
Type.— ^o. 84,294; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,848; "Chili."
Scytalopus fuscus Gould, P. Z. S., 1836 (= Feb., 1837), p. 89.
Scytalopus latebricola Bangs
now Scytalopus latebricola latebricola Bangs
Scytalop^is latebricola Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 101.
Tyj^ie. — • No. 106,208, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Par-
amo de Chiruqua; 10 March, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Merulaxis griseicollis Lafresnaye
now Scytalopus griseicollis griseicollis (Lafresnaye)
Merulaxis griseicollis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 103.
Type. — No. 76,330; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,851; Bogota.
t Merulaxis squamiger Lafresnaye
= Scytalopus griseicollis griseicollis (Lafresnaye), juvenile
plumage
Merulaxis squamiger Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 103.
Type. — No. 76,331; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,855; Bogota.
Merulaxis griseicollis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 103.
Merulaxis senilis Lafresnaye
now Myornis senilis (Lafresnaye)
Merulaxis senilis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 103.
Tyj^e. — No. 76,327; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,852; Bogota.
t Merulaxis analis Lafresnaye
= Triptorhinus paradoxus (Kitthtz)
Merulaxis analis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 104.
Type. — No. 76,333; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,853; "du Para-
guay ou du Chile."
Troglodytes paradoxus Kittlitz, Mem. Ac. Sci. St. Petersb., 2, 1830, p. 184, pi. 5.
BANGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 241
Merulaxis orthonyx Lafresnaye
now Acropternis orthonyx orthonyx (Lafresnaye)
Merulaxis orthonyx Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 131.
Type.— 'So. 76,326; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,860; "Colombie"
(= Bogota).
FORMICARIIDAE
(The order used follows Hellmayr, op. cit.)
Anabates nigropectus Lafresnaye
now Biatas nigropectus (Lafresnaye)
Anabates nigro-pectrcs Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1850, p. 107, pi. 1, fig. 3.
Type.— No. 76,747; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,924; "Am. Merid."
(Rio de Janeiro, suggested by Hellmayr),
Lafresnaye had a second specimen, no. 4,925, that differs quite a
little from the type, and did not play any part in the original descrip-
tion.
t Thamnophilus doliatus catus Bangs
= Thamnophilus doliatus fraterculus (Berlepsch and Hartert)
Thamnophilus doliatus catus Bangs, Proc. Biol. See. Washington, 24, 1911, p.
189.
Cotype.— So. 102,712, d"; Margarita Island; 14 July, 1901; A. H,
Clark.
Cotype.— So. 102,715, 9 ; Margarita Island; 10 July, 1901; A. H.
Clark.
Thamnophilus doliatus fraterculus Berlepsch and Hartert, Nov. Zool., 9, 1902,
p. 70.
Thamnophilus albicans Lafresnaye
now Thamnophilus doliatus albicans Lafresnaye
Thamnophilus albicans Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 82.
Type. — No. 76,749; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,886; "Colombie."
Of the three specimens in the Lafresnaye Collection, all called by
Verreaux Thamnophilus radiahis, only the one listed above figured in
the description of the form.
242 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Thamnophilus multistriatus Lafresna3^e
Thamnophilus multistriatus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 82.
Type. — No. 76,753; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,884; " Colombie."
Besides the type the Lafresnaye Collection contains another male
and a female. The male differs somewhat from the type, and, there-
fore, from the original description, and the female was supposed by
Lafresnaye to belong to a different species.
Thamnophilus tenuepunctatus Lafresnaye
now Thamnophilus tenuepunctatus tenuepunctatus
Lafresnaye
Thamnophilus tenuepunctatus Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 339.
Type. — ^ No. 76,751; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,893 bis., "Ano-
laima, Nouv. Grenade."
Thamnophilus gorgon.e Thayer and Bangs
now Thamnophilus punctatus gorgon.e Thayer and Bangs
Thamnophilus gorgonoe Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46, 1905,
p. 95.
Type. — • No. 114,005, 9 ; Gorgona Island, oft" west coast of Colom-
bia; 1 July, 1904; W. W. Brown.
Myrmotherula brachyura ignota Griscom
Myrmotherula brachyura ignota Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p.
167.
Type. — No. 87,224, (f ; Eastern Panama, Rio Jesusito; 7 April,
1922; Barbour, Brooks and Underwood.
Synallaxis bitorquata d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Melanopareia torquata bitorquata (d'Orbigny and
Lafresnaye)
Synallaxis bitorquata d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 24.
Tt/pe. — No. 77,263; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,444; "Bolivie,
d'Orb."
bangs: types of birds 243
FoRMicivoRA ALTiciNCTA Bangs
now Neorhopias grisea alticincta (Bangs)
Formicivora alticincta Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 71.
Type.— No. 104,940, d" ; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 30 April, 1900; W. W. Brown.
Cercomacra crepera Bangs
now Cercomacra tyrannina crepera Bangs
Cercomacra crepera Bangs, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 365.
Tijpe.— So. 107,913, 9 ? [=0"]; Panama, Divala; 24 November,
1900; W. W. Brown.
t Myrmelastes ceterus Bangs
= Gymnocichla nudiceps nudiceps (Cassin), young male with
feathered (not bare) crown
Myrmelastes ceterus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1900, p. 25.
Type.— No. 107,323, o^ ; Panama, Loma del Leon; 30 March, 1900;
W. W. Brown.
Myiothera nudiceps Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 106, pi. 6.
Gymnocichla nudiceps err.\tilis Bangs
Gymnocichla nudiceps erratilis Bangs, Auk, 24, 1907, p. 297.
Coiype.— ^o. 118,991 cT ; Costa Rica, Boruca; 22 May, 1906;
C. F. Underwood.
Cotijpe.— No. 118,990, 9 ; Costa Rica, Boruca; 11 June, 1906; C. F.
Underwood.
Th.\mnophilus immaculatus Lafresnaye
now Myrmeciza immaculata immaculata (Lafresnaye)
Thamnophilus immaculatus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. .340.
Cotypc-So. 76,756; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,909; "Bogota."
Cotype.— y\o. 76,7.57; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,910; "Bogota."
Cotype. — No. 76,758 [9]; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,911; "Bo-
gota."
244 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
For these three specimens Lafresnaye wrote labels all alike. Two
other examples in the collection, however, are not cotypes.
Hypocnemis naevioides capnitis Bangs
now Hylophylax naevioides capnitis (Bangs)
Hypocnemis naevioides capnitis Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19, 1906,
p. 107.
Type— No. 117,048, d" ; Costa Rica, Miravalles; 16 October, 1895;
C. F. Underwood.
Phaenostictus mcleannani chocoanus Bangs and Barbour
Phaenostictus mcleannani chocoanus Bangs and Barbour, BuU. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 66, 1922, p. 208.
Type. — No. 87,352, cT; Eastern Panama, Mount Sapo; 20 April,
1922; Barbour, Brooks and Underwood.
t Grallaricula vegeta Bangs
= Grallaricula flavirostris costaricensis (Lawrence)
Grallaricula vegeta Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 42.
Type. — No. 108,552, 9 ; Panama, Caribbean slope, Volcan de
Chiriqui; 12 June, 1901; W. W. Brown.
Grallaricula costaricensis Lawrence, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., N. Y., 8, 1867, p. 346.
t Conopophaga browni Bangs
= Grallaricula ferrugineipectus (Sclater)
Conopophaga browni Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 100.
Type. — No, 106,177, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Chirua;
12 February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Grallaria ferrugineipectus Sclater, P. Z. S., 1857, p. 129.
Grallaria nana Lafresnaye
now Grallaricula nana nana (Lafresnaye)
Grallaria nana Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 334.
Type. — No. 76,739; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,081; "Colombie."
bangs: types of birds 245
Grallaria imperator Lafresnaye
now Grallaria varia imperator Lafresnaye
Grallaria imperator Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 555.
Type. — No. 76,730; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,061; "Prov. St.
Paul."
t Grallaria monticola Lafresnaye
= Grallaria quitensis quitensis Lesson
Grallaria monticola Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 68.
Type. — No. 76,731; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,068; label — •
" Grallaria monticola N. dans la region elevee et froide des andes de la
bolivie."
Grallaria quitensis Lesson, Echo du Monde Savant, 1844, no. 49, p. 848.
Our specimen which is marked in Lafresnaye's own hand as having
come from his type locality, I cannot help considering a cotype. The
one listed by Stone (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1899, p. 50) may also
be a cotype, although it is marked as having come from Ecuador.
Lafresnaye (loc. cit.) gives the type locality of his G. monticola as Bo-
livian Andes, and says in his remarks that Delattre found the species
in Peru. He does not mention Ecuador, but does particularly mention
Pasto. The species has not been found in Peru or Bolivia, but does
occur in Ecuador and Colombia, and I believe that the localities Peru
and Bolivia were given in error, and that probably our cotype and
possibly the cotype in Philadelphia really came from the Andes above
Pasto.
There is another specimen in the collection, which, judging by its
label, has no claim at all to be considered a cotype.
Lafresnaye had besides a small bird (wing 86 mm.) with a small bill,
slender tarsus, and much more rufous tail and sides of the face. — •
M. C. Z., 84,765; Lafresnaye Collection, 5,070 — for which he wrote a
label as follows — "grallaria quitensis ? Lesson, grallaria de quito?
Echo, 1844, p. 848." Evidently Lafresnaye thought that this bird
represented G. quitensis and, therefore, described the large species as
G. monticola. The larger bird is, of course, G. quitensis, and the smaller
one belongs to the recently described, Grallaria quitensis alticola Todd.
246 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Grallaria ruficapilla Lafresnaye
now Grallaria ruficapilla ruficapilla Lafresnaye
Grallaria ruficapilla Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 333
Type. — No. 76,733; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,065; "Colombie."
Grallaria rufula Lafresnaye
now Grallaria rufula rufula Lafresnaye
Grallaria rufula Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 99.
Type. — No. 76,736; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,077, "Colombie."
Grallaria spatiator Bangs
now Grallaria rltfula spatiator Bangs
Grallaria spatiator Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 177.
Type. — No. 105,683, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Maco-
tama; 17 June, 1898; W. W. Brown.
FURNARIIDAE
(The order here followed is that of Hellmayr's Catalogue Birds of the
Americas, pt. 4, 1925).
Geositta cunicularia hellmayri Peters
Geositta cunicularia hellmayri Peters, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1925,
p. 145.
Type. — No. 85,339, cf ; Argentina, Rio Negro, Huanuluan; 25 Sep-
tember, 1920; J. L. Peters.
Alauda tenuirostris Lafresnaye
now Geositta tenuirostris (Lafresnaye)
Alavda tenuirostris Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 6, 1836, te.xt to pis. 58 and 59.
Cotype.— No. 77,197; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,397; "Sica-Siea,
cochabamba."
Cotype. — No. 77,198; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,398; "Sica-Sica,
cochabamba."
bangs: types of birds 247
I cannot agree with Hellmayr that the types of this species are in
the Paris Museum. Nothing, it seems to me, could be more plain than
the labels in Lafresnaye's own hand for his own specimens, with his
significant "nob." on them, claiming them as the ones from which he
drew his description.
Upucerthia nigro-fumosa d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now CiNCLODES NIGRO-FUMOSA (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Upucerthia nigro-fumosa d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1838, p. 23.
Cofi/pe.— y:o. 77,199; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,388; "Cobija
in Bolivia."
Hellmayr considers this specimen a cotype,
t Upucerthia vulgaris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
= CiNCLODES Fuscus Fuscus (VieiUot)
Upucerthia vulgaris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1838, cl. 2, p. 22.
Cotype — ^o. 77,202; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,382; label —
"Upucerthia vulgaris, L'huppu commune nob. Santa fe, Patagonie,
La Paz."
Anthus fuscus VieiUot, Nouv. Diet. Hist. Nat., 26, 1818, p. 490.
This specimen regarded by Hellmayr as a cotype is typical fuscus,
and must, therefore, have come from either "Patagonie" or "Santa
Fe," as d'Orbigny's La Paz examples are alhiventris (Philippi and
Landbeck).
Upucerthia andaecola d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
Upucerthia andaecola d'Orbigny and Lafresnaj'e, Mag. Zool., 1838, p. 21.
Cotype— ^o. 77,201; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,393 bis; "Sur
les andes, Lapaz, Sica sica, rep. Boliv. d'Orb."
This example Hellmayr considers a cotype.
Synallaxis fuliginosa Lafresnaye
now ScHizoECA FULIGINOSA FULIGINOSA (Lafresnaye)
Synallaxis fuliginosa Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 290.
Type.— Xo. 77,259; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,463; " Colombie."
248 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Synallaxis albescens nesiotis Clark
Synallaxis albescens nesiotis Clark, Auk, 19, 1902, p. 264.
Type.— ^o. 102,723, cf ; Margarita Island; 17 July, 1901; A. H.
Clark.
Synallaxis albescens latitabunda Bangs
Synallaxis albescens latitabunda Bangs, Auk, 24, 1907, p. 298.
Type — No. 119,064, cf; Costa Rica, Boruca; 31 May, 1906; C. F.
Underwood.
Synallaxis brachyurus Lafresnaye
now Synallaxis brachyura brachyura Lafresnaye
Synallaxis brachyurus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 290.
Type.— No. 77,256; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,456; "Colombie."
Synallaxis brachyura chapmani Bangs and Penard
Synallaxis brachyura chapmani Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
63, 1919, p. 25.
Type. — No. 124,478, d^; western Colombia, Jimenez; 6 April, 1904;
M. G. Palmer.
Synallaxis unirufus Lafresnaye
now Synallaxis unirufa unirufa Lafresnaye
Synnalaxis (sic) unirufus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 290.
Type. — No. 84,367; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,461; "Colombie."
Synallaxis cinnamomeus Lafresnaye
now Synallaxis cinnamomea cinnamomea Lafresnaye
Synnalaxis (sic) cinnamomeus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 291.
Type. — No. 77,255; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,475; "Colombie."
Two other examples in the collection, judged by their labels, have no
claim to be considered as cotypes.
Synallaxis erythrothorax furtiva Bangs and Peters
Synallaxis erythrothorax furtiva Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 67,
1927, p. 476.
Type.— ^o. 233,783, & ; Vera Cruz, Precedio; 22 March, 1925;
W. W. Brown.
bangs: types of birds 249
Synallaxis gularis Lafresnaye
now Synallaxis gularis gularis Lafresnaye
Synallaxis gvlaris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 290.
Type. — No. 77,274; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,450; " Colombie."
Two more specimens, one of which was immature, are in the Lafres-
naye Collection, but apparently are not co types.
Synallaxis candei d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now PoECiLURUS CANDEI CANDEI (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Synnalaxis (sic) candei d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 165.
Type.— No. 77,261; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,452 bis; "Cartha-
gene."
SiPTORNis HELLMAYRi Bangs
now Cranioleuca hellmayri (Bangs)
Siptornis hellmayri Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 20, 1907, p. 55.
Ttjpe.— ^o. 106,184, d"; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, El
Paramo de Macotama; 1 February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Acrorchilus erythrops griseigularis Ridgway
now Cranioleuca erythrops griseigularis (Ridgway)
Acrorchilus erythrops griseigularis Ridgway, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 22,
1909, p. 72.
Type.— Xo. 120,673, cf ; western Colombia, San Antonio, Rio Call;
4 November, 1907; M. G. Palmer.
Synallaxis maluroides d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Asthenes maluroides (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Synallaxis maluroides d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 22.
Cotype.— ^o. 77,272; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,467; "Buenos
ayres, en hiver dans les jonces des bords de la plata."
- Cotype.— >^o. 77,273; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,468; "Buenos
ajTes, Bords de la plata."
250 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t Anabates aradoides Lafresnaye
= Drioctistes erythrophthalmus erythrophthalmus (Wied)
Anabates aradoides Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1832, pi. 8.
Tijpe.~Ko. 77,248; Lafresnave Collection, no. 2,362 bis; "Du
Bresil."
Anabates erythrophthalmus Wied, Reise Bras., 2, 1821, p. 147.
Anumbius striaticeps d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Phacellodomus striaticeps striaticeps (d'Orbigny and
Lafresnaye)
Anumbius striaticeps d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1838, p. 19.
Cotype. — No. 77,192; Lafresnave Collection, no. 2,421; "sica sica,
d'Orb."
Synallaxis striaticollis Lafresnaye
now SiPTORNis striaticollis (Lafresnaye)
Synnalaxis (sic) striaticollis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 290.
Type. — No. 77,279; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,484; *' Colombie ou
Nile. Grenade."
A second specimen has a very differently worded label, and evidently
was acquired by Lafresnaye at a later date.
Anabates squamiger d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Margarornis squamiger squamiger (d'Orbigny and
Lafresnave)
Anabates squamiger d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1838, p. 14.
Type— No. 77,095; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,296; " Perou
ayupaya, d'Orb."
Hellmayr tells me that no specimen of this species, collected by
d'Orbigny, exists in the Paris Museum, and having seen our example
agrees with me in considering it the type.
Premnoplex coloratus Bangs
now Premnopi ex brunnescens coloratus Bangs
Premnoplex coloratus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 84.
Tyjie. — No. 106,149, 9 ; Colombia. Santa Marta Mountains, San
Miguel; 29 January, 1899; W. W. Brown.
bangs: types of birds 251
Anabates boissonneautii Lafresnaye
now PSEUDOCOLAPTES BOISSONNEAUTII BOISSONNEAUTII
(Lafresnaye)
Anabates Boissonneautii Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p 104.
Type.— "So. 77,186; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,349; "Bogota."
Three additional specimens are not cotypes, but were received by
Lafresnaye at a much later date, their labels bearing references to
current literature of 1844 and 1845.
Anabates gutturalis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now PsEUDOSEisuRA GUTTURALIS (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Anabates gutturalis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1838, p. 15.
Cofype.— No. 77,195; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,429; " Patagonia."
This example, like all our d'Orbigny birds, has been passed upon by
Hellmayr, who considers it a cotype.
Xenops rufosuperciliatus Lafresnaye
now Xenoctistes rufosuperciliatus rufosuperciliatus
(Lafresnaye)
Xenops rufosuperciliatus Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1832, pi. 7, (8th page of text
and plate).
Type. — No. 77,191; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,356; " Bresil."
There is another example, with a somewhat similar label, Lafresnaye
Collection, no. 2,355, but Hellmayr, who has seen both, considers that
the latter is not a cotype.
Anabacerthia striaticollis Lafresnaye
now Anabacerthia striaticollis striaticollis Lafresnaye
Anabacerthia striaticollis Lafresnaye, Diet. Univ., 1, 1840, p. 412.
Cotype.— 1^0. 77,223; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,337; "Bogota."
Cofype. — No. 77,224; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,338; "Bogota."
This is the Bogota form called by Hellmayr (Cat. Birds Americas,
pt. 4, 1925, p. 196) Xenicopsoides montanus striaticollis (Sclater).
Since, however, the description in d'Orbigny 's Dictionnaire Uni-
verselle antedates not only Sclater's Anabates striaticollis (Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1857, p. 25), but also Tschudi's Anabates montanus
(Archiv. Naturg., 10, 1844, p. 295), and since the generic name Ana-
252 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
bacerthia Lafresnaye (Diet. Univ., 1, 1S40, p. 412) is many years earlier
than Xcnicopsoidcs Cory (Auk, 36, 1919, p. 273) the species and sub-
species Hsted by Hellmayr (1. c, pp. 195-199) should stand as follows:
Anabacerthia sfriaficollis striaticoUis Lafresnaye
Anahaccrtkia striaticoUis yungac (Chapman)
Anabacerthia striaticoUis montanus (Tschudi)
Anabacerthia striaticoUis anxius (Bangs)
Anabacerthia striaticoUis venezucJanus (Hellmayr)
Anabacerthia striaticoUis temporalis (Sclater)
Anabacerthia striaticoUis variegaticeps (Sclater)
Anabacerthia amaurotis (Temminck)
Any one who has not seen Lafresnaye's two cotypes, might be misled
by the diagnosis, which describes the top of the head as well as the tail
as cinnamon-brown, whereas the color of the head is really olivaceous,
rather than cinnamon-brown like the tail.
Xenicopsis anxius Bangs
now Anabacerthia striaticollis anxius (Bangs)
Xenicopsis anxius Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 83.
Type. — No. 106,154, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains,
Chirua; 17 February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
t Xenicopsis variegaticeps idoneus Bangs
= Anabacerthia striaticollis variegaticeps (Sclater)
Xenicopsis variegaticeps idoneus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19, 1906'
p. 108.
Tijpe — No. 108,943, & ; Panama, Boquete; 4 March, 1901; W. W.
Brown.
Anahazenops variegaticeps Sclater, P. Z. S., 24, 1856, p. 289.
I now quite agree with both Ridgway and Hellmayr that the Panama
bird is not sufficiently different from the Mexican to stand as a sub-
species.
AuTOMOLUS RUFiPECTUS Bangs
now AuTOMOLus rubiginosus RUFIPECTUS Bangs
Automolus rufipectus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 158.
Type. — No. 105,580, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Pueblo
Viejo; 21 March, 1898; W. W. Brown.
bangs: types of birds 253
AuTOMOLUS EXSERTus Bangs
now AuTOMOLUS ocHROLAEMus EXSERTUS Bangs
Automolus exsertus Bangs, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 367.
Type.— 'So. 107,868, 9; Panama, Divala; 29 November, 1900;
W. W. Brown.
Automolus ochrolaemus amusos Peters
Automolus ochrolaemus amusos Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, 69, 1929, p. 441.
Type.— No. 136,726, cf ad.; Honduras, Lance tilla; 23 March, 1928;
J. L. Peters.
t Rhopoctites alogus Bangs
= Thripadectes virgaticeps sclateri Berlepsch
Rhopoctites alogus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23, 1910, p. 72.
Type. — No. 123,438, cf ; western Colombia, Pavas; 8 February,
1908; M. G. Palmer.
Thripadectes sclateri Berlepsch, Ornis, 14, 1907, p. 365.
Sclerurus albigularis propinquus Bangs
Sderurus albigularis propinqims Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899,
p. 99.
Type.— No. 106,152, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains,Chirua;
7 February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Sclerurus mexicanus pullus Bangs
Sclerurus mexicanus pullus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 45.
Type.— l<^o. 108,566, &; Panama, Boquete; 20 April, 1901; W. W.
Brown.
Sclerurus mexicanus anomalus Bangs and Barbour
Sclerurus mexicanus anomalus Bangs and Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
65, 1922, p. 209.
Type. — No. 87,367, 9 ; eastern Panama, Mount Sapo; 25 April,
1922; Barbour, Brooks and Underwood.
254 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
DEXDROCOLAPTIDAE
(The order here follows Hellmayr, op. eit.)
Dendrocops sancti-thomae Lafresnaye
now Dendrocolaptes certhia sancti-thomae (Lafresnaye)
Dendrocopus sancti-thomae Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1852, p. 466.
Type. — No. 77,102; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,320; "Saneto-
Thomae insula " = Santo Tomas, Honduras.
Dendrocolaptes sancti-thomae hesperius Bangs
now Dendrocolaptes certhia hesperius Bangs
Dendrocolaptes sancti-thomae hesperius Bangs, Auk, 24, 1907, p. 299.
Type, — No. 119,119, cf ; Costa Rica, Lagarto, Boruca; 27 May, 1906;
C. F. Underwood.
This very well-marked form appears to be wholly confined to the
Terraba Valley in southwestern Costa Rica.
t Dendrocolaptes variegatus Ridgway
= Dendrocolaptes picumnus picumnus Lichtenstein
Dendrocolaptes variegatus Ridgway, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 11, 1899, p. 546.
Type.— ^o. 84,840; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,214; "Bahia" =
Cayenne.
Dendrocolaptes picumnus Lichtenstein, Abhandl. Akad. Wiss., 1818^19( = 1820)
p. 202.
Dendrocolaptes perrotii Lafresnaye
now hylexetastes perrotii perrotii (Lafresnaye)
Dendrocolaptes perrotii Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 80.
Type. — No. 77,104; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,221.
Lafresnaye received the type of this species from yi. Perrot, pre-
parateur attached to the Paris Museum, for whom he named it. He
says (Rev. et Mag., 1850, p. 101) that he did not know whence it came,
but that it was perhaps the only specimen in France. It is still in ex-
cellent condition, but has undergone a curious change through fading;
bangs: types of birds 255
apparently the left side had been exposed to direct sunlight for many
years and is very much bleached, whereas the right side, away from the
light, has retained practically its original colors.
t XiPHOCOLAPTES cixxAMOMEUS Ridgway
= XiPHOCOLAPTES FALCIROSTRIS (Spix)
Xiphocolaptes cinnamomeus Ridgwaj^ Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 12, 1890, p. 15.
Type.— :So. 7,868; Ceara "trade skin."
Dendrocolaptes falcirostris Spix, Av. Bras., 1, 1824, p. 86, pi. 88.
t Dendrocolaptes rubiginosits Lafresnaye
= XiPHOCOLAPTES MAJOR MAJOR (Vieillot)
Dendrocolaptes rvbiginosus Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 18.33, cl. 2, pi. 16, text.
Type. — X'o. 77,103; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,216.
Dendrocopus major Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. Hist. Nat., 26, 1818, p. 118.
Lafresnaye published this supposed species of his as coming from
Buenos Ayres, which, of course, was in error, but he WTote two labels
for his type, in the first of which he says, "'Paraguay, Prix 25 francs"
and on the second ' Buenos Ayres (Chiquitos orb.)."
t Dendroplex picus bahle Bangs and Penard
= Dendroplex picus picus (Gmehn)
Dendroplex picus bahioe Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 64, 1921,
p. 369.
Type. — No. 73,792; Bahia "trade skin."
Oriolus picus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, 1788, p. 384.
Hellmayr does not recognize bahiop although he admits that birds
from eastern Brazil average more rufescent on the underparts than
those from the Guianas.
Dendrocolaptes altirostris Leotaud
now Dendroplex picus altirostris (Leotaud)
Dendrocolaptes altirostris Leotaud, Ois. Trinidad, 1866, p. 166.
Type. — No. 77,156; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,279, 9 ; Trinidad,
Leotaud.
256 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Penard and I (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 64, 1921, p. 367) have al-
ready published an account of this very interesting type, telling how
it found its way into Lafresnaye's Collection.
Dendroplex picirostris Lafresnaye
now Dendroplex picirostris picirostris Lafresnaye
Dendroplex picirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 76.
Cotype.— No. 77,106; Lafresnaye Collection, 2,283; "Nile. Gren-
ada, Riohacha delatr."
The specimen in the Philadelphia Academy Collection listed by
Stone (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1899, p. 51) as the type bears the
legend, "N. Grenada, Delattre Coll." with no mention of the type
localitv Rio Hacha. I am forced in this case as in some others, with
Dr. Stone's approval, to consider Lafresnaye's specimen a cotype,
even though the species was originally described from the Delattre
Collection, the assumption being that where there were duplicates,
Lafresnaye was allowed to keep one for his own cabinet.
Nasica guttatoides Lafresnaye
now XiPHORHTNCHUS GUTTATus GUTTATOIDES (Lafresnaye)
Nasica guttatoides Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1850, p. 387.
Type. — No. 77,146; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,258.
For this specimen I^afresnaye wrote two labels, the first of which
reads — " D. guttatoides nob. mon. 1847, Colombie" and the second —
"un Dend. guttatoides nob. a etc rapporte par I'expd. Costelman de
laretto,"
The type is a youngish bird and is in excellent condition. Two other
examples, both adults, are not cotypes. They were identified by
Lafresnaye as belonging to another species.
Menegaux and Hellmayr (Etude, 1906, p. 60) claim the type of
Nasica guttatoides for the Paris Museum on the basis of the first speci-
men mentioned by Lafresnaye, who said — ■ " Cette espece a ete rap-
portee de Lorette, au Musee par I'expedition Castelnaud, mals nous
la possedions deja dans notre collection I'ayant achetee d'un marchand
avec quelques oiseaux de Colombie."
I entirely disagree with the conclusions of Menegaux and Hellmayr.
The type is, of course, the specimen from which Lafresnaye drew his
description and the accidental first mention of an example brought to
the Museum at a later date, can not alter the case.
bangs: types of birds 257
It is perfectly clear from the labels which bird served for the de-
scription in the Monograph. The first label definitely refers to the
Monograph and even bears the date 1847. It is known that Lafresnaye
was engaged a long time in writing his monograph and that he finally
waited, before publishing, for an opportunity to examine the Dendro-
colaptidae brought back by the Castelnaud expedition to the Museum.
His description of guttatoides was evidently already complete. The
second label shows that Lafresnaye upon his visit to Paris found that a
specimen of this bird had been brought to the Museum but it is certain
that his own specimen served for his description, I, therefore, agree
with Elliot (Auk, 1890, p. 186) that the bird in the Lafresnaye Collec-
tion and not the one in the Paris Museum is the type of the subspecies.
XiPHORHYNCHUS ROSENBERGI Bangs
now XiPHORHYNCHUS GUTTATUS ROSENBERGI Bangs
Xiphorhynchus rosenbergi Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23, 1910, p. 72.
Type. — -No. 123,436, d^ ; western Colombia, Guabinas, Rio Cauca;
9 January, 1908; M. G. Palmer.
Dendrornis NANA coNFiNis Bangs
now XiPHORHYNCHUS GUTTATUS CONFINIS (Bangs)
Dendrornis nana confinis Bangs, Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool., 39, 1903, p. 150.;
Tyjje.— ^o. 110,432, d" ; Honduras, La Ceiba; 24 January, 1902;
W. W. Brown.
t Nasica albisquama Lafresnaye
= XiPHORHYNCHUS susuRRANS susuRRANS (Jardine)
Nasica albisquama Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1852, p. 465.
Type. — No. 77,163; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,262.
Dendrocolaptes susurrans Jardine, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 19, 1847, p. 81.
XiPHORHYNCHUS FLAVIGASTER TARDUS Bangs and Peters
Xiphorhynchus flavigaster tardus Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
68, 1928, p. 393.
Type. — X^o. 224,029, cf ; Chihuahua, Hacienda de San Rafael; 7
May, 1888; M. A. Frazar.
258 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Dendrocolaptes triangularis Lafresnaye
now XiPHORHYNCHus TRIANGULARIS TRIANGULARIS (Lafresnayc)
Dendrocolaptes triangularis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 134.
Type. — No. 77,147; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,275; "Bolivia"
(and written over this is) " Colombie, Bogota."
Two other examples were listed by Verreaux as of this species, one
of these is no. 2,276 but is not a cotype. The other, no. 2,274, proves
to be Xiphorhynchus erythropygia (Sclater).
t Dendrocolaptes mauperthuisii Lafresnaye
= Xiphorhynchus ocellatus ocellatus (Spix)
Dendrocolaptes mauperthuisii Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1850, p. 147.
Type. — X'o. 77,162; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,268.
Dendrocolaptes ocellatus (guttatus) Spix, Av. Bras., 1, 1824, p. 88, pi. 91, fig. 1.
For his specimen, Lafresnaye wrote a label which reads — " Den-
drornis Weddelii Laf. (nuper in Mus. Paris olim. mauperthuysii a
Pucher. et Laf. confusus) Voy. Castelnaud haut amazone, Pebas,
Sta. Maria."
(See remarks under the next species.)
t Nasica beauperthuysii Lafresnaye
= Xiphorhynchus ocellatus ocell.\tus (Spix)
Nasica Beauperthuysii Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1850, p. 419.
Type. — No. 77,161; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,267.
Dendrocolaptes ocellatus (guttatris) Spix, Av. Bras., 1, 1824, p. 88, pi. 91, fig. 1.
Lafresnaye's label for this specimen reads " Nasica Dendrornis
AVeddehi Laf. deville Mus. Parisiense, N. Beauperthu\sii Pucher. et
Laf. mon., p. 51 a tort, celuici est de pepas haut amazone Voyage
Castelnaud. Le Beauperthuysii a ete rapporte du perou par le voya-
geur Beauperthuys."
It is apparent that when Lafresnaye described D. mauperthuisii and
again X. beauperthuysii, he must have had before him a specimen of
X. ocellatus (Spix) afterwards redescribed as D. weddellii by des Murs
(Voy. Castelnau, Ois., 1855, p. 46, pi. 14, fig. 2) from a manuscript
bangs: types of birds 259
name supplied by Lafresnaye. He did not ha\e in his hands the bird
in the Paris Museum collection to which Pucheran and he had given
the manuscript name bcauperfhuysii, and which was brought back by
Beauperthuys from Venezuela according to Menegaux and Hellmayr
(Passereaux Tracheophones, 1906, p. 64) and not from Peru as stated
by Lafresnaye.
Lafresnaye's diagnosis of .V. hcauperthuysii agrees perfectly with
M. C. Z. no. 77,161, so marked by Lafresnaye, and I have no doubt
that his description was drawn entirely from it and not from the speci-
men in the Paris ^Museum to which he, of course, naturally refers.
Dendrocolaptes affinis Lafresnaye
now Lepidocolaptes affinis affinis (Lafresnaye)
Dendrocolaptes affinis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 100.
Type. — Xo. 77,151; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,237; "Mexico."
The type shows no fading nor discoloration and is in excellent con-
dition. It agrees exactly with birds from Jalapa.
In the article above cited Lafresnaye described a number of new
birds from the collection of Charles Brelay of Bordeaux. I think Brelay
gave to Lafresnaye one specimen each of three of these species. For
these three birds, I find labels, written by Lafresnaye, all similar, and
done as he usually did for new birds he described. I, therefore, feel
justified in claiming types, or cotypes, of Myadestcs ohscurus and
Piranga sanguinolcnta as well as that of the present species.
The types of the other species described in this article must have
remained in the Brelay cabinet. Certain it is that they did not find
their wa}^ into the Lafresnaye Collection.
PicoLAPTES AFFINIS LiGNiciDA Bangs and Penard
now Lepidcolaptes affinis lignicida (Bangs and Penard)
Picolaptes affinis lignicida Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 63, 1919,
p. 26.
Tyije.— y<o. 49,359, d"; Tamaulipas, Galindo; 21 March, 1909;
F. B. Armstrong.
Dendrocolaptes lacrymiger Lafresnaye
now Lepidocolaptes lacrymiger lacrymiger (Lafresnaye)
Dendrocolaptes lacrymiger Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 208, no locality given;
I designate Bogotd.
260 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Type. — -No. 76,142; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,235; "Mexique et
Colombie?"
Lafresnaye's name as given here is nomen nudum and antedates his
later diagnosis in Des Murs Iconographie Ornithologique, plate 70,
text (figure pi. 71) from which the species is usually dated. As the
specimen listed here is the type of Lafresnaye's earlier diagnosis, it, of
course, is the type of the species.
t Picolaptes obtectus Allen
= Lepidocolaptes fuscicapillus fuscicapillus (Pelzeln)
Picolaptes obtectus Allen, Bull. Amer. Mas. N. H., 2, 1889, p. 94, footnote.
Type.— No. 75,164; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 8,489; (no data).
Picolaptes fuscicapillus Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. 1, 1868, p. 44, 63.
Dendrocolaptes albolineatus Lafresnaye
now Lepidocolaptes albolineatus (Lafresnaye)
Dendrocolaptes albolineatus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 208.
Type. — No. 77,118; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,238; ** Colombie
ou Mexique" (error = Cayenne, Hellmayr).
Picolaptes lineaticeps Lafresnaye
now Lepidocolaptes souleyetiI lineaticeps (Lafresnaye)
Picolaptes lineaticeps Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1850, p. 227.
Type. — No. 77,119; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,227; (no data).
Lepidocolaptes souleyetii decoloris Austin
Lepidocolaptes souleyetii decoloris Austin, Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929,
p. 380.
Type.— No. 140,010, 9 ; British Honduras, Cayo; IS March, 1928;
OHver L. Austin, Jr.
Xiphorhynchus venezuelensis Chapman
now Campylorhamphus trochilirostris venezuelensis (Chapman)
Xiphorhynchus venezuelensis Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H., 2, 1889, p. 156.
Cotype. — No. 76,087; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,246; (no data).
Cotype. — No. 76,088; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,247; " Venezuela."
bangs: types of birds 261
t XiPHORHYNCHUs ISABELLA (ex. Verreaux M. S.) Chapman
= Campylorhamphus trochilirostris venezuelensis (Chapman)
Xiphorhynchus isabella Chapman, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H., 2, 1889, p. 157.
Type. — No. 76,089; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,251; "Venezuela."
Xiphorhynchus venezuelensis Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H., 2, 1889, p. 156.
Chapman in explaining that the specimen which was the subject of
Verreaux's MS. name was only a cream-colored albino, did not mean
to create a synonym. Unfortunately, however, he did, and the name
has been so quoted by Ridgway in Birds of North and Middle America.
Xiphorhynchus procurvoides Lafresnaye
now Campylorhamphus procurvoides (Lafresnaye)
Xiphorhynchus procurvoides Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1850, p. 376.
Type. — No. 77,120; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,241; "Cayenne."
t Xiphorhynchus dorso-immaculatus Chapman
= Campylorhamphus procurvoides (Lafresnaye)
Xiphorhynchus dorso-immaculatus Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H., 2, 1889,
p. 159.
Type.— No. 76,090; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,242; "Cayenne."
Xiphorhynchus procurvoides Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1850, p. 376.
Glyphorynchus spirurus sublestus Peters
Glyphorynchus spirurus sublestus Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929,
p. 443.
Type. — No. 141, 255, cf ; northwest Panama (Caribbean slope),
Changuinola; 16 October, 1928; H. Wedel.
SiTTASOMus LEVIS Bangs
now SiTTASOMus GRisEiCAPiLLUS LEVIS Bangs
Sittasotnus levis Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 46.
Type. — No. 108,568, cf; Panama, Boquete; 21 January, 1901;
W. W. Brown.
262 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
SiTTASOMus GRiSEiCAPiLLUS GRACiLEUS Bangs and Peters
Sittasomus griseicapillus gracileus Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL,
68, 1928, p. 392.
Type.— No. 41,067; Yucatan, Chichen-Itza; 5 February, 1890; E. H.
Thompson.
Sittasomus sylvioides Lafresnaye
now Sittasomus griseicapillus sylvioides Lafresnaye
Sittasomus sylvioides Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. ZooL, 1849, p. 331.
Type. — No. 77,039; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,295; "Mexique"
(restricted to Vera Cruz by Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
68, 1928, p. 392).
Decony'chura typica darienensis Griscom
Dechonychura [sic] typica darienensis Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69,
1929, p. 172.
Type.- — -No. 140,413, 9 ; Eastern Panama, Cana; 6 August, 1928;
Rex R. Benson.
Dendrocolaptes atrirostris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Dendrocincla atrirostris (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Dendrocolaptes atrirostris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1838, p. 12.
Cotype. — -No. 77,089; Lafresnave Collection, no. 2,308; "Guaravos
d'Orb."
Cotype. — No. 77,090; Lafresnave Collection, no. 2,309; "Guarayos
d'Orb."
Hellmayr, who has now seen these specimens, considers them, as
well as the one in Paris, to be all cotypes.
A third bird listed by Verreaux as of the same species, no. 2,307,
has a label written by Lafresnaye saying it was from "quito" and pro-
posing an MS. name for it. It is an example of D. mendoides christiani.
Dendrocincla lafresnayei Ridgway
now Dendrocincla meruloides lafresnayei Ridgway
Dendrocincla lafresnayei Ridgway, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 10, 1888, p. 492,
"Upper Amazon," the tj-pe locality fixed by Chapman (Bull. Am. Mus. N. H.,
36, 1917, p. 418) as Valparaiso, Santa Marta, Colombia.
I
bangs: types of birds 263
Type. — No. 76,086; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,305; (no data).
Ridgway's type is one of two specimens identified as Dendrocops
merula (Lichtenstein) by Lafresnaye, who, however, noticed its smaller
proportions, but thought it might be a female, and WTote on the labol
"an potior merula, 9 ?, rostro, alii, pedibusque minoribus."
There is nothing to indicate its origin and Ridgway must have taken
his locality "Upper Amazon" from the label of the other specimen
which is an example of Dendrocincla merula (Lichtenstein). This latter
specimen, M. C. Z. 77,086, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,304, has a
label which reads — " Dendrocops merula nob. mon. 83. Dend. merula
Licht. mon. mem. de L'ac. de Berl., 1818, p. 208, no. 17. Perou, haut
amazone, Castelnaud."
In referring to this bird as the type of merula Ridgway was misled
by the authority "nob." on the label, which here merely means that
the combination with Dendrocops was Lafresnaye's. Thus Menegaux
and Hellma\T (Auk, 1906, 23, p. 481) are right in saying that neither
of the two specimens mentioned by Ridgway (loc. cit., p. 493) is the
type of Dendrocolaptes merula Licht., nor did Lafresnaye himself claim
either as a type, as the original labels show.
Incidentally, Menegaux and Hellma\T state (loc. cit., p. 482) that
"the whole collection of Count Castelnau's expedition to South
America was deposited in the Paris Museum, where consequently all
the types of the 'Voyage de I'amerique du sud' remained." This may
be so, but still Lafresnaye had some me^ns of obtaining, for his own
collection, specimens from that expedition, as shown conclusively by
the label just quoted above, and by many another.
The type of D. lafresnayei agrees exactly, making due allowance for
fading in a specimen that has been on exhibition for at least half a
century, with the Santa Marta bird described by me as Dendrocincla
olivacea anguina (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 12, 1898, p. 138) and I wholly
agree with Chapman in fixing the type locality as Valparaiso, Santa
Marta, Colombia.
t Dendrocincla olivacea anguina Bangs
= Dendrocincla meruloides lafresnayei Ridgway
Dendrocincla olivacea anguina Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898,
p. 138.
Type. — Xo. 105,327, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 15 February,
1898; W.W.Brown.
Dendrocincla lafresnayei Ridgway, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 10, 1888, p. 489, 492,
264 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Dendrocincla lafresnayei christiani Bangs and Penard
now Dendrocincla meruloides christiani Bangs and Penard
Dendrocincla lafresnayei christiani Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
63, 1919, p. 25.
Type.— No. 124,522, 9 ; western Colombia, Pavas; 10 March, 1908;
M. G. Palmer.
Chapman does not look upon this form with favor; Hellmayr, how-
ever, recognizes it and I never have seen a specimen that I could not
tell with ease from D. m. ridgwayi of Panama, its nearest ally.
Dendrocops tyranninus Lafresnaye
now Dendrocincla tyrannina tyrannina (Lafresnaye)
Dendrocops tyranninus Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, p. 328.
Cotype.— ^o. 77,083; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,302; "Sta fe de
Bogotci."
Cotype. — No. 77,084; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,303; "Sta fe de
Bogota."
TYRANNIDAE
(The order followed here is that of Hellmayr, Birds of the Americas,
pt. 5, 1927)
Pepoaza MONTANA d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Agriornis Montana Montana (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Pepoaza montana d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 64.
Cotype. — ■ No. 77,313; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 8,387; " Chuquisca,
Rep. Boliviana d'Orb."
Hellmayr, who has examined this specimen, says that it, like the
one in Paris, is a "young bird in flufYy plumage, without attenuation
of the outer primaries."
Muscisaxicola albilora Lafresnaye
Muscisaxicola albilora Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1855, p. 60.
Type. — No. 77,322; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,604; (no locality
given — Santiago, Chile, suggested by Bangs and Penard).
I
bangs: types of birds 265
MusciSAXicoLA FLAVixucHA Lafresnaye
Muscisaxicola flavinucha Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1855, p. 59, pi. 3.
Type. — No. 77,314; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,605, " ehily."
A second specimen, no. 4,605, is not a cotype.
t MusciSAXicoLA ALBiMENTUM Lafresnaye
= MusciSAXicoLA MACLOViANA MENTALis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
Muscisaxicola albimentum Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1855, p. 61.
Type. — No. 77,323; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,607; "Bolivia et
Patagonia."
Muscisaxicola mentalis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, cl. 2, pis.
77-79.
t Saxicola fumifrons Peale
= Muscisaxicola macloviana mentalis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
Saxicola fumifrons Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 90.
Cotype.— Xo. 75,849; Peru; U. S. Expl. Exped.
Muscisaxicola mentalis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, cl. 2, pis.
77, 79.
Peale says only of his Saxicola fumifrons that it was found on arid
ground near Callao, but does not state how many examples he secured.
Tyrannula fumigata Boissonneau
now OCHTHODIAETA FUMIGATA FUMIGATA (BoisSOnUCau)
Tyrannula fumigata 'Boissonneau, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 71.
Type. — Xo. 76,094; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,552; "Sta fe de
Bogota."
Lafresnaye's label for this specimen is similar to those for all the
birds described in the article quoted above, and reads — "Tyrannula
fumigata B. nob. rev. Zool., 1840, p. 71, Sta. fe de Bogota."
OcHTHODiAETA PERNix Bangs
Ochthodiaeta pernix Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 95.
Type. — Xo. 106,004, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Maco-
tama; 4 February, 1899; \V. W. Brown. ,
266 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Fluvicola leucophrys d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now OcHTHOECA LEUCOPHRYS LEUCOPHRYS (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Fluvicola leucophrys d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 60.
Cotype. — No. 77,340; Lafresnave Collection, no. 4,557; "Sica sica,
BoUvia."
MusciCAPA ciNNAMOMEiVENTRis Lafresna3'e
now OcHTHOECA CINNAMOMEIVENTRIS (Lafresnaye)
Mttscicapa cinnamomeiventris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 291.
Cotype. — No. 77,336; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,554; "Colomb.
ou Nile, grenade."
Cotype. — No. 77,337; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,555; " Colombie."
Setophaga albidiadema Lafresnaye
now OcHTHOECA ALBIDIADEMA ALBIDIADEMA (Lafresnaye)
Setophaga albidiadema Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 8.
Type. — No. 77,339; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,556; "Colombie."
t MusciCAPA FUSCOCAPiLLA Lafresnaye
= OcHTHOECA DIADEMA DIADEMA (Hartlaub)
Muscicapa fusco-capilla Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 291.
Type. — No. 83,384; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 8,404; " Colombie ou
Nile, grenade."
Myiohius diadema Hartlaub, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 289.
Sayornis nigricans brunnescens Grinnell
Sayornis nigricans brunnescens Grinnell, Auk, 44, 1927, p. 69.
Type. — No. 216,739; Lower California, San Jose del Cabo; 11 Oc-
tober, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Sayornis amnicola Bangs
now Sayornis nigricans amnicola Bangs
Sayornis amnicola Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 37.
Type.— No. 108,543; Panama, Boquete; 21 January, 1901; W. W.
Brown.
bangs: types of birds 267
CoPURUS LEUCONOTUS Lafresnaye
now CoLONiA coLONUS LEUCONOTA Lafresnaye
Copurus leuconotus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 335.
Coiype. — No. 77,331 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,594; " Colombie."
Cotype. — No. 77,332 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,596; " Colombie."
A third specimen in the collection is not a cotype. Although Lafres-
naye gave Bolivia as the region of his new species in his published ac-
count of it, the word " Colombie" alone appears on the labels of both
CO types.
Pyrocephalus rubineus blatteus Bangs
now Pyrocephalus rubinus blatteus Bangs
Pyrocephalus rubineus blatteus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc, Washington, 24, 1911,
p. 189.
Typc—Ko. 119,812, cT; British Honduras, Sabune district; 21
May, 1906; M. E. Peck.
MusciGRALLA BREViCAUDA d'Orbiguy and Lafresnaye
Muscigralla hrevicauda d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 61.
Cotype. — No. 77,334; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,611; "Tacna,
perou sur la cote."
This cotype Hellma\T thinks might almost be considered the " type"
as the specimen in Paris is marked only " Peru."
Tyranxus magnirostris d'Orbigny
now Tyrannus cubensis Richmond
Tyrannus magnirostris d'Orbigny, in La Sagra's Hist. Nat. Cuba, Ois., 1840,
p. 80, pi. 13. (Not Tyrannus magnirostris Swainson, 1831).
Tyrannus cuhensis Richmond, Auk, 15, 1898, p. 330, new name to replace
Tyrannus magnirostris d'Orbigny preoccupied.
Type.— So. 84,591; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,729; " tyr. magni-
rostris nob. ty. agrosbec — junr. avis? Pipiris a tete noir ou pi-
grosbec — Cuba."
This species, as well as several others described in the article quoted
above, was based on a specimen in Lafresnaye's cabinet.
268 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Tyrannus crassirostris pompalis Bangs and Peters
Tyrannus crassirostris pompalis Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
68, 1928, p. 396.
Type. — -No. 223,593, cf ; Chihuahua, Hacienda de San Rafael; 7
May, 1888; M. A. Frazar.
ScAPHORHYNCHUS MEXiCANUS Lafresnaye
now Megarynchus pitangua mexicanus (Lafresnaye)
Scaphorhynchus mexicanus Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, p. 473.
Type. — No. 83,359; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,721; "Mexique."
The two other examples in the collection I do not consider cotypes;
one, no. 4,722, is the specimen referred to by Lafresnaye as having a
red instead of a yellow crest. The other is an immature.
t Tyrannula icterophrys Lafresnaye
= CONOPIAS CINCHONETI (Tschudi)
Tyrannula icterophrys Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 341.
Type. — No. 83,351; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 8,389; "Bogota."
Tyrannus cinchoneti Tschudi, Arch. Naturg., 10, 1844, p. 272.
Tyrannula erythroptera Lafresnaye
now Myiozetetes cayanensis erythropterus (Lafresnaye)
Tyrannula erythroptera Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 56.
Cotype.— No. 83,362; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,761; "Brazil."
Cotype.— No. 83,363; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,762; "Bresil."
In the article quoted above, Lafresnaye refers to specimens he had
seen in the Paris Museum, from which he took his type locality. His
own example appears, however, to have served him for the description
of the species.
Myiozetetes cayanensis harterti Bangs and Penard
Myiozetetes cayanensis harterti Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
64, 1921, p. 374.
Type.— No. 107,203, 9 ; Panama, Loma del Leon; 25 March, 1900;
W. W. Brown.
bangs: types of birds 2G9
t Tyrannula peruviana Lafresnaye
= Tyrannopsis sulphurea (Spix)
Tyrannula Peruviana Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. ZooL, 1853, p. 56.
Type. — No. 83,349; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,751; (no data).
Muscicapa sulpJmrea Spix, Av. Bras., 2, 1825, p. 16, pi. 20.
Saurophagus guatimalensis Lafresnaye
now PiTANGUS suLPHURATUS GUATIMALENSIS (Lafresnaye)
Saurophagus Guatimalensis Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. ZooL, 1852, p. 462.
Type.— No. 83,353; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,702; Guatemala.
This well-marked Central American form has been formally re-
instated by Peters. (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 448).
Saurophagus rufipennis Lafresnaye
now PiTANGUS SULPHURATUS RUFIPENNIS (Lafresnaye)
Saurophagus rufipennis Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool, 1851, p. 471.
Cotype.— No. 83,355; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,704; "Caracas et
Colombie."
Cotype.— No. 83,356; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,705; " Caracas et
Colombie."
Saurophagus bolivianus Lafresnaye
now PiTANGUS SULPHURATUS BOLIVIANUS (Lafresnaye)
Saurophagus Bolivianus Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. ZooL, 1852, p. 463.
Type. — No. 83,357; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,706; " Chuquisaca,
BoliVia, d'Orb."
Lafresnaye {I.e. 464) mentions two specimens, but the other, no.
4,707, cannot be considered a cotype. It is an immature bird in a state
of plumage that was not mentioned in the original description.
PiTANGUS LiCTOR PANAMENSis Bangs and Penard
Pitangus lictor panainensis Bangs and Penard, BulL Mus. Comp. ZooL, 62,
1918, p. 78.
Type.— No. 107,214, d"; Panama, Loma del Leon; 7 March, 1900;
Vs. W. Brown.
270 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
PiTANGUs bahamensis Bryant
now Tolmarchus caudifasctatus bahamensis (Bryant)
Pitangus bahamensis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 9, 1864, p. 279.
Tyj)c. — ^ No. 46,714; Bahamas, Nassau; 20 April, 1857; H. Bryant.
Tyrannus caudifasciatus d'Orbigny
now Tolmarchus caudif.\sciatus caudifasciatus (d'Orbigny)
Tyrannus caudifasciatus d'Orbigny in La Sagra Hist. Nat. Cuba, Ois., 1840,
p. 70, pi. 12.
Cotijpe.~No. 84,592; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,711; label "Ty-
ran caudifasciatus nob. Cuba."
Cotirpc.— ^o. 84,593; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,710; label "T.
caudifasciatus Lafr. Cuba."
Cofypc. — No. 84,594; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,712; label "Ty-
rannus caudi-fasciatus nob. Cuba."
t Myiarchus crinitus boreus Bangs
= Myiarchus crinitus crinitus (Linne)
Myiarchus crinitus boreus Bangs, Auk, 15, 1898, p. 179.
Tijpe — No. 100,713, & ; Mass.,Scituate; 28 June, 1883; E. A.and O.
Bangs.
Turdus crinitus Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1, 1758, p. 170.
The great-crested flycatcher must, of course, be subdivided. The
large billed bird of south Florida is quite different from the small billed
northern race. Unfortunately, the type locality of the species is South
Carolina, and birds from South Carolina are intermediate, and the
question is, which form shall bear the new name. After looking over
much material it seems to me that the Plorida bird stands farther away
from the intermediate of South Carolina, than does the northern bird,
and I, therefore, keep the Florida form as the other named subspecies.
Myiarchus crinitus residuus Howe and King
Myiarchus crinitus residuus Howe and King, Contrib. N. Amer. Orn., 1, 1902,
p. 30.
Type.— No. 49,998, & ; Florida, Ishtocpoga Lake; 24 March, 1893;
VV. N. Phelps.
bangs: types of birds 271
Tyrannus antillarum Bryant
now ]Myiarchus stolidus antillarum (Bryant)
Tyrannus antillarum Brj'ant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 10, 1866, p. 249.
Type. — No. 46,885; Porto Rico, winter; R. Swift.
Tyrannula stolida lucaysiensis Bryant
now Myiarchus stolidus lucaysiensis (Bryant)
Tyrannvla stolida (var. lucaysiensis) Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 11, 1867,
p. 66.
Coiypc. — No. 74,553; Bahamas; H. Bryant.
There may be other cotypes extant, as Bryant mentions having
collected several specimens.
Myiarchus lawrencei bangsi Nelson
now Myiarchus tuberculifer bangsi Nelson
Myiarchus lawrencei bangsi Xelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17, 1904, p. 45.
Type.— No. 108,758, d" ; Panama, Boquete; 26 January, 1901 ; W. W.
Brown.
NuTTALLORNis BOREALis MAJORiNUS Bangs and Penard
now NuTTALLORNis MESOLEUCUS MAJORINUS Bangs and Penard
Niiitallornis horealis majorinus Bangs and Penard, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
34, 1921, p. 90.
Type. — -No. 55,371, cf ; California, Pine Flats, north fork of San
Gabriel River, Los Angeles County; 19 July, 1905; C. H. Richardson,
Jr.
CoNTOPUS RiCHARDSONii PENiNSULAE Brewster
now Myiochanes richardsonii peninsulae (Brewster)
Contopus richardsonii peninsulae Brewster, Auk, 8, April, 1891, p. 144 (separ-
ates issued in advance February 17, 1891).
Cotype. — No. 216,790, d^ ; Lower California, Sierra de la Laguna; 9
May, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Cotype.— No. 216,777, 9 ; Lower CaUfornia, Triumfo; 13 June, 1887;
M. A. Frazar.
272 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Tyrannula ardosiaca Lafresnaye
now Myiochanes fumigatus ardosiacus (Lafresnaye)
Tyrannula ardosiaca Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 80.
Cotype. — • No. 77,359; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,820; " Colombie."
Cotype. — No. 77,360; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,821 ; " Colombie,"
Tyrannula cineracea Lafresnaye
now Myiochanes fumigatus cineraceus (Lafresnaye)
Tyrannula cineracea Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 7.
Type. — -No. 83,338; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 8,400; "Caracas."
Empidonax bailvmensis Bryant
now Blacicus caribaeus bahamensis (Bryant)
Empidonax bahamensis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 7, 1859, p. 109.
Cotype. — No. 46,715, cf ; Bahamas, Nassau; H. Bryant.
Cotype. — • No. 46,716, cf ; Bahamas, Nassau; H. Bryant.
Bryant mentions having seen three specimens, but only two males
are called for in the catalogue of his collection.
fEMPiDONAX traillii alnorum Brewster
= Empidonax traillii traillii (Audubon)
Empidonax traillii alnorum Brewster, Auk, 12, 1895, p. 161.
Type. — • No. 201,367, cf ; Maine, Upton; 3 June, 1872; Wm. Brewster.
Muscicapa traillii Audubon, Birds Amer. folio ed. 1, 1828, pi. 45.
Empidonax griseus Brewster
Empidonax griseus Brewster, Auk, 6, April, 1889, p. 87 (separates issued in
advance, Januarj^ 31, 1889).
Cotype. — -No. 216,889, cf ; Lower California, La Paz; 5 February,
1887 ;'m. A. Frazar.
Cotype. — -No. 216,900, 9 ; Lower CaUfornia, La Paz; 11 February,
1887: M. A. Frazar.
I
I
BANGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 273
Empidonax pulverius Brewster
Empidonax pulverius Brewster, Auk, 6, April, 1889, p. 86 (separates issued in
advance, January 31, 1889).
Cotype.— 'So. 214,387, cT ; Chihuahua, Pinos Altos; 23 June, 1888;
M. A. Frazar.
Cotype.— No. 214,388, 9 ; Chihuahua, Pinos Altos; 6 June, 1888; M.
A. Frazar.
Empidonax cineritius Brewster
now Empidonax difficilis cineritius Brewster
Empidonax cineritius Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 90.
Cotype. — No. 214,136, cf ; Lower California, La Laguna Mountains;
27 April, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Cotype. — No. 214,137, 9 ; Lower California, La Laguna Mountains,
27 April, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
t Empidonax lawrencei nemoralis Penard
= Empidonax lawrencei lawrencei Allen
Empidonax lawrencei nemoralis Penard, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 36, 1923,
p. 63.
Type.— 'So. 89,286; Surinam, Lelydorp; 26 April, 1922.
Empidonax lawrencei Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H., 2, 1889, p. 150.
MiTREPHANES PHAEOCERCUS TENUIROSTRIS BreWSter
Mitrephanes phaeocercus tenuirostris Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 137.
Type.— No. 214,150, 9 ; Sonora, near Oposura; 7 June, 1887; J. C.
Cahoon.
Myiobius xanthopygus aureatus Bangs
now Myiobius sulphureipygius aureatus Bangs
Myiobius xanthopygus aureatus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1908,
p. 27.
Type.— No. 108,036, d" ; Panama, Divala; 21 November, 1900; W.W.
Brown.
274 bulletin: MusErM of comparative zoology
Tyrannula ornata Lafresnaye
now Myiotriccus ornatus ornatus (Lafresnaye)
Tyrannula ornata Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 57.
Cotypc— No. 83,342; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,780; " Colombie."
Cotijpc. — No. 83,343; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,781; " Colombie."
Muscicapa (tyrannula) vieillotioides Lafresnaye
now Pyrrhomyias vieillotioides vieillotioides (Lafresnaye)
Muscicapa {Tyrannula) vieillotioides Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 174.
Cofypc. — -No. 83,346; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,778; "'Caracas."
Cotypc. — • No. 83,347; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,779; " Caracas."
MusciPETA ciNNAMOMEA d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Pyrrhomyias cinnamomea cinnamomea (d'Orbigny and
Lafresnaye)
Muscipeta cinnamomea d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 49.
Cotypc— y^o. 83,344; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,776; " Yungas,
rare."
Hellmayr considers this specimen a cotype. There is also one male
in Paris.
Myiobius naevius furfurosus Thayer and Bangs
now Myiophobus fasciatus furfurosus (Thayer and Bangs)
Myiobius naevius furfurosus Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46,
1905, p. 152.
Type. — No. 114,397, 9 ; Saboga Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of Pan-
ama; 9 April, 1904; W. W. Brown.
Onychorhynchus mexicanus fraterculus Bangs
Onychorhynchus mexicanus fraterculus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3,
1902, p. 86.
Type— No. 105,250, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 4 January, 1898;
W. W. Brown.
bangs: types of birds 275
Placostomus coronatus gumia Bangs and Penard
now Platyrinchus coronatus gumia (Bangs and Penard)
Placosiotmis coronatus gumia Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Corap. Zool., 62,
1918, p. 74.
Type. — No. 80,961, 9 ; Surinam, vicinity of Paramaribo; 20 March,
1914.
Rhynchocyclus sulphurescens asemus Bangs
now ToLMOMYiAS SULPHURESCENS ASEMUs (Bangs)
Rhynchocyclus sulphurescens asemus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23,
1910, p. 73.
Typc.^yo. 123,439, cf ; western Colombia, near Pavas; 15 Febru-
ary, 1908; M. G. Palmer.
Rhynchocyclus sulphurescens exortivus Bangs
now ToLMOMYiAS SULPHURESCENS EXORTIVUS (Bangs)
Rhynchocyclus sulphurescens exortivus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21,
1908, p. 163.
Type. — No. 106,703, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, La
Concepcion; 16 March, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Craspedoprion olivaceus bardus Bangs and Barbour
now Rhynchocyclus olivaceus bardus (Bangs and Barbour)
Craspedoprion olivaceus bardus Bangs and Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
65, 1922, p. 216.
Type— No. 87,029, c^ ; Panama, Mount Sapo; 20 April, 1922; Bar-
bour and Brooks.
t ToDiROSTRUM FLAViFRONS Lafrcsuaye
= TODIROSTRUM POLIOCEPHALUS (Wied)
Todirostrum flavifrons Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 361.
Cotype.— No. 76,860; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,620; "Bresil."
Cotypc.— ^o. 83,374; Lafresnave Collection, no. 4,619; "Bresil."
Todus poliocephalus Wied, Beitr. Naturg. Bras., 3, 1831, p. 964.
276 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
TODIROSTRUM CINEREUM FINITIMUM Bangs
Todirostrum cinereum finitimum Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17, 1904,
p. 114.
Type. — ■ No. 104,148, cf ; Mexico, Tabasco, San Juan Bautista; 7
March, 1890; L. Barret.
Todirostrum furcatum Lafresnaye
now Ceratotriccus furcatus (Lafresnaye)
Todirostrum furcatum Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 362.
Type. — No. 83,372; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,634; "Brasilia."
t Todirostrum palpebrosum Lafresnaye
= Euscarthmornis orbitatus (Wied)
Todirostrum palpebrosum Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 362.
Type. — No. 76,858; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,637; "Colomb."
Euscarthmus orbitatus Wied, Beitr. Naturg. Bras. 3, 1831, p. 958.
The second specimen in the Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,638, is cer-
tainly not a cotype.
Todirostrum striaticolle Lafresnaye
now Euscarthmornis striaticollis striaticollis (Lafresnaye)
Todirostrum striaticolle Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 58.
Cotype. — No. 84,369; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,635; "Bahia."
Cotype.— Ko. 84,370; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,636; "Bahia."
Todirostrum squamaecrista Lafresnaye
now LoPHOTRiccus pileatus squamaecrista (Lafresnaye)
Fodirostrum (sic) squamaecrista Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 363.
Type.— Ko. 77,352; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,630; "Bogota."
CoMETORNis viTiosus Bangs and Penard
now LoPHOTRiccus VITIOSUS VITIOSUS (Bangs and Penard)
Cometornis vitiosus Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 64, 1921, p. 373.
Type. — No. 77,348; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,632; Peru.
bangs: types of birds 277
t ToDiRosTRUM spiciFERUM Ljifresnayc
= CoLOPTERYX GALEATUS (Bodclaert)
Todirostrum spiciferum Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 363.
Type. — No. 77,347; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,633; "'Brasilia."
Motacilla galeata Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl., 1783, p. 24.
MusciCAPA (todirostrum?) ruficeps Lafresnaye
now Caenotriccus ruficeps (Lafresnaye)
Muscicapa {Todirostrum?) ruficeps Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 291.
Ti/pc— No. 77,342; Lafresnaye'Colleetion, no. 4,655; " Colombie ou
XUe. grenade."
t Hapalocercus paulus Bangs
= EUSCARTHMUS MELORYPHUS MELORYPHUS (Wied)
Hapalocercus paulus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 96.
Ti/pc. — • No. 106,115, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Chirua;
17 March, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Euscarthmus meloryphus Wied, Beitr. Naturg. Bras., 3, 1831, p. 947.
Hellmayr refuses to recognize the extreme northern form of this
species, = H. paid us, although he points out certain differences. He has,
of course, seen much material, and I therefore follow him. I am, how-
ever, easily able to tell the Santa Marta series from the few southern
examples available.
Alectrurus flaviventris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Pseudocolopteryx flaviventris (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Alecturus {sic) flaviventris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 55.
Cotypc. — -No. 77,354; Lafresnave Collection, no. 8,409; " Corrien-
tes."
Cotype. — No. 77,355; Lafresnave Collection, no. 8,410; " Corrien-
tes."
Hellmayr tells me that the one d'Orbigny specimen in the Paris
Museum is without a label, and thinks, therefore, that these two from
the type locality might almost be considered the only two cotypes.
278 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Spizitornis parulus curatus Wetmore and Peters
Spizitornis parulus curatus Wetmore and Peters, Auk, 41, 1924, p. 145.
Type. — 'No. 85,664; Argentina, Rio Negro, Rio Colorado; 10
August, 1920; J. L. Peters.
Hellmayr relegates this form to the synonymy of his patacjonicus,
but Peters does not agree to this, and still holds, so he tells me, that
curatus is a valid form.
Stigmatura budytoides inzonata Wetmore and Peters
Stigmaiura budytoides inzonata Wetmore and Peters, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing-
ton, 36, 1923, p. 143.
Type. — ■ No. 86,172, cf ; Argentina, Tucuman, Tapia; 9 April, 1921;
J. L. Peters.
Serpophaga cinerea cana Bangs
Serpophaga cinerea cana Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17, 1904, p. 113.
Tyjje. — ■ No. 106,125, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Chirua;
17 March, 1899; W. W. Brown.
MusciCAPA LEUCOPHRYS d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Mecocerculus leucophrys leucophrys (d'Orbigny and
Lafresnaye)
Muscicapa leucophrys d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 53.
Cotype. — 'No. 83,379; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,563; "Bolivia
Yungas."
According to Hellmayr, this is a cotype and there is another one in
Paris.
t Myiopatis montensis Bangs
= Mecocerculus leucophrys" nigriceps Chapman
Myiopatis montensis Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 97.
Type. — No. 106,112, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Par-
amo de Macotama; 3 March, 1S99; \V. W. Brown.
Mecocerculus nigriceps Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H., 12, 1899, p. 154.
The Santa Marta form, montensis is not identical with nigriceps of
the mountains of the north coast of Venezuela, but is intermediate
bangs: types of birds 279
between that form and sefaphagoidcs of central Colombia and Vene-
zuela. Hellmayr does not recognize it, and it is probably best kept in
synonymy.
t Mecocerculus leucophrys roraimae Bangs and Penard
= Mecocerculus leucophrys roraimae Hellmayr
Mecocerculus leucophrys roraimae Bangs and Penard, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing-
ton, 34, June, 1921, p. 90.
Type.^ Xo. 83,090, 9 ; Roraima; 24 August, 1883; H. Whitely.
Mecocerculus leucophrys roraimae Hellmayr, Anz. Orn. Ges. Bayern, no. 4,
March, 1921, p. 30.
Hellmayr and Penard and I both used the same name for this form
when we independently described it at the same time. Hellmayr's
description appeared just ahead of ours.
Elaenia sordid.\ta Bangs
now Elaenia chiriquensis sordidata Bangs
Elaenia sordidata Bangs, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 28.
Type.— No. 104,864, cf ; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 30 April, 1900; W. W. Brown.
This island form is not recognized by Hellmayr. The Pearl Island
bird, when viewed in long series, howe\er, is slightly different in color
from true chiriquensis of the mainland and has a larger bill.
t El.^enia sororia Bangs
= Elaenia chiriquensis albivertex Pelzeln
Elaenia sororia Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 175.
Type. — No, 105,826, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Palo-
mina; 10 May, 1898; W. W. Brown.
Elainea albivertex Pelzeln, Orn. Bras., 2, 1868, pp. 107, 177.
Elaenia browni Bangs
now Elaenia obscura browni Bangs
Elaenia browni Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 158.
Type. — No. 105,573, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Pueblo
Viejo; 23 March, 1808; W. W. Brown.
280 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
MusciCAPA albicilla d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Elaenia gaimardii gaimardii (d'Orbigny)
Muscicapa albicilla d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 52. (Not
of Pdlas, 1826).
Muscicapara gaimardii d'Orbigny, Voyage Amer. Merid., Ois, 1839, p. 326
(new name to replace Muscicapa albicilla d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, pre-
occupied).
Cotype. — No. 83,368; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,653; " Yuracares,
Rep. Boliviana."
This is, of course, a cotype and is passed upon as such by Hellmayr,
who says that there are also others in Paris.
Myiopagis placens pallens Bangs
now Elaenia viridicata pallens (Bangs)
Myiopagis placens pallens Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 85.
Type. — No. 105,226, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 9 January, 1898;
W. W. Brown.
Myiopagis placens accola Bangs
now Elaenia viridicata accola (Bangs)
Myiopagis placens accola Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 35.
Type — No. 108,539, cf ; Panama, Boquete; 1 February, 1901 ; W. W.
Brown.
t Ornithion imberbe ridgw ayi Brewster
= Camptostoma imberbe Sclater
Ornithion imberbe ridgwayi Brewster, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 7, 1882, p. 208.
Type — No. 206,000, d" ; Arizona, Tucson; 1 May, 1881.
Camptostoma imberbe Sclater, P. Z. S., 25, 1857, p. 203.
Phyllomyias griseocapilla Sclater
Phyllomyias griseocapilla Sclater (ex. Lafresnaye MS. and specimen), P. Z. S.,
1867, p. 382, pi. 36, fig. 2.
Type. — No. 84,340; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,650; label — ■ " tyus.
griseicapillus."
Verreaux in his catalogue of the Lafresnaye collection lists 4,669 as
bangs: types op^ birds 281
the type of Phi/Ilonn/ias grisrorajjilld Lafr. This specimen proves to be
Elacnia canicrps canicrps (Swains.) and Lafresnaye's label for it was
correctly marked to that effect. Goode (U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 1896,
p. 49) lists the type of Sclater's P. griseocapilla as being in the Sclater
collection in the British Museum; this cannot be, however, for although
Sclater had several specimens, when he described the species, he very
definitely designated the Lafresnaye specimen as the type (Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1861, p. 383). Nor does he claim the type in his Catalogue
of American Birds.
Tyrannulus nigrocapillus Lafresnaye
now Tyranniscus nigrocapillus nigrocapillus (Lafresnaye)
Tyrannvlus nigro-capillus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 341.
Typr.— No. 83,375; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,674; "Bogota."
Muscicapa olivacea d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Tyranniscus bolivianus bolivianus (d'Orbigny)
Muscicapa olivacea d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 54 (not of
Vieillot).
Miiscicapara boliviana d'Orbigny, Voyage Amer. Merid. Ois., 1839, p. 328 (new
name to repace Muscicapa olivacea d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye preoccupied)
Cotypc.— 'So. 83,383; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 8,420; "Yungas
bolivie."
Besides this specimen, Hellmayr tells me there are two in Paris.
Tyrannulus reguloides panamensis Thayer and Bangs
now Tyrannulus elatus panamensis Thayer and Bangs
Tyrannuhis reguloides panamensis Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
46, 1906, p. 218.
Type.— No. 114,092, d" ; Panama, near Panama City; 6 May, 1904;
W. W. Brown.
Leptopogon pileatus faustus Bangs
now Leptopogon amaurocephalus faustus Bangs
Leptopogon pileatus faustus Bang.s, Auk, 24, 1907, p. 300.
Type.~^o. 117,828, cf ; Costa Rica, Boruca; 5 May, 1906; C. F.
L'nderwood.
282 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Leptopogon superciliaris troglodytes Griscom.
Leptopogo7i superciliaris troglodytes Griscom. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,69, 1929,
p. 174.
Type. — No. 140,511, 9 ; Eastern Panama, Cana; 27 June, 1928; Rex
R. Benson.
Leptopogon superciliaris hellmayri Griscom
Leptopogon superciliaris hellmayri Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929,
p. 175.
Type — Xo. 116,207, cf ; Costa Rica, Carrillo; 23 November, 1898;
C. F. Underwood.
Tyrannula rltfipectus Lafresnaye
now Leptopogon rufipectus (Lafresnaye)
Tyrannula rufipectus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 207, not preoccupied by
Tyrannuhis rufipectus Lesson, according to International Code.
Type. — No. 77,349; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,665; " Colombie."
Hellmayr, Catalogue of Birds of the Americas, pt. 5, 1927, p. 490
uses Leptopogon erythrops vSclater, P. Z. S., 1862, p. 11 for this species,
on the ground that Lafresnaye's name was preoccupied, but according
to the International Code Tyrannula and Tyrannulus are different
names, and, therefore, Lafresnaye's name must hold.
Mionectes olivaceus hederaceus Bangs
Mionectes olivaceus hederaceus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23, 1910
p. 73.
Type.— No. 123,442, 9 ; western Colombia, Pa vas; 12 February, 1908.
Mionectes olivaceus galbinus Bangs
Mionectes olivaceus galbinus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 85.
Typr. — • No. 106,768, & ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, La
Concepcion; 17 March, 1899; W. \V. Brown.
Mionectes oleagineus parous Bangs
now Pipromorpha oleaginea parca (Bangs)
Mionectes oleagineus parcus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1900, p. 20.
Type.— No. 107,187, a"; Panama, Loma del Leon; 30 March, 1900;
W. W. Brown.
bangs: types of birds 283
MiONECTES AssiMiLis DYSCOLUS Bangs
now PiPROMORPHA OLEAGINEA DYSCOLA (Bangs)
Mionectes assimilis dyscohis Bangs, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 362.
Type.— No. 107,958, 9 ; Panama, Divala; 6 December, 1900; W. W.
Brown.
OXYRHAMPHIDAE
OxYRHAMPHUS BROOKSi Bangs and Barbour
now OxYRUNCUS CRIST ATus BROOKSI (Bangs and Barbour)
Oxyrhamphus brooksi Bangs and Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 65, 1922,
p. 220.
Type.— No. 87,199, cf ; Panama, Mount Sapo; 25 April, 1922; Bar-
bour, Brooks and Underwood.
PIPRIDAE
PiPRA CHRYSOPTERA Lafresnave
now Masius chrysopterus chrysopterus (Lafresnaye)
Pipra chrysoptera Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 97. Figured, Mag. Zool.,
1843, pi. 44.
Type.— No. 76,274; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,075.
There is now no label, written by Lafresnaye, for this specimen, but
as it is the only example of the species in the collection, and as also it
agrees exactly with the original description it is, of course, the type.
Pipra mentalis ignifera Bangs
Pipra mentalis ignifera Bangs, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 363.
Type.— No. 107,823, cf ; Panama, Divala; 30 November, 1900; W. W.
Brown.
Pipra erythrocephala actinosa Bangs and Barbour
Pipra erythrocephala actinosa Bangs and Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
65, 1922, p. 214.
Type.— No. 87,170, d" ; Panama, Mount Sapo; 21 April, 1922; Bar-
bour, Brooks and Underwood.
Hellmayr does not recognize this form. lam still, however, inclined
to do so.
284 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t PiPRA pareolides d'Orbignv and Lafresnaye
= Chiroxiphia lanceolata (Wagler)
Pipra pareolides d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 165.
Cotypc.~yo. 88,644; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,091; " Cartha-
V ))
gene.
Cotypc.— y^o. 88,645; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,090; " Cartha-
gene.
Pipra lanceolata Wagler, Isis, 1830, p. 931.
The third specimen, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,092, a young male,
I do not consider a cotype.
Manacus manacus abditivus Bangs
Manacus manacus abditivus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, 1899, p. 35.
Type.— No. 105,310, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 13 January, 1898;
W. W. Brown.
t Manacus candei electilis Bangs
= Manacus candei (Parzudaki)
Manacus candei electilis Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1903, p. 105.
Type.— No. 102,469, cf ; Mexico, Vera Cruz, Buena Vista; 10 June,
1901 ; A. E. Colburn and Percy W. Shufeldt.
Pipra candei Parzudaki, Rev. Zool., 4, 1841, p. 306.
Manacus cerritus Peters
Manacus cerritus Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1927, p. 9.
Type.— 'So. 238,477, d" ; Panama, Almirante; 17 June, 1927; H.
Wedel.
Manacus vitellinus viridiventris Griscom
Manacus vitellinus viridiventris Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929,
p. 179.
Type. — No. 124,545, cf ; Western Colombia, Jiminez; 6 April, 1907;
M. G. Palmer
bangs: types of birds 285
t Ptilochloris remigialis Lafresnave
= Laniiosoma elegans (Thunberg)
Ptilochloris remigialis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 237.
Type. — No. 77,362; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,173; (no locality
mentioned bv Lafresnave).
Ampelis elegans Thunberg, Dissert. Tullberg, Nov. spec. Ampelis, 1823, p. 2.
Lafresnaye's type has the underparts nearly uniform yellow, with
scarcely any black marking, except on the sides. This may represent
the plumage of the old adult, but no other specimen in a considerable
series of skins is quite like it. See in this connection Sclater, Cat. Birds
Brit. Mus, 14, p. 317.
t MusciCAPA rufoolivaceus Lafresnaye
= SCHIFFORNIS TURDINUS TURDINUS (Wied)
Miiscicapa rufo-olivaceus Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1833, pis. 12, 13, 14, text
under "la Gobe-mouche vert Cuvier."
Type. — ■ Xo. 77,114; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,135.
Muscicapa turdinus Wied, Beitr. Naturg. Bras., 3, 1831, p. 817.
Ptilochloris virescens Lafresnaye
now ScHiFFORNis VIRESCENS (Lafresnaye)
Ptilochloris virescens Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 238.
Type. — No. 77,115; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,137.
Lafresnaye's label for his type reads — " Ptilo. virescens nob. le
petit, verd. adult," with no locaHty at all given. A second specimen
bears a label w^hich reads, "le Gobe-mouche vert Bresil les Andes,
Mus. Paris." This I do not consider a cotype. A third specimen.
Lafresnaye Coll. 2137 bis., entered in Verreaux's Catalogue as Hetero-
pelma virescens, belongs to another species altogether.
Brabourne and Chubb use the name Scotothorus unicolor (Bonaparte)
for this species on the grounds that Muscicapa virescens Wied was
preoccupied, apparently overlooking Lafresnaye's name.
Ptiolchloris virescens Lafresna\'e is not in\alidated by Muscicapa
virescens Wied since Lafresnaye independently described this bird
using a different generic term. In Mag. Zool., 1833, pis. 12, 13 and 14,
text, Lafresnaye mentions "Le Gobe-Mouche vert Cuvier Mus. de
Paris, Lesson Traite, 391 " which he thought had not been described.
286 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
but only indicated by Lesson. He did not, however, give it a name until
1S38 as cited above. He again referred to "Le Gobe-Mouche vert"
in the same number, but, of course, described from his own specimen
which becomes the type.
Under the circumstances, I cannot, therefore, agree with Hellmayr
that the type is in the Paris ISIuseum.
t SCOTOTHORUS VERAEPACIS DUMICOLA BailgS
= SCHIFFORNIS TURDINUS VERAEPACLS (Sclater)
Scotothorus rerae-pacis dumicola Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1903,
p. 103.
Tijpe — No. 117,849, d' ; Panama, Divala; 2 December, 1900; W. W.
Brown.
Heteropelma verae-pacis Sclater, P. Z. S., 1860, p. 300.
Tyrannula pallescens Lafresnaye
now Neopelma pallescens pallescens (Lafresnaye)
Tyrannus pallescens Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 18.53, p. 57.
Tiipe.— yo. 77,113: Lafresnaye Collection, no. 8,407; " Bahia."
Altogether there are three specimens of this species in the Lafresnaye
Collection, no. 8,408 is an immature bird with the crest undeveloped,
showing only slight pale yellowish in the middle and so is not a cotype.
No. 8,401 listed by Verreaux in his catalogue as Myiarchus cinereus
Spix, apparently puzzled Lafresnaye, who wrote a lengthy label for it,
without making up his mind as to its identity. It also, therefore, is not
a cotype.
COTINGIDAE
Tityra semifasciata deses Bangs
Tityra semifasciata deses Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 28, 1915, p. 125.
Type— No. 40,079, cf ; Yucatan, Chichen Itza; 26 February, 1904;
L. J. Cole.
t Pachyrhynchus aterrimus Lafresnaye
= Platypsaris NIGER (Gmelin)
Pachyrhynchus aterrimus Lafresnaye Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 320.
Type. — No. 76,374; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,479; "Jamaique."
Lanius niger Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1788, p. 301.
bangs: types of birds 287
t Pachyrhynchus squamatus Lafresnaye
= Pachyrhamphus versicolor versicolor (Hartlaub)
Pachyrhynchus sqitainatus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 291.
Type. — Xo. 76,503; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,515; "Bogota."
Vireo versicoloi- Hartlaub, Rev. Zool., 1S43, p. 289.
This species Lafresnaye lost by a page priority of two pages.
Pachyrhamphus versicolor costaricensis Bangs
Pachyrhamphus versicolor costaricensis Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4,
1908, p. 26.
Type. — Xo. 117,089, cf ; Costa Rica, Volcan de Irazu; 6 September,
1898; C. F. Underwood.
t Pachyrhamphus notius Brewster and Bangs
= Pachyrhamphus polychopterus spixii (Swainson)
Pachyrhamphus notius Brewster and Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2,
1901, p. 53.
Type. — • X'^o. 31,130, cf ; Argentina, Entre Rios, Concepcion del
Uruguay; 27 Xovember, 1880; W. B. Barrows.
Pachyrynchus spixii Swainson, Anim. Menag., 1837, p. 289, cf. Hellmayr,
Field Mus. Public, no. 255, 1929, p. 341.
Pachyrh.^mphus marginatus nanus Bangs and Penard
Pachyrhamphus marginatus nanus Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
64, 1921, p. 395.
Type. — • X'^o. 82,600, cf ; East Peru, Xeberos, Peruvian Amazons;
Bartlett.
Querula fuscocinerea Lafresnaye
now Lipaugus fuscocinereus (Lafresnaye)
Querula Jusco-cinerea Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 291.
Type. — ^ X'^o. 76,334; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,125; " Colombie."
A second specimen, no. 2,126, an immature bird, is not a cotype.
288 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
LiPAUGUS simplex frederici Bangs and Penard
now Rhytipterna simplex frederici (Bangs and Penard)
Lipaugus simplex frederici Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62,
1918, p. 71.
Type. — -No. 80,922, cf ; Surinam, vicinity of Paramaribo; 6 June,
1913; T. E. Penard Collection.
Attila flammulatus Lafresnaye
now Attila spadiceus flammulatus (Lafresnaye)
Attila flammulatus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 47.
Type. — No. 76,375; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,52G; "Colombie"
(error = Vera Cruz, Mexico, cf. Bangs and Penard, Proc. Biol. Soc.
Washington, 35, 1922, p. 223).
t Phoenicircus atrococcineus Lafresnaye
= Phoenicircus nigricollis Swainson
Phoenicircus atro-coccineus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 236.
Type. — No. 83,868; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,071; "Perou."
Phoenicircus nigricollis Swainson, Fauna Bor. Am. 2, 1831, p. 491.
Ampelis arcuata Lafresnaye
now Euchlornis arcuata (Lafresnaye)
Ampelis arcuata Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 98. Cotinga arcuata, Mag.
Zool., 1843, pi. 40.
Type. — -No. 76,339; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,163; "Colombie."
Lafresnaye also had in his cabinet two females, one adult, one young,
but as he described only the males, these are, of course, not cotypes.
Ampelis aureopectus Lafresnaye
now Euchlornis aureopectus aureopectus Lafresnaye
Ampelis aureo-peclus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 68. Mag. Zool., 1843,
pi. 39.
Cotype. — No. 76,336; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,166, " cf ; Co-
lombie."
Cotype. — -No. 76,338; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,168, " 9 ; Co-
lombie."
Another male in the collection is not a cotype.
BANGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 289
PiPREOLA AUREOPECTUS DECORA Bangs
now EucHLORNis AUREOPECTUS DECORA (Bangs)
Pipreola aureopectus decora Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 98.
Type. — No. 106,173, d^ ; Colombia, Santa MartaMountains, Chirua;
12 February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Ampelis lamellipennis Lafresnaye
now XiPHOLENA LAMELLIPENNIS (Lafresnaye)
Ampelis lamellipennis Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1839, pi. 9, text and plate.
(No locality given — Brazil designated by Braboume and Chubb).
Type. — ■ No. 84,333; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,192.
The type is a fine old adult male with a pure white tail.
In the same article (supra) Lafresnaye gave a name — Ampelis
lenciira ex. Temminck — to the immature bird of this species with dark
spots in the tail ; the type is in the Paris Museum.
CoRACiNA GRANADENSis Lafresnaye
now Pyroderus scutatus granadensis (Lafresnaye)
Coracina Granadensis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 277.
Typie. — No. 76,205; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,140; "Nouvelle
grenade."
Coracina orenocensis Lafresnaye
now Pyroderl^s scutatus orenocensis (Lafresnaye)
Coracina orenocensis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 277.
Type. — No. 76,206; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,139; "bouches de
I'orinoque."
PITTIDAE
Pitta piroensis Muir and Kershaw
Pitta piroensis Muir and Kershaw, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1910, p. 65.
Type.— No. 49,997; Ceram, Piroe; 2 March, 1909.
290 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
XENICIDAE
t AcANTHiZA tenuirostris Lafresnave
= Acanthisitta chloris chloris (Sparrman)
Acanthiza tenuirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 242.
Tiipc— No. 84,371 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,718; " Nile. Zela."
(= South Island).
Sitta chloris Sparrman, Mus. Carlson, fasc. 2, 1787, no. 33.
HIRUNDINIDAE
CoTiLE FOHKiENENSis La Touche
now RiPARIA RIPARIA FOHKIENENSIS (La ToUche)
Cotilefohkienensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 22, 1908, p. 17.
Cotypc.— :So. 130,235, cf ; Northwest Fohkien, Shaowufu; 30 No-
vember, 1895; La Touche Collection.
CoUjpc.— y^o. 130,236, 9 ; Fohkim, Foochow; February, 1896; La
Touche Collection.
Tachycineta thalassina brachyptera Brewster
Tachycineta thalassina brachyptera Brewster, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 41, 1902,
p. 167.
Ti^pe. — No. 215,406, cf ; Lower California, Sierra de la Laguna; 6
June, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
HiRUNDO cyaneoviridis Bryant
now Callichelidon cyaneoviridis (Bryant)
Hirundo cyaneoviridis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 7, 1859, p. 111.
Coiypc— No. 46,838, cf ; Bahamas, Nassau; H. Bryant.
Cotypc. — No. 46,840, cf ; Bahamas, Nassau; 17 April; H. Bryant.
Coiypc— No. 46,841, cf ; Bahamas, Nassau; 12 April; H. Bryant.
Three other cotypes are known to me, one each in collection of John
E. Thayer, Lancaster, Mass.; United States National Museum; and
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
bangs: types of birds 291
HmrxDO abyssinica Guerin
now HiRUNDO ABYSSINICA ABYSSINICA Guerin
Hirundo abyssinica Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 322.
Type. — No. 76,077; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 946; label, "hir.
abyssinica Guer. nob. rev., 1843, p. 322 (Abyssinie)."
The name Hirundo pudla Temminck and Schlegel has for a long time
been used for this species, 1842 being taken as the date of publication
of the part of Fauna Japonica in which it appeared. Messrs. C. D.
Sherborn and F. A. Jentink (P. Z. S., 1895, p. 149) have, however,
shown that 1847, not 1842, was the actual date of publication, and,
therefore, Guerin's name must be used for the species, instead of Tem-
minck and Schlegel's.
The forms recognized by Sclater and Mackworth-Praed (Ibis, 1918,
pp. 718, 719) should thus be called — ■
1. Hirundo abyssinica abyssinica Guerin.
2. Hirundo abyssinica puella Temminck and Schlegel.
3. Hirundo abyssinica unitatis Sclater and Mackworth-Praed.
Progne subis hesperia Brewster
Progne subis hesperia Brewster, Auk, 6, 1889, p. 92 (separates issued in advance,
31 January, 1889).
Cotype. — No. 215,394, cf ; Lower California, Sierra de la Laguna;
4 June, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Cotype. — No. 215,395, 9 ; Lower California, Sierra de la Laguna;
4 June, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Petrochelidon fulva cavicola Barbour and Brooks
Petrochelidon fulva cavicola Barbour and Brooks, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club,
6, 1917, p. 52.
Type. — No. 67,675, cf ; Cuba, San Antonio de los Baiios; 22 March,
1915; Barbour, Brooks and Rodriguez.
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis cacabatus Bangs and Penard
Stelgidopleryx ruficollis cacabatus Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
62, 1918, p. 83.
Type. — -No. 80,924, cf ; Surinam, vicinity of Paramaribo; 19 June,
1913; E. Graanoogst.
292 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis aequalis Bangs
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis aequalis Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1901, p.
58.
Type.— Xo. 105,458, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 20 January, 1898;
W. W. Brown.
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis decolor Griscom
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis decolor Griscom, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 11, 1929,
p. 69.
Type.— No. 107,641, d" ; Panama, Divala; 1 December, 1900; W. W.
Brown.
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis psammochrous Griscom
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis psammochroiis Griscom, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 11,
1929, p. 72.
Type. — No. 221,956, cf ; Mexico, Sonora, near Oposura; 15 April,
1887; John C. Gaboon.
MUSCICAPIDAE
Hemichelidon sibirica incerta La Touche
now MusciCAPA sibirica incerta (La Touche)
Hemichelidon sibirica incerta La Touche, Handbook, Birds of Eastern China,
pt. 2, 1925, p. 159.
Type.— ^o. 128,445, & ; Northeast Chihli, Chinwangtao; 28 May,
1911; La Touche Collection.
Cyornis tickellle glaucicomans Thayer and Bangs
now MusciCAPA rubeculoides glaucicomans (Thayer and Bangs)
Cyornis tickelliae glaucicomans Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.'
52, 1909, p. 141.
Type.— Ko. 50,003, d' ; Hupeh, Tanshuiya; 7 May, 1907; W. R.
Zappey.
Cyanoptila cumatilis Thayer and Bangs
now MusciCAPA cyanomelana cumatilis (Thayer and Bangs)
Cyanoptila cumatilis Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 52, 1909, p.
141.
Type.— ^o. 50,004, c^ ; Hupeh, Mafuling; 14 May, 1907; W. R.
Zappey.
bangs: types of birds 293
Zanthopygia owstoni Bangs
now MusciCAPA* NARCissiNA OWSTONI (Bangs)
Zanthopygia owstoni Bangs, Bull. ]Mus. Comp. Zool, 36, 1901, p. 265.
Type. — Xo. 37,367, d' ; Loochoo Islands, Ishigaki; 20 June, 1899; I.
Zensaku.
t MusciCAPA RUFULA Lafresnaye
= OCHROMELA NIGRORUFA (Jerdon)
Muscicapa nifula Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 66.
Cotypc. — Xo. 77,253; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,185; India,
Xilgheries.
Cotypc. — Xo. 77,254; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,186; India,
Xilgheries.
Saxicola nigrorufa Jerdon, Madr. Jour., L. S. l6, 1839, p. 266.
t Muscicapa fumigata Guerin
= DiOPTRORNIS CHOCOLATINUS CHOCOLATINUS (Ruppell)
Muscicapa fumigata Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 161.
Type.— y^o. 76,036; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,169; "Abyssinie."
Muscicapa chocolatinus Ruppell, Neue Wirbelthiere, 1835, p. 107.
SiPHiA BRUNNEATA Slater
now Rhinomyias olivacea brunneata (Slater)
Siphia brunneata Slater, Ibis, 1899, p. 422.
Coiypc.— ^o. 128,548, & ; Fohkien, Kuatun; 26 May, 1896; La
Touche Collection.
La Touche thinks that this skin is the actual type, but as no holo-
type was designated by Slater, I considered it and all the specimens
Slater had at the time he described the form, cotypes.
Anthipes laurentii La Touche
Anthipes laurentii La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 15.
Cotypc.^ yo. 128,546, cf; Yunnan, Loukouchai; 11 April, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Cofype.— yo. 128,547, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 9 October, 1920; La
Touche Collection.
294 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
NiLTAVA GRANDIS GRISEIVENTRIS La Touche
Niltava grandis griseiventris La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 14.
Tyj)e. — No. 128,556, cf ; Yunnan, Loukouchai; 7 April, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Niltava sundara denotata Bangs and Phillips
Niltava sundara denotata Bangs and Phillips, Bull, Mus. Comp. Zool., 58, 1914,
p. 280.
Type.— No. 61,905, & ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 14 October, 1910;Kobay-
ashi Collection.
Niltava davidi La Touche
now Niltava davidi davidi La Touche
Niltava davidi La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 21, 1907, p. 18.
Cotype. — No. 128,569, & ; Northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; 11 April,
1898; La Touche Collection.
Cotype. — No. 128,570, 9 ; Northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; 15 April;
1897; La Touche Collection.
Niltava lychnis Thayer and Bangs
now Niltava davidi lychnis Thayer and Bangs
Niltava lijchnis Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, 52, 1909, p. 41.
Type.— ^o. 50,001, &; Hupeh, Paotung; 19 May, 1907; W. R.
Zappey.
Parisoma galinieri Guerin
now Parophasma galinieri (Guerin)
Parisoma Galinieri Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 162.
Type. — No. 76,047; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,407; "Abyssinie
Guer. nob."
In Ferret and Galinier Voyage en Abyssinie (p. 225) Guerin and
Lafresnaye make the following statement — " Quoique le seul individu
qui ait ete rapporte ait le bee troque et qu'il soit en pleine mue n'ayant
qu'une partie de ses remiges et de ses rectrices on reconnait qu'il ap-
partient au genre Parisoma. ..."
The type agrees with what they say in having a broken upper man-
bangs: types of birds 295
dible and several tail-feathers and most of the primaries missing.
Pretre, howeNer, in depicting the bird in the Atlas restored these
parts.
Parisoma pulpum Friedmann
Parisoma pulpum Friedmann, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1926, p. 219.
Type.— No. 94,824, d" ; Portuguese Guinea, Gunnal; 28 May, 1909;
\V. J. Ansorge.
Parisoma bohmi somalicum Friedmann
Parisoma bohmi somalicum Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool.Club, 10, 1928,
p. 51.
Type — No. 234,932, cf ; British Somaliland, Sok Soda; 22 February,
1899; E.Lort Phillips.
Hypothymis aeria Bangs and Peters
Hypothymis aeria Bangs and Peters, Occ. Papers, Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1927,
p. 237.
Type. — No. 235,918, cf ; Maratua Island, off east coast of Borneo;
March, 1926; E. Mjoberg.
Rhipidura flabellifera penitus Bangs
now Rhipidura fuliginosa penitus Bangs
Rhipidura flabellifera penitus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24, 1911,
p. 41.
Type, — No. 39,984, 9 ; Chatham Island ; received from H. H. Travers.
Tchitrea ferreti Guerin
now Tchitrea viridis ferreti (Guerin)
Tchitrea Ferreti Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 162.
Cotype.— No. 76,037; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,307; " Abyssinie."
Cotype.— No. 76,038; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,308; " Abyssinie."
There are in all ^ve examples in the Lafresnaye Collection, but as
Guerin originally described only the adult male, I consider only the
two adult males to be cotypes. The other specimens are: Lafr. coll.
4,309 (M.C.Z., 76,039) immature cf ; Lafr. coll. 4,300 (M. C. Z. 76,040)
adult 9 ; and Lafr. coll. 4,311 (M. C. Z. 84,643), immature.
290 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
The two birds figured in the Atlas (Ferret et GaUnier ^'oy. en Abys-
sinie) are easily identified in the series, and are M. C. Z. 76,038 adult cf
and M. C. Z. 76,040, adult 9 .
Terpsiphone illex Bangs
now Tchitrea atrocaudata illex (Bangs)
Terpsiphone illex Bangs, Bull. AIus. Comp. Zool., 36, 1901, p. 264.
Typc.^'So. 37,363, cf ; Loochoo Islands, Ishigaki; 25 April, 1899,
I. Zensaku.
Platyrhynchus albiventris Peale
now Myiagra albiventris (Peale) ,
Platyrhynchus albiventris Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 102.
Cotypc. — No. 75,817; Samoan Islands; U. S. Expl. Exped.
Peale does not say how many examples he secured, undoubtedly
there are other cotypes than ours.
CAMPOPHAGIDAE
Pericrocotus speciosus bakeri La Touche
Pericrocotus speciosus bakeri La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 55.
Cotype. — No. 130,046, cf ; Yunnan, Loukouchai; February, 1921 ; La
Touche Collection.
Cotype — yo. 130,047, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz.; 28 November. 1920;
La Touche Collection.
Rothschild relegated La Touche's bakeri to the synonymy of specio-
sus speciosus (Nov. Zool., 32, 1925, p. 305); but Kinnear (Ibis, 1929,
p. 139) thinks it probably will prove to be a valid form.
Pericrocotus brevirostris ethologus Bangs and Phillips
Pericrocotus brevirostris ethologus Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
68, 1914, p. 283.
Type.— ^o. 51,487, c^ ; Hupeh, Hsienshan; 28 May, 1907; W. R.
Zappey.
bangs: types of birds 297
Pericrocott-s brevirostris flavillaceus Bangs and Phillips
now Pericrocotus brevirostris favillaceus (Bangs and Phillips)
C'Plavillaceus," as I have already pointed out, is a misprint for
"favillaceus").
Pericrocotus brerirnstris flavillaceus Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 58, 1914, p. 283.
Tijpc.— ^o. 24,146; Northern India, Koolloo Valley; Rev. M. M.
Carleton.
After again carefully going over the question of the races of P.
hrciirostris I cannot bring myself to follow the arrangement used by
Stuart Baker (Fauna of Brit. India, Birds, 2, 1924, p. 323) and adopted
by Rothschild (Nov. Zool., 33, 1926, p. 297), but still adhere to that
used by Phillips and myself (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 58, 1914, p. 283).
When I was last in the British Museum, Kinnear and I, at his sugges-
tion, spent half a day with the superb series of this species, contained
in the collection, and with the whole literature bearing on the subject,
the result being that when we had finished Kinnear wholly agreed with
me (see also Kinnear, Ibis, 1929, p. 138).
Vigors in describing his Muscicapa brevirostris (P. Z. S., 1831, p. 43)
gives no locality whatsoever for it, except to say " Himalayan birds "
in the first lines of his article. His diagnosis is too general to apply to
one subspecies rather than another. But Gould (Cent. Himal. Birds,
plate 8) later figured the type, now apparently lost, and Gould's figure
certainly does not represent the pale, pinkish red form of northern India
— favillaceus — ^ but shows an intensely colored bird, exactly what
Stuart Baker calls affinis McClellan.
I have carefully read Ticehurst and Whistler, Ibis, 1924, p. 468-473,
on the Vigors types, with much interest, but I still believe that the
forms must be identified, when possible, by the Gould plates. In this
opinion Rothschild agrees, in Avifauna of Yunnan, 1926, p. 239,
where he points out that Gould's figure of the woodpecker — Dryobates
hyperyfhrus — does not agree with the west Himalayan form, and,
therefore, contrary to the opinion of Ticehurst and Whistler, who
name the eastern form sikhimensis, retains D. hyperythrus hyperythrus
(Vigors) for the eastern form, and D. hyperythrus marshalli Hartert,
for the western. I have also compared Gould's figure with ample
material of this woodpecker and am wholly in accord with Rothschild's
views. Having done this in the case of the woodpecker, I was rather
surprised that Rothschild followed exactly the opposite course in the
case of the minivet.
298 bulletin: muselm of comparative zoology
t Pericrocotus cinereus Lafresnaye
= Pericrocotus divaricatus (Raffles)
Pericrocotus cinereus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 94.
Type. — No. 77,145; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,249; "ile de lu^on
(Philippines)."
Lanius divaricatus Raffles, Transactions Linnaean Soc, March-May, 1822,
p. 306.
Lalage NIGER mitifica Bangs
Lalage niger mitifica Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 65, 1922, p. 80.
Type. — Xo. 64,329, cf ; Philippines, Lubang near Luzon; 6 July,
1913; Gov. W. Cameron Forbes.
L. 71. schisticeps Neumann (Jour. f. Orn., 67, 1919, p. 333) from
Culion Island is an artifact, the body being that of a cuckoo-shrike
and the head that of a Pericrocotus divaricatus (c, o Stresemann, Orn.
Monats., 30, 1922, p. 88). This name has been lately used for the Phil-
ippine form by Kloss, Journal Malayan Branch Royal Asiatic Society,
4, 1926, p. 158) who discusses at length the whole question.
I know that there is no rule against using a name based on an arti-
fact, and that there are all degrees of artifacts from those in which
the preparator has inserted a few feathers to cover a bare spot, to one
like the present one, where the head of one genus is placed upon the
body of another. I cannot accept a name based on such a combination,
and it seems to me a case where the name must be restricted to one or
the other of the two constituent parts. As, therefore, the specific name
used by Neumann referred to the color of the head, I restrict it to the
species whose head appeared in the artifact, that is to Pericrocotus
divaricatus (Raffles).
PYCXONOTIDAE
Aegithina tiphia styani La Touche
Aegithina tiphia styani La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 174.
Type. — No. 130,271, cf ; Yunnan, Szemao; La Touche Collection.
Aegithina tiphia aequanimis Bangs
Aegithina tiphia aequanimis Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 65, 1922, p. 81.
Type. — No. 64,334, cf ; Philippines, Palawan Island, Puerto Princesa;
4 August, 1913; Gov. W. Cameron Forbes.
bangs: types of birds 299
t Haringtonia perniger sinensis La Touche
= Microscelis leucocephalus leucocephalus (Gmelin)
Haringtonia perniger sinensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 53.
Type. — Xo. 130,315, cf ; Yunnan, Hokou; 15 March, 1921 ; La Touche
Collection.
Turdus leucocephalus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, 1789, p. 826.
La Touche stoutly maintains that his black form is really distinct
from the white-headed leucocephalus. On the other hand both Strese-
mann and Rothschild, consider sifwnsis to be merely the wholly black
phase of the very ^•ariable leucocephalus leucocephalus. I have examined
a Aery large series of skins from many parts of China, and agree with
Stresemann and Rothschild.
t Haringtonia leucocephalus montivagus Bangs and Penard
= Microscelis leucocephalus leucocephalus (Gmelin)
Haringtonia leucocephahis montivagus Bangs and Penard, Proc. New Eng.
Zool. Club, 8, 1923, p. 41.
Type.— No.88,242,cr ; Fuhkien, Yenping Mountains; 23 April, 1921 ;
H. R. Caldwell.
Turdus leu^cephalus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, 1789, p. 826.
Penard and I described this form, because the Rev. Harry R. Cald-
well, who sent us a pair, assured us that in his experience in the field it
was a mountain form quite distinct from M. leucocephalus leucocepha-
lus. The male is black all over with a sharply defined narrow white
frontal band; the female is black abo\'e and grayish black, slightly
mixed with gray on the belly below, the white frontal band indicated
by scattered white feathers. I now consider this another phase of the
variable leucocephalus rather than a distinct mountain form as Cald-
well believed it to be.
Microtarsus hodiernus Bangs and Peters
Microtarsus hodiernus Bangs and Peters, Occ. Papers, Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1927,
p. 238.
Type. — ■ Xo. 235,902, cf ; Maratua Island, off east coast of Borneo;
February-March, 1926; E. Mjoberg.
300 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Tricophorus calurus Cassin
now Criniger calurus (Cassin)
Tricophorus calurus Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 158.
Coiype. — ■ Xo, 17,660; West Africa, Muni River; DuCliaillu.
This skin, which came to the M. C. Z. years ago with that part of
the Cassin Collection which went originally to Brown University, is
one of three cotypes, the other two are in the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia.
t Trichophorus caniceps Lafresnaye
= Alophoixus phaeocephalus (Hartlaub)
Trichophorus caniceps Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 367.
Type.— y\o. 84,380; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,446; "Borneo,
malacca."
Ixos (Trichixos Less.) phaeocephalus Hartlaub, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 401.
Lafresnaye had two specimens for which he wrote exactly similar
labels, and identified as belonging to the same species. The other,
no. 84,379, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,445, has conspicuous yellow
tips to the rectrices and is Criniger diardii Finsch. Had Lafresnaye
described this example his name would have held, but he did not, and
his name is based wholly on the individual with a plain tail and there-
fore falls as a synonym of Hartlaub's phaeocephalus.
t Alcurus striatus paulus Bungs and Phillips
= Alcurus striatus (Blyth)
Alcurus striatus paulus Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 58, 1914,
p. 284.
Type. — -No. 62,006, d' ; Yunnan, Loukouchai; 5 February, 1911;
Kobayashi Collection.
Trichophorus striatus Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 11, 1842, p. 184.
Rothschild has conclusively shown (Novit. Zool., 28, 1921, p. 51)
that there is no difference in size between birds from Sikkim on the
one hand and those from Burma and Yunnan on the other, and there-
fore paulus goes.
BA.NGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 301
Pycnonotus sinensis stresemanni La Touche
Pycnonotus siner^sis stresemanni La Touche, Handbook Birds of Eastern China,
pt. 1, 1925, p. 94.
Type. — No. 130,405, cf ; Northwestern Fohkien, below Kuatun; 28
April, 1898; La Touche Collection.
t Ixos PLUMiGERUS Lafresnayc
= MoLPASTEs LEUCOGENYS LEucoGENYS (Gray and Hardwicke)
Ixos plumigerus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 228.
fT/pe.— No. 84,377; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,478; "Nile. hoU.
ou indes."
Brachypus leucogenys Gray and Hardwicke, 111. Ind. Zool., 1, pi. 3, fig. 3.
The type of Haemaiornis chrysorrhoidcs Lafresnaye, now Molpastes
haemorrhous chrysorrhoidcs (Lafresnaye), should, I suppose, be in the
Lafresnaye Collection, but I have been wholly unable to find it, or to
trace it by Lafresnaye's written labels.
Spizixus canifrons ingrami Bangs and Phillips
Spizixus canifrons ingrami Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 58,
1914, p. 285.
Type.— 'No. 62,008, d" ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 18 March, 1911; Koba-
yashi Collection.
Rothschild (Nov. Zool.. 28, 1921, p. 50) attempts to disprove this
form on the grounds that its characters are simply those of immaturity.
This is out of the question. I have before me now a series of sixteen
skins from southern Yunnan, that includes juvenals, immatures and
adults, many of the latter in worn breeding plumage. All the adults are
similar, and all differ from S. canifrons canifrons in having pure gray,
not brownish, throats and cheeks, and in the slightly different color of
the under parts. The bird of western Yunnan is, of course, S. c. cani-
frons, but the form inhabiting the region about Mengtsz is perfectly
distinct and must stand.
TIMELIIDAE
t Orthonyx icterocephalus Lafresnaye
= MoHUA ochrocephala (Gmelin)
Orthonyx icterocephalus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 257. Figured as Or-
thonyx heteroclytus Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1839, pi. 8.
302 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Type. — ^ No. 76,252; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,497; "Nile. Ze-
lancie."
Muscicapa ochrocephala Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1789, p. 944.
Lafresnaye had another specimen, no. 2,496, probably acquired later
than the type, for which he wrote a wholly different label.
In the original description the locality is given as " in insulis les
Marquises dictis," but on the label of the type Lafresnaye wrote " Nile.
Zelande."
L\nthocincla davidi experrecta Bangs and Peters
now Garrulax davidi experrecta (Bangs and Peters)
lanthooincla davidi experrecta Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68,
1928, p. 3.39.
Type. — No. 238,760, 9 ; western Kansu, Liyuanku, Richthofen
Range; November, 1925; J. F. Rock.
L\NTHOCiNCLA ELLioTii PERBONA Bangs and Peters
now Garrulax elliotii perbona (Bangs and Peters)
lanihocincla elliotii perbona Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68,
1928, p. 340.
Type. — No. 238,772, cf ; western Kansu, Liyuanku, Richthofen
Range; November, 1925; J. F. Rock.
Trochalopteron phoeniceum wellsi La Touche
now Garrulax phoenicea wellsi (La Touche)
Trochaloplerum phoeniceum wellsi La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 15.
Type.— ^o. 126,650, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 21 February, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
t L\NTHOCiNCLA LUSTRABILA Bangs and Phillips
= Garrulax milnei sharpei (Rippon)
lanihocincla lustfabila Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 58, 1914,
p. 285..
Type. — ^ No. 62,014, cf ; Yunnan, Loukouchai; 5 February, 1911;
Kobayashi Collection.
Trochalopteron sharpei Rippon, Bull. B. O. C, 12, 1901, p. 13.
bangs: types ok birds 303
t Crateropus delessertii Lafresnaye
= Garrulax cachixnans cachinnans (Jerdon)
Crateropus delessertii Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 55. (Not Crateropus
delesserti Jerdon, Madr. Jour., 10, 1839, p. 256.)
{Crateropus lajfesnayii Delessert to replace C. delessertii Lafresnaj'e, preoccu-
pied.)
Coiype. — Xo. 84,374; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,482; "neel-
gheries."
Cotype. — No. 84,375; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,483; "neelghe-
ries."
Crateropus cachinnans Jerdon, Madr. Jour, 10, 1839, p. 255, pi. 7.
t Trochalopterum canorum yunnanensis La Touche
= Garrulax canora canora (Linne)
Trochalopterum canorum yunnanensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921,
p. 52. (Not Trochalopteron yunnanensis Rippon, Bull. B. O. C, 19, 1906,
p. 32.)
Trochalopterum canorum namtiense La Touche, Ibis, 1923, p. 317, new name
for Trochalopterum canorum yunnanensis La Touche, preoccupied.
Type. — 'So. 126,662, cf ; Yunnan, Hokow; 4 February, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Turdus canorus Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 169.
Kinnear (Ibis, 1929, p. 145) has questioned La To.uche's namtiense,
saying he can see no difference between birds from south China and
those from Tonkin. I quite agree. Recently made skins from south
China, Yunnan and Tonkin are, so far as I can see, quite alike. Old
museum specimens become much more reddish, and I am almost cer-
tain that La Touche compared new Yunnan material with skins from
P'ohkien that had lain in his cabinet for years. Already skins collected
by Zappey in 1907 and 1908 are much more reddish, less olivaceous
than some from the same general region recently collected.
t Dryonastes chinensis lowei La Touche
= Garrulax chinensis chinensis (Scopoli)
Dryonastes chinensis lowei La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 52.
Type. — No. 126,797, cf ; Yunnan, Hokow; 27 March, 1921 ; La Touche
Collection.
Lanius chinensis Scopoli, Del. Flor. et Faun. Insubr., 2, 1786, p. 86.
304 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
I wholly agree with Kinnear (Ibis, 1929, p. 146) that this supposed
form cannot stand. Comparison with a very long series from Tonkin
shows that the characters that were thought to separate it are wholly
due to individual variation.
t TiMALiA POECiLORHYNCHA Lafresnayc
= Argya subrufa (Jerdon)
Timalia poecilorhyncha Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 65.
Type. — Xo. 84,373; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,487; "hymalaya,
Plateau des neelgheries."
Timalia subrufa Jerdon, INIadr. Jour., 10, 1839, p. 259.
PoMATORHiNUS RUFicoLLis RECONDiTUS Bangs and Phillips
Pomatorhinus ruficollis recondihis Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mas. Comp. Zo6l.,
58, 1914, p. 286.
Type — Xo. 62,046, & ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 22 Xovember, 1910; Ko-
bayashi Collection.
Pomatorhinus ruficollis albipectus La Touche
Pomatorhinus ruficollis albipechis La Touche, Handb. Birds East. China, pt. 1,
1925, p. 69.
Type.— ^o. 126,737, cf ; Yunnan, Szemao; 1 January, 1923; E. P.
Laurente.
Pomatorhinus ruficollis laurentii La Touche
Pomatorhinus ruficollis laurentii La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 16.
Type.— y^o. 126,734, o^ ; Yunnan, Kopaotsun; 15 May, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Pomatorhinus macclellandi odicus Bangs and Phillips
Pomatorhinus macclellandi odicus Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
68, 1914, p. 286.
Type.— ^o. 61,999, cf ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 22 June, 1911; Koba-
vashi Collection.
bangs: types of birds 305
TuRDOiDES MELANOPS ATER Friedmann
now TuRDOiDES HARTLAUBi ATER Friedmann
Turdoides melanops ater Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1927, p. 11"
Type. — No. 239,550, cT ; Belgian Congo, Kamaniola; 2 February,
1927; D. H. Linder.
Pyctorhis SINENSIS MAJOR La Touche
Pyctorhis sinensis major La Touche, Handb. Birds of East. China, pt. 1, 1925,
p. 72.
Type. — No. 126,841, cf ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 1 March, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
La Touche assumes the type locality of Parus sinensis Gmelin to be
the Indo-Burmese countries, and separates under the above name the
rather larger Yunnan bird.
Pellorneum ruficeps vividum La Touche
Pellorneum ruficeps vividum La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 17.
Cotype.— 'No. 126,834, cf ; Yunnan, Hokow; 31 March, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Cotype.— 'So. 126,835, 9 ; Yunnan, Hokow; 31 March, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Bernieria madagascariensis incelebee Bangs and Peters
Bernieria madagascariensis inceleber Bangs and Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool.,
Club, 9, 1926, p. 43.
Type. — No. 78,1 15, cf ; Western Madagascar, Bemara Gorges, Upper
Siribihina River; 3 July, 1915; F. R. Wulsin.
In our description of this strongly marked subspecies the name
Bernieria was by a typographical error printed " Berneria." As so
often happens neither Peters nor I noticed this until the article ap-
peared, when both of us at once saw the mistake!
Alcippe nipalensis schaefferi La Touche
now Alcippornis nipalensis schaefferi (La Touche)
Alcippe nipalensis schaefferi La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1922, p. 81.
Type. — No. 126,857, cf?; Yunnan, Milati; January, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
306 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
FuLVETTA cixereiceps fessa Bangs and Peters
Fulvetta cinereiceps fessa Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68, 1928,
p. 342.
Type. — No. 238,787, cf ; southwest Kansu, Choni spruce forests, Tao
River basin; February, 1926; J. F. Rock.
Stachyris nigriceps yunnanensis La Touche
Stachyris nigriceps yunnanensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 18.
Type. — No. 126,964; Yunnan, Hokow; 2 April, 1921; La Touche
Collection.
Stachyridopsis ruficeps bangsi La Touche
Stachyridopsis ruficeps bangsi La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 44, 1923, p. 32.
Type. — No. 126,971, cf?; Yunnan, Milati; 9 February, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
t Myiophoxus brevirostris Lafresnave
= Myiophonus caeruleus caeruleus (Scopoli)
Myiophomis Brevirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1852, p. 460.
• Cotype. — 'No. 76,260; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,404; "Chine."
Coiype.- — No. 76,261 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,405.
Gracula caerulea Scopoli, Del. Flor. et Faun. Insubr., 2, 1786, p. 88, no. 42.
Lafresnaye wrote one label for these two specimens, as he often
did when he had more than one specimen of a species. He, however,
mentions having compared his two examples with two of M . iemminckii
which, of course, makes the two cotypes.
Myophonus caeruleus immansuetus Bangs and Penard
Myophonus caeruleus immansuetus Bangs and Penard, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc.
N. H., 5, 192.5, p. 147.
Type.— So. 50,653, d' ; Ichang, Hupeh; 28 March, 1907; W. R.
Zappey.
Heteroxenicus cruralis formaster Thayer and Bangs
now Brack YPTERYX cruralis formaster (Thayer and Bangs)
Heteroxenicus cruralis formaster Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
40, no. 4, 1912, p. 169.
BAXG8: TYPES OF BIRDS 307
Tiipc. — Xo. 51,970, cf^ ; western Szechuan, Wa Shan Mountain;
31 May, 190S; W. R. Zappey.
I wholly agree with Rothschild in considering Heteroxenicus a syno-
nym of Brachypteryx.
Heteroxenicus cruralis laurentei La Touche
now Brachypteryx cruralis laurentei (La Touche)
Heteroxenicus cruralis laurentei La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 29.
Type— So. 127,029 d'; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 31 October, 1920; La
Touche Collection.
Heteroxenicus joannae La Touche
now Brachypteryx joannae (La Touche)
Heteroxenicus joannae La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 21.
Tijpc— Xo. 127,020, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 3 May, 1921; La Touche
Collection.
Brachypteryx carolinae La Touche
now Brachypteryx leucophrys carolinae La Touche
Brachypteryx carolinae La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 8, 1898, p. 9.
Cotypc. — Xo. 127,026, 9; northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; 11 May,
1898; La Touche Collection.
Cotypc. — Xo. 127,027, cf ; northwest Fohkien, Kujitun; 11 April,
1898; La Touche Collection.
t Tesia cyaniventer superciliaris La Touche
= Tesia cyaniventer Hodgson
Tesia cyaniventer superciliaris La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 8.
Type— So. 127,031, d" ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 16 March, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Tesia cyaniventer Hodgson, Jour. A. S. Bengal, 6, 1837, p. 101. Kinnear (Ibis,
1929, p. 303) relegates La Touche's name to synonymy.
t Tesia grallator Thayer and Bangs
= Oligura castaneocoronata dejeani (Oustalet)
Tesia grallator Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 40, no. 4, 1912,
p. 168.
308 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Type. — 'No. 51,975, 9 ; western Szechuan, Wa Shan Mountain; 31
May, 1908; W. R. Zappey.
Cryptolopha Dejeani Oustalet, Bull. Mus. Paris, 1896, p. 316.
AcTiNODURA RAMSAYi YUNNANENSis Bangs and Phillips
Actinodura ramsayi yunnanensis Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
58, 1914, p. 288.
Type. — No. 62,025 cf ; Yunnan, Loukouehai; 29 January, 1911 ; Ko-
bayashi Collection.
MiNLA IGNOTINCTA MARIAE La Touche
Minla ignotincta mariae La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 30.
Cotype. — No. 127,116, cf; Yunnan, Milati; 13 January, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Cotype. — No. 121, 111, 9 ; Yunnan, Loukouehai; 4 March, 1921;
La Touche Collection.
Mesia argentauris ricketti La Touche
Mesia argentauris ricketti La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 173.
Type.— No. 127,140, d" ; Yunnan, Ssemao; 23 January, 1923; E. P.
Laurente.
SuTHORA DAViDiANA Slater
now Neosuthora davidiana davidiana (Slater)
Suthora davidiana Slater, Ibis, 1897, p. 172, pi. 4, fig. 1.
Cotype. — No. 127,169; northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; [May- June],
1896; La Touche Collection.
This specimen has, written in Slater's hand on its label "Suthora
davidiana n. sp." and in La Touche's hand " cotype."
Suthora unicolor canaster Thayer and Bangs
Suthora unicolor canaster Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool, 40, no.
4, 1912, p. 171.
Type. — ■ No. 50,709, cf ; western Szechuan, Wa Shan mountain; 3
November, 1908; W. R. Zappey.
bangs: types of birds 309
SUTHORA GULARIS PALLIDA La Touche
Suthora gularis pallida La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 20.
Type. — No. 127,182; northwest Fohkien,Kuatun; latewinter, 1911;
La Touche Collection.
Suthora conspicillata rocki Bangs and Peters
^uthora conspicillata rocki Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68, 1928,
p. 345.
Type— No. 50,711, d" ; Hupeh, Hsientientsze; 2 June, 1907; W. R.
Zappey.
Suthora zappeyi Thayer and Bangs
Suthora zappeyi Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 40, no. 4, 1912,
p. 171.
Type. — Xo. 50,738, cf ; western Szechuan, Wa Shan mountain; 3
November, 1908; W. R. Zappey.
Suthora webbiana yunnanensis La Touche
now Suthora alphonsiana yunnanensis La Touche
Suthora webbiana yunnanensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 31.
Cofype.— ^o. 127,189, d"; Yunnan, Kopaotsum; 13 May, 1921;
La Touche Collection.
Cotype.~y^o. 127,190, 9 ; Yunnan, Kopaotsum; 15 May, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Suthora webbiana elisabethae La Touche
Suthora webbiana elizabethae La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 41, 1921, p. 52.
Type. — No. 127,200, cf ; Yunnan, Loukouchai (died in confinement,
12 November, 1921); La Touche Collection.
The three skins from Loukouchai recorded by Phillips and me as
Suthora webbiana webbiana Gray (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 58, 1914,
p. 290), prove to belong to this form.
Suthora webbiana fohkienensis La Touche
Suthora webbiana fohkienensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 101.
Cotype.— No. 127,227, d"; northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; 20 April,
1898; La Touche Collection.
Cotype.~No. 127,228, 9 ; northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; May, 1907;
La Touche Collection,
310 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
SUTHORA WEBBIANA ROSEA La Touche
Suthora webbiana rosea La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 101.
Cotype. — No. 127,220, cf ; northeast Chihli, Shanhaikuan; January,
1913; La Touche Collection.
Cotype. — No. 127,221, 9 ; northeast Chihli, Shanhaikuan; January,
1913; La Touche Collection.
Suthora webbiana pekinensis La Touche
Suthora ivehbiana pekinensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 192.3, p. 101.
Type. — No. 127,197, & ; Peking; La Touche Collection.
Hartert does not agree with La Touche in recognizing so many forms
of Suthora webbiana (cf. Die Vogel. der Palae. Fauna, Nachtrag 1, 1923,
p. 45) and reduces rosea and pekinensis to the synonymy of fulvicauda
Campbell, and fohkieneusis to the synonymy of suffiisa Swinhoe. I
have gone over the material very carefully and I must say that I can
see slight differences as La Touche arranges the forms, and the same
old question arises as to how far we want to go in dividing a variable
species into subspecies.
TROGLODYTIDAE
LiMNORNis UNIRUFUS Lafrcsnaye
now Cinnicerthia unirufa (Lafrcsnaye)
Ldmnornis ^mirufus Lafrcsnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 105.
Cotype. — No. 76,157; Lafrcsnaye Collection, no. 2,626; "Sta. Fe
de Botoga"
Cotype. — No. 76,158; Lafrcsnaye Collection, no. 2,625; "Sta. Fe
de Bogota."
Cotype.— ■'So. 76,159; Lafrcsnaye Collection, no. 2,624; "Sta. Fe
de Bogota."
Lafrcsnaye wrote exactly similar labels for all three of his specimens.
t Limnornis canifrons Lafrcsnaye
= Cinnicerthia unirufa (Lafrcsnaye)
Limnornis canifrons Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 105.
Type. — No. 76,161; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,622; "Bogota."
Limnornis unirufus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 105.
L. canifrons is, of course, the immature plumage of L. unirufus.
BANGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 311
LiMNORNis UNIBRUNNEUS Lafresnave
now CiNNiCERTHiA UNiBRUNNEA (Lafresnave)
Limnarnis ou Thryothonis unibrunneus Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1853,
p. 59.
Cotypc. — Xo. 76,162; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,628; "Rep. de
I'equateur" ( = Ecuador).
Cotypc. — No. 76,163; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,627; "Rep. de
I'equateur "( = p]cuador) .
Lafresnaye {/. c, p. 60) mentions three specimens. There were, how-
ever, but two as above, in the Lafresnaye Collection at the time Ver-
reau.x catalogued it.
BuGLODYTES ALBiciLius Bonaparte
now Heleodytes minor albicilius (Bonaparte)
Buglodytes albicilius Bonaparte, Comp. Rend., 38, 1854, p. 57.
Type. — No. 76,139; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,597; Santa Marta.
For this specimen Lafresnaye wrote the following label — ■ " Buglo-
dytes alhiciUus Bp. consp. av. 2'edit. tvpe de Bp. Nile. Grenade Sta.
Marthe."
Campylorhynghus unicolor Lafresnaye
now Heleodytes unicolor (Lafresnaye)
Catnpylorhynchus unicolor Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 93.
Type. — No. 76,155; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,598; Guarayos,
Bolivia; d'Orbigny.
The type of unicolor is an adult bird in much worn plumage. La-
fresnaye tells us (1. c, p. 93) that it was brought back by d'Orbigny
and that in the Synopsis Avium, he erroneously judged it to be some
phase of plumage of C. scolopaceus Spix [ = //. turdinus (Wied)].
t Campylorhynghus unicoloroides Lafresnaye
= Heleodytes unicolor (Lafresnaye)
Campylorhytichus unicoloroides Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 316.
Type. — No. 76,156; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,599; "Bolivie."
Campylorhynchus unicolor Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 93.
The type of unicoloroides was obtained by Lafresnaye from Parzu-
daki. It is a youngish bird with a brownish head, and shows some
slight spotting below and indication of barring above.
312 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Campylorhynchus rufinucha Lafresnaye
now Heleodytes rufinucha (Lafresnaye)
Campylorhynchus rufinucha Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 339.
Type. — No. 76,323; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,616; " Mexique."
There are two additional specimens of this species in the Lafresnaye
Collection, nos. 2,618 and 2,617, the former an immature bird and the
latter showing some slight differences from the type. With the three
specimens before me, it is perfectly clear that Lafresnaye drew his
description wholly from No. 2,616.
Heleodytes narinosus Phillips
Heleodytes narinosus Phillips, Auk, 28, 1911, p. 81.
Type. — No. 49,964, 9 ; Mexico, Tamaulipas, Galindo; 22 March,
1909; F. B. Armstrong.
This form is probably a subspecies of //. gidaris (Sclater) of west
central Mexico.
Heleodytes zonatus impudens Bangs and Peters
Heleodytes zonatus impudens Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68,
1928, p. 398.
Type.— So. 238,315, d" ; Oaxaca, Chivela; 2 March, 1927; W. W-
Brown.
Campylorhynchus brevirostris Lafresnaye
now Heleodytes zonatus brevirostris (Lafresnaye)
Campylorhynchus brevirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 339.
Cotypc. — ^ Xo. 76,145; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,610; "Bogota."
Cofype. — No. 76,146; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,609; "Bogota."
The two cotypes of this form, for which Lafresnaye wrote labels
exactly alike, are young birds in juvenile plumage.
t Campylorhynchus zonatoides Lafresnaye
= Heleodytes zon.\tus brevirostris (Lafresnaye)
Campylorhynchus zonatoides Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 92.
Cotypp. — -No. 76,147; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,607; "Mexique
ou Colombie."
bangs: types of birds 313
Cnfi/pr. — Xo. 7(3,148; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,(i0(); "Mexique
ou Colombie. "
Cotype. — Xo. 76,149; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,608; "Mexique
ou Colombie."
The three specimens upon which Lafresnaye founded his zonafoides
are all adult, one in very abraded plumage.
Campylorhynchus cuRviROSTRis Ridgway
now Heleodytes curvirostris (Ridgway)
Campylorhynchus curvirostris Ridgway, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 23, 1887, p. 385.
Type. — X^o. 76,135; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,621; "Nouvelle
Grenade."
For thirty years this species remained a mystery, until proved to be
the common species of the Santa Marta region, (cf. Todd, Annals
Carnegie Mus., 14, 1922, p. 423).
PicoLAPTES BRUNNEiCAPiLLus Lafresnaye
now Heleodytes brunneicapillus brunneicapillus (Lafresnaye)
Picolaptes brunneicapillus Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1835, pi. 47.
Type.— No. 76,143; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,600; " California"
(error = coast region of southern Sonora).
I have compared the type with specimens of all the subspecies of
H. hrunneicapiUus and wholly agree with Ridgway that it represents
the form peculiar to the coast district of southern Sonora.
The specimen w^as given to Lafresnaye by Charles Brelay. It was
obtained from an officer whose ship was said by Lafresnaye to have
been in California and in Peru. Therefore, not improbably a stop was
also made at Guaymas, Sonora, an important port, and a place where
the bird in question is a common species.
In all the Lafresnaye Collection this is the only specimen I find that
must have come from this region — • the coast district of southern
Sonora.
Campylorhynchus megalopterus Lafresnaye
now Heleodytes megalopterus (Lafresnaye)
Campylorhynchus megalopterus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 339.
Type. — X'o. 76,151; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,612; "Mexique."
Another example, no. 2,611 Lafresnaye Collection, is not a cotype,
314 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
as Lafresnaye thought it might represent something else, and wrote a
label for it to that effect.
Campylorhynchus pallescens Lafresnaye
now Heleodytes fasciatus pallescens (Lafresnaye)
Campylorhynchus -pallescens Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 93.
Type. — ^ No. 7(5,137; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,613; "Mexique"
(error = southwest Ecuador).
t Campylorhynchus pardus Bonaparte
= Heleodytes nuchalis (Cabanis)
Campylorhynchiis pardus Bonaparte ex. Verreaux MS., Comp. Rend. Acad,
des Sci. Paris, 38, 1854, p. 61.
Type. — Xo. 76,138; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,619; "Xouvelle —
Grenade."
Campylorhynchus nuchalis Cabanis, Arch, fur Naturg., 1, 1847, p. 206.
Lafresnaye wrote the following label for his specimen: — ■ " Campylor-
hynchus pardus Verr. Mss. Bp. Comp. Rend. acad. des science 1853
type de Verr. Xouvelle Grenade."
In discussing the genus Campylorhynchus, Bonaparte (/. c, p. 61)
makes the statement — " MM. Verreaux ont re9u de la Xouvelle
Grenade, une belle espece elegamment tachetee qu'ils feront con-
naitre sous le nom Camp, pardus."
This brief diagnosis, inadequate though it be, when supplemented
by the type specimen is, nevertheless, enough to conserve the name.
It is not a nome)t nudum. The subsequent use of the name is precluded,
for any but the same species. Sclater's Campylorhynchus pardus
(P. Z. S., 1857, p. 271) is also based upon a Verreaux manuscript name
for the same species but is, of course, antedated by Bonaparte's C.
pardus. Sclater's type is now in the American Museum of Xatural
History.
C. pardus ol Sclater which is the same form as C. pardus of Bonaparte
has at times been recognized as a valid subspecies, but Chapman (Bull.
Am. Mus., 1917, 36, p. 511) says he cannot in any way distinguish the
Santa ]Marta and lower Magdalena ^'alley specimens ( = pardus) from
Venezuelan skins ( = true )iuchalis}. I, therefore, follow him in throw-
ing the name pardus into synonymy. More recently Todd, in his Birds
of Santa Marta Region, Colombia, also expresses the same opinion.
bangs: types of birds 'U5
Troglodytes albinucha Cabot
now Thryomanes albinucha (Cabot)
Troglodytes albinucha Cabot, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 2, 1847, p. 258.
Type. — • No. 72,514; Yucatan, near Yalahao; 6 April, 1842; S Cabot.
Ferminia cerverai Barbour
Ferminia cerverai Barbour, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 9, 1926, p. 73.
Type. — No. 235,226, cf ; Cuba, Peninsula de Zapata, Santo Tomas;
7 September, 1926; F. Z. Cervera.
Thriothorus leucotis Lafresnaye
now Thryophilus leucotis (Lafresnaye)
Thriothorus leucotis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 338.
Type. — Xo. 76,369; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,656; " Colombie ou
Mexique" (Bogota, fixed by Brabourne and Chubb).
Verreaux in his catalogue of the Lafresnaye Collection listed this
specimen as Thryothorus alhipedus Cabanis.
Thryophilus galbraithi conditus Bangs
Thrxjo-philus galbraithi conditus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1903,
p. 3.
Type.— Xo. 104,944, d" ; San Miguel Island, Pedrl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 4 May, 1900; W. W. Brown.
Thryophilus modestus elutus Bangs
Thryophilus modestus elutus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 51.
Type.— y^o. 107,354, ? ; Panama, Loma del Leon; 26 March, 1900;
W. W. Brown.
Thriothorus rufalbus Lafresnaye
now Thryophilus rufalbus rufalbus (Lafresnaye)
Thriothorus rufalbus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 337.
Type. — X^o. 76,166; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,647; "Mexico."
Verreaux hsted three specimens as "types" of this form; No. 2,648
is not a cotype and 2,649 proves to be Thryophilus rufalbus castanonotus
Ridgway.
316 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Thryophilus sinaloa cinereus Brewster
Thryophilus sinaloa cinereus Brewster, Auk, 6, 1889 (April), p. 96. Separates
issued in advance, January 31, 1889.
Cotijpe.— 'So. 214,385, & ; Sonora, Alamos; 28 March, 1888; M. A.
Frazar.
Cofype.— y^o. 214,386, 9 ; Sonora, Alamos; 6 March, 1888; M. A.
Frazar.
Pheugopedius spadix Bangs
now Pheugopedius spadix spadix Bangs
Pheugopedius spadix Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23, 1910, p. 74.
Type. — No. 123,446, cf ; western Colombia, Naranjito, Rio Dagua;
20 June, 1908; M. G. Palmer.
Pheugopedius spadix xerampelinus Griscom
Pheugopedius spadix xerampelinus Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929,.
p. 182.
Typc.— y.o. 140,510, &; Eastern Panama, Cana; 13 April, 1928'
Rex. R. Benson.
Thriothorus fasciatoventris Lafresnaye
now Pheugopedius fasciatoventris fasciatoventris (Lafresnaye)
Thriothorus fasciatoventris Lafresnaye Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 337,
Type. — No. 76,170; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,658; "Bogota."
Pheugopedius mystacalis saltuensis Bangs
Pheugopedius mystacalis saltuensis Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23,
1910, p. 74.
Type. — No. 123,448, cf ; western Colombia, San Luis, Bitaco Valley;
5 June, 1908; M. G. Palmer.
In his Distribution of Bird-Life in Colombia, 1917, Chapman was
disinclined to recognize this form; later, however, in Distribution of
Bird-Life in Ecuador, 1926, he says he now considers it a valid race.
bangs: types of birds 317
Thriothorus maculipectus Lafresnaye
now Pheugopedius maculipectus maculipectus (Lafresnaye)
Thriothorus maculipectus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 338.
Type. — No. 76,169; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,657; "Mexique"
(probably from Vera Cruz).
Thryothorus laetus Bangs
now Pheugopedius laetus (Bangs)
Thryothorus laetus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 160.
Type. — No. 105,601, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Pueblo
Viejo; 19 March, 1898; W. W. Brown.
t Thryothorus ruficeps Ridgway
= Pheugopedius felix felix (Sclater)
Thryothorus ruficeps Ridgw'ay (ex Lafr. MS.), Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 23, 1887,
p. 387 "Brazil" (error = Mexico).
Type. — 'No. 76,136; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,659; "Brazil"
Thryothorus felix Sclater, P. Z. S., 1859, p. 371.
Troglodytes parkmanii Audubon
now Troglodytes aedon parkmanii Audubon
Troglodytes parkmanii Audubon, Om. Biog., 5, 1839, p. 310.
Type. — No. 140,279; Columbia River; J. K. Townsend.
Audubon states that Townsend secured but a single specimen. This
was mounted in a funny little pasteboard box with glass front and
back and presented to Dr. Parkman by Audubon, for whom he had
named it.
The type specimen, together with the letters from Audubon to
Parkman concerning it, and some fine Audubon paintings, all formerly
the property of Dr. George Parkman of Boston, were secured some
years ago by Colonel John E. Thayer, who presented the type to the
Museum. (Cf. Thayer, Auk, 33, no. 2, 1916, pp. 115-118). '
Ridgway, Birds of North and Middle America, claims the type of
Troglodytes parkmanii as being in the United States National Museum.
This is incorrect and the L^. S. N. M. specimen is not a type at all.
318 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Thriothorus striatulus Lafresnaye
now Troglodytes MuscuLus striatullts (Lafresnaye)
Thriothorus striatulus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 338.
Type. — No. 76,191; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,678; "Bogota."
^ erreaux entered this specimen in his catalogue as Troglodi/tes furm
Gnielin.
Chapman (Bull. Am. Mus., N. H., 1917, p. 518) on the assumption
that the type of Lafresnaye's Thriothorus striatulus was lost, restricted
that name to the bird inhabiting " the tropical and subtropical zones
of the Magdalena Valley slope of the eastern Andes."
The type specimen is now a good deal faded, but as nearly as can
possibly be judged by it, in its present condition, Chapman's conclu-
sions were correct.
t Troglodytes musculus paramaribensis Bangs and Penard
= Troglodytes musculus albicans Berlepsch and Taczanowski
Troglodytes musculus paramaribensis Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 62, 1918, p. 81.
Type. — No. 80,923, cf ; Surinam, vicinity of Paramaribo; 20 May,
1912.
Troglodytes Jurvus albicans Berlepsch and Taczanowski, P. Z. S., 1883, p. 540.
t Troglodytes irrequies Bangs and Peck
= Troglodytes musculus ixtermedius Cabanis
Troglodytes irrequies Bangs and Peck, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21, 1908,
p. 45.
Type. — No. 119,802, cf ; British Honduras, Sittee River; 22 April,
1907;M. E. Peck.
Troglodytes iniennedius Cabanis, J. t'. O., 1860, p. 407.
Troglodytes cahooni Brewster
now Troglodytes brunneicollis cahooni Brewster
Troglodytes cahooni Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 94.
Coiypr.— y.o. 214,132, cf ; Sonora, near Oposura; 31 May, 1887;
J. C. Cahoon.
Coiype. — No. 214,133, 9 ; Sonora, near Oposura; 31 May, 1887;
J. C. Cahoon.
bangs: types of birds 319
Troglodytes monticola Bangs
Troglodytes monticola Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 106.
Ti/pr. — Xo. 106,066, 9 ; Colombia, Santa MartaMountains, Paramo
de Chiruqua; 25 :\Iarch, 1899; W. W. Hrown.
Troglodytes ochraceus ligea Bangs
Troglodytes ochraceus ligea Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1908, p. 29.
Ti/pr.— No. 108,627, o" ; Panama, Boquete; 2 March, 1901 ; W. W.
Brown.
Troglodytes browxi Bangs
now Thryorchilus browni browni (Bangs)
Troglodytes browni Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 53.
Type.— Xo. 108,631, cf ; Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui; 21 Mav, 1901 ;
W. W. Brown.
Thryorchilus ridgwayi Bangs
now Thryorchilus browni ridgwayi Bangs
Thryorchilus ridgwatji Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19, 1906, p. 108.
Type. — X'^o. 117,152; Costa Rica, Volcan de Irazu; 4 March, 1899;
C. F. Underwood.
Xannus hiemalis semidiensis \V. S.Brooks
now Xannus troglodytes semidiensis W. S. Brooks
Nannus hiemalis semidiensis W. S. Brooks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 59, 1915,
p. 400.
Type. — Xo. 66,711, cT ; Alaska, Choyiet Island, Semidi Islands;
18 April, 1913; W. S. Brooks.
Elachura laurentii La Touche
Elachura laurentii La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 171.
Type.— So. 127,317; Yunnan, Mahnangpo, Hokow; 13 July, 1921;
E. P. Laurente.
Henicorhina prostheleuca tropaea Bangs and Peters
Henicorhina prostheleuca tropaea Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
67, 1927, p. 480.
320 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Type — No. 121,443, cf ; Costa Rica, La Vijagua; 25 February, 1908;
C. F. Underwood.
Henicorhina leucosticta eucharis Bangs
now Henicorhina prostheleuca eucharis Bangs
Henicorhina leucosticta eucharis Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23, 1910,
p. 74.
Type. — No. 123,444, & ; western Colombia, Pavas; 18 February,
1908; M. G. Palmer.
Henicorhina anachoreta Bangs
now Henicorhina (leucophrys?) anachoreta Bangs
Henicorhina anachoreta Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, 1899, p. 84.
Type. — No. 106,494, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Par-
amo de Chiruqua; 8 March, 1899; \V. W. Brown.
Henicorhina collina Bangs
now Henicorhina leucophrys collina Bangs
Henicorhina collina Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 55.
Type.— 'So. 108,640, & ; Panama, Boquete; 16 April, 1901; W. W.
Brown.
CisTOTHORUS polyglottus lucidus Ridgway
Cistothorus polyglottus lucidus Ridgw-ay, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 16, 1903,
p. 169.
Type.— No. 108,624, d' ; Panama, Boquete; 25 April, 1901; W. W.
Brown.
Cistothorus palustris dissaeptus Bangs
now Telmatodytes palustris dissaeptus (Bangs)
Cistothorus (Telmatodytes) palustris dissaeptus Bangs, Auk, 19, 1902, p. 352.
Type.— No. 109,796, cf ; Massachusetts, Wayland ; 31 May, 1879;
E. A. and O. Bangs.
My " split" in separating the marsh wren of the fresh-water marshes
of Massachusetts and northern New England from true palustris of
the middle Atlantic states has not yet met with general approval. I
bangs: types of birds 321
am, however, not inclined to give it up. It is larger than true pahistris
and browner, less purely white below, and slightly paler above.
Telmatodytes palustris laingi Harper
Telmatodytes palustris laingi Harper, Occ. Papers, Bost. Soc. N. H., 6, 1926,
p. 221.
Type.— No. 231,790, cf ; Alberta, Athabaska Delta, Main Branch;
3 June, 1920; F. Harper.
CiSTOTHORUS PALUSTRIS GRiSEus Brewster
now Telmatodytes palustris griseus (Brewster)
Cistothorus palustris griseus Brewster, Auk, 10, 1893, p. 216.
Type— No. 219,008, cf ;Georgia, Sapelo Island; 17November,1887;
W. W. Worthington.
Microcerculus corrasus Bangs
now Microcerculus squamulatus corrasus Bangs
Microcerculus corrasus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 87.
Type.— No. 106,070, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Chirua;
13 March, 1899; W. W. Brown.
t Microcerculus acentetus Bangs
= Microcerculus Philomela (Salvin)
Microcerculus acentetus Bangs, Prqc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 56.
Tyjie.— 'So. 108,651, cf ; Panama, Boquete; 18 April, 1901; W. W.
Brown.
Cyphorhinus philomela Salvin, P. Z. S., 1861, p. 202.
I can see no way to distinguish more than one form of Microcerculus
in Central America and, therefore, throw luscinia Salvin, daulias Ridg-
way and, of course, acentetus Bangs into the synonymy of philomela.
Pnoepyga mutica Thayer and Bangs
now Pnoepyga squam.\ta mutica Thayer and Bangs
Pnoepijga mutica Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 40, no. 4, 1912,
p. 172.
Type. — ^ No. 51,974, cf ; western Szechuan, Wa Shan Mountain; 3
June, 1908; W.R.Zappey.
322 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
CINCLIDAE
CiNCLUS PALLASii wiLDERi La Touche
Cinclus pallasii wilder i La Touche, Handbook of Birds of Eastern China, pt. 2,
1925, p. 98.
Type. — No. 127,294, cf ; Chihli, Eastern Tombs; 27 January, 1925;
G. D. Wilder.
Cinclus rivularis Bangs
Cinclus rivularis Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 105.
Type. — No. 106,049, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Chirua,
7 February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
MIMIDAE
MiMUS POLYGLOTTOS DELENIFICUS Bangs
Mimus polygloUos delenificus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 6, 1916, p. 23.
Type. — No. 68,495, cf ; Bahamas, Andros Island, Mastic Point; 24
April, 1915; C.J. Maynard.
MiMus POLYGLOTTOS BAHAMENSis Bryant
now MiMUS POLYGLOTTOS ELEGANS Sharpe
Mimus polygloitus (var. Bahamensis "?") Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 11,
1867, p. 68. (Not Mimus bahamensis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 7,
1859, p. 114.)
Mimus elegans Sharpe, Cat. Birds, Brit. Mus., 6, 1881, p. 339 (new name to
replace Mimus polyglottus var. bahamensis Bryant, preoccupied.)
Cofype.— No. 72,287, Inagua; H. Bryant.
There is another cotype in the British Museum, possibly also others
exist in other museums.
Orpheus dorsalis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Mimus dorsalis (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Orpheus dorsalis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. de Zool., 1837, p. 18.
Cotype. — No. 76,530; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,640; "in andii-
repa. Bola. Lapaz, d'Orb."
bangs: types of birds 323
Hellmayr has seen this specimen and considers it a cotype. In the
Paris Museum there are three more examples of d'Orbigny's collecting.
MiMus BAHAMENSis Bryant
now INliMus GUNDLACHii BAHAMENSIS Bryant
Mimus bahamensis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 7, 1859, p. 114.
Cotype. — No. 46,870, cf ; Bahamas, Berry Island; 20 April; H. Bryant.
Coiype. — No. 46,871, 9 ; Bahamas, Berry Island; 14 April; H.Bryant.
I think it doubtful if M. bahamensis can be kept distinct from M.
gundlachi, even as a subspecies. I have, however, seen but few skins
of the latter.
Mimus carolinensis grisifrons Maynard
= DuMETELLA CAROLINENSIS (Linne)
Minus (sic) carolinensis grisifrons Maynard, Birds E. N. Am., pt. 40, 1896,
p. 710.
Type. — Xo. 13,927, cf ; Florida, Florida Keys; 5 December, 1870;
C. J. Maynard.
Muscicapa carolinensis Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1, 1766, p. 328.
t Galeoscoptes bermudianus Bangs and Bradlee
= Dumetella carolinensis (Linne)
Galeoscoptes bermudianus Bangs and Bradlee, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 253.
Type.— ^o. 39,130, 9 ; Bermudas, Hamilton; 8 March, 1901; T.
S. Bradlee.
Muscicapa carolinensis Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1, 1766, p. 328.
The resident cat bird of Bermuda, no longer migratory, has already
shown the effect of this in the slight shortening of the wing, particularly
of the wing-tip. This difference is, however, perhaps not yet sufficiently
great to entitle it to a distinctive name.
Orpheus longirostris Lafresnaye
now ToxosTOMA longirostris longirostris (Lafresnaye)
Orpheus longirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 55.
Type. — No. 76,533; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,633; "Mexique."
Two additional specimens, nos. 3,631 and 3,632, were evidently re-
324 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
ceived by Lafresnaye at a later date and are not cotypes. The Baron
wrote labels for them very different from that which he wrote for the
type.
t ToxosTOMA REDiviVA HELVA Thayer and Bangs
= ToxosTOMA REDivivuM REDivivuM (Gambel)
Toxostoma rediviva helva Thayer and Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4,
1907, p. 17.
Type. — No. 6,000, collection of John E. Thayer deposited in the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, 9 ; Lower California, Rosario; 19
November, 1906; W. W. Brown.
Harpes rediviva Gambel, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 2, 1845, p. 264.
Grinnell now considers (A Distributional Summation of the Orni-
thology of Lower California, 1928, p. 245) that helva cannot be dis-
tinguished from true redivivum,
Melanotis caerulescens effutictus Bangs and Penard
Melanotis caerulescens effxdicius Bangs and Penard, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing-
ton, 34, 1921, p. 91.
Type— No. 220,386,cf ; Chihuahua, Hacienda deSan Rafael; 4 May
1888; M. A. Frazar.
DoNACOBius albovittatus d'Orbiguy and Lafresnaye
now DoNACOBius ATRiCAPiLLUS ALBOVITTATUS (d'Orbiguy and
Lafresnaye)
Donacobius albo-viUatus d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 19.
Cotype.— 'So. 76,379; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,594; " Bolivie,
Chiquitos"; d'Orbigny.
Hellmayr has passed upon this specimen, and considers it a cotype.
Ramphocinclus gutturalis Lafresnaye
now Cinclocerthia gutturalis (Lafresnaye)
Ramphocinclus gutturalis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 67.
Type—No. 76,366; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,696; "Cuba et
Antilles" (= Martinique).
bangs: types of birds 325
Ramphocinclus tremulus Lafresnaye
now CiNCLOCERTHiA RUFiCAUDA TREMULA (Lafresnaye)
Ramphocinclus tremulus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 67.
Tijpe. — No. 76,365; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,698; "Guade-
loupe"; THerminier.
CiNCLOCERTHiA RUFICAUDA SOLA Bangs
Cinclocerthia ruficauda sola Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 11, 1929, p. 39.
Type- — ^ No. 76,364; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,697; "Guade-
loupe" (an error — ^ probably some small island near Guadeloupe,
possibly Desirade); collected by I'Herminier.
t TuRDUS MONTANUS Lafresnaye
= Allenia fusca (P. L. S. Miiller)
Tvrdus montanus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 167. (Not Turdus montanus
Voigt, 1831.)
Type. — No. 76,370; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,621; "Guade-
loupe."
Muscicapa fusca P. L. S. Miiller, Natur. Syst., Suppl., 1776, p. 170.
TURDIDAE
Myadestes ELIZABETH RETRUsus Bangs and Zappey
Myadestes elizabeth retrusus Bangs and Zappey, Am. Nat., 39, no. 460, 1905,
p. 208.
Type. — No. 113,435, cf ; Isle of Pines, near Cuba,Pasadita; 25 May,
1904; W. R. Zappey.
Myadestes obscurus Lafresnaye
now Myadestes obscurus obscurus Lafresnave
Myadestes (Swains.) obscurus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 98.
Type. — No. 76,526; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,436; "Mexico"
undoubtedly Vera Cruz).
In the article cited above Lafresnaye described a number of new
birds from the collection of Charles Brelay of Bordeaux. It is evident
326 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
that Brelay gave to Lafresnaye one specimen each of three of these
species. For these three Lafresnaye wrote similar labels of his usual
sort for the new birds which he described. I therefore claim the types
or cotypes of Dendrocolaptes affinis and Pyranga sanguinolenta (the
female cotype) as well as that of the present species. The types of the
other species described in this article must have remained in the Brelay
cabinet. Certain it is that they did not find their way into the Lafres-
naye Collection.
There is a name in synonymy that ne\er has been identified with
any known bird — Tyrannuhi diraricata Bonaparte, P. Z. S., 1837
(= June, 1838), p. 112, Mexico. — It has been suggested to me that
this may apply to the present species. The description, however, is
so imperfect, and if meant for Myadestcs ohscurus, carries so many
errors, that I decline to consider it to replace Lafresnaye's name.
TuRDUs l'herminieri Lafresnaye
now Cichlherminia l'herminieri l'herminieri (Lafresnaye)
Turdus L'Herminieri 'Lahesnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 167.
Cotype. — -No. 76,083; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,618; "Guade-
loupe."
Cotype. — -No. 76,084; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,617; "Guade-
loupe."
Lafresnaye wrote labels exactly alike for his two cotypes. Long
afterwards Ridgway made no. 3,618 Lafresnaye Collection, the type
of his Cichlherminia coryi.
t Cichlherminia coryi Ridgway
= Cichlherminia l'herminieri l'herminieri (Lafresnaye)
Cichlherminia coryi Ridgway, Smith. Misc. Coll., 47, 1904, p. 112.
Type. — Xo. 76,083; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,618: "Guade-
loupe."
Txirdus L' Herminieri Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 167.
Noble (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, 60, 1916, p. 393) with a .series of
twenty-four skins collected by himself in Guadeloupe, shows conclu-
sively that the characters used by Ridgway to distinguish this sup-
posed form are simply those of age variation, coryi Ridgway being
the old adult plumage of l'herminieri Lafresnaye.
bangs: types of birds 327
Merula atrosericea Lafresnaye
now TuRDUS serranus atrosericeus (Lafresnaye)
Merula atrosericea Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 3.
Cotype. — Xo. 76,523, cf ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,591 ; " Cara-
cas."
Cotype. — Xo. 76,524, 9 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,592; "Cara-
cas."
Merula infuscata Lafresnaye
now TuRDUS INFUSCATUS (Lafresnaye)
Mervla infuscata Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 41.
Type. — X"o. 76,521; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,593; "Mexique."
Merula nigropileus Lafresnaye
now TuRDUS merula nigropileus (Lafresnaye)
Merula nigro-pileus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 65.
Type. — ■ Xo. 76,502; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,578; "inde, Plat,
des Xeelgheries."
Merula olivatra Lafresnaye -
now TuRDUS OLiVATER OLIVATER (Lafresnaye)
Merula olivatra Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 2.
Cotype. — X^^o. 76,474; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,604; "Caracas."
Cotype. — Xo. 76,475: Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,605; "Caracas."
Merula protomomelaena yunnanensis La Touche
now TuRDUs DissiMiLis Y'UNNANENSis (La Touclie)
Merula protomomelaena yunnanensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 30.
Cotype. — Xo. 127,370, cf ; Yunnan, Milati; 19 January, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Cotype. — ^ Xo. 127,371, 9 ; Yunnan, Milati; 14 January, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
328 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
TuRDUS rufopalliatus Lafresnaye
Turdus rofo-paUiatus {sic) Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 259.
Type. — No. 76,520; Lafresnaj-e Collection, no. 3,568; "baye de
Monterey, Californie" ( = error; Acapulco, Mexico, substituted by
Bangs and Penard).
Merula incompta Bangs
now TuRDUs GRAYi iNCOMPTus (Bangs)
Merula incompta Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 144.
Type. — No. 105,560, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 22 January, 1898;
W. ^Y. Brown.
Merula phaeopyga minuscula Bangs
now Turdus phaeopyga minusculus (Bangs)
Merula phaeopyga minuscula Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p.
181.
Type. — No. 105,605, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Pueblo
Vie jo; 23 March, 1898; W. W. Brown.
Todd (Ann. Carnegie Mus., 14, 1922, p. 399) refuses to recognize
this form, on the ground that the alleged color characters failed to hold
good in series, and the differences in size alone did not appeal to him.
Size seems to me a more important character in birds than the slight
differences in shade of color that some ornithologists lay so much stress
upon. In the present instance I recognize this thrush, because it is
constantly enough smaller than true phaeopyga to enable one always
to tell it.
Merula leucauchen cnephosa Bangs
now Turdus assimilis cnephosus (Bangs)
Merula leucauchen cnephosa Bangs. Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 92.
Type.— No. 108,701, d" ; Panama, Boquete; 25 February, 1901; W.
W. Brown.
Turdus assimilis oblitus Miller and Griscom
Turdus assimilis oblitus Miller and Griscom, Am. Mus. Novitates, no. 184, 1925,
p. 12.
Type.— No. 121,261, cT ; Costa Rica, Tenorio; 11 February, 1908;
C. F. Underwood.
I
I
bangs: types of birds 329
TURDUS ASSIMILIS PARCOLOR Austill
Tardus assimilis parcolor Austin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 386.
Type. — No. 140,066, cf ; British Honduras, Cayo District; 26 March,
192S;OhverL. Austin, Jr.
TuRDUS NUDiGENis Lafresnayc
Turdus nudigenis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 4.
Type. — Xo. 76,501 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,551 ; " Caracas."
A second specimen, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,550, is not a cotype.
It has a wholly differently worded label and was very likely acquired
by Lafresnaye at a later date.
Planesticus nigrirostris personus Barbour
now Turdus nigrirostris personus (Barbour)
Planesticus nigrirostris personus Barbour, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24,
1911, p. 58.
Type.— No. 53,598, 9 ; Lesser Antilles, Grenada, Grand Etang;
6 September, 1910; G. M. Allen.
t Merula albiventris fusa Bangs
= Turdus albiventer ephippialis Sclater
Merula albiventris fusa Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 107.
Type. — No. 160,080, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Chirua;
11 P^bruary, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Turdus ephippialis Sclater, P. Z. S., 1862, p. 109.
Turdus cardis latens Thayer and Bangs
Turdus cardis latens Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 52, 1909, p.
140.
Type.— No. 50,015, d" ; Hupeh,Ichang; 27 April, 1907;W.R.Zappey.
330 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
TuRDUS OLiVACEiDES Lafresnave
= TuRDUS ABYSSiNicus Gmelin
Turdus olivaceides Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, p. 58.
Type.— l^o. 76,353; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,613; "Abyssinie."
(probably collected by Ferret and Galinier).
Turdus abyssinicus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1789, p. 824.
Turdus fuscater d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Turdus fuscater fusc.\ter d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
Turdus fuscaler d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 16.
Coty ye. ^y.o. 76,522; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,571; "Andes
Lapaz Bolivia."
This specimen, like all our d'Orbigny birds, has been submitted to
Hellmayr who considers it a cotype.
Merula gigas cacozela Bangs
now Turdus cacozela (Bangs)
Merula gigas cacozela Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 181.
Type. — No. 105,685, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Maco-
tama; 21 June, 1898; W. W. Brown.
Turdus chiguanco d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Turdus chiguanco chiguanco d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
Turdus chiguanco d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 16.
Cotype.— y,o. 76,473; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,572; "Perou
andes, Tacna, d'Orb."
Besides our cotype, Hellmayr tells me there are three in Paris.
Turdus migratorius phillipsi Bangs
Turdus migratorius phillipsi Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 28, 1915, p.
125.
Type.— No. 102,130, 9 ; Vera Cruz, Las Vegas; 20 April, 1897; C. B.
I sham.
bangs: types of birds 331
Oreocincla dauma socia Thayer and Bangs
now TuRDL s DAUMA socius (Thaver and Bangs)
Oreocincla dauma socia Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 40, 1912,
p. 174.
Type. — No. 51,177, d^ ; western Szechuan, Tatsienlu; 28 September,
1908; W. R. Zappey.
TuRDUS ciTRiNUS couRTOisi Hartert
Turdtis citrinus courtoisi Hartert, Bull. B. O. C, 40, 1919, p. 52.
Type. — No. 127,398; Anhwei, Leonfang; July, 1917; Pere Courtois;
La Touche Collection.
t Hylocichla fuscescens fuliginosa Howe
= Hylocichla fuscescens salicicola (Ridgway).
Hylocichla fv^cescens fuliginosa Howe, Auk, 17, 1900, p. 271.
Type.— No. 246,260, cf ; Newfoundland, Codroy; 31 May, 1895; E.
Doane.
Hylocichla fuscescens saZzczcoZa^Ridgway, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 4, 1882, p. 374.
The Newfoundland Veery is certainly not the same as the more
southern true fuscescens, but I cannot see any way in which to dis-
tinguish it from salicicola, and I suspect the latter will pro\'e to have a
continuous range across the continent to Newfoundland. (See also
Noble, Notes on the Avifauna of Newfoundland, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 62, 1919, p. 565).
TuRDUS MINIMUS Lafi'esnaye
now Hylocichla minima minima (Lafresnaye)
Turdus minimus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 5.
Typc^Ko. 76,498; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,541; "Bogota."
Penard and I (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 63, 1919, p. 30) have shown
that Lafresnaye's name antedates by many years Hylocichla aliciae
bicknelli Ridgway, and must be used for that bird.
Turdus nanus Audubon
now Hylocichla guttata nana (Audubon)
Turdus nanus Audubon, Om. Biol., 5, 18.39, p. 201.
Type. — No. 16,298; Columbia River; J. K. Townsend.
.'>32 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
For the history of this specimen, which still carries an original
Audubon label cf. Brewster, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 41, 1903, p. 213.
Hylocichla guttata faxoni Bangs and Penard
Hyhcichla guttata faxoni Bangs and Penard, Auk, 38, 1921, p. 433.
Ttjpc— No. 209,370, cf ; New Hampshire, Shelburne; 19 July, 1884;
\V. Brewster.
Myioturdus fuscater Lafresnaye
now Catharus fuscater fuscater (Lafresnaye)
Myioturdus fuscater Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 341.
Type. — No. 76,525; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,544; "Bogota."
C.\THARUS GRACILIROSTRIS ACCENTOR Bangs
Catharus gracilirostris accentor Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 50.
Type— No. 108,576; Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui; 27 May, 1901;
W. W. Brown.
SiALiA siALis GRATA Bangs
Sialia sialis grata Bangs, Auk, 15, 1898, p. 182.
Type.~}\o. 14,258, cT' ; Florida, Miami; 9 March, 1871; Maynard
and Henshaw.
SiALis SIALIS fulva Brewster
Sialia sialis fulva Brewster, Auk, 2, 1885, p. 85.
Cotype. — ■ No. 210,225, cf ; Arizona, Santa Rita Mountains; 18 June,
1884; F.Stephens.
Cotype. — No. 210,226, 9 ; Arizona, Santa Rita Mountains; 20 June,
1884; F. Stephens.
Grandala coelicolor florentes Bangs
Grandala coelicolor florentes Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 9, 1926, p. 77.
Type.— >^o. 96,487, cf ; western Szechuan, Tatsienlu; 6 June, 1915;
Hugo Weigold.
Petrophila solitaria magna La Touche
now Monticola solitaria magna (La Touche)
Petrophila solitaria magna La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 40, 1920, p. 96.
bangs: types of birds 333
Cofi/pe. — No. 127,627, cf ; Lower Yangtse, Shaweishan Island; 13
April, 1908; La Touche Collection.
Cotype. — No. 127,628, 9 ; Lower Yangtse, Shaweishan Island; 18
April, 1908; La Touche Collection.
Petrocincla leucocapilla Lafresnaye
now MoNTicoLA. BREViPES LEUCOCAPILLA (Lafresnavc)
Petrocincla leucocapilla Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1852, p. 470.
Cotype. — No. 76,499, cf ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,872; " Afr. mer.
Betzonanas."
Cotype. — No. 76,469, 9 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,873; " Afr. mer.
Betzonanas."
This pair of birds Lafresnaye bought of Parzaduki (so stated on the
labels). They are both still in fine condition. The male has the crown
pale blue-gray in contrast with the general color of the upper parts,
but not white. Lafresnaye's name thus antedates by many years M.
hretipes pretoriae Gunning and Roberts. The Damaraland form with
the white cap is, of course, Monficola brevipes brevipcs (G. R. Water-
house in J. E. Alexander, Exped. Africa, 2, 1838, p. 263).
Lafresnaye's name appears to have been completely overlooked by
all workers, not even appearing in Sherborn.
Enicurus guttatus bacatus Bangs and Phillips
now Enicurus macltlatus bacatus Bangs and Phillips
Enicurus gutlatus bacatus Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 58, 1914,
p. 292.
Type. — No. 62,033, 9 ; Yunnan, Loukouchai; 14 February, 1911;
Kobayashi Collection.
The two skins upon which this form is based have very large white
spots above and large white neck bands. I ha\"e seen no Indian birds
with the white spots so large. Yery likely Rothschild is right in re-
ferring birds from western Yunnan to Enicurus maculatus guttatus
Gould, but I cannot accept that identification of the Loukouchai
specimens.
Judged by our material Rothschild renamed bacatus in his Enicurus
maculatus omissa from Fohkien (Nov. Zool., 28, 1921, p. 26).
Our two specimens of bacatus though taken in February and other-
wise in nice feather, had not changed their primaries at their last moult.
These are very brownish as compared with the rest of the wing and
33-4 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
badly worn and broken at the tips, hence affording too short a wing
length measurement. Also, many Fohkien birds in our series, even
with more perfect primaries have wings but little longer than in the
Loukouchai examples. In all other measurements as well as in color
and marking Fohkien birds are identical with the two skins of hacatus.
Pressing the wing down on the rule to try and conform to Roths-
child's measurements I get — Fohkien,— 9 9 , wing; 104; 104; 104; 109;
cf cf , 104; 104; 105; 106; lOS; lOS; 114; 114. Kiangsu, c^, 104. Yun-
nan, Loukouchai, cf (wing much broken and worn at tip), 97; cf (wing
somewhat broken and worn at tip), 104.
I therefore believe that hacatus ranges from Kiangsu and Fohkien
through Kwangtung and Kwangsi to southern Yunnan.
Ianthia practica Bangs and Phillips
now Ianthia rufilata practica Bangs and Phillips
Ianthia practica Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 58, 1914, p. 292.
Type. — No. 62,035, cf ; Yunnan, Loukouchai; 14 February, 1911;
Kobayashi Collection.
KiTTACiNCLA BARBOURi Bangs and Peters
Kiitacincla barbouri Bangs and Peters, Occ. Papers, Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1927,
p. 239.
Type. — No. 235,959, cf ; Maratua Island off east coast of Borneo;
March, 1926; E. Mjoberg.
t CossYPHA NiGROCAPiLLA Guerin
= Bessonornis semirufa (Riippell)
Cossypha nigrocapilla Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 162.
Type. — No. 76,042; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,936; "Abyssinie."
Petrocincla semirufa Rl'ippell, Neue Wirbelthiere, 1835, p. 81.
Lafresnaye's written label for this specimen is similar to all that he
wrote for the Ferret and Galinier birds from Abyssinia, and shows that
he was really associated with Guerin in the naming of the new forms.
bangs: types of birds 335
TuRDUs xivEiCAPiLLUs Lafresiiave
now Bessonornis niveicapillus niveicapillus (Lafresnaye)
Tvrdns nivei-capillus Lafresnaye, M^m. Sci. Acad. Falaise, Essai Nouv. Man.,
1838, p. 16.
Type. — No. 76,465; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,938; "Senegal."
Penard and I (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 63, 1919, p. 31) have pointed
out that Lafresnaye's name having many years precedence, must be
used for the species usually known as Cossypha vfrticalis Hartlaul).
CossYPHA GUTTURALis Guerin
now Irani A gutturalis (Guerin)
Type. — • No. 76,041; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,933; " Abyssinie. "
The label in Lafresnaye's hand, reads — ''Cossypha gutturalis Guer.
et nob. rev., 1843, p. 162, Abyssinie."
TuRDUs cinnamomeiventris Lafresnaye
now Thamnolaea cinnamomeiventris (Lafresnaye)
Turdus cinnamomeiventris Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1836, pis. 55 and 56, text and
plates.
Cotypc. — No. 76,470; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,943; "cf, Cap.
b. spei, Verreaux, peutetre de I'interieur."
Cotype. — ^Xo. 76,471 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,945; " 9 ,ou jeune,
Cap. b. spei.; Verreaux, peutetre de I'interieur."
Pratincola torquata yunnanensis La Touche
now Saxicola torquata yunnanensis (La Touche)
Pratincola torquata yunnanensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 134.
Cotype.— So. 128,029, cT; Yunnan, Shuitang; 1 May, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Cotype.— No. 128,030,9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 3 November, 1920; La
Touche Collection.
t Saxicola leucuroides Guerin
= Oenanthe lugubris (Rlippell)
Saxicola leucuroides Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 161.
Type. — ■ No. 76,043; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,978; "Abyssinie."
Saxicola higubris Riippell, Neue Wirbelthiere, 1835, p. 77, pi. 28.
336 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
PRUNELLIDAE
Prunella fulvescens nadiae Bangs and Peters
Prunella fulvescens nadiae Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68,
1928, p. 355.
Type. — No. 238,898, cf ; southwestern Kansu.Tao River valley near
Choni; February, 1926; J. F. Rock.
SYLVIIDAE
t LocusTELLA STYANi La Touche
= LocusTELLA PLESKEi (Taczanowski)
Locustella styani La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 16, 1905, p. 21.
Type.— ^o. 128,967, 9 ; P'ohkien, Foochow; 2 October, 1895; La
Touche Collection.
Locustella pleskei Taczanowski, P. Z. S., 1889, p. 620.
AcROCEPHALUs TANGORUM La Touche
Acrocephalus tangorum La Touche, Bull. B. O. Club, 31, 1912, p. 568.
Type. — No. 129,109, cf ; Northeast Chihli, Chinwangtao ; 1 Sep-
tember, 1912; La Touche Collection.
Tribura thoracica davidi La Touche
Tribura thoracica davidi La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 168.
Type. — No. 129,130, d^ ; Northeast Chihli, Chinwangtao; 1 June,
1917; La Touche Collection.
Orthotomus sutorius inexpectatus La Touche
Orthotomus sutorius inexpectatus La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 42.
Cotype. — No. 129,149, cf ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 18 November, 1920;
La Touche Collection.
Cotype.— ^o. 129,150, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 25 November, 1920;
La Touche Collection.
Kinnear (Ibis, 1929, p. 320) considers inexpectatus the same as
longicauda of south China. Upon comparing long series from southern
Yunnan and Fohkien, however, I can detect exactly the differences
bangs: types of birds 337
pointed out by La Touche, though I must admit that they are sHght.
Kinnear is wrong in stating that La Touche had but a single specimen
upon which he based the form. In reahty La Touche had thirteen!
Orthotomus ruficeps kuntius Bangs
Orthotomus ruficeps nuntius Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 65, 1922, p. 82.
Type. — No. 57,529, cf ; Philippine Islands, Cagayan de Sula; 2 July,
1911; W. C. Forbes.
Opifex altus Friedmann
now Artisornis ruficeps altus (Friedmann)
Opiferus altus Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1927, p. 4.
Artisornis ruficeps altus (Friedmann), Ibi.s, 1928, p. 478.
Type. — Xo. 237,501, 9 ; Tanganyika Territory, L^luguru Mountains
Nyingwa; 19 October, 1926; A. Loveridge.
The generic name Opifex was found to be preoccupied by Opifex
Hutton, 1902 (Culicidae), and was replaced by Artisornis Friedmann,
Ibis, 1928, p. 93. It developed later that the species had been described
by Reichenow (Orn. Monatsb. 16, 1901, p. 119) as Apalis ruficeps, the
type locality being Mlalo, L'sambara Mountains. But the species is
clearly not an Apalis, and the genus Artisornis stands. Birds from the
Uluguru Mts. are subspecifically distinct from typical ruficeps.
CiSTicoLA EXiLis couRToisi La Touche
Cisticola exilis courtoisi La Touche, Handbook, Birds of Eastern China, pt. 3,
1926, p. 237.
Type.~^o. 129,164, d' ; Yunnan, Hokow; 28 March, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
t Cisticola alleni Mearns
— Cisticola cixereola cinereola Salvadori
Cisticola alleni Mearn-s, Smiths. Misc. Coll., 56, 1911, p. 3.
Type. — Xo. 56,127, cf ; Kenya Colonv, Meru River; 12 August,
1909; G. M. Allen.
Cisticola cinereola Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Geneva, 26, 1888, p. 254.
Admiral Lynes has examined and identified this type as above.
338 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t CiSTicoLA DiFFiciLis Mearns
= CisTicoLA CHiNiANA HETEROPHRYS Oberholser
Cisticola difficilis Mearns, Smiths. Muse. Coll., 56, 1911, p. 5.
Type. — -No. 56,129, 9 ; Kenya Colony, Lakiundu, north of Mt.
Kenia; 7 September, 1909; G. M. Allen.
Cisticola heierophrys Oberholser, Ann. Carnegie Mus., 3, 1906, p. 496.
Admiral Lynes has also identified this specimen.
Megalurus palustris forbesi Bangs
Megalurus palustris forbesi Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 7, 1919, p 5.
Type. — • No. 64,247, c/' ; Philippine Islands, Luzon, Baguio, Benquet;
24April, 1913; W.C.Forbes.
t TuRDiNUS spadix Friedmann
= Bradypterus usambarae (Grote)
Turdinus spadix Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1927, p. 3.
Type. — ■ No. 237,500, cf ; Tanganyika Territory, Uluguru Moun-
tains, Nyingwa; 14 October, 1926; A. Loveridge.
Bradypterus usambarae Grote, J. f. O., 1917, p. 391.
Reguloides maculipennis debilis Thayer and Bangs
now Phylloscopus maculipennis debilis (Thayer and Bangs)
Reguloides maculipennis debilis Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
40, 1912, p. 180.
Type. — No. 52,502, 9 ; western Szechuan, Kiating; 26 November,
1908;W. R. Zappey.
Reguloides pulcher vegetus Bangs
now Phylloscopus pulcher vegetus (Bangs)
Reguloides pulcher vegetus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 26, 1913, p. 95.
Type. — No. 52,303, 9 ; western Szechuan, Yachiakun; 14 July,
190S; W. R. Zappey.
bangs: types of birds 339
Phylloscopus proregulus yunnanensis La Touche
now Phylloscopus yunnanensis La Touche
PhijUoscopus proregulus yunnanensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 21.
Ti/pr.— So. 129,349, d" ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 16 October, 1920;
La Touche Collection.
Stuart Baker (Fauna of British India, Birds, 2, 1924, p. 467), declared
that P. proregulus i/unnanrnsis La Touche is the same as Phylloscopus
proregulus forrcsti Rothschild. Rothschild, however, two years later
includes both forms, and elevates i/unnanensis to the rank of a full
species (Novit. Zool., 33, no. 3, 1926, p. 286 and 287)!
ACANTHOPNEUSTE TROCHILOIDES CLAUDL^E La ToUche
now Phylloscopus reguloides claudiae (La Touche)
Acanthopneuste Irochiloides claudiae La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 22.
Coiypc. — ■ No. 129,563, cf ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 15 October, 1920; La
Touche Collection.
Cotypc— Xo. 129,564, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 14 October, 1920;
La Touche Collection.
Gyldenstolpe has shown conclusively (Bull. B. O. C, 46, 1925, p.
46^7) that the bird we all have been calling Phylloscopus irochiloides
Sundevall is in reality what has long been known by the name of P.
lugubris Blyth, and that P. reguloides Blyth, therefore, must take the
place of P. irochiloides auciorum.
Acanthopneuste trochiloides disturbans La Touche
now Phylloscopus reguloides disturbans (La Touche)
Acanthopneuste trochiloides disturbans La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 22.
Coiypc— ^o. 129,608, cT ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 10 September, 1920;
La Touche Collection.
Coiypc— Xo. 129,609, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 10 September, 1920;
La Touche Collection.
Cry'ptolopha ricketti Slater
now Phylloscopus trivirgatus ricketti (Slater)
Cryptolopha ricketti Slater, Ibis, 1897, p. 174, pi. 4, fig. 2.
Coiypc— Xo. 128,858, 9 ; Xorthwest Fohkien, Kuatun; 20 May,
1896; La Touche Collection.
340 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
This specimen is marked " 9 , type." The male cotype is probably
in the British Museum.
t Cryptolopha trivirgatus eiuncidus Bangs and Phillips
= Phyllopscopus trivirgatus ricketti (Slater)
Cryptolopha trivirgatus eiuncidus Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
68, no. 6, 1914, p. 282.
Type— No. 61,985, & ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 16 September, 1910;
Kobayashi Collection.
Cryptolopha ricketti Slater, Ibis, 1897, p. 174, pi. 4, fig. 2.
Cry'ptolopha burkii cognita La Touche
now Seicercus cognita (La Touche)
Cryptolopha hxirkii cognita La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 192.3, p. 42.
Cotype.— ISo. 128.849, cT' ; Northwestern Fohkien, Kuatun; 6 April,
1898; La Touche Collection.
The 9 cotype is in the British ^Museum.
Cryptolopha burkii intermedia La Touche
now Seicercus intermedius (La Touche)
Cryptolopha burkii intermedia La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 7, 1S98, p. 37.
Type— 'So. 128,836, d^ ; northwestern Fohkien, Kautun; 19 Sep-
tember, 1896.
The specimen originally designated as the 9 cotype, now in the Brit-
ish Museum, does not belong to this species, but is an example of
Seicercus burkii latouchei Bangs.
Seicercus burkii latouchei Bangs
Seicercus burkii latouchei Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 11, 1929, p. 4.
Type.— No. 128,830, o^ ; northwestern Fohkien, Kuatun; 11 May,
1898; La Touche Collection.
Cryptolopha burkii distincta La Touche
now Seicercus burkii distinctus (La Touche)
Cryptolopha burkii distincta La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 41.
Cotype.- No. 128,843, c^ ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 25 March, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
bangs: types of birds 341
Cofi/pr— No. 128,844, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 21 April, 1921; La
Touehe Collection.
Cryptolopha castaneiceps laurentei La Touehe
now Seicercus castaneiceps laurentei (La Touehe)
Cryptolopha castaneiceps laurentei La Touehe, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 53.
Ti/pc— No. 128,896, cT; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 21 March, 1921; La
Touehe Collection.
Apalis chapini Friedmann
Apalis chapini Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1928, p. 47.
Type. — Xo. 237,761, cf ; Tanganyika Territory, Uluguru Moun-
tains, Nyingwa; 14 October, 1926; A. Loveridge.
Sylvietta brachyura Lafresnaye
now Sylvietta imicrura brachyura (Lafresnaye)
Sylvietta brachyura Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 258.
Type. — Xo. 76,466; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,694; Senegal.
Verreaux listed this specimen and another, Xo. 3,693 in his catalogue
as Sijlrictia microura. X umber 3,693 cannot now be found and probably
has been destroyed. Sylvietta cromhec Lafresnaye (/.c, p. 258) is based
upon Levaillant's plate 135, and, therefore, there is no type. Lafresnaye
had no specimen of it.
t Sylvietta icteropygialis Lafresnave
= Eremomela flaviventrts flaviventris (Burchell)
Sylvietta icteropygialis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 258.
Type. — Xo. 83,386; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,742; " Afr. austr.
Riv. d'orange."
Sylvia flaviventris Burchell, Trav. S. Afr., 1, 1824, p. 335.
Reichenow (Vog. Afr., 3, p. ()41) places Lafresnaye's name with a
query in the synonymy of Eremomela aUAgxiJari^ (Finsch and Hartlaub)
With Lafresnaye's type still in good condition before me, it is readily
identified as E. f. flaviventris.
342 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Cettia sinensis La Touche
now HoRORNis fortipes sinensis (La Touche)
Cettia sinensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 7, 1898, p. 37.
Type— 'So. 129,665, cf; Fohkien, Foochow; 10 November, 1895;
La Touche Collection.
Urosphena laurentei La Touche
now Horeites pallidipes laurentei (La Touche)
Urosphena laurentei La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 30.
Type.— So. 129,731, cf ; Yunnan, Poutoutsing; 12 April, 1921;
E. P. Laurente.
SuYA crinigera bangsi La Touche
Suya crinigera bangsi La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 53.
Type.— So. 129,757, c" ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 19 September, 1920;
La Touche Collection
Suya crinigera parvirostris La Touche
now Suva parvirostris (La Touche)
Suya crinigera parrirosti'is La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 53.
Type. — No. 129,777, cf ; Yunnan, Shuitang; 1 May, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Prinia inornata exter Thayer and Bangs
Prima inornata exter Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mas. Comp. Zool., 40, 1912,
p. 182, pi. 5, figs. 4 and 5.
Typr.~So. 52,580, d" ; western Szechuan, Hokow; 4 May, 1908;
W. R. Zappey.
t PoLioPTiLA nigriceps restricta Brewstcr
= PoLioPTiLA nigriceps (Baird)
Polioptila nigriceps restricta Brewster, Auk, 6, 1889 (April), p. 97; separates
issued in advance, January 31, 1889.
Type.— So. 214,384, d" ; Sonora, Alamos; 7 March, 1888; M. A.
Frazar.
Polioptila nigriceps Baird, Rev. Am. Birds, 1864, p. 69.
o
BANGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 341:
PoLiOPTiLA CALiFORNiCA Brewstcr
now PoLiOPTiLA MELANURA CALIFORNICA Brewster
Polioptila californica Brewster, Bull. Xutt. Orn. Club, 6, 1881, p. 103.
Ti/pc.~yo. 201,489, d"; California, San Bernardino County; 28
March, 1878.
VIREOXIDAE
ViREO INSULANUS Bangs
now ViREO FLAVOViRiDis INSUL.\NUS (Bangs)
Vireo insvlanus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 73.
Type.— Xo. 104,947, 9 ; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 29 April, 1900; W. W. Brown.
t \'iREO BOGOTENSis Bryant
= ViREo viREscENS VieiUot
Vireo bogotensis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 7, 1860, p. 227.
Type — Xo. 47,159; Bogota.
Vireo virescens Vieillot, Ois. Amer. Sept., 1, 1807, p. 84, pi. 53.
t MUSCICAPA MELODIA Wilson
= ViREO GILVA GILVA (Vieillot)
Muscicapa melodia Wilson, Am. Orn., 5, 1812, p. 36, pi. 42, fig. 2.
Type.— Xo. 67,866; from the old Peale Museum.
Muscicapa gilva Vieillot, Ois. Amer. Sept., 1, 1807, p. 65, pi. 34. •
^'IREOSYLVA GILVA BREWSTERI Ridgway
now Vireo gilva brewsteri (Ridgway)
Vireosylva gilva brewsteri Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 50, 1904, p. 158.
Type.— No. 221,811, d' ; Chihuahua, Bravo; 24 July, 1888; M. A.
Frazar.
Hylophilus leucophrys Lafresnaye
now Vireo leucophry's leucophrys (Lafresnaye)
Hylophihis leiicophrys Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 81.
Type. — Xo. 76,541; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,384; Colombia.
344 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
ViREosYLVA josephae chiriquensis Bangs
now ViREO leucophrys chiriquensis (Bangs)
Vireosylva josephae chiriquensis Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1903, p. 9.
Type— So. 108,692, d' ; Panama, Boquete; 8 April, 1901; \V. W.
Brown.
ViREo solitarius alticola Brewster
Vireo solitarius alticola Brewster, Auk, 3, 1886, p. 111.
Type— No. 210,577, cf ; North Carolina, Highlands; 29 May, 1885;
W. Brewster.
ViREo solitarius lucasanus Brewster
Vireo solitarius lucasanus Brewster, Auk, 8, 1891 (April), p. 147; separates
issued in advance, February 17, 1891.
Cofypc. — ■ No. 215,504, cf ; Lower California, San Jose del Rancho;
15 July, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Cotype. — No. 215,521, cf ; Lower California, Triumfo; 23 Decem-
ber, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Cotypc. — No. 215,510, 9 ; Lower California, San Jose del Rancho;
6 July, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
t MusciCAPA cantatrix Wilson
= Vireo griseus griseus (Boddaert)
Muscicapa cantatrix Wilson, Am. Om. 2, 1810, p. 166, pi. 18, fig. 6.
Type. — • No. 67,867; from the old Peale Museum.
Tanagra grisea Boddaert, Table PL Enl., 1783, p. 45.
Vireo bermudianus Bangs and Bradlee
now Vireo griseus bermudianus (Bangs and Bradlee)
Vireo bermudianus Bangs and Bradlee, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 252.
Type. — -No. 39,131, 9; Bermudas, Hamilton; 1 February, 1901;
T. S. Bradlee.
Lanivireo crassirostris Bryant
now Vireo crassirostris crassirostris (Bryant)
Lanivireo crassirostris Bryant, Proc. Best. Soc. N. H., 7, 1859, p. 112.
Cotype. — No. 46,779, cf ; Bahamas, Nassau; April 10; H. Bryant.
Cotype. — No. 46,780, rf ; Bahamas, Nassau; March 20; H. Bryant.
bangs: types of birds . 345
Bryant based his new species on three specimens taken by himself at
Nassau; the third cotype is in the collection of the United States Na-
tional Museum.
YiREO HUTTONi STEPHENSi Brewster
Vireo hiUtoni stephensi Brewster, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 7, 1882, p. 142.
Type. — No. 205,728, cf ; Arizona, Chiricahua Mountains; 14
March, 1881.
YiREO HUTTONI coGNATus Ridgway
Vireo huttoni cognatus Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 50, 1904, p. 199.
Type. — No. 215,527, cf; Lower California, Sierra de la Laguna;
5 May, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Hylophilus semibrunneus Lafresnaye
now Hylophilus semibrunneus semibrunneus Lafresnaye
Hylophilus semi-brunneus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 341.
Type. — No. 76,538; Lafresnaye Collection, No. 4,380; "Bogota."
Hylophilus flavipes Lafresnaye
now Hylophill'S flavipes flavipes Lafresnaye
Hylophilus flavipes Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 342.
Type.— No. 76,539; Lafresnaye Collection, No. 4,382; "Bogota."
Cyclarhis flaviventris Lafresnaye
now Cyclarhis flaviventris flaviventris Lafresnaye
Cyclarhis flaviventris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 133.
Type. — No. 76,537; Lafresnaye Collection, No. 4,399; "sta. cruce,
Mexico."
Cyclarhis flavipectus canticus Bangs
Cyclarhis flavipectus canticus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898,
p. 142.
Type. — No. 105,462, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 28 January, 1898;
W. W. Brown.
346 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Cyclarhis nigrirostris Lafresnaye
now Cy'CL.\rhis nigrirostris nigrirostris Lafresnaye
Cyclarhis nigrirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 133.
Cotype — No. 76,534; Lafresnaye Collection, No. 4,402; " Colombie."
Cotype. — - No. 76,535; Lafresnaye Collection, No. 4,403; " Colombie."
Lafresnaye wrote labels exactly alike for these two specimens, so I,
therefore, consider them cotypes. Number 4,402, however, was the
bird figured on plate 33 of the magazine for 1843. It has a blackish
cinnamon frontal band as shown in the plate, whereas Number 4,403
has the frontal band much more rufous.
PTILOGONATIDAE
Phainopepla nitens lepida Van Tyne
Phainopepla nitens lepida Van Tyne, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1925,
p. 149.
Type — No. 200,653, d" ; California, Riverside; 14 May, 1878.
ARTAMIDAE
t Ocypterus mentalis Peale
= Artamus mentalis Jardine
Ocypterus mentalis Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 84.
Cotype. — No. 75,750; Fiji Islands; V. S. Expl. Exped.
Artamus mentalis Jardine, Ann. Mag. N. H., 16, 1845, p. 174, pi. 8.
Peale's name for this species was introduced independently, he ap-
parently being unaware that the same name for the same species
had already been used by Jardine.
VANG ID AE
Vanga xenopirostris Lafresnaye
now Xenopirostris xenopirostris (Lafresnaye)
Vanga xenopirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1850, p. 107, pi. 1.
Type. — No. 74,864; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,314; "Madagas-
car?"
I
bangs: types of birds 347
Vanga curvirostris cetera Bangs
Vanga curvirostris cetera Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1928, p. 107.
Type. — Xo. 78,133; southwest Madagascar, Tulear; August, 1915;
F. R. Wulsin.
LAXIIDAE
Gymnorhixa tibicen papuana Bangs and Peters
Gymnorhina tibicen papnana Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 67,
1926, p. 431.
Type. — Xo. 99,653, 9 ; southwest X'ew Guinea, Princess Marianne
Straits; 12 X'ovember, 1923; T. Jackson.
Lanius BUCEPHALUS siCARius Bangs and Peters
Lanius hucephalus sicarius Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68,
1928, p. 358.
Type. — • Xo. 239,069, 9 ; southwestern Kansu, Mountains in the
Tao valley near Choni; May, 1925; J. F. Rock.
Mal.\conotus alius Friedmann
Malaconotus alius Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1927, p. 5.
Type. — X'o. 237,504, (^ ; Tanganyika Territory, Uluguru Moun-
tains, Bagilo; 20 September, 1926; A. Loveridge.
t Lanius boubou Guerin
= Laniarius rufiventris rufiventris (Swainson)
Lanius boubov Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 161.
'Type. — Xo. 76,078; Lafresnaye Collection, Xo. 5,315; "Cap. B.
esp."
Malaconotus rufiventris Swainson, Classification of Birds, 2, 1837, p. 220.
For this specimen Lafresnaye wrote this label — "Lanius bouhou
nob. rev. 1843, p. 161, Le Boubou Vaill. afr. pi. 68, confondue a tort
par Vieillot D. 26, 137 sous le nom de Lan. aethiopicus, avec cette
derniere qui est particulie a I'abyssinie ou Bruce I'a decouvrit et qui
est decrite par Montbeillard sous le nom de Merle noir et blanc d'abys-
sinie enl. IV, p. 123. Cap. B. esp."
348 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
PARI DAE
Parus hudsonicus littoralis Bryant
Pants hiidsonicus var. littoralis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 9, 1865, p. 369.
Cotypc. — No. 46,976, cT ; Nova Scotia, Yarmouth; July 7; H.Bryant.
Coiype. — No. 46,977, 9 ; Nova Scotia, Yarmouth; July 7; H.Bryant.
Cotype. — No. 46,978, cT ; Nova Scotia, Yarmouth; July 7; H.Bryant.
Cotypc. — No. 46,979, juv.; Nova Scotia, Yarmouth; July 7; H.
Bryant.
Cotype. — No. 46,980, juv.; Nova Scotia, Yarmouth; July 7; H.
Bryant.
t Pexthestes hudsonicus nigricans C. W. Townsend
= Parus hudsonicus littoralis Bryant
Petdhestes hudsonicus nigricans C. W. Townsend, Auk, 33, 1916, p. 74.
Type.— No. 69,431, cf ; Labrador, Shekatika; 23 July, 1915; C. W.
Townsend.
Porus hudsonicus var. littoralis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 9, 1865, p. 369.
The sooty cap which led Townsend to separate this supposed form
is, in my opinion, a characteristic of the young bird in first winter
plumage, and not a subspecific character.
Penthestes sclateri eidos Peters
now Parus sck.\teri eidos (Peters)
Penthestes sclateri eidos Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 9, 1927, p. 113.
Type. — No. 205,811, cf ; Arizona, Chiricahua Mountains; 29
March, 1881.
Parus carolinensis impiger Bangs
Parus carolinensis impiger Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1903, p. 1.
Type.— So. 111,854, 9; Florida, Deep Creek; 19 March, 1901;
C. J. Maynard.
Parus dichrous arceuthinus Bangs and Peters
Parus dichrous arceuthimis Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68, 1928,
p. 361.
Type. — -No. 50,822, cf ; western Szechuan, Washan Mountain;.
4 June, 1908; W. R. Zappey.
I
k
bangs: types of birds . 349
t Paris bicolor floridanus Bangs
= Parus bicolor (Linne)
Panis (Lophophanes) hicolor floridanus Bangs, Auk, 15, 1898, p. 181.
Type — Xo. 103,023. cf ; Florida, Clearwater; 29 March, 1874; C. J.
Mavnard. '
Parus bicolor Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1766, p. 340.
The Florida bird cannot stand as a subspecies, I now believe. The
differences are altogether too slight.
Parus ater kuatunensis La Touche
Parus ater kuatunensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 44, 1913, p. 33.
Cotype. — 'No. 128,225, cf ; northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; February,
1913; La Touche Collection.
Coiype. — t Xo. 128,226, 9 ; northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; 1 X^ovem-
ber, 1907; La Touche Collection.
Periparus phaeonotus gaddi Sarudny
now Parus ater gaddi (Sarudny)
Periparus phaeonotus gaddi Sarudny, J. f. O., 59, 1911, p. 236.
Coiype— Xo. 248,919, 9 ; Persia, Robat-i-sefit ; 1-2 October, 1903.
This specimen was received by us from von Tschusi, who assured
us that it was one of the "types." As no holotype was designated by
Sarudny, and the above example is one from the original series, it must
be considered a cotype.
Parus major artatus Thayer and Bangs
Parus major artatus Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 52, 1909, p. 140.
Type — No. 50,000, cT ; Hupeh, Ichang; 1 March, 1907; W. R.
Zappey.
Parus major altarum La Touche
Parus major altarum La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 43.
Coiype.— No. 128,1.58, d" ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 21 October, 1920;
La Touche Collection.
Cotype.— No. 128,159, 9; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 6 October, 1920;
La Touche Collection.
350 . bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Parus major fohkiexensis La Touche
Parus major fohkienen sis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 104.
Cofypr. — ^ No. 128,184, cf ; northwest Fohkien, Kimtun; 21 May,
1896; La Touche Collection.
Coiype. — No. 128,185, 9; northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; 3 April,
1898; La Touche Collection.
Stresemann (J. f. O., 77, 1929, p. 327) places fohkirnensis as a syno-
nym of artuius. To this I cannot agree. ^Yith the types of both forms
and long series of skins before me, I cannot but recognize fohkicncnsis
as perfectly distinct from ariatus. In color the two are very similar,
but ariatus is a much larger bird — so much larger in fact that I do
not find any overlapping in the measurements of the two.
t Parus stejnegeri Bangs
= Parus nigriloris Hellmayr
Parus stejnegeri Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 36, 1901, p. 267.
Type. — No. 37,392, cf; Loo Choo Islands, Ishigaki Island; 27 Feb-
ruarv, 1899.
Parus nigriloris Hellmayr, Orn. Monatsber., 8, 1900, p. 139.
Parus monticolus yunnanensis La Touche
Parus monticolus yunna7iensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 51.
Coiype — So. 128,128, & ; Yunnan, Milati; 20 January, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Coiype.— "So. 128,129, 9 ; Yunnan, Milati; 20 January, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
t Parus quadrivittatus Lafresnaye
= Parus elegans elegans Lesson
Parus quadrivittatus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 129.
Type. — -No. 76,233; Lafresnaye Collection, No. 2,769; "Manilla
aut in India."
Parus elegans Lesson, Traite d'Orn., 1831, p. 456.
Parus leuconotus Guerin
Parus leuconotus Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 162.
Coiype.— No. 76,045; Lafresnaye Collection, No. 2,749: Lafresnaye's
label for this specimen reads — " Parus leuconotus guerin nob. cf ,
adulte, abyssinie."
bangs: types of birds 351
Coiypc. — Xo. 76,103; Lafresnaye Collection, No. 2,750; label —
"Parus leuconotus guer. nob. abyssinie." [added] "Parus leuconotus a
figurer."
M. C. Z., No. 76,103 is as stated on its label, the bird figured in the
atlas. A third specimen, Xo. 2,751, Lafresnaye Collection, is a juvenal
of a brownish color with a grayish back, and is not a cotype.
Parus albiventris curtus Friedmann
Parus albiventris curtus Friedmann, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1926, p.
217.
ri/pr.— :<o. 232,685, 9 ; Kenya Colony, Taveta; 13 April, 1925;
H. Friedmann.
Parus flavocristatus Lafresnaye
noM- Melanochlora sultanea flavocristata (Lafresnaye)
Parus flavo-cristatus Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, pi. 80.
Type. — Xo. 76,254; Lafresnaye Collection, No. 4,417; "iles de la
Sonde."
The wing of the type measures exactly 100 mm., and both it and a
second specimen (received by Lafresnaye at a much later date and
not a cotype, Lafresnaye Xo. 4,418) belong to the small form inhabit-
ing Tenasserim, Malacca, Sumatra, etc.
Melanochlora sultanea seorsa Bangs
Melanochlora sultanea seorsa Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 9, 1924, p. 23.
Type— Xo. 88,000, cf ; Fohkien, Yenping; 29 March, 1921; H. C.
Caldwell.
Sylviparus modestus occultus Thayer and Bangs
Syh'iparus modestus occultus Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
40, 1912, p. 185.
Type. — Xo. 50,745, 9 ; western Szechuan, Kiating; 15 November,
1908; W. R. Zappey.
Sylviparus modestus ricketti La Touche
Sylviparus modestus ricketti La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 104.
Type.— Xo. 128,341 ; northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; 19 Octobei , 1896;
La Touche Collection.
352 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Aegithaliscus fuliginosus scurrula Bangs and Peters
Aegithaliscus fuliginosus scurrula Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
68, 1928, p. 363.
Type. — No. 50,968, cf ; Hupeh, Hsienshanhsien; 25 December,
1907; W. R. Zappey.
PsALTRiPARUS PLUMBEus CECAUMENORUM Thayer and Bangs
Psaltriparus plumbeus cecaurnenorum Thayer and Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash-
ington, 19, 1906, p. 20.
T2jpe.— No. 114,724, cf ; Sonera, La Chumata; 22 May. 1905; W. W.
Brown.
SITTIDAE
SiTTA MONTiUM La Touche
now SiTTA EUROPAEA MONTIUM La Touche
Sitta montium La Touche, Ibis, 1899, p. 404.
Cotype. — ^No. 128,308, cf; northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; 7 April,
1898; La Touche Collection.
Cotype— No. 128,309, 9 ; northwest Fohkien, Kuatun; 19 April,
1898; La Touche Collection.
Sitta europaea. obscura La Touche
now Sitta europaea nebulosa La Touche
Sitta europaea obscura La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 31 (not Sitta
neumayeri obscura Sarudny and Loudon).
Sitta europaea nebulosa La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 55 (new name to
replace Sitta europaea obscura La Touche preoccupied).
Type— No. 123,317, <^ ; Yunnan, Milati; 9 January, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Sitta carolinensis atkinsi Scott
Sitta carolinensis atkinsi Scott, Auk, 7, 1890, p. 118.
Cotype.— No. 226,991, d" ; Florida, Tarpon Springs; 21 April, 1887;
W. E. D. Scott.
Cotype. — No. 226,992, 9 ; Florida, Tarpon Springs; 27 September,
1886;W. E.D.Scott.
Oberholser (Auk, 34, 1917, pp. 181-187) upsets the names of the
BANGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 353
White-breasted Nuthatch, throwing atlcinsi into the synonymy of
corolincnsis, and naming as new a northern form, cookei.
This arrangement of the forms does not appear to me to interpret
the facts as well as the old order of things as used by Ridgway in his
Birds of North and Middle America.
The White-breasted Nuthatch, like so many other birds of eastern
North America, shows a well-marked form in south Florida and
another in the northern parts of its range, and between these extremes
a long series of intermediates. Unfortunately its type locality, southern
South Carolina, falls in this area of intermediates. Nevertheless the
south Florida form stands wholly apart. In a very long series of skins,
none show any approach to the northern bird; all are uniformly small,
with dark gray backs, slender bills, and with the crown in the female
black, not at all or very little grayish. From southern South Carolina
another long series shows the breeding l)ird quite ^•ariable in all its
characters, but all are larger than those from south Florida. In color
and slenderness of bill some individuals approach very closely to
Florida specimens, others again are much more like northern birds,
with paler gray backs, stouter bills and with the female with a gray
crown. Furthermore many birds from southern South Carolina taken
in autumn or winter, perhaps migrants, are quite the same as northern
killed examples. It seems to me, therefore, much better to allow the
geographic aggregate atkinsi to bear one name, and to apply the other,
carolinensis, to all birds from South Carolina northward.
In naming the northern bird cookei, Oberholser made the mistake of
referring Sitfa afkinJ litorea Maynard, from New River, North Caro-
lina, taken November 24, and possibly a migrant, to the southern form.
Maynard's type listed below is a female, with a wing of SS mm., a stout
bill, pale gray back and gray crown. I cannot see that it differs from
northern birds. If a change in the names is to be made, and I see no
need for one, ^Maynard's name must become available for the northern
form.
t SiTTA ATKINSI LITOREA Maynard
= SiTTA CAROLINENSIS CAROLINENSIS Latham
Sitta atkinsi litorea Maynard, Records of Walks and Talks with Nature, 8,
no. 1, 1916, p. 5, plate.
Type.— No. 80,160, 9 ; North Carolina, New River; 24 November,
1900; C. J. Maynard.
Sitta carolinensis Latham, Index Ornith., 1, 1790, p. 262.
354 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
SiTTA CAROLiNENSis lagunae Brewster
Sitta carolinensis lagunae Brewster, Auk, 8, 1891 (April), p. 149; separates
issued in advance, February 17, 1891.
Cotype. — -No. 214,691, cf ; Lower California, Sierra de la Laguna;
5 May, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Cotype. — No. 214,705, 9 ; Lower California, Sierra de la Laguna;
7 May, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
SiTTA PYGMAEA CHIHUAHUAE Van Rossem
Sitta pygmaea chihuahuae Van Rossem, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 42, 1929,
p. 177.
Type. — No. 115,701, cT ; Chihuahua, Mound Valley; 3 September,
1905; W.W. Brown, Jr.
SiTTA PUSiLLA CANICEPS Bangs
Sitta pusilla caniceps Bangs, Auk, 15, 1898, p. 180.
Type.~^o. 103,021, 9; Florida, Clearwater; 25 March, 1874;
C. J. Maynard.
This form was not recognized by Ridgway in Birds of North and
Middle America. It seems to me, now, going over the ground again,
to be perfectly good, and Howell has recently shown the form to be
valid (Auk, 47, 1930, p. 43).
ZOSTEROPIDAE
ZOSTEROPS ERYTHROPLEURA MELANORHYNCHA La Touche
Zosterops erythropleura melanorhyncha La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 32.
Type.— No. 130,639, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 22 October, 1920; La
Touche Collection.
Rothschild (Nov. Zool., 33, 1926, p. 318) says of this bird that it is
" either a freak or else a stray wanderer from a different breeding area
than that of the typical race." After carefully comparing the type with
a good series, I quite agree with Rothschild. The pity is that with one
migrant individual, no definite conclusions can be drawn.
ZosTEROPS ABYSSiNiCA Guerin
now Zosterops abyssinica abyssinica Guerin
Zosterops abyssinica Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 162.
Type. — No. 76,044; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,727; " Abyssinie."
bangs: types of hirds 355
The original label (written by Lafresnaye) for this specimen, reads —
''Zosterops abyssinica guer. et nob. rev. lS-13, p. 162 (Abyssinia)."
ZosTEROPs FORBESi Bangs
Zosterops forbesi Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 65, 1922, p. 83.
Ti/pc.— - 'So. S(),368, cf ; Philippines, Camiguin, Mambajao; 2 Au-
gust, 1921; Governor W. Cameron Forbes.
This bird, of course, represents only an island form, and I give it
specific rank, simply because I do not know where species begin and
end in that group of the genus to which this bird belongs.
t Zosterops aureiventer johannae La Touche
= Zosterops palpebrosa williamsoni Robinson and Kloss
Zosterops aureiventer johannae La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 31.
Coii/pc. — Xo. 130,604, cf ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 17 November, 1920.
Cotype— Xo. 130,605, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 23 September, 1920.
Zosterops palpebrosa williamsoni Robinson and Kloss, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc,
Siam, 3, 1919, p. 445.
DICAEIDAE
t DiCAEUM leclancherii Lafresnaye
= DiCAEUM CELEBicuM Mliller and Schlegel
Dicaeum leclancherii Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 94.
Type. — X'o. 89,082; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,814; ad. cf ; "Man-
ado, Celebes."
Dicaeum celebicum Miiller and Schlegel, Verb. Naturl.Gesch. Land en Volkenk.,
1832-1844, p. 182.
Shortly after Lafresnaye published the description of this bird sup-
posing it to be new, he was severely criticized in an article by Hartlaub,
for making a synonym, so much so in fact, that Lafresnaye replied in
print, explaining at some length why he had overlooked jVIiiller and
Schlegel's name.
nectarlxiidap:
Arachnothera longirostris sordida La Touche
Arachnothera longirostris sordida La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 42, 1921, p. 32.
Type— So. 130,588, d" ; Yunnan, Hokow; 31 March, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
356 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Anthreptes malaccensis mjobergi Bangs and Peters
Anthreptes malaccensis injobergi Bangs and Peters, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. of
N. H., 5, L927, p. 240.
Type. — No. 235,952, cf ; Maratua Island; March, 1926; E. Mjoberg.
MELIPHAGIDAE
Myzomela nigriventris Peale
Myzomela nigriventris Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 8, 1848, p. 150.
Cotype. — Xo. 75,728; Samoan Islands; T. R. Peale.
Peale did not mention how many specimens he took. Our cotype is
a fine adult male.
Myzomela jugularis Peale
Myzomela jugular is Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 8, 1848, p. 150.
Cotype.— Xo. 89,110, c^ ; Fiji Islands; T. R. Peale.
Peale mentions several specimens; the one listed above, therefore,
may be one of a small series, still extant.
t Ptilosus auritus Lafresnaye
= X^otiomystis cineta (Du Bus)
Ptilosus auritus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., September, 1839, p. 257.
Type. — X'o.,76, 199; Lafresnaye Collection,|no. 5,641 ;" Xlle.Zelande."
Meliphaga cineta Du Bus, Bull. Acad. Sci. Brux, 6, June, 1839, p. 295.
Anthornis incoronata Bangs
now Anthornis melanura incoronata Bangs
Anthornis incoronata Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 24, 1911, p. 23.
Type.— Xo. 40,008; Auckland Island.
t Entomiza olivacea Peale
= Leptomyza samoensis (Hombr. et Jacq.)
Entomiza? olivacea Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 8, 1848, p. 145.
Cotype. — X'^o. 75,732; Samoan Islands; T. R. Peale.
Merops samoensis Hombr. et Jacq., Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, 1841, p. 314.
Of this species Peale probably secured several specimens.
bangs: types of birds 357
MNIOTILTIDAE
t Certhia maculata Wilson
= Mniotilta varia (Linne)
Certhia maculata Wilson, Am. Om., 3, 1811, p. 23, pi. 19, fig. 3.
r^/p^.— No. 67,868 [o"].
Motacilla varia Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1766, p. 333.
Helmixthophaga leucobroxchialis Brewster
= Hybrid: Vermivora chrysoptera (Linne) X Vermivora
pixus (Linne)
Helminthophaga leucobronchialis Brewster, American Sportsman, 5, Oct. 1874,
p. 33.
Type— So. 202,622, d" ; Mass., Xewtonville; 18 May, 1870; Wm.
Brewster.
t COMPSOTHLYPIS AMERICANA USNEAE BreWSter
= CoMPSOTHLYPIS AMERICAXA PUSILLA (Wilson)
Compsothlypis americana usneae Brewster, Auk, 13, 1896, p. 44.
Typr.— ^o. 205,392, d" ; Maine, Lake Umbagog; 14 May, 1881;
Wm. Brewster.
Syhna pusilla Wilson, Am. Orn. 4, 1811, p. 17, pi. 28, fig. 3. '
Compsothlypis pclchra Brewster
now Compsothlypis pitiayumi pulchra Brewster
Compsothlypis pvlchra Brewster, Auk, 6, 1889 (April), p. 93; separates issued
in advance, January' 31, 1889.
Cotypc. — ^ Xo. 214,379, cf; Chihuahua, Hacienda de .San Rafael;
8 May, 1888; M. A. Frazar.
Cotypr. — • X"o. 214,380, 9; Chihuahua, Hacienda de San Rafael;
14 May, 1888; M. A. P>azar.
Dendrioca aestiva sonorana Brewster
Dendroica aestiva sonorana Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 137.
Cotypc. — ^ Xo. 214,151, cT ; Sonora, near Oposura; 7 April, 1887;
J. C. Cahoon.
358 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Cotype. — Xo. 214,152, 9 ; Sonora, near Oposura; 14 April, 1887;
J. C. Cahoon.
Dendroica aestiva ineditus Phillips
Dendroica aestiva ineditus Phillips, Auk, 28, 1911, p. 85.
Type. — Xo. 49,970, cf ; Tamaulipas, Matamoros; 19 August, 1908;
F. B. Armstrong.
Dendroica petechia alsoisa Peters
Dendroica petechia alsoisa Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 9, 1926, p. 41.
Type.— Xo. 112,651, cT ; Grenadines, Prune Island; 28 March, 1904;
Austin H. Clark.
Dendroica caerltlescens cairnsi Coues
Dendroica caerulescens cairnsi Coues, Auk, 14, 1897, p. 96.
Type. — • Xo. 247,562, cf ; Xorth Carolina, Buncombe Co.; 1 June,
1895; John S. Cairns.
Dendroica nigrifrons Brewster
now Dendroica auduboni nigrifrons Brewster
Dendroica nigrifrons Brewster, Auk, 6, 1889 (April), p. 94; separates issued in
advance, January 31, 1889.
Cotype. — Xo. 214,381, d^ ; Chihuahua, Pinos Altos; 5 June, 1888;
M. A. Frazar.
Cotype.— ^o. 214,382, 9 ; Chihuahua, Pinos Altos; 5 June, 1888;
M. A. Frazar.
Cotype. — Xo. 214,383, cf, juvenile; Chihuahua, Pinos Altos; 13
July, 1888; M. A. Frazar.
Dendroica virens waynei Bangs
Dendroica virens waynei Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 6, 1918, p. 93.
Type. — Xo. 81,495, cf ; South Carolina, Mount Pleasant; 25 April,
1918; A. T. Wayne.
Pinacantor vigorsii FLORIDA Maynard
now Dendroica pinus Florida (Maynard)
Pinacantor vigorsii florida Maynard, Directory to the Birds of Eastern North
America, 1907, p. 244.
bangs: types of birds 359
Coti/pc.— yo. 60,911, cf ; Florida, Deep Creek; 19 March, 1901;
C. J. Maynard.
Cotypc— No. 60,912, 9 ; Florida, Enterprise; 5 March, 1901; C. J.
Maynard.
Dendroica bahamensis Maynard
now Dendroica pinus achrustera Bangs
Dendroica hahamensis Maynard, Appendix to Cat. Birds West Indies, Nov. 29,
1899, p. 33, issued as a separate leaflet; (not Dendroica pityophila baha-
mensis Cory, Auk, 8, 1891, p. 348).
Dendroica achrustera Bangs, Auk, 17, 1900, p. 292; new name to replace Den-
droica bahamensis Maynard, preoccupied.
Cohjpe. — No. 103,351, d^ ; New Providence Island, Nassau; 6 March
1897; C. J. Maynard.
Cotype.— lSo. 103,352, 9; New Providence Island, Nassau; 6
INIarch, 1897; C. J. Maynard.
Dendroica vitellina nelsoni Bangs
Dendroica vitellina nelsoni Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, 62, 1919, p. 494.
Type.— ^o. 58,207, 9 ; Swan Island, off Honduras; 3 December
1912; George Nelson.
Sylvia tolmiei J. K. Townsend -
now Oporornis tolmiei (Townsend)
Sylvia tolmiei Townsend, Narrative, April, 1839, p. 343.
Cotype.— ^o. 35,008, & ; Columbia River; 31 May, 1835; J. K.
Townsend.
Our specimen bears two labels, one giving the full data, another
written by Greene Smith in whose collection it was and from whom we
received it, which reads — "This specimen belonged to J. J. Audubon.
I got it from John G. Bell."
As this is one of the original specimens collected by Townsend, it
must be given the same standing as all others that are still extant.
Ridgway claims the "type" in the United States National Museum,
but that specimen and ours are both cotypes. From the same specimens
collected by Townsend, Audubon later described his Sylvia macgilli-
vrayi COrn. Biog. 5, 1839, p. 75, pi. 399, figs. 4 and 5).
360 bulletin: museum of comparative zoc^logy
Geothlypis trichas ignota Chapman
Geothhjpis trichas ignota Chapman, Auk, 7, 1890, p. 11.
Coiiipc— No. 228,026, cf ; Florida, Tarpon Springs; 19 May, 1887;
W. E. D. Scott.
Cotype— No. 228,027, 9 ; Florida, Tarpon Springs; 27 May, 1887;
W. E. D. Scott.
Geothlypis trichas occidentalis Brewster
Geothlypis trichas occidentalis Brewster, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 8, 1883, p. 159.
Type— No. 205,550, cf ; Nevada, Truckee River; 4 May, 1881.
Geothlypis rostratus Bryant
Geothlypis rostratus Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 11, 1867, p. 67.
Cotype. — No. 73,316, cT ; Bahamas, New Providence Island; H.
Bryant.
Bryant mentioned collecting three specimens, all males. One cotype
is in the United States National Museum. I do not know where the
third specimen is.
Geothlypis may'nardi Bangs
Geothlypis maynardi Bangs, Auk, 17, 1900, p. 290.
Type. — No. 103,363; Bahamas, New Providence Island, Nassau;
11 May, 1897; C. J. Maynard.
I have never felt that Todd (Auk, 28, 1911, pp. 237-253) proved his
case in his attempt to unite rostrata and maynardi, and I, therefore,
retain maynardi. Our very good series certainly shows differences that
appear greater than those due to age or to individual variation. Todd
also did not disprove Maynard's contention that the birds in life can
always be told apart by the great differences in their respective songs.
In his attempt to discredit maynardi Todd brought forward a con-
spicuous fallacy — assuming that there cannot be two species closely
alike in one small island. This we all know happens in nature again
and again, not only in birds but in all groups of animals. Furthermore
Todd suggests that the difference in size that exists between the two
forms is probably due to maynardi being an older or more fully adult
stage. I know of no case of a passerine bird continuing to grow after its
first moult into the adult dress!
bangs: types of birds 361
MusciCAPA PusiLLA Wilson
now AViLSONiA PUSILLA PUSILLA (Wilson)
Muscicapa pusilla Wilson, Am. Orn., 3, 1811, p. 103, pi. 26, fig. 4.
Type. — Xo. 67,869; from the old Peale Museum.
t Setophaga nigrocincta Lafresnaye
= WiLSONiA CANADENSIS (Linne)
Setophaga nigro-cincta Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 292.
Type- — ■ Xo. 76,838; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,109; Colombia.
Muscicapa canadensis Linne, Syst. Nat., 1, 1766, p. 327.
Soon after Lafresnaye described his niqro-cincta, he detected his
mistake, and wrote a second label for the type specimens, so stating,
and with full and correct synonymy.
Myioborus aurantiacus acceptus Bangs
Myioborus aurantiacus acceptus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1908,
p. 30.
Type. — Xo. 109,564, 9 ; Panama, Boquete; 17 January, 1901 ; W.W.
Brown.
Setophaga ornata Boissonneau
now Myioborus ornatus (Boissonneau)
Setophaga ornata Boissonneau, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 70.
Type. — ■ Xo. 76,106; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,137; Santa Fe de
Bogota.
This specimen is the type of one of the twelve species described by
Boissonneau in the Revue Zoologique, 1840, pp. 66-71. Lafresnaye
bought the lot and the types of ten of the species are still in the collec-
tion, those of the other two have disappeared.
t Setophaga flaveola Lafresnaye
— Myioborus ornatus (Boissonneau)
Setophaga flaveola Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 81.
Type. — • Xo. 76,107; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,140; Bogota.
Setophaga ornata Boissonneau, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 70.
362 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
The type of flaveola as suggested by Salvin (Ibis, 1878, p. 315)
represents the immature plumage of M. ornata.
Setophaga brunneiceps Lafresnaye and d'Orbigny
now Myioborus brunneiceps (Lafresnaye and d'Orbigny)
Setophaga brunneiceps Lafresnaye and d'Orbigny, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 50.
Cotype. — No. 76,265; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,133; Bolivia,
Yungas; d'Orbigny.
Dr. Hellmayr considers this specimen to be a cotype. There is one
other cotype in the Paris Museum.
Trichas nigrocristatus Lafresnaye
now Myiothlypis nigrocristatus (Lafresnaye)
Trichas nigro-cristatus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 230.
Type. — No. 76,266; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,116; Bogota.
Lafresnaye's label for this specimen, reads — " Trichas nigro-crista-
tus nob. rev. 1840, p. 230, Bogota."
Three more examples were listed by Verreaux as "types" nos. 4,117,
4,118 and 4,119. None of these have labels that in any way suggest
that they are cotypes, and No. 4,119 is not this species at all, but
Basileuterus luteoviridis (Bonaparte).
Basileuterus melanotis DAEDALUS Bangs
now Basileuterus tristriatus daedalus Bangs
Basilenterus melanotis daedalus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21, 1908,
p. 160.
Type. — No. 120,709, cf ; western Colombia, San Antonio, Rio Cali;
27 December, 1907; M. G. Palmer.
t Sylvia miniata Lafresnaye
= Ergaticus ruber (Swainson)
Sylvia miniata Lafresnaye Mag. Zool., 1836, Class II, pi. 54, text and plate
(not Setophaga miniata Swainson).
Type.~lSo. 84,282; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 4,144; Mexico.
Setophaga rubra Swainson, Philos. Mag., new series, 1, 1827, p. 368.
bangs: types of birds 363
Lafresnaye tells us that his type was got by Salle — " II a ete trouve
en aout a Las Vegas, pres Jalapa." Some time later Lafresnaye secured
a second specimen, Xo. 4,143, that he identified correctly as Setophaga
rubra Swainson.
DREPAXIDIDAE
Certhia pacifica Gmelin
now Drepanis pacifica (Gmelin)
Certhia pacifica Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, 1788, p. 470.
Cotype — No. 236,875.
Our specimen is one of the two cotypes that were for years in the
Vienna Museum. It was secured from that institution by Doctor
Leonard C. Sanford, and came to us in exchange from him for one
of our pair of Ciridops — the unique female.
The two cotypes of Drepanis pacifica were bought from the Leverian
Museum by Fichtel, and at his death passed into the possession of the
Vienna Museum. I am told both specimens were collected by Captain
Cook, and ours at least was dried and not skinned (see Rothschild,
Birds of Laysan, p. 240).
In his Extinct Birds, Rothschild gives an account of the two cotypes
of Drepanis pacifica, one of which has now found its way into the
Museum of Comparative Zoology.
Vestiaria coccixea sl'avis Bangs
Vestiaria coccinea suavis Bang.s, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24, 1911, p. 29.
Type.— Xo. 115.059, & ; Molokai Island; 5 February, 1895; M. G.
Flood.
t Mellithreptus olivaceus Lafresnaye
= Heterorhynchus lucidus (Lichtenstein)
Mellithreptus olivaceus Lafresnaye, Rev. ZooL, 1839, p. 293.
Heterorhynchus olivaceus Lafresnaye Rev. ZooL, 1839, p. 293, footnote; Mag.
ZooL, 1839, pi. 10; Rev. ZooL, 1840, p. 221.
Type.— Xo. 75,289; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,677 bis; Sandwich
Islands.
Hemignathus lucidus Lichtenstein, Abh. K. Akad. Berlin, 1839, p. 451, tab. and
fig. 2.
364 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Lafresnaye wTote four labels for his specimen, which are as follows —
First Label — ■ " Gre Mellithreptus heorotaire S. G. heterorhynchus
olivaceus nob. mag. Mellithreptus olivaceus nob. rev. zool., 1839-10.
(lies Sanwich) il doit etre plus grimpeur que I'heor. Vest, d'apres son
pouce et la force de ses doigts."
Second Label — ■ " Vestiaria (Fleming) heterorhynchus less. rev.
zool. 1840, p. 269. heterorhynchus olivaceus, heterochytus, nob."
Third Label — "hemignathus, Licht. 1838 heterorhynchus nob.
1839 selon gray, hemig. lucidus Licht. Gray 16."
Fourth Label — " hemignathe olivatre Licht. hemignathus oliva-
ceus zool. de la Venus, ois, pi. 1, 5."
Lafresnaye's type is now in fairly good conilition. Some years ago,
while still mounted, it was sent for comparison to Professor Newton at
his request. The two trips across the Atlantic and probably a good deal
of handhng resulted in the loss of some of its feathers. It is now made
into a skin, and with care should last indefinitely. It is, of course, an
interesting historical specimen of a now extinct species, of which very
few examples exist in Museums.
Lafresnaye bought the bird for 25 francs from DuPont, to whom
Lechlancher had sold some skins collected during the course of the
voyage of the Venus. From this same source Bourcier procured his
type of Costa's humming bird, Calypic cosfor (Bourcier).
Lafresnaye also had in his cabinet two specimens of Chlorodrcpanin
chloris Cabanis, Nos. 5,683 and 5,684, which were collected during the
course of the voyage of the Venus. These specimens much puzzled
Lafresnaye, who, after suggesting several names on the labels, finally
called them, with a query, the young of his Ilctrrorhynckm olivaceus.
There is also in the collection a fine adult male of the now
extinct Loxops rufa (Blosam) of Oahu. Lafresnaye wrote no label for
this specimen, and its history is, therefore, lost, but doubtless it was
from the same source as his other Drepanididac. So far as we have
been able to tell, the specimen was not listed by Verreaux in his cata-
logue; it is, however, a Lafresnaye bird, mounted on the same style
of stand, and put up as are the characteristic French mounts of the
period.
PSITTACIROSTRA PSITTACEA OPPIDAXA Bangs
Psittacirostra psittacea oppidana Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24, 1911,
p. 30.
Type— No. 115,047, cT ; Molokai Island; 8 February, 1895; M. J.
Flood.
bangs: types of birds 3(io
Hartert (Nov. Zool., 26, 1919, p. 170) says " Psittiroatm opjndana
Bangs, IMolokai, is }wt separable from P. p. imtiacea." So far as our
material, which is pretty good, goes, this is not true. All our Molokai
birds are easily told from all in a long series from Hawaii.
MOTACILLIDAE
BuDYTES FLAVUS PLEXUS Thayer and Bangs
Buchjtes flavus plexus Thayer and Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 5, 1914,
p. 41.
Ti/pe. — No. 64,033, cf ; Siberia, Kolyma, Xijni Kolymsk; 2 June,
1912; J. Koren.
Hartert looked upon this form with disfavor. Sushkin, however, on
the basis of eighteen specimens, recognizes it in his review of the
Asiatic forms of B. flaws (Proc. Bost. Soc. X. H., 38, 1925, p. 31).
Anthus phillipsi W. S. Brooks
Anthus phillipsi Brooks, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 6, 1916, p. 26.
Type.— No. 70,370, cf ; Falkland Islands, Port Stanley; 30 October,
1915; W. S. Brooks.
ALAUDIDAE
Alal'da albofasciata Lafresnaye
now Certhilauda albofasciata albofasciata (Lafresnaye)
Alauda albofasciata Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1836, CI. II, pi. 58, text.
Certhilauda albofasciata Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 18.36, CI. II, pi. 58, plate.
Type. — Xo. 83,866; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,292; Cape of Good
Hope; M. M. Verreaux fils.
There is one other specimen in the Lafresnaye Collection, M. C. Z.,
no. 83,865, Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,294, which is the individual
mentioned by Lafresnaye as having less black in the central portions of
the feathers of the upper parts, and with brighter under parts. The
original description, however, as well as the plate, were made from the
specimen we list here as the type.
t Alauda rufopalli.\ta Lafresnaye
= Certhilauda semitorquata A. Smith
Alauda rufo-palliata Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1836, pi. 59, text.
Certhilauda rufo-palliata Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1836, CI. 2, pi. 59, plate.
366 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Type. — No. 83,S67; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,292; "Af. merid.
Verreaux."
Certhilauda semiiorquata A. Smith, Rep. Exp., 1836, p. 47; Ills. S. Afr., 1846,
pi. 106.
Lafresnaye and Smith, both described this species in the same year,
1836; Smith's name, however, appeared first.
t Al.\uda cornuta Wilson
= Eremophila alpestris alpestris (Linne)
Alauda cornuta Wilson, Am. Orn., 1, 1808, p. 87.
Type. — No. 67,856; from the old Peale Museum.
Alauda alpestris Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1, 1758, p. 166.
t Otocoris alpestris euroa Thayer and Bangs
= Eremophila alpestris flava (Gmelin)
Otocoris alpestris euroa Thayer and Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 5, 1914,
p. 43.
Type— No. 64,038, d" ; Siberia, Kolyma, Nijni Kolymsk; 14 May,
1912; J. Koren.
Alauda flava Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, 1788, p. 800.
Jordans (Journ. f. Orn., 73, 1925, pp. 446-452) has reduced our
euroa to the synonymy of flora. ^Ye have here a fair series of European
birds and also a number of skins of migrants from northern China.
All I can say is that among all these there are none so pale as the
Kolyma individuals.
Otocoris alpestris merrilli Dwight
now Eremophil\ alpestris merrilli (Dwight)
Otocoris alpestris merrilli Dwight, Auk, 7, 1890, p. 153.
Cotype.— No. 219,51(), a" ad.; Oregon, Fort Klamath; 1 July, 1887;
J. C. Merrill.
Cotype.— No. 219,538, 9 ad.; Oregon, Fort Klamath; 23 May, 1887;
J. C. Merrill.
Cotype. — No. 218,857, cT ; Oregon, Fort Klamath; 13 September,
1887;^S. Parker.
Cotype.— No. 218,882, 9 ; Oregon, Fort Klamath; 26 October. 1887;
S. Parker.
bangs: types of birds 367
Cotype— No. 219,524, cf , juvenile; Oregon, Fort Klamath; 1 July,
1887;'j. C. Merrill.
I suppose Dwight made this long array of eotypes in the Brewster
Collection to cover all the different plumages — summer, autumn, and
juvenile.
Otocoris alpestris adusta Dwight
now P]remophila alpestris adusta (Dwight)
Otocoris alpestris adusta Dwight, Auk, 7, 1890, p. 148.
Cotype— No. 223.575, cf ; Arizona, Camp Huachuca; 21 February,
1887; J. C. Cahoon.
Cotype.— No. 223,588, 9 ; Arizona, Camp Huachuca; 2 March, 1887;
J. C. Cahoon.
Cotype.— No. 223,555, (f ; Chihuahua, Chihuahua; 28 September,
1888 ;"m. a. Frazar.
Alauda gulgula pescadoresi La Touche
Alauda gidgula pescadoresi La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 20.
Type.— No. 126,210; Pescadores Islands; 10 February, 1894.
t Alauda albescens Lafresnaye
= Mirafra nivosa (Swainson)
Apalvda albescens Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 259.
Type.— 'So. 76,247; Lafresnaye Collection, no.' 3,261; "Africa
australi."
Certhilauda nivosa Swainson, W. Af., 1, 1837, p. 213.
Lafresnaye's type is an adult bird in the gray winter plumage.
t Alauda guttata liafresnaye
= Mirafra nivosa (Swainson)
Alauda guttata Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 2.59.
Type.— No. 76,248; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,260; "Africa
australi."
Certhilauda nivosa Swainson, W. Af., 1, 1837, p. 213.
The type of Lafresnaye's guttata is an immature bird, very reddish
brown above with whitish tips to the feathers, giving the upper parts
a spotted appearance.
368 bulletin: museim of comparative zoology
Galerida cristata retrusa Bangs and Peters
Galerida cristata retrusa Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68, 1928,
p. 370.
Type. — ■ No. 238,709, cf ; western Kansu, Kanchovv plain, foot of the
northern Kanchow Nanshan; November, 1925; Joseph F. Rock.
Alauda ferrugixea Lafresnaye
now Ammomanes burra nom. nov.
Alauda ferruginea Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 258 (not Alauda ferruginea
F. S. Voigt, in Cuvier, Thierreich, 1, 1831, p. 551).
Alauda ferruginea Smith, Ills. Zool., S. Afr., Aves, 1839, pi. 29 (not Alauda
ferruginea Voigt).
Type. — No. 76,171; Lafresnaye Collection, No, 3,254; 'Africa
australi."
Smith and Lafresnaye used the same name for this species, when
they simultaneously described it as new. It really makes no difference
which name actually appeared first, as both are preoccupied by ferru-
ginea of Voigt, given to a different species. As I find no other name that
applies to the present species I have had to rename it as above.
CATAMBLYRHYNCHIDAE
Catamblyrhynchus diadema Lafresnaye
Catamhlyrhijnchus diadema diadema Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 301; Mag.
Zool., 1843, pi. 34.
Type.— No. 76,262; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,804; "Colombie,
Bogota."
There are two more specimens in the Lafresnaye Collection, one with
a label which makes it plain that it was received at a later date than
was the type ; the other an immature bird.
FRINGILLIDAE
Eophona migratoria harterti La Touche
Eophona migratoria harterti La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 150.
Cotype.- No. 125,832, cf ; Yunnan, Milati; 9 January, 1921.
Cotype.— No. 125,833, 9 ; Yunnan, Milati; 10 February, 1921.
bangs: types of birds 369
I wholly agree with Rothschild (Nov. Zool., 33, 1926, p. 334) that
this is a form which may prove to be too close to true viigratoria, but
for the present I follow him and recognize it.
Hesperiphona abeillei pallida Nelson
Hesperiphona abeillei pallida Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 41, 1928,
p. 155.
Tppc. — Xo. 222,053, 9 ; Chihuahua, Jesus Maria; June, 1883;
R. R. McLeod.
t Coccothraustes fortirostris Lafresnaye
= Mycerobas melanoxanthus Hodgson
Coccothraustes fortirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 228.
r^i^e.— No. -77,042; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,682; "Hymalay-
enses montes."
Mycerobas melanoxanthus Hodgson, Icon, Ined.in Brit. Mas., Passeres; As. Res.
1836, 19, p. 150.
Lafresnaye's type is an adult female. He bought it of Boissonneau.
PiTYLUS aureoventris d'Orbiguy and Lafresnaye
now Pheucticus aureoventris (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Pitylus aureo-ventris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. de Zool., 1837, p. 84.
Cotype. — No. 76,580; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,670, cf ; Bolivia,
Yungas, Sicasica; d'Orbigny.
Dr. Hellmayr tells me that there are two other cotypes in the Paris
Museum, one cf , Sicasica and one 9 , just labelled Bolivia.
t LoxiA ROSEA Wilson
= Hedymeles ludovictana (Linne)
Loxia rosea Wilson, Am. Om., 2, 1810, p. 1.35, pi. 17, fig. 2.
Type. — • No. 67,864 [cf 1; from the old Peale Museum.
Loxia ludoviciana Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, 1, 1766, p. 306.
t Cyanqcompsa concreta sanctae-martae Bangs
= Cyanocompsa cyanoides cyanoides (Lafresnaye)
Cyanocompsa concreta sanctae-martae Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12,
1898, p. 1.39.
370 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Type. — No. 105,361, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 2 February, 1S9S;
W. W. Brown.
Coccobirus cyanoides Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 74.
Cyanocompsa parellina beneplactta Bangs
Cyanocompsa parellina beneplactta Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 28,
1915, p. 126.
Type. — No. 49,685, cf ; Mexico, Tamaulipas, Santa Leonor; 5 April,
1909; F. B. Armstrong.
Pyrrhula glaltco-caerulea d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Cyanoloxia glauco-caerulea (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Pyrrhula glauco-caerulea d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 85.
Coiype. — No. 76,649, cf ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,655; "Maldo-
nedo, rep. orient."; d'Orbigny.
There is one other cotype, an adult male in the Paris Museum.
LoxiGiLLA noctis sclateri Allen
now Pyrrhulagra noctis sclateri (Allen)
Loxigilla noctis sclateri Allen, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 5, 1880, p. 166.
Cotypes.— No. 26,693; 27,365-67; 28,627-29; West Indies, Saint
Lucia; John Semper.
J. A. Allen based this form on eight males received from Semper from
Saint Lucia. One of the cotypes, No. 26,692, was exchanged to C. B.
Cory, and is now in the Field Museum of Natural History at Chicago.
Coccothraustes cinerea Lafresnaye
now PiEZORHiNA CINEREA (Lafresnaye)
Coccothraustes cinerea Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1843, Ois., pi. 30, text.
Guiraca cinerea Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1843, Ois., pi. 30, plate.
Type. — No. 76,626; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,845.
The type was collected by Leclancher on the voyage of the Veniis,
and was said to have come from the Galapagos. The species is common
in the arid coastal regions of northwest Peru, whence without much
doubt the type actually came.
bangs: types of birds 371
t TiARis OLiVACEA DissiTA Tliaver and Bangs
= TiARis OLIVACEA PusiLLA Swainson
Tiaris olivacea dissita Thaj^er and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46, 1906,
p. 223.
Type. — Xo. 1 14,212, cf ; Panama, near Panama City; 14 Mav, 1904;
W. \\. Brown.
Tiaris pusiUa Swainson, Philos. Mag., new series, 1, 1827, p. 438.
I have long since given up this supposed Panama race, which proves
to have been based on individual peculiarities.
Tiaris bicolor expectata Noble
Tiaris bicolor expectata Noble, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 60, 1916, p. 385.
Type— Xo. 113,109, c^ ; Lesser Antilles, Grenada; 19 June, 1904;
Austin H. Clark.
Sporophila schistacea arthuri Penard
Sporophila schistacea arthuri Penard, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 36, 1923,
p. 59.
Type. — X"o. 89,377, 9 ; Surinam, Lelydorp; 19 October, 1921.
Sporophila minuta centralis Bangs and Penard
Sporophila minuta centralis Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62,
1918, p. 90.
Type. — No. 40,784, d^ ; Panama, near Panama; 19 Mav, 1904;
W. W. Brown.
Spermophil\ palustris Barrows
now Sporophila palustris (Barrows)
Spermophila palustris Barrows, Bull. Xutt. Orn. Club, 8, 1881, p. 72.
Cotypr. — X'^o. 31,309, cf ; Argentina, Entre Rios, Concepcion del
Uruguay; 7 December, 1880; W. B. Barrows.
Cotypr. — Xo. 31,597, cf ; Argentina, Entre Rios, Concepcion dil
Uruguay; 7 December, 1880; \Y. B. Barrows.
Two other cotypes are in the British Museum. These were figured
by Sharpe, Cat. of Birds British Mus., 12, 1888, plate 2.
372 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t Spermophila olivaceoflava Lafresnaye
= Sporophila crispa crispa (Linne)
Sperrnophila oUvaceo-flava Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 291.
Type. — -No. 77,372; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,628; Colombia.
Fringilla crispa Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1766, p. 324.
The type of Lafresnaye's 8. olivaceoflava is not a young bird, but an
adult in the so-called " seasonal plumage " described by Sharpe (British
Mus. Cat., 12, 1888, p. 128). It may be briefly described as follows:—
upper parts, including crown and sides of head, dull olive; throat, chest
and sides dark brownish olive; a blackish band separating the colors
of chest and breast; breast and belly dull yellow; no white alar spot.
In our extensive series of S. crispa which includes adults in both fresh
and abraded plumage and young of \'arious ages, we have none like
Lafresnaye's type and it is hard to belie\e that the plumage described
is of seasonal character. Do not the birds like it represent a distinct
species? If so Lafresnaye's name is available.
In my opinion Fringilla crispa Linne, based upon the Black and
Yellow Frizzled Sparrow of Edwards, 1760, part 2, p. 128, pi. 271, is
the proper name for the species currently called Sporophila giitturahs
{Fringilla gutturalis Lichtenstein, Verz. Doubl., 1823, p. 26, Sao
Paulo). Edwards's plate agrees exactly in measurements and color
with this species except that the yellow is a little too vivid. It was
drawn from a living Ijird in possession of Airs. Clayton. The frizzled
appearance of the feathers is simply due to the fact that the individual
was in confinement. Buffon's plate 319 of the Bouvreuil, Sporophila
lineola, also shows the curved feathers, evidently also the result of
captivity.
Spermophila luctuosa Lafresnaye
now Sporophila luctuosa (Lafresnaye)
Spermophila Sw. hicluosa Lafresnaj^e, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 291.
Cotype. — No. 76,629, cf ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,629; Colombia.
Cotype. — No. 76,630, cf ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,630; Colombia.
The two specimens are exactly alike, and as Lafresnaye wrote pre-
cisely similar labels for both, both are cotypes.
Fringilla analis Lafresnaye
now Idiospiza analis analis (Lafresnaye)
Fringilla analis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 291.
bangs: types of birds 373
■ Ti/pr. — -No. 76,646; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,577; "Colombie;
nlle. Grenade."
t rinqiUa analls has usualh' been considered a svnonvm of Cata-
metiia analoidcs (Lafresnaye), but the type, which is a female and
which came from Colombia, is without Avhite in the tail and proves on
comparison to belong to the form that was long afterwards named
Catnmrnio inornata m nor by Berlepsch (P. Z. S., 1885, p. 115).
I wholly agree with Todd and with Chapman that Idiospiza and
Catamcnia must be maintained as distinct genera, and as Lafresnaye's
species belongs to the former, his name is no longer preoccupied by
Linaria ( = Cafamenia) ancdis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye (1837). The
Bolivian form of the species now becomes Idiospiza analia inornata
(Lafresnaye).
Linaria analis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Catamenia analis analis (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Linaria analis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837. p. 83.
Coiype. — No. 76,647, cf ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,575; "Sicasica,
cochabamba"; d'Orbigny.
Cotype. — No. 76,648, 9; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,576; " Bo-
livia"; d'Orbigny.
In the Paris Museum are also two cotypes, cf , Bolivia and 9 ,
Cochabamba.
Catamenia alpica Bangs
Catamenia alpica Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 89.
Type. — No. 106,248, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Par-
amo de Chiruqua, 15,000 feet altitude; 27 February, 1899; W. W.
Brown.
t Cardinalis BERMUDiANUS Bangs and Bradlee
= RiCHMONDENA CARDINALIS CARDINALIS (Linne)
Cardinalis bermudianus Bangs and Bradlee, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 256.
Type.— No. 39,132, d"; Bermuda, Hamilton; 8 March, 1901; T. S.
Bradlee.
Loxia cardinalis Linne, Sy.st. Nat., ed. 10, 1, 1758, p. 172.
Mr. A. H. Verrill also named the Bermuda Cardinal, his description
and Bradlee's and mine appearing simultaneously. I now wholly
agree with Ridgway that the race cannot be maintained, and it, there-
fore, matters not whose name actually appeared first.
374 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Cardinalis cardinalis magnirostris Bangs
now Richmondena cardinalis magnirostris (Bangs)
Cardinalis cardinalis magnirostris Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1903,
p. 5.
Type. — No. 110,834, cf ; Louisiana, Baton Rouge Parish; 26 Janu-
ary,'1903; F. H. Carruth, Jr.
Cardinalis cardinalis flammiger Peters
now Richmondena cardinalis flammiger (Peters)
Cardinalis cardinalis flammiger Peters, Auk, 30, 1913, p. 380.
Type. — ^ No. 60,629, cf ; Mexico, Quintana Roo, Xcopen; 8 March
1912; J. L.Peters.
t Pitylus .^tropurpuratus Lafresnaye
= Rhodothraupis celaeno (Lichtenstein) adult male.
Pitylus atro-purpuratus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 224.
Type. — No. 76,576 ,[adult cf J; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,223;
Mexico.
Tanagra celaeno Lichtenstein, Preis-Verz. Me.x., Vog., 1831, p. 2.
Lafresnaye had another adult c^ in his cabinet, no. 3,224, but this
is not a cotype, as Lafresnaye wrote a wholly differently worded label
for it. He also had an immature example that he thought came from
California and represented a new species, for which he wrote a label
that reads — " Californie, Leinier, nov. species?"
t Pitylus atroolivaceus Lafresnaye
= Rhodothraupis celaeno (Lichtenstein) adult female
Pitylus atro-olivaceus Lafresnaye Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 224.
Type. — No. 76,578 [adult 9]; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,225;
Mexico.
Tanagra celaeno Lichtenstein, Preis-Verz. Mex., Vog., 1831, p. 2.
Lafresnaye described the male and female of this species thinking
them to represent two distinct species.
I
I
bangs: types of birds 375
Pyrrhula raptor Cabot
now Saltator atriceps raptor (Cabot)
Pyrrhula raptor Cabot, Boston Jour, of N. H., 5, 1844, p. 90, pi. 12.
Cofypc. — ■ Xo. 72,574, d' ; Yucatan; S. Cabot.
Cofype. — Xo. 76,958, cf ; Yucatan; S. Cabot.
The latter cotype turned up unexpectedly with some other Cabot
birds, that had been taken off exhil:)ition and found packed awa}' in a
box, after I had published a list of the Cabot types (Auk, 31, 1915,
p. 169). Besides these male cotypes, there are three Cabot specimens
of Saltaior grandis yucafanensis Berlepsch, which Cabot thought were
females of his raptor. These are X'os. 72,520, 76,959, and 76,960. The
last two were in the box with the extra male cotype.
Saltator lacertosus Bangs
now Saltator .\triceps lacertosus Bangs
Saltator lacertosus Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1900, p. .31.
Type. — X'^o. 107,524, 9 ; Panama, Loma del Leon; 10 March, 1900;
W. \\. Brown.
Saltator magnoides Lafresnaye
now Salt.\tor maximus magnoides Lafresnaye
Saltator magnoides Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 41.
Type. — • Xo. 76,563; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,186; "Mexique;"
error, = Guatemala.
The type is in excellent condition and agrees minutely with Lafres-
naye's description. Another specimen, X"o. 3,185, belongs to the same
subspecies but judged by the written label was acquired by Lafresnaye
at a later date and is not a cotype, while the third specimen listed by
Verreaux as a "type," X"o. 3,184 is without a label and belongs to
another subspecies — the Mexican Saltator maximus cjigantodes
Cabanis. (Cf. Peters, Bull. Mus.Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 467 for change
in the names of the Mexican and Central American races).
Saltator maximus iungens Griscom
Saltator maximus iungens Griscom, Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 184.
Type. — X'o. 140,509, cf ; Eastern Panama, Cana; 5 April, 1928;
Rex R. Benson.
376 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Saltator similis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
Saltator similis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 36.
Cotypc— No. 76,574; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,197; " Corrientes,
Argentina"; d'Orbigny.
One cotype is in the Paris Museum.
t Saltator icterophrys Lafresnave
= .Saltator graxdis (Lichtenstein)
Saltator icterophrys Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 41.
Type. — -No. 76,613; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,196; Mexico.
Tanagra grandis Lichtenstein, Preis-Verz. Mex., Vog., 1831, p. 2.
Lafresnaye's type is a young bird in the greenish plumage with
yellowish throat and superciliaries.
Saltator olivascens brewstert Bangs and Penard
Saltator olivascens brewsteri Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62,
1918, p. 91.
Type.— :So. 230,845, & ; Trinidad, Caparo; 22 March, 1894; Wm.
Brewster.
Saltator orenocensis Lafresnaye
now Saltator orenocensis orenocensis Lafresnaye
Saltator orenocensis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 274.
Cotypc. — -No. 76,571; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,190; "Cote
ferme, Embouches de I'orenoque."
Cotype. — No. 76,572; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,191 ; " Cote ferme,
Embouches de I'orenoque."
For his two specimens, Lafresnaye wrote labels exactly alike.
Saltator aurantiirostris nasica ^Yetmore and Peters
Saltator aurantiirostris nasica Wetmore and Peters, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing-
ton, 35, 1922, p. 45.
Type.— No. 85,819, 9 ; Argentina, Mendoza, Potrerillos; 19 March,
1921; J. L. Peters.
bangs: types of birds 377
t Saltator gularis Sclater
= Saltator maxillosi^s Cabanis
Saltator gularis Sclater, P. Z. S., 1856, p. 74, ex Lafr. MS. in museo suo.
Ti/pe. — No. 76,573; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,198; Brazil.
Saltator maxillos^ls Cabanis, Mus. Hein., 1, 1851, p. 142.
Saltator strl\tipktus Lafresnaye
now Saltator stri.atipictus strl\tipictus Lafresnaye
Saltator striatipictus (sic) Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 73.
Cotypc. — No. 76,564; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,205; "Nov. gran.
Caly" [=Cali, western Colombia.]
Our specimen. No. 76,564, from the type locality, must be considered
a cotype of the species, and to this Dr. vStone wholly agrees. The one in
Philadelphia listed by Stone (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 51)
is also a cotype.
t Saltator maculipectus Lafresnaye
= Saltator strl\tipictus strlatipictus Lafresnaye
Saltator maculipectus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 73.
Ti/pr. — No. 76,567; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,210; "Nova
Grenada."
Saltator striatipictus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 73. '
There is no doubt but that this bird is the type. It is in much abraded
plumage very gray above and very white below, with a conspicuous
yellow tip to the bill, thus answering perfectly to Lafresnaye's descrip-
tion. The specimen in Philadelphia listed by Stone as a possible type,
I do not consider to be such; and now neither does Stone.
Saltator striatipictus furax Bangs and Penard
Saltator striatipictus furax Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 63,
1919, p. 32.
Type. — No. 118,651, cf ; Costa Rica, Lagarto, Boruca; 27 May,
1906; C. F. L'nderwood.
wSaltator striatipictus speratus Bangs and Penard
Saltator striatipictus speratus Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 63,
1919, p 33.
378 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Type. — No. 140,501, cf ; Saboga Island, Pearl Islands, Ba}' of
Panama; 6 April, 1904; W. W. Brown.
Saltator guadelupensis Lafresnaye
now Saltator albicollis guadelupensis Lafresnaye
Saltator guadelupensis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 167.
Type. — No. 76,568; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 167; Guadeloupe;
THerminier.
The type, an adult bird, is in fine condition. Two additional speci-
mens, Nos. 3,203 and 3,204, judged by labels written for them by
Lafresnaye, are not cotypes.
In my opinion the Guadeloupe bird is easily separable from Saltator
albicollis albicollis Meillot, the t\'pe locality of which was fixed by
Berlepsch as Martinique. Comparing adults only I should arrange our
large series of West Indian skins as follows:
1. Saltator albicollis albicollis Vieillot, ^lartinique and St. Lucia.
Paler and whiter, less tawny or yellowish below.
2. Saltator albicollis guadelupensis Lafresnaye, Guadeloupe and
Dominica.
Darker below and much suffused with tawny or yellowish.
Spinus spinescens capitaneus Bangs
Spinus spinescens capitaneus Bangs, Pi'oc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898,
p. 178.
Type. — No. 105,674, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, San
Miguel; 14 June, 1898; W. W. Brown.
Carduelis .\tratus d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Spinus atratus (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Carduelis atratus d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 83.
Cotype. — No. 76,651, cf ; La Paz, Bolivia; d'Orbigny.
In the Paris Museum there are two more cotypes, an adult male and
an immature male.
Carduelis colombianus Lafresnaye
now Spinus psaltria colombianus (Lafresnaye)
Carduelis colombianus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 292.
Type. — No. 76,662; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,750; " Colombie."
[adult cf ].
bangs: types of birds 379
One other adult male in the collection, no. 6,751 is not a cotype,
Lafresnaye himself identifying it as '' Carduelis mei-icarms? Sw." or
"boliviamis," and finally, apparently long afterwards, writing across
the label " columbinus" (sic).
I do not recognize the genus Astragalimif, as I cannot distinguish it
from Spinus.
t AcANTHis BREWSTERII Ridgway
= Hybrid: Acanthis linaria linaria (Linne) X Spinus pinus
piNUS (Wilson)
Acanthis brewsterii Ridgrvvay, American Naturalist, 6, 1872 (July), p. 433.
Type.— No. 200,756, d^ ; Mass., Waltham; 1 November, 1870; Wm.
Brewster.
Leucosticte griseonucha maxima W. S. Brooks
Leucosticte griseonucha maxima W. S. Brooks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 59, 1915,
p. 405.
Type. — No. 66,725, cf ; Copper Island, Commander Islands; 7
May, 1913; J. Dixon.
Leucosticte tephrocotis australis Ridgway
now Leucosticte australis (Ridgway)
Leucosticte tephrocotis var. australis Ridgway, Bull. Essex Inst., 5, 1873, p. 197.
Cotype. — No. 15,724, cf ; Colorado, Mount Lincoln, "above timber
line"; 25 July, 1871 ; Exped. to the Rocky Mountains.
Cotype — No. 15,721, 9 ; Colorado, Mount Lincoln, "above timber
line"; 25 July, 1871; Exped. to the Rocky Mountains.
Linaria caniceps d'Orbigny
now Serinus caniceps (d'Orbigny)
Linaria caniceps d'Orbigny in La Sagra, Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1840, ( = 1839),
p. 107, atlas, pi. 16.
Type. — No. 83,869; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,785; Cuba (escaped
cage bird).
Penard and I (Auk, 37, 1920, p. 58) have already published an ac-
count of this specimen, and use d'Orbigny's name to supplant Serinus
Jiarflaubi (Bolle) of West Africa.
380 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
SiCALis flaveola valida Bangs and Penard
Sicalis flaveola valida Bangs and Penard, Bull. Miis. Comp. Zool., 64, 1921, p.
396.
Type— No. 79,766, cf ; Peru, Sullana; 29 July, 1916; G. K. Noble.
Sycalis browni Bangs
now Sicalis citrina browni Bang's
Sycalis browni Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1S98, p. 139.
Type. — Xo. 105,359, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 2 February, 189S;
\Y. W. Brown.
Carpodacus mexicanus potosinus Griscom
now Erythrina mexicana potosina (Griscom)
Carpodacus mexicanus potosimis Griscom, Am. Mus. Xovitates, no. 293, 1928,
p. 5.
Type. — Xo. 27,953, cf ; Mexico, San Luis Potosi; 24 March; Edward
Palmer.
Carpodacus synoica petrae Phillips
now Erythrina synoica petrae (Phillips)
Carpodacus synoica petrae Phillips, Auk, 32, 191.5, p. 288.
Type.— Xo. 66,024, cf ; Arabia, Petra; 28 April, 1914; J. C. Phillips.
Pyrrhula griseiventris Lafresnaye
now Pyrrhula pyrrhula griseiventris Lafresnaye
Pyrrhula griseiventris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 241.
Type. — Xo. 76,616; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,806.
Lafresnaye's type is a fine adult male with a rosy throat. Apparently-
judged by his written label, he knew nothing of its origin.
Pyrrhula ricketti La Touche
now Pyrrhula nipalensis ricketti La Touche
Pyrrhula ricketti La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 16, 190.5, p. 21.
Cotype.— ^o. 125,8.58, & ; N. W. Fohkien, Kuatun; 3 April, 1898;
La Touche Collection.
bangs: types of birds 381
Cotype.— 'So. 125,859, 9 ; N. W. Fohkien, Kuatun; 5 April, 1898;
La Touche Collection.
PiNICOLA ENUCLEATOR PACATA Bangs
Pinicola enucleator pacata Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 54, 1913, p. 472.
Type. — No. 57,927, cf ; Altai Mountains, Topueho; 9 August, 1912;
N. HoUister.
Emberiza fucata fluviatilis La Touche
Emberiza fucata fluviatilis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 46, 1925, p. 23.
Type.— ^o. 125,341, d" ; eastern China, Chinkiang; 11 May, 1902;
La Touche Collection.
Emberiza fuc.\ta kuatunensis La Touche
Emberiza fucata kuatunensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 46, 1925, p. 23.
Cotype — No. 125,344, d" ; X. W. Fohkien, Kuatun; 23 April, 1898;
La Touche Collection.
Cotype.^ Xo. 125,345, 9 ; X. W. Fohkien, Kuatun; 13 May, 1897;
La Touche Collection.
Emberiza cia styaxi La Touche
now Emberiza godlewskii styani La Touche
Emberiza cia styani La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 81.
Type. — Xo. 125,662, cT; X. W. Szechuan, Sungpan; Xovember,
1897.
I think Hartert (Vog. Pal. Fauna, Nachtrag 1 , 1923, p. 25) is wrong in
placing this name as a synonym of Emberiza cia omissa Rothschild.
La Touche's type is a liird in full autumnal plumage, and undoubtedly
was a migrant. It is larger (wing 85),' paler, especially above, and other-
wise different from rjmissa. It is not nanshanica Sushkin, of which
we have a good series, including both summer and winter killed birds,
and which is a much paler race. It seems to me to be quite the same
as the form later named Emberiza gndletcikii bangsi hy Sushkin, of
which I believe it to be a stray migrant.
Sushkin, I think, has made it perfectly clear that Emberiza cia and
subspecies, must be kept specifically distinct from Emberiza godlewskii
and subspecies.
382 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t Emberiza godlewskii bangsi Sushkin
= Emberiza godlewskii styani La Touche
Emberiza godlewskii bangsi Sushkin, Proc .Bost. Soc. N. H., 38, 1925, p. 27.
Type.— No. 87,699, &; Shansi, Pashni; 14 September, 1921; F. R.
Wulsin.
Emberiza cia styani La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 81.
Emberiza cioides fohkienensis La Touche
Emberiza cioides fohkienensis La Touche, Birds of Eastern China, pt. 4, 1927,
p. 360.
Type. — No. 125,726, d^ ; Fuhkien, Foochow; 1 April, 1896.
Passerculus sandwichensis labradorius Howe
Passer cuius sandvoichensis labradorius Howe, Contributions to N. Am. Ornith.,
1, 1901, p. 1.
Type.— No. 104,479, cf ; Labrador, Lance au Loup; 17 May, 1899.
In spite of anything that may have been said of it, the large dark
Savannah sparrow of Labrador is an excellent race.
t Fringilla passerina Wilson
now Ammodramus savannarum australis (Maynard)
Fringilla passerina Wilson, Am. Orn., 3, 1811, p. 76, pi. 24, fig. .5 (not Fringilla
passerina Bechstein, in Latham, Allg. Ueb. Vogel, 3, 1798, p. 544, pi. 120,
fig. 1.)
Type. — No. 67,857; from the old Peale Museum.
Ammodramus savannarum borinquensis Peters
Ammodramus savannarum borinquensis Peters, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 30,
1917, p. 95.
Type.— :So. 80,493, cf' ; Porto Rico, Cabo Rojo; 5 February, 1917;
J. L. Peters.
Coturniculus savannarum cracens Bangs and Peck
now Ammodramus savannarum cracens (Bangs and Peck)
Coturniculus savannarum cracens Bangs and Peck, Proc. Biol. Soc. W^ashington,
21, 1908, p. 45.
Type. — No. 119,770, cf; British Honduras, Ycacos Lagoon; 10
March, 1907; M. E. Peck.
bangs: types of birds 383
Ammodramus caudacutus nelsoni Allen
now Passerherbulfs caudacutus nelsoni (Allen)
Amniodroinus caudacutus var. iielsoiti Allen, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 17, 1875,
p. 293.
Cotypc. — No. 24,407; Illinois, Calumet Marshes (now South Chi-
cago); October, 1874; E. W. Nelson.
Coiypc. — No. 24,408; Illinois, Calumet Marshes (now South Chi-
cago); October, 1874; E. \Y. Nelson.
t Aj\:modramus henslowti occidentalis Brewster
= Passerherbulus henslowii henslowii (Audubon)
Ammodramus henslowii occidentalis Brewster, Auk, 8, (April), 1891, p. 145;
separates issued in advance, February 17, 1891.
Type.— - No. 225,959; South Dakota, Moody County; 16 June, 1882.
Emberiza henslowii Audubon, Orn. Biog., 1, 1831, p. 360, pi. 70.
Passerherbulus henslowii susurrans Brewster
Passerherbulus henslowii susurrans Brewster, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 6,
1918, p. 77.
Type.— No. 205,260, cf ; Virginia, Falls Church; 12 July, 1879; P. L.
Jouy.
Myospiza humeralis tucumanensis Bangs and Penard
Myospiza humeralis tucumanensis Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
62, 1918, p. 92.
Typc.— Xo. 80,925, cT ; Tucuman, Tapia; 18 December, 1901; L.
Dinelli.
Aimophila rufescens hypaethrus Bangs
Aimophila rufescens hypaethrus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 22, 1909,
p. 37.
Type. — No. 121,606, cf ; Costa Rica, Cerro Santa Maria; 4 January,
1908; C. F. Underwood.
Aimophila mcleodii Brewster
now Aimophila rufescens mcleodii Brewster
Aimophila mcleodii Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 92.
Cotype. — No. 214,127, cf; Chihuahua, El Carmen; 3 June, 1885;
R. R."^McLeod.
384 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Cotype— No. 214,128, 9 ; Chihuahua, El Carmen; 10 November,
1884; R. R. McLeod.
t AiMOPHiLA CAHooNi Brewster
= AiMOPHiLA RUFESCENS MCLEODii Brewster
Aimophila cahooni Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 93.
Cotype. — No. 214,129, cf ; Sonora, near Oposura; 2 June, 1887;
J. C. Cahoon.
Cotype. — No. 214,130, 9 ; Sonora, near Oposura; 31 May, 1887.
Aimophila mdeodii Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 92.
Torreornis inexpectata Barbour and Peters
Torreornis inexpectata Barbour and Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 9, 1927,
p. 95.
Type. — No. 236,693, cf ; Cuba, Peninsula de Zapata, Santo Tomas;
2 March, 1927; F. Z. Cervera.
Amphispiza bilineata bangsi Grinnell
Amphispiza bilineata bangsi Grinnell, Auk, 44, 1927, p. 71.
Type. — No. 215,968, cf ; Lower CaUfornia, La Paz; 11 January,
1888;M. A. Frazar.
Emberiza hypocondria d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Poospiza hypocondria (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Emberiza hypocondria d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 80.
Cotype. — No. 76,666; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,497; Bolivia,
Sica sica ; d'Orbigny.
There are two other cot\-pes in the Paris Museum.
Emberiza mel.\noleuca d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Poospiza mel.\noleuca (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Emberiza melanoleuca d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 82.
Cotype. — No. 76,669; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,500; " Chiquitos"
d'Orbigny.
Cotype. — No. 76,670; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,501 ; " Chiquitos"
d'Orbigny.
bangs: types of birds 385
Cotypp.— No. 76,671, 9 ; Lafresna3^e Collection, no. 6,502; "Chi-
quitos"; d'Orbigny.
In the Paris INIuseum there are two males, one marked simply
BoHvia, the other Corrientes, but no female. Dr. HeUmayr doubts
that either of these should be considered cotypes since the type locahty
is Chiquitos.
Our female, Xo. 76.671, is the one from which the original descrip-
tion of the female was made.
Emberiza torquata d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now PoospiZA torquata (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Emberiza torquata d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 82.
Cofypc— Xo. 76,667; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,503; Bolivia,
Sica sica; d'Orbigny.
There is one adult in the Paris Museum, also a cotype.
JuNCO HYEMALis CAROLiNENSis Brewster
Junco hyemalis carolinensis Brewster, Auk, 3, 1886, p. 108.
Cotype.— So. 210,597, d" ; Xorth Carolina, Black Mountains; 2
June, 1885; W. Brewster.
Cotype.— No. 210,567, 9; Xorth Carolina, Highlands; 28 May,
1885; W. Brewster.
Junco hyemalis connectens Coues
Junco hyemalis connectens Coues, Key to N. Am. Birds, 2nd ed., 1884, p. 378.
Type.— No. 207,046, 9; Colorado, Colorado Springs; 26 April,
1882; W. Brewster.
Coues's Junco h. connectens was variously treated by different orni-
thologists in dealing with the genus, but was never looked upon as a
valid form until Swarth found its breeding ground, and reinstated it
(Univ. Cal. Publ. Zool., 24, 1922, pp. 243-253).
t Fringilla socialis Wilson
= Spizella p.^sserina passerina (Bechstein)
Fringilla socialis Wilson, Am. Orn., 2, 1810, p. 127, pi. 16, fig. 5.
Type. — X'o. 67,858; from the old Peale Museum.
Fringilla passerina Bechstein, in Latham, Allg. Ueb. Vogel, 3, pt. 2, 1798, p. 544,
pi. 120, fig. 1.
386 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Fringilla pusilla Wilson
now Spizella pusilla pusilla (Wilson)
Fringilla pusilla Wilson, Am. Orn., 2, 1810, p. 121, pi. 16, fig. 2.
Type. — No. 67,859; from the old Peale Museum.
Spizella pusilla arenacea Chadbourne
Spizella pusilla arenacea Chadbourne, Auk, 3, 1886, p. 248.
Type — No. 230,468, 9 ; Texas, Laredo; 12 November, 1885; F. B.
Armstrong.
Spizella monticola ochracea Brewster
Spizella monticola ochracea Brewster, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 7, 1882, p. 228.
Cotype.— yo. 207,630, d" ; Washington, Fort Walla Walla; 8 No-
vember, 1881; C. E. Bendire.
Cotype.~-}so. 207,631, 9 ; Washington, Fort Walla Walla; 13 De-
cember, 1881 ; C. E. Bendire.
Fringilla melodia Wilson
now Melospiza melodia melodia (Wilson)
Fringilla melodia Wilson, Am. Orn., 2, 1810, p. 125, pi. 16, fig. 4.
Type. — No. 67,860; from the old Peale Museum.
Melospiza melodia acadica Thayer and Bangs
Melospiza melodia acadica Thayer and Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 5,
1914, p. 67.
Typr.— ^o. 65,643, &; Nova Scotia, Wolfville; 22 April, 1914;
R. W. Tufts.
Todd refused to recognize this race when reviewing the eastern races
of the song sparrow. Going over the large series of specimens again I
do not agree with him, and find I can distinguish this form easily.
Melospiza melodia beata Bangs
Melospiza melodia beata Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1912, p. 85.
Type.— ^o. 44,704, cf ; Florida, Enterprise; 17 April, 1859; H.
Bryant.
BANGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 387
Melospiza fasciata merrilli Brewster
now Melospiza melodia merrilli Brewster
Melospiza fasciata merrilli Brewster, Auk, 13, 1896, p. 46.
Type.— 'So. 246,026, d'; Idaho, Fort Sherman; 6 March, 1895;
J. C. Merrill.
Melospiza cinerea semidiensis W. S. Brooks
now Melospiza melodia semidiensis W. S. Brooks
Melospiza cinerea semidiensis W. S. Brooks, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 7,
1919, p. 27.
Type. — No. 67,069, cf ; North Semidi Island, Semidi Islands; 19
April, 1913; Mixter and Brooks.
t Melospiza lincolni striata Brewster
= Melospiza lincolni gracilis (Kittlitz)
Melospiza lincolni striata Brewster, Auk (April), 1889, p. 89; separates issued
in advance, January 31, 1889.
Cofype. — No. 214,391, cf ; British Colombia, Comox; 8 September,
1888; E. H. Forbush.
Cotype— No. 214,392, 9 ; British Colombia, Comox; 8 September,
1888; E. H. Forbush.
Emheriza {Zonotrichia) gracilis Kittlitz, Denkw., Reise 1, 1858, p. 199.
t Fringilla palustris Wilson
= Melospiza georgiana (Latham)
Fringilla palustris Wilson, Am. Om., 3, 1811, p. 49, pi. 22, fig. 1.
Type. — No. 67,861 ; from the old Peale Museum.
Fringilla georgiana Latham, Index Om., 1, 1790, p. 460.
t Passerella obscura Verrill
= Passerella iliaca iliaca (Merrem)
Passerella obscura Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 9, 1862, p. 143.
Cotype. — No. 775; Anticosti Island; 8 August, 1861; Verrill, Hyatt
and Shaler.
Cotype. — No. 10,312 (referred to by Verrill as No. 620, but not
388 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
entered in the Catalogue under that number, but under no. 10,312);
Anticosti Island; 1 July, 1861; Verrill, Hyatt and Shaler.
Fringillailiaca Merrem, Beitr. Gesch. Vog., 1786-87, p. 49, pi. 10.
These specimens are in alcohol and in poor condition.
t Pipilo rufopileus Lafresnaye
= Oberholseria chlorurus (Audubon)
Pipilo rufopileus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 176.
Type. — No. 77,043; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,586; Mexico.
Fringilla chlorura Audubon, Orn. Biog., 5, 1839, p. 336.
Pipilo maculatus magnirostris Brewster
Pipilo niaculatus magnirostris Brewster, Auk, 8 (.\pril), 1891, p. 146; separates
issued in advance, February 17, 1891.
Cotypcs. — Xo. 216,070, cf ; Lower California, Sierra de la Laguna;
21 May, 1887: M. A. Frazar.
Cotype. — Xo. Xo. 216,081, 9 ; Lower California, Sierra de la Laguna;
21 May, 1887; M. A. Frazar.
Pipilo alleni Coues
now Pipilo erythrophthalmus alleni Coues
Pipilo alleni Coues, Am. Nat., 5, 1871, p. 366, footnote.
Cotypes. — ■ Xo. 10,722, cf ; Florida, Dummitts Grove, Indian River;
26 February, 1869; C. J. Maynard.
Cotype. — Xo. 10,726, 9 ; Florida, Dummitts Grove, Indian River;
22 March, 1869; C. J. Maynard.
Emberiza striaticeps Lafresnaye
now Arremonops striaticeps striaticeps (Lafresnaye)
Emberiza striaticeps Lafresnaye, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 61.
Type. — Xo. 76,583; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,583; Panama.
This species has lately been resurrected by Todd in his review of the
genus Arremonops (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 36, 1923. pp. 35-44).
bangs: types of birds 389
Arremonops conirostris centratus Bangs
now Arremonops striaticeps centratus Bangs
Arremonops conirostris centratus Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 39, 1903, p.
156.
Tijpe.— No. 110,141-, 9 ; Honduras, Ceiba; 24 January, 1902; W. W.
Brown.
t Arremonops conirostris canens Bangs
= Arremonops conirostris conirostris (Bonaparte)
Arremonops conirostris canens Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898,
p. 140.
Type. — No. 10.5, .371, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 15 January, 1898;
W. W. Brown.
Arremon conirostris Bonaparte, Consp. Avium, 1, 1850, p. 488.
Emberizoides sphenura lucaris Bangs
Emberizoides sphenura lucaris Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1908, p. 34.
Type.— ^o. 118,590, & ; Costa Rica, Boruca; 5 May, 1906; C. F.
Underwood.
Phrygilus punensis Ridgway
Phrygilus punensis Ridgway, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 10, 1887, p. 434.
Type. — No. 76,624; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3, .535; Bolivia, La Paz
(d'Orbignyr).
Lafresnaye's label for this specimen reads, " Phrygilus Cabanis.
Phry. major nob. in mus. nostro. Emba. gayi var. major cf. synop.,
p. 75 (Bolivia la Paz)."
Emberiza atriceps d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Phrygilus atriceps (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Emberiza atriceps d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 76.
Cotype. — No. 76,622; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6, .533. "Sommet
des andes, Tacora; d'Orbigny."
Cotype. — No. 76,623; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,534; "Somraet
des andes; d'Orbigny."
390 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
There are, of course, cotypes and to this Dr. Hellmayr agrees, but in
this instance he did not mention how many more specimens were in the
Paris Museum.
Phrygilus malvinarum W. S. Brooks
Phrygilus malvinarum W. S. Brooks, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 6, 1916, p. 25.
Type.— No. 70,431; West Falkland Island, Port Stephens; 1 Febru-
ary, 1916; W. S. Brooks.
Haplospiza nivaria Bangs
now Phrygilus unicolor nivarius (Bangs)
Haplospiza nivaria Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13, 1899, p. 102.
Type. — No. 106,238, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Par-
amo de Chiruqua; 25 March, 1899; W. W. Brown.
t Pipilo ctnerea Peale
= DiucA DiucA DiucA (Molina)
Pipilo cinerea Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 123.
Cotypc— No. 75,875, d^ ; Chili; U. S. Expl. Exped.
Fringilla diuca Molina, Saggio Hist. Nat. Chili, 1782, p. 249.
Peale gives no clue to the number of specimens he secured, saying
only that the species was abundant in May along the road from Val-
paraiso to St. Jago.
Emberiza speculifera d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now DiucA SPECULIFERA (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Emberiza speculifera d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 78.
Cotype. — No. 76,618; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,525; "Bolivie sur
les andes"; d'Orbigny.
Lafresnaye's label for this specimen is a good sample of those he
wrote for all his d'Orbigny birds. The labels were made out at the time
of description, with reference to plate number and figure of d'Orbigny 's
voyage left blank. These were added at a later date as may be seen
from the different ink used at the later date " Emb. speculifera nob.
s}Tiop., p. 78, d'orb. voy. 46, 1. Bolivie sur les andes."
I
BANGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 391
Emberiza griseocristata d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now ScHiSTospiZA griseocristata (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Emberiza griseocristata d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 79.
Coti/pc. — Xo. 76,620; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,482; Bolivia,
"Grande = Vallee, Cochabamba"; d'Orbigny.
In the Paris Museum there is one adult male and one young, both
also cotypes.
Nemosia nigrogenis Lafresnaye
now Paroaria nigrogenis (Lafresnaye)
Nemosia nigro-genis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 273.
Type. — Xo. 77,044; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,488; "embouch.
de I'orenoque."
Tachyphonus capitatus d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Paroaria capitatus d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
Tachyphonus capitatus d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 29.
Cotype. — X'o. 76,625; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,491; Argentina,
Corrientes; d'Orbigny.
Four more cotypes are in the Paris Museum.
Arremon aurantiirostris Lafresnaye
now Arremon aurantiirostris aurantiirostris Lafresnaye
Arremon aurantiirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 72.
Cotype. — • X"o. 76,675; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,165: Panama.
Lafresnaye's written label is as follows " Ar. aurantiirostris, Ar. a
bee orange X'ob. rev., 1847, p. 72. Desmurs icon., pi. 55, Panama am.
centrale."
Our specimen from the type locality and with such a label must be
considered a cotype. To this Dr. Stone agrees. The other cotype,
listed by Stone (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1899, p. 51) does not
carry the full reference to the type locality as it appears in the original
description, "Am. centrale" being omitted.
Arremon gutturalis Lafresnaye
now Atlapetes gutturalis gutturalis (Lafresnaye)
Arremon gutturalis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 98.
Type. — Xo. 76,678; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,150; "Bolivie" =
Colombia.
392 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Embernagra albinucha d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Atlapetes albinucha (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Embernagra albinucha d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 165.
Type. — No. 76,676; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3, 144;" Carthayene."
The several species described in the above quoted article by d'Or-
bigny and Lafresnaye were all from the Lafresnaye Collection.
Tanagra albofrenatus Boissonneau
now Atlapetes albofrenatus (Boissonneau)
Tanagra {Arremon) albo-frenatus Boissonneau, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 68.
Type. — No. 76,116; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,146; Bogota.
Atlapetes crassus Bangs
now Atlapetes tricolor crassus Bangs
Atlapetes crassus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21, 1908, p. 161.
Type. — No. 120,524, cf ; Colombia, San Antonio, Rio Cali; 11 De-
cember, 1904; M. G. Palmer.
Tanagra schistaceus Boissonneau
now Atlapetes schistaceus (Boissonneau)
Tanagra (Arremon) schistaceus Boissonneau, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 69.
Type. — No. 76,113; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,152; Bogota.
Tanagra semirufus Boissonneau
now Atlapetes semirufus (Boissonneau)
Tanagra (Arremon) semirufus Boissonneau, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 69.
Type. — ^ No. 76,108; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,155; Bogota.
BuARREMON BASiLicus Bangs
Buarremori hasilicus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 159.
Type. — No. 105,598, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Pueblo
Viejo; 21 March, 1898; W. \V. Brown.
bangs: types of birds 393
Embernagra brunneinucha Lafresnaye
now Buarreimon brunneinucha brunneinucha (Lafresnaye)
Embernagra brunneinucha Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 97.
Type. — No. 76,679; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,138; "Sta fe de
Bogota."
BuARREMON cosTARicENSis Bangs
Buarremon costaricensis Bangs, Auk, 24, 1907, p. 310.
Tijpe.— ^o. 118,606, cf ; Costa Rica, Boruca; 1 July, 1906: C. F.
Underwood.
EUNEORXITHIDAE
t Tachyphonus rufogularis Lafresnaye
= EuNEORNis CAMPESTRis (Linne)
Tachyphonus rufo-gularis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 320.
Type. — -No. 77,045; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,232; "Jamaique."
Motacilla campestris Linne, Syst. Nat., 1, 1758, p. 184.
Two additional specimens in the Lafresnaye Collection, nos. 3,231
and 3,233, were apparently acquired by the Baron at a later date, be-
cause he correctly identified them as " Tan. ruficoUis lat." — for a long
time the current name of the species.
COEREBIDAE
Certhiola caboti Baird
now CoEREBA CABOTI (Baird)
Certhiola caboti Baird, Am. Nat., 7, 1873, p. 612.
Type.— - No. 72,525; Cozumel Island, oft' Yucatan; S. Cabot.
CoEREBA CERiNOCLUNis Bangs
now CoEREBA LUTEOLA CERINOCLUNIS Bangs
Coereba cerinoclunis Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1901, p. 51.
Type.— No. 104,962, d" ; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 29 April, 1900; W. \Y. Brown.
This form and the next are probably better regarded as subspecies
of lutcoia.
394 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
CoEREBA GORGONAE Thayer and Bangs
now CoEREBA LUTEOLA GORGONAE Thayer and Bangs
Coereba gorgonae Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46, 1905, p. 97.
Type.— No. 114,009, cT ; Gorgona Island, off western Colombia; 28
June, 1904; W. W. Brown.
Serrirostrum sittoides d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now DiGLOSSA sittoides sittoides (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Serrirostrum sittoides d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1838, Syn., p. 25.
Cotype. — No. 76,714; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,786; "Bolivie,
Yungas"; d'Orbigny.
In the Paris Museum there is one adult male from Yungas and one
adult male from Valle Grande.
DiGLOSSA siMiLis Lafresnaye
now DiGLOSSA SITTOIDES SIMILIS Lafresnaye
Diglossa similis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 318.
Type.— No. 76,716; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,791; Colombia.
DiGLOSSA MYSTACALis Lafresnaye
Diglossa mystacalis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 318.
Type— No. 76,717; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,777; Bolivia.
DiGLOSSA aterrima Lafresnaye
Diglossa aterrima Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 319.
Type.— No. 76,704; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,783; "Nlle.Grenad.
Paste."
Lafresnaye received the type fromDelattre. There is another speci-
men. No. 5,782, probably received by Lafresnaye at a later date, with
a differently worded label that simply says " Diglossa aterrima Nile.
Grenade," without the " nob." or the type locality Pasto.
DiGLOSSA nocticolor Bangs
now Diglossa carbon aria nocticolor Bangs
Diglossa nocticolor Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 180.
Type. — No. 105,610, cT ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, Maco-
tama; 17 June, 1898; W. W. Brown.
BANGS: TYPES OF BIRDS 395
DiGLOSSA ALBILATERA Lafresnave
now DiGLOSSA ALBILATERA ALBILATERA Lafresnaye
Diglossa albi-latera Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 319.
Type. — No. 76.711; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,784; Colombia.
t UNf IROSTRUM CYANEL^M Lafresnaye
= DiGLOSSA PERSONATA PERSONATA (Fraser)
Uncirostrwn cyaneum Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 102.
Cotype. — No. 76,723; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,772; Bogota.
Cotype. — No. 76,724; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,773; Bogota.
Agrilorhitms personata Fraser, P. Z. S., 1840, p. 23.
Exactly similar labels for his two specimens were written by Lafres-
naye, so they must both be considered cotypes.
CoNiROSTRUM SITTICOLOR Lafresnaye
now CoNiROSTRUM SITTICOLOR SITTICOLOR Lafresnaye
Conirostrum sitticolor Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 102.
Type. — No. 76,708; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,803; "sta Fe de
Bogota."
Conirostrum rufum Lafresnaye
Conirostrum rufum Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1843, Ois., pi. 35, text, p. 3.
Type. — -No. 76,702; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,806; Bogota.
Besides the type Lafresnaye had two specimens, nos. 5,805 and 5,807.
The labels for these two are not like that of the type and bear several
names, all questioned.
Conirostrum albifrons Lafresnaye
Conirostrum albifrons Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 301.
Type. — No. 76,718; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,799; Colombia.
Lafresnaye had three males of this species; of the others, no. 5,800
is the individual mentioned by Lafresnaye as having some olive green
feathers in its plumage, and no. 5,801 a fully adult with a pure white
cap was acquired later (see Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 10). The type is easily
identified by both the description and the plate (Mag. Zool., 1843,
Ois., pi. 35).
396 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
t CoNiROSTRUM CAERULEiFRONS Lafresnave
= CoNiROSTRUM ALBiFRONS, 9 , Lafresnave
Conirostrum caeruleifrons Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 302.
Type. — ^ No. 76,721; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,797; Colombia.
Conirostrum albifrons Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 301.
•
Conirostrum atrocyaneum Lafresnaye
Conirostrum atro-cyaneum Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 9.
Type. — -No. 76,706; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,796; Colombia
(now Ecuador) " pres de Rio Xapo."
Dacnis napaea Bangs
now Dacnis coerebicolor napaea Bangs
Dacnis napaea Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 143.
Type.— No. 105,478, d" ; Colombia, Santa Marta; 18 January, 1898;
W. W. Brown.
Dacnis cyanea callaina Bangs
Dacnis cyanea callaina Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18, 1905, p. 154.
Type.— No. 108,200, cf ; Panama, Divala; 2 November, 1900; W.W.
Brown.
Dacnis venusta fuliginata Bangs
Dacnis venusta fuliginata Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21, 1908, p. 160.
Type, — No. 120,229, d^ ; western Colombia, Jimenez; 23 February,
1907; M. G. Palmer.
Dacnis leucogenys Lafresnaye
now Ateleodacnis leucogenys (Lafresnaye)
Dacnis leucogenys Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1852, p. 470.
Type. — No. 76,700; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,766; Colombia.
I am, of course, aware that this genus, as also Conirosirum, has by
some ornithologists recently been associated with the Mniotiltidae.
I do not feel at all sure that this disposition of either genus is correct,
and prefer to wait for a thorough anatomical study of the obviously
heterogeneous Coerebidae.
bangs: types of birds 397
t Cyaxerpes cyanels ramsdeni Bangs
= Cyanerpes cyaneus cyaxeus (Linne)
Cyanerpes cyaneus ramsdeni Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1913, p. 91.
Type. — No. 61,102. cf ; Cuba, Guantanamo, Rio Seco; 8 March,
1913; T. Barbour.
Certhia cyanea Linne, Syst. Xat., ed. 12, 1, 1766, p. 188.
The characters that I supposed distinguished the Cuban bird prove
not to be constant, and perhaps the species was introduced into Cuba.
Cyanerpes gigas Thayer and Bangs
now Cyanerpes cyaneus gigas Thayer and Bangs
Cyanerpes gigas Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46, 190.5, p. 96.
Type. — Xo. 114,007. cf ; Gorgona Island, off western Colombia;
26 June, 1904; W. W. Brown.
Cyanerpes lucidus isthmicus Bangs
Cyanerpes lucidus isthmicus Bangs, Auk, 24, 1907, p. 306.
Type.— l!\o. 118,325, d" ; Costa Rica, Boruca, Paso Real; 22 July,
1906; C. F. Underwood.
Chlorophanes spiza arguta Bangs and Barbour
Chloraphanes spiza argtita Bangs and Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 66,
1922, p. 225.
Type.— Xo. 108,199, cT ; Panama, Divala; 29 October, 1900; W. W.
Brown.
TERSIXIDAE
Tersina viridis grisescens Griscom
Tersina viridis grisescens Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 186.
Type— Xo. 106,300, 9 ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, I.a
Concepcion; 14 February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
THRAUPIDAE
Chlorophonia frontalis psittacina Bangs
Chlorophonta frontalis psittacina Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902,
p. 88.
398 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
Type. — No. 106,042, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, La
Concepcion; IS February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
fTANAGRA PRETREi Lafresuave
= Chlorophonia pyrrhophrys (Sclater)
Tanagra [Euphonia) pretrei Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 97. (Not Taiiagra
pretrei Lesson, 1830).
Type. — No. 76,905; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,816; "Colombie."
Euphonia pyrrhophrys Sclater, Contrib. Orn., 1851, p. 89, pi. 75, fig. 2, 9 .
Two additional specimens, nos. 2,815 and 2,817, in the Lafresnaye
Collection are not cotypes.
t Euphonia flavifrons viscivora Clark
= Tanagra flavifrons (Sparrmann)
Euphonia flavifrons viscivora Clark, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18, 1895, p. 19.
Type. — No. 112,687, cf ; Lesser Antilles, St. Vincent; October,
1903; A. H. Clark.
Emheriza flavifrons Sparrmann, Mas. Carls., 4, 1789, no. 92.
All color characters claimed by Clark to distinguish a form in the
southern Lesser Antilles entirely break down in the light of the long
series now available. Neither are there any differences in size percep-
tible. All birds from the Lesser Antilles must be given Sparrmann's
name.
Euphonia serrirostris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now Tanagra serrirostris (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Euphonia serrirostris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, Syn., Av.,
p. 30.
Type. — No. 77,180; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,833 bis. "Guar-
ayos, S. Cruz, Bolivia"; d'Orbigny.
Hellmayr has kindly examined this specimen, and pronounces it the
" type of the so-called adult male." He also says that he never has seen
anything like it and that, therefore, his note in Nov. Zool., 30, 1923,
p. 230-1, requires correction. There are no specimens in the Paris
Museum that at all correspond to pi. 22, fig. 1 [= cf], which was ob-
viously taken from no. 77,180, listed above as the type.
bangs: types of birds 399
Tan AGRA OLIVACEA MELLEA Bangs and Penard
Tanagra oh'mcea mellea Bangs and Penard. Bull. Miis. Comp. ZooL, 62, 1918,
p. 87.
Type.— ^o. 123,020, & ; Peru, Yquitos; Dr. Hahnel.
t Tanagra violacea rodwayi Penard
= Tanagra violacea violacea (Linne)
Tanagra violacea rodwayi Penard, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 7, 1919, p. 30.
Type. — No. 82,135, cf ; Mount Roraima, 3,500 feet altitude; 1
January, 1884; H. Whitley.
Fringilla violacea Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1, 1758, p. 182.
The type is a rather large individual and is wholly purplish above,
these peculiarities, however, prove to be only individual. A fine adult
male from Roraima (no. 237,292, American Mus. N. H.) kindly lent
me by Dr. Chapman is in e^■ery way similar to birds from other parts
of the Guianas and from Trinidad.
Tanagra chrysopasta nitida Penard
Tanagra chrysopasta rdtida Penard, Oec. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 192.3, p. 63.
Type. — No. 93,415, d^ ; Surinam, Lelvdorp; 7 September, 1921,
T. E. Penard.
Tanagra gouldi praetermissa Peters
Tanagra gouldi praetermissa Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 470.
Type. — No. 234,428, cf ; Panama, Western River, Almirante; 28
February, 1926; J. D. Smith.
t Euphonia cinerea Lafresnaye
= Pyrrhuphonia JAMAICA (Linne)
Euphonia cinerea Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 277.
Type. — No. 76,995; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,866; "II vient de
Colombie" (error, = Jamaica).
Fringilla Jamaica Linne, Syst. Nat., 1766, p. 323.
400 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Tanagra aurulenta Lafresnaye
now Tangara aurulenta aurulenta (Lafresnaye)
Tanagra {Aglaia) aurulenta Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 290.
Type. — No. 76,912; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,898; Colombia.
The type, a fine adult in perfect condition, agrees with birds from
the eastern Andes, and undoubtedly was a Bogota "trade skin."
Calliste sclateri Lafresnaye
now Tangara sclateri (Lafresnaye)
Calliste sclatteri (sic) Lafresnaye, Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1854, p. 207.
Type. — No. 76,911; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,899; " Colombie."
Lafresnaye's label for this specimen reads " Cal. Brunneiventris
nob. in Mo; y,o. Colombie"; he changed the specific name, probably
after reading Sclater's Contr. Ornith., 1851, pt. 11, p. 52 deahng with
Calospiza aurulenta and C. pulchra. Sclater evidentl\' mistook this
species for C. aurulenta Lafresnaye.
Calospiza lavinia cara Bangs
now Tangara lavinia cara (Bangs)
Calospiza lavinia cara Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18, 1905, p. 155.
Type.— No. 110,024, d" ; Honduras, Ceiba; 9 January, 1902; W. W.
Brown.
t Calospiza gyroloides deleticia Bangs
= Tangara gyroloides gyroloides (Lafresnaye)
Calospiza gyroloides deleticia Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21, 1908, p.
160.
Type. — ■ No. 120,508, cf ; Western Colombia, San Antonio, Rio Cali;
6 December, 1907; M. G. Palmer.
Aglaia peruviana Swainson, Anin Menag., 1838 (published December, 1837),
p. 356 (not Tanagra peruviana Desmarest, Hist. Nat. Tangaras, etc., 1805).
Aglaia gyroloides Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 277 (new name for Aglaia
peruviana Swainson, preoccupied).
Hellmayr (P. Z. S., 1911, p. 1,104) contends that Swainson's bird
did not come from Peru, but was the Colombian form that I named
deleticia. Zimmer who at present is hard at work on Peru\ian birds,
writes me that he is of the same opinion.
bangs: types of birds 401
Tangara gyroloides nupera Bangs
Tangara gyroloides nupera Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 6, 1917, p. 76.
Type. — No. 74,066, d^ ; Ecuador, Nanegal.
Chapman (Distribution of Bird-Life in Ecuador, 1926) entirely over-
looked my name, and continues to call the Ecuadorian form bangs'i.
(Cf. Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 69, 1929, p. 188).
Aglaia viridissima Lafresnaye
now Tangara viridissima viridissima (Lafresnaye)
Aglaia viridissima Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 277.
Type. — No. 76,921; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,920.
Lafresnaye did not know whence his type came. He wrote three
labels for it, and on the third guesses " Trinidad, Venezuela, Caracas?"
The specimen probably did come from Trinidad, as it exactly matches
recently collected examples from there.
A second specimen, no. 2,921, is not a cotype, as Lafresnaye men-
tions that he had but one when he described the species — " notre
individu a ete rapporte d'une des lies de I'amerique centrale par un
officier anglais."
Tangara viridissima toddi Bangs and Penard
Tangara viridissima toddi Bangs and Penard, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 34,
1921, p. 92.
Type. — • No. 106,342, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, San
Francisco; 7 February, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Tangara inornata languens Bangs and Barbour
Tangara inornata langxLens Bangs and Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 65,
1922, p. 227.
Type. — ■ No. 107,508, cf ; Panama, Loma del Leon; 25 March, 1900;
W. W. Brown.
Tanagra nigroviridis Lafresnaye
now Tangara nigroviridis (Lafresnaye)
Tanagra nigra viridis (two words!) Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 69; figured,
Mag. Zool., 1843, pi. 43.
Type. — No. 76,975; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,936; Bogota.
Three other specimens in the Lafresnaye Collection, nos. 2,936, 2,937
and 8,500 are not cotypes.
402 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t Aglaia wilsonie Lafresnaye
= Tangara nigrocincta (Bonaparte)
Aglaia Wilsonie Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 71.
Coti/pe. — No. 76,997; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,941; "Peruvia,
Guaneo."
Aglaia nigro-cincta Bonaparte, P. Z. S., 1837, p. 121.
Another cotype i.s in the collection of the Academy of Natural
Sciences at Philadelphia (Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1899, p. 51).
Tanagra parzudakii Lafresnaye
now Tangara parzudakii (Lafresnaye)
Tanagra Parzmlakii Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 97; figured Mag. Zool.,
1843, Ois., pi. 41.
Type. — No. 76,918; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,947; Bogota.
Lafresnaye bought two skins from Parzudaki, and wrote one label
for both; the other, no. 2,948, was an immature with greenish edges to
the feathers, and did not figure in the description of the species, and,
therefore, is not a cotype.
t Tangara parzudakii florentes Bangs and Noble
= Tangara parzudakii (Lafresnaye)
Tangara parziidakii florentes Bangs and Noble, Auk, 35, 1918, p. 459.
Type. — No. 79,675, 9 ; Peru, Charapi; 6 September, 1916; G. K.
Noble.
Tanagra Parzudakii Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 97
As Chapman has shown, our type of this supposed subspecies hap-
pened to be an unusually large individual, and the form has no standing,
Tanagra labradorides Boissonneau
now Tangara labradorides labradorides (Boissonneau)
Tanagra (Aglaia) labradorides Boissonneau, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 67.
Type. — No. 76,101; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,946; Bogota.
bangs: types of birds 403
t Tanagra argentea Lafresnaye
= Tangara cyanoptera (Swainson)
Tanagra (S. G. Aglaia S\v.) argentea Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 69.
Ti/pc. — No. 76,916; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,911; "Bogota ou
aracas.
Aglaia cyanoptera Swainson, Orn. Drawn., 1S41, pi. 8.
t Tanagra atricapilla Lafresnaye
= Tangara heinei (Cabanis)
Tanagra (Aglaia) atricapilla Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 290; (not Tanagra
atricapilla Gmelin).
Typr. — Xo. 76,923; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,931; " Colombia. "
Procnias heinei Cabanis, Mus. Hein., 1, 1850, p. 31.
Three other Lafresnaye specimens, nos. 2,932, 2,933, and 2,934,
have differently worded labels, and are not cotypes.
Arremon rufivertex Lafresnaye
now Iridosornis rufivertex rufivertex (Lafresnaye)
Arremon rufi-vertex Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 335.
Coti/pr. — No. 76,981 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,951 ; Bolivia.
Coti/pe. — No. 76,982; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,950; Bolivia.
While the tw-o specimens listed above must, from the text of their
labels, be considered cotypes, a third, no. 2,952, certainly is not.
Tanagra palpebrosa Lafresnaye
now PoEciLOTHRAUPis PALPEBROSA PALPEBROSA (Lafresnaye)
Tanagra palpebrosa Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 71.
Cotype. — No. 76,985; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,955; "Peroii,
pasto."
Another cotype Hsted by Stone (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899,
p. 51) as the type, is in the collection of the Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia.
Aglaia mont.\na d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now BuTHRAUPis MONTANA (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye)
Aglaia montana d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, syn., p. 32.
404 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Cotype. — Xo. 76,984; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,958; "Bolivie";
d'Orbigny.
Hellmayr consider this specimen a cotype, although "yungas" was
omitted from the label written for it by Lafresnaye. There is another
cotype in the Paris Museum.
Tanagra eximia Boissonneau
now BuTHRAUPis EXIMIA EXIMIA (Boissonneau)
Tanagra (gros-bec) eximia Boissonneau, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 66.
Type. — 'No. 76,099; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,959; "Santa fe
de Bogota."
The label that Lafresnaye wrote for this specimen is characteristic
of those he wrote for all the birds described in the above cited article
by Boissonneau. As it also is rather interesting, I give it in full — ■
"tanagra eximia Bo. nob. rev. zool., 1840, p. 66 (Sta. fe de Bogota).
Stephanophorus ? Stric, 1841, gray. Steph. eximia nob.; Saltator ?
eximia n. boiss. rev., 1840, p. 66 — tang. Somptueux less, compl. a
buf., p. 346, Colombie."
I agree with Chapman that it is hardly necessary to separate this
species generically from Butliraupis as Cnemothraupis Penard.
Tachyphonus victorixi Lafresnaye
now coMPSocoMA SOMPTUOSA VICTORIXI (Lafresnaye)
Tachyphonus Vidorini Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 336.
Cotype. — • Xo. 76,987; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,961 ; " Colombie."
Cotype. — X'^o. 76,988; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,962; " Colombie."
Lafresnaye wrote labels exactly alike for these two specimens, which
are, therefore, of course, cotypes.
Lafresnaye tells us (/. c, p. 336) that he had intended to name this
species flavi-vertex , but found it already named in " la musee Massena."
Of course, Lafresna\e's birds from which he drew his description and
not Massena's are the types.
Tachyphonus flavinucha d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
now CoMPSOcoMA flavinucha (d'OrlMgny and Lafresnaye)
Tachyphonus flavinucha d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, syn.,
p. 29.
bangs: types of birds 405
Coiype. — No. 76,986; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,965; "Yungas,
Bolivie"; d'Orbigny.
There are other cotypes in the Paris Museum.
Tanagra taeniata Boissonneau
now Dubusia taeniata (Boissonneau)
Tanagra (Tachyphonus) taeniata Boissonneau, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 67.
Type. — Xo. 76,097; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 2,966; "Sta. fe cle
Bogota."
Thraupis cana quaesita Bangs and Noble
Thraupis cana quaesita Bangs and Noble, Auk, 35, 1918, p. 460.
Type— Xo. 79,692, d" ; Peru, Sullana; 30 July, 1916; G. K. Noble.
t Tanagra cana diluctda Thayer and Bangs
= Thraupis cana diaconus (Lesson)
Tanagra cana dilucida Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 46, 1905,
p. 157.
Type. — ^ No. 114,482, cf ; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 25 February, 1904; W. W. Brown.
Tanagra iaglaia) diaconus Lesson, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 175.
I think Berlepsch is right in relegating this supposed island form to
synonymy. It is true that some of the island specimens have very
long bills, but others do not, and are indistinguishable from mainland
examples. The long bill seems to be only a tendency and not a fixed
character of the island form.
Tanagra olivicyanea Lafresnaye
now Thraupis olivicyanea (Lafresnaye)
Tanagra olivi-cyanea Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 69.
Type. — No. 76,994; Lafresnave Collection, no. 2,995; "Colombie;
Parzud."
Tanagra dominicensis Bryant
now Spindalis dominicensis (Bryant)
Tanagra dominicensis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 11, 1867, p. 92.
Type.— ^o. 73,945 (formerly U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 42,448), cf ;
Haiti, Port au Prince; 10 June, 1866; A. C. Younglove.
406 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Penard and I (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 67, 1925, p. 207) called this
specimen a cotype, but since that time we have been unable to locate
any other cotypes, and I must now, therefore, consider it the type of
the species.
t Spindalis pretrei pinus Bangs and Zappey
= Spindalis pretrei (Lesson)
Spindalis pretrei pinus Bangs and Zappey, Am. Naturalist, 39, 1905, p. 213.
Type— ISo. 113,317, cf ; Isle of Pines, near Cuba, Santa Fe; 18
April, 1904; W. R. Zappey.
Tanagra Pretrei Lesson, Cent. Zool., 1839, p. 122, pi. 45.
While at one time I thought the Isle of Pines Spindalis a good form,
I now agree with Barbour that it is indistinguishable from the Cuban
pretrei.
Ramphocelus dimidiati'S Lafresnaye
now Ramphocelus dimidiatus dimidi.\tus Lafresnaye
Ramphocelus dimidiatus Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, cl. 2, pi. 81, text, p. 2
and plate.
Cotype. — No. 77,008, [cf]; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,016; "Mex-
ique, Carthagene." (The first named locality of course, an error).
Cotype.— No. 77,009, [9 ]; Lafresnaye Coilection, no. 3,018;" Carth-
agine."
Ramphocelus limatus Bangs
now R.\MPH0CELUS dimidl\tus lim.\tus Bangs
Rhamphocelus limatus Bangs, Auk, 18, 1901, p. 31.
Type.— No. 104,990, cf ; San Miguel Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of
Panama; 4 May, 1900; W. W. Brown.
t Ramphocelus luciani Lafresnaye
= Ramphocelus melanogaster melanogaster Swainson
Ramphocelus Luciani Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 54; figured, Mag. Zool.,
1839, Ois., pi. 2.
Type. — No. 77,011 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,019; " Carthagene"
(error = Peru).
Ramphocelus melanogaster Swainson, Anim. Men., 1838 (published in Decem-
ber, 1837), p. 359.
I
bangs: types of birds 407
Lafresnaye's type of his T. luciani is absolutely identical with Peru-
vian examples of R. mt'lanogosfer (of. Zimmer, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash-
ington, 42, 1929, p. 97). Swainson's name for this species appeared first.
The specimen in the American Museum from Panama, collected by
McLennan, is the same as R. dunstalli Rothschild, and not as Ridgway
(Birds of North and Middle America) supposed R. hiciani. R. dunstalli
as well as R. ine.vpecfafus are probably not "species," but are without
doubt color aberrations.
Ramphocelus venezuelensis Lafresnaye
now Ramphocelus carbo venezuelensis Lafresnaye
Ramphocelus Venezuelensis Lafresnaye, Rev. and Mag. de Zool., 1853, p. 243.
Cotype.— Xo. 77,017 (cf) ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,008; Caracas.
Cotype. — Xo. 77,018 (cf); Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,009; Caracas.
Ramphocelus magnirostris Lafresnaye
now Ramphocelus carbo magnirostris Lafresnaye
Ramphocelus magnirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. and Mag. de Zool., 1853, p. 243.
Cotype.— Xo. 77,015, (cf ); Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,006; Trini-
dad.
Cotype. — X'o. 77,01(3, (cf ); Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,007; Trini-
dad.
t Ramphocelus aterrimus Lafresnave
= Ramphocelus .\trosericeus d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
Ramphocehis aterrimus Lafresnaj'e, Rev. Zool., 1853, p. 244.
Type. — X'^o. 77,012; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,015; "Bolivie
Parzudaki."
Ramphocelus atro-sericeus d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, p. 34.
After he described this supposed new form Lafresnaye soon dis-
covered his mistake and wrote a second label for the type specimen,
reading — "R. atro-sericeus, cf, junior, d'Orb. svnops., 34 et d'Orb.
Voy., 280, pi. 26, 1."
t Ramphocelus varians Lafresnaye
= Ramphocelus icteronotus Bonaparte
Ramphocelus varians Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 216.
408 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Type. — No. 77,296; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,025; "Andes de la
Nile, grenade."
Ramphocelus icteronoius Bonaparte, P. Z. S., 1837, p. 121.
Chapman (Bull. Am. Mus. N. H., 36, 1917, p. 610) gives much
rhought to the distribution of the sulphur-rump, the red-rump and the
orange-rump tanagers. Reconsiders R.flammigenis and T. ideronotus
distinct species, and believes R. chrysonotns to be a hybrid of these two.
Lafresnaye was puzzled by these closely allied forms, and although
it was his intention to l)estow the name varians upon the yellow, orange,
and red-rumped birds indiscriminately, his description under "/?.
varians nob." applies particularly to the yellow-rumped bird which he
calls his first variety, brought from Buenaventura by Delattre; there-
fore, M. C. Z. 77,296, I.afr. coll. 3,025, is the type. This is also the
specimen which Lafresnaye described as " R. icteronoius . . . foemina
aut junior" in his review of the varieties of R. icteronoius (cf. Rev.
Zool., 1846, p. 361).
Of the orange-rumped bird, designated as the second variety,
Lafresnaye had no specimens, but he was familiar with that form, hav-
ing seen it together with yellow-rumped and red-rumped birds among
the specimens in the Wilson Collection which had been turned over to
him for examination (cf. Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 369). Afterward (Rev.
Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 246) he named this orange-rumped bird R. chry-
sonotu.s, type locality Juntas, Bolivia, saying: "nous font egalement
supposer que les individus a croupion orange que nous avons regardes
comme troisieme variete constitueront aussi une troisieme espece que
nous nommons R. chrysonoius." His allusion to a "troisieme variete"
is obviously a lapsus calami for "deuxieme variete." The Wilson Col-
lection, which contains the Delattre specimens, is now in the collection
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, where the speci-
men originally described as R. varians var. 2 (Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 217)
and hence the type of R. chrysonoius Lafresnaye, should be found. Dr.
Witmer Stone, who has very kindly sought out the specimens, finds one
no. 7,513, marked " N. Grenada," which may possibly be the specimen
in question.
The red-rumped Ijird which Lafresnaye designates as the third
variety of R. rarians, originally considered by him identical with R.
passerinii Bonaparte (cf. Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 70), but which is really
R. flammigerus, is represented in the Lafresnaye Collection by one
adult male, M. C. Z. 77,168, Lafr. Coll. 3,022. This specimen "is the
subject of the description of R. rnriaus var. 3.
bangs: types of birds 409
Two other specimens in the Liifresnaye Collection are of interest in
this connection :
1. M. C. Z. 77,169, Lafr Coll. 3,023, labelled —" R. varians, R.
variable, 3" var. 9 nob. rev. 1847, 217 (Nile, grenada Andes elevees
Caly delatre) 9 , selon delatre." This is the bird described by Lafres-
naye as a female, as the label indicated.
2. M. C. Z. 77,170, Lafr. Coll. 3,024, labelled— "R. varians, R.
variable nob. rev. 1847, 217, 3" var"' (junior) rev. 1846—365, Nile,
grenade Andes elevees Caly delatre." This is the specimen originally
described by Lafresnaye as R. icteronotus jun. av. (Rev. Zool., 1846,
p. 367).
Phlogothraupis sanguinolenta AFRICA Bangs
Phlogothraupis sanguinolenta aprica Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4,
1908, p. 31.
Type. — Xo. 117,445, d^ ; Costa Rica, Carrillo; 11 November, 1897;
C. F. Underwood.
PiRANGA TESTACEA DESiDiosA Bangs and Noble
Piranga testacea desidiosa Bangs and Noble, Auk, 35, 1918, p. 461.
Type. — -No. 123,477, cf; Western Colombia, La Maria, Dagua
Valley; 23 May, 1908; M. G. Palmer.
PiR.^NGA FACETA Bangs
now Piranga test.\cea faceta Bangs
Piranga faceta Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12, 1898, p. 141.
Type. — 'No. 105,452, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains; 4
February, 1898; \V. W. Brown.
Piranga hepatica dextra Bangs
Piranga hepatica dextra Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 20, 1907, p. 29.
Type.— }^o. 102,090, c^; Mexico, Jalapa; 18 April, 1897; C. B.
Isham.
Piranga roseogularis Cabot
now Piranga roseogularis roseogularis Cabot
Pyranga roseogularis Cabot, Proc. Soc. N. H., 2, 1846, p. 187.
Type. — No. 72,518, cf ; Yucatan, on the road from Chemax to
Yalahao; 5 April, 1842; S. Cabot.
410 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
t PiRANGA BiviTTATA Lafresnave
= PiRANGA LEUCOPTERA LEUCOPTERA TrudeaU
Pyranga hivitlata Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 70.
Type. — No. 76,991, {&); Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3056; " Co-
lombie ? Mexique."
Pyranga leucoptera Trudeau, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 8, 1839, p. 160.
At the time Lafresnaye described his P. bivittata, he had three speci-
mens for all of which he wrote exactlv similar labels. Two of these,
no. 3,055, adult male and no. 3,057 adult female, prove to belong to the
South American form — P. Icucopfera ardens Tschudi, which in the
adult male plumage lacks the black front; both probably come from
Colombia. Had Lafresnaye's description applied to these two speci-
mens his name would have antedated Tschudi's. It is perfectly clear,
however, that he described from No. 3,056, a Mexican bird, as he dis-
tinctly says — " fronte . . . nigerrimis."
PiRANGA SANGUINOLENTA Lafresnaye
now PiRANGA BiDENTATA SANGUINOLENTA Lafresnaye
Pyranga sanguinolenta Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 97.
Coiypc. — (The female described), Xo. 77,038; Lafresnaye Collection,
no. 3,054; "Mexique."
In the article cited above Lafresnaye described a number of new
birds from the collection of Charles Brelay of Bordeaux. Brelay gave
to Lafresnaye a number of specimens as told us by Lafresnaye himself,
among these I feel certain were the types of Dendrocolaptes affinis and
Myadcstes ohscurus, as well as the female cotype of the present species
(Lafresnaye already had a male, and so probably wanted the female) .
For these three specimens Lafresnaye wrote labels, all similar, and of
the sort he always wrote for his new birds, and I feel wholly justified in
claiming the types.
The types of the other species described in this article must have
remained in the Brelay cabinet ; certain it is that they did not find their
way into the Lafresnaye Collection.
Saltator rubicoides Lafresnaye
now Habia rubica rubicoides (Lafresnaye)
Saltator rubicoides Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1844, p. 41.
Type.^l^o. 76,998 (adult cT); Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,068;
"Mexique."
bangs: types of birds 411
A second specimen, no. 3,0(i9, is immature, with olive-green feathers
scattered through its plumage, and is not a cotype. A third, no. 3,007.
listed by Verreaux as P. ruhicoidcs, was not named on its label by
Lafresnaye, and proves to be P. salvini salvini Berlepsch.
Phoexicothraupis rubica confinis Bangs
now Habia rubica confinis (Bangs)
Phoenicothraupis rubica confinis Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18, 1905,
p. 156.
Type— No. 110,034, d" ; Honduras, Yaruca; 25 February, 1902;
W. W. Brown.
Lanio aurantius Lafresnaye
Lanio aurantius Lafresnaj-e, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 204.
Type. — No. 77,004; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,07S; " Colombie ou
Am. centr."; (Guatemala substituted by Berlepsch).
The type is somewhat immature as stated by Lafresnaye in his
original description. Another specimen, no. 3,077, a fully adult male,
is, therefore, not a cotype.
Lanio leucothorax ictus Kennard and Peters
Lanio leucothorax ictus Kennard and Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10,
1927, p. 1.
Type.— No. 234.444, & ; Panama, Boquete Trail, 2,-300 feet altitude;
21 March, 1926; F. H. Kennard.
Tachyphonus brevipes Lafresnaye
now Tachyphonus surinamus brevipes Lafresnaye
Tachyphonus brevipes Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 206.
Cotype.—- No. 76,728; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,100; " Colombie."
Cotype.— No. 76,729: Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,101 ; " Colombie."
t Tachyphonus ruficeps Lafresnaye
= Thlypopsis fulviceps Cabanis
Tachyphomis ruficeps Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 173; (not of Strickland,
Am. and Mag. X. H., 14, 1844, p. 419).
Cotype.— No. 77,076; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,117; "Caracas,
Venezuela."
412 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
Cotypc— No. 77,077; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,118; "Caracas,.
Venezuela."
Thlypopsis fulviceps Cabanis, Mus. Hein., 1, 1851, p. 138.
Lafresnaye soon discovered that he had used a preoccupied name
when he described this species, and wrote new labels for the two co-
types, so stating, and with a substitute MS. name which, however, he
never published.
Tangara albocristata Lafresnaye
now Sericossypha albocristata (Lafresnaye)
Tangara (Lamproles) alho-cristata Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 132; Mag.
Zool., 1844, pi. 50.
Type.— No. 77,001; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,062; "Colombie."
t Tachyphonus albitempora Lafresnaye
= Chlorospingus ophthalmicus (Du Bus)
Tachyphonus albitempora Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 12.
Cohjpe. — Xo. 77,050; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,122; Bogota
(error = Mexico).
Cotype.— Xo. 77,051; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,123; " Colombie"
(error = Mexico).
Arremon ophthalmicus Du Bus, Bull. Acad. Bruxelles, 14, 1847, pt. 2, p. 106.
Verreaux listed as one of the types, no. 3,123, but Lafresnaye had
not named this specimen, which is a female Spindalis pretrei. Lafres-
naye, however, in his discussion, (Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 12) did mention
a specimen, which he says hada smaller postauricularspot andbrighter
pectoral band, no. 3,127, M. C. Z. 77,064, which proves to be Chloro-
spingus fulvigularis Berlepsch of Bolivia. Lafresnaye had a MS. name
for this form written on the label of the specimen, which he never pub-
lished.
Chlorospingus novicius Bangs
now Chlorospingus novicius novicius Bangs
Chlorospingus novicius Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 3, 1902, p. 67.
Type. — X'o. 108,740, 9 ; Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui; 15 Februarv,
1901 ; W. W. Brown.
bangs: types of birds 413
Chlorospingus regionalis Bangs
now Chlorospingus novicius regionalis Bangs
'Chlorospingus regionalis Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19, 1906, p. 112.
Type.— y^o. 117,491, cf ; Costa Rica, Cariblanco de Sarapiqui; 11
August, 1899; C. F. Underwood.
Arremon flavopectus Lafresnaye
now Chlorospingus flavopectus flavopectus (Lafresnaye)
Arremon flavo-pedus Lafresnaye, Rev. ZooL, 1840, p. 227.
Type.— ISo. 77,066; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,125; "Santa Fe
de Bogota."
Tachyphonus canigularis Lafresnaye
now Chlorospingus canigularis canigularis (Lafresnaye)
Tachyphonus canigularis Lafresnaye, Rev. ZooL, 1848, p. 11.
Type. — ^ No. 77,065; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,126; "Colombie."
Arremon atropileus Lafresnaye
now Hemispingus atropileus atropileus (Lafresnaye)
Arremon atro-pileus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 335. ,
Type. — No. 77,068; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,133; "Bogota?
Parzudaki."
Two other birds, much better specimens than the type, nos. 3.134
and 8,506, have very differently worded labels, and were obviously re-
ceived by Lafresnaye at a later date.
Arremon superciliaris Lafresnaye
now Hemispingus superciliaris superciliaris (Lafresnaye)
Arremon superciliaris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 227.
Type. — -No. 77,073; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,130; "Santa Fe
de Bogota."
Lafresnaye had two additional specimens, neither of them cotypes,
nos. 3,128 and 3,129, the latter in fact referable to Hemispingus super-
ciliaris nigrifrons Lawrence.
414 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Arremon rubrirostris Lafresnaye
now Cnemoscopus rubrirostris (Lafresnaye)
Arremon rubrirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 227.
Cotype. — ■ No. 77,071 ; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,131.
Cotype. — ■ Xo. 77,072; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,132.
Nemosia verticalis Lafresnaye
now PsEUDospiNGUS VERTICALIS (Lafresnaye)
Nemosia verticalis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 227.
Type. — Xo. 77,080; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 3,136; Bogota.
A second specimen, no. 3,137, Lafresnaye Collection, is not a cotype.
PLOCEIDAE
Steganura aucupum nilotica Chapin
Steganura aucupum nilotica Chapin, American Museum Xovitates, no. 43,
1922, p. 5.
Type: — • No. 63,579, c/' ; Blue Nile, 10 miles above Abuzor; 6 January
1913; G. M. Allen and J. C. Phillips.
Ploceus fringilloides Lafresnaye
now Amaurestes fringilloides (Lafresnaye)
Ploceus fringilloides Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1835, pi. 48, text, plate.
Type. — No. 76,258; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,372; "de I'inde"
(error = West Africa).
The type of this species was given Lafresnaye by Charles Brelay
of Bordeaux of whom Lafresnaye says : " possesseur d'une belle collec-
tioi^ ornithologique et qui a deja eu I'extreme generosite de me ceder
quelques especes interessantes comme celle-ci."
Hypargos nitidula virens Friedmann
Hypargos nitidula virens Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1927, p. 6.
Type. — No. 237,508, [cf]; Tanganyika Territory, Amani, Usambara
Mountains; 1 December, 1926; A. Loveridge.
I
bangs: types of birds 415
Amadina fasciata CANDIDA Friedmanii
Amadina fasciata Candida Friedmann, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1926,
p. 218.
Tiipc— No. 232,923, cf ; Kenya Colony, Taveta; 4 April, 1925; H.
Friedmann.
t Ploceus melanotis Lafresnaye
= Anaplectes leuconotus (Miiller)
Ploceus melanotis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 20 (not of Swainson, Birds of
W. Afr., 1, 1837, p. 307). •
Coiype. — Xo. 76,257; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,238; "Senegal —
abyssinie."
Coiiipc. — Xo. 76,258; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,239; "Senegal —
abyssinie."
Ploceus leuconotus V. Miiller, Naum., Heft 4, 1851, p. 28.
The plate in Magasin de Zoologie (1839, pi. 7) was either very poorly
colored or it has changed much, the red being much too dark and dull.
Reichenow ("\'ogel Afrikas, 3, p. 26) uses Lafresnaye's name for this
species, in spite of the fact that he was aware of Swainson's earlier use
of Ploceus melanotis (cf. in synonymy of Ploceus baglafecht \'ieill., p. 40).
t Ploceus melanotis Guerin
= Othypil\ntes baglafecht (Vieillot)
Ploceus melanotis Guerin, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 321 (not of Swainson, Birds of
W. Afr., 1837, 1, p. 307, and not of Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 20).
Ploceus {Hyphantornis) Guerini Gray, Guerin and Lafresnaye, in Ferret and
Galinier, Voy. en Abyssinie, p. 196, note, correction.
Ploceus baglafecht Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. Hist. Nat., 34, 1819, p. 127.
Cotype. — Xo. 76,072; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,266; " Abyssinie
Coiype. — Xo. 76,073; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,267
Cotype. — Xo. 76,074; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,265
Cotype. — • Xo. 76,075; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,268
" Abyssinie."
" Abyssinie."
" AbVssinie."
Lafresnaye's no. 6,265 (M. C. Z., 76,074) is unquestionably the bird
figured in the Atlas as it, of the two males, alone agrees with the plate,
but as male, female and young were all mentioned in the original de-
scription, I am forced to regard all four spcimens as cotypes.
416 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Guerin and Lafresnaye suspected that their bird was the Ploceus
baglafecht of Vieillot, but considered Vieillot's description unrecog-
nizable.
IcTEROPSis PELZELNi TUTA Bangs and Phillips
Icteropsis pelzelni tuta Bangs and Phillips, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5,
1925, p. 177.
Type.— No. 65,370 cf ; Tanganyika Territory, Busisi, at south end
of Victoria Nyanza; 1 October, 1890; Emin Pasha.
Xanthophilus bojeri all-eni Mearns
Xanthophiliis bojeri alleni Mearns, Smiths. Misc. Coll., 56, no. 20, 1911, p. 6.
Type— No. 56,117, cf ; Kenya Colony, Miru River; 13 August,
1909; G. M. Allen.
Spermospiza ruficapilla cana Friedmann
Spermospiza ruficapilla cana Friedmann, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 10, 1927,
p. 7.
Type. — No. 237,509, cf ; Tanganyika Territory, Amani, Usambara
Mountains; 26 November, 1926; A. Loveridge.
t Passer domesticus chephreni Phillips
= Passer domesticus alexandrinus Madarasz
Passer domesticus chephreni Phillips, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 26, 1913,
p. 167.
Type.— No. 63,594, c^ ; Egypt, Gizeh; 12 December, 1912; G. M.
Allen and J. C. Phillips.
Passer alexandrinu,s Madarasz, Ann. Mus. Hungar., 9, 1911, p. 340.
t Passer rutilans yunnanensis La Touche
= Passer rutilans intensior Rothschild
Passer rutilans yunnanensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1923, p. 150.
Cotype.~No. 125,973, d" ; Yunnan, Lotukow; 12 May, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Cotype.— No. 125,974, 9 ; Yunnan, Milati; 10 February, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
Passer rutilans intensior Rothschild, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 11.
bangs: types of birds 417
There is no question about La Touche's yiinncmensis. It is a straight
svnonvm of intciisiur of Rothschild. Personallv, I should not have
hesitated a moment ifi also relegating this latter name to the synonymy
of Passer rutilans cinnamomeus Gould. I cannot distinguish our speci-
mens, either males or females in any way, but Rothschild retains it in
his latest list of Yunnan birds and Ticehurst (Jour. Bombay, N. H.
Soc, Oct., 1927, p. 347) rather emphatically upholds it and I, there-
fore, suppose, in spite of our material, that intensior is really a good
form.
ICTERIDAE
OsTiNOPS viRiDis FLAVESCENS Bangs and Penard
OsTiNOPS VIRIDIS FLAVESCENS Bangs and Penard
Ostinops viridis flavescens Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62, 1918,
p. 85.
Type. — Xo. 34,744, cT ; Peruvian Amazons, Xeberos; 16 June, 1866;
Bartlett Collection.
Cassicus uropygialis Lafresnaye
now Cacicus uropygialis uropygialis (Lafresnaye)
Cassicus uropygialis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 290.
Type— Xo. 76,203; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,048; "Colomb. ou
Xlle. grenade."
t Cassicus curvirostris Lafresnaye
= Cacicus uropygialis uropygialis (Lafresnaye)
Cassicus curvirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 218.
Type.— No. 76,204; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,049; " Colombie."
Cassicus uropygialis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 290.
The type is a bird with a slightly abnormal bill, which led Lafresnaye
to describe it as a new species.
Psomocolax oryzivorus impacifus Peters
Psomocolax oryzivorus impacifus Peters, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 42,
1929, p. 123.
Type.— -No. 102,320, d" ; Vera Cruz, Pasa Xueva; 22 April, 1901;
A. E. Colburn and P. W. Shufeldt.
418 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Cassidix oryzivora violea Bangs
now PsoMOCOLAX oRYZivoRUS viOLEUS (Bangs)
Cassidix oryzivora violea Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1900, p. 11.
Type. — • No. 105,855, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta Mountains, La
Concepcion; 13 P'ebruary, 1899; W. W. Brown.
t Icterus bremrostris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
= Molothrus rufoaxillaris Cassin
Icterus brerirostris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1838, cl. 2, pis. 77 to
79, syn., p. 7 (not Molothrus brerirostris Swainson, Anim. Menag., De-
cember, 1837, or January, 1838, p. 30.5).
Coiypi'.— ^o. 88,440; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,192; "Maldon-
ado, Corrientes"; d'Orbigny.
Molothrus rujo-axillaris Cassin, Proc. Ac. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1866, pp. 14, 23.
Hellmayr considers this to be a cotype, but did not tell me, in this
instance, how many others were in the Paris Musuem.
t icterus maxillaris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye
= Molothrus bonariensis bonariensis (Gmelin)
Icterus maxillaris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1838, Syn. Av., p. 6.
Cofypc. — Xo. 84,292; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,190; "Andes
orientales"; d'Orbigny.
Tanagra bonariensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, 1789, p. 898.
Our specimen, which Hellmayr considers a cotype, has the peculiar
bill which led to the name given by d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye. Hell-
mayr informs me that there is another cotype in the Paris Museum.
Hellmayr, a year or two ago, told me he was inclined to recognize a
Bolivian subspecies under the name maxillaris, but Friedmann (Auk,
44, 1927, p. 500) does not consider the characters sufficiently well
marked, and places maxillaris in the synonym;^' of bonariensis
Agelaius phoeniceus floridanus Maynard
Agelaius phoeniceus floridanus Maynard, Birds East North Am., 2nd ed.,pt. 40,
1895, p. 698.
Cotype— 'So. 13,963, d" ; P^lorida, Key West; December, 1870;
C. J. Mavnard.
bangs: types of birds 419
Cofype.~Ko. 13,970. 9 ; Florida, Key West; 19 November, 1870;
C. J. INIaynard.
Agelaius assimilis subniger Bangs
Agelaiibs assimilis subniger Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1913, p. 92.
Type. — No. 113,372, 9 ; Isle of Pines, near Cuba, Cienaga; 24 April,
1904; W. R. Zappey.
Leistes superciliaris petilus Bangs
Leistes superciliaris petilus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24, 1911, p. 190.
Type. — No. 31,023, cf ; Argentina, Entre Rios, Concepcion del
Uruguay; 27 November, 1880; W. B. Barrows.
Wetmore (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 133, 1926, p. 375) does not rec-
ognize thisform. It seems to me, however, that the southern subspecies
is so much smaller, that for the present at least, I continue to recognize it.
Sturnella magna argutula Bangs
Sturnella magna argutula Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1, 1899, p. 20.
Type.— No. 100,225, cf ; Florida, Dunedin; 3 March, 1883.
Sturnella magna paralios Bangs
Sturnella magna paralios Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 2, 1901, p. 55.
Type. — No. 106,954, cf ; Colombia, Santa Marta^ Mountains, San
Sebastian; 25 July, 1899; W. W. Brown.
Icterus domixkensis portoricensis Bryant
now Icterus portoricensis Bryant
Icterus dominicensis var. portoricensis Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 10, 1866,
p. 254.
Type.— No. 46,539, cf ; Porto Rico; Robert Swift.
t Icterus wagleri castaneopectus Brewster
= Icterus wagleri Sclater
Icterus wagleri castaneopectus Brewster, Auk, 5, 1888, p. 91.
Type.— Ko. 214,131, cf ; Sonora, near Oposura; 13 April, 1887;
John C. Cahoon.
Icterus wagleri Sclater , P. Z. S., 1857, p. 7.
420 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
Icterus cucullatus trochiloides Grinnell
Icterus cucullatus trochiloides Grinnell, Auk, 44, 1927, p. 70.
Type. — No. 216,491 , cf ; Lower California, Triumfo; 24 June, 1887;
M. A. Frazar.
t (3riolus musicus Cabot
= Icterus mesomelas mesomelas (Wagler)
Oriolus musicus Cabot, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1, 1843, p. 155.
Cotypc. — No. 72,515; " Tieul and Macoba," Yucatan; S. Cabot.
Cotype.— - No. 88,804; " Tieul and Macoba," Yucatan; S. Cabot.
Cotypc. — No. 88,805; "Tieul and Macoba," Yucatan; S. Cabot.
Psarocolius mesomelas Wagler, Isis, 1819, p. 155.
Some time after I wrote a list of the Cabot types (Auk, 32, 1915, p.
166), the other two specimens of this Icterus, that Cabot said he se-
cured in Yucatan, turned up together with other Cabot Yucatan birds.
These were all mounted by Dr. Cabot himself, and had been kept in an
old-fashioned glass case in his house. We suspected the existence of
these specimens, but could never verify it until after many inquiries.
The case was finally presented to the ^Museum after having been dis-
covered and secured by Mrs. Henry Lyman, one of Dr. Cabot's de-
scendants.
Icterus xanthornus helioeides Clark
now Icterus nigrogularis helioeides Clark
Icterus xanthornus helioeides Clark, Auk, 19, 1902, p. 265.
Type. — No. 102,690, cf ; Venezuela, Margarita Island; 11 July,.
1901; A. H. Clark.
t Icterus guttulatus Lafresnaye
= Icterus pectoralis pectoralis (Wagler)
Icterus guttulatus Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1844, pi. 52.
Type. — -No. 76,120; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,129; "Me.xique."
Psarocolius pectoralis Wagler, Isis, 1829, p. 755.
QuiscALUS atroviolaceus d'Orbigny
now Ptiloxena atroviolaceus (d'Orbigny)
Quiscalus atroviolaceus d'Orbigny, in La Sagra, Hist. Nat. Cuba, Ois., 1839..
p. 121, pi. 19.
bangs: types of birds 421
Type. — • No. 84,595; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,206; Cuba.
The Lafresnaye label for this specimen reads "quiscalus atro-vio-
laceus nob. Cuba la Sagra."
In the work cited above d'Orbigny described as new nine species.
Of these we have in the Lafresnaye Collection the undoubted types of
five, as shown by Lafresnaye's written labels. d'Orbigny several times
refers to birds in the Lafresnaye Collection, and makes generous ac-
knowledgment to Lafresnaye for assistance rendered him by that dis-
tinguished ornithologist.
HOLOQUISCALUS JAMAICENSIS BANGSI Pcters
Holoquiscalus jamaicensis bangsi Peters, Auk, 38, 1921, p. 442.
Type — No. 68,025, d" ; Cayman Brae Island; 28 June, 1911 ; W. W.
Brown.
Holoquiscalus lugubris contrusus Peters
Holoquiscalus luguhris contrusus Peters, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H., 5, 1925,
p. 175.
Type. — No. 99,986, 9 ; Lesser Antilles, St. Vincent, Bonhomme
Mountains; 26 February, 1925; J. L. Peters.
Holoquiscalus dispar Clark
now Holoquiscalus fortirostris dispar Clark
Holoquiscalus dispar Clark, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18, 1905, p. 61.
Type. — No. 112,802, 9 ; Lesser Antilles, St. Vincent; Kingstown;
31 October, 1903; A. H. Clark.
Quiscalus subalaris Boissonneau
now Macragelaeus subalaris (Boissonneau)
Quiscalus subalaris 'Boissonneau, Rev. ZooL, 1840, p. 70.
Type. — No. 76,093; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,207; "Sta fe de
Bogota."
422 bulletin: museum of comparatR'E zoology
EULABETIDAE
t Lamprotornis fusca Peale
= Aploxis tabuexsis (Gmelin)
Lamprotornis ? Jusca Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 110.
Cotype. — No. 75,739, cf ; Tongataboo; T. R. Peale.
Lanius tabuensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, 1788, p. 306.
Peale did not state how many specimens he secured of this species.
Lamprotornis brevirostris Peale
now Aplonis brevirostris (Peale)
Lamprotornis brevirostris Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 111.
Cotype. — ■ No. 75,740, 9 ; Samoan Islands; T. R. Peale.
Again Peale did not mention the number of specimens taken, saying
only that the species was obtained at the Samoan Islands, where it is
not common.
Lamprotornis atrifusca Peale
now Aplonis atrifusca (Peale)
Lamprotornis atrifusca Peale, U. S. Expl. Exped., 1848, p. 109.
Cotype. — No. 75,738; Samoan Islands; T. R. Peale.
Another species, of which Peale gives no inkling of the number taken
by him.
Aplonis panayensis suggrandis Bangs and Peters
Aplonis panayensis suggrandis Bangs and Peters, Occ. Papers Bost. Soc. N. H.
5, 1927, p. 241.
Type. — ■ No. 235,888, d' ; Maratua Island (off east coast of Borneo) ;
March, 1926; E. Mjoberg.
t ScissiROSTRUM PAGEi Lafresnayc
= ScissiROSTRUM DUBiuM (Latham)
Scissirostrum Pagei Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 93.
Type.— ^o. 76,249; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 6,024; "Manado
Celebes, rap. p. Leclanches exped. de la favorite, Capne Page."
Lanius dubius Latham, Ind. Orn., Suppl. 1801, p. 18.
bangs: types of birds 423
Lafresnaye had another specimen which he received later, and
properly identified as dubium of Latham, which, of course, is not a
cotype.
ORIOLIDAE
Oriolus xaxthonotus persuasus Bangs
Oriolus xanthonohis persuasus Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 45, 1922, p. 83.
Type.— yo. 64,180, &; Palawan Island, Puerto Princesa; 14 Au-
gust, 1913; W. Cameron Forbes.
DICRURIDAE
BucHANGA LEucoGENYS CERUSSATA Bangs and Phillips
now DiCRURUS LEUCOGENY^S CERUSSATUS (Bangs and Phillips)
Buchanga leucogenys cerussata Bangs and Phillips, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
58, 1914, p. 302.
Type.— ^o. 50,235, cf ; Hupeh, Ichanghsien; 9 June, 1907; W. R.
Zappey.
Edolius FORFiCAxrs POTIOR Bangs and Penard
Edolius forficatus potior Bangs and Penard, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 8,
1922, p. 25.
Type. — No. 232,371 ; Anjouan Island.
COR VI DAE
CoRvus coRONOiDES MENGTSZENSis La Touche
Cori'us corono-ides mengtszensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 80.
Cotype.— yo. 125,016, d" ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 31 January, 1921;
La Touche Collection.
Cotype.— So. 125,017, 9; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 27* January, 1921;
La Touche Collection.
CoRVUS coRONE YUNNANENSis La Touche *
Corvus corone yunnanensis La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 43, 1922, p. 43.
Cotyie.— yo. 125,003, 9 ; Yunnan, Mengt z; 26 October, 1920.
La Touche Collection.
Cotype.— So. 125,004, cT ; Yunnan, Mengtsz; 2 March, 1921; La
Touche Collection.
424 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
CoRVUS IMPARATUS Peters
Corvus imparatus Peters, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 42, 1929, p. 123.
Type.— Ko. 49,840, d" ; Tamaulipas, Rio La Cruz; 24 June, 1909;
F. B. Armstrong.
NuciFRAGA HEMispiLA MACELLA Thayer and Bangs
now NuciFRAGA CARYOCATACTES MACELLA Thayer and Bangs
Nucifraga hemispila macella Thayer and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, 52,
1909, p. 140.
Type. — • No. 50,012, cf ; Hupeh, Hsienshanhsien; 11 December, 1907.
W. R. Zappey.
Calocitta FORMOSA POMPATA Bangs
Calocitta formosa pompata Bangs, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 4, 1914, p. 102.
Type.— No. 121,098, d" ; Costa Rica, Bolson; 19 December, 1907;
C. F. Underwood.
t Garrulus glandarius diaphorus La Touche
= Garrulus glandarius pekingensis Reichenow
Garralus glandarius diaphorus La Touche, Bull. B. O. C, 36, 1915, p. 98.
Type.— No. 125,130, d" ; N. E. Chihli; January, 1915; La Touche
Collection.
Garrulus hispecvlaris pekingensis Reichenow, J. f. O., 1905, p. 425.
Boanerges internigrans Thayer and Bangs
Boanerges internigrans Thayer and Bangs, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, 40, 1912,
p. 200.
Type. — 'No. 52,587, d^ ; Szechuan, Shoo-o-Lo; 23 August, 1908;
W. R. Zappey.
Perisoreus infaustus opicus Bangs
Perisoreus infaustus opicus Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 54, 1913, p. 474.
Type.- — • No. 57,701, d^ ; Altai Mountains, Topucha; 8 August, 1912;
N. Hollister.
I
I
bangs: types of birds 425
Perisoreus barbouri W. S. Brooks
now Perisoreus canadensis barbouri W. S. Brooks
Perisoreus barbouri W. S. Brooks, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 7, 1920, p. 49.
Type. — No. 82,105, d^; Anticosti Island, Ellis Bay; 8 September,
1919; W. S. Brooks.
This is an interesting island form, in some characters intermediate
between P. c. canadensis and P. c. nigricapillus, but purer grayish
above than either.
Perisoreus canadensis albescens Peters
Perisoreus canadensis albescens Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 7, 1920, p. 51.
Type — No. 247,526, d^ ; Alberta, Red Deer; 18 March, 1897; G. F.
Dippie.
Cyanocitta cristata florincola Coues
Cyanocitta cristata florincola Coues, Key, N. Am. Birds, 2d ed., 1884, p. 421.
Neofypc.^ No. 5,190, (f ; Florida, Hibernia; 3 February, 1869; J. A.
Allen and J. Marcy.
The type is marked, " Selected as the type by Wm. Brewster at re-
quest of Dr. Coues, March 9, 1898."
The Blue Jay in eastern North America shows such a gradual change
from a northern to a southern subspecies that it is much a matter of
individual opinion where the line between the two should be drawn.
Having gone over a large and complete series, I prefer to leave the
question as Ridgway had it, in Birds of North and Middle America,
rather than follow Oberholser (Auk, 38, 1921, p. 83).
Pica sanblasiana Lafresnaye
now CissiLOPHA SANBLASIANA SANBLASIANA (Lafresnaye)
Pica San-Blasiana Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1842, Ois., pi. 28.
Type.~yio. 76,202; Lafresnaye Collection, no. 5,543; (Acapulco,
cf. Bangs and Penard, infra).
Penard and I have already shown that Lafresnaye's type represents
the southern form and came from Acapulco, as stated by Lafresnaye
himself. We were, therefore, forced to name the northern form.
42G bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
CissiLOPHA sanblasiana nelsoni Bangs and Penard
Cissilophea sanblasiana nelsoni Bangs and Penard, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
63, 1919, p. 40.
Type. — -No. 65,111, d^; Colima, Colima; 7 May, 1913; Gustav
Gluckert.
Cyanolyca blandita Bangs
now Cy'anoly'ca argentigula blandita Bangs
Cyanolyca blandita Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19, 1906, p. 109.
Type. — • No. 109,324, cT ; Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui; 2 June, 1901 ;
W. W. Brown.
Although a very distinct form the Volcan de Chiriqui jay is a repre-
sentative of C. argentigula of the Volcan de Irazu, and, therefore, best
treated as a subspecies.
CoRVUS vociFERUs Cabot
now PsiLORHINUS MEXICANUS VOCIFERUS (Cabot)
Corvus vociferus Cabot, Boston Journal of N. H., 4, 1844, p. 464.
Cotype. — No. 74,746; Yucatan; S. Cabot.
Cotype. — No. 74,747; Yucatan; S. Cabot.
Shortly after I pubhshed a Ust of the Cabot t^pes, the two missing
specimens of this bird turned up. They had l)een mounted and were
packed away in a box, perhaps to be discarded. Fortunately, they still
had the Cabot numbers attached to their legs. The third cotype —
Cabot said he took three examples — is preserved in the collection of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
PsiLORHINUS MEXICANUS CAPTus Kennard and Peters
Psilorhinus mexicanus captus Kennard and Peters, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club,,
10, 1927, p. 2.
Type.— Ko. 234,483, d" ; Panama, Chiriquicito; 25 March, 1926;
F. H. Kennard.
MAY 27 1930
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
AT HARVARD COLLEGE.
Vol. LXX. No. 5
RECONNAISSANCE OF THE WATERS AND PLANKTON
OF MONTEREY BAY, JULY, 1928
By Henry B. Bigelow and Maurine Leslie
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.
PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM.
May, 1930
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
AT HARVARD COLLEGE.
There have been published of the Bulletin, Vols. I to LIV, LVI
to LXV, LXVII to LXIX; of the Memoirs, Vols. I to LI.
The Bulletin and Memoirs are devoted to the publication of
original work by the Officers of the Museum, of investigations carried
on by students and others in the different Laboratories of Natural
History, and of work by specialists based upon the Museum Collec-
tions and Explorations.
These publications are issued in numbers at irregular intervals.
Each number of the Bulletin and of the Memoirs may be sold sepa-
rately A price list of the publications of the Museum will be sent on
application to the Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
AT HARVARD COLLEGE.
Vol. LXX. No. 5
RECONNAISSANCE OF THE WATERS AND PLANKTON
OF MONTEREY BAY, JULY, 1928
By Henry B. Bigelow and Maurine Leslie
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.
PRINTED FOR THE MUSEl^M.
May, 1930
No. 5. — Reconnaissance of the Waters and Plankton of Monterey Bay,
July, 1928
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I.
II.
III.
IV.
B
Introduction .......
Methods and Standards of Accuracy .
Topography .......
Physical Oceanography
A. Temperature .......
1. Midsummer state as illustrated by July, 1928
Surface .......
Subsurface ......
2. Seasonal variation
3. Year to year variations ....
4. Comparison with Southern California waters
Salinity
1. Surface .......
Midsummer, 1928
Seasonal variation at the surface
Subsurface, July, 1928
Year to year variations in salinity
Salinity of Monterey Bay compared with Southern
fornia ........
Upwelling ........
1. Foci, as indicated by temperature and by salinity
2. Periodicity, as indicated by temperature and salinity
3. Comparison with other points on Pacific coast
Horizontal circulation
1. Tides
2.
3.
4.
D.
2. Dynamic state .
V. Chemical Oceanography
A. Dissolved Nutrients
1. State prevailing in July, 1928
Phosphate and silicate
Nitrate ....
2. Comparison with near-by regions
3. Maintenance of chemical fertility in Monterey Bay waters
Upwelling as the chief agent .
Depletion of the upper strata .
B. O.xygen
1. Monterey Bay in July, 1928
2. Comparison with other parts of the Pacific
3. Comparison with the Atlantic .
Call
Page
430
431
433
434
434
435
437
445
449
450
450
450
450
452
455
460
462
464
464
475
475
478
479
479
483
483
483
483
494
499
501
501
511
514
514
518
519
430
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
VI. Phytoplankton
........
. 522
A. Diatoms
. 522
1. Numerical abundance
522
2. Regional distribution ......
529
3. Vertical distribution
529
4. Dominant species of Diatoms . ...
532
B. Peridinians
539
VII. Zooplankton
541
A. Quantity of Plankton .......
542
B. Bathymetric Stratification
543
544
1. General associations
544
2. Notes on the more prominent groups
550
Coelenterates ........
550
Ctenophores
552
Chaetognaths
552
Copepods
553
Amphipods
556
Euphausiids
557
Decapods
557
558
D. Bathyplankton .........
559
VIII. Tables of Stations, Temperatures, Salinities, Densities, Silicates,
Phosphates, Nitrates and Oxygen
567
Bibliography .
573
I. Introduction
The study of the physical and chemical character of the water, and
of the plankton of Monterey Bay, described in the following pages,
was carried out jointly by members of the Hopkins Marine Station
of Stanford University, the Museum of Comparative Zoology, the
Scripps Institution of Oceanography; and by the California Division
of Fish and Game, which made the field work possible by placing at
our disposal their patrol boats "Steelhead" and " Albacore."
In this presentation of the general results, our thanks are due to
Prof. W. E. Allen for counts and specific determinations of diatoms;
Dr. Albert Mann, specific determinations of diatoms; Dr. Tage
Skogsberg, determinations of peridinians; to the Scripps Institution
for allowing the use of much unpublished data on physics and chem-
istry of California waters; to Miss Alice Beale, Miss Mary Sears and
Mr. C. V. MacCoy for identification of plankton (p. 541). Acknowl-
edgments are also due to the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, and to the
BIGELOW AXD LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 431
Scripps Institution for the loan of apparatus. ^Ye wish also to express
our gratitude to Mr. E. C. Scofield of the Division of Fish and Game
for his constant supervision of, and assistance in the boat work;
also to Capt. Walter Engelke, and to the crew of the "Albacore," with-
out whose friendly cooperation nothing could have been done.
The equipment consisted of a handwinch, with steel wire, suitable
for work to 600 meters, the usual water bottles, deep sea thermometers,
and open tow nets.
Determinations of salinity, phosphates, silicates and nitrates were
carried out (by Leslie) in the laboratory of the Hopkins Station. The
chemical methods are described below.
Counts of diatoms were made at the Scripps Institution,
Thirty-one stations were occupied in various parts of the bay and
in its offing, between June 30 and July 24, the results of which are
tabulated below (p. 567).
II. Methods and Standards of Accuracy
The observational error for temperature (with the instruments
employed) is about ±0.15° for the surface, 0.1° for the subsurface
readings.
Salinities were determined by the titration method developed by
the Conseil Permanent International pour I'Exploration de la Mer.
The method is now in general use and is accurate to ± 0.03 %o-
Dissolved oxygen was determined by the Winkler method as de-
scribed by Jacobsen (1921) and the percentage saturation was com-
puted from the table given by him.^ By means of a tube attached to
the stopcock of the Ekman bottle, the water for the oxygen determina-
tion was drawn directly into the sample bottle. The latter was allowed
to fill and overflow until it had been thoroughly rinsed of air-contamin-
ated water. Reagents were added immediately and the samples kept
in the dark until they were titrated the following day. The experi-
mental error is 0.05 cc. per liter.
Silicate was determined by the Dienert and Wandenbulcke (1923)
method as modified by Atkins (1923a). No correction for salt error
was made. King and Lucas (1928) have recently pointed out that the
concentration recommended by Atkins for the picric acid solution
(used as an artificial standard in the silica test) was too great. Com-
1 The values for 100% saturation given in this table are slightly lower than those found in
Harvey (1928) and American Public Health Association (1917) but Jacobsen's table is based on
the Winkler method and hence should be used here. See also Jacobsen (1905).
432 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
parison of our standards with corresponding ones prepared according
to King and Lucas gives a factor of 1 .33 by which our values should
be multiplied to make them strictly correct. For comparison with
the work which has already been done by others on the basis of the
old standards we leave our data as originally determined. According
to Atkins the figures in the second decimal place are of uncertain
significance.
Estimation of phosphate was carried out by the method of Deniges
(1920, 1921) as described by Atkins (1923). As Atkins and Wilson
(1927) have pointed out, this method is also sensitive to arsenates
so that these values represent any arsenate present as well as phos-
phate. Atkins claims an accuracy of ='=0.001 milligram per liter.
The water samples for phosphate and silicate determinations were
analyzed the afternoon of the day they were collected, except one series
which was analyzed the following day.
Exceptionally high values of phosphate and silicate were found at
stations 25 and 26. Investigation revealed that ordinary plankton
bottles with cork stoppers had been used as containers for these two
series of samples. Tests with distilled water confirmed our suspicion
that phosphate and silicate were dissolved from either the cork or the
glass, so the chemical data from these two stations were rejected. The
citrate of magnesia bottles used as containers for the samples at all
other stations were well seasoned and we have no reason to doubt
the reliability of these results.
The method developed by Harvey (1926, 1928a) with the changes
described by Moberg (1929) was used for nitrate. A great deal of
difficulty was experienced in preparing a suitable reagent and only a
limited quantity was finally available. Most of the samples stood
from two days to three weeks before being determined. This and the
fact that some difficulty was experienced with the colorimeter leave
the nitrate values open to some question. However since they give
a general idea of the state prevailing at that time, we include them.^
1 For an excellent discussion of methods for the determination of phosphates and nitrogenoua
compounds in sea water, and for some technical improvements, see Rapports et Proces-Verbaux
des Reunions, Cons. Internat. Explor. Mer., 53, 1929.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE : WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 433
III. Topography
Since the oceanographic character of any coastal sector is largely
determined by its submarine topography and by the trend of the coast
line, we may point out that Monterey Bay is a shallow bight, some
twenty miles across its mouth from headland to headland, by about
eleven miles deep (Fig. 1). Off the southern headland (the Monterey
122"
Fig. 1. — Chart of Monterey Bay, showing locations of stations, and bottom contours for depths
of 100, 200, 400 and 600 meters.
434 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
peninsula), the 200 meter contour — generally taken as marking the
edge of the continent — is within 1| miles of the shore at the nearest
point, but lies some 8| miles out, abreast the northern boundary of
the bay. Here, as along the coast of California in general, the slope
is steep down to great depths, with 3,000 meters only some 35^5
miles out. The submarine topography of the bay itself is characterized
by the existence of a deep, open, submerged valley, extending inward
across the bay, a valley often spoken of as the submerged valley of the
Salinas River [we express no view as to the geologic implication]
because, so far as the general topography of the region is concerned,
it seems a submarine continuation of that general drainage system.
At the mouth of the bay this trough is about 1,000 meters deep
and about 5 miles broad between the 200 meter contours, narrowing
to less than a mile in breadth and shoaling to about 200 meters, at a
point about two miles off shore. Its slopes, as indicated on the contour
chart (Fig. 1), are much steeper than the slope of the shoaler bottom,
either to the north of it, or to the south. Thus any profile of the bay
running north and south crosses this deep trough about midway.
IV. Physical Oceanography
A. Temperature
It is now so thoroughly established that the low temperatures of
the surface waters along the coast of southern and central California
are due to upwelling of colder water from below that no defense of this
thesis is required.
In a region of this sort the thermal state prevailing at any given
season is instructive chiefly (a) as it affects the environmental character
of the region from the biological standpoint and (b) as an expression
of the activity with which upwelling has been taking place for some
time previous, and of its regional localization.
The first of these requirements demands statement of the prevailing
state, especially of the absolute values as well as of the amplitude of
variation, at different localities, seasons and depths, as defining the
conditions under which the animals and plants of the region actually
live, and the fluctuations that they must either endure or in some way
be able to escape, as by emigration.
The physical problem involves analysis of the regional variations
as associated with other physical and chemical features of the water,
also with the topography of the bottom. In the following account these
two lines of approach are followed successively.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 435
1. Midsummer state as illustrated by July, 1928
Surface
During July, 1928 the extreme recorded range of surface tempera-
ture for Monterey Bay (Fig. 2) was from 12.4° to 15.8°, the water
37
o /s'-za' °
Fig. 2. — Surface temperature, July 1-24, 1928.
436 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
averaging coolest (12.4°-13.1°) over the mouth of the deep submarine
canon that gives the bay its distinctive character. Relatively low
readings were also recorded close to the shore of Point Pinos at the
southern portal to the bay, where local upwellings or turbulence main-
tained values close to 13° throughout the month as illustrated by the
following succession: June 30 (Sta. 1), 13.3°; July 5 (Sta. 5), 12.1°;
July 16 (Sta. 14), 12.8°; July 23 (Sta. 28), 12.4°. The warmest surface
water (warmer than 14°) was localized (and by local report usually
is localized in summer) in the two bights in the southeastern and north-
eastern parts of the bay, where protection from wave action, com-
bined with shoalness of the water, not only favors heating of the sur-
face by solar radiation in situ, but allows the warm surface stratum
to accumulate as it is driven inshore by the sea breeze that develops
by day along this sector of the coast at this time of year. In fact, local
topography would have suggested as much.
It is not unlikely that somewhat higher values than those actually
recorded would have been found had we paid more attention to these
localities, particularly if we had taken more readings close in to the
mouth of the San Lorenzo River. But it seems established, by our own
records as well as by local report, that it is only in these sheltered
parts of the bay that the surface may be expected to warm above 14°
before August. Apparently these warm pools did not connect with
each other along the eastern shore at the time.
Fractional differences recorded from day to day at given localities,
resulting from disturbances of the water, combined with the general
progress of seasonal warming, make it difficult precisely to locate the
surface isotherms, from data extending ov^er a period as short as was
that covered by our investigations. At the mouth of the bay, for
instance, the surface was 13.1° at Station 10 on July 13, but only
12.5° at the same location on the 21st (Sta. 22). The chart of surface
temperatures (Fig. 2) is, therefore, only a generalization of the prev-
alent state for the month.
The mean surface temperature of the bay for July, 1928 was close
to 13.4°; the maximum deviation from this mean was 2.4°, or only
about 1° if the three warmest stations (temperatures of 15.8°, 14.9°,
and 14.9°) be omitted from the calculation. And when it is recalled
that these readings extend over a period of three weeks, that they
cover an area of about two hundred square miles, and that they were
taken at various stages of the tide, sometimes on a rough day, some-
times a smooth, some in fog, others in bright sunlight, and at different
times of day, great regional uniformity is evidently characteristic of
BIGELOW AND LESLIE : WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 437
Monterey Bay. This, in fact, applies to the whole Cahfornian coast
sector, as contrasted with the wide regional variations that prevail
along the Atlantic coast of North America at corresponding latitudes.
Subsurface
At the season of our investigation Monterey waters cool compara-
tively slowly from the surface downward, as might have been expected.
This vertical cooling, illustrated by curves for representative stations
(Figs. 3 and 4), was, as a rule, most abrupt in the upper 25 meters. At
some stations the rate of vertical change was nearly uniform through-
out this depth-stratum, at others most rapid between 10 or 15 meters
and 25; at others, again, the uppermost stratum (5-10 meters) was
more nearly homogeneous as to temperature, while at still other sta-
tions a homogeneous layer was recorded at 5-15 meters depth. Station
to station differences such as these, in the uppermost 15 meters, no
doubt reflect the temporary or local effects of tidal movements, or of
the stirring by the waves. But our studies were not sufficiently de-
tailed for analysis of the factors that controlled in any one instance.
On the average the decrease in temperature, with depth from the
surface downward to the 25 meter level, amounted in July, 1928 to
about 3.3°, the mean temperature at the 25 meter level being 10.1°,
the extreme values at that depth 9.1°-11.7°, or omitting the one warm-
est station (located at the head of the trough close to land) 9.1°-10.9°.
Projection of the 25 meter temperature (Fig. 5) , shows a reversal
as compared with the surface in the relative locations of the warmest
and coldest water at the time, the former being concentrated over the
submarine trough at the 25 meter level, instead of over the shoal parts
of the bay; especially notable is the accumulation of warm water right
up to the head of the trough. This phenomenon, discussed below (page
471), is more clearly demonstrated by a profile (Fig. 6) running out
from the coastline at Moss Landing along the axis of the trough, which
shows all the successive isotherms as dipping sharply toward the land
at all depths from 10 meters down to about 50.
On the average, cooling with depth was considerably less rapid from
the 25 meter level downward than above that level, but continued at
a nearly uniform rate down to the greatest depth from which we ob-
tained data. Thus an increase in depth from 25 meters to 50 meters
corresponded during the period to an average chilling by about 0.7°,
the average value at 50 meters (19 stations) being 9.4°. It is also worth
noting that the temperature was more nearly uniform regionally (con-
438
BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
sidering the area included) at about 50 meters than at any other level
down to considerably greater depths, with an extreme range of only
from 9.1° to 10.1°.
8
9"
T.
ICT ir 12° 13° 14°
M.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Fig. 3. — Vertical distribution of temperature at representative statione 7, 13, 24, 27) in the
upper 100 meters.
r
-—
f\
^
7
ft
P
<r^
y^
/
^
^
,^
/Z7
^4
^
r^
^
Y
1
1
\
i
\
/
.1
/
/
/
f
/
!■■
/
1
/
1
/
V
"
/
r
BIGELOW AND LESLIE : WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 439
Owing to this regional uniformity, projection of the values at the 50
meter level would of itself throw little light on the loci of most active
upwelling, for although the isotherm for 9.5° divided the area, into
a cooler northern and offshore part and a warmer belt around the
T.
10" ir isr 13° 14" 15°
8^
9"
M.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Fig. 4. — Vertical distribution of temperature at successive stations around the shore of the
bay (15, 18, 19,26).
M
/^
o 1
9
n
—
26
r
2i
/
y
/
^
^
^^
t
-^
/>-
i
^-^
y^
7
^
>,
X
/
/
/
i
/
/
1/
/
/
f
,
/
f
i
/
/
-^
/
western and southern margin at this level, the difference in the re-
corded values was so small from station to station, and the observa-
tions extended over so long a period of time that they do not give a
just idea of the spacial distribution of temperature at this general level.
In this case other types of projection are needed. Thus a profile
440
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
crossing the mouth of the bay from north to south (Fig. 7), for the
period July 13-23, shows that within the stratum between the 50 meter
and 100 meter levels the successive isotherms for 9° and 9.5°, running
Fig. ,5. — Temperature at a depth of 25 meters, July 1-24, 1928.
level across the northern half of the bay, dipped abruptly into the
axis of the trough. Had the profile been run a week earlier, when up-
welling was more active, as shown by the closer approach of cold
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 441
(<9.5°) water to the surface in the trough (Sta. 7), the distribution
would have been essentially the same, with the successive isotherms
rising closer to the surface over the southern slope (Sta. 7) than in
the deep axis (Sta. 10).
Staktions
-^7 -100
tAekirs
-150
200
Fig. 6. — Temperature profile, running offshore from Moss Landing, July 12-24.
The average thermal difference between the 50 meter level and the
100 meter level (about 0.6°) was only about one seventh as great as the
difference recorded in the equally thick stratum of water from the
442
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
2
02
o
U3
o
iO
o
to
o
w
»o
r^
T-«
rH
tH
lO O lO
r* o 02
iH OJ CJ
o
»o
I
O
eg
St
♦J
o
ja
•J
3
0
a
4)
CIO
a
o
a.
i
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 443
surface downward to 50 meters (4°). The mean value (nine stations) at
100 meters was about 8.8°. But in spite of the contraction of the area
at increasing depths, caused by the converging slopes of the submarine
Fig. 8. — Temperature at a depth of 100 meters.
valley, the extreme recorded temperatures were farther apart at 100
meters (7.9°-9.4°) than at 50 meters. Furthermore, horizontal projec-
tion of the 100 meter isotherms (Fig. 8) including all the stations,
444 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
irrespective of date, shows definite localization of the warmest water
(>9°) over the axis of the trough, and of colder (<9°) water over its
slopes, as already noted for the profile (Fig. 7). The isotherms for
9° and 9.5° also show localization of the updraft of cold water chiefly
on the northern side.
Our records for temperature at depths greater than 100 meters are
confined to the trough, and to the continental slope off the Monterey
peninsula to the south. AVithin the former, our stations show a banking
up of the coldest water against the northern slope (Fig. 7) down to
at least 150 meters as illustrated b}' the isotherm for 8°. But the ex-
treme thermal range recorded at 200 meters (7 stations) was only
about 0.4° (8.2°-8.6°), while at 400 meters 3 stations in the trough
(10, 27, 29) gave almost precisely the same value (6.9°-7°) as did two
stations off the open slope (8 and 17, 6.85° and 6.95°) although the
observations covered an interval of twelve days. And regional uni-
formity in temperature is apparently characteristic of this part of
the slope, for it prevailed down to 600 meters (our deepest observa-
tions), where readings at two stations in the trough, as well as at one
off Point Pinos, were respectively 5.4°, 5.6° and 5.5°, with the curves
of vertical distribution for two other stations (8 and 29) suggesting
about this same value at that depth (Fig. 9).
It is, of course, desirable to establish whether an average tempera-
ture close to 5.5° is typical of the 600 meter level across the Monterey
front, not only in other seasons, but from summer to summer, or
whether the state prevailing in July, 1928 represents any considerable
departure from the normal one way or the other. Unfortunately no
recent serial observations as deep as this are available for comparison
for considerable distances to the north, to the south, or offshore from
Monterey Bay. Neither did the "Albatross" take bottom readings
at the 600 meter depth during her dredging campaigns in the bay
in 1890, 1891, or 1897 (Townsend, 1901). But graphs constructed
from her bottom readings in shoaler and deeper water suggest a mean
600 meter value close 5.6° C; which corresponds almost exactly with
the "Albacore" values of 1928.
In 1873 the "Tuscarora" made several serial determinations of
temperatures off the Monterey peninsula which suggest a temperature
about 1° lower (mean, 4.8°C.) than either the "Albatross" or "Alba-
core" values. But for instrumental reasons (page 466) it is not possible
to judge how closely comparable these early observations are with
the more recent ones.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 445
2. Seasonal variation
It is not possible to reconstruct the normal seasonal variation of
temperature below the surface of Monterey Bay from the few scat-
tered bottom readings taken prior to the "Albacore" investigation.
T.
9° - - -
M.
6'
8°
10° ir 12'
13
100
200
300
400
500
—
. cr"
^
==
=o —
3
£/
/
/
J
'
/
/
A/
/
B
/
1
1
/
//
/
7
//
1
j>
1
/
1
/i
1
//
/
/
/
//
-J
y
600
Fig. 9. — Maximum (B) and minimum (A) temperatures, surface to 600 meters, at Stations
8, 10, 17, 27 and 29.
446 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
But daily readings (Fig. 10) taken at the Hopkins Marine Station at
Pacific Grove, on the south shore of the bay, during the years 1919-
27 (Dorman, 1927a; Hubbs and Schultz, 1929), afford a good picture
of the seasonal range of surface temperature at this inshore location ^
with some indication of the annual fluctuations that have taken place
there, within that period.
It is, of course, a matter of deduction how closely readings for this
locality, subject to all the disturbing effects of the coastline, can be
accepted as typical of the bay as a whole. In July, 1928 the weekly
averages there were 13.5°, 12.6°, 12.7° and 12.4°; contrasting with
our readings of 14.2° and 14.9° about a mile offshore on the 3d (Sta.
4) and 17th (Sta. 15), and with a general average of 13-14° for that
side of the bay for the month. This suggests that fractionally lower
readings may be expected close to the tide line than out in the bay,
in summer, as was to be expected from the stirring effect of the tide.
But the difference is not great enough to rob the laboratory data of
their illustrative value for the bay as a whole, with the important
proviso that these inshore temperatures may show day to day and
week to week fluctuations that do not parallel the surface temperature
variations out over deeper water. Such a difference is, of course,
to be expected, as is the case along almost any coastline where in- and
offshore movements of the warmest surface stratum, caused by wind
or tide, alternately bring relatively high temperatures close into the
beach, or cause somewhat cooler water to well up from below when
the warm stratum shifts out from the tide line. Bathers are perfectly
familiar with this phenomenon wherever the surface is appreciably
warmer than the underlying water in summer.
In regions where the range of temperature from winter to summer is
wide, as it is around the coastline of the northern North Atlantic, day
to day fluctuations of this sort usually are narrow, as compared with
the seasonal progression, as illustrated, for instance, by the temperature
graphs that have been published for Woods Hole (Sumner, Osburn,
and Cole, 1913; Fish, 1925). But in regions such as Monterey Bay,
where the seasonal swing is small, it is not surprising to find the week
to week variations, caused by local events, exceeding the mean sea-
sonal deviation for the year. In the year 1927, for example, the
temperature at the Hopkins laboratory rose by about 3.5° during the
month of October (fortieth to forty-fifth week) ; then fell again by about
2.5° within the next four weeks; while in 1919 an equally abrupt decline
' These readings were taken in a sheltered cove within a few yards of the shore, in water less
than three feet deep.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 447
>
v..
y
.''
\
\
•
V
\
•
\
\
o
».
r
•
>
•
V
•
>
§
y^
..••/•"
0
<
...••• \
•
/
/
:^
•£
>
-<....
•
/
/
•
/
/
1
OS
>
•
■fs
CO
en
•
1
^
«•••"
\ '
CD
CM
-f-»
^
/
\
%
\
.••■'' ^
Vv...
\
•
•
/
en w
1 ^
in
c
<
21
_>—
E
• ^
O
a.
B, maximum weekly means
kly means for_the year 1928.
^
> >
%•
1
<
> %
] .
^-
' ' ?
•
1
•
1
^
u
— ' o
0 "^
<
I
•••
d
.2 S
§1
{
) ••
\ ••■■•
\
\
•
ft
c
I)
>>*
temperature at Hopkins Mari
erage weekly means for the per
\
^
.•""^ -"'"X
...
^<^r."""
•
s,^^
•
o.
1- >
^^***fc^ ••
■*
1
*^
<
3 b
M 3
^*
1
"^«
0 >,
N
/
•
\
1
•
\
•
•
/
C
u) a
0 ^
fl^
-'■''^ ,i
r •
>
1
•
0
CO >
\
•
"».
•>
L.
o-.§
•r. a
n;--.
. \
•'
V
2" s
/ .« •"
-='
►
■■ *te ^
1
fa
MS
1,^
■
n
1 "^
M 1 V
— • •■
5
1 'c
448 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
of 1.8° was reported from the fortieth to the forty-sixth week, followed
by almost as abrupt a recovery, although the mean annual range for
the whole nine year series is only about 2.5°. The year 1928 again
showed a sudden cooling by about 2° during April (Fig. 10), from the
fifteenth week to the seventeenth, although gradual warming is the
normal event at that season. Furthermore, there is no apparent con-
sistency from year to year in the ups and downs, the curves for the
several years crossing and recrossing one another as is better shown
on the graph (Fig. 10) than verbally. Dorman (1927a, p. 85, Fig. 3)
has already illustrated these sudden shifts of temperature for the 1923
series at Pacific Grove, and similar events are no less characteristic
for the vicinity of La JoUa,' hence they are evidently characteristic
for the coastline of southern and central California as a whole.
But in spite of the abrupt peaks and Valleys that would characterize
temperature graphs for the individual years, and in spite of the rela-
tively considerable differences from year to year, in the values for
given weeks, the trends for all but one of the years are roughly parallel
(Fig. 10). And since this series covers nine consecutive years, the aver-
age thermal succession illustrated, namely coldest (averaging close
to or slightly above 11° in late December and in January, warming
progressively to an average maximum of about 13.5° in August and
early September, to cool again at about the same rate throughout
the autumn, may be accepted as characteristic.
The normal annual range for Monterey Bay is thus only about 2.5°,
the extreme range that appears in the seven year series of weekly
averages was about 5.6° (Fig. 10). The maximum deviation recorded
in any one week of the series is 3.9°. Although deviations of 2° or
more, within a single week, may be expected at any season of the year,
having been recorded in every month except March, they have oc-
curred most frequently in April, May, June, and July, when a total
of twenty-seven such events has been recorded, contrasted with four-
teen instances for other times of year. They are thus most frequent
during the season of vernal warming, and when the temperature of the
surface water is at its maximum, i.e., when the vertical gradient of
temperature is steepest, as was to be expected if our explanation of
their origin as due to local updrafts or churnings be correct.
At La Jolla, about 3° 45' of latitude to the south, records taken by
the Scripps Institution at their pier show the surface averaging coldest
somewhat later in the winter (January and February), warmest some-
' See, for example, Allen, 1927, p. 35.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AXD PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 449
what earlier (July and August), and with a wider annual range (about
10°).
With respect to the annual range of surface temperature, the
Monterey sector (like other similar areas in mid- or high latitudes
where mass upwelling prevails) is the antithesis of waters at corre-
sponding latitudes off coasts where the continental shelf is wide, and
where the geographic situation is such that the interplay between local
solar warming and winter chilling chiefly controls the thermal com-
plex. Compare the seasonal curve for Pacific Grove with parts of the
Gulf of Maine, for example, or with the southern side of the Gulf of
St. Lawrence where the average range of surface temperature is close
to 20°.
3. Year to year variations
The graph (Fig. 10) shows that the deviation in surface tempera-
ture from the mean over a term of years at Pacific Grove averages
about 1° in each direction. During the period of record the greatest
weekly deviation, above and below the mean, has been about 2°.
And since no extraordinarily cold or extraordinarily warm years fell
within the nine year period, even for the surface waters, it is evident
that such events very seldom chance in this locality, if ever.
Hubbs and Schultz (1929) have already pointed out that 1926
was an abnormally warm year from January to May, but slightly
colder than normal from June to November. The year 1928 was of
this same type (Fig. 10), the weekly means averaging about 0.5° above
normal during January, February and March. From mid- April until
about mid-.July, 1928, can be described as a normal year, with some
of the weekly means falling above, others below the average curve.
During August and September the means for 1928 averaged about
0.5° low, but these again rose fractionally above normal during the
late autumn. Deviations of this sort, and at these particular times of
year, make 1928 notable, among the years of record, by a seasonal
trend more nearly horizontal than usual, for the spread between the
maximum and minimum weekly means for that year (about 2.6°) is
considerably less than in several of the other years of record (about
4° in 1920), with the highest and lowest points of a smoothed curve
for the year 1928 only about 1° apart, contrasting with the usual
range of 2.5°. Furthermore the regular seasonal progression exhibited
by the records for all the other years (p. 448) was hardly apparent for
1928, when the mean temperature for winter and early spring was
450
BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
about aj high as the midsummer mean, instead of something like 2°
lower as is the usual case, and with the water coldest in late spring
when in most years vernal warming takes place.
4. Comparison with southern California waters
The contrast between the seasonal trend of surface temperature at
Monterey, and in the offing of La Jolla, has already been referred to
(p. 448). In summer McEwen's graphs (1916, pi. 34, 36) show the
water in the vicinity of the Coronado Islands averaging about 7°
warmer than Monterey Bay at the surface. If the subsurface tem-
perature for July, 1928, can be taken as representative, the more
southern locality is 2°-3° warmer at 50 meters, about 1.5° warmer at
100 meters, 1° warmer at 200 meters, fractionally warmer at 400
meters and at 600 meters. But temperatures recorded by the U. S. S.
"Albatross" ^ at stations off Lower California, and off Santa Barbara
in October, 1916 at 600 meters (5.7°, 5.75° and 5.6°), agree almost
exactly with the 600 meter readings off Monterey Bay in July, 1928.
No comparison is yet possible for other times of year, lacking sub-
surface data for Monterey Bay for any month except July, or for any
other year.
B. Salinity
1. Surface
Midsummer, 1928
The surface waters of Monterey Bay were characterized in July,
1928, by remarkable uniformity in salinity, regionally considered,
the maximum range recorded at that level being only .11 %q as shown
in the following table of maximum, minimum, and mean values for
different levels.
Depth
Meters
Maximum
Minimum
Mean
Spread
No. of
Stations
No. of
Stations
falling
within
±.022ofthe
mean value
Mean
Increase
with
depth
Surf
33.91
33.80
33.87
.11
26
19
.01
.07
.05
.07
.13
.09
25
33.98
33.73
33.88
.25
20
11
50
34.11
33.89
33.95
.22
18
11
100
34.04
33.96
34.00
.08
10
3
200
34.11
34.04
34.07
.07
5
43
400
34.223
34.18
34.20
.04
4
3
600
34.29
34.29
34.29
0
3
3
1 From data compiled by S. W. Chambers, 1929.
2 This deviation is chosen because corresponding to the probable error of chlorine titration.
s Two stations by direct observations; two by interpolation.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAV 451
The station to station differences are so small (when the experimental
error of ±.02 is taken into account) that no definite subdivision of
the surface into salter and fresher regions could be definitely estab-
lished at the time, the recorded values being slightly higher at some sta-
tions, slightly lower at others near by, as would naturally be expected
to result from wave action, tidal movements, etc. As further illustra-
tion of this regional uniformity, we need only point out that a profile
from the southern headland of the bay to the northern (Fig. 15)
shows no definite succession at the surface, most of the recorded
values being almost precisely identical, while on lines from Monterey
Harbor out to the continental slope the surface readings at six stations
(2, 4, 8, 15, 17, 28) were precisely alike (allowing for the probable
error), i.e., 33.86-33.89%o, though covering an interval of twenty-
three days.
Even within a mile or so of the coastline, the surface water was not
measurably fresher than in the central parts of the bay, while water
samples taken daily at the landing of the Hopkins Marine Station
show that this generalization can be extended right in to the tide
line at this time of year, at least for this side of the bay. Thus at the
time of our offshore investigations, the weekly means at the Hopkins
Marine Station were 34%o, 33.93%o, 33.93%o, 33.86%o, giving an
average for the month of about 33. 92%^, corresponding closely with
the average (33.87%o) just stated for the bay as a whole. The slightly
higher mean for the first week of the period (34%^) probably reflected
some local and temporary updraft over this sloping beach.
But the weekly averages at the Hopkins station, computed from
readings taken there since 1919, show that much more violent fluctua-
tions in the state of the water take place there within periods of a
few days, than we encountered anywhere in the open bay during the
whole month of July, 1928. The weekly variations for the month of
July are as follows :
Year
Range
Year
Range
Year
Range
1919
.08%o
1922
.18%o
1925
.10%o
1920
.19%o
1923
.17%o
1926
.06%o
1921
.ll%o
1924
.ll%o
1927
.12%o
This considerable range of variability in the inshore waters for the
month of July does not, however, reflect any prevailing increase or
decrease throughout the month, the trend being practically horizontal
at this time of the year as described below (p. 452).
Sporadic alterations of this sort are to be expected in the salinity
452 * bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
of the water close to the coasthne, in any region where the column is
characterized farther offshore by an increase or by a decrease in salin-
ity, with depth. They are evidence of movements of the surface
water in- and offshore, with corresponding updrafts from below, just
as are the corresponding short-time alterations in surface temperature
(p. 446). In the summer season it should be easier to correlate these
local alterations with their causes (winds, tides, etc.) in regions like
Monterey Bay where land drainage and rainfall are both negligible
for a considerable portion of the year, than it is along coastlines where
rivers discharge at all seasons, and where rainfall is more evenly dis-
tributed. In the former case vertical displacements chiefly need be
taken into account; in the latter horizontal as well.
Seasonal variation at the surface
The uniformity that characterized the surface salinity, not only
over the bay as a whole but also at the Hopkins Station, throughout
July, 1928, together with other evidence shortly to be mentioned,
shows that this is a season when the trend of surface salinity is prac-
tically horizontal; hence the "Albacore" observations throw no light
on seasonal variation. For this we must turn to the daily readings
that have been taken at the Hopkins Marine Station since 1919, just
mentioned. And although the day to day, and week to week fluctua-
tions are considerable there for salinity just as they are for tempera-
ture (p. 446), the fact that the mean value for the four weeks of July,
1928 (33.92%o) was almost precisely the same there as at our stations
farther out justifies acceptance of the general seasonal trend of salinity
at the Hopkins Station as representative of the bay as a whole.
Weekly averages at the station show a regular seasonal progres-
sion, with the surface averaging least saline from mid-February to
mid-April (about 33.2-33.3%o), increasing comparatively abruptly
in salinity through May and early June to a maximum (average about
33.7%o) which, in most years, was reached about the middle of that
month. Little change then takes place through July and August,
after which the salinity decreases slowly and at a comparatively con-
stant rate throughout the autumn and early winter (Fig. 11).
On the whole, this seasonal progression corresponds to the seasonal
distribution of the discharge from the Salinas River, most of which
is condensed in the months of November, December, January, and
February, according to the following measurements taken near its
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 453
T— 1 — prr
i;i . r
1 1
T — ^ — '
•
•
•
{ <
»
9
U
V*
r ,.'
<Q
f\
/ -v
S
p.
\
1
•
3
a
/ •
•
•
"3
1
>
0
a
>
V-*''
1
• •
3
jj
\ /
a
5j
f% A
•
V
•
4-
M
1
X 1
• 1
1
O
IN
05
• ' «
•1 '
•
/
/
•
/
IS.
CM
1
+-'
I— <
1
OS
f— I
05
.— 1
< 00
CD
a.
to"
CS4 -^
1
a
i
■ \ \
1
lO
•
> •
/ \
'' 1
\
CD -<$
c
<
z:
CD
*-<
3
<
aS
i •
•
: => >-
>^
£
c
a >^
•* 1
>>
• /
•
: ^ «
-^
• ^
_
3=2
(
>
r ::5
:5
s:
3
^1
Y
i
>
•
1
•
•
— >
\
•
V 4.
' 1 .'^
fc''
•
•
•
1
'
C
3
13
\-
•-5
-3
"E 3
/
\--
\
a u
(
"i.^
%■%
\
\ \
\
•
>•
Si
\
V \
"'••• 1
<<$
^?.
<
<
E
II
a ^
^-^^^
V\ -
— ~ ^ ^ _
I
>1 o
^.^■^
> /v
^:-.
~^»
<
•3 ^
.5 aj
— aj
!- 5
\
•
L
\
•v
■v
<
0 >
.2 «
1 =
If
V
v.
— ■ 3
\
• •
•^
— X
'■ \
•^-.^
2 —
•*y
•s.
•
Ix.
3 M
« -
^ 1
1 >>
/
/•
• ^»
0 S
/ •
I.--
£
b
\ «
••K--
•i>- 1 1 "^1^
Ki
' 1 '\
1 1
1 (
"»
1
o
lO c
1>
' 'J
i?
^
m »o
c
>2
ff
>
f
> f
■>
f
T
454 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
mouth by the U. S. Geological Survey in 1900 (Hamlin, 1904, Van
Winkle and Eaton, 1910). ^
Month Mean discharge
January 848 ft. per second
February 105
March 73
April 22
May 17
June 16
July 8
August 7
September 6
October 2
November 2,413
December 295
The decrease that takes place in the salinity of the bay during the
autumn and early winter probably reflects this local source. An in-
crease, which seems a normal event because something of the sort
took place in seven of the nine years of record, is shown from the first
to the third week of January. Active upwelling at the time, interrupt-
ing the progressive incorporation of land water, would effect an altera-
tion of this sort. And comparison with the corresponding weekly
averages of temperature suggests this as its cause, because in six of the
seven years it was accompanied by a fall in temperature, such as would
result from an updraft in a region where the surface does not normally
chill to the temperature of the underlying water even at the coldest
season.
One other feature of the seasonal progression of salinity remains
to be mentioned, namely, much greater variability from week to week
during the half of the year when salinity is near its minimum than
during the period of maximum salinity (Fig. 11). No doubt when the
surface is flooded with land water the vertical gradient of salinity is
considerably steeper than it is in summer. In this case that any dis-
placement of the water in and out from the shore, or any churning
by storm winds, would be much more clearly reflected along the shore
by an alteration in the salinity than is the case when the whole column
of water so affected is more nearly homogeneous vertically. The ups
and downs that would be recorded on the curve for any one individual
' No data as to the volume of flow are available for theother rivers tributary to Monterey Bay,
but as this reflects the seasonal distribution of rainfall in the mountains, probably it agrees with
that of the Salinas River.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 455
year (Fig. 11) may thus be interpreted as reflecting, in a sense, the
incorporation into the general mass of the land water and of rainfall.
The more completely has this incorporation taken place, the more
nearly uniform from day to day may we expect to find the salinity of
the water as it flows in and out over the beach.
2. Subsurface, July, 1928
When the vertical distribution of salinity is plotted for our stations
it is at once apparent that while in every case the water was con-
siderably more saline at 50 meters or deeper than at the surface the
distribution in the uppermost stratum was of two different types.
At most of the stations either the uppermost 25 meters was close to
homogeneous as to salinity, or a slight increase of salinity was recorded
from the surface downward. But four stations in the central part
of the bay showed an unmistakable minimum-layer, at depths of 5
to 25 meters, where the salinity was lower than at the surface. At
one of these (10) this layer was recorded at 10 meters (0.06%o less
saline than the surface), below which salinity increased. At another
station (12) there were two such strata of low salinity, one at 5 meters
(0.13%o fresher than the surface), a second (0.18%o fresher than the
surface) at 25 meters. At the third station of this group (18) the
upper 5 meters of water were homogeneous, with water 0.07%o l^ss
sahne at 25 meters; while at the fourth station (9), the upper 10 meters
were homogeneous, the 25 meter level somewhat fresher, with a com-
paratively abrupt increase in salinity from that level down to 50
meters (Fig. 12).
When plotted horizontally, whether for the 5 meter, or for the
25 meter level, it appears that these stations showing a minimum
layer fell into two separate and discontinuous regional groups. It is
not clear whether Stations 10 and 12 represented a circumscribed pool,
or whether they reflected the inshore edge of a more extensive area
characterized by this type of vertical distribution. But it seems certain
that Stations 9 and 18, closer to the land, did fall within such a pool,
with a rather definite minimum layer centering at about 25 meters.
With only one month's data, it is of course an open question whether
such a minimum stratum is characteristic of the locality and season,
or whether it represented an unusual state. However, there is nothing
novel in the discovery of layers or pools of low salinity of this sort,
at small depths below the surface off the coast of California, for a
minimum layer, centering at about 30 meters depth, is characteristic
456
BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
of the offing of southern CaUfornia in general, in summer, as described
by McEwen (1916) and by Moberg (1928).
McEwen (1916) has discussed in detail the balance of forces, namely
upwelling from below, evaporation from the surface, solar heat,
SALINITY
33.7
«
8
«
9
34,0 %.
33.8
.9
34.0 %o
M.
cf
^
tT
K
10
5
V
A
-6— A
Zt'
\
20
/
\
i
1
1
^\j
/
\
^
d
30
\
^'f
\
\^>
[
\
\
\
40
\
\
\
\
i
\
\\
I
50
\,
\
\
(
60
\
w
]
70
w
\
\
\
\\
80
\
\
\
\
\
90
w
\
w
7
V
J
100
\
\
4
Fig. 12. — Vertical distribution of salinity in the upper 100 meters at representative stations
(10, 12; and 7, 13, 25).
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 457
SAL.
33.8
.9
34.0
133^
«
9
34.0 %o
M.
rv
M
\
\
10
I4\
\
A
20
1
4
i
37
\
7^
h o
30
1
\
\
40
1
\
zd
1
l\
50
U
14
\
-
60
1
1
70
1
271
7
80
1
1
90
100
Fig. 13. — Vertical distribution of salinity in the upper 100 meters at pairs of stations off Point
Pinos, July 16 and 23 (14, 28); also at the mouth of the bay, July 10 and 23 (7, 27).
458 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
convection, and salt diflfusion between strata differing in osmotic pres-
sure, by which such a layer might, theoretically, be maintained, once
it had in some way been established, but so far as we have been able
to learn, no explanation has been offered for its origin.
On this the profile recently run by the Carnegie expedition from
San Francisco to Hawaii may be expected to throw light. One possible
source is a subsurface drift of low salinity from the north. Local
events may also tend to produce the phenomenon in question, in this
particular situation, for the general situation with regard to the seasonal
increment of fresh water is so similar all along the California coast as to
make it justifiable to argue from analogy with the state prevailing at
La Jolla where the winter freshening involves the whole upper stratum
down to a depth of 100-150 meters and where, as McEwen (1916)
shows, the upper 50 meters are nearly homogeneous as to salinity from
November through February, though with some slight indication of
the 30 meter minimum even at this season.
Evaporation proceeding at the surface during the spring months,
after the contribution of fresh water diminishes practically to nil,
must then increase the salinity of the surface water, and so directly
tend to produce the type of vertical distribution now under discussion,
stability being maintained by the thermal gradient. Thus the presence
of a minimum layer, some few meters down, may be relict of the state
that the whole uppermost stratum possessed a few weeks earlier, just
as the persistence into the summer of a cold mid-layer in the Gulf
of Maine (Bigelow, 1927), and in the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Bjerkan,
1919) reflects the previous winter's cooling there. Further progressive
salting from above, by evaporation, during late summer and autumn,
would then tend to obliterate this minimum layer, as the Salter water so
formed is carried down by turbulence; at the same time upwelling
would tend to obliterate it by bringing up water of higher salinity from
below. How fast such obliteration would take place would obviously
depend on the activity of vertical circulation, as well as on the other
factors that McEwen (1916) has discussed. The fact that traces of
such a layer were found at only four stations in Monterey Bay, ap-
parently in isolated pools, suggests that if our investigation had been
postponed until a few weeks later in the season the upper 25 meters
would ever^^where have shown the homogeneity, or the slight salting
with depth, that was characteristic of the majority of our stations in
July.
Apart from the minimum pools, just mentioned, no definite regional
segregation as to salinity was apparent at the 25 meter level.
I
4
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 459
At the 50 meter level (averaging about 33.95%0' and 0.0S%o more
saline than the surface), the temporal alterations recorded at Point
Pinos (from 33.96%o on July 5 to 34.00%o on July 16) and close to
IVIonterey (from 34%o on July 3 to 33.91%o on July 17) were almost
as wide as the total range of variation recorded for the whole bay at
that level during the month. However, the station data at this level
suggest a regional gradation of a sort not demonstrable at shoaler
levels, from slightly higher values (>33.95%o) in the deep central
part of the bay, off shore, and next the Monterey peninsula, to slightly
lower (<33.95%o) O'^er the shoal northern slope of the bay and in its
southeastern bight. This distribution does not correspond to that of
temperature at this level (it being accepted that high salinities and
low temperatures both draw from the same deep source), for while
relatively low values of temperature (about 9.3°) were recorded at
some stations where salinity was relatively high (33. 96-34. l%o),
at one station with sahnity of this value the temperature was relatively
high (10.1°), while at another where the salinity was relatively low
(33.91%o)» temperature was also low (9.2°). But at the 100 meter
level (Fig. 14) not only was a much more definite gradation in salinity
evident, and a considerably wider range (33. 96-34 .05%o), but the
distribution corresponded very closely to that of temperature (cf. Fig.
14 with Fig. 8), the least saline (corresponding to the warmest) water
being localized along the trough, with the most saline (corresponding
to the coldest) over its northern and southern slopes, and offshore to
the southward. The implication of a distribution of .this sort, in rela-
tion to upwelling, is discussed on page 467.
Although the absolute variation from station to station in salinity
proved to be nearly as wide at 200 meters as at 100, the increase in
depth was accompanied by decided regional equahzation, the station
to station range, within the narrow confines to which the rising slopes
of the submarine canon confine this depth zone within Monterey Bay,
being only about 0.05%o (34.04-34.09%o), with no definite regional
gradation, i.e., only slightly greater than the observational error.
And with increasing depth, station-to-station differences decreased,
as illustrated by the table (p. 567) and graph (Fig. 16) until at 600
meters the water off Monterey proved as uniform in salinity (34.29%o)
as it was in temperature (p. 444).
460
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
3. Year to year tariation^ in salinity
The mean surface values at the Hopkins Station, for the nine years
1919 to 1927, suggest that the normal maximum for surface salinity
Fig. 14. — Salinity at a depth of 100 meters.
in this side of the Bay is close to 33.7%o; and that the period during
which the salinity remains practically stationary usually lasts from
May to August. On the whole, 1928 can be named a year of high
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 461
to
(M
o
to
o
to o
to o to o
(M to r^ o
iH ,H iH C*
to
o
to
I
O
a
o
u
u
O
o
I
ui
a
462 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
salinity (Fig. 11), for the values averaged 0.1-0. 2*^0 higher than the
nine-year mean in January -February, and again from May through-
out the summer and autumn; in fact the highest values for that time
of year were recorded in 1928. And with salinities averaging slightly
lower than the mean in March and in May (presumably in April also),
the seasonal range of salinity was also somewhat wider in that year
than is usual at this station. The maximum and minimum weekly
values (Fig. 11) show, however, that it is certainly an unusual event
for the weekly (still more so for the monthly) means to vary from
normal by more than about 0.3%^, in either direction. And the data
for individual weeks show that when variations as wide as 0.3%q do
occur, they do not long persist.
Unfortunately no data are yet available as to annual variations
below the surface of IVIonterey Bay. But the facts that the surface
values have continued so constant from year to year, and that they
have shown so regularly recurrent a seasonal variation in a region
where the whole oceanographic complex is given its distinctive char-
acter by upwelling water, suggest that the deeper down in the water,
the smaller are the variations in salinitv from vear to vear.
«.' V f
4. Salinity of Monterey Bay compared with Southern California
If the salinity records for Monterey for July 1928, be compared
with the data and graphs for the offing of La JoUa, given by Michael
and McEwen (1916), by McEwen (1916), and more recently by
Moberg (1928), a close agreement appears in the salinity of the
surface waters of the two regions at that season. Thus surface values
averaging close to 33.9%o along shore in Monterey Bay in that July,
and seldom rising above 33. 95%^ there at the time, even in "salt"
years, correspond closely with midsummer values of about 33.6%o to
33.8%o along shore at La Jolla. Except for the characteristic presence
at La Jolla of a laver of minimum salinitv centering at about 30 meters
depth, of which only traces were found at Monterey, the vertical
distribution also proved in general parallel down to 600 meters. At a
depth of 100 meters, the Monterey values for 1928 average slightly
higher than the mean of about 33.85%o given by McEwen (1916,
pi. 37) for the vicinity of the Coronado Islands; but, as just noted,
1928 was a year of high salinity in the upper strata of ]\Ionterey Bay.
With increasing depth the relationship is reversed, the 200 meter
level averaging about 34. 2%^ at the Coronados in August, 34.1%o
at Monterey in July; the 400 meter level 34.3%o ^^ Coronado, 34. 2%^
at Monterey; and the 600 meter level about 34.4%^ and 34. 3%^
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 463
SAL.
M.
33.8 .9 34,0 .1 .2 .3 %
00
100
200
300
400
500
k
600
Fig. 16. — Maximum and minimum values of salinity, surface to 600 meters.
Stations 8, 10, 17, 27, 29.
464 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
respectively. But the diflference is so small (remembering that sub-
surface data are available for only one summer at Monterey) that it
is the uniformity between localities so far apart, and between different
years, that is striking, rather than the small divergence.
Turning, now, to the seasonal progression of salinity at the surface,
we find the maximum and minimum values falling at about the
same seasons off northern as off southern California, i.e., midsummer
maximum, late winter minimum. The mean maximum values also
agree closely. But the mean minimum values are considerably the
Monterey
Off Coronado i
Beach
Near Coronado i
Island
Mean maximum
33.7%o=^
33.8%o
33.7%o
Mean minimum
33.1%o=fc
33.55%o
33.5%o
lower at Monterey, as might be expected from the vicinity of the
Salinas River, and from the greater rainfall. It is also interesting to
find the type of seasonal progression that available data indicate as
characteristic of Monterey (with a comparatively sudden increase
in surface salinity during the late spring, and a comparatively slow
decrease during autumn and early winter) more nearly reproduced
offshore near the Coronado Islands, than inshore, near Coronado
Beach. From the biological standpoint, however, the whole south
central sector of the Californian coast line may (judging from these
two localities) be regarded as a unit from the standpoint of salinity,
regional differences of the magnitudes just stated being insignificant
(when annual variations are weighed against them) as compared to
the variations that exist along many coast lines.
Off Coronado (McEwen, 1916, pi. 26, Fig. 46), considerable seasonal
variation in salinity was detected down to at least 400 meters, with
the deep water least saline during the autumn. How deep, into
Monterey Bay, the autumnal and winter freshening extends, is an
interesting problem for the future.
C. Upwelling
1. Foci as indicated by temperature and by salinity
Control of the thermal state of Monterey Bay by mass upwelling
being sufficiently established, regional variations there in tempera-
ture and in salinity at any given time have especial interest as evi-
dence of the regions where updrafts are most active at the time,
' From McEweu, 1916. Plate 25.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 465
or have been most active shortly previous, and of the depth-strata
within which they have recently caused the greatest thermal dis-
placement. Similarly, the periodic variations at localities where
temperatures and salinities have been determined on successive dates
throw some light on the periodic pulses, even within the short time
covered by the "Albacore" investigations, if the effects of local solar
warming, and of wind currents within the bay be properly allowed for,
this last proviso being of special importance in this particular locality.
In Monterey Bay, at the season of our survey, when the vertical
range of temperature covered about seventy-five measurable units,
that of salinity only about fourteen measurable units,' temperature
is, of the two, the more useful index to upwelling. SaHnity, however,
has proved more instructive in this respect than the narrow range of
variation might have suggested, because at the time there were no dis-
turbing factors of local origin to confuse the picture, no rain having
fallen for some time previous, while the little land drainage entering the
bay in summer is negligible (p. 452).
Whereas upwelling is a process proceeding from below, it is the
effects on the upper strata that are most interesting, so the rational
approach to this problem is from the deeps, upward. Along the
Monterey front the 600 meter level may be taken as the base plane for
discussion because of the uniformity of temperature and of salinity
prevailing at that depth (p. 444, 459). And as the mean values for two
readings at 600 meters depth off Santa Barbara in August, 1928,^ were
likewise close to 5.5° and to 34.3%o, this would appear to be applicable
all along the eastern slope of the Pacific at latitude 34° to 37° N.
But as the two determinations from which this Santa Barbara mean
is derived (one taken in a bowl-like depression) differed by more than
a degree (4.82° and 5.98°) it is evident that the topography of the
bottom, as affecting upwelling, may cause considerable local differ-
ences.
Whether profiles running farther off shore would have shown the
isotherms and isohalines dipping seaward at depths greater than this,
off IVIonterey (as might be expected if true abyssal water was then
flooding up the continental slope, or had done so shortly previous)
was not determined, for our outermost station lay only ten miles out
from the land.
1 Vertical range of temperature, surface to 600 meters, in July, about 7.5°; probable error of
determination 0.1°; vertical range of salinity about 0.43 %o; probable error of determination
0.03%o.
2 Data contributed by the Scripps Institution.
466 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Temperatures at two stations on a profile that the "Tuscarora"
ran out from Pt. Carmel in 1873 suggest a thermal slope in the upper
strata just opposite to what upwelling would produce, i.e., with the
coldest water rising nearest to the surface at the outermost station
(Belknap, 1874, p. 38, casts numbers 1 and 11). But there is some
question as to the instrumental error of these early observations taken
before the introduction of the reversing deep-sea thermometer. In
this connection it is interesting to find the U. S. Coast and Geodetic
Steamer "Guide"' reporting almost precisely the same temperatures
at 600-650 meters (5.7° to 5.8°) off the Hawaiian Islands August, 1928,
as prevailed at 600 meters off Monterey Bay the month previous.
If the spacial distribution of temperature and salinity as prevailing
from July 10-24, 1928, be followed upward, from the 600 meter base
level at the mouth of the bay, and inward along the trough of its sub-
marine canon, warping of the isotherms and of the isohalines (evidence
of upwelling) first unmistakably appears at about the 250 meter level,
as illustrated on the profiles crossing from headland to headland
(Figs. 7, 15). But profiles do not afford a satisfactory picture of
relationships from this point of view because confined to a single ver-
tical plane, whereas it is the regional distribution that is the most
instructive. The latter is made clearer by projections of temperature
and of salinity at the 100 meter level (Figs. 8, 14), which, together,
show that the piling up of the coldest and most saline water against the
slopes of the trough was not confined to the mouth of the latter, but ex-
tended up it. At shoaler levels, however, horizontal projections of this
sort do not afford satisfactory pictures of circulatory activity at the
time, because the horizontal variations, whether of temperature or of
salinity, were so small. It was therefore necessary to have recourse
to reconstruction of the contours of successive layers of equal tempera-
ture, and of equal salinity (technically known as isothermobaths and
isohalobaths), measured by the depths below the surface at which
these lay. Submarine reconstruction of this sort is less familiar than
the ordinary horizontal projections of temperature or of salinity;
but it is not novel, having been used effectively inter alia by Schott
(1902) in his presentation of thermal distribution in the Atlantic and
Indian Oceans, based on the results of the "Valdivia" expedition.
The isothermobaths for 6° and 7°, centering respectively at about
500 and at about 380 meters depth, proved practically horizontal
throughout the zone where our stations extended deep enough to
reach temperatures that low, corroborating the profile (Fig. 7) to
the effect that upwelling was producing no regional distortion at depths
' Data comiiiled by S. W. Chambers, 1929.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 467
deeper than about 250 meters, at the time. But the isothermobath
for 8° already suggested a definite though small warping, lying lowest
along the axis of the submarine caiion, highest along the northern
and inner slopes of the latter, and abreast of the Monterey Peninsula,
with an extreme variation of about 40 meters between its highest
and its lowest points. If this isothermobath stood alone no definite
interpretation could be given it, both because only four stations were
involved, because the station-to-station differences in temperature
at given levels through its general depth zone were so small that the
observational error of ±.1° might largely negative them, and because
they covered a period of 13 days. But this distribution so clearly fore-
shadows that of temperature at 100 meters, just commented on
(Fig. S), and is so consistent with the isothermobaths for higher values,
next to be described, that it may be accepted as an indication of the
deepest thermal distortion that upwelling was then causing. Thus the
indication is that the updraft tended to follow up the slopes of the
trough, and towards the head of the latter, from the deepest level to
which the water was involved.
This control (at least temporarily) of the underlying circulation
by the contour of the bottom, resulting in its alteration into an up-
draft on striking the slopes, is made more evident by the isothermobath
for 9° (Fig. 17) which at the time showed a slope of some 65 meters,
with a much more definite valley overlying the entrance to the sub-
marine canon, and rising thence over the northern and southern slopes
of the latter, as well as shoreward along its axis, to flatten out over
the more gentle submarine slopes above. In order to avoid as far as
possible the disturbing factor of temporal alteration, but at the same
time to include stations generally enough dispersed, the projection
(Fig. 17) covers only the period July 11-24. If station 7, occupied on
July 10, were included, the relation between low and high would
remain the same, but the individual contour-lines would be con-
siderably altered, over the southern slope of the trough. Interpreted
in terms of upwelling, a contour of this sort points unmistakably to an
intensification of the updraft on all sides of the trough contrasted
with its axis, as the surface is approached and with expansion of the
area included within the picture. The isohalobath of 34%^, centering
at about the same depth (Fig. 18) shows a similar contour, similarly to
be interpreted, with its distortion not only corresponding regionally
to that of the isothermobath for 9° but showing about the same
steepness of slope. Water of this salinity also occupied approximately
the same proportion of the area of the bay as did 9° temperature,
468
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
overflowed the slope to within about the same distance of the shore,
and was at about the same depth below the surface at any given loca-
FiG. 17. — Depth in meters below the surface of the isothermobath for 9°, July 11-24.
tion in the bay. Since the precise values are stated on the charts
(Figs. 17, 18) we need only add further that a closer correspondence
seldom appears between any two constants of sea water.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 469
The fact that the contour of the isothermobaths for 9.5° and 10°
(Fig. 19) had the same general conformation as that for 9° shows that
Fig. 18. — Depth in meters below the surface of the isohalobath for 34 %o
in July, 1928, this draft up'the slopes, with tendency to spread in all
directions shoreward over the more gradually shoaling bottom above
the 100 meter depth-line, was active enough to effect considerable
470
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
thermal distortion upward to within 30-40 meters of the surface,
over a large proportion of the shoaler parts of the bay. But the facts
IZZ"
Fig. 19. — Depth in meters below the surface of the isothermobath for 10°, July 1 1-24.
that the slopes of successive isothermobaths decreased in steepness
as the surface was neared (the difference in level between the highest
and lowest points is about 65 meters for the isothermobath for 9°;
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 471
about 55 meters for 9.5°; only about 40 meters for 10°), combined with
flattening of the isothermobaths over the shoaler parts of the bay,
points to a slackening of the updraft in the superficial stratum, coupled
with a general dispersal radial from the steepest slopes of the bottom.
When the surface was approached so closely that successive isother-
mobaths (e.g. for 10.5° and 11°, Fig. 20) were underlain by water
columns of considerable length over most of the bay, their highest
points extended as nearly level planes right across the bay from north
to south, evidence that near the surface the bottom contour does not
so directly control the course of the updrafts. As a result the isother-
mobath for 10.5° (centering at about 20-25 meters), varied by only
about 23 meters in level over the entire bay during the period July
12-24, nor would introduction of the stations taken earlier in the
month make any appreciable difference in this contour, while that for
11° (centering at about 15-20 meters), sloped about as much, from a
depression at the mouth of the bay to an elevation around the inner
parts of the latter.
The asymmetry of the bottom of the bay, with the angle of slope
changing from more steep to less steep near the 100 meter depth line
in the northern side, but about 100 meters deeper than this in the
southern (Fig. 1), offers a reasonable explanation for the fact that the
coldest and most saline water approached closest to the coastline in
the southern side, as is illustrated by the isothermobath for 9° (Fig. 17)
and by the isohalobath for 34%o (Fig. 18).
Coincident with the circulatory transition from the deeper layers,
where opposing submarine slopes were localizing the updraft, to shoaler
levels, where freedom from such interference allowed the upwelling
water to spread, depression of the successive isothermobaths cor-
roborates the profiles in showing a reciprocal concentration of the
warmest water along the southwestern shore-slope of the bay. At the
time this involved chiefly the stratum enclosed between the 30 and 60
meter levels. The isothermobaths for 10° and for 11° (Figs. 19, 20)
illustrate this phenomenon the most clearly.
This piling up of warm water next the land was no doubt caused
by the local wind. It is now generally agreed that the cause of mass
upwelling along the California coast is that the winds, a few miles out
at sea, usually blow parallel to the coast and from the northerly
quadrant, so that the current thereby set in motion (as deflected to
the right by the earth's rotation), trends offshore, with consequent
upwelling next the coast slope. The correctness of this explanation
of the California upwelling, based on the Ekman theory of wind
472
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
currents, first suggested by Thorade (1909), was demonstrated mathe-
matically by McEwen (1912, and subsequent papers). If the long
Fig. 20. — Depth in meters below the surface of the isothermobath for 11°, July 11-24.
shore wind governed right in to the coastline of Monterey Bay, the
surface water of the whole bay would, on the whole, drift off shore in
the same way, causing updrafts to follow the bottom slope right
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 473
in to the shore Hne. In that case the successive isothermobaths would
slope upward, right in to the shore, with the temperature decreasing,
at any given level, approaching the coast line.
Narrow coastal belts in which temperature averages low, produced
by local upwellings resulting from winds driving the surface water
offshore, are, in fact, familiar phenomena in many parts of the world.
McEwen's (1916) analysis of temperatures and salinities along the
southern Californian coast show this to be the prevailing state there.
In Monterey Bay, however, the situation with regard to the wind
is different. True, the wind blows almost constantly from the north-
Avest a few miles out at sea off this sector of the coast. Thus the wind-
rose for the appropriate 5° square on the U. S. Hydrographic Office
Pilot chart of the North Pacific Ocean, for July, shows the reported
winds as blowing between north and northwest 85% of the time, with
none noted from other directions. This averages parallel to the general
trend of the coastline, and is therefore of the type to produce upwelling
in this situation. But in summer the diurnal heating of the valleys
inland from Monterey Bay causes almost daily development, over the
whole area of the bay, of a local sea breeze that springs up with great
regularity in the morning, strengthens during the day, to die out in
the evening, while the nights are as a rule windless. It is common
local knowledge that this sea breeze usually blows much more strongly
across the southern half of the bay (to draw up the superheated Salinas
valley), than across the northern half, which is somewhat sheltered
by the jutting coastline. Any drift of warm surface water set up by
such a wind (as deflected by the earth's rotation) is necessarily directed
toward the southeastern bight of the bay.
It is an interesting question whether resultant accumulation of a
superficial stratum of warm water there, such as observed in July,
1928, ever causes the development of sinking currents, either next this
part of the coastline, or at the head of the gully. The low degree of
vertical stability prevailing in a water-mass as nearly homogeneous in
physical characters as is that under discussion, would offer compara-
tively little opposition to circulation of that sort.
However that may be, it is no doubt because of this division of the
winds that upwelling water was made most evident by low surface
temperature well out in the bay. On the other hand the steepest
thermocline ' developed in the part of the bay (northeast bight) that
is the most sheltered from the wind (Fig. 21), where solar warming
of the surface can proceed most nearly at the rate normal to such a
1 Vertical range of 5.5° in a depth of 15 meters at Station 26.
474
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
locality at the latitude in question. And this is probably the character-
istic summer state.
The transition in the relative activity of vertical circulation from
the state prevailing at the time in the deeper strata of the bay to that
being caused in the uppermost stratum by the division in winds, com-
bined with station to station differences in the vertical distribution
of temperature caused by waves, tides, etc., makes difficult any more
precise interpretation of the regional thermal differences recorded in
T.
9" 10" ir 12" 13" 14" 15° 16^
M.
10
20
30
40
50
Fig. 21. Vertical distribution of temperature in the northern and southern bights of the bay
(Stations 26, 28).
the upper 10 meters. In the upper 25 meters small regional variations
in salinity are equally difficult to interpret in midsummer, without
knowing the state that prevailed shortly previous. This is because of
the strong probability that the pools of low saHnity below the surface
(page 455) are relicts of a minimum layer that had involved the whole
bay some weeks earlier, which, in its turn, was a relict of low salinity
characterizing the whole superficial stratum during the winter. If
this interpretation be correct, upwelling during the early summer
might either lessen or increase the salinity of the surface-, depending
not only on the extent to which this minimum layer still persisted.
/^
'^
Q
—
z=»^
5=-<:
26
'f
{
1
Z8
/
J
1
/
/
i
'
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 475
but also on the activity of the updraft, and on the depth zone involved.
Furthermore, with a minimum layer existing some 20 to 30 meters
down, any sort of local stirring would freshen the surface. But in the
parts of the bay where the minimum layer had already been oblit-
erated, upwelling would increase the surface salinity.
2. Periodicity as indicated by temperature and salinity
It is generally recognized that upwelling, along the Californian
coast is an intermittent process. To gain any reliable picture of active
and inactive periods, and to determine the regularity, or reverse, of
its seasonal schedule would obviously require frequent periodic record
of the temperature of the central parts of the bay, as well as of its
margin.
Our work in 1928 was not continued long enough to throw much
light on this subject in general, except that a warming of the upper 50
meters by about 1°, at a pair of stations at the mouth of the bay,
between July 10 (7) and 23 (27), suggests that the updraft over this
part of the slope was more active during the first week of the month
than thereafter. In line with this conclusion is the fact that near Point
Pinos, surface temperature dropped by about 1° between June 30
(1) and July 5 (5); that the whole column then warmed considerably,
to the 16th; with the vertical range of temperature and of salinity then
decreasing (cf. Stations 14 and 28, Figs. 13 and 22) as would naturally
result from stirring by tidal currents running over the, broken bottom.
It is interesting in this connection that the tow there, at the surface,
yielded a considerable amount of algal debris at Station 28, as well as
a number of species of bottom-living diatoms (p. 537) that had not
been found there three weeks previously (Sta. 5).
3. Comparison with other points on Pacific coast
In the preceding lines we have interpreted so far as seems warranted
the variations in the physical state of the water from place to place
existing within Monterey Bay in July, 1928, as rough indices of verti-
cal circulation. The data so far gathered do not justify any discussion
of the actual rate of upwelling at the time.^ But the depression of
' McEwen (1929) has pointed out that anysuch calculation must include, as elements in the
equation, the periodic variation in several constants for which no data are yet available for
Monterey Bay, i.e. the rate of evaporation of the surface, turbulence, solar radiation, as well
as alteration in temperature, or depression of the latter below the value normal to the latitude
and season.
476
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
surface temperature in Monterey Bay, at the warmest season, below
the value normal for that month for the Pacific Ocean as a whole at the
corresponding latitude, compared with the corresponding depression
at La Jolla, gives a rough measure of the relative activity of upwelling
at these two locations, and of the relative degree to which this process
9"
T.
10° 1 f
12" 13'
M.
10
20
30
40
50
Fig. 22. — Seasonal progression of salinity near Point Piuos, July 5 (Sta. 5); July 16 (Sta. 14);
and July 23 (Sta. 28).
controls the oceanographic complex off the mid Californian and the
southern Californian coasts. At Pacific Grove the mean summer
maximum (years 1919 to 1928) is nearly 8° lower than is normal for
the latitude.' And while the introduction of abnormallv cold or ab-
y^
-^
2=^
\r
„-^
y
y
-^
^
28
^^
^
y
/
y
^
v^
^
/5
/
^
/
< '
\
/
/
'
\
/
u
1 Normal teniperatures from calculations contributed by Dr. McEwen.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 477
normally warm summers into the calculation would slightly alter this
difference, the series has continued long enough to show the orders
of magnitude involved. There is no season when the coastal belt off
Monterey Bay is not colder than the normal for the latitude; at the
coldest season it averages about 1.7° colder than normal, proof that
El
c
20
19'
17'
16'
/
/-.i
■.V ',,\
15
14
13'-
12°
•^.X
n
,ntcrey Q^
8^>
"T
J«.n. Feb.lrkr.
Apr-ijiftyUur'
JulylAugJSepu Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan.
Fig. 23. — Average surface temperature of Monterey Bay, for the year, based on records for
1919-1928 (lower curve), and normal surface temperature for the North Pacific as a whole
at the corresponding latitude from calculations by G. F. McEwen (upper curve).
upwelling takes place throughout the year. The fact that Monterey
surface waters chill to their minimum temperature about six weeks
earlier than the expectation, i.e. in January instead of early in March
(Fig. 23), with no apparent explanation from local conditions, suggests
that on the whole upwelling reaches its greatest volume there during
the autumn.
478 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
In the region of La JoUa the maximum (about 20°) is depressed
only about 3° ^ below the value normal for the latitude. In the vicinity
of Cape Mendocino, lat. 40° N, where the lowest surface temperatures
for the whole Californian-Oregon coastline are usually encountered
in summer, McEwen's (1912, p. 268) calculations show the maximum
midsummer temperature depressed about 7°-8° below normal. And
observations at Blunt's reef, near the Cape, showed about this same
depression in summer, for the years 1922-1928.^ In midwinter the
water off the Cape is about normal in temperature by the earlier data,
but about 1° warmer than normal according to these more recent
records.
Without entering further into the theoretic aspects of the question,
it is evident that upwelling much more effectively controls the phys-
ical character of the water in Monterey Bay than in the vicinity of
La Jolla, The small regional range of surface temperature at Monterey,
the fact that the difference of about 7° between the seasonal maxima
for these two localities is much greater than could be explained on
the basis of a difference of latitude alone, and the greater prevalence
of fog at Monterey in summer than at La Jolla, would indeed have
suggested as much.
Such evidence as is now available suggests that upwelling is about
as active off Monterey as it is in the coast sector just north of San
Francisco, or at least that it is about as effective in chilling the surface
water.
D. Horizontal Circulation
In the preceding pages we have emphasized the vertical circulation
of the bay, both because this gives the bay — and the California
coast sector as a whole — its peculiar oceanographic character, and
because our observations were of a sort to throw some light on the
loci of upwelling at the time.
It is obvious, however, that wherever this type of circulation brings
cold, highly saline — and consequently heavy water up to the surface,
in juxtaposition to lighter water, it must at the same time cause a
dynamic tendency toward horizontal motion, following the gravita-
tional force that tends to bring the water back into a state of hori-
zontal equilibrium. Certainly this dynamic tendency toward current
♦ Normal temperatures from calculations contributed by Dr. McEwen. McEwen's (1912,
page 265; 1916, Plate 25, fig. 42) earlier calculatioos, based on less extensive data, showed
slightly lower maxima and higher minima.
' Information contributed by Dr. G. F. McEwen.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 479
development varies regionally, and periodically, with the activity of
upwelling, as well as with the time of year, thus complicating the
problem of tracing the horizontal drift that is set in motion locally
by the prevailing wind.
In general, according to ship reports, the dominant movement of
the surface waters abreast this part of the coast is toward the south,
as represented on the pilot charts — the "California current." But
so far as we have been able to learn, no analysis of horizontal move-
ments has been attempted for Monterey Bay.^
1 . Tides
The tidal currents setting in and out of the bay are strong. Accord"
ing to the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (1929) the velocity of the
flood, at its strength, is about 1.1 knot past Point Pinos on the one side
of the bay, about one knot past the Santa Cruz shore on the other, the
inward and outward currents running, in each case, parallel with the
coast line.^
Small tide rips and choppy seas also give evidence of strong tidal
currents over the slopes of the submarine trough of the bay, near its
mouth. But local reports as to the direction of the dominant set (if any)
within the bay are conflicting.
Our own observations do not afford any direct evidence on this
question. But knowledge of the direction of the dominant drift is so
important for understanding the distribution and especially the
migrations of the local fauna, that it seems worth while to outline the
dynamic state prevailing at the time of our survey.
2. Dynamic state
Off a straight coast line and slope, a band of continuous upwelling,
along shore, would tend to maintain a continuous band of high specific
gravity next the coast. But where, as in Monterey Bay in July, 1928,
upwelling is localized and directed by the slopes of a submarine trough
running roughly at right angles to the general trend of the coast line,
a much more complex situation is to be expected. Furthermore, the
dynamic gradients may be expected to alter rapidly, according as
upwelling becomes more or less active.
1 Drift bottles, and other floats, have been put out in the bay, in connection with surveys for a
proposed breakwater, but the results have not been made available as yet.
-The flood is described as averaging about N 35° E past Point Pinos, S SO^E past Santa
Cruz light.
480 BULLETIN MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
During the last half of July, 1928, both the temperatures and the
salinities of the upper 50 meters of Monterey were so uniform from
station to station, and consequently the superficial layer was so
stable, horizontally, that the maximum dynamic gradient for the
stratum included between the surface and the 50 decibar level was
only about 1.3 dynamic centimeters between the offing of the bay
(Sta. 17) and the head of the gully (Sta. 19), 0.5 dyn. cm. across the
mouth of the bay. It is necessary, however, to take the whole column
of water into account, not the superficial stratum alone, because
temperatures and salinities showed more dislocation in the mid-depths
than at the surface.
In one respect Monterey Bay, in summer, offers a decidedly favor-
able field for studies of this sort, because the water proved so nearly
uniform as to specific gravity at 500 meters and deeper, both within
the trough and in the offing, as to suggest that this level can usually
be taken as a stationary base for the dynamic calculations.
The differences in depth from station to station, resulting from the
steepness of the bottom slope, are, however, greater than can properly
be allowed for by any empiric method of calculation yet proposed.
Consequently, while the direction of the dynamic slope represented
on the accompanying chart (Fig. 24) seems sufficiently established
for the time of observation, its precise steepness, and the velocities
calculable therefrom, can only be taken as rough indices to the orders
of magnitude that actually were indicated during our survey.'
Even without the construction of such a chart, the evidence of
temperature, showing relatively cold water banked up against the
slopes of the trough, and spreading shoreward over the shoaler bottoms
to north and south, as described above (p. 467) suggests that when up-
welling is active, the updrafts of heavy water over the slopes, con-
trasted with the comparatively quiescent state along the axis of the
trough, tend to establish an anticyclonic system of circulation at the
mouth of the bay. And this is corroborated by the dynamic projec-
tion, which shows that the surface then stood dynamically highest
over the mouth of the trough and up the axis of the latter, dynamically
lower over the shallows within the bay, to the north and south. Cor-
responding to the distribution of bottom temperature (p. 467), the
• The dynamic contour chart (Fig 24), calculated by the B.jerkenes theorem, is of the sort now
widely employed. For a recent description of the method of calculation, see Smith, (1925). Differ-
ences in depth, between adjacent stations, have been allowed for by the empiric correction intro-
duced by Jacobsen and Jensen (1926). This method was chosen, rather than the simpler alterna-
tive recently developed by Harvey (1929), because of the necessity for taking the contour of the
bottom into account.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 481
surface was then dynamically lowest in the whole northern half of the
bay, and practically uniform there regionally. Our survey did not
Fig. 24. — Dynamic gradient and indicated drift, at the surface, July 10-24, referred to the
offing of Point Pines (Sta. 17) as base station. The dynamic heights are given for every one
dynEunic centimeter.
extend far enough offshore to show whether the dynamically high
centre (representing low specific gravities), was a circumscribed pool,
482 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
as is suggested by the fact that the surface was dynamically lowest
(i.e., the mean specific gravity of the whole column of water greatest)
at our outermost station (17), or whether it represented an extension
inward along the trough of a state generally prevailing farther offshore
at the time.
The circulatory implication of a dynamic distribution of this sort,
at the situation in question, is clearly the development of a clockwise
eddy (relative to the chosen base level), around the centre of low
specific gravity, either closed, or forming a sector of the general north-
south drift, according to whether the high centre did or did not repre-
sent an isolated pool. And since evidence is strong that the base plane
(500 meter level) was practically stationary at the time, the actual
surface drift probably was of the sort that the dynamic calculation
calls for.
By contrast, the whole northern part of the bay was dynamically
" dead " at the time.
In general this distribution suggests dynamic tendency for an in-
draft to enter the bay along the northern side of the trough, an out-
draft to leave it around its southern side, as indicated on the chart
(Fig. 24) by the arrows. But in the inner parts of the bay the dynamic
gradients were so small, the tidal and wind currents so strong, and the
directing effect of an almost straight coast line so immediate, that
some more direct line of evidence is needed to show how closely the
prevailing drift around the coast line of the bay did actually correspond
to the dynamic calculation.
For the reason just stated, calculated velocities are not of much
value in this case: may, in fact, be more misleading than instructive.
Therefore, we need only remark that in the central part of the bay,
where the dynamic gradient was then steepest, the calculated velocity
around the southern side of the clockwise eddy (Sta. 13-27) was about
0.9 cemtimeter per second (0.18 knot), or at the rate of about 4.3
miles per day; only about one third as great at the northern edge of
the eddy.
There is no warrant for assuming that the dynamic contour existing
during the last half of July, 1928 represented a long continuing state,
or that it is regularly representative of the summer season. On the
contrary, every fresh updraft from below necessarily alters the tend-
ency toward horizontal circulation by distorting the existing distribu-
tion of dynamic contours by introducing heavy water into or one
another part of the picture in the upper levels. And whenever upwell-
BIGELOW AND LESUE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 483
ing slackens, the gravitational tendency toward regional equalization
reduces the existing gradients.
The decrease that took place in the specific gravity of the water
at the situation of Stations 7 and 27, between July 10 and 23, in the
upper 50 meters of water (table, p. 567), illustrates the rapidity with
which such alterations may occur in the dynamic state of Monterey
Bay. Nevertheless, theoretic probability so closely agrees with actual
observation, that upwelling in Monterey Bay brings heavy water
near the surface chiefly over the slopes of the submarine trough, as
to make it likely that the existence of some such clockwise dynamic
centre, over the axis of the latter, is characteristic of midsummer. One
other disturbing factor besides wind currents (p. 473) must, however,
be taken into account, namely, the progressive motion, around the
bay that the deflective effect of the earth's rotation should, theoreti-
cally, give to the horizontal tidal oscillations (Huntsman, 1924;
Bigelow, 1927). Theoretically this calls for a circulation of the reverse
order, i.e. anti-clockwise, or from south to north around the shores
of the bay, a discrepancy pointing the complexity of the circulatory
problem that still remains to be solved there.
V. Chemical Oceanography
A. Dissolved Nutrients
1. State prevailing in July, 1928
Between July 10 and 24 the concentrations of dissolved phosphates
and silicates were determined for vertical series at eighteen stations,
three of them extending down to depths of 600 meters, one to 500
meters and one to 400, while surface measurements were made at three
more stations. Nitrates were also determined at eight serial stations
and at four others at the surface. For discussion of the methods, see
p. 431. These data are valuable for comparison with the amounts of
phytoplankton present at the time (p. 512), and for the light that the
regional and vertical distribution of these chemical substances may
throw, both on the efficiency of upwelling as an agency for the renewal
of fertility in the upper strata of water, and as indications of the places
where organic substances are most rapidly going into solution on the
bottom.
Phosphate and Silicate
The distribution, regional and vertical, of phosphates and silicates
was so neariy alike that these two solutes can be treated as a unit.
484
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
At the surface both of them showed considerable variation, phos-
phates ranging from about 0.009 to about 0.069 milligrams per liter,
Fig. 25. — Distribution of silicates (as milligrams per liter of SiOs), at the surface.
silicates from 0.143 to 0.78. To find so wide a range at the surface within
so small an area is unusual. It is difficult to measure less than 0.05
milligrams per liter of silicate or 0.005 milligrams per liter of phos-
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 485
phate with any speed and accuracy. The minima in both cases were
onlv sHghtlv greater than these amounts, while the maxima were close
Usually .04 -.06
Fig. 26. — Distribution of phosphates (as milligrams per liter of PiOs) , at the surface.
to the average values that characterized the 25-30 meter level at the
time. The regional distribution for both (Figs. 25, 26) was character-
ized by relatively high values over the mouth of the submarine canon,
486 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
lower over the inner parts of the bay generally, and the regional grada-
tion was about equally abrupt for the one substance as for the other,
except in the vicinity of Point Pinos, where relatively high values as
well as low were recorded. Both charts (Figs. 25, 26) furthermore,
show the rich offshore water interrupted, midway across the bay, by
barren pools.
The mean surface value for phosphate at the time was about 0.036
mg. per liter; for silicate about 0.4, the orders of magnitude involved
being about ten times as great for silicates as for phosphates. This is
the ratio that usually obtains at La Jolla also. We may point out in
passing that arithmetical averages of the station records can only
give a rough indication of the mean values for the bay as a whole,
because the localities of record were not distributed regularly enough
over the area.
In the upper 10-15 meters various irregularities and small reversals
were recorded from the surface downward, as illustrated by the graphs
for individual stations (Fig. 27). But the vertical distribution of
silicates and of phosphates was similar from 15 to 250 meters at most
of the stations (Fig. 28), both of these substances showing an uninter-
rupted increase in richness downward, either to the bottom or to the
greatest depth reached, at every station but one (as has usually proved
true elsewhere). In spite of the irregularities just noted for the super-
ficial stratum, and in spite of the fact that the mean value at 10 meters
was, in neither case, appreciably higher than at the surface, most of
the stations showed considerably greater increase in both silicates
and phosphates between the surface and a depth of 50 meters than in
any stratum of corresponding thickness at greater depths, a fact re-
flected by a dislocation in the curves at the 50 meter level for most of
the stations. From that depth downward the rate of increase was not
only slower in most cases, but continued nearly uniform down to the
deepest level reached; usually close to the bottom.
In fact the curves for silicates and phosphates were in most cases so
nearly parallel from the surface down to the 200 meter level (if drawn
to appropriate scale) that if superimposed they would be close to
coincident. But at depths greater than 200 meters the two classes
of curves diverge, enrichment being slightly more rapid, with depth,
for silicates than for phosphates. This difference is illustrated by the
graphs for the mean values for silicates and phosphates (Fig. 28):
also by the mean increase for intervals of 50 meters tabulated below
(p. 488). Its significance is discussed on p. 504. At the one station
(9) which by showing a considerably lower value at 200 meters than
BIGELOW AND LESLIE : WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 487
at 100, formed an exception to the rule that phosphates increased
reguhirly with depth, the vertical distribution of siHcates was of the
more usual type. And at one other station (17) where the water was
homogeneous as to phosphates from a depth of 50 meters down to
200 meters, silicates showed the usual increase.
4
Si02
8 1.2
L8
2j0
'^Vuti
riS^
.06,
.10
.14
.18
.22
M.
T
A
9
(
1
N.
(4
\
S-
\
^
^
13^
v^
i
\
10
13
X
N,
N
\.
N
\
20
^
'^
^
1
\
"^
k
\
V
30
\\
;
^
/
/
\..
/
4
40
/
/
/
A
k
/
^
/
^^,
60
\
"1
60
\
\
\
V
1
V
\
70
\
\
\
80
\
\
\,
S
\
13
\
80
\
i:i
\'
100
1
\
\
Fig. 27. — Vertical distribution in the upper 100 meters, of silicates (as SiOj) and of phosphate
(as PaOo) in milligrams per liter, at representative stations (9, 13, 28).
We refer the reader to the following table (p. 488) for the maximal,
minimal, and mean values for silicates and phosphates at different
depths, pointing out that the water was about six times as rich in
silicates and five times as rich in phosphates at 600 meters as it aver-
aged at the surface, although only about 1.001 times as rich in total
salts.
488
BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPAR.^TIVE ZOOLOGY
A/0, .05 .10 .15 .20 .25
SiO;, .6 1.0 1.5 2X> 2Jb 3.0 n)4/
c
h ^SA
fto,.
.05 10 .16 .20 .25 .30 ''■ 1 2
3
4 6 6
M.
"*>>
aa:
==^».
____
.
— '
*1
s
\
/
\^
\
\
\
/
100
\
\
/
1
r
/
r —
200
■
?<^T
5i
),
\h
Oz
/
Oj
1
\
/
\
\
/
1 \
\
1
r
300
\
\
/
i
\
\
/
\
I
\
/
\
\
/
400
\
\
\
\
1
\
\
\
\
500
\
\
1
\
\
\
\
\
600
\
\
Fig. 28. — Mean value.forallstationsof record, of phosphates (as P20i), of silicates (asSiOs),
and of nitrogen in the form of nitrate, in milligrams per liter, and of dissolved oxygen in
cubic centimeters per liter reduced to pressure of 760 mm. of mercury and temperature
ofO°C.
Maxivnim, mimmum and mean values for silicates (as SiO^) and phos-
phates (as P2O5) in milligrams per liter
Depth
meters
Silicates
Max. Min. Mean
Phosphates
Max. Min. Mean
Mean
Increase per
50 meters
Silicates Phosphates
0
50
100
200
400
600
.78
1.90
2.41
2.41
2.91
3.57
1.43
1.13
1.38
1.61
2.39
3.06
.40
1.51
1.77
1.87
2.49
3.27
.069
.163
.196
.196
.200
.217
.009
.118
.134
.142
.175
.196
.036
.142
.158
.166
.186
.207
1.11
.26
.05
.15
.19
.106
.016
.004
.005
.005
BIGELOW AND LESLIE : WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEERY BAY 489
Irregularity of the station to station differences from the surface
down to 50 meters added to the comparatively wide limits of variation
atthe suriax;e, but uniformity at the deeper level, points to an unstable
state, and -to the probability that if observations had been taken
shortly earlier, or shortly later in the season, or if they had been com-
pressed into a shorter period, a different regional picture would have
resulted in the superficial stratum of water. Close to Point Pinos, for
instance, silicates increased from 1.456 mg, li on July 16 to 2.308 on
July 23, but the value for phosphates was almost precisely the same
on the later date as on the earlier (0.115 and 0.114 mg/li, respectively).
These complexities, however, smoothed out at depths greater than
those to which the depleting influences of the plankton, and the dis-
turbing effects of waves, etc., extend. Thus horizontal projections for
the 50 meter level show that no definite separation into rich or poor
areas was possible for phosphates at the time, slightly higher values
appearing as more or less isolated pools at some stations, slightly lower
values at others. A corresponding chart for silicates would be similarly
uniform, as compared with the surface; the contrast between high
surface values off the mouth of the canon and lower at the western
side of the bay, is but slightly indicated at 50 meters, the existence
of the rich surface pool, next the Monterey Peninsula, but faintly
reflected by values slightly higher there (1.56 and 1.88 mg/li) than in
the adjacent band of water offshore.
This regional equalization of the chemical state of the w'ater from
the surface downward to 50 meters parallels tha/t of temperature
(p. 438). With increasing depth, below the 50 meter level, silicates,
like temperature (p. 443) and salinity (p. 459) again showed progres-
sive localization of relatively high and low values and of the same sort,
namely, concentration of the highest values along the margins of the
submarine valley, to a maximum right up at the head of the latter,
with values lowest along the axis of the trough, and out at sea. This
regional correspondence between silicates and temperatures in the
mid-depths is best illustrated by the charts for the 100 meter level
(Figs. 8, 29). But the agreement is not complete because the values
for silicates were considerably lower at our outermost station in the
deeper strata than they were closer in to this part of the slope.
Lack of data for one of the critical stations (29), makes it unsafe
to reconstruct the distribution of phosphates at the 100 meter level.
If the phosphate value was relatively low at that station, as the silicate
Value certainly was, essentially the same picture would result for
phosphates as for silicates in the inner part of the bay, as might be
490
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
expected from the generally close agreement between the two. The
regional gradation for phosphates off the Monterey Peninsula at the
Fig. 29. — Distribution of silicates (in milligrams per liter of SiOz) at a depth of 100 meters.
100 meter level, was essentially like that for silicates, with a decrease
in richness from coast slope seaward. Furthermore, the 100 meter
water was richest in phosphates at the head of the trough (0.168mg/U
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 491
at Station 19) just as it was for silicates; least so at the outermost
station (Sta. 17, 0.143 mg/li), while the profile for phosphates (Fig. 31)
hke that for silicates (Fig. 30) shows an unmistakable piling up of
the richest water on the north and south slopes of the trough in the
stratum between 50 and 150 meters, though not to as great a degree.
At depths greater than 100 meters the regional range of variation
decreased both for phosphates and for silicates with increasing depth,
corresponding to the contraction of the area involved. But even as
deep as 600 meters the station to station variation for phosphates
was seven times the experimental error, the variation for silicates 25
times the experimental error.'
In the case of silicates, horizontal projections, like the profile
(Fig. 30) show that the concentration of the richest water around the
slopes of the trough involved the whole mass of water down to a
depth of 400 meters. Thus the distribution of silicates was essentially
the same at the 200 meter level as at 100 meters (Fig. 29), except that
the absolute maximum was recorded off the Monterey peninsula
at the deeper level instead of at the head of the trough. And even
at 400 meters the values of silicates were appreciably higher at our
two stations over the northern and southern slopes than at the three
other stations in the deep trough. But with increasing depth this
distributional type gave place to a regular gradation from low values
offshore, and over the southern slope of the trough (3.06-3.19 mg/li),
to high (3.57 mg/U) over the northern slope of the latter. The sig-
nificance of so great a difference in silicates, at the deepest level of
observation, between locations only 10 miles apart, contrasted with
the uniformity of temperature and of salinity, is discussed on page 504.
At depths greater than 100 meters an equally striking difference
appears between the regional distribution of silicates and that of
phosphates, for at 200 meters the latter (Fig. 32) were lowest at the
head of the trough (Sta. 9), where silicates were high, and highest at
the station at the mouth of the trough (Sta. 17) where silicates were
lowest (Fig. 33). At the 600 meter level maximum values for phos-
phates (0.127 mg/h) at the outermost station, minimum (0.196 mg/li)
over the northern slope of the trough, again reverse the silicate dis-
tribution.
1 With the values prevailing at this depth, the experimental error is about 0.004 mg /li for
phosphates, 0.04 mg /li for silicates.
492
BULLETIN MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
c
^
o
)0
o
o
lO
o
»o
o
o
C4
to
t-
o
T-l
T-l
r-l
T-4
04
to
o
C4
»o
OJ
Ci
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 493
2
o
o
lO
o
»o
o
lO
o
lO
o
c«
»o
r*
o
a
»o
r^
tH
tH
tH
iH
w
a
a
494
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Nitrate
For technical reasons, explained on page 432, the determinations for
nitrates were not only less numerous than those for silicates and
Fig. 32. — Distribution of phosphates (in milligrams per liter of P205) at a depth of 200 meters.
phosphates, but less satisfactory. Consequently it is not wise to draw
conclusions from station to" station differences, unless these show
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 495
regional consistency, are consistent with other chemical features of
the water, or are consistent with the regional abundance of diatoms
or of peridinians.
Fig. 33. — Distribution of silicates (in milligrains per liter of SiOa) at a depth of 200 meters.
The most interesting aspect of the nitrates at the surface is that
at three stations we found the surface water wholly nitrate-free (Sta-
496
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
tions 21, 22, 23, Fig. 34), whereas measurable amounts of silicates
and of phosphates were detected at every station. But as no sub-
FiG. 34. — Distribution of nitrates (in milligrams per liter of NO3) at the surface. Heavy dots,
iiitrate-free.
surface data for nitrates are available for these particular stations,
we cannot state how thick the nitrate-free stratum may have been.
The vertical distribution of nitrates, at the few localities where serial
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 497
observations were made, showed considerable variation from station
to station in the upper 25 meters. Thus two stations (12, 17) showed
a continuous increase downward to that level, whereas at three others,
.,0
2
.06
.IQ
NO3
.14
.18
.22
.2
8
.30rwrf/|.
M.
^
^
X
\
«
■>/
H /\
X
^
A
27
10
^
\
«r<
^
F
^
V
20
\
30
*s
\
\
40
\
\
50
\
\
t
/*/\
\
60
\
70
\
>
80
\
\
r
f\/\
\
90
Z'
r
\l
2
100
\
Fig. 35. — Vertical distribution of nitrates (in milligrams per liter of NO3) at Stations 12 and 27.
one deep and two shoal (24, 27, 28), a comparatively rich stratum at
5-10 meters was sandwiched in between poorer waters, both at the
surface and deeper (Fig. 35). This alternation was so pronounced
498
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
in these instances that it appears also for the average values for the
levels in question, as tabulated below. And while it characterized only
three of the stations, with no definite regional segregation, it deserves
attention because it was not paralleled either by silicates or by phos-
phates.
NOz
Nitrate, mg.
per liter
^
Depth
meters
No. of
samples
Maximum
Minimum
Mean
surface
9
.161
.00
.047
5
3
.161
.013
.101
10
4
.141
.038
.097
15
3
.108
.021
.074
25
5
.174
.136
.152
50
7
-. .178
.136
.169
100
4
.292
.174
.209
200
2
.197
.158
.178
600
3
.266
.251
2.60
In general, and for the area as a whole, the concentration of nitrates
may be described as increasing with depth, at the time, from the 25
meter level downward to the deepest level reached (600 meters);
and in every case the 50 to 100 meter stratum proved considerably
richer in nitrates than did the superficial 10 meters of water. Two sta-
tions (24 and 27), it is true, offered apparent exceptions to this pro-
gressive enrichment with depth, the recorded values suggesting slightly
less nitrate at 70 meters than at 150 in the one case, slightly less at 200
meters than at 100 in the other. But in both these instances the ap-
parent reversals were hardly greater than might result if the experi-
mental error chanced to be cumulative, hence they need not be dis-
cussed further.
We must point out, however, that while the 600 meter level showed
a considerably higher value of nitrate than any shoaler level at each
of the deep stations (17, 24), the absolute maximum for the whole area
(0.292 mg/li) was recorded at a depth of only 100 meters, at a station
(12) where the progressive enrichment from the surface downward
with increasing depth was so orderly that there was no probability of
any considerable error in the determinations. As this value is not only
considerably higher than any other recorded in Monterey Bay at an
equal depth, but considerably higher even than the values encountered
500 meters deeper, the most rational explanation is some local source
of enrichment (p. 507), However this may be, one exceptional value
BIGELOW AND LESLIE : W.^TERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 499
does not interfere with the generalization that at every station deeper
than 100 meters the bottom water averaged at least five times richer
than the surface in nitrates. Thus for nitrates, as for phosphates and
siHcates, the water of the deeps ofY the mouth of the bay, and in the
trough of the latter, contained a store which, if it seems small by ab-
solute standards, was extremely high by comparison with the poverty
of the surface.
2. Comparison with near-by regions
Moberg's (1928, p. 512) graphs for summer averages in the upper
150 meters at La Jolla show phosphate values somewhat lower at the
surface there (averaging about 0.01 mg/li) than we found in Monterey
Bay at the same season (about 0.04). But this difference decreases with
depth until at 150 meters the average summer values so far recorded
for the two localities are almost precisely alike (0.16 to 0.17 mg/li).
In the case of silicates, however, the Monterey values average con-
siderably the higher throughout the entire depth column, the surface
mean being only about 0.32 mg/li at La Jolla (0.5 for Monterey Bay);
the 50 meter mean 0.64 mg. per liter as against 1.51 ; the 100 meter mean
0.91 as against 1.77; the 150 mean 1.17 as against 1.8. Furthermore, the
La Jolla graph for silicates shows much more irregularity in the upper
30 meters, even for averages, than does the corresponding graph for
Monterey Bay (Fig. 28). In spite of these differences, the vertical
distribution of silicates was essentially of the one type at these two lo-
calities, the water averaging 3.6 to 3.7 times as rich at 150 meters as at
the surface in each case. And with only one month's data for Monterey
Bay, it is doubtful whether the recorded difference represents a normal
divergence between the two regions.
No data for phosphates or silicates have yet been published for
southern Californian waters for depths greater than 150 meters. But
the following values, from unpublished data contributed by the Scripps
Institution for two stations about one hundred miles north of La Jolla,
August, 1926, show that phosphates continued in about the same
amount as off Monterey in July, 1928, but silicates lower, down to 600
meters :
Depth
Phosphates
P2O0
Mg. per liter
Silicates
Si02
Mg. per liter
200
400
600
1000
.175
.200
.221
.264
1.76
2.23
2.68
3.80
500 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
The discharge from the Fraser River results in much greater rich-
ness in silicates in the partially enclosed waters of the Straits of
Georgia, Hutchinson (1929) having recorded values as great as one to
four parts (as SiOa) j)er thousand, contrasting with a maximum of only
about 2.41 parts per million at Monterey for the same depth zone.
The concentration of phosphates, however, is about the same in
the Straits of Georgia as we found it in Monterey Bay, Hutchinson's
(1928) graphs showing phosphates varying from 0 to 0.06 milligrams
per liter at the surface and from about 0.075 to 0.135 milligrams per
liter at 15 meters depth, at selected stations.
The fact that the waters off California show increasing richness in
phosphates and silicates, with increasing depth, downward to depths
of 500-1000 meters (now amply established) proves that the north-
eastern Pacific agrees in this respect with the north and south Atlantic
(Atkins and Harvey, 1925; Atkins, 1923-1926; Harvey, 1928; Watten-
berg, 1927). This, therefore, may be accepted as the state prevailing
throughout all the ocean basins. The actual values reported for the
500-1000 meter stratum, by recent methods, have also been of about
the same general orders of magnitude, wherever measured.
The summer values recorded by Moberg (1928) for La JoUa, com-
pared with our data, suggest that in summer Monterey Bay waters
are considerably the richer in nitrates in the superficial strata, for he
found the water off La Jolla practically nitrate-free in the upper 15
meters, and as deep as 30 meters carrying only about 0.05 milligram
per liter of nitrates, whereas the surface water at Monterey was only
occasionally nitrate-free, and at 30 meters the average concentration
was between 0.15 and 0.16 mg/li. But at 50 meters the nitrate values
averaged slightly the higher at La Jolla (about 0.18), with the differen-
tial in this direction increasing with increasing depth until at 150
meters the La Jolla average (about 0.33) was about 0.14 mg/li the
higher. Even if the maximum Monterey values be taken for the com-
parison. La Jolla water at this depth showed a surplus of about 0.085
mg/li. The vertical gradient, as graphed by Moberg (1928, p. 512)
suggests still more difference between the two localities at greater
depths. In short such data as are yet at hand point to a much richer
store of nitrates in the deeps oflf La Jolla than off Monterey Bay. The
relative states are not so clear for the surface waters, for while the
recorded differences may seem considerable, we might have found
a more consistent depletion of the surface stratum with regard to
nitrates if we had studied the bay a few weeks earlier or a few weeks
later, or in another summer.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 501
It is interesting that the nitrate values of Monterey Bay at 100-600
meters, differed little from those recorded for that depth zone off
Ireland, by Harvey (1928a).
3. Maintenance of chemical fertility in Monterey Bay waters
Successive determinations of the amounts of nutritive chemicals
(using this term in a broad sense) in solution in sea water have shown
so general a correspondence between their changes in richness, and
the fluctuating abundance of planktonic plants, that depletion of one
or another nutrient substance, or group of substances, seems, on the
whole, the factor that most effectively Umits plant production in the
sea.^ Opportunities to examine the means by which the drafts upon
such substances as phosphates, silicates and nitrates are made good
are therefore welcome, especially any opportunity to determine the
relative importance, for given regions, of the overturn of matter
within the sea itself, as compared with the materials contributed by
rivers and land-wash in general.
Upwelling as the chief agent
Monterey Bay offers an exceptional opportunity for studies in this
field, both because the governing type of circulation there brings water
up from below, and because the contribution of salts made by tribu-
tary rivers is concentrated within so short a part of the year that its
direct effect, at other seasons, can be looked on as negligible (p. 510).
It also offers an opportunity to compare the state prevaihng in a sector
typically oceanic, controlled by upwellings from the deeps, with the
conditions existing in enclosed waters in the same general region,
where river waters play a leading part — Puget Sound, for example
(Hutchinson, 1928), and San Francisco Bay (Miller, Ramage and
Lazier, 1928;; as well as with the North Sea and English Channel,
made classic in this respect by the pioneer studies of Brandt, Raben,
Atkins, and others.
Since consumption of the.se nutrient salts by plants, in their photo-
synthesis, is necessarily confined to the superficial stratum, where
sunlight penetrates with intensity sufficient to afford the requisite
energy, and since animals (so far as yet estabhshed) cannot, as a
group, make use of these simple chemicals directly (we make no
critique here of Putter's theory), oceanographers have come to regard
1 For a recent quantitative presentation of this thesis, see Atkiiis, 1926a.
502 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
the upper 40 meters or so as the zone of chief consumption in the sea.
On the other hand the deep waters of the EngUsh Channel, of the
north and south Atlantic (Atkins, 1923, 1925, 1926b, Wattenburg,
1927), and latterly of the Pacific (Moberg, 1928) have been found
so generally rich in phosphates, etc., as to show that ever;y^where,
over the open oceans, and even in shoaler regions, the bottom waters
are a reservoir for plant nutrients, needing only some mechanism to
bring the latter up to the photosynthetic zone. Recent studies have
thus substantiated Nathanssohn's (1906) early realization of the
role played by upwelling currents in maintaining oceanic fertility.
A glance at the graphs for the average amounts of silicates, phos-
phates and nitrates at different depths (Figs. 28, 35) is enough to show
that in July, 1928, Monterey Bay and its offing formed no exception
to this rule, but that the deep water held in solution an abundance
of all these substances. Neither is there any reason to suppose that the
abyssal water off the Californian coast is less rich at any other time
of year, or that the years 1926 (for La Jolla )and 1928 (for Monterey)
were exceptional years in this respect.
The fact that upwelling proceeds constantly enough, rapidly enough,
and in sufficient volume in the Monterey sector, to depress the mid-
summer temperature of the surface water some 8° below the value
to which solar warming would otherwise bring it (p. 476), were it
not frequently replaced by colder water from below, gives some picture
of the parallel efficiency of this same updraft in bringing up water
that (as has been found) is richly stocked with the substances in
question. In brief, present indications are that Monterey Bay is an
especially favored location so far as replenishment of the surface
water is concerned — hence potentially an exceptionally rich region
for the production of planktonic plants. It is only because of events
taking place in the uppermost stratum, namely absorption of solar
heat and consumption of chemicals by plants, that upwelling fails to
keep the whole column of water off Monterey Bay homogeneous
from top to bottom.
The prevalence of a type of circulation best fitted to bring up rich
water from below is, however, but one side of the fertility -picture:
another involves the sources from which the deep water becomes
stocked with nitrates, silicates and phosphates a,nd other solutes;
likewise the localities where replenishment of this sort proceeds the
most rapidly. Up to date, detailed information, as to this general
question, has been scanty for any particular region, though it is
evident that such restocking of the bottom water, as contrasted with
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 503
the surface, results from the decomposition of carcasses, and by the
solution of their shells, possibly also from nitrogen fixation by bac-
teria.^
In interpreting the differences that we found in the deeps off Mont-
erey between the regional distribution of temperature, and that of the
few chemicals for which the local waters have yet been tested, it is
necessary to bear in mind that the two classes of phenomena are
governed by different factors, though in many respects parallel. The
low temperature of the abyssal water is directly reminiscent of the
sinking from the surface of cold water at some far distant station,
subarctic or subantarctic. But wherever animals or plants, sinking
down, rot in the deeps or on the bottom, enrichment of the water with
compounds of phosphorus and nitrogen results — with compounds of
silicia also if their shells or skeletons are siliceous.
Thus while the floor of the sea, however deep, is not a cooling agent
per se, it is a most effective agent for the chemical enrichment of the
water. A certain amount of enrichment of the bottom water must
take place everywhere on the sea floor, unless both the latter, and the
overlying waters as well, be barren of life, though in shoal waters
consumption from above may outstrip this enrichment from below,
bringing progressive depletion as the end result. Thus as bottom water,
in depths below the zone of photosynthesis, drifts along over the
floor of the sea, the tendency is for it to gather a greater and greater
load of solutes, the rapidity with which this happens depending upon
the amount of organic decomposition that takes place, quite inde-
pendent of the depth. Movement over the sea floor, or temporary
isolation in the deeps, have, on the contrary, very little effect on the
temperature of the water if the depths be so great (or the situation
such) that vertical stirrings are negligible.
It is possible that the richness of the deep waters off California,
in silicates, phosphates and nitrates chiefly reflects substances taken
into solution at lesser depths in the sub-Antarctic, or sub- Arctic, plus
the added load picked up, en route in its oblique drift across the
Pacific; or it may result chiefly from organic decomposition taking
place over the Pacific slope of North America. However this may be,
the comparative uniformity of the 600 meter level with respect to
phosphates and nitrates along the Monterey front, is an indication
that there was no one specially rich focus of local enrichment at the
time of our investigations, at what was then apparently the base-
1 The restocking of the superficial stratum that takes place, direct, from land drainage, and by
absorption of ammonia from the atmosohere is anoth«r question.
504 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
level for active upwelling. The ease seems to have been different for
silicates, because it is hard to explain the banking of silica-rich water
against the northern slope of the trough, at 500-600 meters except
on the assumption that some process of enrichment was locally at
work there for silicates, that was not effective for phosphates or for
nitrates. The fact that in the deep strata, from 200 meters downward,
enrichment in silicates averaged more rapid, with increasing depth,
than for phosphates, though the curves for these two substances
were parallel in lesser depths (p. 486), points in this same direction.
Our profiles for siHcates and phosphates (Figs. 30, 31), and the
isobathic projections for the higher values of each (Figs. 36-38), so
closely parallel the corresponding projections for temperature, es-
pecially in revealing a banking up of the higher values around the
slopes of the trough, as to show that upwelling was in fact bringing
rich water upward there at the time, in the mid depths. But in the
superficial stratum the water richest in phosphates and silicates (Figs.
39, 40) like the coldest (p. 435, Fig. 2) then rose nearest the surface
over the mouth of the trough, as might have been expected from the
distribution of temperature and salinity.
When the shoaler strata are examined in detail, suggestive differ-
ences appear between the chemical factors and the temperature, for
the angle of obliquity was steeper for silicates in the zone between
the 70 meter and 200 meter levels, than for the isothermobaths (Figs.
17, 19, 20). For example, water of a temperature (8.2°-8.5°) that
prevailed at 200 meters in the axis of the trough near its mouth was at
the time flooding the slope up to the 120-100 meter level. But silicates
of the value prevailing at that same depth in the trough (1.6 mg/li)
also bathed the bottom over most of the shoal parts of the bay, to
the north of the deep trough as well as to the south (Fig. 37). While
the distribution of phosphates agreed more nearly with temperature
in this respect in the northern side, the banking up of phosphate-
rich water more nearly paralleled that of silicates in the southern
(cf. Figs. 30 and 31 with Fig. 7, curves for 8.5° and 9° temperature, 0.16
mg. per liter P2O5, and 1.6 mg. per liter SiOo). Interpretation of the
state of the superficial waters is obscured by the danger of confusing
periodic variations with regional differences. But the contrast be-
tween silicates and temperature is so wide in this respect that it
remains to be accounted for, after all reasonable allowance has been
made for the time factor, and for possible errors in the determinations.
If temperatures and salinities can be taken as safe indices to the loci
of most active upwelling, as seems justifiable, the most reasonable
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 505
explanation for differences of this sort between the physical and
chemical states of the water of the bay is that while the only source
Fig. 36.— Depth below the surface of the layer of 2 milligrams of SiOj per liter.
for low temperature, at the place and season, was the underlying
deeps, the upwelling water was further enriched as to silicates and
phosphates as it spread over the upper slopes of the bay. Such a
506
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
thesis needs no special defence, for this is what is to be expected. What
is interesting, in the present case, is the strong indication that local
Fig. 37. — Depth below the surface of the layer of 1.6 miUigrams of SiO; per liter.
solution of the chemicals in question, in depths less than 200 meters,
may vie in importance with the deep reservoirs as a source of replenish-
ment for the photosynthetic zone in this particular location. Conse-
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 507
quently, in interpreting events at the surface of the bay, it is necessary
to take into account not only the mass upwelhngs, but equally any
Fig. 38.— Depth below the surface of the layer of .15 milligram PjOs per liter.
vertical movements that might bring water up from depths of 100-200
meters. Shoal bottom may therefore be an important factor in the
maintenance of chemical fertility in Monterey Bay, though not to the
508
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
extent that it is in regions (e.g., north Atlantic) where the continental
shelf is wide.
Fig. 39. — Depth below the surface of the layer of .05 milligram P2O6 per liter.
As already stated (p. 452), the amount of river water that enters
the bay at the season of our survey, or for the five months previous, is
negligible. But the discharge from the Salinas River, as well as from
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAT 509
the other tributary streams, is so large during the months from No-
vember to February (p. 452; Van Winkle and Eaton, 1910) that this
Fig. 40. — Depth below the surface of the layer of .6 milligram of Si02 per liter.
source of supply must also be taken into account in any year-round
study of the bay. A sample taken just within the mouth of the Salinas
on July 24, 1928, showed 12.82 mg. of silicates (Si02) per Uter, while
510 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Van Winkle and Eaton (1910) report 25 mg. per liter in August, 28 mg.
per liter ' in April, at a point a few miles upstream, with values of the
same general order of magnitude for the San Lorenzo and the Pajaro,
two smaller streams tributary to the bay, (19-33 mg. per li., and 15-32,
respectively). Thus the river water that discharges into the bay is
about twenty times as rich in silicates as we found the upper stratum of
the latter to be in summer. But most of this contribution enters the
bay so early in the year that by midsummer we could detect no regional
evidence of it.
Replenishment as to silicates also takes place constantly, wherever
diatom cells are dying and their shells dissolving. And the fragility
of most of the latter, their lightness, and the relatively high solubility
of this particular form of silica, probably results in more rapid solution
within the photosynthetic zone than is generally appreciated.
Moberg (1928) has already emphasized the efficacy of this process,
suggesting that the regular increase in silicates that he found with
depth, at La Jolla, may be maintained by the solution of shells of
dead diatoms as they sink. It is even possible that after a mass produc-
tion of diatoms, the upper stratum of water may dissolve silicates from
their dead shells rapidly enough to more than renew the store there,
without accessions from the deeper waters.
This, in fact, seems the most reasonable explanation for the enrich-
ment of the water by silicates that took place locally, near Point Pinos,
from July 16th (0.337 mg/li of SiO, at the surface) to the 23d (0.71
mg/li) for the numbers of diatoms present at the surface there de-
creased meanwhile from 390,000 cells per liter to about 9,000, while
temperatures and salinities (p. 475) show that this was a period of
comparative quiescence, so far as upwelling was concerned.
No determinations have been made of the phosphates in the waters
emptying into the bay at the season when their discharge is large.
(We found 0.34 mg/li of P2O5 just within the mouth of the Salinas on
July 24, 1928.)
According to the determinations reported by Van Winkle and Eaton,
the Salinas River, both in April and in August is about ten times as
rich in nitrates (1-1.3 parts per million of NO3) as we found the water
of the bay. Whether this appreciably enriches the latter during the
season of discharge, or whether it is largely consumed within the
mouth of the river or close by, as happens in summer in some localities
(Harvey, 1928) is a problem for the future.
' Reported as parts per million.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 511
Depletion of the upper strata
It is certain that in different regions, or at different times of year
in the same region, different chemical solutes may be the limiting
factors for plant production. This is reflected in the fact that students
working in various localities, by various methods, have decided first
that one, then that another substance is responsible. Thus, to quote
only two instances,' Atkins (1926b) found the surface of the English
Channel entirely depleted of phosphates at the time of mass production
of diatoms. But in southern California coast waters Moberg (192S)
found the surface stratum entirely denuded of nitrates, though con-
taining measurable amounts of phosphates.
It is equally proven — both by observation at sea and by cultural
experiments — that different groups of planktonic plants, and even
different species within a given group, may differ widely in their cul-
tural requirements.
Analogy with other parts of the sea indicates that in July, 1928, phos-
phates were present in sufficient amount at every station in Monterey
Bay, and at all depths, to support an abundant planktonic flora, except
locally, right at the surface. Thus means of about 0.04 milligram of
phosphates per liter at the surface, 0.06 at 10 meters, and 0.14 at 50
meters, correspond closely with values of 0.025 to 0.039 mg. per liter
between the surface and 70 meters, reported by Atkins (1928) for the
English Channel, off Plymouth, in late winter and early spring.
Similarly, Marshall and Orr (1927) report maximum values of about
0.05 mg. of phosphates per liter at the surface and at 20 meters in the
Clyde sea area, in winter; while at La Jolla, Moberg (1928) found
diatoms most abundant in water equally rich in phosphates. Hence,
a concentration of about this order satisfies the phosphate require-
ments of planktonic diatoms as a group, although much higher values
have been found in certain enclosed waters.
It also seems certain that the waters off Monterey were sufficiently
stocked with silicates at all depths in July, 1928, to support an abun-
dant stock of diatoms. Thus the mean surface value (0.4 mg. per liter)
was somewhat higher than the annual maximum for the English Chan-
nel (between 0.2 and 0.3 mg. per liter), and almost equaled the yearly
maximum for Plymouth Sound (Atkins, 1926, 1928), regions which,
later in the year, support diatoms in abundance. Moberg (1928) also
found diatoms most abundant in water of about this same silica
content.
1 The literature in this field is rapidly growing to formidable dimensions: for a recent resume,
see Harvey, (1928).
512 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Much higher values have been reported in the Baltic (Brandt,
1920), in the Gulf of Maine (Bigelow, 1926; Wells 1922); and recently
in the Straits of Georgia (Hutchinson, 1928). But, so far as diatom
requirements are concerned, present indications are that silicates
richer than 0.4-0.5 mg. per liter are in excess, unless all other required
nutrients are also present in much greater richness than is normally
the case in the open sea.
It is obvious that at the stations in Monterey Bay where the surface
was nitrate-free, it could not be fertile for plants of any sort. Un-
fortunately no plankton counts were made for these particular sta-
tions. However, at the surface stations where nitrate was found, the
mean value (0.05 mg. per liter) was about that found by Moberg (1928)
at the depth (30 to 35 meters) supporting the greatest number of
diatoms off La Jolla, while the mean for Monterey Bay at 5 meters
(0.1 mg. per liter) about equals the yearly maximum reported by
Harvey (1928, 1928a) for the English Channel.'
The preceding leads to the general conclusion that in July, 1928,
the upper 10 meters of the bay were amply stocked with the three
nutrients (phosphates, silicates and nitrates) to support active growth
of diatoms, except locally, right at the surface, where depletion of
nitrates had taken place.
Periodic surveys alone can show how uniformly upwelling main-
tains this relatively high degree of fertility from season to season,
against the constant depletion by plants. But with the underlying
water so well stocked with the three nutrients whose scarcity seems (by
present knowledge) to be most apt to hmit plant production, and
with the mechanism for renewal from below working so actively
(p. 475), Monterey waters are probably rich the year round.
From the standpoint of organic production, irregularities in the
richness of the surface water in nitrates, phosphates and silicates are
especially suggestive, in a region w^here upwelling brings renewals
at least frequently from below, for a relatively low value for any of
these, at a given locality, overlying much richer water, is explicable
only on the basis of consumption by plants, unless land water, barren
of these chemicals, be diluting the surface stratum at the time.
When the number of diatoms present per liter of water in the bay
in July, 1928, is plotted against the values for silicates, phosphates
and nitrates, it is evident, not only that the vertical distribution of
the two sets of curves shows an inverse relationship (cf. Figs. 28 and
' He had considerably higher values in Plymouth Sound.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 513
41), but that whenever diatoms were present in large numbers, the
surface water was relatively poor in silicates and phosphates (Fig. 41).
In some cases the converse was true, i.e., rich water where diatoms
were scarce — but not always. And at stations where only small
numbers of diatoms were found in water poor in nutritive salts, it is
Ptextom^
iOOO
soo
C
\
^zOs
0.05
0./
ojs
O.Z
SiOz
0.5
/.O
1.5
z.o
to
fO
20
30
40
Ik
V
\
\
\
N
itoms
no.
\5c0.
\
\\
1
\
50
Fig. 41. — Vertical distribution of mean values for phosphates (PiOs) and silicates (Si02),
in milligrams per liter, and of average number of diatom cells in thousands per liter, in
the upper 50 meters, at Stations 7. 10, 12, 13,15, 16. 18, 19, and 24.
probable that the data were obtained so soon after the termination
of abundant production, that enough time had not yet elapsed for up-
welling to have again enriched the devastated area.
514 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
B. Oxygen
Investigation of the dissolved oxygen was not undertaken until
the last few days of the survey, consequently it is impossible to follow
some of the interesting problems suggested by the determined values;
such, for example, as the boundaries of oxygen-poor water within the
bay; the reason for the poverty of the midstratum in oxygen; the
extent and degree of supersaturation in the surface stratum of the
bay, and the efficiency of surf and of turbulence as local agencies of
aeration.
1. Monterey Bay in July, 1928
The observations consisted of two vertical series, one in deep, the
other in shoal water, and of a number of surface samples in various
parts of the bay. These last were numerous enough and distributed
generally enough to show that the surface water contained from
5.20 cc. to 7.33 cc. of oxygen per liter, which, at the temperatures of
the individual stations in situ is from 85.9% to 124.5% saturated.
A series of samples taken at three-mile intervals, along a line run-
ning from headland to headland, on July 20, showed a definite grada-
tion, both as to absolute amounts of oxygen, and as to the percentage
of saturation, from a minimum over the mouth of the submarine
valley in the central parts of the bay, to maxima next the northern
and southern shores (Fig. 42). The two samples that yielded the mini-
mum value of 5.20 cc. per Hter over the trough (Station 29), and the
maximum of 7.33 cc. per liter over shoal water (Station 31) were in
agreement with the rest of the picture, although collected four days
later.
To find so wide and definite a regional variation within so small an
area was unexpected, for when in equilibrium with the atmosphere
the surface of the sea is close to saturation with oxygen (95-105%
saturated, allowing for the lag in adjusting to changes in temperature).
The quantities of oxygen in the surface water of Monterey Bay
exceeded these normal limits so widely in both directions as to make
the cause for this difference a matter of some interest.
Upwelling offers a ready explanation for a poverty of oxygen at the
surface there, as it does for so many other oceanographic phenomena
along the California coast, because the two vertical series revealed a
rapid decrease in the oxygen content of the water with increasing
depth, as follows:
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 515
Station
20
Station
29
Mean
cc/li
% sat.
cc/li
% sat.
cc/li % sat.
Surf
6.63
111.0
5.20
85.7
5.93 99
25 M.
2.99
45
4.00
64
3.49 55
50 M.
2.57
39
3.5
55
3.02 47
100 M.
2.46
38
2.49 38
250 M.
1.49
22
1.49 22
500 M.
0.63
9
0.63 9
Furthermore, the table shows that a considerable regional ditt'erence
existed at the time in the rate of depletion of oxygen with depth , sub-
surface values being considerably lower at the station where the
water was only about 90 meters deep, than over the trough, although
the relationship was the reverse at the surface. In fact, the oxygen
content at the shoal station was nearly as low at the 25 meter level
as at 100 meters at the deep station.
The ways in which ocean Avaters are either enriched with oxygen,
or denuded, and the levels in the sea at which these opposing processes
chiefly work are so well understood that no discussion of them is
needed here.^
The fact that the thickness of the oxygen-rich stratum off Monterey
closely parallels the vertical abundance of diatoms is evidence that
photosynthesis was the most effective local agent of oxygen replenish-
ment there at the time, as indeed might have been surmised from the
type of vertical circulation prevailing. More direct evidence to this
effect is the fact that the highest oxygen values were recorded when
diatom counts also averaged high (> 800, 000 per liter, compare Fig.
42 with Fig. 43). But no clo.ser parallel can be drawn, because some
of the individual stations where oxygen values were low yielded many
diatoms, and vice versa.
A cursory observation of the active mixture of air with water that
is caused around the rocky coast line of the Monterey peninsula by
the heavy surf makes it an interesting question how effective this
local agency for aeration is for the bay in general. But our observations
were not sufficiently intensive to throw light on this point.
Wattenberg (1929) has already called attention to the fact that
the lower boundary of the surface stratum rich in oxygen in the tropi-
cal Atlantic corresponds to the transition zone of density, as evidence
of the depth to which turbulence carries oxygen down from the surface.
' See, especially, Wattenberg's (1929) discussion of the aeration of the Atlantic; and for an
excellent bibliography of oxygen in sea water, Gaarder (1915.)
516
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
A similar parallelism obtains between these two classes of phenomena
off Monterey, in this case rapid decrease in oxygen with depth ac-
FiG. 42. — Oxygen at the surface, in cubic centimeters per liter (upper figures) and in per cent
of saturation (lower figures) .
companying the vertical stabiHty indicated by a vertical increase in
the specific gravity of the water.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 517
This is further evidence that the presence of water poor in oxygen
so near the surface off Cahfornia is one of the striking manifestations
50
40
122'
"^
=t37
v^
//
^
^^2
/,4S/
o
O
0
/,9(^
^9^
o
sB
/.^26
4J^6
394
«!'
/,007o
' o
^
^660
tlontere/
"Pc n in 3 u la
-40
Fig. 43. — Numbers of diatom cells (good and bad condition combined) at the surface, in thou-
sands per liter.
of the upweUing circulation active there. Apparently this circulatory
agency prevents the processes of enrichment by absorption of air at
the surface, and by photosynthetic action of plants from saturating
518 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
or even supersaturating the water there to the considerable depths
to which this often happens in other seas, for there is no reason to
suppose that the values we found, in July, 1928, represented any un-
usual condition. Thus, off Monterey, the average percentage of
saturation at 25 meters was only 64, while off La Jolla (Leslie and
Moberg, 1930), where upwelling is not so active, the upper 40 meters
carried nearly a full load of oxygen.
By this reasoning, the oxygen-rich surface stratum should not only
be thinnest where upwelling water is in greatest amount, but the
actual surface values smallest there. Our observations satisfy the
second of these criteria, witness the regional correspondence between
temperatures and oxygen at the surface (Figs. 2, 42). And satisfaction
of the first-named criterion is indicated by the fact that the station
where vertical cooling, with depth, was the more rapid (Station 20),
also showed the more rapid decrease in oxygen from the surface down-
ward.
Conceivably, upwelling might take place so rapidly, and in such
volume, off Cahfornia, and so greatly outstrip the regenerative
processes there, as to bring to the surface water practically free from
oxygen. But the abundance and variety of the littoral fish fauna, and
especially the abundance of the local species of clupeids and engraulids
makes it unlikely that this ever happens on a broad scale, though the
possibility of ecologic disaster of this sort is ever-present where the
vertical distribution of oxygen, and the prevailing vertical circulation
are of the type characteristic of the ocean waters along the California
coast.
2. Comparison icith other parts of the Pacific
The Monterey data just stated are especially welcome because few
determinations of dissolved oxygen have yet been recorded for other
parts of the Pacific.
A few scattered determinations by the "Challenger" (Dittmar,
1884); four vertical series by the "Planet" from the surface doAvn to
1000 meters between latitudes 2° S and 15° N, longitudes 145° E and
129 ° E (Brennecke, 1909); one serial in the Gulf of Panama (Schmidt,
1925); and several serials taken by the Scripps Institution off southern
California complete the available list for the open basin of this ocean. >
More intensive information has been gathered for enclosed waters,
along the Pacific coast of America. Berkeley (1922), Powers (1920),
' Collection of water samples for gas analysis is also stated to be included in current oceano-
graphic work in Japan, but so far as we are aware, no data as to the oxygen have yet been pub-
lished.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE : WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 519
and Johnson and Thompson (1929), for example, have made many
oxygen determinations in Puget Sound; Miller, Ramage and Lazier
(1928) in San Francisco Bay. But such situations as these are not
comparable to open ocean waters for obvious reasons.
The serials in the open Pacific have all shown a decided decrease
in oxygen, from the surface downward, but with wide regional varia-
tion. Values of 0.4-0.6 cc. per liter at 500 meters off Monterey and
southern California, but "practically no oxygen at all" at that depth
in the Gulf of Panama (Schmidt, 1925, p. 593) indicate that the mid-
depths in the eastern side of the North Pacific are poorer in oxygen
in the tropics than in higher latitudes, as is the case in the eastern
Atlantic (p. 520).
Whether a similar latitudinal gradation also exists in the western
side of the Pacific is not yet known. But the fact that the lowest value
found there by the "Planet" was 1.62 cc. per liter (or 24% saturated),
in latitude ir36' N, longitude 128°29' E,at 400 meters, suggests greater
poverty of oxygen in this stratum for the eastern side of the Pacific
than for the western.
Neither the Monterey nor the La Jolla serials extended deep enough
to show the state of the abyssal water in this respect. However,
Schmidt (1925) found oxygen increasing, in the Gulf of Panama, from
500 meters downward to 1000 meters, while the "Challenger" values
averaged higher at 3000-5000 meters than at 700-800, indicating the
general presence of more oxygen in the bottom water of the central
and eastern parts of the North Pacific Basin than. in the mid-depths.
But the barren mid-stratum certainly extends deeper off CaHfornia
than in the tropics, for the La Jolla determinations showed no increase
down to a depth of 1000 meters.
Apparently the vertical distribution of oxygen in the deeper strata
is less uniform in type in the western side of the north equatorial
Pacific, for three of the seven "Planet" serials deep enough to throw
light on this question showed a minimum layer at 200-400 meters,
with higher values at greater depths, whereas three others showed a
decrease down to 1,000-2,100 meters.
3. Comparison with the Atlantic
So far as the oxygen poverty of the midstratum (with higher values
near the bottom) is concerned, the eastern North Pacific agrees with
the Atlantic — north and south — where recent observations at many
localities have shown this to be the general state in low and mid-
latitudes (Brennecke, 1909, 1921; Helland-Hansen, 1914; Gaarder,
520 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
1927; Wattenberg, 1927a). Greater impoverishment in the eastern
side of the Pacific, than in the western, in the subtropical belt, also
parallels the Atlantic state, for while the "Meteor" found less than
1 cc. per liter at about 500 meters on the African side, the minimum
value on the South American was 4-5 cc. (Wattenberg, 1927a), while
Schmidt (1925) reports the water of the Caribbean Sea as 40-50%
saturated, at that depth.
Farther north in the Atlantic, however, the east-west distribution
seems to be of the reverse order, for the mean values, at 800-900
meters, at 19 "Dana" stations off the southeastern United States out
to longitude ca. 55° N (lat. 20°-35° X) were close to 3.5 cc. per liter,'
whereas the " Armauer Hansen" found 4-4.5 cc. per Hter (or 62-67%
saturation) in the minimum layer at approximately the same depth
between Spain, Morocco and the Azores (Gaarder, 1927).
Bilateral comparison, in this respect, can not be extended to higher
latitudes in the Atlantic basin, because (so far as we can learn), no
serial determinations have yet been made anywhere in the north-
western part of that ocean to the north of latitude 40° N and to the west
of longitude 40° W, except in the arctic waters of Baffin Bay (Hjort
and Ruud, 1929).
The minimum values in the 200-1000 meter stratum, off Panama,
and off California, are decidedly lower than for corresponding latitudes
in the Atlantic.
Thus Gaarder (1927) reports no values lower than 4.2 cc. per liter
(500-1000 meters) between Spain and the Azores, an amount roughly
seven times as great as the minimum we found off IVIonterey, at about
the same latitude. Similarly, the least oxygen found by the " Meteor"
in the eastern side of the tropical Atlantic was 0.36 cc. per liter (lat.
15° 24' S; Wattenberg, 1927a) but the minimum layer in the Gulf of
Panama is practically oxygen-free (Schmidt, 1925). Furthermore,
such data as are at hand suggest that the midstratum of the eastern
side of the North Pacific contains l)ut little more oxygen 35° -40°
north of the equator than in the tropics, whereas in the eastern Atlantic
the minimum values increase from < 1 cc. per liter near the equator,
to 4-4.5 cc. at latitude 35°-40°N, and to 5-5.6 cc. at latitude 55°-60°N
as shown on Brennecke's (1909, 1921) and Gaarder's (1927) profiles.
Details of the various serials also show that the stratum poorest
in oxygen not only reaches deeper down into the Pacific, but that in
mid-latitudes low oxygen values are closer to the surface there than
' Values calculated from the percentage of saturation and from the temperatures tabulated by
Jacobsen (1929, p. 80. table 22).
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 521
in the Atlantic. Thus only in the equatorial belt, in the Atlantic, has
anything been recorded comparable to the very sharp decline in
oxygen values that we found between the surface and the 75 meter
level off Monterey, 36°-37° degrees of latitude north of the equator.
The thesis that the poverty in oxygen of the midwater of the oceans
is the result of the drafts that have been made thereon by living ani-
mals, and by the oxidization of carcasses, since its original aeration
near the surface, needs no supporting argument. Wattenberg (1929)
credits the greater poverty of the layer of minimum oxygen values
in the eastern equatorial Atlantic than in the western to the greater
abundance of plankton found by the " Meteor" in that side (Hentschel,
1928). But in estimating the relative regional effect of animal respira-
tion, and of organic decomposition, the larger species of animals, in
size from copepods upward, are probably more important than the
small species of animals and plants that seem alone to have been
included in Hentschel's (1928) estimates. Thus Schmidt (1925)
found bathypelagic animals much more abundant in the Gulf of
Panama, at the depth where the water was practically oxygen-free,
than in the higher oxygen values in the Caribbean. And as nothing
whatever is yet known about the proportionate abundance of plankton
— animal or plant — in the two sides of the Pacific, or between differ-
ent zones of latitude in either side, we need not speculate on that point
here.
The cause of the greater poverty, as to oxygen, of the mid-strata
of the western side of the North Pacific than of ,the North Atlantic
calls, however, for a further word, for this is one of the greatest ecologic
differences between the two oceans.
At bottom, as Schmidt (1925) has remarked, this indicates greater
staleness of the water, i.e., a longer isolation in the deeps, for we have
no warrant for assuming greater consumption of oxygen per unit
area in the Pacific than in the Atlantic, whether widespread, or in
the particular localities where the amounts of oxygen have been
measured.
This greater staleness certainly results from differences in subsurface
circulation, the most reasonable explanation being that it reflects a
difference in the relative importance, as aerating centres, of the mass
sinkings in the subarctic and in the subantarctic zones, whence the
ocean deeps are replenished.
In this connection we have to consider chiefly the mid-water cur-
rents, comparatively low in salinity (34-34.4 %o), that meridional
profiles of the Pacific (Wiist, 1929), as well as of the Atlantic, show
522 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
as sinking from the surface in latitudes 50^-60^ north and south, to
spread thence equatorward, at depths of 800-1500 meters.
It seems estabHshed by recent studies of oxygen distribution and
of subsurface circulation, as Wattenburg (1929) maintains, that the
midstratum of the North Atlantic receives its oxygen chiefly from
sinkings in the subarctic, via meridional expansion of the deep hori-
zontal currents, that is, from a source comparatively near at hand.
The oxygen poverty of the mid-depths off California points to a
much longer journey after the water in question sinks from the sur-
face. This, with the probability that subarctic sinkings in the North
Pacific are relativelv small in volume and confined to the western side,
suggests that the subantarctic, not the subarctic, is the chief source
of aeration for the deep strata throughout the South Pacific, and for
the eastern side of the North Pacific as well, at least to latitude 40° N.
Wlist (1929) on the other hand concludes that the mid-drift of
northern origin spreads equatorward as far as the tropical belt in the
North Pacific. But his reconstruction is based on meridional profiles
of temperature and salinity for the centre and western margin of the
Pacific alone. Hence the discrepancy may l^e only apparent, for in
the northern hemisphere water of northern origin, drifting equator-
ward (as deflected by the earth's rotation) must be concentrated in
the western side, while water from the south would tend to cross,
obliquely, to the eastern.
VI. Phytoplankton
It is obvious that a collection of phytoplankton confined to a period
of one month gives no basis for reconstructing the seasonal cycle for
other times of year. The absolute abundance of diatoms and perid-
inians in Monterey Bay, at the time of our work there, is, however,
of interest as bearing on the conditions of organic production in other
parts of the sea where upwelling circulation governs, while the list of
species, by Dr. Mann (p. 532) helps to establish the general composi-
tion of the summer diatom flora of the region.
Gran (1929), from anaylsis of the voluminous literature on condi-
tions prevailing around the northern coasts of the Atlantic, has
recently emphasized the importance of the role played by nutrients
washed down from the land in maintaining the fertility of coastal
waters in temperate latitudes. He also proposes a classification of
the " three principal types for the yearly development of the plankton "
(1929, p. 60), based on the interrelationship between the abundance
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 523
and periodicity of the supply of foodstuffs from this source, and the
seasonal and regional variations in the activity of vertical circulation.
The coasts of middle and southern California offer, by contrast,
the best available opportunity to study the association between
plant production and mass upwelling. And the activity of upwelling
in the immediate offing of Monterey makes this an especially interest-
ing locality from this viewpoint.
During our work in July, 1928, phytoplankton was collected at
the surface at most of the stations, with ordinary tow nets of No. 20
bolting silk. Seventy quantitative measurements of the plankton
were also made by the simple but sufficiently accurate method (now
standard at the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, Allen, 1929)
of filtering measured volumes of water (usually 5 or 8 liters) through
fine bolting silk with mesh openings averaging about .05 mm. These
quantitatives include surface samples at twenty stations, with sub-
surface samples at eleven, mostly at intervals of 10 meters, downward
to 40-50 meters (table p. 525). The counting of diatoms and of peridin-
ians was done by Prof. W. E. Allen, of the Scripps Institution, who has
also contributed much of the substance of the following discussion.
Technically this filtration method is satisfactory for cells as large
as most of the planktonic diatoms and the thecate peridinians. And if
samples enough could be taken simultaneously throughout the general
area, the resultant picture would correctly represent the regional
variations existing at the time, for these groups. But when counts
are made several miles apart, it is obvious that if diatoms are streaky
in occurrence, as is often the case, station to station differences in
counts of the numbers of cells in given volumes of water might give
an erroneous idea of the general state. And if the samples are taken
over as long an interval as were ours, a rapid multiplication, or a high
death rate, may further obscure the regional picture.
It was in the hope of guarding, in some degree, against the error
(of unknown magnitude) that might result from streaky occurrence
of the micro-plankton, that the tows were made. Unfortunately, how-
ever, inability to maintain an even rate of speed while towing, and
heavy surging caused by the rough sea, made the net catches even less
reliable as indices to quantitative distribution than is usually the case.
We hesitate, therefore, to draw any definite inferences from the
fact that while the volumes of these catches roughly parallel the num-
bers of cells per liter over the bay as a whole for the stations occupied
during the period July 17-July 23 (Stations 16 to 28), there is no cor-
respondence at the stations occupied July 5-16. As the technical pro-
524 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
cedure was the same during the two periods, the impHcation is that
diatoms were more evenly distributed through the water during the
later period.
In most of the catches, whether quantitative, or by tow net, diatoms
greatly outnumbered peridinians. At only one station (26) were peri-
dinians more numerous than diatoms, though at one other (25) peri-
dinians (about one-third as numerous as diatoms) were the larger in
volume. Both of these stations were situated in the northern side
of the bay, near the Santa Cruz shore. And since collections were
made elsewhere in the bay on that same day and a day or two before,
a regional rather than a seasonal segregation appears, with peridinians
dominating in the Santa Cruz side, diatoms throughout the remainder
of the bay.
A. Diatoms
The numbers of diatoms and their condition, whether good or bad
(moribund or dead), are given in the table on page 525, contributed
by Prof. Allen.
1. Numerical abundance
It is, of course, impossible (on the basis of one month's work) to
state whether conditions as existing in July, 1928, were typical for
that season of the year; it may have been a rich summer for diatoms,
or a poor. But certainly in that particular month the planktonic
diatom flora of Monterey Bay ranked among the richer concentra-
tions of diatoms that have 3'et been described for the open ocean, and
even approached the tremendous production that occurs in some
enclosed waters. Thus the maximum number of diatom cells per liter,
from our counts (nearly two million) compares with eight million
Skeletonema cells recorded in the Baltic in June, 1906; with two
million diatom cells per liter in Kiel Bay in April of that year (Loh-
mann, 1908); with a net catch reported there by Brandt (1902, p. 71)
that indicated about six million per liter; and with a maximum of eight
hundred thousand cells per liter at Storeggen, on the Norwegian coast
(Gran, 1929).
And while still larger numbers have been recorded in enclosed
coastal waters at the time of mass production — witness Marshall
and Orr's (1927) record of 2,500,000 chains of Skeletonema per liter
in the Clyde sea area, in April, which, by Gran's (1929) reckoning,
indicates some twenty million cells per liter — the average at Monterey
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 525
I
h3
>
Q
<
in
o
H
<
H
H
Z
:-^
H P5
^ C
Oh fi
X C
o
O
n
o o o
o o
o o o
o
O CD O
-M (N
00 '* CO
-^
"C
^ ^ rj<
05 1-1
00 o w
o
L- *
CO ^ C^
^ lO
00 CO lo
lO
2*
lO
CO
CO
O O O
o o
o o o
o
O O O
O CO
ci; (M 00
OJ
--, (=!
(M rf< 1>
(^^ -H
C — 1 -^
r— 1
- 0
t^ (N lO
CO CO
O 1-H ■*
lO
C
00 (M
.— (
^
a;
gffi
E
o
^c^
^-^ 0
c
"
:/:
c s
a;
ce
E
c
r^
0
m
■^■^
c
c
■c
en
0)
gcc
^
E
■T3
C
o
0-r
CM
O 0
0
C
o
o-r
^ o
o
CO
00
o
00
CO
o
00
o
CO
CO
O
CO
CO
o o o
CO 00 00
Ci Tt* (N
00
o
CO
o
o
(M
CO
o
CO
o
o
CO 00
o o o S
^ o -* -
(M t^ O rr>
00 00 (M CO CO r;
o o o
CO CO (M
1> (M CO
CI o
o
o
CO
lO CO CO
CO CO -^ "—I
CO ■* CO Ci
o o
o
o
,— I C5 CO LO c^
o o o o
c^j 00 00 CO
o o
lO lO ■— I t^ 1-H t^ o
o ■* O C<1
o
CO CO
o o o o
00 00 CO 00
CO IM
CO 1—1
o
CO
^H CO •* O
O O O CO
CO n— I CO 05
o o o o o o o
00 c^
CO C5
O CO
O ^ -* 00 CO
^ o o o ^
■^ O -^ iM C<l
rt o CO CO ^
CO (M lO ^
o
CO
00
o
CO
o
o
00
o
lO
o
CO
CO
o
CO
(^
o
o
o
o
O
o
' s
T}H
s
CO
g
T— 1
o
00
CO
00
*-H
CO
r^
CO
»o
t^
1-H
(N
1-H
CO
CO
l>
00
lO
T— *
T-H
T*
CO
O
o
o
o
o
o
Q
o
C^
00
OJ
04
a.
CO
o
00
c:
o
Oi
^H
o
O
o
o
t^
o
C5
iC
(M
o
(M
(N
■^
t^
-*
o
(N
C-i
•*
o
lO
»-H
to
o
1-H
es
nCC
OJ
0
s
u-
■e
c
rAl
0
y-o
Q
c
o o
oooooooo
OOOOOOOCD
^H no Tt< CO •*
O lO (M CO CO O r^
00 CO
Tj< 00 "O iC CO CD Ol
o CO CO -^ — —
COcDO'^iOCOcO'OCD
1— I (M 1— I 1—1 1— I
OOOOOOOOO
00OO(M-*(M00Tf<C<l
' " 00 t^ CO 00 ^
t^ O CO ^H 1— I
(M CD ^ O 1> CO
C3 00
O '
05 (M
o o o
(M 00 00
CO 00 ~
o
CO
o
o
o o
t^ o
o
o _
t^ CO O CD
02 '^ o o
lo CO
o o
o o
O -H
o ^
o o
lO lO
o o
O lO
t^ '^ CO o
CO O CO CO 00
t^ CO CO t^
ooooooooooo
_OO00-*CDO00'*'*i00(N
rtOCDOOOOCO<MCOCO(McOr^
"t^OJOO'— iiOt^OiOCO'
o
CD
Ci C5 CD CO O
i-Hcoo5cococot^-HcooO!Mio-^
C5 CD Oi >— I
CO (M — I
CNco-*>or-G0050c^co|Ocooo2^§^^^g^^^^
o
o
o
o
o
o_
IN
o
o
o
od"
00
o
o
o
o"
CO
CO
o
o
o
r^
CO
00
O
o
o
o
73
> O J2
-1 a-g
526 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Bay would be ranked as unusually high for any station in the open
North Atlantic. Furthermore, the presence of a relatively large per-
centage of dead cells in our catches suggests that diatoms had been
even more abundant in Monterey waters earlier in the season.
Comparison between the few Monterey counts and the extensive
series that have been published for southern California waters is
made more dependable than has usually been the case for different
localities by the fact that the methods used were not only the same,
but the counts made by the same individual. The average number
at the richest level of Monterey Bay (about one million per liter)
parallels roughly the richest weekly average recorded at La Jolla
Pier for the years 1921-1924 (AlleA, 1927, 1928a; Dorman, 1927a;
Sleggs, 1927). And the maximum for Monterey Bay (two million) was
more than four times the maximum recorded for the offing of La
Jolla in the summers of 1924 or 1926 (Allen 1928, 1928b).
Thus present indications are that Monterey Bay is on the whole
the more productive of the two localities in planktonic diatoms, unless
1928 was an unusually productive year. But much more extensive
observations would be needed to definitely establish such a difference,
because occasional waves of production, resulting for a time in large
counts, are to be expected wherever these unicellular plants exist in
any abundance. At the Pier at Point Hueneme, California, for ex-
ample, Allen (1928a) reports one weekly average of two million per liter
in 1924, although the averages for the richest weeks of the year there
have usually approximated the July, 1928. average for Monterey.
Such counts of diatoms as have been made in the open Pacific
off Oregon, to the north, have also been of about the same order of
magnitude. Lewis (1927), for example, reports a maximum of about
half a million per liter for the summer and autumn of 1924.
Unfortunately no comparison can yet be made between the abun-
dance of diatoms in Monterey Bay, and in the coastal waters of British
Columbia, because the estimates by Mounce (1922) and by Hutchin-
son (1928) of the amounts present in the Straits of Georgia were
volumetric, not numerical, and the catches made by methods with
which our towings are not comparable.
More specific examination of the Monterey catches is interesting
from the standpoints of seasonal progression, as well as of regional
and vertical distribution.
Successive counts at a pair of stations near Point Pinos, and at two
pairs at the mouth of the bay, showed a decrease in the number of
diatoms during the last half of the month, as follows :
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 527
Off Point Pinos
Date
June 30
July 5
July 23
Mouth of Bay,
A
Date
July 10
July 21
Mouth of Bay,
B
Date
July 13
July 21
Sta.
Diatoms at surface, total
per liter
1
392,450
5
394,000
28
8,800
Sta.
Diatoms at surface, total
per liter
7
1,079,300
21
469,680
Sta.
Diatoms at surface, total
per liter
10
394,250
22
136,080
This decrease cannot be laid to depletion of phosphates or silicates,
for while at one offshore locality (Loc. A above) a slight decrease
in the amounts of these solutes was registered for the surface water
(table, p. 567), the reverse was the case at the other locality. And
while no data as to phosphates or silicates are available for the earlier
of the two stations off Point Pinos, both silicates and phosphates were
present there in relatively large amounts at the latest station (28).
At the offshore localities, the decrease in diatoms may have resulted
from exhaustion of nitrates, for in each case (Loc. A and B), the surface
water was nitrate-free at the later station, whereas at Loc. B, there
had been 0.039 mg. per liter in the surface water at the earlier station.
But at the Point Pinos locality, where the smallest diatom count was
from w^ater relatively rich in nitrates (Sta. 28, 0.119 mg. per liter),
this explanation does not apply unless sudden regeneration of nitrates
can be supposed to have taken place there, after diatoms had dimin-
ished.
It is the common experience to find the great majority of diatom
cells in good condition while multiplication is proceeding actively, with
the proportion of moribund and dead cells (shown by poor condition)
increasing after the wave of production has passed. Prof. Allen, for
example, contributes the information that off southern California,
where diatoms are, as a rule, scarce in August, the catches made during
that and the preceding month have been in poor condition.
528 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Thus the relatively large percentage of the diatom cells that were
either dead, or at least in bad condition, at most of the stations, with
the fact that the ratio of cells in good to those in bad condition, was
about the same at 50 meters as at the surface (table, p. 525), equally
suggests that the last half of July, 1928, was in general a period of
waning production. But the presence of many more diatoms at a
station close to the Hopkins Marine Station on July 17 (15) than had
been found there two weeks earlier (4) shows that active production
was still taking place locally, as late as the middle of the month, though
the upper 10 meters of water at the locality in question was then so
poor in phosphates (14, O.OlS-0.02 mg. per liter) as to make it likely
that fewer diatoms would have been found there a week later.
In short, the available data suggest that fewer diatoms would have
been found in Monterey Bay in x\ugust, 1928, than were actually found
there in July, and that still larger numbers would have been found in
June.
A seasonal succession of this order was, indeed, to be expected, for
students in various parts of the world have found diatoms scarce in
midsummer, in mid-latitudes, following periods of great abundance,
except in estuarine situations, or in localities kept thoroughly churned
by the tide, where active production may continue right through from
spring to autumn.
x\ttempts to trace the ups and downs of the local production of dia-
toms off central and southern California are complicated by the possi-
bility that the sudden appearance of a swarm may result from their
transport thither, by longshore currents. This would result in an
irregular succession of maxima and minima, of much the sort that has
actually been recorded off La JoUa. But in spite of this disturbing
factor Monterey Bay offers an exceptionally favorable opportunity to
examine whether inherent reproductive periodicity of the diatoms
themselves has any part in causing the summer minimum, for it seems
certain that in this region, so richly stocked with nutrients at deeper
levels, upwelling must soon refertilize the surface layers if the latter
be temporarily denuded by an overproduction of vegetation.
In this connection, Prof. Allen points out, differences between differ-
ent species in the ratio of living to dead cells are suggestive. Thus
Asteromphalus hcpiactis,^ which occurred with considerable frequency,
in the quantitative samples at all levels down to 50 meters, was usually
represented by dead cells only, except at Stations 10-13, where it ap-
peared in good condition in the upper levels Ditylium brightwellii^
1 Identification by Prof. W. E. Allen.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 529
(surface only) was also represented chiefly, if not entirely, by cells in
bad condition. On the other hand Astcrionclla japonica,^ and Nitzschia
seriata ' not only occurred frequently at all levels, in some numbers,
but were for the most part in good condition. Differences of this sort
corroborate the evidence of various sorts, brought out in other seas,
both by observation and by cultural experiments, that different species
differ so widely in their cultural requirements that some thrive in water
that is barren for others.
2. Regional distribution
The most striking regional variation in the quantitative distribution
of diatoms at the time of our studies was their scarcity in the northern
side of the bay (Stations 25, 26). But diatoms change so rapidly in
abundance that this may have been only a temporary phenomenon,
presaging a progressive decrease from north to south across the bay.
And, for this same reason, there is no warrant for crediting the distri-
bution of richer and poorer catches (Fig. 43) with geographic signifi-
cance, for it may have been briefly transitory. The parallelism between
regional distribution of diatoms, and that of oxygen and of phosphates,
has already been commented upon (pp. 515, 512).
Counts of samples taken close to the tide line, off the beach at the
Hopkins Station, suggest that the water averages much less productive
in diatoms immediately next the coast than it does a mile or more out
in the bay, for the largest weekly average for 1923 was only about
6,000 cells perhter there (Dorman, 1927a), while in 1924 only three
weekly averages exceeded 11,000 (Allen, 1928b). Therefore samples
taken in a situation of that sort cannot be accepted as representative,
in this particular region.
3. Vertical distribution
The diatom flora of Monterey Bay seems not only to average richer
than that off' La JoUa in summer, but in July, 1928, its vertical distri-
bution was widel}' different, when quantitatively expressed.
At the more southerly locality, in the summer of 1926 (apparently a
representative year), more than 75% of the total number of diatoms
were concentrated in the stratum between the 25 meter and 40 meter
levels (Allen, 1928; Moberg, 1928). This is in hne with data obtained
at La Jolla in earlier years (Allen, 1923; Dorman, 1927; Sleggs, 1927),
which had already given strong indication that the normal production
1 Identification by Prof. W. E. Allen.
530
bulletin: museltm of comparative zoology
off this part of the coast in summer is greatest 20-40 meters below the
surface.
In Monterey Bay, on the contrary, our largest catch was made
at the surface (table, p. 525), and the average number per liter was also
greatest at the surface, slightly less at 10 meters, and decreasing with
depth, as follows:
Depth
meters
Surf.
10
20
30
40
50
Average
Diatoms
per liter
1,021,109
836,761
330,151
88,240
25,140
23,986
Two thirds of the diatoms of Monterey Bay were thus concentrated
in the upper 15 meters of water at the time (fig. 41). Furthermore,
Prof. Allen reports that the number of species represented in the
quantitative samples was about twice as great at the surface (29) as
at any level deeper than 20 meters, but only slightly greater than at
10 meters. All this unites to show that in July, 1928, the chief produc-
tion in Monterey Bay took place between the 10 meter level and the
surface. And maximum production seems to have been nearer to the
surface than to 10 meters, because the surface catches were much
greater than the 10 meter catches (living and dead cells combined) at
four out of eight stations, the 10 meter catches considerably the larger
at only two, with little difference between the two levels at the remain-
ing two stations.
The difference between Monterey Bay and the offing of La JoUa,
with respect to the vertical distribution of diatoms, so closely parallels
the difference in the vertical distribution of phosphates and of nitrates
(pp.499, 500), that a causal connection may reasonably be assumed. The
fact that the surface waters at La JoUa are kept practically denuded
of nitrates, and decidedly poor in phosphates, is sufficient explanation
for the barrenness of the superficial stratum there. Lnder such cir-
cumstances, and with upwelling so slow that the rich water from the
deeps is denuded before reaching the surface, production is greatest at
the greatest depth to which sunlight penetrates with intensity enough
for active photosynthesis. In ^Monterey Bay, however, under the con-
ditions existing at the time of our survey, upwelling is so much more
active that the surface waters are kept more adequately stocked, or if
locally depleted, seem to be replenished sooner, so that the supply of
nutrients allows active multiplication of diatoms closer to the surface,
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 531
where the intensity of Hght is most favorable. The fact that catches
taken as close to the surface as was feasible averaged the largest, and
that the percentage of dead cells was no greater there than at 10-20
meters, is good evidence that sunlight was not intensive enough to be
generally lethal more than a few centimeters down at the time, if it
ever is at this latitude. On the other hand, the decrease in the number
of diatoms from the surface downward, in the face of increasing rich-
ness of nutrients, may be assumed chiefly to reflect the corresponding
decrease in intensity of penetrant sunlight. And since the same species
were prominent at different levels, it seems that those dominant at the
time all required approximately the same intensity of light, for active
photosynthesis. Upwelling currents may also have some effect in
bringing diatoms up toward the surface.
The facts that the average number of diatoms at 40 meters was larger
in Monterey Bay ^ in July, 1928 than off La Jolla during the summer of
1926; that at Monterey there were nearly as many diatoms at 50 meters
as at 40 (table, p. 525) ; and that the percentage of dead cells was no
greater at deep than at shallow levels; indicate that photosynthesis
was proceeding at least down to 50 meters at the time. And as Allen
(1928) records a rapid falling off in the number of diatoms below 40
meters, for La Jolla, it seems that the photosynthetic zone is about as
thick at the more northern of the two localities, in spite of the differ-
ence in latitude and greater prevalence of fog.
The diatom fertility-cycle in a region of upwelling, such as Mon-
terey Bay in summer, may then be reconstructed as follows. The clouds
of diatoms existing in the upper stratum of water consume the nutrient
salts in large amounts. With increasing depth decreasing light limits
the activity of their photosynthesis and the rapidity of their multiplica-
tion, correspondingly limiting the drafts that they make on the fertility
of the water. So long as upwelling supplies rich water to the surface
stratum with sufficient rapidity, the combination of abundant nutri-
tion with intense light makes this the zone of chief production, as was
the case in July, 1928. But if the rate of upwelling were to decrease so
much that the diatoms depleted the surface layer, the zone of maximum
production would necessarily sink (as at La Jolla), as the diatoms pre-
viously living near the surface died off. There might even be some
actual increase in production, temporarily, in the deeper strata, as the
thinning out of those above allowed more sunlight to penetrate. But
unless a new pulse of upwelling soon followed, the whole photic zone
would either become depleted of food stuffs, and diatoms fall to a
I MoDterey, about 25,000 per liter; LaJolIa7,000 to 15,000 attwo stations (Allen, 1928,p.206).
532 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
minimum, or a balance might be reached, allowing a moderate pro-
duction to proceed near the lower boundary of the photic zone, as hap-
pens off La Jolla. Whether this latter state ever develops in Monterey
Bay is an interesting question for the future.
It is much to be regretted that no data as to the concentrations of
silicates, phosphates, or nitrates, were obtained at the stations in the
northern side of the bay (25, 26), where, alone, peridinians were dom-
inant.
The fact that the numbers of diatom cells in bad condition showed,
on the average, about the same rate of decrease, from the surface down-
ward as did those in good, runs counter to the expectation that where
the chief production takes place near the surface, dead cells, as they
sink, will be most prominent, relatively, in the deeper strata. And
Prof. Allen contributes the like information that dead cells have not
dominated the samples from 50 meters, or deeper, off southern Cali-
fornia. This suggests that dead diatoms sink so slowly in the low
temperatures (consequently high viscosities) and upwelling circulation
prevailing off California that most of their shells disintegrate before
reaching a depth of 50 meters, and so help to maintain the cycle of
silica in situ. At any rate, writes Prof. Allen, " the small showing of
dead specimens beneath a large representation of decadent specimens
at several points in Monterey Bay is a phenomenon which needs
explanation."
4. Doviinant species of diatoms
Dr. Mann's examination of samples from the tow nettings (p. 430)
shows a diatom flora decidedly varied, qualitatively, for he detected
107 species.
List of Diatoms, Identified by Dr. Albert Mann, from Random
Samples from Eighteen of the Tow-net Hauls
Column A gives the percentage of the stations at which the species
was found; column B gives the percentage of the stations at which
the species was noted by Dr. Mann as "common"; column C, the
percentage of the stations at which it was noted as "very common."
ABC
Actinocyclus curvulatus Janisch
5
0
0
Ehrenbergii Ralfs
11
0
0
Ralfsii W. Smith
5
0
0
Actinoptychus alternans Mann
83
22
0
areolatus Mann
11
5
0
undulatus Bail.
44
5
0
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 533
ABC
Amphora oblonga Greg.
Asterionella japonica Cleve
Asteromphalus heptactis Breb.
Aulacodiscus
Biddulphia aurita Breb.
extensa Mann
mobilensis Bail,
peruviana Gran
antideluviana Ehr.
Cerataulina Bergonii Perag.
Chaetoceras atlanticum Cleve
boreale Bail,
constrictum Gran
contortum Schutt
coronatum Grun.
crinitum Schutt
criophilum Castr.
debile Cleve
decipiens Cleve
densum Cleve
diadema Gran
difficile Cleve
didymum Ehr.
gracile Schutt
incurvum Bail,
ingolfianum Ost.
laciniosum Schutt
mitra Cleve
pelagicum Cleve
peruvianum Bright,
pseudocrinitum O&t.
scolopendra Cleve
Schuttei Cleve
teres Cleve
Weissflogii Schutt?
WiUei Gran
Cocconeis costata Greg.
curvirotunda T. & Br.
disrupta Greg., var.
panniformis Br.
scutellum Ehr.
5
0
0
72
5
0
100
61
22
5
0
0
39
0
0
94
0
0
5
0
0
5
0
0
5
0
0
22
0
0
50
0
0
22
0
0
90
22
22
80
28
17
11
0
0
90
39
33
50
0
5
94
28
22
100
44
50
22
0
0
44
0
0
22
0
5
94
50
22
5
0
0
17
0
0
5
' 0
0
5
0
0
11
0
0
5
0
0
5
0
0
11
0
0
100
50
11
33
0
0
44
0
0
5
0
0
22
0
0
5
0
0
5
0
0
5
0
0
5
0
0
17
0
0
534 bulletin: ml^seum of comparative zoology
A B
Coscinodiscus asteromphalus Ehr.
11
0
0
concinnus W. Smith
50
5
0
curvulatus Gran
11
0
0
denarius A. Schmidt
5
0
0
excentricus Ehr.
44
0
0
Kutzingii A. Schmidt
5
0
0
lineatus Ehr.
37
0
0
Normanii Greg.
5
0
0
oculus-iridis Ehr.
11
0
0
pacificus Ratt.
11
0
0
praetextus Janisch
5
0
0
radiatus Ehr.
17
5
5
rex Wall.
5
0
0
subtilis Ehr.
61
0
0
symbolophorus Gran
5
0
0
Woodwardii Eul.
33
0
0
Coscinosira polychorda Gran
28
0
0
Corethron valdiviae Karst.
33
0
0
Cyclotella striata Kutz.
44
0
0
Ditylium Brightwellii West
83
0
0
Entopyla incurva Am.
5
0
0
Eucampia groenlandica Cleve
33
0
0
zoodiacus Ehr.
100
39
11
Grammatophora marina Lyng.
5
0
0
Hyalodiscus subtihs Bail.
5
0
0
Isthmia nervosa Kutz.
5
0
0
Lauderia annulata Cleve
17
0
0
boreaUs Gran
33
0
0
dehcatula Perag.
5
0
0
glaciahs Gran
5
0
0
Leptocylindrus danicus Cleve
72
5
5
Licmophora californica Gran
5
0
0
Lyngbyei Kutz.
5
0
0
Lithodesmium undulatum Ehr.
50
0
0
Navicula directa W. Smith
11
0
0
formosa Greg.
5
0
0
Nitzschia gazellae Karst.
28
0
0
longissima var. closterioides Grun.
55
0
0
seriata Cleve
90
11
11
Pleurosigma acus Mann
5
0
0
delicatulum W. Smith
5
0
0
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 535
ABC
Rhizosolenia alata var. obtusa Hens.
22
0
0
semispina Hens.
39
0
0
setigera Bright
28
11
0
Stolforthii Perag.
39
0
0
Sekletonema costatum Grev.
61
0
0
Stephanopyxis corona Ehr.
5
0
0.
turris Grev.
11
0
0
Synedra nitzschioides Gran
83
11
0
Thalassiosira baltica Gran
5
0
0
decipiens Jorg.
50
0
0
gravida Cleve
78
5
0
hyalina Gran
5
0
0
Nordenskioldii Cleve
5
0
5
subtilis Ost.
5
0
0
Thalassiothrix Frauenfeldii Gran
22
0
0
longissima Cleve
17
0
0
Trigonium arcticum Cleve
22
0
0
montereji Bright.
5
0
0
Tropidoneis antarctica Gran
28
0
0
membranacea Cleve
22
0
0
In spite of the long list of species comparatively few were prominent
in the collections, as is usually the case in short series of open-sea
towings. Prof. Allen, from examination of the quantitative samples,
records various species of Chaetoceras as forming the bulk of the
catches. And Dr. Mann's lists equally emphasize the dominance of the
phytoplankton by this genus, except in the northern side of the bay,
where peridinians, not diatoms, predominated (p. 524).
A glance at column C in the preceding table will make this clear,
for out of fourteen species appearing there nine belong to the genus
Chaetoceras.
Among the twenty-six species of Chaetoceras detected by Dr. Mann,
the following seven greatly predominated over the others, both in
regularity of occurrence, and in abundance relative to other diatoms : —
C. constrictum, C. contortum, C. crinitum, C. debile, C. decipiens, C.
didymum and C. scolopendra. C. decipiens was on the whole the most
important of these, at the time, for it occurred at all the eighteen sta-
tions from which samples were examined, and was recorded by Dr.
Mann as "common" or "very common" at every station but one.
By the ranking in the table (p. 533), C. didymum and C. crinitum seem
on the whole to have been numerically the predominant species at the
I
536 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
time (after decipicns), and while scolopcndra and debile both occurred
somewhat more regularly in the lists, it is probable that sufficient
search would have shown all the species of the group to have been uni-
versally distributed over the bay, at the time. All of these dominant
species belong to the subgenus Hyalochaete, and all of them, except
decipiens, are small forms.
No regional separation in the relative importance of these species of
Chaetoceras appears for the inner parts of the bay. But the catch at
our outermost station (17) is set apart by the fact that the species
dominant there (C. criophilum, noted by Dr. Mann as "vc") is not
only distinctly oceanic, but was of very minor importance inshore, for
it was detected in only 50% of the other hauls, and invariably noted
there as "few" or as "scarce."
All the other species of Chaetoceras were represented sparsely, in
every case recorded as "few" or "scarce." Their relative regularity
of occurrence was as follows :
50% of the hauls, atlanticum
44% of the hauls, diadema, teres
33% of the hauls, Schuttei
22% of the hauls, boreale, densum, difficile, Willei
17% of the hauls, incurvum, pseiidocrinitum
11% of the hauls, coronatum, mitra
5% of the hauls, gracile, ingolfianum, laciniosum, pelagicum, peruvianum,
weissflogii
Of diatoms other than Chaetoceras, Asteromphalus heptactis and
Eucampia zoodiacus were universal (100% of the stations), Biddidphia
exteiwa probably also (94%); while Astcriondla japonica, Lcptocylin-
drus danicu^s, Thahissiosira gravida, Ditylium hrighticcUii, Actinopiychns
alternans, Synrdra nitschioides and Xitzschia seriata were also detected
at the great majority of stations (72-90%). For each of them the
localities of record include stations close in shore, as well as in the
mouth of the bay, proving that their distribution was general there at
the time.
Among this group of regularly occurring species, Asteromphalus
heptactis and Exwampia zoodiacus alone rivaled the dominant members
of Chaetoceras in floral importance, the former being recorded as
"common" or " very common" in all but one of the catches, the latter
in nine out of the eighteen stations. Actinoptychvs alternans, Asterion-
ella japonica, Coscinodiscus concinnus, C. radiatiis, Leptocylindrns
danicus, Xitzschia seriata, Rhizolcnia setigera, and Thalassiosira gravida
were occasionally common; but within this group of species, numerical
BIGELOW AND LESLIE : WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 537
abundance did not in all cases correspond to regularity of occurrence.
Thus while Leptocylindrus was recorded at thirteen stations, it was
common only at two, Thalassiosira common at only one out of fourteen,
Synedra at three out of fifteen, whereas Rhizosolenia setigera was com-
mon at two of the four stations where alone it was detected, Actino-
pti/chis arcolatus at one of two, Coscinodiscus radiatus at two out of
its three stations of record.
The fact that the remaining eighty-five species, including several
that occurred with considerable regularity ^ were invariably either
"few" or "scarce" illustrates the qualitative monotony that may
characterize the pelagic diatom-flora, even when actually composed
of many species.
In fact no less than thirty-six of the species were found at only one
station each, ten of them at only two stations; in most cases represented
bv scattered individuals onlv.
This group of rare species is, however, more interesting from the
distributional standpoint than its numerical strength and the sporadic
occurrence of its members might suggest, for it includes a considerable
list of bottom forms. To find a scattering of this floral category in
plankton gatherings taken near land is usual, as they are either swept
up from the bottom by turbulent movements of the water, or carried
out from the shore line with other flotsam. The surface water had re-
ceived an unusually large contribution from this source off Point Pinos,
at the close of the series (Station 28), the list for that haul including
eleven species of this group, that were not detected in any of the other
samples, as follows: — Actinocyclus c?/rru/afw^, Aulacodiscus, Biddul-
phia aniidehmana, Cocconcis cosfata, C. panniformis, Entopyla incurva,
Grammatophora marina, Hyalodiscus subtilis, Isthmia nervosa, Licmo-
phora Lynbyei and Trigoniuni monicreyi.
Apart from these bottom forms at Station 28, and except for the
dominant species at the outermost station, analyses of the catches
show no definite regional localization of different species, for such of
them as occurred frequently enough for their recorded distribution to
be significant were found both inshore, and out in the centre of the bay.
Neither is any seasonal succession of species apparent.
It is for this reason that we have not included in the table the lists
of species for individual stations.
Catches made close to the beach at the Hopkins Marine Station,-
interesting for comparison with the waters of the bay farther out in
• Biddulphia extensa, Ditylium Brighlwellii, Coscinodiscus sublilis, Skelelonema coslatum.
2 Data contributed by Prof. W. E. Allen.
538 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
July, 1928, showed dominance by the following species, at some time
during June, July or August, 1923, 1924 and 1925.
In 1923, Asterionella japonica, Chaetoceras compressum, Chaetoceras
sp.? Navicula sp.? and Nitzschia seriata.
In 1924, Chaetoceras dehile and Fragilaria islandica.
In 1925, Asterionella japonica, Chaetoceras longianum, Eucampia
zoodiacus, and Leptocylindrus danicus.
All these species, except the Xavicula and Fragilaria, were recog-
nized in the towings of July, 1928, or may have been represented then
among the unidentified species of Chaetoceras.
It is interesting that Fragilaria islandica appears among this list
of dominant species, at this locality in summer, for it is a diatom
usually considered an arctic and subarctic indicator. But as it was
prominent during only one week of the entire series (25th week of 1924)
this was evidently an unusual event.
Unfortunately the samples for these years were so scattered in date
that they do not show the seasonal succession for any one year, while
to combine the records for the three years might confuse annual with
seasonal variations.
The following tabulation of the ten species reported by Prof. Allen
as most prominent during those months of spring when samples were
obtained in two of the three years shows that annual differences are
great.
1923 1924 1925
March Skelelonema costatum Asterionella japonica Chaetoceras curviseium
Chaetoceras scolopendra Skelelonema costatum
Chaetoceras sp.?
Detojiula schroderi
Eucampia zoodiacus
Rhizosolenia sp.?
Thalassiosira sp.?
April no data Chaetoceras sp.? Chaetoceras sociale
Nitzschia sp.?
Skelelonema costatum
May no data Chaetoceras difficile Chaetoceras sociale
Chaetoceras dehile
Chaetoceras compressa
Chaetoceras sp.?
In general these data for 1923-1925 suggest that IMonterey Bay does
not show the regular seasonal succession of different species and gen-
era of diatoms that so generally characterizes coastal waters in regions
where there is a wide seasonal variation in the physical, chemical
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 539
and circulatory state of the water (the Gulf of Maine for instance,
Bigelow, 1926), but that species that dominate at one season in one
year, may do so at another season in another. And most of the species
that often dominate, at any season of the year, are present in moderate
numbers in midsummer. A similar seasonal irregularity, from year to
year, in the succession of diatom species, evidently obtains off La Jolla,
as shown by Allen's (1928) tables, but with a pronounced preponder-
ance by the genus Chaetoceras. Allen's remark (1928, p. 365), that
"there is no apparent indication that the abundance of any species
gives ground for predicting that it will be followed or replaced by any
certain other species" off southern California, applies equally to
Monterey Bay, so far as can be judged from data yet available.
B. Peridinians
The three quantitative samples in which the number of dinofiagel-
lates equaled 10,000 per liter (23, 25, 26), including the only one where
thev outnumbered the diatoms, were all taken in the northern side of
the bay, and on one day, July 21. Stations 25 and 26, were also the
only localities where the catches of the tow net can be characterized
as "peridinian plankton." But tows on that same day, and two days
later, also yielded a greater bulk (though a smaller number) of peri-
dinians than of diatoms, at the mouth of the bay (22), and near Point
Pinos (28) where diatoms had greatly predominated earlier in the series
(10, 15). Thus a general replacement of diatoms by peridinians is
indicated with the advance of the season, progressing from north to
south across the bay, from a center of peridinian production near the
Santa Cruz shore.
The fact that most of the peridinians at all of the stations were in
good condition, as tabulated below, is further evidence that they were
multiplying actively during the last part of July.
Peridinians, like diatoms (p. 530), averaged most abundant at the
surface or close below it.
Although the numbers of peridinians per liter were insignificant,
contrasted with the rich catches of diatoms, the average of about
7,000 per liter for the surface samples, for Monterey Bay as a whole,
at the time, is approximately four times as great as the highest daily
average for La -Jolla, for the period 1920-1924, and more than seven
times the July average there (Allen, 1928, p. 388). At Point Hueneme,
near Santa Barbara, intermediate in location between La Jolla and
Monterey Bay, the July average rose considerably above the Monterey
average in three of these five years, but fell slightly below it in two,
while the means for that month and for August for the five years at
Point Hueneme (7,500-6,900) were close to the ISIonterey figure.
540
bulletin: museum of compakative zoology
Counts of Dinoflagellates per Liter at Different Stations
AND Levels, by W. E. Allen
Sta.
Levels
Surf
dce
10 meters
20 meters
30 meters
40 meters
50 meters
Condition
Condition
Condition
Condition
Condition
Condition
Good
Bad
Good Bad
Good Bad
Good Bad
Good Bad
Good Bad
1
200
2
1700
100
3
2000
200
4
1200
200
320
160
5
300
7
800
480
320
160
160
320
8
2200
9
8300
200
10
1700
160
320
160
12
1800
320
1600
160
160
13
500
320
640
480
15
8960
6400
1720
640
640
480
16
7800
1920
160
640
160
18
3600
200
1820
160
320
320
160
19
8640
3200
6080
3360
21
4000
22
3680
160
23
12800
320
24
4320
800
5120
640
320
160
480
25
62080
26
23040
160
27
640
480
28
1120
160
Av. good and bad at surface, 7146
These comparative counts indicate that the production of peri-
dinians in midsummer is of about the same order of magnitude in
Monterey Bay as in the vicinity of Santa Barbara; and correspondingly
greater than at La Jolla, farther south.
Such data as are available suggest that the coast waters are also
distinctly more productive of peridinians off middle California than
along the sector next to the north, for the largest number per liter
found by the U. S. S. " Guide" off Oregon in the summer and autumn
of 1924 was only 160 (Lewis, 1927), while the maximum in samples
taken by the U. S. S. "Pioneer" during that spring between the
offings of San Diego and of Seattle was only 1,958.
I
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 541
Prof. Allen reports the presence of the following four species in about
half the quantitative samples; Ccratium furca FAir., Dinophysis acuta
Ehr., Pcridi Ilium divergcns Ehr., and P. ovatuni Pouch. Among these,
C furca was not only the most regularly recurrent, but locally the
most abundant. Probably it was universally distributed over the bay
at the time, for at least a sprinkling of it was detected at fifteen sta-
tions ' out of the twenty-one where tows were made. And it was
almost entirely- responsible for the large gatherings of peridinians in
the northern side of the bay on July 21, just mentioned (p. 539, Sta-
tions 23, 25, 26).
Prof. Allen reports Dinophysis acuta as next in numerical strength
in the quantitative samples, and it also was detected in most of the
tows. About half of the tows also showed a scattering of another
Ceratium, without developed antapical horns, provisionally identified
as a form of C. tripos, as well as various unidentified species of Peri-
dinium and of Dinophysis.
It is interesting. Prof. Allen points out, that Prorocentrum micans
Ehr., the dinoflagellate that has most frequently been prominent in
southern Californian waters of late years, was noted in only five of
the quantitative samples, always in small numbers.
The dominance of the peridinian community by Ceratium furca in
Monterey Bay, but by Prorocentrum off La JoUa, is a difference for
which no reasonable explanation can yet be offered, unless the differ-
ence in latitude.
VII. ZOOPLANKTON
Only a preliminary survey of the animal plankton has yet been made,
consequently we can mention only the more prominent species : ^
discussion of many others — and of some whole groups — must be
postponed to some future occasion. Fortunately, however, it proved
that most of the dominant members of the different groups are species
so well known in northern seas that their identification offers no special
difficulty. We are, therefore, able to present the general fades of the
planktonic communities that were living in different places and depths
in the bay at the time, which after all, was the chief object of the bio-
logical part of our survey.
This is a matter of considerable interest, from its bearing on the
natural economy of this part of the sea, for (so far as we are aware),
1 Stations 6, 9, 12, 15-19, 21, 23-28.
5 The following collaborators have made preliminEiry identifications, in different groups: —
C. V. MacCoy, Copepods; Alice Beale, Chaetognaths, Radiolarians; Mary Sears, Crustacea
other than Copepods, Annelids, Tunicates, Siphonophores.
542 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
this is the first attempt to analyze the zooplankton of any part of the
open North Pacific from the standpoint of the association of groups
and of dominant species.
To some extent the picture is confused (just as it is for the phyto-
plankton) by the fact that the series extended over a period of twenty-
four days. MultipHcation is, however, a slower process for most groups
of planktonic animals than it is for the dominant groups of planktonic
plants — diatoms and peridinians — and the general character of the
community as a rule changes more slowly, unless mass migrations
occur, carried by sudden indrafts of water of distant origin. Conse-
quently the time factor is not so important in this case.
On the other hand the qualitative complexity of the community is
greater for the zoo- than for the phytoplankton, making qualitative
characterization more difficult.
The hauls were made with ordinary open nets of three sizes, 0.5
meter, 0.75 meter, and 1 meter in diameter, towed horizontally at
various depths, from the surface down to 550-0 meters.
A. Quantity of Plankton
Only a cursory glance at the catches, as brought on board, was
needed to show that no great concentrations of animal plankton were
encountered, compared with the rich catches that are sometimes made
with similar nets in the coastal waters of the boreal Atlantic, at the
time of year when zooplankton is at its maximum there.
No exact quantitative statement is possible, because no vertical
hauls were made. Volumetric analysis of the horizontal tows is made
more than usually unreliable (as it is for the phytoplankton) by irregu-
larity in the speed of towing. However, it was only at stations where
the ctenophore Pleurobrachia jnletis was abundant — an animal so
large that it needs but few indi\iduals to yield large volumes of it —
that the yield of the tows was at the rate of one liter or more, when re-
duced to a standard of thirty minutes towing with one meter net, ex-
cept at one station (23) where the half-meter net, towed at 10 meters,
passed through a population of copepods dense enough to yield at
about double that rate, an amount that is frequently surpassed in the
Gulf of Maine in the summer season (Bigelow, 1926).
The average volume, calculated as just stated, for all the tows, at
10 meters or deeper, was, roughly, 500 cc. But the facts that our tows
were made during a period when diatoms were diminishing, and that
they yielded considerable numbers of juvenile copepods and euphau-
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 543
siids (p. 547) makes it likely that much larger amounts of zooplankton
would have been found a few weeks later in the season. No compara-
tive data, as to the volumetric abundance of the zooplanktonic com-
munities as a whole, are available for Pacific coast stations either to
the north or to the south of Monterey, though some statistical studies
have been made of the numerical occurrence of individual groups of
animals off La Jolla (see bibHography), and in the straits of Georgia
(Campbell, 1929).
The topography of Monterey Bay and its dominant upwelling circu-
lation, with its geographic situation relative to the continental slope
and Pacific basin, combine to make this an interesting region, in the
present connection.
B. Bathymetric Stratification
Analysis of the more prominent members of representative groups,
by depths of capture, shows that (irrespective of systematic relation-
ships) they fall into two rather sharply defined groups : (a) those that
occurred with some regularity in the tows at 50 meters and shoaler;
(b) a bathypelagic community that were taken chiefly in our few deep
tows from 300 meters or deeper, and only occasionally nearer the sur-
face. No sharp line can be drawn between these two bathymetric
groups, for here, as is always the case, the transition is bridged by
species which, while most plentiful at considerable depths occur also
right up to the surface. As examples we may cite the common oceanic
euphausiid-shrimp Euphausia yacifica Hansen; also the splendid si-
phonophore Xectodroma reticulata Bigelow, which, by its abundance,
characterized the deep tows at Stations 8 and 27, and fragments of
which were also taken in shoal tows (pp. 546, 560). On the other hand,
when a species, occurring only occasionally, is found in a deep tow only,
the possibility must always be recognized that it may have been picked
up near the surface while the net was being let out, or hauled in. This
probably happened with the one specimen of the Narcomedusa Sol-
mundella bitentaculata (p. 560).
In spite of such connecting species the two chief bathymetric com-
munities were sufficiently distinct to call for separate discussion, as,
in fact, is usually the case when towing is done down to depths greater
than 300 meters. The one community, dwelling chiefly shoaler than
100 meters, the more directly reflects local conditions in its composi-
tion; the other, living deeper, is part of the faunal association that is
characteristic of the 200-500 meter stratum of the ocean basins, gen-
erally.
544 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Fowler's term " epiplankton " is convenient for the former if under-
stood as covering the community of the superficial stratum in general,
not of any particular depth-zone therein. In the case of Monterey Bay
the inclusive term "bathyplankton" appropriately names the inhabi-
tants of the mid-levels. None of our tows were deep enough to touch
abyssal waters.
C. Epiplankton
The catches made in the tows between the surface and a depth of
50 meters are the most characteristic of Monterey Bay itself, because
only a small percentage of the area of the latter is deeper than 100
meters (Fig. 1). And it is these shoal catches that are the most inter-
esting, faunistically, because little was previously known as to the
associations prevailing within the bay at any season (anywhere along
this general coast-sector, for that matter), or as to their seasonal suc-
cessions, though the presence of a great variety of planktonic animals
had been observed within the bay at one time or another. In fact,
Monterey Bay was nearly as virgin a sea, in this respect, as was the
Gulf of Maine when the Museum of Comparative Zoology and U. S.
Bureau of Fisheries commenced their joint exploration of its plankton
in 1912 (Bigelow, 1926).
1. General Associations
So far as the presence of the more prominent species is concerned,
the shoal catches proved decidedly uniform from station to station
throughout the series, though regional differences in the relative im-
portance of copepods, ctenophores, appendicularians and siphono-
phores resulted in notable differences in the general facies of the popu-
lation from station to station. (See table, pages 546, 547.)
In several cases one or another group so predominated as to result
in a decidedly monotonous assemblage. Thus surface hauls at Stations
1, 2, 5 and 6; 10 meter hauls at Stations 2, 12, 13 and 23; and the 50-0
meter haul at Station 6 yielded little except copepods. The ctenophore
Pleurobrachia pileus formed the bulk of the catch from 10-0 meters at
Stations 4 and 5, from 50-0 meters at Station 12. Oikopleura was pre-
dominant at the surface at two stations (4 and 18), as was the siphono-
phore Muggiaca athmtica on six occasions, in hauls from 10-0, 25-0,
and 50-0 meters (table, p. 546). In the other hauls no one species out-
ranked the rest to this extent, though one or two groups in combina-
tion were much the most prominent in most cases, as noted in the ac-
BIGELOW AND LESLIE : WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 545
companying table (p. 546). Such dominance of the inshore plankton by
one species, or by a few in combination, is a familiar phenomenon in
the upper 50 meters, in coastal waters of moderately low temperature.
In analyzing the regional differences in dominance by the different
groups, vertical stratification must be taken into account even within
the superficial 50 meters, when subsurface hauls are made at different
depths, because the relative importance of different groups is different
at the surface, at 10 meters, and at 50 meters. Pleurobrachia, for ex-
ample, was predominant only in hauls from 10-0 meters or deeper,
whereas it was only at the surface that an abundance of Oikopleura
marked any of the catches. Copepods, however, and Muggiaea atlan-
tica, either separately, or in combination with some other group, domi-
nated some of the deeper as well as some of the surface hauls. This
stratification is best illustrated by stations where hauls were made at
two or more levels. Thus at Station 4 Oikopleura dioica and another
member of the genus not yet identified formed the most prominent
element at the surface, Pleurobrachia at 10-0 meters. Similarly, at
Station 5, copepods dominated at the surface, Pleurobrachia at 10-0
meters. At Station 12 Muggiaea and the copepod Calanusfinmarchicus
characterized the catch at 10-0 meters, Pleurobrachia at 50 meters
while at Station 18 the surface catch was chiefly copepods and Mug-
giaea, the 10-0 meter catch chiefly the latter. And more instances
of the same sort might be cited (table, p. 546).
Radiolarians as a group were also represented more abundantly and
bv a o-reater varietv of genera in hauls from 25-0 and 50-0 meters than
closer to the surface; so, too, the Hyperiid amphipod Hyperia galba,
which occurred widespread over the bay. Among copepods, Eucalanus
elongatus, and Tortanus were abundant only in tows from 50-0 meters.
On the other hand Acartia, Microcalanus, and other minute species
formed a larger percentage of the copepods at or near the surface.
Certain species, furthermore, such as Euphausia pacifica, appeared
only in subsurface tows as adults, though larvae probably referable to
them were plentiful at or near the surface. In the case of Calanus
fitimarchicus the surface may be described as a nursery at the time, for
several of the surface tows yielded a large proportion of its juveniles,
with older stages predominating at deeper levels, as is the general rule
wherever the biology of this economically important copepod has been
studied.
The feeding habits of different species also affect their associations,
for when large rapacious animals multiply they may soon denude the
water of its smaller inhabitants. Thus while copepods were important,
546
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
<
o
w
H
o
o
«
as
'■43
V
C-
cc
CD
< $
2 o
-o
o
i)
w
^
cu
ui
CO
03
H
>
OJ
rr
H
O
-<
-I-:
H
-t->
c
n1
7J
C
«
f.
a.
O
W T3
P5
O
w
O
O
PQ
Eh
c3
0)
EC
O
H
C-1
?
o
X X
X
X
X
C
/**
X
/-^
X
c;
1
c
X X
c c
X
Vj
XXX
X X c
c
X
X
X
■o
t-
s
■0
X -r
X
X
•o
o
XXX
X
X X c
C
X
X X
X X
-s
CO
s
X X X X
X
X X c
QXXCQ XXX
■8
CO
o
X
: : X X
Q X
X
rg
0 X X X
X
X X
X
xc c X
XX;:
■e
C>)
?
o
X
O
Q
X X
e :
Q
00
o
-= X
: X
■c
f- 5
Z-'
C X X
X X
C X
C
o
i
X X X X
X
X X
X t; X X
X
r<
^
■^
o
: X
CQ :x
. I
X
X :
X -r
^ca X
X
: X X T!
lO
o
X X
X X
X -B
: : X X
X
Q X : c
•*
X X
X X X X
■c
xc C X
X
•r
t
o
X
X
•e
X
CM
?
o
X
X X
c :
c
(N
o
Q TS
•o
-
o
: X
X X
: Q :
c
c
£8
a,
c
0
c
c
b
n
\ I
■i
<
• 4
. t
;i
■ <
■J
-<
. c
-
E
: i
: 'E
: CI
) (-
5 r
: "E
c
! a
E
= 4
c
a
1
c
I CS
, c
• 2 5
c5 a
C.
■J
c
xf.
a
r
c
5
k
.E
a
CO "Z
' 5 a
s =
. Sf t
5^
;l
-
1
c
e
u
1
\
%
1
S C8
.S - a
•2 O ■■
C, <^ a
.2 c c
t •;. A A
-111 =
!
«
= a
a
i "S
! a
a
c
1
0.
-c
c
! 1
a
c S
a
n
1
c
tr
a
£
a
.2 -
• ce -
;> a
•■<: 1
)
o
1
> 2
1
2
■ —
"S
CM
"5
O
CO
CO
c
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 547
s
: X
: X X ; X : : : ;
X :
•
: X : ;
X X
o
X
::x::x:;xx ;::: x
X
; : : X x x
00
1-H
o
::::;:: X X : : : : : :
X X X : :
X :
t^
in
X
;;x::xx :;:x x
X
; T! ; X ■
: X
iC
? X
::x::x: xx:: x
X
XXX:
X :
C<5
g
: X X :
: : X : : x ; : x
: X :
X X
C<3
?
o
; : X : :
: : X X X : : : :
X a
Q ; X
X X
(N
■o
X : ; : : : : x x
X X
: X :
: X
M
?
c
: : X X X : X ;
X
X X : ;
X X
00
o
::-c:xx x:;: :x
X
; : X :
X X
1^
o
x;;::::x::x: x;:: ::
X
XXX:
X X
o
x:;:x:;::x xxxx ;
Q
: X :
X X
o
o
x::;x:::::xx ;
X : :
IC
o
:::;:x:xx. x:;: :
X
X : X :
X X
lO
o
x
; ; X X X ; : : :
X
X X
-^
o
x
: : X : : : : : :
Q
; X :
X X
■«•
o
: X X X
XQ
Q : a
IM
o
: : X : : : ; : :
X
XXX
l»
o
: x X
; : -r X
: 0
-
-
o
.XXX : : : : :
X
. X : :
c
c
c
en
3
ffl
tic
1 >
II
Si
3 :
o
u
■q,
I
? 0 = ^ cS :=
3 -s J « ! ii '§5
3 ■;
■ c
\\
0 c
\ \
5 C
: c
3 C
C 0
-v 5
: A
■ h
\ IS
3 « \
• W 1
.2
111
nil
■5 ^ .£ .:
a ce a c
. U t. U fc
: 3 3 3 :
: _o «; _2 '
! "c. "c. "c. ~
- 0 C 0 c
: ji j£ j£ ^
; C C C C
5
;
i i
■> 8
3 ~
Q
C
i c
1 1-
i J
548 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
at one station or another, in combination with small siphonophores
(Muggiaea), with Euphausiid larvae, and in combination with Oiko-
pleura, without exception they were relatively scarce wherever Pleuro-
brachia were notably plentiful. This scarcity no doubt results from the
efficiency with which thePleurobrachia fish with their trailing tentacles.
Our station data do not suggest any definite localization of domi-
nance, by one or another group, in definite parts of the bay — none,
in fact, was to be expected in so small an area, and in one the physical
state of which is so constantly determined by upwelling. The most
that can be said is that copepods and Pleurobrachia were relatively
most prominent, at the time, in a rather definitely circumscribed area
in the southern part of the bay, out to midway across its mouth, and
offshore to the continental slope abreast Point Pinos, and that the
three stations where Oikopleura lahradorensis was prominent (4, 13, 18)
were all either near the coast, or in shoal water.
The stations where siphonophores were prominent were so generally
distributed that no grouping is possible.
The tows throw no light on the rapidity with which one group or
species may replace another in the dominating role in Monterey Bay.
We can only note that oft' the Hopkins Marine Station, where Pleuro-
brachia had dominated at 10-0 meters on July 3 (4), it was but sparsely
represented on the seventeenth (15), having been replaced by Muggiaea
atlantica. In the centre of the bay, however, the plankton at 10-0
meters was of the same general type on the twenty-first (21) as it had
been on the tenth (7), Muggiaea dominating on both occasions.
And since the Pleurobrachia taken early in the series averaged in
general small, those taken later large, it seems that one generation of
this ctenophore grew nearly or quite to maturity in the bay during the
first three weeks of July, 1928.
From the negative standpoint, the hauls were made interesting by
the scarcity of buoyant fish eggs and of larval fishes, only a scattering
of which were noted at any of the stations.
In a situation as open to the ocean as Monterey Bay, the relative
importance of immigrants and of endemic inhabitants, in the plank-
tonic community is a matter of interest. In July, 1928, the plankton
seems to have been chiefly endemic. Calanus, for example, was multi-
plying locally (p. 554). Pleurobrachia may be expected to do the same,
judging from its faunal status in general. Local reproduction is also
established for Muggiaea (p. 551) though invasions on its part may also
take place. It seems safe to assume local parentage for the Euphausiid
\aTya.e, hence ior Euphausia pacifica (p. 557). Oikopleura dioica is so
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 549
nearly universal that there is no warrant for assuming an exotic nurs-
ery for the local stock, while Sagitta bipunctata is also native to Cali-
fornian coast waters in general (p. 553).
At the time of our survey we found no planktonic animals quantita-
tively prominent, for which a distant exotic origin could safely be as-
sumed, for while the few genera of Hyperiid amphipods, other than
Hyperia (p. 547), several of the chaetognaths, and the common siphon-
ophores are oceanic, it is probable that their areas of regular production
include the immediate offing of the bay, at the depths most favorable
for them. Furthermore, no typically tropical species were found.though
many of the forms listed — Rhincalanus for example — are at home
only in moderately high temperatures. On the other hand, the tows
showed no distinctively arctic element. Oikopleura lahradorensis (p.
558), must, however, been regarded as a northern species, in the bay,
for this seems near the southern boundary to its regular occurrence.
But whether it finds its most southerly breeding station there, or to
what degree maintenance of the local stock depends on immigrations
from the north, is a question for the future.
The geographic status of the Radiolarians in the bay, as a group, is
also to be learned. It is certain, however, that mass immigrations do
take place into the bay from offshore at times. Thus, as Mr. E. F.
Ricketts informs us, Velella was " cast upon local beaches this spring
(1927) by the million." He adds "on an average of two or three times
each year we get perfect hordes of medusae, ctenophores and siphono-
phores in belts of pelagic forms." But while events of this sort are so
spectacular that their occurrence has long been recognized at the Hop-
kins Marine Station, nothing is yet known as to their periodicity, nor
of the hydrographic conditions responsible, except that they may be
expected to take place when upwelling is least active.
The thermal affinities (subtropical) of Velella, and of its companion
visitors, is no indication to the direction from which such incursions
come, beyond the evident fact that they are from offshore, because the
surface waters out at sea to the northwest as well as to the west and
southwest, are considerably warmer than is the immediate offing of
^Monterey. In fact Velella appears, not infrequently, on the coast as
far north as Puget Sound (Bigelow, 1911), and has been reported in
abundance to the westward of the Queen Charlotte Islands, in latitude
about 52° N (Nichols, 1926).
The epiplankton of Monterey Bay in midsummer may be character-
ized as temperate boreal, corresponding to the prevailing temperature,
with no important elements either of arctic or of tropical nature; as
550 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
oceanic, with only small contributions from the coast line; as domi-
nated by species that are at least widespread, if not cosmopolitan, in
appropriate temperatures and depths; and as chiefly endemic.
It is not unlikely that animals not represented at all in these July
tows may dominate at other seasons; at the times of invasion by off-
shore plankton this certainly happens. But it is probable that the par-
ticular species of copepods, siphonophores, ctenophores, and appendi-
cularians that we found dominant in July constitute the normal basis
for the plankton of summer and autumn, for mass production is char-
acteristic of all of them, in other seas. Most of these dominant species
play the same role in one locality or another in the north Atlantic, the
only important exception being the Euphausiid shrimp, Euphansia
pacifica (p. 557). This close parallel between the planktonic communi-
ties of the two oceans, in comparable latitudes and temperatures, con-
trasts with the littoral animals, and those living on bottom in shoal
water.
2. Notes on the More Prominent Groups
COELENTERATES
An interesting aspect of the zonplanktonic associations in INIonterey
Bay at the time is the predominance of the small siphonophores,
Muggiaca utlantica and Sphaeroncctcs truncata, Muggiaea being far
the more plentiful of the pair, in the ratio of about fifteen to one for
the stations where random samples were counted.
Muggiaea aflantica is a species of distribution so wide that it is prob-
ably cosmopolitan : it has been reported from localities as far apart as
the English Channel, the southeastern tropical Pacific, and Japan. ^
Up to the present, mass production of it had been reported only in
the English Channel, near Plymouth, England, where it sometimes
appears in great abundance (Cunningham, 1892; Gough, 1905). Ap-
parently it enters the channel as an immigrant from the Bay of Biscay,
appearing in waves, at different seasons in different years, from early
spring to November, but never passing through the channel to the
North Sea (Kramp, 1913). The only data at hand as to it in Monterey
Bay, other than our own collections, are information contributed by
Mr. E. F. Ricketts of the Pacific Biological Laboratories, Pacific
Grove, that it occurs, sporadically, in the bay, in abundance with
medusae, ctenophores, and other siphonophores, "on an average of
two or three times each year." This would suggest that Muggiaea ap-
pears in the bay chiefly as an immigrant from offshore. This the open-
' For summary of its distribution, see Moser, 1925.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 551
ness of the bay to the Pacific would favor. But the fact that our catches
contained large numbers of sexual gonophores almost certainly belong-
ing to this species, as well as its swimming bells of different sizes, points
to active production within the bay at the time as responsible at least
in part, for its periods of abundance there. Receipt of very large
nectophores from INIr. Ricketts, taken in April (of 1924), with the
abundance of detached gonophores in July, 1928 suggests that its
period of reproduction extends throughout spring and summer, which
is in line with Moser's (1925) account of it as breeding in late summer
and early autumn in the English Channel.
Its companion-species Sphaeronectcs truncata is so widespread in the
oceans, North Pacific included, that there is nothing surprising in its
presence in Monterey Bay. The discovery of Xectodroma reticulata
in the bay (table, p. 546) deserves more attention because this is only
the third notice of this large siphonophore. Previous records are from
the eastern tropical Pacific (Bigelow, 1911), and from the northwest-
ern Pacific between San Francisco and Unalaska (Bigelow, 1913).
It was to be expected in ^Monterey Bay, however, because the collec-
tion of the Museum of Comparative Zoology contains fragments of it
from Friday Harbor, Puget Sound. It is represented in our hauls
chiefly by the very -characteristic bracts, with portions of the stem.
The representation of these shows that its chief centre of abundance
in the bav was below 50 meters, as follows: —
Station 7, surface, fragments: 10-0 meters, 1 bract
50-0 meters, many bracts and segments of stem with appendages
Station 8, 270-0 meters, many bracts and segments of stem with appendages
Station 27, 550-0 meters, many bracts and segments of stem with appendages
The tows did not yield a single recognizable nectophore of Nec-
todroma: any that may have been taken had been mashed beyond
recognition. But identification seems assured by the close correspond-
ence between these bracts and those earlier described (Bigelow, 1911,
1913).
An occasional nectophore of some other Prayid, too fragmentary for
naming, was also found. But the only other siphonophore definitely
identified from the shoal tows is the well known Diphyes truncata
(table, p. 546). Since this species is cosmopolitan, from subarctic to
subantarctic, already recorded from widely separated localities in the
Atlantic and in both sides of the North Pacific, including the coasts of
British Columbia and Bering Sea, it is to be expected anywhere along
the Pacific coast of North America.
552 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Mr. Ricketts also reports long-stemmed siphonophores belonging to
the physophorae as appearing in the bay at the times when incursions
of other pelagic Coelenterates enter. Velella, specimens of which have
been received from him, is also reported, as sometimes cast up on the
beaches, in great abundance. And the general conformation of this
part of the coast line, with the nearness of the continental edge, makes
it likely that most of the holoplanktonic Coelenterates proper to
moderate temperatures, in the upper waters of the North Pacific,
would be found in the bay, were watch kept for them.
By common report, Monterey Bay also supports a varied list of
hydromedusae, while at times the large scyphomedusa Chrysaura
gilberti appears there in swarms. But apparently their periods of
abundance do not fall in midsummer, for the only scyphomedusae
seen, or taken, were odd examples of Chrysaora and of Phacellophora,
while only a scattering of the smaller medusae (not yet examined)
were taken in any of our tows.
Ctenophores
Local and temporary monopolization of the upper w^aters by Plcuro-
brachia pUcus is so familiar an event, wherever, in northern marginal
seas, this ctenophore occurs regularly, that its dominance in Mon-
terey Bay calls for no special comment. Pleurobrachia may, in fact,
be expected to swarm anywhere along the Californian coast, for
Esterly (1914) found it in about 25% of his hauls at La Jolla, where it
is the commonest ctenophore, most abundant in August, though he
reports it as occurring less commonly there than do either the common-
est chaetognath {Sagitta hipundaia) or the commonest offshore cope-
pod {Calanus finmarchicus) .
Chaetognaths
Dominance of the plankton by chaetognaths — a common occur-
rence in cool coastal waters in the North Atlantic — did not occur at any
station in Monterey Bay in July, 1928. But the presence of Sagitta
hipundata ' in all parts of the bay (table, p. 546), and in considerable
numbers in most of the hauls, shows that a period of active reproduc-
tion for it alone was needed for it to monopolize the upper waters of the
' These specimens clearly belong to the species recorded by Michael (1911) under that name,
as common off La Jolla. But it is unwise to hazard an opinion as to the relationship of this
Pacific species to the Atlantic form to which von Hitter Zahony (1911, 1911a) concludes that
this name rightly belongs, without comparison with Atlantic material of the latter.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 553
bay as completely as does its relative -S. clcgans in corresponding situa-
tions in the Atlantic. The largest catches of S. hipundata (>50 per
haul) were in the southern side of the bay (Stations 1, 4, 5, 15), mid-
way of its mouth (12), and in the offing of the Monterey Peninsula
(8, 17). But this species did not occur regularly enough to allow any
definite part of the region to be named a center of abundance for it
at the time. The few hauls from 50 meters and deeper proved less
productive of this Chaetognath than did hauls from 10-0 meters. Thus
at Station 12, the haul from 10-0 meters yielded fifty, that from 50-0
meters only two or three. At Station 13, nine were seen in the 10 meter,
only one or two in the 50 meter haul, although the latter was made with
a net of four times the mouth area of that used for the former. At
Station 17, one hundred and fifty were taken near the surface in a net
one-half meter in diameter, only eight or nine in a haul from 550-0
meters with 75 cm. net. And at one station (5) it seems to have been
more plentiful right at the surface than a few meters down. At another
station, however, (8) the numbers from surface and deep (275-0) hauls
are roughly equal, when the difference in the mouth areas of the nets is
allowed for.
The status of S. hipundata is thus the same in Monterey Bay as off
La Jolla, where Michael's (1911) statistical study showed it typically
epiplanktonic, most frequent and abundant shoaler than 40 meters.
Other sagittae detected in the shoalest hauls (table, p. 546) were repre-
sented by occasional examples only. Thus one specimen of S. serrato-
dentata was found in the 10-0 meter tow, Station 4; odd examples of
S. lyra from that same depth-zone at Stations 5, 17 and 18. Both of
these species were better represented in hauls from 50-0 meters, seven
serratodcnfafa being recorded from that depth at Station 12, about
thirty lyra in that same haul, while both of them were much more
plentiful in the deep hauls (p. 560). Their vertical distribution is thus
essentially the same off Monterey as off La Jolla, where Michael (1911)
found them chiefly bathyplanktonic, most abundant near 400 metres,
and only occasionally at shallow levels.
COPEPODS
The following notes on the genera and species of copepods are based
on examination by C. V. MacCoy, of random samples. ^Yhereve^
copepods dominated the tows from 10-0 or 25-0 meters, Calanvs fin-
marchicus and Acartia were usually chiefly responsible. Exact per-
centages have not yet been determined, but in most of the hauls from
554 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
this depth zone these two together formed more than 50% of the nu-
merical stock of the adult copepods. And wherever juveniles were nu-
merous (table, p. 547), these same copepods were chiefly responsible, so
far as the first cursory examination shows. Of the two, Calanus was
the more regularly occurrent (in number sufficient for detection in the
samples examined) and the more regularly prominent, as appears
clearly from the tabulation (p. 547). Furthermore, while Calanus, in
significant numbers, was regionally universal in the bay, in fact did
not fail at any station, or in any haul so far examined, Acartia was
dominant only at stations near land (2, 4) or, if farther out, in com-
paratively shoal parts of the bay (6, 13, 23, 24).
In this respect, our records, so far as they go, are in line with Esterly's
(1912) observations at La Jolla, where Calanus finmarchicus is the
most numerous copepod out from the land, though Acartia so greatly
outnumbers it close to the shore there Calanus "plays no part what-
ever" in the general community (Esterly, 1928, p. 332). In view of the
status of Calanus finmarchicus in southern California waters, and of its
latitudinal distribution in the Atlantic, to find it occurring regularly in
Monterey Bay was to be expected. Thompson (1898) also found it the
most plentiful copepod in Puget Sound, to the north, while Campbell
(1929a) had it at various localities between Vancouver Island and the
mainland. And even in the estuarine waters of San Francisco Ba\\
Esterly (1924) found it the third, in frequency, among copepods.
Off the west coast of Vancouver Island however, also in Bering Sea,
and off the Arctic coast of Alaska and Canada, other copepods have
been found usually to outnumber Calanus (McMurrich, 1916; Willey,
1920). Present information, therefore, points to the sector from south-
ern California to Puget Sound as the region within which, oft* the
Pacific coast of North America, Calanus fijimarchicus is relatively the
most important as a member of the copepod community. This con-
trasts with its geographic status in the North Atlantic, where it
swarms not only in boreal waters, l)ut in the icy Labrador current,
in the northern part of the Norwegian Sea, and up into the polar basin
(Sars, 1900).
We made no catch of Calanus in Monterev Bav that would be classed
as "large" by the North Atlantic standard, nor did our nets in any
case yield the rich and monotonous Calanus plankton that is so fre-
quently encountered in the Gulf of Maine in the one side of the Atlan-
tic, in north European waters in the other. But the abundance of
juveniles in several of the hauls (table, p. 547) shows that this copepod
— the most important of its group economically in the high seas — ^was
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 555
multiplying actively in ^Monterey Bay at the time. Thus 50% or more
of the copepods in the samples examined by Mr. MacCoy, from the fol-
lowing tows, were early juveniles: no. 1, surface; no. 2, surface; no. 5,
surface; no. 8, 300-0 meters; no. 12, 10-0 meters; no. 13, 10-0
meters; no. 23, 10-0 meters. And while the percentage of Calanus
among these early stages has not been determined, preliminary examin-
ation shows that in most cases it is at least 50%. Furthermore Nauplii,
provisionally referred to Calanus, were reported by Mr. MacCoy in the
surface tow at Station 2; at 10-0 meters, Station 23. Thus tows taken
a few weeks later, when the juveniles of July had grown to subadult
or adult size, might well have yielded much larger volumes of Calanus.
And if our visit fell at the beginning of a period of multiplication, as the
comparative scarcity of large adults suggests, it is probable that the
numerical strength of the stock would also have been much greater, in
August or early September.
This also applies to copepods as a whole, for other species, as well as
C . finmarchicus , were strongly represented among the NaupHi and juve-
niles recorded by Mr. MacCoy. At Station 2 (surface tow), for example,
Mr. MacCoy reports an abundance of other Nauplii. As Acartia was
about as numerous as Calanus in this tow, they may have belonged
to the former.
Therefore, it need not be surprising if Monterey Bay waters are at
times as fully monopolized by copepods, or if they support a stock of
those little crustaceans as large as do the regions in the North Atlantic
where their quantitative occurrence has been studied.
In short, the copepod community, with Calanus finmarchicus as
the key species and Acartia vying with it, or surpassing it in abun-
dance near land and near the surface, may well play as important a role
in the natural economy of Monterey Bay as food for the Californian
sardine (Sardina coerulea) as it does for plankton-feeding fishes, gener-
ally, in the two sides of the North Atlantic. Various phases in the life
history of Calanus in the bay, such as number of generations a year;
numerical strength of the stock from season to season; bathymetric
distribution of its different developmental stages, etc., may, therefore
prove so important, economically, as to point the need of statistical
study of it there, such as Ruud (1929) ' has recently carried out, in
Norway.
Esterly (1923), also describes copepods, as a group, as by far the
predominant planktonic animals in surface tows taken daily at the
Pier at La Jolla over a period of two years, and as most abundant in
1 See Ruud (1929) for bibliography of the life history of Calanus finmarchicus.
556 BULLETIN :'museum of comparative zoology
late winter and early spring, though, as just noted, other genera were
more numerous than Calanus at this particular location, as might be
expected from the shoalness of the tows, and the close vicinity to the
tide line.
Among the large adult or subadult macrocopepods, no other species
approached Calanus finniarchicu^ and the genus Acartia in importance
in the tows from the 10-25 meter depth zone, except at one station (23)
where Metridia lucens about equaled Calanus in a very sparse popula-
tion. One of the 50-0 meter tows (12) also gave a showing of the large
slender adults of Eucalanus elongaius about equal to Calanus, and
Eucalanus is evidently a characteristic inhabitant of the bay, for it
was sparsely represented in most of the subsurface tows, if not in all.
In the surface tows, which yielded very few adult Calanus or other large
copepods of any sort, other smaller species were relatively numerous.
In addition to Acartia, the surface tows yielded a scattering of Micro-
calanus, of Oithona and of other microcopepods still to be examined.
In one of the surface tows (8) Pontella dominated, the only occasion
when more than a scattering of this genus was taken.
Amphipods
Only one Hyperiid-amphipod, the well-known Hyperia gaJba,
was found at more than two of our stations. This is a species of such
wide distribution (North Atlantic, Mediterranean, North Pacific),
and through so wide a range of depths, that it will probably prove cos-
mopolitan near land in the temperate and boreal belt of the northern
hemisphere.
We may point out, in passing, that in July, 1928, the Hyperia of
Monterey Bay were, for the most part, living independently; not
sheltering under medusae as they so often do. Although found at most
of the stations, the representation was sparse in each case, ca. 25 being
the largest number counted in any one tow.
The other Hyperiids taken in the shoal hauls (table, p. 547) are
oceanic species, represented by odd individuals only.
The Hyperiid element of the plankton was also made interesting,
negatively, by the absence of the genus Euthemisto, which is so often
well represented along the edge of the continent off the opposite coast
of the United States and of Canada.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 557
EUPHAUSIIDS
July was a period of reproduction for Euphausiids in Monterey Bay,
as well as for eopepods: witness the abundance of larvae at Stations 2, 4
and 6, which, while not specifically identified, probably belonged to
Euphausia pacifica, as the only species, adults of which were then pres-
ent in any numbers in any of our tows, shoal or deep. Although no
adults of this species were taken at either of the stations that yielded
many larvae (and only a sparse representation in the 50 meter hauls),
the deep hauls made large catches of it (table, p. 560), showing that its
centre of abundance in the bay was below the 50 meter level, when
adult. Euphausia pacifica has already been taken in Monterey waters
on several occasions (Hansen, 1913, 1915), and is abundant off La
Jolla (Esterly, 1914). First described from the Formosan-Japanese-
Corean region, where it is abundant (Hansen, 1911), it is now known
to be cosmopolitan offshore in the temperate and boreal parts of the
North Pacific, often occurring in shoals.' On the American side it has
been reported from southern California northward to Alaskan waters,
but has not yet been found in the tropical Pacific. Its abundance makes
it a species of great economic importance, for, hke all its tribe, it is
eaten by plankton-feeding fishes — salmon, for instance (Hansen,
1913). The strength of its representation in our deep tows, and the
general occurrence and local abundance of Euphausiid larvae in
Monterey Bay at the time make it likely that the "shrimp" on which
local fishermen report the Californian sardines as feeding at certain
times belong largely to this species, as Lewis (1929) has found to be
the case off La Jolla.
The only other Euphausiids identified from the shallow hauls ( Thysa-
7iocssa gregaria and Th. spinifcra) have also been taken off the west
coast of IVorth America both to the south of Monterey and to the
north (Holmes, 1900; Esterly, 1914, Hansen, 1915). Their presence
in Monterey Bay, therefore, needs no further comment.
Decapods
In the shallow tows decapods were represented only by larvae (both
Macruran and Brachyuran), which were found at most of the stations
(table, p. 547), sometimes in numbers great enough to suggest active
production near by. It has not been possible to identify any of these
larvae specifically.
1 For summary of its occurrence, see Hansen, 1915.
558 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Appendicularians
The widespread occurrence of Oikopleura labradorensis Lohmann ^
is an interesting feature of the July plankton of the bay, illustrating
the favorable environment that the cool updraft provides there for
planktonic animals that, in general, are boreal or subarctic. Thus
in the North Atlantic 0. Labradorensis — a well-known species, easily
recognized — is widespread from Davis Strait, west Greenland, and
Spitzbergen, southward to the junction between Labrador current,
and Gulf Stream drift in the one side, to the North Sea in the other,
but is not known farther south (Apstein, 1911). But in the eastern
Pacific it is not only common at the warmest season in Monterey Bay,
at latitude 36° 30'-37°, but is even reported from time to time as far
south as the La JoUa region during the cool months (Essenberg, 1926).
Essenberg (1926) also found 0. vanhoffeni there, a form still more
typically arctic-subarctic, though it did not appear in our collections.
Off Monterey 0. labradorensis was for the most part at 10 meters
and deeper, i.e., living in temperatures lower than 12°. And since it is
most plentiful in temperatures of 12°-13° at La JoUa, 12° may be set
as its upper optimum in the northeastern Pacific.
Oikopleura dioica, the only member of its group that was sufficiently
abundant to give character to any of our Monterey catches (Station 4,
surface; Station 13, 10-0 meters; Station 18, surface), was to be ex-
pected regularly there, for it is present the year roimd at La JoUa
(Essenberg, 1926), common in Japanese waters (Aida, 1907), and wide-
spread near land in the Atlantic, as well as in the north and south
Pacific and Indian Oceans. It is also known to inhabit a wide range of
temperature and of salinity. It occurred chiefly in hauls from 10-0
meters and from the surface, evidence that the highest temperatures
existing in the bay at the time (about 14°-15°) were not outside its
normal optimum.
One other Oikopleura, apparently identical with 0. intermedia Loh-
mann, was recognized in several of the tows (table, p. 547). If this
identification be correct, its presence is interesting because this species
has not been recorded previousl}^ from the Pacific.
This list is short, compared with the varied appendicularian fauna
described by Essenberg (1926) for the San Diego region, to the south.
But the regional contrast may not actually be as wide as it appears,
because other species of Oikopleura, besides those just mentioned, may
be represented among the juveniles that occurred in most of our tows.
'Identified by Mary Sears.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 559
The seasonal aspect must also be taken into account, for Essenberg
found the summer to be the season of minimum variety for this group
near La Jolla.
D. Bathy plankton
The planktonic associations grouped under this heading, as existing
off Monterey, include two bathymetric groups. One covers those
which reach their most abundant development at depths greater than
100, or 150 meters, but which also occur normally, if sparsely, right up
to within a few meters of the surface, if not actually at the surface.
Euphausia pacifica and So^itta lyra are typical examples. Most of the
copepods that were taken exclusively in the deep hauls, if not all (table,
p. 561), also belong in this bathymetric category.
The other chief group are most abundant somewhat deeper, and do
not normally rise above the 100 meter level at this latitude in the east-
ern side of the North Pacific, unless it be in their larval stages. This
is the case with Eukrohniffa subtilis, for example (von Ritter Zahony,
1911). Typical examples, represented in our deepest tows, are the
deep-sea medusae AtoUa, Periphylla, and Colobonema; the siphono-
phore Chuniphyes; and the chaetognaths Eukrohnia and Sagitta
7naxima. The representation of this group in our hauls is interesting,
chiefly as proof that this shadow-plankton exists in full strength right
up to the coastal slope of this part of California (hence that it is within
easy reach of the Hopkins Marine Station); and that its quahtative
composition is much the same there as it is over the Pacific, generally,
in low and mid-latitudes.
In interpreting, in bathymetric terms, the occurrence of the various
animals identified from these deep hauls, it must also be borne in mind
that not all of them — even if taken exclusively by the deep tows —
actually belong to the bathy plankton. Some, on the contrary, are
members of the epiplankton, picked up near the surface by the net
on its way down through the water, or up again. This almost certainly
applies to the narcomedusae Solmmidella bitentaculata and Aegina,
both of which have been taken at or near the surface in other parts of
the Pacific, on many occasions.
The following tables give particulars of the catches of the deep hauls,
so far as these have yet been examined.
560
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Occurrence of Characteristic Species Much More Prominent
IN THE Deep Hauls than in the Shallow Hauls, though
Taken in Both Series
Sta. 8
Sta. 17
Sta. 27
280-0 m.
475-0 m.
5 50-0 m.
Nectodroma reticulata
D
X
Sagitta lyra
ca. 100
ca. 40
ca 40
Sagitta serratodentata
ca. 50
100
ca. 10
Euphausia pacifica
M
M
M
Occurrence of Representative Species that Were Taken
Only in the Deep Hauls
Station
8
17
27
Max. depth of haul, meters
280-0
475-0
5.50-0
Av. depth of haul
125
390
275
Radiolarians
Aulacantha
X
X
Aulagraphis
X
X
Aulatractus
X
Aulospathis
X
Coelographis
X
Sagenoarium
X
Siphonophores
Clausophyes galatea
X
Chuniphyes multidentata
X
X
Vogtia pentacantha ^
X
Scyphomedusae
AtoUa wyvillei
X
X
Periphylla hyacinthina
X
Narcomedusae
Aegina
X
X
Solmundella bitentaculata
X
Solmissus incisa
X
X
Trachomedusae
Halitrephes maasi
X
Colobonema typicum
X
Homoeonema glabrum ^
X
Chaetognaths
Eukrohnia hamata
X
X
X
1 See footnote, p. 564.
2 See p. 564.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 561
Station
Max. depth of haul meters
Av. depth of haul
8
280-0
125
17
475-0
390
27
550-0
275
Krohnitta subtilis
X
Sagitta decipiens ^
X
X
X
Sagitta maxima
X
X
Sagitta planktonis
X
X
Annelids
Tomopteris planktonis
'
X
X
Tomopteris septentrionalis
X
Copepods
Arietellus setosus
X
Euchaeta elongata
X
X
Euchaeta tonsa
X
Eucheirella galatea
X
X
Eucheirella pulchra
X
X
Eucheirella rostrata
X
Gaetanus cordani
X
X
Gaidius pungens ^
X
X
Heterorhabdus spinifrons
X
X
Pleuromamma abdominalis
X
Scolecithrix frontalis
X
Scolecithrix persecans
X
X
Amphipods
Eupronoe intermedia
X
Lanceola serrata
'
X
Orchomena abyssorum
X
Paraphronima gracilis
X
X
Phronimopsis spinifera
X
Phronima
X
Scina
X
X
Vibilia
X
X
Euphausiids
Nematoscelis microps
X
Nematoscelis sp. ?
X
Thysanoessa spinifera
X
X
Decapods
Pasiphaea
X
Sergestes
X
X
' See footnote, p. 564.
2 According to A. Scott (1909), G. pungens Giesbrecht is a synonym of G. similis (T. Scott).
562 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
The depths of the hauls tabulated above, as calculated from the angle
of the towing wire, show a rather definite stratification within the
stratum bounded by the 200 meter and 500 meter levels, as well as
between that depth zone as a whole and the upper 50 meters. Thus
it was only in the two deepest hauls (475-0 and 550-0 M) that radio-
larians were found of genera not also identified from hauls at 50 meters
or still nearer the surface (table, p. 546). Strictly bathypelagic siphono-
phores (Chuniphyes and Vogtia) were also restricted to the deepest
hauls; likewise five out of seven species of medusae. The percentage
of copepod species recognized only in hauls from deeper than 400
meters was still higher (table, p. 561).
Two bathypelagic species of Sagittae were also taken exclusively in
the two deepest tows. On the other hand a tow from 280-0 meters
(8) yielded a considerably more varied representation of Hyperiid am-
phipods than did either of the deeper hauls.
These data, with previous knowledge of the bathymetric occurrence
of the species concerned in other parts of the oceans, locate the upper
boundary for the most typically bathyplanktonic of the radiolarians,
siphonophores, trachomedusae, and scyphomedusae that were taken
in any of the tows as lying between 300 and 400 meters depth, off
Monterey, by day, in summer. Apparently this also applies to the
chaetognaths Sagitta maxima and S. ylanktonis.
The case is not so clear for the several species of copepods that were
recognized only in the hauls from deeper than 400 meters, because
Esterly (1912) found that for at least five of these species,' 200 meters
was the critical level, above which most of the stock migrate by night,
to sink below it again by day. Euchaeta tonsa and Eucheirella galatca
seem, however, to reach their highest development deeper than 200
meters off La Jolla, as well as off Monterey, while no statistical study
of vertical distribution has ever been attempted for Arietellvs sctosus,
for Gaetamis cordani or for Heterorhabdus spinijrons, so far as we are
aware.
Hjort (1912) from the collections made in the North Atlantic by the
"Michael Sars" in 1910, brought out the interesting fact that among
the bathyplanktonic communities of animals of the high seas, a trans-
parent-iridescent association of various groups, living the shoaler, can,
in a rough way, be distinguished from a deeply pigmented category —
the so-called "black fish-red prawn community" — which reaches its
chief development considerably the deeper, with its centre of abundance
' Eucheirella pulchra, Gaidius pungens, Pleuromamma abdominal is, Scolecilhrix frontalis,
Scolecilhrix persecans.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 563
at about 500 meters in the North Atlantic. Subsequent analysis of
earlier records has shown that a corresponding separation can be made
of the bathyplanktonic medusae on the basis of correspondence be-
tween color and vertical distribution (Bigelow, 1911a, 1911b). In the
eastern tropical Pacific, tows by the "Albatross" at the 600 meter
level yielded a rich representation of both these categories, whether of
fish, of Crustacea, or of medusae. But the great majority of the bathy-
pelagic animals taken in the tows from 475-0, and 550-0 meters off
Monterey in July, 192S, belonged to the transparent-iridescent group.
Thus seven species of medusae included only two of the red-black group
(Atolla and Periphylla) and each of these was represented by a single
juvenile specimen. The two bathypelagic siphonophores that were
taken only in our deepest tows (Chuniphyes and Vogtia) are also
transparent-iridescent, nor were any of the typically abyssal species of
Pterophysa or Rhizophysidae taken, though a specimen of Pferophysa
grandis Fewkes, picked up on a dredging wire, off Monterey, has been
received from Mr. E. F. Ricketts.
Perhaps still more significant is the fact that even the deepest tows
yielded none of the deeply pigmented red prawois so characteristic of
the deep strata in the Atlantic, and Pacific as well, while the velvety-
black bathypelagic fishes were represented only by odd specimens of a
species {Myctophum glaciale) that is often taken in still shoaler hauls
in the North Atlantic.
Our hauls, though so few in number, thus show that in the offing of
Monterey the deeply pigmented community finds the upper boundary
to its optimum depth-zone at a depth greater than 500 meters, except
in early stages in development. This agrees in general with its vertical
occurrence in corresponding latitudes in the North Atlantic.
The center of abundance for the transparent-iridescent community
also lay at about the same depth off Monterey as in mid-latitudes in
the North Atlantic — 300-500 meters by day — for our two deepest
hauls yielded a hst of species decidedly varied (table, p. 560) for tows
too short (one-half hour) for more than rough sampling at so great a
depth.
The data do not estabhsh the upper hmit to the regular occurrence
of this community at the time and place, for the comparatively poor
representation of it in the 280-0 meter haul may have been a matter
of chance : a considerable number of hauls from the stratum between
100 and 250 meters would have been needed, for this purpose.
The capture of the particular species listed above (table, p. 560), is
interesting chiefly as corroborating the general thesis that most of the
564 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
members of the bathyplankton are cosmopolitan, in mid-depths, in
the oceans, a rule already sufficiently established for many of them.
Thus among the siphonophores, Chumphyes multidentata and Vogtia,'
the scyphomedusae AtoUa icyvillei and Periphylla hyacinthina, the
narcomedusa Sohnissus incisa, were all to be expected off Monterey
Bay, for all of them have already been reported in the northeastern
Pacific to the north, as well as in the eastern side of the South Pacific;
as well as widespread in the Atlantic. The status of Homoconema
glabrum is probably the same, for while it has been definitely reported
only from the tropical Atlantic and Indian Oceans under this name,
examination of the present series suggests identity with the form from
the southeastern Pacific recorded (Bigelow 1909) as //. alba Vanhoffen.
Halitrcphcs maasi Bigelow was originally described from the south-
eastern Pacific, hence is also widespread in that ocean. Of the chae-
tognaths taken in our deep hauls, Michael (1911) found Euhrohnia
hamata, Krohnitta subfilis, and Sagifta planktonis frequent in the
bathyplankton (occasional at the surface) off La JoUa, California.
The first of these ranges from arctic to antarctic in the Atlantic, being
confined to the bathyplankton in low and mid-latitudes, but extending
its range upward indifferently to the surface in high. The known range
of K. subtilis also includes the Atlantic, south to the Antarctic, while
previous records for S. planktonis are from the North and South Atlantic
North and South Pacific, Malaysia, Indian Ocean, and Antarctic. The
discovery of Sagitta maxima off Monterey confirms von Ritter Zahony's
(1911) expectation that it would eventually be found in the Pacific,
and occupying the same bathymetric zone there as in the Atlantic,
where it is typical of the bathyplankton from subarctic to subantarctic.
It is also recorded from the Indian Ocean. S. decipiens - has likewise
been taken in deep hauls at so many stations in the North and South
Atlantic, in the Red Sea, in the Indian Ocean, and among the Malay
Archipelago that it seems equally cosmopolitan in moderate latitudes,
though apparently it does not extend to such high latitudes, in either
hemisphere.^
Locality records for the two l^athypelagic species of Tomopteris
recognized in the deep hauls (table, p. 561) recently summarized by
Huntsman (1920), show them to be equally widespread: one of them
( T. septentrionalis) has already been reported off La Jolla (Treadwell,
1 This is the species reported from Bering Sea by Bigelow (1913) as V. penlacanlha Kolliker
but which Moser (1916) believes to be referable to her new V. serrata.
2 Von Ritter Zahoney (1911) points out that S. sihogae Fowler is a synonym of this species.
3 For general summaries of the known distribution of the chaetognaths, see von Ritter Zahony
(1911), Apstein (1911), and Huntsman (1919).
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 565
1914). But none of the new species of this group of pelagic worms that
Chambedain (1919) described from the southeastern Pacific have been
recognized in our catches, though some may be represented among the
more fragmentary specimens.
All of the species of copepods that were recognized exclusively in the
three deep hauls have also long been known to be widespread in the
Atlantic, except for Euchacta elongata, a species described by Esterly
(1913) from the La JoUa region. Most of them have also been reported
elsewhere in the Pacific, likewise in Indo-Malaysian waters, hence are
no doubt cosmopolitan in the bathyplankton and lower epiplankton.
All of them have already been reported off southern California by
Esterly (1905, 1912), with the exception of Gaetanus cordani.
The quantitive relationship of the different groups and species in the
deeper strata off Monterey also deserves brief notice. In the haul
from 280 meters (8), more than two thirds of the catch consisted of
fragments of the siphonophore Nedodroma reticulata. And as one of
the deeper hauls (17) failed to pick up a single fragment while the other
(27) took a mass of it, the 300 meter level seems to have marked the
lower hmit to its abundant occurrence at the time.
One of the deeper tows (27) yielded chiefly Euphausia jMcifica,
Nectodroma, and medusae (most of them too battered for identifica-
tion), the former being much the more numerous, though the latter
formed the bulk of the catch because of their larger size: Solniissus
incisa in particular. This haul was also notable for the considerable
catch of Sagitta decipiens, likewise for the large variety of radiolarians
and of copepods.
The tow from about the same depth at Station 17 was similarly char-
acterized by an abundance of Euphausia pacifica (but no Nectodroma,
and few medusae), while the several species of chaetognaths appeared
in about the same ratio at the two stations, as appears from the follow-
ing proportionate numbers in random samples.
Sta. 17
Sta. 27
Sagitta bipunctata
ca. 10
4
Sagitta decipiens
>100
>150
Sagitta lyra
ca. 40
ca. 40
Sagitta maxima
ca. 40
ca. 40
Sagitta planktonis
ca. 15
ca. 20
Sagitta serratodentata
<100
ca. 10
Eukrohnia hamata
ca. 50
ca. 10
Krohnitta subtilis
6
0
566
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
But while Station 27 yielded twelve superior and fourteen inferior
nectophores of Chuniphi/cs midtidentata, only two nectophores of this
bathyplanktonie siphonophore were found in the tow from about the
same depth at Station 17.
The great variety of copepods in the deepest hauls (17, 27) contrast-
ing with the predominance of one, or at most a few species within this
group in the upper waters (p. 553), illustrated by the following table of
percentages, based on random samples identified by C. V. MacCoy,
is a state typical of the bathyplankton in general.
•
Sta. 17
Sta. 27
475-0 m.
550-0 m.
Arietellus setosus
0
1
Calanus finmarchicus
38
2
Eucalanus elongatus
12
14
Euchaeta tonsa
7
juveniles
6
30
Eucheirella galatea
2
8
pulchra
6
4
Gaetanus cordani
2
2
Gaidius pungens
22
6
Heterorhabdus spinifrons
10
5
Pleuromamma abdoniinalis
2
Scolecithrix frontalis
2
persecans
2
Irt the 280-0 meter haul at Station 8, however, Calanus finmarchicus
formed 90% of the large adult copepods in one sample examined by
Mr. MacCoy, with a scattering of the other species listed above (table,
p. 561) for that station.
The presence of this bathyplanktonie association of animals in the
deep mouth of Monterey Bay, in depths no greater than 300-500
meters, with the fact that shoal hauls did not take any of its most
representative members, is evidence that upwelling is not active enough
to raise their upper boundary much nearer to the surface there than it
is in other seas at corresponding latitudes. .\nd this is in line with the
very low velocity (30 m. per month) calculated for the updraft off San
Diego by McEwen (1919, p. 378, 415; 1929, p. 258).
The fact that so varied a community exists in the depth zone in
question, in this particular part of the Pacific, is also interesting, in
connection with the very low values of dissolved oxygen at that depth
BIGELO W AND LESLIE : WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 567
(p. 515). This is in line with Schmidt's (1925) discovery of an abundant
bathyplanktonic fauna in mid-depths in the Gulf of Panama where
the water was less than 5% saturated with oxygen, and corroborates
his conclusion that a " wealth of bathypelagic animal life can exist in
waters of a lower oxygen content than we had reason to suppose"
(Schmidt, 1925, p. 593).
Schmidt gives no data as to the relative abundance of different
groups. The Monterey tows are, therefore, the more welcome as show-
ing that a paucity of oxygen is certainly no barrier to what are usually
termed the lower groups (because morphologically the least complex)
siphonophores, medusae, or chaetognaths. But it may be significant
that none of our deep hauls yielded more than an odd fish of any
species, and very few decapod Crustacea.
VIII. Table of Stations, Temperatures, Salinities, Densities,^
Silicates, Phosphates and Nitrates
Temperature is in degrees centigrade, salinity in parts per thousand,
and density at the temperature iji situ, but without correction for
compression. For the latter, see Ekman (1910) and Bigelow (1927).
Silicates as SiOa, phosphates as P2O5, and nitrates as NO3, are stated
in milligrams per liter. Oxygen is expressed both as cubic centimeters
of O2 per liter and as percentage saturation. For discussion of standards
of accuracy, see p. 431.
Date
Sta. 1928
Position
Depth
Temp.
Sal.
Density
Si02
P2O5
NO3
1 June 30
f 36°38.8'N.
\ 121°56.5'W.
0
13.3
33.87
25.47
2 June 30
j 36°37' N.
\ 121°52.5'W.
0
13.9
33.87
25.35
3 July 2
j 36°41.5'N.
\ 121°49.3'W.
0
0
14.2
14.0
33.84
33.87
25.27
25.34
4 July 3
] 36°38' N.
25
9.9
33.95
26.17
[ 121°53.8'W.
50
9.1
34.00
26.36
1 (Specific gravity — 1) XIOOO.
568
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Date
Sta. 1928
Position
Depth
Temp.
SaL
Density
SiO:
P..O5
NO3
1
0
12.1
5 July 5
36°38.6'N.
25
9.1
33.95
26.30
121 °57' W.
50
9.1
33.96
26.31
f
0
25
11.8
9.2
33.84
33.87
25.75
26.22
6 July 9
36°43' N.
50
9.0
33.96
26.32
12r54' W.
75
8.9
33.98
26.37
I
100
8.8
'
0
12.1
33.80
25.67
0.78
0.054
0.08
10
11.5
33.84
25.81
0.76
0.07
36°44' X.
25
9.5
33.86
26.16
1.39
0.15
7 July 10 <
121°59.5'W.
50
9.1
33.95
26.30
1.56
0.152
100
9.1
33.96
26.31
1.52
0.167
150
8.7
33.98
26.34
1.52
0.153
,
200
8.5
34.05
26.48
1.61
0.193
'
0
12.2
33.87
25.69
0.446
0.046
5
11.8
33.89
25.79
0.770
0.058
10
11.2
33.87
25.89
0.650
0.088
25
10.8
33.89
25.98
0.971
0.096
8 July 11 '
36°38.5'N.
50
9.5
33.89
26.17
1.376
0.147
122°02.5'W.
100
8.9
33.98
26.35
2.083
0.146
200
8.2
34.09
26.55
2.410
0.153
300
7.6
34.16
26.64
2.680
0.167
k
400
6.8
34.20
26.83
2.912
0.185
[
0
13.6
33.87
25.41
0.286
0.012
10
11.8
33.87
25.77
0.588
0.050
9 July 12 <
36°47.5'N.
25
10.0
33.84
26.07
1.363
0.123
121°52' W.
50
9.3
33.93
26.25
1.500
0.125
100
9.0
33.96
26.32
1.596
0.196
•
200
8.3
34.04
26.50
2.041
0.142
0
13.1
33.86
25.51
0.283
0.027
0.038
5
12.8
33.80
25.52
0.495
0.026
10
12.4
0.424
0.046
25
10.5
33.87
26.00
1.082
0.102
10 July 13 ■
36°46.8'N.
50
9.3
1.264
0.133
122°01' W.
100
300
8.7
7.6
34.04
26.43
1.887
2.083
0.150
0.170
400
6.9
34.18
26.81
2.440
0.175
I
600
5.3
34.29
27.10
3.570
0.196
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 569
Date
Sta. 1928
Position
Depth
Temp.
Sal.
Density
SiOo
PlOo
NO3
0
13.1
33.91
25.56
0.263
0.017
0.013
5
12.1
33.78
25.64
0.457
0.064
12 July 14 <
36°48.5'N.
122°02' W.
10
25
11.6
9.7
33.82
33.73
25.77
26.03
0.714
1.240
0.071
0.118
0.075
0.136
50
9.3
33.96
26.27
1.688
0.156
0.136
I
100
8.6
34.05
26.45
1.766
0.156
0.292
'
0
13.3
33.87
25.46
0.143
0.017
5
13.1
33.87
25.51
0.141
0.016
10
12.2
33.86
25.68
0.303
0.023
13 July 16 ^
36°41.5'N.
20
10.1
33.87
26.07
1.096
0.091
121°58' W.
30
9.7
33.89
26.15
1.340
0.123
40
9.7
33.93
26.19
1.442
0.125
50
9.5
33.93
26.21
1.250
0.163
/
100
0
8.7
12.8
34.04
26.44
1.949
0.377
0.171
0.020
5
12.5
33.87
25.63
0.411
0.018
14 July 16 <
36°38.8'N.
10
12.5
33.91
25.66
0.400
0.022
121°56.5'W.
25
9.8
33.98
26.21
1.456
0.114
I
50
9.6
34.00
26.26
1.563
0.153
[
0
14.2
33.87
25.30
0.238
0.010
5
13.8
33.87
25.37
0.213
0.011
15 July 17 <
36°37.8'N.
10
13.1
33.87
25.51
0.215
0.010
121°53.8'W.
25
10.3
33.89
26.05
1.087
0.118
50
9.9
33.91
26.13
1.376
0.138
0
13.6
33.87
25.41
0.204
0.009
0.161
5
13.2
33.87
25.48
0.196
0.010
16 July 17 <
36°41.5'N.
10
11.5
33.87
25.81
0.862
0.087
121°51' W.
25
10.2
33.87
26.05
1.163
0.109
!>
50
9.7
33.93
26.18
1.442
0.140
0.174
■
0
12.5
33.86
25.62
0.390
0.060
0.071
5
12.3
33.86
25.67
0.400
0.060
10
12.3
33.86
25.66
0.472
0.054
15
11.8
33.86
25.77
0.618
0.090
0.094
17 July 18 <
36°38.5'N.
25
9.1
33.86
26.24
1.000
0.120
0.151
122°08.5'W.
50
9.4
33.95
26.26
1.190
0.135
0.174
100
8.8
34.02
26.40
1.470
0.134
0.181
200
8.3
34.11
26.55
1.688
0.179
0.197
600
5.5
34.29
27.07
3.060
0.217
0.266
570
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Date
Sta. 1928
Position
Depth
Temp.
Sal.
Density
Si02
P2O5
NO3
0
13.1
33.84
25.50
0.193
0.015
5
12.5
33.84
25.61
0.260
0.019
18 July 19 ^
36°52' N.
10
12.1
33.80
25.66
0.290
0.022
121°55' W.
15
11.6
33.82
25.77
0.538
0.030
25
9.9
33.71
26.03
1.020
0.124
.
50
9.4
33.91
26.22
1.442
0.143
0.161
'
0
13.6
33.86
25.40
0.300
0.023
0.027
5
13.3
33.86
25.45
0.295
0.015
10
12.7
33.87
25.59
0.291
0.021
19 July 19 <
36°48.2'N.
15
12.3
33.87
25.66
0.610
0.031
121=48' W.
25
11.7
33.87
25.79
0.833
0.081
50
9.6
33.93
26.20
1.905
0.143
.
100
7.9
34.00
26.52
2.410
0.168
0.174
r
0
13.2
33.86
25.49
20 July 20 '
36°50.5'N.
121°59' W.
25
50
9.6
9.2
33.91
33.91
26.18
26.25
.
75
9.0
33.95
26.30
21 July 21 <
36°44.5'N.
[ 12r59' W.
0
12.6
33.86
25.60
0.562
0.046
0
22 July 21 <
f 36°47' N.
[ 121° 0.5'W.
0
12.5
33.87
25.63
0.618
0.067
0
23 July 21 ■
\ 36°50.2'N.
[ 122= 2.5'W.
0
12.7
33.87
25.59
0.490
0.031
0
«
f
0
13.6
33.87
25.41
0.413
0.018
0.008
5
13.1
33.87
25.50
0.562
0.016
0.013
10
12.7
33.87
25.58
0.439
0.023
0.038
24 July 21 ■
36°53' N.
15
12.7
33.87
25.58
0.458
0.028
0.021
122° 4.5'W.
25
9.9
33.87
26.11
1.531
0.133
0.174
50
9.4
33.93
26.23
1.631
0.149
0.174
c
70
0
5
9.3
14.2
13.3
33.93
33.91
33.91
26.26
25.33
25.50
1.650
0.156
0.151
25 July 21 "
36°56.7'X.
10
13.1
33.91
25.55
122° 6.5'W.
15
10.9
33.91
25.96
30
10.0
33.93
26.14
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 571
Date
Sta. 1928
Position
Depth
Temp.
Sal.
Density
SiOa
P2O5
NO3
r
0
5
15.8
13.0
33.87
33.87
24.94
25.54
26 July 21 <
36°56.2'N.
10
11.5
33.87
25.82
121°58' W.
15
10.2
33.87
26.05
.
20
10.3
33.89
26.05
f
0
13.5
33.86
25.43
0.476
0.018
5
11.9
33.87
25.75
0.618
0.061
0.129
10
11.9
33.87
25.74
0.595
0.075
0.141
15
11.7
33.87
25.78
0.582
0.087
0.108
27 July 23 ■
36°42.5'N.
25
10.5
33.87
26.00
0.603
0.118
0.137
122° 0.5'W.
50
9.9
33.91
26.14
1.127
0.118
0.178
100
9.1
33.96
26.31
1.579
0.154
0.188
200
8.4
34.09
26.52
1.631
0.160
0.158
600
5.5
34.29
27.07
3.190
0.208
0.263
f
0
12.4
33.89
25.67
0.715
0.069
0.119
5
11.1
33.91
25.94
0.747
0.061
0.161
28 July 23 ■
36°38.8'N.
10
11.1
33.91
25.94
0.880
0.080
0.133
121'-56.5'W.
25
10.8
33.93
25.99
2.308
0.115
0.161
.
50
9.8
33.96
26.19
1.876
0.144
0.178
r
0
5
10
15
12.4
11.6
10.9
10.7
33.80
25.60
0.770
0.133
29 July 24 •
36°46' N.
20
10.7
121°58' W.
25
10.6
33.87
25.98
1.042
100
9.4
33.98
26.28
1.376
250
8.2
34.13
26.57
1.725
•
500
6.2
34.25
26.92
2.810
0.251
572
bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Table of Oxygen Determinations
I. Serial Determinations
Sta. Depth
Oxygen (O2)
cc. per liter
Oxygen (O2)
% sat.
' 0
6.66
111.5
20
25
2.99
46.9
50
2.57
40.0
I 75
2.38
36.8
' 0
5.20
85.7
5
5.13
83.4
10
4.26
68.3
15
4.17
66.7
29 \
20
4.17
66.7
25
4.00
63.9
100
2.46
38.3
250
1.49
22.7
, 500
0.63
9.2
II. Additional Determinations at the Surface
Date
Lat.
Long.
Temp.
O2
CO. per liter
O2
% sat.
Sal.
July 20
36°41.8'
36°44.5'
121°57'
121°57.8'
12.4
6.14
5.65
92.9
33.82
36°47.5'
121°58.5'
12.5
6.10
100.1
36°50.5'
121 °59'
13.2
6.66
111.5
33.86
36°53.5'
122°00'
13.6
6.37
107.7
33.87
36°55.2'
122° 0.5'
14.9
6.74
116.6
33.89
36°37.6'
122°53.8'
14.9
6.80
117.8
33.91
July 24
36°43'
121°54'
13.9
7.33
124.5
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 573
BIBLIOGRAPHY
AlDA, T.
1907. Appendicularia of Japanese waters. Joum. Coll. Sci. Univ. Tokyo,
23, art. 5, 25 pp., 4 pis.
Allen, W. E.
1923. Studies on Marine Diatoms and Dinoflagellates caught by aid of the
Kofoid bucket in 1922. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 22, p. 435-445.
1924. Surface catches of Diatoms and Dinoflagellates made by the U. S. S.
"Pioneer" between San Diego and Seattle in 1924. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Zool., 26, p. 243-248.
1927. Quantitative studies on Inshore Marine Diatoms and Dinoflagel-
lates of Southern California in 1921 and in 1922. Bull. Scripps Inst.
Oceanogr. ; Tech. series 1, p. 19-38.
1928. Catches of Marine Diatoms and Dinoflagellates taken by boat in
Southern Cahfomia waters in 1926. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr., Tech.
series 1, p. 201-246.
1928a. Quantitative studies on Inshore Diatoms and Dinoflagellates col-
lected in Southern California in 1924. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr.,
Tech. series 1, p. 347-356.
1928b. Review of five years of studies on Phytoplankton at Southern
California piers, 1920-1924 inclusive. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr.,
Tech. series 1, p. 357-401.
1929. Ten years of statistical studies of Marine Phytoplankton at the
Scripps Institution of Oceanography. Science, N. S., 70, p. 416-419.
American Public Health Association
1917. Standard methods of water analysis. American Public Health As-
sociation. 3d edition, Boston, 116 pp.
Apstein, C.
1911. Tunicata: Conseil Intemat. Explor. Mer. Bull. Trimestr., Resume
des observations sur le Plankton, part 2, p. 150-162.
Atkins, W. R. G.
1923. The phosphate content of fresh and salt waters in its relationship to
the growth of the algal plankton. Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc. United
Kingdom, 13, p. 119-150.
1923a. The sihca content of some natural waters and of culture media.
Joum. Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, 13, p. 151-159.
1925. Seasonal changes in the phosphate content of sea water in relation
to the growth of the algal plankton during 1923 and 1924. Journ.
Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, 13, p. 700-720.
1926. Seasonal changes in the silica content of natural waters in relation
to the phytoplankton. Joum. Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, 14,
p. 89-99.
1926a. A quantitative consideration of some factors concerned in plant
growth in water. Journ. Cons. Intemat. Explor. Mer, 1, p. 197-224.
574 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
1926b. The phosphate content of sea water in relation to the growth of
algal plankton. Joum. Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, 14, p.
447-467.
1928. Seasonal variations in the phosphate and silicate content of sea
water during 1926 and 1927 in relation to the plankton crop. Jonm.
Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, 15, p. 191-205.
Atkins, W. R. G. and Harvey, H. W.
1925. The variation with depth of certain salts utilized in plant growth
in the sea. Nature, 116, p. 784-785.
Atkins, W. R. G. and Wilson, E. G.
1927. The phosphorus and arsenic compounds of sea water. Journ. Marine
Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, 14, p. 609-14.
Belknap, G. E.
1874. Deep sea soundings in the North Pacific Ocean obtained in the
United States steamer "Tuscarora." U. S. Hydrographic office, no. 54,
51 pp., 12 pis, 9 profiles, 1 chart.
BiGELOw, Henry B.
1909. Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the eastern
Tropical Pacific . . . XVI. The Medusae. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
37, 243 pp., 48 pis.
1911. Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the eastern
Tropical Pacific . . . XXHI. The Siphonophorae. Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 38, p. 173-401, 32 pis.
1911a. The work of the "Michael Sars" in the North Atlantic in 1910.
(review of). Science, N. S., 34, p. 7-10.
1911b. Fishes and Medusae of the intermediate depths. Nature, 86, p. 483.
1913. Medusae and Siphonophorae collected by the U. S. Fisheries steamer
"Albatross" in the Northwestern Pacific, 1906. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
44, p. 1-119, pi. 1-6.
1926. Plankton of the offshore waters of the Gulf of Maine. Bull. U. S.
Bureau of Fisheries, 40, part 2, p. 1-509.
1927. Physical oceanography of the Gulf of Maine. Bull. U. S. Bureau of
Fisheries, 40, part 2, p. 512-1027.
Berkeley, C. J.
1922. The oxygen content of waters of the strait of Georgia. Contr.
Canadian Biol., N. S., 1, p. 71-72.
Bjerkan, Paul
1919. Results of the hydrographical observations made by Dr. Johan
Hjort on the Canadian Atlantic waters during the year 1915. Canadian
Fisheries Exped. 1914-1915, Dept. Naval service, [Canada], p. 349-403,
3 pis.
Brandt, K.
1902. Ueber den stoffwechsel im Meere. Part 2. Wiss. Meeresunters.,
Komm. Wiss. Unters. deutschen Meere. abt. Kiel, 6, p. 25-79.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 575
Braxdt, K.
1920. Ueber den Stoffvvechsel im Meere, 3 abt. Wiss. Meeresunters.
Komm. Wii^s. Unters. deutschen Meere. abt. Kiel, 18, p. 185-430.
Brexnecke, W.
1909. Ozeanographie. Forschungsreise S. M. S. "Planet" 1906-09, 3,
134 pp., 33 pis.
1921. Die Ozeanographischen arbeiten der deutschen Antarktischen Ex-
pedition, 1911-1912. Arch. Deutsche Seewarte, 39, p. 130-137.
Campbell, M. H.
1929. A preUminary quantitative study of the zooplankton in the Strait
of Georgia. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 3 ser., 23, sect. Ill, p. 1-28.
1929a. Some free swimming copepods of the Vancouver Island region.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 3 ser., 23, sect. V, p. 303-332, 3 pis.
Chamberlain, R. V.
1919. The Annelida Polychaeta. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 48, 514 pp.,
80 pis.
Chambers, S. W.
1929. Vertical sections of one thousand meters and over in the northeast
Pacific Ocean. Scripps Institution of Oceanogr. [mimeographed],
23 pp.
Cunningham, J. T.
1892. On a species of Siphonophore observed near Plymouth. Joum.
Marine Biol. Assoc, United Kingdom, N. S., 2, p. 212-215.
DenigIis, G.
1920. Reaction de coloration extremement sensible des Phosphates et des
Arseniates. Les applications. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, 171,
p. 802-804.
1921. Determination quantitative des plus faibles quantites de phosphates
dans les produits biologiques par le methode ceruleomolybdique. Compt.
Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris, 84, p. 875-877.
Dien-ert, F. and Wandenbulcke, F.
1923. Sur le dosage de la Sihce dans les eaux. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci.
Paris, 176, p. 1478-1480.
DiTTMAR, William
1884. Report on researches into the composition of ocean water collected
by H. M. S. " Challenger" during the years 1873-76. Rept. Sci. Results
H. M. S. "Challenger." Physics and Chemistry, 1, p. 1-251, 3 pis.
Dorm an, Henry P.
1927. Studies on Marine Diatoms and Dinoflagellates caught with the
Kofoid bucket in 1923. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr. Tech., ser. 1, p.
49-61.
1927a. Quantitative studies on Marine Diatoms and Dinoflagellates at
four inshore stations on the coast of California in 1923. Bull. Scripps
Inst. Oceanogr. Tech. ser. 1, p. 73-89.
576 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
ESSENBERG, CHRISTINE E.
1926. Copelata from the San Diego region. Univ. Calif., Publ. Zool., 28,
p. 399-521.
ESTERLY, C. O.
1905. The pelagic copepoda of the San Diego region. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Zool., 2, p. 113-233.
1912. The occurrence and vertical distribution of the copepoda of the San
Diego region, with particular reference to nineteen species. Univ. Calif.,
Publ. Zool., 9, p. 253-340.
1913. Fourth taxonomic report oh the Copepoda of the San Diego region.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 11, p. 181-196, pis. 10-12.
1914. The Schizopoda of the San Diego region. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool.,
13, p. 1-20.
1914a. A study of the occurrence and manner of distribution of the
Ctenophora of the San Diego region. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 13, p.
21-38.
1914b. The vertical distribution and movements of the Schizopoda of the
San Diego region. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 13, p. 123-145.
1923. Preliminary statistical report on the occurrence of Marine Copepoda
in the Plankton at La Jolla. California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 22,
p. 417-433.
1924. The free swimming Copepoda of San Francisco Bay. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Zool., 26, p. 81-129.
1928. The periodic occurrence of Copepoda in the Marine Plankton of two
successive years at La Jolla, California. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr.,
Tech. series 1, p. 247-345.
Fish, C. J.
1925. Seasonal distribution of the Plankton of the Woods Hole region.
Bull. U. S. Bureau Fisheries, 41, p. 91-179.
Gaarder, Torbjorn
1915. De Westlandske fjordes hydrografi. Surstoffet i fjordene. Bergens
Mus. Aarbok, 1915-1916, Naturvid. Raekke, p. 1-200.
1927. Die Sauerstoffverhaltnisse im Osthchen Teil des Nord-atlantischen
Ozean. Norske videnskaps-akad. Oslo. Geofysiske Publ., 4, no. 3, 72 pp.
GouGH, L. H.
1905. On the distribution and the migration of Muggiaea Atlantica,
Cunningham ... in 1904. Cons. Internat. Explor. Mer. Publ. Circ. no.
29, 13 pp., 3 pis.
Gran, H. H.
1929. Investigation of the production of Plankton outside the Romsdals-
fjord 1926-1927. Rapp. et Proc. Verb., Cons. Internat. Expl. Mer, 56,
112 pp.
Hamlin, Homer
1904. Water resources of the Sahnas Valley, California. Water Supply
and Irrigation Paper, U. S. Geol. Survey, 89, 91 pp., 12 pis.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE : WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 577
Hansen, H. J.
1911. The genera and species of the order Euphausiacea,with an account
of remarkable variation. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, 211, 54 pp.
1913. On some California Schizopoda. Univ. Cahf. Publ. Zool., 11, p.
173-180.
1915. The Euphausiacea of the United States National Museum. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., 48, p. 59-114, pis. 1-4.
Harvey, H. W.
1926. Nitrate in the sea. I. Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom,
14, p. 71-88.
1928. Biological chemistry and physics of sea water. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 194 pp.
1928a. Nitrate in the sea. II. Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc. United King-
dom, 15, p. 183-190.
1929. Hydrodynamics of the waters south of Ireland. Journ. Cons. In-
temat. Explor. Mer., 4, p. 80-92.
Helland-H.\nsen, Bjorn
1914. Eine Untersuchungsfahrt im Atlantischen Ozean mit dem Motor-
schiff "Armauer Hansen" im Sommer 1913. Int. Rev. ges. Hydrobiol.-
Hydrogr. 7, p. 61-83.
Hentschel, Ernst
1928. Die Grundzuge der Planktonverteilung im Sudatlantischen Ozean.
Int. Revue ges. Hydrobiol.-Hydrogr., 21, p. 1-16.
Hjort, Johan
1912. General Biology; in Hjort, Johan and Murray, John, The Depths of
the Ocean . . ., p. 660-785, pis. 1-9.
Hjort, Johan and Ruud, J. T.
1929. WhaHng and fishing in the North Atlantic. Rapp. et Proc. Verb.,
Cons. Internat. Expl. Mer, 66, 123 pp.
Holmes, S. J.
1900. California stalk-eyed Crustacea. Occ. Paper, Calif. Acad. Sci., 7,
262 pp., 4 pis.
HOLWAY, R. S.
1905. Cold-water belt along the west coast of the United States. Univ.
of Calif. Publ. Geolog., 4, p. 263-286, pis. 31-37.
HuBBS, Carl L. and L. P. Schtjltz
1929. The northward occurrence of southern forms of Marine Life along
the Pacific Coast in 1926. California Fish and Game, 15, p. 234-241.
Huntsman, A. G.
1920. Eastern Canadian Plankton.— The distribution of the Tomopteri-
dae obtained during the Canadian fisheries expedition, 1914-1915. Con-
trib. Canadian Biol, for 1918-1920, p. 85-91.
1924. Oceanography. Handbook of Canada. British Assoc. Adv. Sci. ,
Toronto meeting, August 1924, p. 274-290.
578 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
hutchinson, a. h.
1928. A bio-hydrographical investigation of the sea adjacent to the
Fraser River mouth. Paper II. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 22, part 2,
sect. 5, p. 293-309.
Jacobsen, J. P.
1905. Die LosUchkeit von Sauerstoff im Meerwasser. Med. fra Komm. for
Havimders^gelser, Serie : Hydrografi 1, no. 8.
1921. Manuel pratique de I'analyse de I'eau de mer. II. Dosage de I'oxy-
gene dans I'eau de mer part la methode de Winkler. Bull. Inst. Ocean-
ogr. Monaco, no. 390, 16 pp.
1929. Contribution to the hydrography of the North Atlantic. The Dan-
ish "Dana" expeditions 1920-1922. Oceanographical Reports, no. 3,
98 pp., 1 chart.
Jacobsen, J. P. and Jensen, Aage J. C
1926. Examination of hydrographical measurements from the research
vessels "Explorer" and "Dana" during the summer of 1924. Rapp.
Proc. Verb. Cons. Internat. Explor. Mer, 39, p. 31-84.
Johnson, M. W. and Thompson, T. G.
1929. The sea water at the Puget Sound biological station from Sep-
tember, 1927 to September, 1928. Publ. Puget Sound Biol. Stat., 7,
p. 119-128.
King, E. J. and Lucas, C. C.
1928. The use of picric acid as an artificial standard in the colorimetric
estimation of silica. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc, 50, p. 2395-98.
Kramp, p. L
1913. Coelenterata. Cons. Internat. Explor. Mer. Bull. Trimestr. Resumd
des Observations sur le Plankton, part 3, p. 522-538, pis. 95-99.
Leslie, Maurine and Moberg, E. G.
1930. Dailj^ and seasonal changes in the oxygen content of sea water.
Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr., Tech. series 2 [in press].
Lewis, Ralph
1927. Surface catches of Marine Diatoms and Dinoflagellates off the coast
of Oregon, by U. S. S. "Guide" in 1924. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr.
Tech. series 1, p. 189-196.
Lohmann, H.
1896. Die Appendicularien der Plankton-Expedition. Ergeb. Plankton
Exped., 2, E. C, 148 pp., 24 pis.
1908. Untersuchungen zur Feststellung der voUstandigen Reichtum des
Meeres an Plankton, und iiber die Brauchbarkeit der verscheidenen
Fangmethoden. Komm. Wiss. Meeresunters. Deutschen meere . . .
abt. Kiel, 7, p. 1-87, 4 pis.
McEwen, G. F.
1912. The distribution of ocean temperatures along the west coast of
North America deduced from Ekman's theory of the upweUing of cold
waters from the adjacent ocean depths. Int. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol.
Hydrogr., 5, p. 243-286, 21 te.xt figs.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 579
1916. Summary and interpretation of the hydrographic observations
made by the Scripps Institution for biological research of the University
of California. Univ. Cahf. Publ. Zool., 15, p. 255-356, pis. 1-38.
1919. Ocean temperatures, their relation to solar radiation and oceanic
circulation. Quantitative comparisons of certain empirical results with
those deduced by principles and methods of mathematical physics.
Semicentennial Publ. Univ. Calif. (Misc. Studies in Agri. and Biol.),
1868-1918, p. 335-421, 19 text figs.
1929. A mathematical theory of the vertical distribution of temperature
and salinity in water under the action of radiation, conduction, evapora-
tion, and mixing due to the resulting convection. Derivation of a gen-
eral theory, and illustrative numerical applications to a tank, a lake, and
a region of the North Pacific Ocean. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr.,
Tech. series 2 (6), p. 197-306, 11 text figs.
McMuRRICH, J. P.
1916. Notes on the Plankton of the British Columbian Coast. Trans.
Roy. Soc. Canada, ser. 3, 10, part 4, p. 75-89.
Marshall, S. M. and Orr, A. P.
1927. The relation of the Plankton to some chemical and physical factors
in the Clyde sea area. Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, 14,
p. 837-868.
Michael, E. L.
1911. Classification and vertical distribution of the Chaetognaths of the
San Diego region, including redescriptions of some doubtful species of
the group. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 8, p. 21-186, pis. 1-8.
Michael, E. L. and McE^\t]n, G. F.
1916. Hydrographic, Plankton and Dredging records of the Scripps Insti-
tution for biological research of the University of California, 1901 to
1912. Univ. CaUf. Publ. Zool., 15, p. 1-206.
Miller, R. C, Ramage, W. D., and Lazier, E. L.
1928. A study of physical and chemical conditions in San Francisco Bay,
especially in relation to the tides. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 31, p. 201-
267.
Moberg, Erik G.
1928. The interrelation between Diatoms, their chemical environment,
and upwelling water in the sea, off the coast of Southern California.
Proc. Nat,. Acad. Sci. 14, p. 511-518.
1929. The phosphate, silica and fixed nitrogen content of sea water.
Proc. third Pan-Pacific Science Congress, Tokyo, 1926, p. 229-232.
MosER, Fanntt
1925. Die Siphonophoren der deutschen Sudpolar-Expedition, 1901-
1903. Deutschen Sudpolar-Exped. 1901-1903, 18, Zool. 9, 541 pp., 36 pis.
Mounce, Irene
1922. The effects of marked changes in specific gravity upon the amoimt
of Plankton in Departure Bay waters. Contrib. Canadian Biol.. N. S.
1, p. 81-94.
580 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology
Murphy, Helen E.
1924. Preliminary quantitative study of marine zooplankton at La Jolla,
CaUfornia. Ecology, 5, p. 283-286.
Nathansohn, Alexander
1906. tjber die Bedeutung vertikaler Wasserwebungen fur die Produktion
des Planktons im Meere. Abh. Math. phys. Klasse Konig. Sachsischen
Gess. wiss., 29, p. 355-441.
Nichols, J. T.
1926. Impressions of Alaska — where East and West approximate.
Natural History, 26, p. 605-613.
Powers, E. B.
1920. The variation of the condition of sea water, especially the hydrogen
ion concentration and its relation to organisms. Publ. Paget Sound
Biol. Sta., 2, p. 369-388.
RUUD, JOHAN T.
1929. On the Biology of Copepods off More, 1925-1927. Rapp. Proc.
Verb., Cons. Intemat. Explor. Mer, 56, 84 pp.
Sars, G. O.
1900. Crustacea. Norwegian North Polar expedition, 1893-1896. Sci.
Results, 1, no. 5, p. 1-137, 36 pis.
Schmidt, Johannes
1925. On the oxygen contents in the ocean on both sides of Panama.
Science, N. S., 61, p. 592-593.
ScHOTT, Gerhard
1902. Oceanographie und Maritime Meteorologie. Wiss. Ergeb. Deutsche
Tiefsee Exped., 1898-1899, 1, 404 pp., atlas of 40 pis.
Sleggs, George F.
1927. Marine Phytoplankton in the region of La Jolla, CaUfornia during
the summer of 1924. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr., Tech. series 1, p.
93-117.
Smith, E. H.
1925. A practical method for determining ocean currents. Bull. U. S.
Coast Guard, no. 14, 50 pp.
Sumner, F. B., Louderback, G. D., Schmitt, W. L. and Johnston, G. E.
1914. A report on the physical conditions in San Francisco Bay based on
the operations of the United States fisheries steamer "Albatross" during
the years 1912 and 1913. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 14, p. 1-148, pis. 1-13.
Sumner, F. B., Osburn, R. C. and Cole, L. J.
1913. A biological survey of the waters of Woods Hole and vicinity. Part 1,
sect. 1, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., 31, p. 1-442.
Thompson, T. G.
1898. In Herdman, W. A., note on dredging and towing in Puget Sound,
Pacific Coast. Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc, 12, p. 87.
BIGELOW AND LESLIE: WATERS AND PLANKTON OF MONTEREY BAY 581
Thorade, H.
1909. Uber die Kalifomischen Meerestromungen, Oberflachentempera-
turen und Stromungen, ander Westkiiste Nordamerikas. Ann. Hydrogr.
Marit. Meteorol., 37, p. 17-34, 63-77, pis. 5, 10-11.
TOWNSEND, C. H.
1901. Dredging and other records of the U. S. fish commission steamer
"Albatross." Kept. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1900, p. 387-562, pis. 1-7.
TREAD^V'ELL, A. L.
1914. Polychaetous annehds of the Pacific Coast in the collections of the
zoological museum of the University of California. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Zool., 13, p. 175-234, pis. 11-12.
U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey
1929. Current tables. Pacific Coast ... for the year 1930. 113 pp.
Vanhoffen, Ernst
1902. Die Craspedoten Medusen der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition,
1898-1899. 1. Trachymedusen. Wiss. Ergeb. deutschen Tiefsee-Exped.,
3, p. 53-86, pis. 9-12.
Van Winkle, W. and Eaton, F. M.
1910. The quahty of the surface waters of CaUfomia. Water Supply and
Irrigation Paper, U. S. Geol. Survey, no. 237, 142 pp., 1 pi.
VON RiTTER ZaHONY', RuDOLF
1911. Revision der Chaetognathen. Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedition, 1901-
1903, 13, Zool. 5, heft 1, p. 1-72.
1911a. Die Chaetognathen der Plankton expedition. Ergeb. Plankton
Exped., 2, H, c, 33 pp.
Wattenberg, H.
1927. Bericht uber die chemischen Arbeiten. Die Deutsche Atlantische
Expedition. III. Bericht. Zeit. Ges. Erdkunde zu Berlin, 1927, no. 3,
p. 137-143.
1927a. Vierter bericht iiber die chemischen Arbeiten. Die Deutsche At-
lantische Ex-pedition. IV. Bericht. Zeit. Ges. Erdkunde zu Berlin,
1927, p. 307-317.
1929. Die Durchliiftung des Atlantischen Ozeans. Journ. Cons. Intemat.
Explor. Mer, 4, p. 68-79.
Wells, Roger C.
1922. Determination of silica in filtered sea water. Journ. Am. Chem. Soc,
44, p. 2187-2193.
WiLLEY, Arthur
1920. Report on the Marine Copepoda collected during the Canadian
Arctic expedition. Rept. Canadian Arctic Exped., 1913-1918, 7, partJK,
p. 1-46.
WtJsT, Georg
1929. Schichtung und Tiefenzirkulation des Pazifischen Ozeans. Veroff.
Inst. Meereskunde, Berhn, N. S., A, heft 20, 63 pp., 3 pis.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1
Carpenter. — Fossil Ants of North America
PLATE 1
Archiponera ivheeleri, sp. nov., Florissant, Colorado. Obverse of holotype.
(S ). X 8. Note eyes, clypeus, mandibles, and abdominal constriction.
V
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Fossil Ants. Plate 1
^k - ■
HELIOTYPE CO. BOSTON
PLATE 2
Carpenter. — Fossil Ants of North America
PLATE 2
Fig. 1. Archiponera wheeleri, sp. nov., Florissant. Reverse of holotj^pe. (S ).
X 4.5.
Fig. 2. Pseudocamponotus elkoanus, sp. nov., Elko, Nevada. Holotype. ( 9 ).
X5.
Fig. 3. Protazteca elongata, sp. nov., Florissant, Colorado. Obverse of holotype.
(9). X4.
Fig. 4. Iridomyrmex florissantius, sp. nov., Florissant. Obverse of holotype.
(9). X 6.
Fig. 5. Archimyrmex rostratus Ckll., Green River shales, Roan Mountain,
Colorado. Reverse of holotype. (S ). X 2.5.
Fig. 6. Eoforrnica pingue (Scudder), Green River shales, White River, Utah.
Homotype no. 19. (c?). X 6.
Fig. 7. Miomyrmex impactus (Ckll.), Florissant, Colorado. Obverse of homo-
type no. 2857. (9). X 3.
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Fossil Ants. Plate 2
-< a*
iraPP
t
HELlOTYPe CO. BOSTON
PLATE 3
Carpenter. — Fossil Ants of North America
PLATE 3
Fig. 1. Protazteca quadrata, sp. nov., Florissant. Obverse of holotype. ( ? ).
X 5.
Fig. 2. Elaeoynyrmex coloradensis, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. ( 9 ). X 6.
Fig. 3. Protazteca capitata, sp. nov., Florissant. Obverse of holotype. ( 9 ).
X 3.5.
Fig. 4. Psevdomyrma extincta, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. ( 9 ). X 5.
Fig. 5. Mianeuretus mirabilis, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. ( 9 )• X 5.
Fig. 6. Liometopum miocenicuyn, sp. nov., Florissant. Obverse of holotype.
(9). X 3.5.
Fig. 7. Elaeomyrmex gracilis, sp. nov., Florissant. Obverse of holotype. ( 9 ).
X 4.
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Fossil Ants. Plate 3
>/
"j^f'- ...,• —
^
*-'^K*-
/
K-,lfc3.. ■ ''
HELIOTYPE CO. BOSTON
e
PLATE 4
Carpenter. — Fossil Ants of North America
PLATE 4
Fig. 1. Dolichoderits rohweri, sp. nov., Florissant. Observe of holotjT)e. (9J.
X 9.
Fig. 2. Petraeomyrmex minimus, sp. nov., Florissant. Obverse of holotj-pe.
(cf). X 10.
Fig. 3. Formica cockerelli, sp. nov., Florissant. Obverse of holotj^je. ( 9).
X 3.
Fig. 4. Liometopum scudderi, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. (9). X 5.5.
Fig. 5. Messor sculpturatus, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotypes. ( 9 ). X 5.5
Fig. 6. DolichoderiLs a7itiquus, sp. nov., Florissant. Obverse of holotype. (9J.
X 6.
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Fossil Ants. Plate 4
'f -^
^^Mi^:^
^^^i^'^^^S-:.
HEIIOTYPE CO. BOSTON
PLATE 6
Gabpenteb. — Fossil Ants of North America
PLATE 5
Fig. 1. Lithomyrmex rugosus, sp. nov., Florissant. Paratypeno. 17,019a. ( 9 ).
X 5.5.
Fig. 2. Pheidole tertiaria, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. ( 9 ). X 7.
Fig. 3. Lithomyrmex rugosus, sp. nov., Florissant. Obverse of holotype. ( 9 ).
X 5.5.
Fig. 4. Camponotus fuscipennis, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. ( 9 ). X 6.
Fig. 5. Aphaenogaster mayri, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. ( 9 ). X 5.
Fig. 6. Lasius peritulus (Ckll.), Florissant. Allotype. ( 9 ). X 5.
BULL. MUS. COMP. 200L.
Carpenter. Fossil Ants. Plate 5
- 7'-^
HELIOTYPE CO. BOSTON
PLATE 6
Cabpenter. — Fossil Ants of North America
PLATE 6
Fig. 1. Lithomyrmex striatiLs, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. ( 9 ). X 7.
Fig. 2. Elaeomyrmex gracilis, sp. nov., Florissant. Ergatotype. X 6.
Fig. 3. Formica grandis, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. ( $ ). X 3.5.
Fig. 4. Camponotus microcephalus, sp. nov., Tlorissant. Holotype. (9). X 5.
Fig. 5. Camponotus petrijactus, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. (^ ). X 4.
Fig. 6. Formica robusta, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. ( 9 ). X 4.
Fig. 7. Protazteca quadrata, sp. nov., Florissant. Ergatotype. X 4.5.
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Fossil Ants. Plate 6
a vl*"
6
HELIOTVPE CO. BOSTON
PLATE 7
Carpenter. — Fossil Ants of North America
PLATE 7
Fig. 1. Miomyrmex impadus {Ck\\.),F\oTissa.nt. Ergatotype. X 5.
Fig. 2. Miomyrmeximpadus {CklL), Florissant. Allotype, (cf). X 2.5.
Fig. 3. A p/iaeno^asier ma?/n', sp. nov., Florissant. Allotype. (cT). X 8.
Fig. 4. Aphaenogaster donisthorpei, sp. nov., Florissant. HolotjTJe. (9).
X 7.5.
Fig. 5. Cephalomyrmexrotundahis, sp nov., Florissant. Holotype. (9). X 8.
Fig. 6. Formica roftttsto, sp. nov., Florissant. Allotype, (d'). X 5.
Fig. 7. Lasius peritulus (Ckll.), Florissant. Specimen no. 2896. (cf). X 8. ■
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Fossil Ants. Plate 7
■H
m^
^•
7?.
1\^'-.
i ■
'V" '
MtliOTVPE CO. BOSTON
PLATE 8
Carpenter. — Fossil Ants of North America
PLATE 8
Fig. 1. Archiponera wheeleri, sp.nov., Florissant. Allotype, (cf). X 3.
Fig. 2. Lithorytyrmex rugosus,sp.nov., Florissant. Allot^-pe. (cf). X 5.
Fig. 3. Liometopiun miocenicum, sp. nov., Florissant. Allotype, (cf ). X 4.
Fig. 4. Aphaenogaster mayri, sp. nov., Florissant. Paratype no. 2912a. (9).
X8.5.
Fig. 5. Protazteca elongata, sp. nov., Florissant. Allotj-pe. (cf ). X 7.
Fig. 6. iV//ow?/rw€'.c s^nahis, sp. nov., Florissant. Allotype, (c?). X 5.
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Fossil Ants. Plate 8
3'i
J
: v:^
||
' ^^M
w '>w ,.
^'i
J. ^^.
■/T ■ ■• t,\F
• ^"^^^
6
HHIOTYP6 CO. BOSTON
PLATE 9
Carpenter. — Fossil Ants of North America
PLATE 9
Fig. 1. Dolichoderus antiquus, sp. nov., Florissant. Ergatotype. X 10.
Fig. 2. Elaeomyrmex coloradensis, sp. nov., Florissant. Ergatotype. X 7.
Fig. 3. Protazteca elongata, sp. nov., Flori.ssant. Ergatotype. X 7.
Fig. 4. Liometopum scudderi, sp. nov., Florissant. Ergatotype. X 10.
Fig. 5. Aphaenogaster mayri, sp. nov., Florissant. Ergatotype. X 7.
Fig. 6. Pogono7nyrmex fossilis, sp. nov., Florissant. Holotype. (^ ). X 7.
Fig. 7. Dolichoderus rohweri, sp. nov., Florissant. Ergatotype. X 10.
Fig. 8. Liometopum miocenicum, sp. nov., Florissant. Ergatotype. X 6.
Fig. 9. Lithomyrmex striatus, sp. nov., Florissant. Ergatotype. X 6.
Fig. 10. Protazteca capitata, sp. nov., Florissant.. Ergatotj-pe. X 6.
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Fossil Ants. Plate 9
S
10
HtLIOTYPE CO. BOSTON
PLATE 10
Carpenter. — Fossil Ants of North America
PLATE 10
Fig. 1. Mianeuretus mirabilis, sp. nov. 9.
Fig. 2. DoUchoderus antiquus, sp. nov. 9.
Fig. 3. DoUchoderus rohiveri, sp. nov. 9 .
Fig. 4. Protaziecaelotigata, sp. nov. 9.
Fig. 5. Protazteca quadrata, sp. nov. 9.
Fig. 6. Miomyrmex impact us (Ckll.). 9.
Fig. 7. Iridomyrmex fiorissantius, sp. nov. 9.
Fig. 8. Liometopum miocenicum, sp. nov. Head. &.
Fig. 9. Miomyrmex striatus, sp. nov. Head. cf.
Fig. 10. Cephalomyrmex rotundatus, sp. nov. 9 .
Fig. 11. Miomyrmex impactus (CkW.). S.
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Fossil Ants. Plate 10
HELIOTYPE CO, BOSTON
PLATE 11
Carpenter. — Fossil Ants of North America
PLATE 11
Fig. 1. Elaeomyrmex gracilis, sp.nov. 9-
Fig. 2. Pheidole tertiaria, sp. nov. 9 .
Fig. 3. Lithomyrmex rugosus, sp. nov. 9 .
Fig. 4. Aphaenogaster mayri, sp. nov. 9 .
Fig. 5. Messor sculpturalus, sp. nov. 9 .
Fig. 6. Camponotus fuscipennis, sp. nov. 9 .
Fig. 7. Liometopum miocenicum, sp. nov. 9 .
Fig. 8. Camponotus microcephalus, sp. nov. 9 .
Fig. 9. Lasius peritulus {CkW.). 9.
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Fossil Ants. Plate 11
HELIOTYPE CO. BOSTON
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1
Carpenter. — Lower Permian Insects of Kansas
PLATE 1
Fig. 1. The Permian insect locality, Elmo, Kansas. August, 1927.
Fig. 2. One of the Harvard quarries of 1927. The insect bed is exposed as
an irregular layer of limestone blocks. The floor of the quarry is
the top of the "stump bed," and the stratum above the insect
layer is the upper, unfossiliferous part of the Elmo limestone.
Fig. 3. Another one of the Harvard quarries, showing the shaly aspect of
the Elmo limestone.
Fig. 4. Stump of the tree-fern Psaronius at the Elmo deposit. These stumps
are common in the carbonaceous plant layer below the insect bed
and form excellent landmarks to the localit3^
BULL. MUS. COMP. 200L.
Carpenter. Mecoptera. Plate 1
M
M
HELIOTYPE CO. BOSTON
PLATE 2
Carpenter. — Lower Permian Insects of Kansas
PLATE 2
Fig. 1. Photograph of wing of Agetopanorpa maculata, new species. No.
3037a, M. C. Z. (X 10).
Fig. 2. Photograph of Permopa7iorpa inaequalis TiU., female. No. 3022a,
M. C. Z. (X 16).
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Mecoptera. Plate 2
V^'
I '. -^ .lib ■ -»^.:
V
HELIOTYPE CO. BOSTON
PLATE 3
Carpenter. — Lower Permian Insects of Kansas
PLATE 3
Fig. 1. Photograph of Platychorista venosa Till., male. No. 3007a, M. C. Z.
(X 10).
Fig. 2. Photograph of hind wing of Permopanorpa inaequalis TUl. No. 3017,
M. C. Z. (X 10).
Fig. 3. Photograph of fore wing of Protopanorpa permiana Till. No. 3034a,
M. C. Z. (X 10).
Fig. 4. Photograph of wing of Lithopanorpa pusilla (Till.). No. 5066a,
Peabody Museum. (X 20).
Fig. 5. Photograph of fore wing of Permopanorpa inaeqvnlis Till. No. 5059,
Peabody Museum (holotype of P. tenuis Till.) (X 19).
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Mecoptera. Plate 3
HELIOTYPE CO. BOSTON
i
PLATE 4
Carpenter. — Lower Permian Insects of Kansas
PLATE 4
Fig. 1. Permopanorpa inaequalis Till., female.
Fig. 2. Platychorista venosa Till., female.
BULL. MUS. COMP. 200L.
Carpenter. Mecoptera. Plate 4
HELIOTYPE CO. BOSTON
K
1
PLATE 5
CARPENrEs. — Ljwer ParnaiiQ Ia33Cti of Kiniii
PLATE 5
Fig. 1. Hind wing of Protochorista tetraclada Till.
Fig. 2. Fore wing of Protopanorpa permiana Till.
Fig. 3. Wing of Lithopanorpa pusilla (Till).
Fig. 4. Wing of Agetopanorpa maculata, new species.
BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
Carpenter. Mecoptera. Plate 5
SCI SC2
CUl + Ms M4. M3
R3
«?■*
R5
M2
SCI
SC3
CU2 ~7'~-^_^
C U 1 + M 5
::^_\
M-4-
^13
SC2
SC3
R1
SCI
R2
CU1+M5
M4-
HELIOTYPE CO. BOSTON
^
^
Harvard MCZ Library
3 2044 066 300 492
DoMOtcirmlBt^
^ r^
^'Ih^ sg"
> V >
4»i>
.*• *^:
"."•1
\Q»v*
"w«''\4«
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11